<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<rss version="2.0"
     xmlns:content="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/content/"
     xmlns:dc="http://purl.org/dc/elements/1.1/"
     xmlns:dcterms="http://purl.org/dc/terms/"
     xmlns:media="http://search.yahoo.com/mrss/"
     xmlns:atom="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom"
     xmlns:cf="https://www.futureplc.com/rss/content-flags"
>
    <channel>
                    <atom:link rel="alternate" hreflang="en-GB"
                       href="https://www.techradar.com/uk/feeds/articletype/review"
                       type="application/rss+xml"/>
                            <title><![CDATA[ Latest from TechRadar UK in Reviews ]]></title>
                <link>https://www.techradar.com/uk/review</link>
        <description><![CDATA[ All the latest reviews content from the TechRadar  UK team ]]></description>
                                    <lastBuildDate>Fri, 30 Oct 2026 18:00:00 +0000</lastBuildDate>
                            <language>en</language>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ Fairphone FairBuds 2 review: decent-value eco-friendly earbuds ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-fairphone-fairbuds-2-two-minute-review"><span>Fairphone Fairbuds 2: Two-minute review</span></h2><p>I don’t like Fairphone’s products because they’re more environmentally-friendly and repairable than anything else on the market (though they’re all definitely perks). I like them because they always offer something a little different to make them recommendable as some of the <a href="https://www.techradar.com/audio/wireless-headphones/the-best-wireless-headphones">best wireless headphones</a> by their own merits.</p><p>Last year’s <a href="https://www.techradar.com/audio/wireless-headphones/fairphone-fairbuds-xl-2025-review">Fairbuds XL 2025</a> over-ears, for example, had the best controls I’ve used on a pair of headphones before or since (and remain the best-looking cans I’ve reviewed too). And now the Fairphone Fairbuds 2 are here, with a little design decision I didn’t know I wanted so much. </p><p>Fairphone is best known for its mobiles, like the recent <a href="https://www.techradar.com/phones/fairphone-6-plus-review">Fairphone 6 Plus</a>; its whole modus operandi is making green tech (eco-friendly, not colored, although they’re usually also colored green). The brand dabbles in audio too, though, alternating between releasing new earbuds or headphones every other year, and after the original Fairbuds launched in 2024, a new pair are here.</p><p>Like the last pair, these are <em>relatively</em> affordable earbuds — 'expensive budget' or 'cheap mid-range' might suffice as definitions — which are great for eco-friendly buyers. They let you enjoy your listening safe in the knowledge that your buying choice was made from renewable energy, using plentiful recycled parts, and won’t impose planet-unfriendly, water usurping AI features on your device.</p><p>And then there’s the unexpected bonus. Earlier this year, <a href="https://arnika.org/en/publications/the-sound-of-contamination" target="_blank">a fairly shocking study</a> revealed that basically all headphones are coated in PFAS, or forever chemicals, which had people wondering whether they're rubbing toxins on their ears and head. As someone who uses these products for a living, I was a little alarmed to read this, and I’ve been pretty conscious of my listening since then, usually opting for speakers over headphones when I can help it.</p><p>It won’t surprise you to learn that the Fairbuds 2 have none of these ‘forever chemicals’, and I could listen for as long as I wanted without worrying about the effects of doing so. It’s hard to put a price on peace of mind, but for music listening, the Fairbuds 2 provide just that.</p><p>But I’ve beaten about the bush long enough: beyond health and eco concerns, just how good are these things? Well, the reason I’ve beaten about the bush so much is that “yeah, they’re just fine,” isn't engaging copy.</p><p>Design-wise, these are pretty simple buds, with a hardy and light carry case, and pretty feature-light design. There’s little to distinguish them from other buds however, beyond their lack of discernible features. Being pretty plain isn’t the end of the world, and they fit fine.</p><p>They’re not the best-sounding earbuds I’ve tested by any stretch of the imagination, but they’re fine for the price if you can look past some rough edges.</p><p>I found the ANC pretty good, though it takes its toll on a battery life which roughly matches their price-competitive AirPods rivals (that is to say, it’s not very long). An app brings some extra features, including some of the most effective audio EQ presets I’ve heard from earbuds — if you like customizing your music but aren’t familiar with equalizers, it’s a great option.</p><p>If it wasn’t for the Fairphone touch, these would just be middling wireless earbuds that’d disappear behind the competition. But the eco-friendly appeal, their repairability plus the absence of toxic chemicals, all make them far easier to recommend.</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-fairphone-fairbuds-2-review-price-and-release-date"><span>Fairphone Fairbuds 2 review: Price and release date</span></h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="VJkfUnbSNDHTBBMbMHRXYM" name="Fairphone Fairbuds 2 in case again" alt="The Fairphone FairBuds 2 buds and case in a man's hand." src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VJkfUnbSNDHTBBMbMHRXYM-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><ul><li><strong>Released in October in Europe, November US</strong></li><li><strong>Sells for $119 / £99 (about AU$200)</strong></li><li><strong>Cheaper than AirPods 5, which is all that matters</strong></li></ul><p>Fairphone unveiled the Fairbuds 2 on October 14, 2026, roughly two years after the release of the original pair and a year after the reimagined <a href="https://www.techradar.com/audio/wireless-headphones/fairphone-fairbuds-xl-2025-review">Fairbuds XL 2025</a> over-ears. They went on sale immediately in Europe, but US buyers had to wait until November 2.</p><p>You can buy the Fairbuds 2 for $119 / £99 (about AU$200) — Fairphone doesn’t sell its tech in Australia. The brand is increasing its presence in the US; while the original buds did sell there, it only began selling phones earlier this year with the <a href="https://www.techradar.com/phones/fairphone-6-plus-review">Fairphone 6 Plus</a>.</p><p>That phone makes the Fairbuds 2 slightly pricier than their predecessors in the US, but cheaper in the UK; the original Fairbuds went for $99 / £129. Despite this reshuffle, they’re still more affordable than the <a href="https://www.techradar.com/phones/airpods-5-and-airpods-5-with-wireless-charging-are-like-a-greatest-hits-rollout-of-airpods-pro-just-without-the-hearing-health-or-heart-rate-modules">cheapest version of AirPods 5</a> (which will set you back $129 / £129 / AU$219), and the Fairphone option actually has ear tips.</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-fairphone-fairbuds-2-review-specs"><span>Fairphone Fairbuds 2 review: Specs</span></h2><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Drivers</p></td><td  ><p>11mm</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Active noise cancellation</p></td><td  ><p>Yes</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Battery life</p></td><td  ><p>6 hours (ANC on), 8 hours (ANC off)</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Weight</p></td><td  ><p>5.8g (buds) 64g (case)</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Connectivity</p></td><td  ><p>Bluetooth 6.0</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Frequency response</p></td><td  ><p>20-20kHz</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Waterproofing</p></td><td  ><p>IP54</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-fairphone-fairbuds-2-review-features"><span>Fairphone Fairbuds 2 review: Features</span></h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="3n85sjjYRfsdv3L4mdGhYM" name="Fairphone Fairbuds 2 solo buds" alt="The Fairphone FairBuds 2 buds on a table." src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/3n85sjjYRfsdv3L4mdGhYM-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><ul><li><strong>6-hour battery life isn't amazing</strong></li><li><strong>ANC is surprisingly solid</strong></li><li><strong>App has EQ including useful presets</strong></li></ul><p>According to Fairphone, the earbuds last for 6 hours of listening with ANC on, or 8 hours off; that’s not a very competitive spec, all things considered. In my own testing, I’d say I got a little extra time on those figures, but not enough that I can call the battery life ‘good’. Apple's base model AirPods 5 only last for 4 hours with ANC; the step-up model with wireless charging support last 5 with ANC (or 7 without it) so it's a little better than that, but not by much. </p><p>The case provides up to 40 hours of battery life, which is a little better (Apple's step-up model only offers 22), but that spec is for ANC-off listening. An ANC-on figure isn’t provided, but I’d estimate it’s about 32 hours.</p><p>The ANC is more impressive — I’ll confess, I wasn’t expecting Fairphone to have created top-of-the-class noise cancellation. While this doesn’t match the likes of Soundcore or Bose, the Fairbuds 2 were surprisingly effective at stripping out noisy backgrounds or the kinds of sporadic sounds that other buds struggle with.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2500px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.28%;"><img id="DXJGuYcTC3ZYNSoCbnxg6M" name="Fairphone Fairbuds 2 another backup" alt="The Fairphone FairBuds 2 buds and case on a table." src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/DXJGuYcTC3ZYNSoCbnxg6M-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2500" height="1407" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The Fairbuds app is pretty basic, but it’s not strictly necessary; I’d used the buds for two whole weeks before I decided to download it to my phone.</p><p>The app lets you toggle between ANC modes (on, off, or transparency), see the charge levels, play with an EQ and presets, and set up multipoint connectivity, although I couldn’t find the option to do so myself. There’s also a Find My Earbuds tool which lets you summon both the left or right bud, and this is a feature you don’t always see in earbuds.</p><p>The equalizer is a simple five-band one, but I was surprised how effective the five presets are: Balanced, Bass Boost, Treble Boost and Voice all had significant impacts on the sound profile, in a way that I see being really useful for those who like their audio a certain way and don’t want to play with the custom EQ mode. I found Voice useful for spoken-word content, as it did a great job at maintaining the reader’s voice while dampening other sounds.</p><ul><li><strong>Features score: 4 / 5</strong></li></ul><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="Mh5t3RS3VT8AAqZfBCLbYM" name="Fairphone Fairbuds 2 single bud case" alt="The Fairphone FairBuds 2 buds and case on a table." src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Mh5t3RS3VT8AAqZfBCLbYM-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-fairphone-fairbuds-2-review-design"><span>Fairphone Fairbuds 2 review: Design</span></h2><ul><li><strong>Small, hardy carry case</strong></li><li><strong>Simplistic buds which fit well</strong></li><li><strong>Eco-friendly, chemical-free design</strong></li></ul><p>In one way, the Fairphone Fairbuds 2 are some of the most basic-looking buds there can be, but modest looks hide the real selling point of these options. But we’ll get to that later.</p><p>Firstly, the case: it’s a small cylinder, weighing 64g (when the buds are inside) and opening in a clam-shell form. You get the basics: a pairing button, a USB-C port, plus a handy three-LED strip to show you how charged your buds are. Handy! The case is made of plastic that’s so solid that I initially thought it was metal, and it feels more robust than most at protecting your buds.</p><p>Next, the buds: unlike the first-gen models, these are stem-toting options, and they look far too simplistic to be confused with AirPods: there’s the in-ear bud, a straight and flat stem, and nothing much else (well, other than some lovely responsive touch controls). They weigh 5.8g each.</p><p>When I first started testing them, the Fairbuds 2 felt a little loose in the ear; I thought I had another <a href="https://www.techradar.com/audio/wireless-headphones/samsung-galaxy-buds-4-pro-review">Samsung Galaxy Buds 4 Pro</a> situation going on. But quite quickly they took to my ear, and after the second day they fit perfectly. So if you've just bought a pair, and are having problems, just give them time.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="V9HyhcE8PpzHDWzr3m2KYM" name="Fairphone Fairbuds 2 two in hand" alt="The Fairphone FairBuds 2 in a man's hand." src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/V9HyhcE8PpzHDWzr3m2KYM-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Now for the whole point of the Fairbuds: Fairphone’s eco credentials. The brand is at the forefront of eco-friendly tech, using eco-friendly materials and processes when possible, and in the buds that means the speaker magnets and solder is all recycled material, while the cobalt, copper, gold and silver are all fairly mined or sourced. The eco-friendly-ness doesn’t just keep your conscience clean, though, because it manifests in a few great ways.</p><p>Firstly, these things are completely repairable, so if they break you can buy and replace one part instead of needing new buds. There are seven parts in all, all of which can be replaced using a simple screwdriver. Also in the Fairbuds 2, the earbuds don’t use PFAS, or forever chemicals – you can listen for as long as you want without any fear of the chemicals and their as-yet-unknown effects on the human body.</p><p>You can buy the FairBuds 2 in green or black, but if you’re going for green tech, I don’t see why you shouldn’t also be buying green-colored tech. The buds themselves have an IP54 protection against dust and splashes, but the case doesn’t have an official rating.</p><ul><li><strong>Design score: 4.5 / 5</strong></li></ul><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1392px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="QtRRSbFXQ6BeNkw9RQ4WyL" name="Fairphone Fairbuds 2 in ear" alt="The Fairphone FairBuds 2 in a man's ear." src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/QtRRSbFXQ6BeNkw9RQ4WyL-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1392" height="783" attribution="" endorsement="" class="" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-fairphone-fairbuds-2-review-sound-quality"><span>Fairphone Fairbuds 2 review: Sound quality</span></h2><ul><li><strong>11mm driver per bud</strong></li><li><strong>Prominent bass downs out treble</strong></li><li><strong>Supports LDAC playback on supported phones</strong></li></ul><p>The Fairphone Fairbuds 2 come with 11mm dynamic drivers, working as jacks of all trades to cover the audio spectrum. </p><p>As fairly affordable earbuds go, the Fairbuds 2 are just fine — you’re not getting any obvious issues like tinny audio, overblown bass or a lackluster sound profile, and so I can’t give them a bad sound score. But there are a few audible issues which it’s worth flagging.</p><p>I’d call these buds bass-first, because low-end has more heft than high-end, and it does mean that sometimes vocals can lack the sparkle they deserve. In something like Red Hot Chili Peppers’ <em>Factory of Faith</em> or Dispatch’s <em>May We All</em>, the singers sound like they’ve lost an argument with their bassists and rhythm guitarists, and in Macklemore’s <em>Hind’s Hall</em> the drums and bass keep distracting you from the lyrics.</p><p>Bass, while prominent, is perhaps not especially refined; the lack of a bespoke low-end-focused driver here is noticeable. Low-end has power prominence but less direction or distinction than you’d hope. It results in a low-end that sometimes sounds just fine, other times a little rumbly. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="SKu8bYfNf2yks9o2uuBPJM" name="Fairphone Fairbuds 2 single finger" alt="The Fairphone FairBuds 2 bud in a man's hand." src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/SKu8bYfNf2yks9o2uuBPJM-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>In Tom Petty’s <em>Supernatural Radio</em>, for example, the bass riff sounds meaty until the other instruments come in, making it sound indistinct. However with the later guitar and piano solo, the bass drowns out the higher-pitched parts. </p><p>These are the first buds I’ve tested in about a month in which I can really hear a song’s mids, though, so props go to Fairphone for not leaning too hard into popular sound profiles. However I did notice peaking in certain songs around the high-end.</p><p>It’s easy to point out the issues in the Fairbuds 2, because some rivals at this price point are putting out frankly incredible options, but I should clarify that the buds are still pretty good, and most people will be perfectly happy with them. </p><p>For some technical specs, the buds support LDAC if you’re using a compatible Android phone, and use the Bluetooth 6.0 standard.</p><ul><li><strong>Sound quality: 3.5 / 5</strong></li></ul><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2372px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="Zykb3bnX6JWfTnAMMiVx9M" name="Fairphone Fairbuds 2 backup" alt="The Fairphone FairBuds 2 buds and case on a table." src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Zykb3bnX6JWfTnAMMiVx9M-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2372" height="1334" attribution="" endorsement="" class="" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-fairphone-fairbuds-2-review-value"><span>Fairphone Fairbuds 2 review: Value</span></h2><ul><li><strong>You get what you pay for: solid, reasonably-priced earbuds</strong></li><li><strong>However, there are some fantastic alternatives at the price</strong></li></ul><p>The Fairbuds 2 straddle the border between affordable and mid-range earbuds, but given that the brand's tech generally comes with a green premium, I'm happy to consider these a more affordable option.</p><p>If I were to close my eyes, and picture buds at this price, I'd basically envision the Fairphones; they audio quality, feature set and design all roughly match what you'd expect from the price. Fine value for money...</p><p>... if it wasn't for the fact that it's a really competitive market segment, with some stellar alternatives. </p><ul><li><strong>Value: 4 / 5</strong></li></ul><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2510px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="DbHPcotnB6CA3vs5qCC4GM" name="Fairphone Fairbuds 2 in case" alt="The Fairphone FairBuds 2 buds and case on a table." src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/DbHPcotnB6CA3vs5qCC4GM-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2510" height="1412" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-should-i-buy-the-fairphone-fairbuds-2"><span>Should I buy the Fairphone Fairbuds 2?</span></h2><div ><table><caption>Fairphone Fairbuds 2 score card</caption><thead><tr><th class="firstcol " ><p>Attributes</p></th><th  ><p>Notes</p></th><th  ><p>Rating</p></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Features</p></td><td  ><p>The ANC and app presets work well, though the battery life isn't great.</p></td><td  ><p>4/5</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Design</p></td><td  ><p>The eco-friendly and chemical-free build wins all the points, though the simple carry case and buds are charming in their own way.</p></td><td  ><p>4.5/5</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Sound quality</p></td><td  ><p>Audio is perfectly serviceable, though a few quirks will put off audiophiles.</p></td><td  ><p>3.5/5</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Value</p></td><td  ><p>They're fine value for money, though not the best in their market segment.</p></td><td  ><p>4/5</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h2 id="buy-them-if">Buy them if…</h2><div class="product"><p><strong>You want eco-friendly tech</strong><br />Fairphone is second-to-none with its green materials, production and sourcing.</p></div><div class="product"><p><strong>You'll repair your earbuds if they break</strong><br />Repairable tech is all the rage, and if you think you'd be up to fix broken buds, these are the ones to buy.</p></div><div class="product"><p><strong>You like svelte carry cases</strong><br />The Fairbuds 2 have one of the smallest carry cases I've seen in ages, and it's pretty protective too.<a class="view-deal button" href="" target="_blank" rel="nofollow" data-dimension112="ebb2ac1a-d441-11f1-b570-35e63010116e" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="You like svelte carry casesThe Fairbuds 2 have one of the smallest carry cases I've seen in ages, and it's pretty protective too." data-dimension48="You like svelte carry casesThe Fairbuds 2 have one of the smallest carry cases I've seen in ages, and it's pretty protective too." data-dimension25="">View Deal</a></p></div><h2 id="don-t-buy-them-if">Don’t buy them if…</h2><div class="product"><p><strong>You're a staunch audiophile</strong><br />If all you care about is the sound, I think you'll find the Fairbuds 2 a little disappointing.</p></div><div class="product"><p><strong>You'd like something long-lasting</strong><br />The Fairbuds are long-lasting in terms of the product life span, but the actual battery life isn't that great.</p></div><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-fairphone-fairbuds-2-review-also-consider"><span>Fairphone Fairbuds 2 review: Also consider</span></h2><p>Looking for alternative in-ears? Here are a few alternatives at the same price point.</p><div ><table><thead><tr><th class="firstcol empty" ></th><th  ><p>Fairphone Fairbuds 2</p></th><th  ><p>Soundpeats H3</p></th><th  ><p>Huawei FreeBuds Neo</p></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Drivers</p></td><td  ><p>11mm</p></td><td  ><p>12mm + dual balanced armatures</p></td><td  ><p>11mm</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Active noise cancellation</p></td><td  ><p>Yes</p></td><td  ><p>Yes</p></td><td  ><p>Yes</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Battery life (ANC on)</p></td><td  ><p>6 hours (buds) 32 hours (case)</p></td><td  ><p>7 hours (buds) 37 hours (case)</p></td><td  ><p>6 hours (buds) / 22 hours (case)</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Weight</p></td><td  ><p>5.8g (buds) 64g (case)</p></td><td  ><p>6g (buds) 53g (case)</p></td><td  ><p>4.8g (bud) 31.4g (case)</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Connectivity</p></td><td  ><p>Bluetooth 6.0</p></td><td  ><p>Bluetooth 5.4</p></td><td  ><p>Bluetooth 6.0</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Waterproofing</p></td><td  ><p>IP54</p></td><td  ><p>IPX5</p></td><td  ><p>IP55</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><div class="product"><p><strong>Soundpeats H3</strong><br />For a tiny amount more, you can buy arguably the best-sounding earbuds at this price point. The H3 look funky, fit well and sound incredibly, but don't have the eco appeal of the Fairbuds.<br /><strong>Read our full </strong><a href="https://www.techradar.com/audio/earbuds-airpods/soudpeats-h3-review" data-dimension112="ebb2af3a-d441-11f1-a268-efcdffbbf4a0" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Read our full Soundpeats H3 review" data-dimension48="Read our full Soundpeats H3 review" data-dimension25=""><strong>Soundpeats H3 review</strong></a></p></div><div class="product"><p><strong>Huawei FreeBuds Neo</strong><br />A Fairbuds 2 contemporary with pretty similar specs, the Neo sound better and are lovely and small, but the app barely works and the ANC isn't as good.<br /><strong>Read our full </strong><a href="https://www.techradar.com/audio/earbuds-airpods/huawei-freebuds-neo-review" data-dimension112="ebb2afa8-d441-11f1-b68d-3fe737b44ec3" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Read our full Huawei FreeBuds Neo review" data-dimension48="Read our full Huawei FreeBuds Neo review" data-dimension25=""><strong>Huawei FreeBuds Neo review</strong></a></p></div><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-how-i-tested-the-fairphone-faurbuds-2"><span>How I tested the Fairphone Faurbuds 2</span></h2><ul><li><strong>Tested for three weeks</strong></li><li><strong>Paired with Android phone for Bluetooth playback</strong></li><li><strong>Used on holiday as well as use at home and around neighborhood.</strong></li></ul><p>I used the Fairphone Fairbuds 2 for about three weeks before writing this review; I used them back-to-back with the Huawei FreeBuds Neo, generally bringing them both with me on trips.</p><p>In this testing time I went on holiday, so they got time on flights, train and coach trips, and I also used them at the gym, at home and on walks around my local area. </p><p>For the entirety of the testing time, the buds were connected to my Samsung phone. I listened to Spotify, played from my high-res collection, played games, conducted video calls and watched videos to test them out.</p><p>I've tested most of Fairphone's gadgets since I joined TechRadar in 2019, including the Fairbuds XL 2025 last year, and also have experience reviewing plenty of other earbuds from a range of brands (including almost every other pair mentioned in the review)></p><ul><li><em>First reviewed in October 2026</em></li></ul><ul><li><a href="https://www.techradar.com/news/how-we-test">Read TechRadar's reviews guarantee</a></li></ul> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.techradar.com/audio/earbuds-airpods/fairphone-fairbuds-2-review</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ The Fairphone FairBuds 2's green credentials make up for the relatively slender feature set and serviceable sound quality. ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">UNAXuYaxHe7Aw8q5jK4Vwj</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/a9UhKKwzN75Ja7cSwxAVYM-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Fri, 30 Oct 2026 18:00:00 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Earbuds & Airpods]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Audio]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Headphones]]></category>
                                                                                                <author><![CDATA[ tom.bedford@hotmail.co.uk (Tom Bedford) ]]></author>                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Tom Bedford ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/xgco9qz6uEc9KxXNtDVQkk-320-70.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ &lt;p&gt;Tom Bedford joined TechRadar in early 2019 as a staff writer, and left the team as deputy phones editor in late 2022 to work for entertainment site What To Watch. He continues to contribute on a freelance basis for several sections including phones, audio and fitness, as well as many other websites.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;He graduated in American Literature and Creative Writing from the University of East Anglia. Prior to working on TechRadar, he freelanced in tech, gaming and entertainment, and also spent many years working as a mixologist.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;He grew up in Bristol, UK, and has also lived in Norwich, UK, Salt Lake City, UT, and currently resides in London, UK. &lt;/p&gt; ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/a9UhKKwzN75Ja7cSwxAVYM-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Future]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[The Fairphone FairBuds 2 buds and case on a table.]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[The Fairphone FairBuds 2 buds and case on a table.]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[The Fairphone FairBuds 2 buds and case on a table.]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/a9UhKKwzN75Ja7cSwxAVYM-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-fairphone-fairbuds-2-two-minute-review"><span>Fairphone Fairbuds 2: Two-minute review</span></h2><p>I don’t like Fairphone’s products because they’re more environmentally-friendly and repairable than anything else on the market (though they’re all definitely perks). I like them because they always offer something a little different to make them recommendable as some of the <a href="https://www.techradar.com/audio/wireless-headphones/the-best-wireless-headphones">best wireless headphones</a> by their own merits.</p><p>Last year’s <a href="https://www.techradar.com/audio/wireless-headphones/fairphone-fairbuds-xl-2025-review">Fairbuds XL 2025</a> over-ears, for example, had the best controls I’ve used on a pair of headphones before or since (and remain the best-looking cans I’ve reviewed too). And now the Fairphone Fairbuds 2 are here, with a little design decision I didn’t know I wanted so much. </p><p>Fairphone is best known for its mobiles, like the recent <a href="https://www.techradar.com/phones/fairphone-6-plus-review">Fairphone 6 Plus</a>; its whole modus operandi is making green tech (eco-friendly, not colored, although they’re usually also colored green). The brand dabbles in audio too, though, alternating between releasing new earbuds or headphones every other year, and after the original Fairbuds launched in 2024, a new pair are here.</p><p>Like the last pair, these are <em>relatively</em> affordable earbuds — 'expensive budget' or 'cheap mid-range' might suffice as definitions — which are great for eco-friendly buyers. They let you enjoy your listening safe in the knowledge that your buying choice was made from renewable energy, using plentiful recycled parts, and won’t impose planet-unfriendly, water usurping AI features on your device.</p><p>And then there’s the unexpected bonus. Earlier this year, <a href="https://arnika.org/en/publications/the-sound-of-contamination" target="_blank">a fairly shocking study</a> revealed that basically all headphones are coated in PFAS, or forever chemicals, which had people wondering whether they're rubbing toxins on their ears and head. As someone who uses these products for a living, I was a little alarmed to read this, and I’ve been pretty conscious of my listening since then, usually opting for speakers over headphones when I can help it.</p><p>It won’t surprise you to learn that the Fairbuds 2 have none of these ‘forever chemicals’, and I could listen for as long as I wanted without worrying about the effects of doing so. It’s hard to put a price on peace of mind, but for music listening, the Fairbuds 2 provide just that.</p><p>But I’ve beaten about the bush long enough: beyond health and eco concerns, just how good are these things? Well, the reason I’ve beaten about the bush so much is that “yeah, they’re just fine,” isn't engaging copy.</p><p>Design-wise, these are pretty simple buds, with a hardy and light carry case, and pretty feature-light design. There’s little to distinguish them from other buds however, beyond their lack of discernible features. Being pretty plain isn’t the end of the world, and they fit fine.</p><p>They’re not the best-sounding earbuds I’ve tested by any stretch of the imagination, but they’re fine for the price if you can look past some rough edges.</p><p>I found the ANC pretty good, though it takes its toll on a battery life which roughly matches their price-competitive AirPods rivals (that is to say, it’s not very long). An app brings some extra features, including some of the most effective audio EQ presets I’ve heard from earbuds — if you like customizing your music but aren’t familiar with equalizers, it’s a great option.</p><p>If it wasn’t for the Fairphone touch, these would just be middling wireless earbuds that’d disappear behind the competition. But the eco-friendly appeal, their repairability plus the absence of toxic chemicals, all make them far easier to recommend.</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-fairphone-fairbuds-2-review-price-and-release-date"><span>Fairphone Fairbuds 2 review: Price and release date</span></h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="VJkfUnbSNDHTBBMbMHRXYM" name="Fairphone Fairbuds 2 in case again" alt="The Fairphone FairBuds 2 buds and case in a man's hand." src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VJkfUnbSNDHTBBMbMHRXYM-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><ul><li><strong>Released in October in Europe, November US</strong></li><li><strong>Sells for $119 / £99 (about AU$200)</strong></li><li><strong>Cheaper than AirPods 5, which is all that matters</strong></li></ul><p>Fairphone unveiled the Fairbuds 2 on October 14, 2026, roughly two years after the release of the original pair and a year after the reimagined <a href="https://www.techradar.com/audio/wireless-headphones/fairphone-fairbuds-xl-2025-review">Fairbuds XL 2025</a> over-ears. They went on sale immediately in Europe, but US buyers had to wait until November 2.</p><p>You can buy the Fairbuds 2 for $119 / £99 (about AU$200) — Fairphone doesn’t sell its tech in Australia. The brand is increasing its presence in the US; while the original buds did sell there, it only began selling phones earlier this year with the <a href="https://www.techradar.com/phones/fairphone-6-plus-review">Fairphone 6 Plus</a>.</p><p>That phone makes the Fairbuds 2 slightly pricier than their predecessors in the US, but cheaper in the UK; the original Fairbuds went for $99 / £129. Despite this reshuffle, they’re still more affordable than the <a href="https://www.techradar.com/phones/airpods-5-and-airpods-5-with-wireless-charging-are-like-a-greatest-hits-rollout-of-airpods-pro-just-without-the-hearing-health-or-heart-rate-modules">cheapest version of AirPods 5</a> (which will set you back $129 / £129 / AU$219), and the Fairphone option actually has ear tips.</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-fairphone-fairbuds-2-review-specs"><span>Fairphone Fairbuds 2 review: Specs</span></h2><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Drivers</p></td><td  ><p>11mm</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Active noise cancellation</p></td><td  ><p>Yes</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Battery life</p></td><td  ><p>6 hours (ANC on), 8 hours (ANC off)</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Weight</p></td><td  ><p>5.8g (buds) 64g (case)</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Connectivity</p></td><td  ><p>Bluetooth 6.0</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Frequency response</p></td><td  ><p>20-20kHz</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Waterproofing</p></td><td  ><p>IP54</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-fairphone-fairbuds-2-review-features"><span>Fairphone Fairbuds 2 review: Features</span></h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="3n85sjjYRfsdv3L4mdGhYM" name="Fairphone Fairbuds 2 solo buds" alt="The Fairphone FairBuds 2 buds on a table." src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/3n85sjjYRfsdv3L4mdGhYM-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><ul><li><strong>6-hour battery life isn't amazing</strong></li><li><strong>ANC is surprisingly solid</strong></li><li><strong>App has EQ including useful presets</strong></li></ul><p>According to Fairphone, the earbuds last for 6 hours of listening with ANC on, or 8 hours off; that’s not a very competitive spec, all things considered. In my own testing, I’d say I got a little extra time on those figures, but not enough that I can call the battery life ‘good’. Apple's base model AirPods 5 only last for 4 hours with ANC; the step-up model with wireless charging support last 5 with ANC (or 7 without it) so it's a little better than that, but not by much. </p><p>The case provides up to 40 hours of battery life, which is a little better (Apple's step-up model only offers 22), but that spec is for ANC-off listening. An ANC-on figure isn’t provided, but I’d estimate it’s about 32 hours.</p><p>The ANC is more impressive — I’ll confess, I wasn’t expecting Fairphone to have created top-of-the-class noise cancellation. While this doesn’t match the likes of Soundcore or Bose, the Fairbuds 2 were surprisingly effective at stripping out noisy backgrounds or the kinds of sporadic sounds that other buds struggle with.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2500px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.28%;"><img id="DXJGuYcTC3ZYNSoCbnxg6M" name="Fairphone Fairbuds 2 another backup" alt="The Fairphone FairBuds 2 buds and case on a table." src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/DXJGuYcTC3ZYNSoCbnxg6M-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2500" height="1407" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The Fairbuds app is pretty basic, but it’s not strictly necessary; I’d used the buds for two whole weeks before I decided to download it to my phone.</p><p>The app lets you toggle between ANC modes (on, off, or transparency), see the charge levels, play with an EQ and presets, and set up multipoint connectivity, although I couldn’t find the option to do so myself. There’s also a Find My Earbuds tool which lets you summon both the left or right bud, and this is a feature you don’t always see in earbuds.</p><p>The equalizer is a simple five-band one, but I was surprised how effective the five presets are: Balanced, Bass Boost, Treble Boost and Voice all had significant impacts on the sound profile, in a way that I see being really useful for those who like their audio a certain way and don’t want to play with the custom EQ mode. I found Voice useful for spoken-word content, as it did a great job at maintaining the reader’s voice while dampening other sounds.</p><ul><li><strong>Features score: 4 / 5</strong></li></ul><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="Mh5t3RS3VT8AAqZfBCLbYM" name="Fairphone Fairbuds 2 single bud case" alt="The Fairphone FairBuds 2 buds and case on a table." src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Mh5t3RS3VT8AAqZfBCLbYM-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-fairphone-fairbuds-2-review-design"><span>Fairphone Fairbuds 2 review: Design</span></h2><ul><li><strong>Small, hardy carry case</strong></li><li><strong>Simplistic buds which fit well</strong></li><li><strong>Eco-friendly, chemical-free design</strong></li></ul><p>In one way, the Fairphone Fairbuds 2 are some of the most basic-looking buds there can be, but modest looks hide the real selling point of these options. But we’ll get to that later.</p><p>Firstly, the case: it’s a small cylinder, weighing 64g (when the buds are inside) and opening in a clam-shell form. You get the basics: a pairing button, a USB-C port, plus a handy three-LED strip to show you how charged your buds are. Handy! The case is made of plastic that’s so solid that I initially thought it was metal, and it feels more robust than most at protecting your buds.</p><p>Next, the buds: unlike the first-gen models, these are stem-toting options, and they look far too simplistic to be confused with AirPods: there’s the in-ear bud, a straight and flat stem, and nothing much else (well, other than some lovely responsive touch controls). They weigh 5.8g each.</p><p>When I first started testing them, the Fairbuds 2 felt a little loose in the ear; I thought I had another <a href="https://www.techradar.com/audio/wireless-headphones/samsung-galaxy-buds-4-pro-review">Samsung Galaxy Buds 4 Pro</a> situation going on. But quite quickly they took to my ear, and after the second day they fit perfectly. So if you've just bought a pair, and are having problems, just give them time.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="V9HyhcE8PpzHDWzr3m2KYM" name="Fairphone Fairbuds 2 two in hand" alt="The Fairphone FairBuds 2 in a man's hand." src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/V9HyhcE8PpzHDWzr3m2KYM-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Now for the whole point of the Fairbuds: Fairphone’s eco credentials. The brand is at the forefront of eco-friendly tech, using eco-friendly materials and processes when possible, and in the buds that means the speaker magnets and solder is all recycled material, while the cobalt, copper, gold and silver are all fairly mined or sourced. The eco-friendly-ness doesn’t just keep your conscience clean, though, because it manifests in a few great ways.</p><p>Firstly, these things are completely repairable, so if they break you can buy and replace one part instead of needing new buds. There are seven parts in all, all of which can be replaced using a simple screwdriver. Also in the Fairbuds 2, the earbuds don’t use PFAS, or forever chemicals – you can listen for as long as you want without any fear of the chemicals and their as-yet-unknown effects on the human body.</p><p>You can buy the FairBuds 2 in green or black, but if you’re going for green tech, I don’t see why you shouldn’t also be buying green-colored tech. The buds themselves have an IP54 protection against dust and splashes, but the case doesn’t have an official rating.</p><ul><li><strong>Design score: 4.5 / 5</strong></li></ul><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1392px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="QtRRSbFXQ6BeNkw9RQ4WyL" name="Fairphone Fairbuds 2 in ear" alt="The Fairphone FairBuds 2 in a man's ear." src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/QtRRSbFXQ6BeNkw9RQ4WyL-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1392" height="783" attribution="" endorsement="" class="" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-fairphone-fairbuds-2-review-sound-quality"><span>Fairphone Fairbuds 2 review: Sound quality</span></h2><ul><li><strong>11mm driver per bud</strong></li><li><strong>Prominent bass downs out treble</strong></li><li><strong>Supports LDAC playback on supported phones</strong></li></ul><p>The Fairphone Fairbuds 2 come with 11mm dynamic drivers, working as jacks of all trades to cover the audio spectrum. </p><p>As fairly affordable earbuds go, the Fairbuds 2 are just fine — you’re not getting any obvious issues like tinny audio, overblown bass or a lackluster sound profile, and so I can’t give them a bad sound score. But there are a few audible issues which it’s worth flagging.</p><p>I’d call these buds bass-first, because low-end has more heft than high-end, and it does mean that sometimes vocals can lack the sparkle they deserve. In something like Red Hot Chili Peppers’ <em>Factory of Faith</em> or Dispatch’s <em>May We All</em>, the singers sound like they’ve lost an argument with their bassists and rhythm guitarists, and in Macklemore’s <em>Hind’s Hall</em> the drums and bass keep distracting you from the lyrics.</p><p>Bass, while prominent, is perhaps not especially refined; the lack of a bespoke low-end-focused driver here is noticeable. Low-end has power prominence but less direction or distinction than you’d hope. It results in a low-end that sometimes sounds just fine, other times a little rumbly. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="SKu8bYfNf2yks9o2uuBPJM" name="Fairphone Fairbuds 2 single finger" alt="The Fairphone FairBuds 2 bud in a man's hand." src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/SKu8bYfNf2yks9o2uuBPJM-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>In Tom Petty’s <em>Supernatural Radio</em>, for example, the bass riff sounds meaty until the other instruments come in, making it sound indistinct. However with the later guitar and piano solo, the bass drowns out the higher-pitched parts. </p><p>These are the first buds I’ve tested in about a month in which I can really hear a song’s mids, though, so props go to Fairphone for not leaning too hard into popular sound profiles. However I did notice peaking in certain songs around the high-end.</p><p>It’s easy to point out the issues in the Fairbuds 2, because some rivals at this price point are putting out frankly incredible options, but I should clarify that the buds are still pretty good, and most people will be perfectly happy with them. </p><p>For some technical specs, the buds support LDAC if you’re using a compatible Android phone, and use the Bluetooth 6.0 standard.</p><ul><li><strong>Sound quality: 3.5 / 5</strong></li></ul><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2372px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="Zykb3bnX6JWfTnAMMiVx9M" name="Fairphone Fairbuds 2 backup" alt="The Fairphone FairBuds 2 buds and case on a table." src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Zykb3bnX6JWfTnAMMiVx9M-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2372" height="1334" attribution="" endorsement="" class="" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-fairphone-fairbuds-2-review-value"><span>Fairphone Fairbuds 2 review: Value</span></h2><ul><li><strong>You get what you pay for: solid, reasonably-priced earbuds</strong></li><li><strong>However, there are some fantastic alternatives at the price</strong></li></ul><p>The Fairbuds 2 straddle the border between affordable and mid-range earbuds, but given that the brand's tech generally comes with a green premium, I'm happy to consider these a more affordable option.</p><p>If I were to close my eyes, and picture buds at this price, I'd basically envision the Fairphones; they audio quality, feature set and design all roughly match what you'd expect from the price. Fine value for money...</p><p>... if it wasn't for the fact that it's a really competitive market segment, with some stellar alternatives. </p><ul><li><strong>Value: 4 / 5</strong></li></ul><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2510px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="DbHPcotnB6CA3vs5qCC4GM" name="Fairphone Fairbuds 2 in case" alt="The Fairphone FairBuds 2 buds and case on a table." src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/DbHPcotnB6CA3vs5qCC4GM-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2510" height="1412" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-should-i-buy-the-fairphone-fairbuds-2"><span>Should I buy the Fairphone Fairbuds 2?</span></h2><div ><table><caption>Fairphone Fairbuds 2 score card</caption><thead><tr><th class="firstcol " ><p>Attributes</p></th><th  ><p>Notes</p></th><th  ><p>Rating</p></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Features</p></td><td  ><p>The ANC and app presets work well, though the battery life isn't great.</p></td><td  ><p>4/5</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Design</p></td><td  ><p>The eco-friendly and chemical-free build wins all the points, though the simple carry case and buds are charming in their own way.</p></td><td  ><p>4.5/5</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Sound quality</p></td><td  ><p>Audio is perfectly serviceable, though a few quirks will put off audiophiles.</p></td><td  ><p>3.5/5</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Value</p></td><td  ><p>They're fine value for money, though not the best in their market segment.</p></td><td  ><p>4/5</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h2 id="buy-them-if">Buy them if…</h2><div class="product"><p><strong>You want eco-friendly tech</strong><br />Fairphone is second-to-none with its green materials, production and sourcing.</p></div><div class="product"><p><strong>You'll repair your earbuds if they break</strong><br />Repairable tech is all the rage, and if you think you'd be up to fix broken buds, these are the ones to buy.</p></div><div class="product"><p><strong>You like svelte carry cases</strong><br />The Fairbuds 2 have one of the smallest carry cases I've seen in ages, and it's pretty protective too.<a class="view-deal button" href="" target="_blank" rel="nofollow" data-dimension112="ebb2ac1a-d441-11f1-b570-35e63010116e" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="You like svelte carry casesThe Fairbuds 2 have one of the smallest carry cases I've seen in ages, and it's pretty protective too." data-dimension48="You like svelte carry casesThe Fairbuds 2 have one of the smallest carry cases I've seen in ages, and it's pretty protective too." data-dimension25="">View Deal</a></p></div><h2 id="don-t-buy-them-if">Don’t buy them if…</h2><div class="product"><p><strong>You're a staunch audiophile</strong><br />If all you care about is the sound, I think you'll find the Fairbuds 2 a little disappointing.</p></div><div class="product"><p><strong>You'd like something long-lasting</strong><br />The Fairbuds are long-lasting in terms of the product life span, but the actual battery life isn't that great.</p></div><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-fairphone-fairbuds-2-review-also-consider"><span>Fairphone Fairbuds 2 review: Also consider</span></h2><p>Looking for alternative in-ears? Here are a few alternatives at the same price point.</p><div ><table><thead><tr><th class="firstcol empty" ></th><th  ><p>Fairphone Fairbuds 2</p></th><th  ><p>Soundpeats H3</p></th><th  ><p>Huawei FreeBuds Neo</p></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Drivers</p></td><td  ><p>11mm</p></td><td  ><p>12mm + dual balanced armatures</p></td><td  ><p>11mm</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Active noise cancellation</p></td><td  ><p>Yes</p></td><td  ><p>Yes</p></td><td  ><p>Yes</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Battery life (ANC on)</p></td><td  ><p>6 hours (buds) 32 hours (case)</p></td><td  ><p>7 hours (buds) 37 hours (case)</p></td><td  ><p>6 hours (buds) / 22 hours (case)</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Weight</p></td><td  ><p>5.8g (buds) 64g (case)</p></td><td  ><p>6g (buds) 53g (case)</p></td><td  ><p>4.8g (bud) 31.4g (case)</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Connectivity</p></td><td  ><p>Bluetooth 6.0</p></td><td  ><p>Bluetooth 5.4</p></td><td  ><p>Bluetooth 6.0</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Waterproofing</p></td><td  ><p>IP54</p></td><td  ><p>IPX5</p></td><td  ><p>IP55</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><div class="product"><p><strong>Soundpeats H3</strong><br />For a tiny amount more, you can buy arguably the best-sounding earbuds at this price point. The H3 look funky, fit well and sound incredibly, but don't have the eco appeal of the Fairbuds.<br /><strong>Read our full </strong><a href="https://www.techradar.com/audio/earbuds-airpods/soudpeats-h3-review" data-dimension112="ebb2af3a-d441-11f1-a268-efcdffbbf4a0" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Read our full Soundpeats H3 review" data-dimension48="Read our full Soundpeats H3 review" data-dimension25=""><strong>Soundpeats H3 review</strong></a></p></div><div class="product"><p><strong>Huawei FreeBuds Neo</strong><br />A Fairbuds 2 contemporary with pretty similar specs, the Neo sound better and are lovely and small, but the app barely works and the ANC isn't as good.<br /><strong>Read our full </strong><a href="https://www.techradar.com/audio/earbuds-airpods/huawei-freebuds-neo-review" data-dimension112="ebb2afa8-d441-11f1-b68d-3fe737b44ec3" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Read our full Huawei FreeBuds Neo review" data-dimension48="Read our full Huawei FreeBuds Neo review" data-dimension25=""><strong>Huawei FreeBuds Neo review</strong></a></p></div><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-how-i-tested-the-fairphone-faurbuds-2"><span>How I tested the Fairphone Faurbuds 2</span></h2><ul><li><strong>Tested for three weeks</strong></li><li><strong>Paired with Android phone for Bluetooth playback</strong></li><li><strong>Used on holiday as well as use at home and around neighborhood.</strong></li></ul><p>I used the Fairphone Fairbuds 2 for about three weeks before writing this review; I used them back-to-back with the Huawei FreeBuds Neo, generally bringing them both with me on trips.</p><p>In this testing time I went on holiday, so they got time on flights, train and coach trips, and I also used them at the gym, at home and on walks around my local area. </p><p>For the entirety of the testing time, the buds were connected to my Samsung phone. I listened to Spotify, played from my high-res collection, played games, conducted video calls and watched videos to test them out.</p><p>I've tested most of Fairphone's gadgets since I joined TechRadar in 2019, including the Fairbuds XL 2025 last year, and also have experience reviewing plenty of other earbuds from a range of brands (including almost every other pair mentioned in the review)></p><ul><li><em>First reviewed in October 2026</em></li></ul><ul><li><a href="https://www.techradar.com/news/how-we-test">Read TechRadar's reviews guarantee</a></li></ul>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ Anker Solix S2000 review ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>Portable power stations are useful for everything from keeping your broadband running during a power cut to powering equipment away from a convenient socket. The Anker Solix S2000 fits both roles, combining a substantial battery with a relatively compact upright design.</p><p>What impressed me most, though, was how little fuss it involved. It handled repeated sessions with a 1,200W wet/dry vacuum straight out of the box, while the accompanying app was easy to set up and refreshingly clear about what its settings actually do.</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-anker-solix-s2000-specifications"><span>Anker Solix S2000: specifications</span></h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:46.21%;"><img id="Da4cEQRuzTYWUSzN2Fi8Yg" name="Anker Solix S2000" alt="Anker Solix S2000" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Da4cEQRuzTYWUSzN2Fi8Yg-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1183" attribution="" endorsement="" class="" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Specification</strong></p></td><td  ><p><strong>Details</strong></p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Battery capacity</p></td><td  ><p>2,000Wh</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Battery chemistry</p></td><td  ><p>Lithium iron phosphate, also known as LFP or LiFePO₄</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Continuous AC output</p></td><td  ><p>1,500W total</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>UK mains outlets</p></td><td  ><p>Four Type G sockets: two front, two rear</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>USB-A</p></td><td  ><p>One port, up to 12W</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>USB-C</p></td><td  ><p>Two ports: up to 15W and 100W</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Shared USB limit</p></td><td  ><p>USB-A and 15W USB-C share an 18W maximum</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Standard AC charging</p></td><td  ><p>Up to 1,150W</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Solar charging</p></td><td  ><p>Up to 400W through the XT60i input</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>UPS transfer time</p></td><td  ><p>Approximately 10ms, manufacturer-rated</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Dimensions</p></td><td  ><p>208 × 282 × 323.3mm</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Weight</p></td><td  ><p>16.2kg</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Warranty</p></td><td  ><p>Five years</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><p><em>Specifications are manufacturer figures; socket layout and port labels were also checked against the UK review unit.</em></p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-design-and-connections"><span>Design and connections</span></h2><p>The S2000 has an understated appearance: a dark grey enclosure, rounded edges and a glossy front panel. It looks perfectly at home beside a desk, although mine was soon earning its keep around DIY equipment.</p><p>Its upright shape gives it a reasonably small footprint. At 16.2kg, however, “portable” still involves a deliberate lift. Moving it between rooms or taking it out to the garden is one thing; carrying it a long distance is another.</p><p>The UK version has four proper Type G sockets, split evenly between the front and rear. That arrangement makes sense. You can keep regularly connected equipment plugged in behind the unit, leaving the front sockets available for things you connect occasionally.</p><p>There is a trade-off: you’ll need access to both sides if you want to use every socket. Bear that in mind before squeezing it into a tight space, and leave the ventilation clear.</p><p>The USB connections sit above the display. The 100W USB-C port is the one to choose for a compatible laptop, while the other USB-C connection is limited to 15W. They look similar, so it’s worth checking the labels.</p><p>The screen puts the remaining battery percentage front and centre, alongside input and output wattage and an estimated remaining time. That gives you the information you need without reaching for your phone.</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-performance-a-proper-day-s-work"><span>Performance: a proper day’s work</span></h2><p>My S2000 arrived with a 59% state of charge. Rather than charging it fully before doing anything useful, I put it straight to work powering a 1,200W wet/dry vacuum.</p><p>Between approximately 10am and 5pm, I used the vacuum repeatedly in sessions lasting around five to ten minutes. The Anker handled those sessions without any problems, and by the time I finished, it still showed 13% remaining.</p><p>To be clear, that was intermittent use across a seven-hour working day, rather than seven hours of continuous vacuuming. Even so, it was a useful practical test: repeated use of a fairly demanding appliance, starting with little more than half a battery.</p><p>The benefit was simple. I could get on with the job without running an extension lead back to a mains socket, and the power station had enough charge to cover the work I needed to do.</p><p>This wasn’t a controlled capacity test. I didn’t record the vacuum’s total running time or measure the energy delivered at the socket, so it wouldn’t be fair to calculate an efficiency figure from the percentage drop.</p><p>What I can say is that it coped comfortably with this particular vacuum and pattern of use.</p><p>The main limitation is the 1,500W continuous output. Battery capacity tells you how much energy is stored; output determines which appliances it can run. A large battery doesn’t automatically mean it can power a typical high-wattage UK kettle or several demanding tools together.</p><p>Check appliance ratings, allow for starting demands, and remember that the output limit is shared across the AC sockets.</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-charging-options"><span>Charging options</span></h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1183px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:216.40%;"><img id="hW8A7mdpVyEnUxKGedo88g" name="Anker Solix S2000" alt="Anker Solix S2000" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/hW8A7mdpVyEnUxKGedo88g-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1183" height="2560" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>For everyday charging, the S2000 connects directly to the mains using the supplied AC cable. There’s no separate external power brick to find space for.</p><p>During one charging session, the front display showed approximately 1,068W going in. An app screenshot taken during charging showed around 1,077W, with UltraFast charging switched off. These are snapshots rather than a timed charging test, but they show a substantial charging rate in normal use.</p><p>There’s also an app-controlled UltraFast option when a quicker turnaround matters.</p><p>Away from home, the S2000 supports compatible solar panels and vehicle charging, provided you have the correct cables and accessories. Solar input is capped at 400W, with Anker specifying a maximum open-circuit voltage of 60V. Panel compatibility matters as well as the connector.</p><p>Those alternatives add flexibility, although a normal car accessory socket will be much slower than mains charging. Think of it as a way to replenish charge while travelling, rather than expecting a quick refill of a 2kWh battery.</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-the-app-easy-to-set-up-easy-to-understand"><span>The app: easy to set up, easy to understand</span></h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1080px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:216.67%;"><img id="prKSSuyPEv6u7coVkMZ27Q" name="Anker Solix S2000 app" alt="Screenshot of the Solix S2000 app in use" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/prKSSuyPEv6u7coVkMZ27Q-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1080" height="2340" attribution="" endorsement="" class="" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future || Anker)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The app was one of the nicest surprises.</p><p>Finding it in the Google Play Store was straightforward, as were signing in and getting started. The S2000 was detected straight away, added without difficulty and ready to control. An iPhone version also appears to be available, although my experience here was with Android.</p><p>The main screen presents the battery percentage, temperature, charging estimate and power flow clearly. You can see what’s happening at a glance.</p><p>More useful still is the depth of control. There are multiple UPS and power-management modes, charging timers, adjustable AC charging power and battery charge limits. You also get AC output scheduling, a countdown to switch the sockets off, screen controls and power-usage history.</p><p>Crucially, the explanations are good. Rather than leaving you to decipher a vaguely named mode, the app helps you understand what a setting does and decide whether it suits your needs.</p><p>Some power-station apps make configuration feel like educated guesswork. Here, the guidance makes the extra features more approachable, particularly if this is your first battery system.</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-backup-power-and-everyday-use"><span>Backup power and everyday use</span></h2><p>The UPS function adds another potential role: keeping suitable equipment powered when the mains fails. Anker quotes a transfer time of around 10ms, although I haven’t independently measured that or tested compatibility with individual computers.</p><p>For a home office, the combination of rear sockets, battery monitoring and configurable operating modes is appealing. You can leave equipment connected and manage the unit without constantly handling it.</p><figure role="gallery"><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Da4cEQRuzTYWUSzN2Fi8Yg-1920-80.jpg" alt="Anker Solix S2000 " /><figcaption><small role="credit">Future</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Q5Q2EmNbzHXzkEtcFpeqNg-1920-80.jpg" alt="Anker Solix S2000 " /><figcaption><small role="credit">Future</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/soHh9ucvqNyYaGMtCtYfNg-1920-80.jpg" alt="Anker Solix S2000 " /><figcaption><small role="credit">Future</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/uh59NEDvSBxu5PUayTY2Dg-1920-80.jpg" alt="Anker Solix S2000 " /><figcaption><small role="credit">Future</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/hW8A7mdpVyEnUxKGedo88g-1920-80.jpg" alt="Anker Solix S2000 " /><figcaption><small role="credit">Future</small></figcaption></figure></figure><p><em>For more off-grid essentials, we've tested the </em><a href="https://www.techradar.com/best/portable-power-stations" target="_blank"><em>best portable power stations</em></a><em>. </em></p> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.techradar.com/pro/anker-solix-s2000-portable-power-station-review</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ The S2000 proved a handy companion for a day of DIY, although its 1,500W output means you’ll need to check what you plug into it. ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">zBo6g8DQhZAGiRbnu9trkL</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/trNiHiyeRjYxAkjLAnKvHg-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Fri, 30 Oct 2026 13:46:20 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                <updated>Fri, 30 Oct 2026 13:46:27 +0000</updated>
                                                                                                                                            <category><![CDATA[Pro]]></category>
                                                                                                <author><![CDATA[ desire.athow@futurenet.com (Desire Athow) ]]></author>                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Desire Athow ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/oEw3XiohQwun9z7gMxKzkB-320-70.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ &lt;p&gt;Désiré has been musing and writing about technology during a career spanning four decades. He dabbled in &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.techradar.com/news/the-best-website-builder&quot;&gt;website builders&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.techradar.com/web-hosting/best-web-hosting-service-websites&quot;&gt;web hosting&lt;/a&gt; when DHTML and frames were in vogue and started narrating about the impact of technology on society just before the start of the Y2K hysteria at the turn of the last millennium.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Then followed a weekly tech column in a local business magazine in Mauritius, a late night tech radio programme called &lt;a href=&quot;https://web.archive.org/web/20030414214749/http://www.clicplus.com/&quot;&gt;Clicplus&lt;/a&gt; and a freelancing gig at the now-defunct, Theinquirer, with the late Mike Magee as mentor. After an eight-year stint at ITProPortal.com, where he discovered the joys of global techfests and transformed the publication into one of the biggest tech B2B independent publishers, Désiré moved to TechRadar Pro where he has been the editor for nine years.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;He has an affinity for anything hardware and staunchly refuses to stop writing reviews of obscure products or cover niche B2B software-as-a-service providers. He is an avid deal hunter and can be found lurking around on various deals forums.&lt;/p&gt; ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/trNiHiyeRjYxAkjLAnKvHg-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Future]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Anker Solix S2000 ]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Anker Solix S2000 ]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Anker Solix S2000 ]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/trNiHiyeRjYxAkjLAnKvHg-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>Portable power stations are useful for everything from keeping your broadband running during a power cut to powering equipment away from a convenient socket. The Anker Solix S2000 fits both roles, combining a substantial battery with a relatively compact upright design.</p><p>What impressed me most, though, was how little fuss it involved. It handled repeated sessions with a 1,200W wet/dry vacuum straight out of the box, while the accompanying app was easy to set up and refreshingly clear about what its settings actually do.</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-anker-solix-s2000-specifications"><span>Anker Solix S2000: specifications</span></h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:46.21%;"><img id="Da4cEQRuzTYWUSzN2Fi8Yg" name="Anker Solix S2000" alt="Anker Solix S2000" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Da4cEQRuzTYWUSzN2Fi8Yg-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1183" attribution="" endorsement="" class="" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Specification</strong></p></td><td  ><p><strong>Details</strong></p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Battery capacity</p></td><td  ><p>2,000Wh</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Battery chemistry</p></td><td  ><p>Lithium iron phosphate, also known as LFP or LiFePO₄</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Continuous AC output</p></td><td  ><p>1,500W total</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>UK mains outlets</p></td><td  ><p>Four Type G sockets: two front, two rear</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>USB-A</p></td><td  ><p>One port, up to 12W</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>USB-C</p></td><td  ><p>Two ports: up to 15W and 100W</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Shared USB limit</p></td><td  ><p>USB-A and 15W USB-C share an 18W maximum</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Standard AC charging</p></td><td  ><p>Up to 1,150W</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Solar charging</p></td><td  ><p>Up to 400W through the XT60i input</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>UPS transfer time</p></td><td  ><p>Approximately 10ms, manufacturer-rated</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Dimensions</p></td><td  ><p>208 × 282 × 323.3mm</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Weight</p></td><td  ><p>16.2kg</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Warranty</p></td><td  ><p>Five years</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><p><em>Specifications are manufacturer figures; socket layout and port labels were also checked against the UK review unit.</em></p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-design-and-connections"><span>Design and connections</span></h2><p>The S2000 has an understated appearance: a dark grey enclosure, rounded edges and a glossy front panel. It looks perfectly at home beside a desk, although mine was soon earning its keep around DIY equipment.</p><p>Its upright shape gives it a reasonably small footprint. At 16.2kg, however, “portable” still involves a deliberate lift. Moving it between rooms or taking it out to the garden is one thing; carrying it a long distance is another.</p><p>The UK version has four proper Type G sockets, split evenly between the front and rear. That arrangement makes sense. You can keep regularly connected equipment plugged in behind the unit, leaving the front sockets available for things you connect occasionally.</p><p>There is a trade-off: you’ll need access to both sides if you want to use every socket. Bear that in mind before squeezing it into a tight space, and leave the ventilation clear.</p><p>The USB connections sit above the display. The 100W USB-C port is the one to choose for a compatible laptop, while the other USB-C connection is limited to 15W. They look similar, so it’s worth checking the labels.</p><p>The screen puts the remaining battery percentage front and centre, alongside input and output wattage and an estimated remaining time. That gives you the information you need without reaching for your phone.</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-performance-a-proper-day-s-work"><span>Performance: a proper day’s work</span></h2><p>My S2000 arrived with a 59% state of charge. Rather than charging it fully before doing anything useful, I put it straight to work powering a 1,200W wet/dry vacuum.</p><p>Between approximately 10am and 5pm, I used the vacuum repeatedly in sessions lasting around five to ten minutes. The Anker handled those sessions without any problems, and by the time I finished, it still showed 13% remaining.</p><p>To be clear, that was intermittent use across a seven-hour working day, rather than seven hours of continuous vacuuming. Even so, it was a useful practical test: repeated use of a fairly demanding appliance, starting with little more than half a battery.</p><p>The benefit was simple. I could get on with the job without running an extension lead back to a mains socket, and the power station had enough charge to cover the work I needed to do.</p><p>This wasn’t a controlled capacity test. I didn’t record the vacuum’s total running time or measure the energy delivered at the socket, so it wouldn’t be fair to calculate an efficiency figure from the percentage drop.</p><p>What I can say is that it coped comfortably with this particular vacuum and pattern of use.</p><p>The main limitation is the 1,500W continuous output. Battery capacity tells you how much energy is stored; output determines which appliances it can run. A large battery doesn’t automatically mean it can power a typical high-wattage UK kettle or several demanding tools together.</p><p>Check appliance ratings, allow for starting demands, and remember that the output limit is shared across the AC sockets.</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-charging-options"><span>Charging options</span></h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1183px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:216.40%;"><img id="hW8A7mdpVyEnUxKGedo88g" name="Anker Solix S2000" alt="Anker Solix S2000" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/hW8A7mdpVyEnUxKGedo88g-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1183" height="2560" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>For everyday charging, the S2000 connects directly to the mains using the supplied AC cable. There’s no separate external power brick to find space for.</p><p>During one charging session, the front display showed approximately 1,068W going in. An app screenshot taken during charging showed around 1,077W, with UltraFast charging switched off. These are snapshots rather than a timed charging test, but they show a substantial charging rate in normal use.</p><p>There’s also an app-controlled UltraFast option when a quicker turnaround matters.</p><p>Away from home, the S2000 supports compatible solar panels and vehicle charging, provided you have the correct cables and accessories. Solar input is capped at 400W, with Anker specifying a maximum open-circuit voltage of 60V. Panel compatibility matters as well as the connector.</p><p>Those alternatives add flexibility, although a normal car accessory socket will be much slower than mains charging. Think of it as a way to replenish charge while travelling, rather than expecting a quick refill of a 2kWh battery.</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-the-app-easy-to-set-up-easy-to-understand"><span>The app: easy to set up, easy to understand</span></h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1080px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:216.67%;"><img id="prKSSuyPEv6u7coVkMZ27Q" name="Anker Solix S2000 app" alt="Screenshot of the Solix S2000 app in use" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/prKSSuyPEv6u7coVkMZ27Q-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1080" height="2340" attribution="" endorsement="" class="" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future || Anker)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The app was one of the nicest surprises.</p><p>Finding it in the Google Play Store was straightforward, as were signing in and getting started. The S2000 was detected straight away, added without difficulty and ready to control. An iPhone version also appears to be available, although my experience here was with Android.</p><p>The main screen presents the battery percentage, temperature, charging estimate and power flow clearly. You can see what’s happening at a glance.</p><p>More useful still is the depth of control. There are multiple UPS and power-management modes, charging timers, adjustable AC charging power and battery charge limits. You also get AC output scheduling, a countdown to switch the sockets off, screen controls and power-usage history.</p><p>Crucially, the explanations are good. Rather than leaving you to decipher a vaguely named mode, the app helps you understand what a setting does and decide whether it suits your needs.</p><p>Some power-station apps make configuration feel like educated guesswork. Here, the guidance makes the extra features more approachable, particularly if this is your first battery system.</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-backup-power-and-everyday-use"><span>Backup power and everyday use</span></h2><p>The UPS function adds another potential role: keeping suitable equipment powered when the mains fails. Anker quotes a transfer time of around 10ms, although I haven’t independently measured that or tested compatibility with individual computers.</p><p>For a home office, the combination of rear sockets, battery monitoring and configurable operating modes is appealing. You can leave equipment connected and manage the unit without constantly handling it.</p><figure role="gallery"><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Da4cEQRuzTYWUSzN2Fi8Yg-1920-80.jpg" alt="Anker Solix S2000 " /><figcaption><small role="credit">Future</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Q5Q2EmNbzHXzkEtcFpeqNg-1920-80.jpg" alt="Anker Solix S2000 " /><figcaption><small role="credit">Future</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/soHh9ucvqNyYaGMtCtYfNg-1920-80.jpg" alt="Anker Solix S2000 " /><figcaption><small role="credit">Future</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/uh59NEDvSBxu5PUayTY2Dg-1920-80.jpg" alt="Anker Solix S2000 " /><figcaption><small role="credit">Future</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/hW8A7mdpVyEnUxKGedo88g-1920-80.jpg" alt="Anker Solix S2000 " /><figcaption><small role="credit">Future</small></figcaption></figure></figure><p><em>For more off-grid essentials, we've tested the </em><a href="https://www.techradar.com/best/portable-power-stations" target="_blank"><em>best portable power stations</em></a><em>. </em></p>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ Final Fantasy Resonance review: classic RPG greatness made for 2026 ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>I’ve been playing <em>Final Fantasy Resonance </em>for the past few weeks, and it is a delightful love letter to the <em>Final Fantasy </em>series — a beautiful turn-based role-playing game (RPG) that blends new and old across its gameplay and aesthetics to create an adventure I have adored every second of.</p><p>While it might have its roots in a now defunct mobile gacha game — <em>Brave Exvius</em> — don’t hold that against it. The only holdover is the core story. Everything else, from the gameplay to the wide world map to explore to the visual style, has been overhauled — the pay-to-play elements are gone too; all unlocks are completely free</p><div  class="fancy-box"><div class="fancy_box-title">Review info</div><div class="fancy_box_body"><p class="fancy-box__body-text"><strong>Platform reviewed: </strong>Nintendo Switch 2<br /><strong>Available on: </strong>PS5, Xbox Series X|S, Nintendo Switch 2, PC<br /><strong>Release date: </strong>October 26, 2026</p></div></div><p>The end result of this total rebuild is a classic-feeling RPG that is somehow just as at home among 2026’s gaming lineup as it would have been among one from decades ago.</p><p>There are some tweaks I’d make here and there: mostly to Visions, and to the story that’s a little predictable, but neither of these issues has sapped the joy from what is easily among the <a href="https://www.techradar.com/gaming/nintendo/best-nintendo-switch-2-games">best Nintendo Switch 2 games</a> I’ve played this year (it’s also releasing on <a href="https://www.techradar.com/reviews/xbox-series-x">Xbox Series X</a>, <a href="https://www.techradar.com/reviews/xbox-series-s">Xbox Series S</a>, <a href="https://www.techradar.com/reviews/ps5">PS5</a> and PC).</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1920px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="U5hTCPgdCmUturpd2yEGzS" name="8273" alt="The open world map" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/U5hTCPgdCmUturpd2yEGzS-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1920" height="1080" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Square Enix)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 id="back-to-basics">Back to basics</h2><p>After spending decades finding ways to mix up the turn-based action it popularized, <em>Final Fantasy Resonance</em> returns the series to a much more classic interpretation of it. When it’s their turn to act your party and enemies get to make a basic Attack, spend MP to perform some kind of special Skill action like casting a spell, Summon a powerful esper to fight by their side, or use an item from the party’s bag — with the order characters go determined by their speed.</p><p>It facilitates a slower and more tactical approach to engaging enemies than the action-focused gameplay of more modern <em>Final Fantasy</em> entries, which pairs nicely with <em>Resonance</em>’s less traditional combat mechanic: Stagger.</p><p>Dealing enough damage to your foes that’s a flavour they’re weak to will fill their meter and Stagger them — they’ll lose their go that turn if they haven’t acted yet, will take more damage until the next round, and whoever staggered them will get a second action. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1920px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="cdvZmFuBYkeQXRKjCdeW7T" name="8274" alt="Cloud's devastating resonance attack" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/cdvZmFuBYkeQXRKjCdeW7T-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1920" height="1080" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Square Enix)</span></figcaption></figure><p>If you Stagger every enemy at once, you enter a Sweeping Stagger — your whole party will get a second action, and you’ll be able to deliver a powerful Resonance attack. This sees one of your equipped Visions rush forward to deliver a cinematic finishing blow — showcased by a 3D cinematic that briefly takes you out of the game’s HD-2D style.</p><p><em>Resonance</em> isn't just <em>Final Fantasy</em> meets <em>Octopath Traveler</em>. It might seem that way based on my description so far — seeing as it borrows <em>Octopath’s</em> visual identity and a core aspect of the series’ Break and Boost system</p><div  class="fancy-box"><div class="fancy_box-title">Best bit</div><div class="fancy_box_body"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' ><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="XD75bDU4oNQHkDeDsnFYsS" name="8281" caption="" alt="A strange crystal" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/XD75bDU4oNQHkDeDsnFYsS-1920-80.jpg" mos="" link="" align="" fullscreen="" width="" height="" attribution="" endorsement="" class="pinterest-pin-exclude" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=""><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Square Enix)</span></figcaption></figure><p class="fancy-box__body-text"><strong>Exploring the game world to find secret items or hidden bosses always feels so rewarding. Especially later on, when you unlock the airship. There are several secrets I found out of pure curiosity, and it felt so fulfilling to be rewarded for hunting around.</strong></p></div></div><p>But besides the nuances of <em>Resonance</em>’s Stagger system, which make it different from what <em>Octopath </em>offers, you’ll also find this game’s plot is quintessential <em>Final Fantasy</em> — more on that in a moment — and it takes a different approach with its Job / Class system through Visions. They feel more like weapons you swap in and out than a Class you’ll want to perfect and stick with.</p><p>Visions are (mostly) manifestations of the core Final Fantasy games’ protagonists which aid your party in combat: performing the Resonance attacks I mentioned earlier, but also unlocking a separate list of actions and abilities for the party member they’re equipped to. Most skills you’ll only have access to while the Vision is actively deployed, but there are also permanent unlocks to earn by mastering a Vision — letting you mix and match aspects of Visions on a single party member to craft your ideal champion.</p><p>As I mentioned, this will feel a lot like Jobs from other Square Enix titles, but because so much of a Vision’s identity is lost from your character when you unequip it — most permanent Mastery unlocks are more generic, yet still useful, abilities like improving stats — I’ve found it better to see Visions as Equipment. Before entering a tough fight, you might want to swap out your loadout to best suit the challenge ahead — such as equipping your party with water attack dealers when facing off against a fiery foe.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1920px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="3oihNQsqfK6GRWcq3Z87gS" name="8278" alt="Rain charges with a flaming sword" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/3oihNQsqfK6GRWcq3Z87gS-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1920" height="1080" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Square Enix)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 id="a-medley-or-overstuffed-buffet">A medley or overstuffed buffet?</h2><p>Taking everything I’ve said so far, you might fear <em>Final Fantasy Resonance</em> would turn out to be a mess. </p><p>It combines aspects of several games (<em>Octopath Traveler, Brave Exvius, </em> and classic <em>Final Fantasy</em>). It jumps between 3D and HD-2D visuals across different cinematics. There’s just over two dozen Visions to master, each their own skills to augment the base abilities your party develops. You can call forth powerful Summons to deal even more damage to your foes. There’s a giant map to explore, bursting with secrets to discover in every corner. There are main quests and side missions to complete over tens of hours, as well as secret boss fights and a coliseum to become the champion of.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1920px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="kMumyy5UDLf4xb4Jm2QzpS" name="8283" alt="Noctis  redaying an attack" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/kMumyy5UDLf4xb4Jm2QzpS-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1920" height="1080" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Square Enix)</span></figcaption></figure><p>It’s a lot, yet <em>Final Fantasy Resonance </em>never felt like a mess.</p><p>Square Enix shows a mastery of the HD-2D art style. The world's environments are stunning, character sprites are expressive, and there are some amazing 2D spectacle across the game’s cutscenes and attack animations. The animatics feel fan-made in a good way — full of expression, and getting as much as possible from the medium.</p><p>The flashes of 3D work surprisingly well to augment special moments. Rather than feeling incongruous, the 3D Vision Resonance attack and Esper Summon cinematics give these abilities an appropriately otherworldly aspect.</p><p>Games which let you throw everything and the kitchen sink at your enemies have a habit of feeling too easy. However, playing on Expert difficulty, I found fights (especially boss fights) were a challenge — one I could overcome, but not without playing tactically. Button mashing and praying won’t save you here.</p><p>These different abilities also built up gradually over time. This let me get to grips with systems before some new aspect was thrown into the mix.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1920px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="rdZFY4bEtnLTkzqTxWoH8T" name="8276" alt="An esper's wind attack" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/rdZFY4bEtnLTkzqTxWoH8T-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1920" height="1080" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Square Enix)</span></figcaption></figure><p>And when the gameplay is so engaging, and the visuals so beautiful, I had no problem adventuring back and forth to complete side quests and seek out every secret hiding in the world.</p><h2 id="close-to-perfection">Close to perfection</h2><p>If I must find fault with <em>Final Fantasy Resonance,</em> it would be in two areas.</p><p>The first is that while I love a lot of the Visions system, it struggles for much of the mid-game because it focuses too much on the main Final Fantasy protagonists who are (let’s face it) pretty samey. This is showcased by the fact that the majority of them are classified as Commando or Breaker types.</p><p>The precise builds and abilities do change, but for example there aren’t many supportive Healers amongst them — meaning building out a dedicated support character in your party is a little tough at times as you’ll either need to stick with a Vision you’ve mastered, or accept your party will be multi-classing early on.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1920px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="yh6n37u2ajdMDgEA5izkxS" name="8272" alt="The Vision mastery page" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/yh6n37u2ajdMDgEA5izkxS-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1920" height="1080" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Square Enix)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Given how useful some Mastery abilities are, you’ll want to multiclass to some extent (Tronn’s ability to halve MP costs is one you need to unlock for as many characters as possible as soon as possible), but given the game says the Vision system offers you the freedom to customize the party however you want, I was a little disappointed that the reality doesn’t quite match this.</p><p>Secondly, I’d say the plot is <em>Final Fantasy</em> in its purest form. There are crystals, war between ancient mystical powers and new age technology, sacrifice for the greater good, twists and turns that reveal secrets about the characters’ and the world’s past, and an awful lot else that is a little cliché.</p><p>The story is certainly good enough to keep me engaged; it's just nothing special.</p><p>Though as I’ve said, neither of these gripes kept me from adoring <em>Final Fantasy Resonance</em>. Every time I sat down to write this review I had to force myself to not reach over for my Nintendo Switch 2 to play another five minutes — and like any good game my attempts to set time limits on myself never succeeded in keeping my play sessions shorter than a few hours at a time.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1920px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="9JrovZkYXBSy9XBhichueS" name="8279" alt="The party ready to fight a monster" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/9JrovZkYXBSy9XBhichueS-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1920" height="1080" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Square Enix)</span></figcaption></figure><p>While it is available on several consoles and PC, my <a href="https://www.techradar.com/gaming/nintendo/nintendo-switch-2-review">Nintendo Switch 2</a> has been superb. If you have a choice, this is where I’d recommend playing, as it runs so smoothly, it’s easy to chip away at quests while on the go, and you can still enjoy a beautiful big-picture experience when the handheld is docked.</p><h2 id="should-you-play-final-fantasy-resonance">Should you play Final Fantasy Resonance?</h2><h2 id="play-it-if">Play it if…</h2><div class="product"><p><strong>You miss classic </strong><em><strong>Final Fantasy</strong></em><br /><em>Resonance</em> is the best Final Fantasy game I’ve played in years, in all the best ways. It feels both new and old and is sure to delight long-time fans of the series.</p></div><div class="product"><p><strong>You love Octopath Traveller</strong><br />There’s a lot of <em>Octopath</em> in this game, yet <em>Resonance </em>still feels unique enough to scratch the HD-2D itch without feeling samey.</p></div><div class="product"><p><strong>You want a long, but not too long, RPG</strong><br />Unlike some RPGs that can stretch into the hundreds of hours, most players will finish <em>Resonance </em>and its side quests somewhere between 30 and 50. Still long enough to sink your teeth into, but not have it take over your life.</p></div><h2 id="don-t-play-it-if">Don’t play it if…</h2><div class="product"><p><strong>You hate turn-based combat</strong><br />Not everyone enjoys the tactical ebb-and-flow of a turn-based RPG. If that’s you this game isn’t for you.</p></div><div class="product"><p><strong>You hate exploration</strong><br />While not as vast as an open-world game, <em>Final Fantasy Resonance </em>is full of hidden secrets to find across its overworld, and dungeons. If you prefer a more linear adventure you might not get as much out of this experience as you could.</p></div><div class="product"><p><strong>You’re tired of cliché fantasy stories</strong><br />The <em>Final Fantasy Resonance </em>story feels like an amalgamation of every FF game to come before. It’s not bad, but the twists and turns are frequently predictable which can disappoint gamers who love a good story.</p></div><h2 id="accessibility-features">Accessibility features</h2><p>Besides the features built into your console of choice, <em>Final Fantasy Resonance</em> has no accessibility features baked into it. </p><p>However, as a turn-based RPG, gameplay can be as slow as you need. It doesn't matter if you take five seconds, five minutes, or five hours to lock in an action, and unlike games such as <a href="https://www.techradar.com/gaming/clair-obscur-expedition-33-review"><em>Clair Obscur: Expedition 33</em></a><em>,</em> there are no active parry or dodge mechanics that require precise timing on the player's part.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1920px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="G6TWia5PvM5m9sP2g9HfpS" name="8280" alt="Fighting Leviathan" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/G6TWia5PvM5m9sP2g9HfpS-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1920" height="1080" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Square Enix)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 id="how-i-reviewed-final-fantasy-resonance">How I reviewed Final Fantasy Resonance</h2><p>I reviewed Final Fantasy Resonance for around 30 hours on my Nintendo Switch 2. Predominantly, this was with base system hardware in handheld mode — plugging away on trips, my commute, and while relaxing on the couch — but I did experience the big-screen docked mode for several hours on my 4K Fire TV (relying on an <a href="https://www.techradar.com/gaming/8bitdo-ultimate-2-review">8BitDo Ultimate 2 controller</a> for inputs).</p><p>In all modes, the game ran smoothly, and I never regretted my decision to play the game on the least powerful system it’s launching on.</p><p><em>First reviewed October 2026</em></p> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.techradar.com/gaming/final-fantasy-resonance-review</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ This Octopath Traveller meets defunct mobile gacha game is the best I’ve played on my Nintendo Switch 2 all year. ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">e5vwXk3p9DvEVmED5SNAx4</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/EPdSDccz3nHpME3Y2rhikS-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Fri, 30 Oct 2026 12:03:49 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                <updated>Fri, 30 Oct 2026 12:06:44 +0000</updated>
                                                                                                                                            <category><![CDATA[Nintendo Switch]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[PS5]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Xbox Series X | S]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[PC Gaming]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Gaming]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Consoles & PC]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Nintendo]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Playstation]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Xbox]]></category>
                                                                                                <author><![CDATA[ hamish.hector@futurenet.com (Hamish Hector) ]]></author>                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Hamish Hector ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ePxhxWMJAFXSVFL4333tHB-320-70.png ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ &lt;p&gt;Hamish is a Senior Staff Writer for TechRadar and you’ll see his name appearing on articles across nearly every topic on the site from smart home deals to speaker reviews to graphics card news and everything in between. He uses his broad range of knowledge to help explain the latest gadgets and if they’re a must-buy or a fad fueled by hype. Though his specialty is writing about everything going on in the world of virtual reality and augmented reality.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;He’s been writing about tech and gaming for over five years now, getting his start at the University of Warwick’s student newspaper The Boar as a writer and later Games Editor while studying for his BSc in Maths and Physics (and later an MSc in Biotechnology, Bioprocessing, and Business Management). After graduating from university in 2020 he wrote all about battle royale games for Gfinity Esports before joining the TechRadar team in February 2021.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;In his free time, you’ll likely find Hamish lost in one of the latest VR games on his Meta Quest 3, watching a West End musical with his fiancee, playing Magic: The Gathering at his local game store, or planning the D&amp;D campaign he runs for his mates.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Want to get in touch? You can contact Hamish via his email.&lt;/p&gt; ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/EPdSDccz3nHpME3Y2rhikS-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Square Enix]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[The castle burning]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[The castle burning]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[The castle burning]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/EPdSDccz3nHpME3Y2rhikS-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>I’ve been playing <em>Final Fantasy Resonance </em>for the past few weeks, and it is a delightful love letter to the <em>Final Fantasy </em>series — a beautiful turn-based role-playing game (RPG) that blends new and old across its gameplay and aesthetics to create an adventure I have adored every second of.</p><p>While it might have its roots in a now defunct mobile gacha game — <em>Brave Exvius</em> — don’t hold that against it. The only holdover is the core story. Everything else, from the gameplay to the wide world map to explore to the visual style, has been overhauled — the pay-to-play elements are gone too; all unlocks are completely free</p><div  class="fancy-box"><div class="fancy_box-title">Review info</div><div class="fancy_box_body"><p class="fancy-box__body-text"><strong>Platform reviewed: </strong>Nintendo Switch 2<br /><strong>Available on: </strong>PS5, Xbox Series X|S, Nintendo Switch 2, PC<br /><strong>Release date: </strong>October 26, 2026</p></div></div><p>The end result of this total rebuild is a classic-feeling RPG that is somehow just as at home among 2026’s gaming lineup as it would have been among one from decades ago.</p><p>There are some tweaks I’d make here and there: mostly to Visions, and to the story that’s a little predictable, but neither of these issues has sapped the joy from what is easily among the <a href="https://www.techradar.com/gaming/nintendo/best-nintendo-switch-2-games">best Nintendo Switch 2 games</a> I’ve played this year (it’s also releasing on <a href="https://www.techradar.com/reviews/xbox-series-x">Xbox Series X</a>, <a href="https://www.techradar.com/reviews/xbox-series-s">Xbox Series S</a>, <a href="https://www.techradar.com/reviews/ps5">PS5</a> and PC).</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1920px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="U5hTCPgdCmUturpd2yEGzS" name="8273" alt="The open world map" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/U5hTCPgdCmUturpd2yEGzS-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1920" height="1080" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Square Enix)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 id="back-to-basics">Back to basics</h2><p>After spending decades finding ways to mix up the turn-based action it popularized, <em>Final Fantasy Resonance</em> returns the series to a much more classic interpretation of it. When it’s their turn to act your party and enemies get to make a basic Attack, spend MP to perform some kind of special Skill action like casting a spell, Summon a powerful esper to fight by their side, or use an item from the party’s bag — with the order characters go determined by their speed.</p><p>It facilitates a slower and more tactical approach to engaging enemies than the action-focused gameplay of more modern <em>Final Fantasy</em> entries, which pairs nicely with <em>Resonance</em>’s less traditional combat mechanic: Stagger.</p><p>Dealing enough damage to your foes that’s a flavour they’re weak to will fill their meter and Stagger them — they’ll lose their go that turn if they haven’t acted yet, will take more damage until the next round, and whoever staggered them will get a second action. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1920px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="cdvZmFuBYkeQXRKjCdeW7T" name="8274" alt="Cloud's devastating resonance attack" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/cdvZmFuBYkeQXRKjCdeW7T-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1920" height="1080" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Square Enix)</span></figcaption></figure><p>If you Stagger every enemy at once, you enter a Sweeping Stagger — your whole party will get a second action, and you’ll be able to deliver a powerful Resonance attack. This sees one of your equipped Visions rush forward to deliver a cinematic finishing blow — showcased by a 3D cinematic that briefly takes you out of the game’s HD-2D style.</p><p><em>Resonance</em> isn't just <em>Final Fantasy</em> meets <em>Octopath Traveler</em>. It might seem that way based on my description so far — seeing as it borrows <em>Octopath’s</em> visual identity and a core aspect of the series’ Break and Boost system</p><div  class="fancy-box"><div class="fancy_box-title">Best bit</div><div class="fancy_box_body"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' ><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="XD75bDU4oNQHkDeDsnFYsS" name="8281" caption="" alt="A strange crystal" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/XD75bDU4oNQHkDeDsnFYsS-1920-80.jpg" mos="" link="" align="" fullscreen="" width="" height="" attribution="" endorsement="" class="pinterest-pin-exclude" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=""><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Square Enix)</span></figcaption></figure><p class="fancy-box__body-text"><strong>Exploring the game world to find secret items or hidden bosses always feels so rewarding. Especially later on, when you unlock the airship. There are several secrets I found out of pure curiosity, and it felt so fulfilling to be rewarded for hunting around.</strong></p></div></div><p>But besides the nuances of <em>Resonance</em>’s Stagger system, which make it different from what <em>Octopath </em>offers, you’ll also find this game’s plot is quintessential <em>Final Fantasy</em> — more on that in a moment — and it takes a different approach with its Job / Class system through Visions. They feel more like weapons you swap in and out than a Class you’ll want to perfect and stick with.</p><p>Visions are (mostly) manifestations of the core Final Fantasy games’ protagonists which aid your party in combat: performing the Resonance attacks I mentioned earlier, but also unlocking a separate list of actions and abilities for the party member they’re equipped to. Most skills you’ll only have access to while the Vision is actively deployed, but there are also permanent unlocks to earn by mastering a Vision — letting you mix and match aspects of Visions on a single party member to craft your ideal champion.</p><p>As I mentioned, this will feel a lot like Jobs from other Square Enix titles, but because so much of a Vision’s identity is lost from your character when you unequip it — most permanent Mastery unlocks are more generic, yet still useful, abilities like improving stats — I’ve found it better to see Visions as Equipment. Before entering a tough fight, you might want to swap out your loadout to best suit the challenge ahead — such as equipping your party with water attack dealers when facing off against a fiery foe.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1920px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="3oihNQsqfK6GRWcq3Z87gS" name="8278" alt="Rain charges with a flaming sword" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/3oihNQsqfK6GRWcq3Z87gS-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1920" height="1080" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Square Enix)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 id="a-medley-or-overstuffed-buffet">A medley or overstuffed buffet?</h2><p>Taking everything I’ve said so far, you might fear <em>Final Fantasy Resonance</em> would turn out to be a mess. </p><p>It combines aspects of several games (<em>Octopath Traveler, Brave Exvius, </em> and classic <em>Final Fantasy</em>). It jumps between 3D and HD-2D visuals across different cinematics. There’s just over two dozen Visions to master, each their own skills to augment the base abilities your party develops. You can call forth powerful Summons to deal even more damage to your foes. There’s a giant map to explore, bursting with secrets to discover in every corner. There are main quests and side missions to complete over tens of hours, as well as secret boss fights and a coliseum to become the champion of.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1920px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="kMumyy5UDLf4xb4Jm2QzpS" name="8283" alt="Noctis  redaying an attack" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/kMumyy5UDLf4xb4Jm2QzpS-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1920" height="1080" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Square Enix)</span></figcaption></figure><p>It’s a lot, yet <em>Final Fantasy Resonance </em>never felt like a mess.</p><p>Square Enix shows a mastery of the HD-2D art style. The world's environments are stunning, character sprites are expressive, and there are some amazing 2D spectacle across the game’s cutscenes and attack animations. The animatics feel fan-made in a good way — full of expression, and getting as much as possible from the medium.</p><p>The flashes of 3D work surprisingly well to augment special moments. Rather than feeling incongruous, the 3D Vision Resonance attack and Esper Summon cinematics give these abilities an appropriately otherworldly aspect.</p><p>Games which let you throw everything and the kitchen sink at your enemies have a habit of feeling too easy. However, playing on Expert difficulty, I found fights (especially boss fights) were a challenge — one I could overcome, but not without playing tactically. Button mashing and praying won’t save you here.</p><p>These different abilities also built up gradually over time. This let me get to grips with systems before some new aspect was thrown into the mix.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1920px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="rdZFY4bEtnLTkzqTxWoH8T" name="8276" alt="An esper's wind attack" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/rdZFY4bEtnLTkzqTxWoH8T-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1920" height="1080" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Square Enix)</span></figcaption></figure><p>And when the gameplay is so engaging, and the visuals so beautiful, I had no problem adventuring back and forth to complete side quests and seek out every secret hiding in the world.</p><h2 id="close-to-perfection">Close to perfection</h2><p>If I must find fault with <em>Final Fantasy Resonance,</em> it would be in two areas.</p><p>The first is that while I love a lot of the Visions system, it struggles for much of the mid-game because it focuses too much on the main Final Fantasy protagonists who are (let’s face it) pretty samey. This is showcased by the fact that the majority of them are classified as Commando or Breaker types.</p><p>The precise builds and abilities do change, but for example there aren’t many supportive Healers amongst them — meaning building out a dedicated support character in your party is a little tough at times as you’ll either need to stick with a Vision you’ve mastered, or accept your party will be multi-classing early on.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1920px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="yh6n37u2ajdMDgEA5izkxS" name="8272" alt="The Vision mastery page" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/yh6n37u2ajdMDgEA5izkxS-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1920" height="1080" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Square Enix)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Given how useful some Mastery abilities are, you’ll want to multiclass to some extent (Tronn’s ability to halve MP costs is one you need to unlock for as many characters as possible as soon as possible), but given the game says the Vision system offers you the freedom to customize the party however you want, I was a little disappointed that the reality doesn’t quite match this.</p><p>Secondly, I’d say the plot is <em>Final Fantasy</em> in its purest form. There are crystals, war between ancient mystical powers and new age technology, sacrifice for the greater good, twists and turns that reveal secrets about the characters’ and the world’s past, and an awful lot else that is a little cliché.</p><p>The story is certainly good enough to keep me engaged; it's just nothing special.</p><p>Though as I’ve said, neither of these gripes kept me from adoring <em>Final Fantasy Resonance</em>. Every time I sat down to write this review I had to force myself to not reach over for my Nintendo Switch 2 to play another five minutes — and like any good game my attempts to set time limits on myself never succeeded in keeping my play sessions shorter than a few hours at a time.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1920px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="9JrovZkYXBSy9XBhichueS" name="8279" alt="The party ready to fight a monster" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/9JrovZkYXBSy9XBhichueS-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1920" height="1080" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Square Enix)</span></figcaption></figure><p>While it is available on several consoles and PC, my <a href="https://www.techradar.com/gaming/nintendo/nintendo-switch-2-review">Nintendo Switch 2</a> has been superb. If you have a choice, this is where I’d recommend playing, as it runs so smoothly, it’s easy to chip away at quests while on the go, and you can still enjoy a beautiful big-picture experience when the handheld is docked.</p><h2 id="should-you-play-final-fantasy-resonance">Should you play Final Fantasy Resonance?</h2><h2 id="play-it-if">Play it if…</h2><div class="product"><p><strong>You miss classic </strong><em><strong>Final Fantasy</strong></em><br /><em>Resonance</em> is the best Final Fantasy game I’ve played in years, in all the best ways. It feels both new and old and is sure to delight long-time fans of the series.</p></div><div class="product"><p><strong>You love Octopath Traveller</strong><br />There’s a lot of <em>Octopath</em> in this game, yet <em>Resonance </em>still feels unique enough to scratch the HD-2D itch without feeling samey.</p></div><div class="product"><p><strong>You want a long, but not too long, RPG</strong><br />Unlike some RPGs that can stretch into the hundreds of hours, most players will finish <em>Resonance </em>and its side quests somewhere between 30 and 50. Still long enough to sink your teeth into, but not have it take over your life.</p></div><h2 id="don-t-play-it-if">Don’t play it if…</h2><div class="product"><p><strong>You hate turn-based combat</strong><br />Not everyone enjoys the tactical ebb-and-flow of a turn-based RPG. If that’s you this game isn’t for you.</p></div><div class="product"><p><strong>You hate exploration</strong><br />While not as vast as an open-world game, <em>Final Fantasy Resonance </em>is full of hidden secrets to find across its overworld, and dungeons. If you prefer a more linear adventure you might not get as much out of this experience as you could.</p></div><div class="product"><p><strong>You’re tired of cliché fantasy stories</strong><br />The <em>Final Fantasy Resonance </em>story feels like an amalgamation of every FF game to come before. It’s not bad, but the twists and turns are frequently predictable which can disappoint gamers who love a good story.</p></div><h2 id="accessibility-features">Accessibility features</h2><p>Besides the features built into your console of choice, <em>Final Fantasy Resonance</em> has no accessibility features baked into it. </p><p>However, as a turn-based RPG, gameplay can be as slow as you need. It doesn't matter if you take five seconds, five minutes, or five hours to lock in an action, and unlike games such as <a href="https://www.techradar.com/gaming/clair-obscur-expedition-33-review"><em>Clair Obscur: Expedition 33</em></a><em>,</em> there are no active parry or dodge mechanics that require precise timing on the player's part.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1920px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="G6TWia5PvM5m9sP2g9HfpS" name="8280" alt="Fighting Leviathan" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/G6TWia5PvM5m9sP2g9HfpS-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1920" height="1080" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Square Enix)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 id="how-i-reviewed-final-fantasy-resonance">How I reviewed Final Fantasy Resonance</h2><p>I reviewed Final Fantasy Resonance for around 30 hours on my Nintendo Switch 2. Predominantly, this was with base system hardware in handheld mode — plugging away on trips, my commute, and while relaxing on the couch — but I did experience the big-screen docked mode for several hours on my 4K Fire TV (relying on an <a href="https://www.techradar.com/gaming/8bitdo-ultimate-2-review">8BitDo Ultimate 2 controller</a> for inputs).</p><p>In all modes, the game ran smoothly, and I never regretted my decision to play the game on the least powerful system it’s launching on.</p><p><em>First reviewed October 2026</em></p>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ HubSpot AEO review 2026 ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>I review tech for a living, so asking AI for the “best website for tech reviews” came with a small risk of bruised pride. Would TechRadar get a mention, or would the answer send readers straight to the competition? That was one of the questions I put to HubSpot AEO.</p><p><a href="https://www.techradar.com/reviews/hubspot-crm-review" target="_blank">HubSpot</a>’s answer engine optimization tool tracks selected questions across ChatGPT, Gemini and Perplexity. It shows which brands appear, which pages the answers cite, and suggests content work based on those findings. What interested me was being able to read the answers behind the score, then check the sources for myself.</p><p>I used the free trial to set up TechRadar and track 11 of the 25 available prompts. My hands-on review covers setup and reporting, with product demonstrations and documentation filling in the workflows I didn’t try. One day of results can’t prove long-term gains, but it gave me enough to judge whether the tool helps make sense of AI search or simply adds another chart to the working day.</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-hubspot-aeo-plans-and-pricing"><span>HubSpot AEO: Plans and pricing</span></h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1999px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:66.58%;"><img id="DPn4XLDSKXWRXuMKUVBrfN" name="hubspot-aeo-pricing-plans" alt="hubspot aeo pricing plans" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/DPn4XLDSKXWRXuMKUVBrfN-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1999" height="1331" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: HubSpot)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The standalone price for using HubSpot’s <a href="https://www.techradar.com/pro/i-tested-the-7-best-aeo-tools" target="_blank">AEO tool</a> is $50 a month, or $45 a month billed annually, which comes to $540 a year before tax. You also get a 28-day free trial that requires no credit card; there’s no need to buy another paid HubSpot product first.</p><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Access</strong></p></td><td  ><p><strong>Starting price (USD)</strong></p></td><td  ><p><strong>Tracked prompts</strong></p></td><td  ><p><strong>Monthly answers</strong></p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>AEO trial</p></td><td  ><p>Free for 28 days</p></td><td  ><p>25</p></td><td  ><p>2,500</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Standalone AEO</p></td><td  ><p>$50 monthly or $540 yearly</p></td><td  ><p>25</p></td><td  ><p>2,500</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Marketing Hub Professional</p></td><td  ><p>$800/month, paid annually</p></td><td  ><p>25</p></td><td  ><p>2,500</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Marketing Hub Enterprise</p></td><td  ><p>$3,600/month</p></td><td  ><p>50</p></td><td  ><p>5,000</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>HubSpot for Marketers Professional</p></td><td  ><p>$900/month, paid annually</p></td><td  ><p>25</p></td><td  ><p>2,500</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>HubSpot for Marketers Enterprise</p></td><td  ><p>From $3,800/month</p></td><td  ><p>50</p></td><td  ><p>5,000</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><p>The AEO features are also included in Marketing Hub Professional and Enterprise plans. And, the HubSpot for Marketers option bundles Marketing Hub with Content Hub and include AEO too. Those prices cover the wider software package, and not an AEO surcharge.</p><p>Now, if you’re just on the AEO plan and want more credits, it costs $20 a month for another 10 prompts and 1,000 monthly answers. A standalone account tracking 45 prompts therefore costs $90 a month on monthly billing. Not to forget, tracking another brand requires a separate AEO instance.</p><p>Content generation has a separate cost too. Generating a piece from an AEO recommendation requires Marketing Hub Professional or Enterprise and uses 1,000 HubSpot Credits. Standard Professional plans include 3,000 monthly credits, while Enterprise includes 5,000. Extra credits cost $10 per 1,000, and unused monthly credits expire. <a href="https://www.techradar.com/reviews/hubspot-crm-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow">CRM-based</a> prompt suggestions also require Marketing Hub Professional or Enterprise.</p><p>There’s one pricing wrinkle, though. Accounts enrolled in HubSpot’s flexible seats-and-credits program have separate terms, including two credits per AEO answer. That is a different model from the standard prompt allowances above. So, do check which model your account uses before budgeting.</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-hubspot-aeo-setup"><span>HubSpot AEO: Setup</span></h2><p>I signed up with my email and answered a question about my role. From there, HubSpot took me through the AEO setup one step at a time.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1999px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:41.32%;"><img id="7nPaCFBsQP4vXbhUjM3ef7" name="hubspot-aeo-setup-role" alt="hubspot aeo setup role" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/7nPaCFBsQP4vXbhUjM3ef7-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1999" height="826" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: HubSpot)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Next, I entered TechRadar’s name and <a href="https://www.techradar.com/reviews/hubspot-website-builder" target="_blank" rel="nofollow">website</a> address. That led to the competitor and audience settings, where I could narrow down what I wanted to track.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1999px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.38%;"><img id="oPCKbgBezuUmPraYezcYDS" name="hubspot-aeo-setup-website-competitors" alt="hubspot aeo setup website competitors" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/oPCKbgBezuUmPraYezcYDS-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1999" height="1127" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: HubSpot)</span></figcaption></figure><p>I reviewed the suggested competitors and chose TechRadar Streaming, focusing on deal-seeking shoppers in the United States. I wasn’t convinced by every competitor suggestion, though. Some were publishing companies rather than the review sites readers might compare.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1999px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.88%;"><img id="x8DZfK5ynsUZgV9XTenAum" name="hubspot-aeo-suggested-competitors" alt="hubspot aeo suggested competitors" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/x8DZfK5ynsUZgV9XTenAum-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1999" height="1137" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: HubSpot)</span></figcaption></figure><p>HubSpot used those choices to suggest questions to track. I could edit or remove prompts before continuing. Several asked much the same thing, so I found the suggestions useful for getting started, but too narrow to cover different reader needs on their own.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1999px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.78%;"><img id="adk69gJdTxbiex5EkkoST7" name="hubspot-aeo-suggested-prompts" alt="hubspot aeo suggested prompts" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/adk69gJdTxbiex5EkkoST7-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1999" height="1135" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: HubSpot)</span></figcaption></figure><p>I then started the checks and followed HubSpot’s progress as it worked through the prompts. From there, I could open the dashboard and start exploring the answers, brand mentions and cited sources.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1999px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:61.58%;"><img id="kR3GcEG7foW2ngwGbY5iLF" name="hubspot-aeo-tracking-progress-dashboard" alt="hubspot aeo tracking progress dashboard" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/kR3GcEG7foW2ngwGbY5iLF-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1999" height="1231" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: HubSpot)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-hubspot-aeo-features-and-specs"><span>HubSpot AEO: Features and specs</span></h2><h3 id="prompt-tracking">Prompt tracking</h3><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1999px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:55.78%;"><img id="HdPTQwAiMDqLCfBuTZW9SR" name="hubspot-aeo-prompt-tracking-answers-panel" alt="hubspot aeo prompt tracking answers panel" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/HdPTQwAiMDqLCfBuTZW9SR-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1999" height="1115" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: HubSpot)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The panel also separates Answers, Prompt Analysis and Recommendations. I like that structure because a weak score has somewhere to lead like you can inspect the answer, compare the sources, then consider a change. These are repeatable checks of chosen questions, not a log of what every buyer asks.</p><h3 id="brand-visibility-and-competitor-analysis">Brand visibility and competitor analysis</h3><p>The earlier dashboard screenshot showed 6.67% brand visibility while the account held 10 prompts. Its date range ran from October 27 to October 27, with a single point on the trend chart. That was a baseline, not enough history to judge progress.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1999px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.68%;"><img id="VDBKzfELs9jbnWUcZM8adc" name="hubspot-aeo-brand-visibility-score" alt="hubspot-aeo-brand-visibility-score" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VDBKzfELs9jbnWUcZM8adc-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1999" height="1133" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: HubSpot)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The broader review-site question above comes from the later 11-prompt view. Comparing that single question with the earlier average would be misleading. The contrast shows how much the choice of questions matters, not that visibility suddenly improved.</p><p>Visibility measures how often the brand appears in the tracked answers. Share of voice compares its mentions with the selected competitors. Filters for engine, product, audience and buying stage help explain where a gap sits. And, Sentiment adds context about how the brand is described, rather than just whether it appears.</p><p>For TechRadar, I also need to separate being named as a recommended review site from having a guide cited in an answer. Both can be useful, but a mention score alone doesn’t capture that difference.</p><h3 id="citation-analysis">Citation analysis</h3><p>This is the report I find most useful for planning content. A mention tells me the brand appeared. Citation analysis shows the pages and domains used as sources, including sources owned by other businesses.</p><p>My Citations screen splits the results by content type and channel. The first view concerns formats, such as blogs, comparisons, and documentation. The second concerns where the material comes from, with categories including owned, earned, peer, review-site, and user-generated sources.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1999px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:55.43%;"><img id="QN7d22AKwS2Yums7GM2rWm" name="hubspot-aeo-citation-analysis-channels" alt="hubspot aeo citation analysis channels" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/QN7d22AKwS2Yums7GM2rWm-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1999" height="1108" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: HubSpot)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Earned and review-site sources occupied large parts of my channel chart, while owned content had a thin slice. I read that as a reason to inspect outside sources before assuming another page on our own site is the answer. These are sources across the tracked prompts, though. They don’t all necessarily mention TechRadar.</p><p>The wider report lets you inspect top domains and individual URLs, and compare owned-domain citations with citations whose source pages mention your brand. That helps distinguish if you should improve your own pages or earn coverage elsewhere. Neither count proves that someone clicked through or bought anything.</p><h3 id="content-recommendations">Content recommendations</h3><p>HubSpot uses the prompts and cited sources to suggest workarounds for owned content, social amplification, and outreach. Each recommendation has a content type, channel, and priority. Opening it adds a suggested title, summary, audience, and keywords, with the prompts and citations behind the idea.</p><p>Suppose a tracked question keeps citing third-party comparisons. Here, updating a relevant comparison page or seeking inclusion in one could be more useful than publishing another broad guide. This is exactly where the source list helps make that choice.</p><p>The recommendation can then be marked complete. I see this as a useful brief for a writer or outreach lead, rather than a finished strategy. Someone still needs to check the cited pages, decide whether the suggestion fits the business, and do the work. </p><h3 id="content-generation-and-impact-tracking">Content generation and impact tracking</h3><p>For eligible Marketing Hub accounts, the Generate asset feature takes an owned-content or social recommendation into Content Agent. It uses the brief alongside brand voice, audience information, and cited pages. The draft appears in the recommendation’s Content tab, ready to open in the relevant editor.</p><p>I like the direct handoff because the source research and writing brief stay connected. It still needs an editor. That’s because a draft can follow a useful outline and still remain thin on facts, examples, or a reason to choose that business.</p><p>After publication, the Impact tab accepts the page URL and tracks whether it earns citations for the target prompts. This gives the recommendation a follow-up check instead of ending at “published”. It doesn’t prove that the tool caused an increase, and it isn’t sales attribution. </p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-is-hubspot-aeo-worth-it"><span>Is HubSpot AEO worth it?</span></h2><p>I recommend starting with the trial for one clear product, audience, and set of questions. My setup exposed the main risk early: a tidy dashboard can still rest on repetitive prompts and a questionable competitor list. Fix those inputs before spending time on the score.</p><p>For a small team, the standalone plan is a reasonable way to replace repeated manual checks and find useful source pages. Existing Marketing Hub Professional and Enterprise users get more value from the connected content tools. That’s why I don’t see a case for buying the wider suite solely for AEO.</p><p>The buying decision comes down to what the reports change. Find a worthwhile page to improve, a source to approach, or a buyer question you’ve missed. Without that next step, more daily data won’t earn its monthly fee.</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-faqs"><span>FAQs</span></h2><section class="article__schema-question"><h3>What is HubSpot AEO tool?</h3><article class="article__schema-answer"><p>HubSpot AEO is an answer engine optimization tool that tracks how your brand appears in answers from different AI tools. It monitors selected questions, compares brand mentions with competitors, and shows which pages get cited. It also suggests content updates and outreach opportunities based on those findings.</p></article></section><section class="article__schema-question"><h3>Is HubSpot AEO free?</h3><article class="article__schema-answer"><p>No, HubSpot AEO is not free, but it offers a 28-day free trial with 25 tracked prompts and no credit card required. Standalone access then costs $50 a month, or $45 a month billed annually. AEO is also included with paid Marketing Hub Professional and Enterprise plans. HubSpot’s free AI Search Grader is a separate snapshot tool.</p></article></section><section class="article__schema-question"><h3>Is AEO different from SEO?</h3><article class="article__schema-answer"><p>Yes, AEO differs from <a href="https://www.techradar.com/news/best-seo-tool">SEO</a> in its main goal, though the two overlap. SEO focuses on visibility in search results, whereas AEO focuses on getting your brand mentioned or your content cited in AI-generated answers. Both depend on helpful content and pages that search engines can access. I see AEO as an extension of SEO, not a reason to abandon it.<a href="https://ir.hubspot.com/news-releases/news-release-details/introducing-hubspot-aeo-answer-showing-ai-search-engines?utm_source=chatgpt.com"> </a></p></article></section><section class="article__schema-question"><h3>How to do AEO optimization?</h3><article class="article__schema-answer"><p>AEO optimization starts with checking how your brand appears in answers to questions your customers ask. I recommend reviewing the brands and sources cited, then improving pages that leave those questions unanswered. Make your content accessible to crawlers and seek relevant coverage on trusted websites. Track the same questions over time to see whether mentions and citations change.<a href="https://developers.google.com/search/docs/appearance/ai-features"> </a></p></article></section><section class="article__schema-question"><h3>How to write content for AEO?</h3><article class="article__schema-answer"><p>To write content for AEO, answer a specific question first, then add evidence, examples, and context. I keep each section focused on one topic, with clear headings and tables or lists where they help. Each passage should make sense on its own. Original research, expert insights, and useful FAQs give the page more substance than a rewrite of existing advice.</p></article></section> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.techradar.com/pro/hubspot-aeo-review</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ Useful AI search reports, provided you ask the right questions first. ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">t8XqB26x2n2ycAE8EXQFPQ</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/baFXKdRkW32sCmdq6up9iA-1920-80.png" type="image/png" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Fri, 30 Oct 2026 11:00:19 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                <updated>Fri, 30 Oct 2026 11:02:11 +0000</updated>
                                                                                                                                            <category><![CDATA[Pro]]></category>
                                                                                                                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Pawan Singh ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/XUZuAnHW9CP5y7V2fjopxn-320-70.jpeg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ &lt;p&gt;Pawan Singh is a tech writer at TechRadar Pro, where he contributes fresh how-to guides, product reviews, and buying guides within the tech industry. Apart from his writing duties, Pawan offers editorial assistance across various projects, ensuring content clarity and impact. Outside the world of tech, he enjoys playing basketball and going on solo trips.&lt;/p&gt; ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:content type="image/png" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/baFXKdRkW32sCmdq6up9iA-1920-80.png">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Future]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[hubspot aeo review ai generated hero image]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[hubspot aeo review ai generated hero image]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[hubspot aeo review ai generated hero image]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/baFXKdRkW32sCmdq6up9iA-1920-80.png" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>I review tech for a living, so asking AI for the “best website for tech reviews” came with a small risk of bruised pride. Would TechRadar get a mention, or would the answer send readers straight to the competition? That was one of the questions I put to HubSpot AEO.</p><p><a href="https://www.techradar.com/reviews/hubspot-crm-review" target="_blank">HubSpot</a>’s answer engine optimization tool tracks selected questions across ChatGPT, Gemini and Perplexity. It shows which brands appear, which pages the answers cite, and suggests content work based on those findings. What interested me was being able to read the answers behind the score, then check the sources for myself.</p><p>I used the free trial to set up TechRadar and track 11 of the 25 available prompts. My hands-on review covers setup and reporting, with product demonstrations and documentation filling in the workflows I didn’t try. One day of results can’t prove long-term gains, but it gave me enough to judge whether the tool helps make sense of AI search or simply adds another chart to the working day.</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-hubspot-aeo-plans-and-pricing"><span>HubSpot AEO: Plans and pricing</span></h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1999px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:66.58%;"><img id="DPn4XLDSKXWRXuMKUVBrfN" name="hubspot-aeo-pricing-plans" alt="hubspot aeo pricing plans" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/DPn4XLDSKXWRXuMKUVBrfN-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1999" height="1331" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: HubSpot)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The standalone price for using HubSpot’s <a href="https://www.techradar.com/pro/i-tested-the-7-best-aeo-tools" target="_blank">AEO tool</a> is $50 a month, or $45 a month billed annually, which comes to $540 a year before tax. You also get a 28-day free trial that requires no credit card; there’s no need to buy another paid HubSpot product first.</p><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Access</strong></p></td><td  ><p><strong>Starting price (USD)</strong></p></td><td  ><p><strong>Tracked prompts</strong></p></td><td  ><p><strong>Monthly answers</strong></p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>AEO trial</p></td><td  ><p>Free for 28 days</p></td><td  ><p>25</p></td><td  ><p>2,500</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Standalone AEO</p></td><td  ><p>$50 monthly or $540 yearly</p></td><td  ><p>25</p></td><td  ><p>2,500</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Marketing Hub Professional</p></td><td  ><p>$800/month, paid annually</p></td><td  ><p>25</p></td><td  ><p>2,500</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Marketing Hub Enterprise</p></td><td  ><p>$3,600/month</p></td><td  ><p>50</p></td><td  ><p>5,000</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>HubSpot for Marketers Professional</p></td><td  ><p>$900/month, paid annually</p></td><td  ><p>25</p></td><td  ><p>2,500</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>HubSpot for Marketers Enterprise</p></td><td  ><p>From $3,800/month</p></td><td  ><p>50</p></td><td  ><p>5,000</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><p>The AEO features are also included in Marketing Hub Professional and Enterprise plans. And, the HubSpot for Marketers option bundles Marketing Hub with Content Hub and include AEO too. Those prices cover the wider software package, and not an AEO surcharge.</p><p>Now, if you’re just on the AEO plan and want more credits, it costs $20 a month for another 10 prompts and 1,000 monthly answers. A standalone account tracking 45 prompts therefore costs $90 a month on monthly billing. Not to forget, tracking another brand requires a separate AEO instance.</p><p>Content generation has a separate cost too. Generating a piece from an AEO recommendation requires Marketing Hub Professional or Enterprise and uses 1,000 HubSpot Credits. Standard Professional plans include 3,000 monthly credits, while Enterprise includes 5,000. Extra credits cost $10 per 1,000, and unused monthly credits expire. <a href="https://www.techradar.com/reviews/hubspot-crm-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow">CRM-based</a> prompt suggestions also require Marketing Hub Professional or Enterprise.</p><p>There’s one pricing wrinkle, though. Accounts enrolled in HubSpot’s flexible seats-and-credits program have separate terms, including two credits per AEO answer. That is a different model from the standard prompt allowances above. So, do check which model your account uses before budgeting.</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-hubspot-aeo-setup"><span>HubSpot AEO: Setup</span></h2><p>I signed up with my email and answered a question about my role. From there, HubSpot took me through the AEO setup one step at a time.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1999px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:41.32%;"><img id="7nPaCFBsQP4vXbhUjM3ef7" name="hubspot-aeo-setup-role" alt="hubspot aeo setup role" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/7nPaCFBsQP4vXbhUjM3ef7-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1999" height="826" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: HubSpot)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Next, I entered TechRadar’s name and <a href="https://www.techradar.com/reviews/hubspot-website-builder" target="_blank" rel="nofollow">website</a> address. That led to the competitor and audience settings, where I could narrow down what I wanted to track.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1999px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.38%;"><img id="oPCKbgBezuUmPraYezcYDS" name="hubspot-aeo-setup-website-competitors" alt="hubspot aeo setup website competitors" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/oPCKbgBezuUmPraYezcYDS-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1999" height="1127" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: HubSpot)</span></figcaption></figure><p>I reviewed the suggested competitors and chose TechRadar Streaming, focusing on deal-seeking shoppers in the United States. I wasn’t convinced by every competitor suggestion, though. Some were publishing companies rather than the review sites readers might compare.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1999px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.88%;"><img id="x8DZfK5ynsUZgV9XTenAum" name="hubspot-aeo-suggested-competitors" alt="hubspot aeo suggested competitors" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/x8DZfK5ynsUZgV9XTenAum-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1999" height="1137" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: HubSpot)</span></figcaption></figure><p>HubSpot used those choices to suggest questions to track. I could edit or remove prompts before continuing. Several asked much the same thing, so I found the suggestions useful for getting started, but too narrow to cover different reader needs on their own.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1999px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.78%;"><img id="adk69gJdTxbiex5EkkoST7" name="hubspot-aeo-suggested-prompts" alt="hubspot aeo suggested prompts" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/adk69gJdTxbiex5EkkoST7-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1999" height="1135" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: HubSpot)</span></figcaption></figure><p>I then started the checks and followed HubSpot’s progress as it worked through the prompts. From there, I could open the dashboard and start exploring the answers, brand mentions and cited sources.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1999px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:61.58%;"><img id="kR3GcEG7foW2ngwGbY5iLF" name="hubspot-aeo-tracking-progress-dashboard" alt="hubspot aeo tracking progress dashboard" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/kR3GcEG7foW2ngwGbY5iLF-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1999" height="1231" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: HubSpot)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-hubspot-aeo-features-and-specs"><span>HubSpot AEO: Features and specs</span></h2><h3 id="prompt-tracking">Prompt tracking</h3><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1999px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:55.78%;"><img id="HdPTQwAiMDqLCfBuTZW9SR" name="hubspot-aeo-prompt-tracking-answers-panel" alt="hubspot aeo prompt tracking answers panel" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/HdPTQwAiMDqLCfBuTZW9SR-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1999" height="1115" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: HubSpot)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The panel also separates Answers, Prompt Analysis and Recommendations. I like that structure because a weak score has somewhere to lead like you can inspect the answer, compare the sources, then consider a change. These are repeatable checks of chosen questions, not a log of what every buyer asks.</p><h3 id="brand-visibility-and-competitor-analysis">Brand visibility and competitor analysis</h3><p>The earlier dashboard screenshot showed 6.67% brand visibility while the account held 10 prompts. Its date range ran from October 27 to October 27, with a single point on the trend chart. That was a baseline, not enough history to judge progress.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1999px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.68%;"><img id="VDBKzfELs9jbnWUcZM8adc" name="hubspot-aeo-brand-visibility-score" alt="hubspot-aeo-brand-visibility-score" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VDBKzfELs9jbnWUcZM8adc-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1999" height="1133" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: HubSpot)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The broader review-site question above comes from the later 11-prompt view. Comparing that single question with the earlier average would be misleading. The contrast shows how much the choice of questions matters, not that visibility suddenly improved.</p><p>Visibility measures how often the brand appears in the tracked answers. Share of voice compares its mentions with the selected competitors. Filters for engine, product, audience and buying stage help explain where a gap sits. And, Sentiment adds context about how the brand is described, rather than just whether it appears.</p><p>For TechRadar, I also need to separate being named as a recommended review site from having a guide cited in an answer. Both can be useful, but a mention score alone doesn’t capture that difference.</p><h3 id="citation-analysis">Citation analysis</h3><p>This is the report I find most useful for planning content. A mention tells me the brand appeared. Citation analysis shows the pages and domains used as sources, including sources owned by other businesses.</p><p>My Citations screen splits the results by content type and channel. The first view concerns formats, such as blogs, comparisons, and documentation. The second concerns where the material comes from, with categories including owned, earned, peer, review-site, and user-generated sources.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1999px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:55.43%;"><img id="QN7d22AKwS2Yums7GM2rWm" name="hubspot-aeo-citation-analysis-channels" alt="hubspot aeo citation analysis channels" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/QN7d22AKwS2Yums7GM2rWm-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1999" height="1108" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: HubSpot)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Earned and review-site sources occupied large parts of my channel chart, while owned content had a thin slice. I read that as a reason to inspect outside sources before assuming another page on our own site is the answer. These are sources across the tracked prompts, though. They don’t all necessarily mention TechRadar.</p><p>The wider report lets you inspect top domains and individual URLs, and compare owned-domain citations with citations whose source pages mention your brand. That helps distinguish if you should improve your own pages or earn coverage elsewhere. Neither count proves that someone clicked through or bought anything.</p><h3 id="content-recommendations">Content recommendations</h3><p>HubSpot uses the prompts and cited sources to suggest workarounds for owned content, social amplification, and outreach. Each recommendation has a content type, channel, and priority. Opening it adds a suggested title, summary, audience, and keywords, with the prompts and citations behind the idea.</p><p>Suppose a tracked question keeps citing third-party comparisons. Here, updating a relevant comparison page or seeking inclusion in one could be more useful than publishing another broad guide. This is exactly where the source list helps make that choice.</p><p>The recommendation can then be marked complete. I see this as a useful brief for a writer or outreach lead, rather than a finished strategy. Someone still needs to check the cited pages, decide whether the suggestion fits the business, and do the work. </p><h3 id="content-generation-and-impact-tracking">Content generation and impact tracking</h3><p>For eligible Marketing Hub accounts, the Generate asset feature takes an owned-content or social recommendation into Content Agent. It uses the brief alongside brand voice, audience information, and cited pages. The draft appears in the recommendation’s Content tab, ready to open in the relevant editor.</p><p>I like the direct handoff because the source research and writing brief stay connected. It still needs an editor. That’s because a draft can follow a useful outline and still remain thin on facts, examples, or a reason to choose that business.</p><p>After publication, the Impact tab accepts the page URL and tracks whether it earns citations for the target prompts. This gives the recommendation a follow-up check instead of ending at “published”. It doesn’t prove that the tool caused an increase, and it isn’t sales attribution. </p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-is-hubspot-aeo-worth-it"><span>Is HubSpot AEO worth it?</span></h2><p>I recommend starting with the trial for one clear product, audience, and set of questions. My setup exposed the main risk early: a tidy dashboard can still rest on repetitive prompts and a questionable competitor list. Fix those inputs before spending time on the score.</p><p>For a small team, the standalone plan is a reasonable way to replace repeated manual checks and find useful source pages. Existing Marketing Hub Professional and Enterprise users get more value from the connected content tools. That’s why I don’t see a case for buying the wider suite solely for AEO.</p><p>The buying decision comes down to what the reports change. Find a worthwhile page to improve, a source to approach, or a buyer question you’ve missed. Without that next step, more daily data won’t earn its monthly fee.</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-faqs"><span>FAQs</span></h2><section class="article__schema-question"><h3>What is HubSpot AEO tool?</h3><article class="article__schema-answer"><p>HubSpot AEO is an answer engine optimization tool that tracks how your brand appears in answers from different AI tools. It monitors selected questions, compares brand mentions with competitors, and shows which pages get cited. It also suggests content updates and outreach opportunities based on those findings.</p></article></section><section class="article__schema-question"><h3>Is HubSpot AEO free?</h3><article class="article__schema-answer"><p>No, HubSpot AEO is not free, but it offers a 28-day free trial with 25 tracked prompts and no credit card required. Standalone access then costs $50 a month, or $45 a month billed annually. AEO is also included with paid Marketing Hub Professional and Enterprise plans. HubSpot’s free AI Search Grader is a separate snapshot tool.</p></article></section><section class="article__schema-question"><h3>Is AEO different from SEO?</h3><article class="article__schema-answer"><p>Yes, AEO differs from <a href="https://www.techradar.com/news/best-seo-tool">SEO</a> in its main goal, though the two overlap. SEO focuses on visibility in search results, whereas AEO focuses on getting your brand mentioned or your content cited in AI-generated answers. Both depend on helpful content and pages that search engines can access. I see AEO as an extension of SEO, not a reason to abandon it.<a href="https://ir.hubspot.com/news-releases/news-release-details/introducing-hubspot-aeo-answer-showing-ai-search-engines?utm_source=chatgpt.com"> </a></p></article></section><section class="article__schema-question"><h3>How to do AEO optimization?</h3><article class="article__schema-answer"><p>AEO optimization starts with checking how your brand appears in answers to questions your customers ask. I recommend reviewing the brands and sources cited, then improving pages that leave those questions unanswered. Make your content accessible to crawlers and seek relevant coverage on trusted websites. Track the same questions over time to see whether mentions and citations change.<a href="https://developers.google.com/search/docs/appearance/ai-features"> </a></p></article></section><section class="article__schema-question"><h3>How to write content for AEO?</h3><article class="article__schema-answer"><p>To write content for AEO, answer a specific question first, then add evidence, examples, and context. I keep each section focused on one topic, with clear headings and tables or lists where they help. Each passage should make sense on its own. Original research, expert insights, and useful FAQs give the page more substance than a rewrite of existing advice.</p></article></section>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ Oppo Pad 5 review: a solid budget-friendly iPad rival ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-oppo-pad-5-two-minute-review"><span>Oppo Pad 5: two-minute review</span></h2><p>The Oppo Pad 5 delivers in almost every area that matters. It has a delightfully vibrant display with a smooth 120Hz refresh rate, a user-friendly interface with years' worth of OS and security updates, and boasts a huge battery life to boot.</p><p>I’ve been testing the tablet for three weeks now and, overall, I think that it’s worth the £349 asking price, which gives you 8GB of RAM and 128GB worth of storage. It serves up a bloat-free software experience, looks sleek and surprisingly premium, and even performs pretty decently when all’s said and done.</p><p>Sure, the MediaTek Dimensity 7300-Ultra processor isn’t the mightiest around, so you shouldn’t expect the sort of performance that the <a href="https://www.techradar.com/news/best-tablet">best tablets</a> around can deliver (the Pad 5's bigger brother, the <a href="https://www.techradar.com/tablets/oppo-pad-5-pro-review">Oppo Pad 5 Pro</a>, has a more powerful Snapdragon 8 Elite Gen 5 chipset), but for simple tasks like drawing and note-taking, scrolling on social media, and light gaming, I found it to be perfectly capable.</p><p>You’ll notice some occasional hiccups when running more intensive gaming software or using the split view mode with more demanding programs but, for most users, it will almost certainly do the job.</p><p>Some aspects of performance could be better, though. For instance, the built-in speakers don’t sound great, and the onboard cameras are hardly the most impressive (though good enough for video calls). My biggest criticism, though, is that the tablet only supports 33W wired charging, which is too slow for a device with a gigantic mAh battery capacity. As a result, you’ll be waiting for a good couple of hours to get to 100% again.</p><p>Still, I didn’t need to charge the Oppo Pad 5 very much during testing at all — only a handful of times across a three-week period. And, all in all, I think it offers plenty for £349. It may not have an OLED screen, but the 2.8K LCD display looks great, with punchy colors, solid contrast, and even Dolby Vision support. </p><p>The tablet’s standard of build is also pretty admirable — the aluminium frame and understated colour options make it seem more luxurious than it truly is.</p><p>Yes, it's not the lightest tablet around, and there’s no stylus or keyboard bundled in here, but I’d still recommend the Oppo Pad 5 overall. It's a relatively stylish option with largely stable performance and a stand-out display, helping it to compete against pricier rivals, such as the <a href="https://www.techradar.com/tablets/ipad/after-weeks-of-testing-the-11th-gen-ipad-proves-its-still-one-of-the-best-even-without-apple-intelligence">iPad 11-inch (2025)</a>.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1920px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="Wdpp5g9MJbrCjiyqH9AsN3" name="oppo-pad-5 (7).JPG" alt="Reverse side of the Oppo Pad 5" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Wdpp5g9MJbrCjiyqH9AsN3-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1920" height="1080" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-oppo-pad-5-review-price-availability"><span>Oppo Pad 5 review: price &amp; availability</span></h2><ul><li><strong>Priced at £349</strong></li><li><strong>Available now in the UK</strong></li><li><strong>Not sold directly in the US</strong></li></ul><p>The Oppo Pad 5 was revealed in 2025, but widespread availability in the UK only came about in 2026. It can't be purchased directly in the US, but could potentially be imported. The tablet is priced at £349, placing it somewhere between the entry level and mid-range categories. It's worth noting, though, that there’s no stylus or keyboard bundled in at this price, so for the full experience you could end up spending upwards of £400 here.</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-oppo-pad-5-review-specs"><span>Oppo Pad 5 review: specs</span></h2><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>OS</p></td><td  ><p>ColorOS 16.0</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Chipset</p></td><td  ><p>MediaTek Dimensity 7300-Ultra</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>RAM</p></td><td  ><p>8GB</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Storage</p></td><td  ><p>128GB</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Display</p></td><td  ><p>12.1-inch LCD (2800 x 1980)</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Weight</p></td><td  ><p>597g</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Battery</p></td><td  ><p>10,050mAh</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Charging</p></td><td  ><p>33W wired</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Cameras</p></td><td  ><p>8MP rear, 8MP front</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1920px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="4rSMzeq2qhgsw7eT8sZhG3" name="oppo-pad-5 (15).JPG" alt="Speakers on the Oppo Pad 5" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/4rSMzeq2qhgsw7eT8sZhG3-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1920" height="1080" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-oppo-pad-5-review-display"><span>Oppo Pad 5 review: display</span></h2><ul><li><strong>12.1-inch LCD screen</strong></li><li><strong>2800 x 1980 resolution with 120Hz refresh rate</strong></li><li><strong>Solid 900 nits peak brightness</strong></li></ul><p>The Oppo Pad 5 has a nice and broad 12.1-inch screen, which is plenty large enough for drawing and playing more intensive games. It has an LCD display rather than OLED, which would’ve been nice to see for deeper black levels and enhanced contrast, but it's common for a more budget-friendly model to opt for LCD.</p><p>In terms of resolution, you’re looking at 2.8K on the Oppo Pad 5. There’s also HDR10 and Dolby Vision support, and when I tried watching a movie in the latter format, I was impressed with the detail, vibrancy of colours and quality of contrast on show. </p><p>You also get a fairly bright, vivid picture from the Oppo Pad 5, which boasts a peak brightness of 900 nits. I found this to be perfect for brighter indoor spaces, and even moderate outdoor use.</p><p>As you may expect, the Oppo Pad 5 has an adaptive refresh rate of 120Hz. This makes basic navigation feel silky smooth, and when gaming, will enable you to play select titles at up to 120fps, so long as the software supports this. </p><p>Overall, I was impressed with the display of the Oppo Pad 5. It looks surprisingly sharp given its use of an LCD panel, and its replication of rich, punchy colours exceeded my expectations. It was also nice and responsive, well-sized, and relatively bright making it convenient for everyday use.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1920px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="gWEwgpW6bq8Eqep2sorxk3" name="oppo-pad-5 (12).JPG" alt="Oppo Pad 5 with display on" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/gWEwgpW6bq8Eqep2sorxk3-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1920" height="1080" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><ul><li><strong>Display score: 4/5</strong></li></ul><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-oppo-pad-5-review-design"><span>Oppo Pad 5 review: design</span></h2><ul><li><strong>Solid aluminium frame</strong></li><li><strong>Sleek, enticing look…</strong></li><li><strong>…but heftier than you may expect</strong></li></ul><p>The Oppo Pad 5 is a nice looking tablet, in my view. Its slim, sleek, and its quality aluminium frame makes it seem like a more premium product than it truly is. </p><p>I tried the Starlight Black version, which appears to be reliably available in the UK, with a seemingly elusive Aurora Pink alternative also exists. I like the look of the Starlight Black colorway — it's understated and classy, only adding to that sense that this tablet is punching above its weight, at least in the looks department.</p><p>One thing I didn’t love about the Oppo Pad 5, though, was its weight. It comes in at 597g, meaning it’s quite hefty in-use. For reference, that makes the Oppo Pad 5 more than 100g heavier than the Apple iPad 11-inch (2025), so if you want ultimate comfort for long usage sessions, you may be better served elsewhere.</p><p>As someone who only typically dips in and out of using my tablet, the Oppo Pad 5’s weight was no problem at all, though. And I did like other aspects of its design. For instance, the buttons are fairly small and low-key, which paired with some smart placement, ensured that I never triggered any accidental presses. </p><p>Some may find its IP40 dust and waterproof rating a bit underwhelming, though. This means that the tablet resists larger particle ingress, but is not waterproof whatsoever — so you’ll want to keep it well protected and dry at all times. </p><p>The underwhelming IP40 rating and weight of this tablet means that it's not quite a design marvel, but its attractive look and solid build quality ensures that it still feels more premium than its price may suggest.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1920px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="5qUerqKSEdodd7egvAPQG" name="oppo-pad-5 (4).JPG" alt="Rear camera on the Oppo Pad 5" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/5qUerqKSEdodd7egvAPQG-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1920" height="1080" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><ul><li><strong>Design score: 4/5</strong></li></ul><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-oppo-pad-5-review-software"><span>Oppo Pad 5 review: software</span></h2><ul><li><strong>ColorOS delivers an excellent user experience</strong></li><li><strong>Next to no bloat whatsoever</strong></li><li><strong>Five years of OS and six years of security updates pledged</strong></li></ul><p>Here’s where we get to arguably the best part of the Oppo Pad 5 — the fantastic software experience it provides. </p><p>Out of the box, this tablet is running Oppo’s ColorOS 16.0 (running on Android 16), which Android users will find familiar and practical. The user interface is well laid out, and even looks relatively stylish. It's seamless to access apps and settings too, and you can easily customize the home screen and switch between button or motion controls during setup.</p><p>What’s great to see is that the Oppo Pad 5 has excellent, long-term software support too. It will receive five years of OS updates, as well as six years of security patches. That’s a commendable pledge from Oppo, and means that users can confidently use this tablet for years to come.</p><p>Something else I loved about the Oppo Pad 5 was its almost total lack of bloatware. I’ve reviewed many devices where I’ve been met with a slew of unwanted mobile games, shopping apps, and AI slop, but the Oppo Pad 5 shows more respect to its users. There are a few pre-downloaded third-party apps, like Netflix and LinkedIn, but I’d wager that a large chunk of users would actually want these, so the streamlined app selection gets a big tick from me.</p><p>Another positive is that the Oppo Pad 5 is far less concerned with the generative AI nonsense that you see elsewhere, including on some of Oppo’s own products. The AI studio is still here, which enables you to generate some imagery, and there are a few other features, like AI Writer (for proof-reading and formatting) and AI-enabled translation, but again, this functionality isn’t being relentlessly pushed onto you.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1920px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="NbJVNo8BzrRyaCduAAdui3" name="oppo-pad-5 (8).JPG" alt="Oppo logo on the Oppo Pad 5" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/NbJVNo8BzrRyaCduAAdui3-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1920" height="1080" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><ul><li><strong>Software score: 5/5</strong></li></ul><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-oppo-pad-5-review-performance"><span>Oppo Pad 5 review: performance</span></h2><ul><li><strong>Solid yet slightly unremarkable chipset</strong></li><li><strong>8GB of RAM enough for multi-tasking</strong></li><li><strong>Quad speakers don’t sound great</strong></li></ul><p>The Oppo Pad 5 runs well overall, but it’s not going to provide you with totally flawless performance.</p><p>It uses the MediaTek Dimensity 7300-Ultra processor, which we’ve seen in a bunch of similarly priced rival models, like the OnePlus Pad Go 2. In addition, you get 8GB of RAM, which is easily enough for some basic multi-tasking. And I found the Oppo Pad 5 to run smoothly for the most part, with next to no hiccups when performing basic productivity tasks like note-taking, playing lighter games such as <em>Tetris</em>, or simply scrolling on social media.</p><p>I did pick-up on the occasional frame drop with more demanding software, such as 3D mobile games, and some occasional delays when using the split-view mode with Google Chrome, but unless you’re a more intensive user, I think you’ll get by just fine with this model.</p><p>One thing that I found to be a little disappointing, though, were the built-in quad speakers. These just don’t sound as refined as I’d hoped, with speech sometimes sounding boxed-in and generally a bit unclear. They’re not plating up super-tinny or shrill sound, sure, and the tablet has excellent codec support for music listening with headphones or speakers, but the built-in sound is lacking.</p><p>The built-in cameras are fine enough, though. They’re 8MP on both the front and rear, which is totally adequate for taking video calls, though I didn’t find the results to be overly detailed or natural-looking when snapping some photos.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1920px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="LCQiyazLqpKjjaSjBv7yi3" name="oppo-pad-5 (14).JPG" alt="Rear camera on the Oppo Pad 5" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/LCQiyazLqpKjjaSjBv7yi3-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1920" height="1080" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><ul><li><strong>Performance score: 3.5/5</strong></li></ul><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-oppo-pad-5-review-battery"><span>Oppo Pad 5 review: battery</span></h2><ul><li><strong>Huge 10,050mAh battery</strong></li><li><strong>Got me through multiple days of use when testing</strong></li><li><strong>Wired charging is disappointingly slow</strong></li></ul><p>The Oppo Pad 5 has a huge, 10,050mAh battery capacity, which really impressed me during testing. </p><p>Unless you’re an especially intensive user, you’ll easily be able to use the Oppo Pad 5 for multiple days without needing to juice it up whatsoever — I could count on one hand the amount of times I had to charge it across my three weeks of testing. On top of this, you get a number of battery settings, including a power saving, super-power saving, and high-performance mode, and some battery health options. </p><p>However, I do have one critique of the Oppo Pad 5 in the battery life department: its underwhelming charging speeds. It supports 33W wired charging, which definitely feels on the low side for a device with a battery this large. After one hour of charging, I discovered that the Oppo Pad 5 hadn’t even hit 50% yet, which is just too slow in my view.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1920px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="LqapPD8TE9WpbdvXNmBTf3" name="oppo-pad-5 (3).JPG" alt="USB-C port on the Oppo Pad 5" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/LqapPD8TE9WpbdvXNmBTf3-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1920" height="1080" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><ul><li><strong>Battery score: 4/5</strong></li></ul><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-should-i-buy-the-oppo-pad-5"><span>Should I buy the Oppo Pad 5?</span></h2><div ><table><thead><tr><th class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Attributes</strong></p></th><th  ><p><strong>Notes</strong></p></th><th  ><p><strong>Rating</strong></p></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Display</p></td><td  ><p>It may not be OLED, but the display is bright, detailed, and colorful.</p></td><td  ><p>4/5</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Design</p></td><td  ><p>Sleek, attractive, well-made tablet, but lacks waterproofing and is a tad hefty.</p></td><td  ><p>4/5</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Software</p></td><td  ><p>Clean and easy to use UI, excellent OS and security support, next to no bloat.</p></td><td  ><p>5/5</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Performance</p></td><td  ><p>Good enough for light everyday use, but not the most powerful, and built-in speakers could be better.</p></td><td  ><p>3.5/5</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Battery</p></td><td  ><p>Giant battery capacity let down slightly by underwhelming 33W charging.</p></td><td  ><p>4/5</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h2 id="buy-it-if">Buy it if...</h2><div class="product"><p><strong>You want a top-tier Android user-experience</strong><br />The Oppo Pad 5 plates up an excellent software experience, with the neat ColorOS, almost no bloatware whatsoever, and years worth of OS and security updates on the way. If you’re looking for an Android tablet that gives you a seamless user-experience, this is one to go for.</p></div><div class="product"><p><strong>You want seriously long battery life</strong><br />The Oppo Pad 5 comes equipped with a 10,050mAh capacity battery, meaning it will last for multiple days without needing to be charged, unless you’re an especially intensive user.</p></div><h2 id="don-39-t-buy-it-if">Don't buy it if...</h2><div class="product"><p><strong>You want peak performance</strong><br />You can get better performance from some of the Oppo Pad 5’s rivals, largely due to its slightly middling chipset — even if it's still steady enough for general everyday use.</p></div><div class="product"><p><strong>You’re looking for something ultra-lightweight</strong><br />The Oppo Pad 5 is slightly on the heavy side, so if you’re looking for an almost feather-weight model that you can take on the go, it may be worth looking elsewhere. </p></div><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-oppo-pad-5-review-also-consider"><span>Oppo Pad 5 review: also consider</span></h2><div ><table><thead><tr><th class="firstcol empty" ></th><th  ><p><strong>Oppo Pad 5</strong></p></th><th  ><p><strong>Apple iPad 11-inch (2025)</strong></p></th><th  ><p><strong>OnePlus Pad Go 2</strong></p></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Price</p></td><td  ><p>£349</p></td><td  ><p>Starts at £429</p></td><td  ><p>Starts at £319</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>OS</p></td><td  ><p>ColorOS 16.0</p></td><td  ><p>iPadOS 18</p></td><td  ><p>OxygenOS 15.0.1</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Chipset</p></td><td  ><p>MediaTek Dimensity 7300-Ultra</p></td><td  ><p>A16</p></td><td  ><p>MediaTek Dimensity 7300-Ultra</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>RAM</p></td><td  ><p>8GB</p></td><td  ><p>6GB</p></td><td  ><p>8GB</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Storage</p></td><td  ><p>128GB</p></td><td  ><p>128GB / 256GB / 512GB</p></td><td  ><p>128GB / 256GB</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Display</p></td><td  ><p>12.1-inch LCD (2800 x 1980)</p></td><td  ><p>11-inch LED Backlit (2360 x 1640) IPS LCD</p></td><td  ><p>12.1-inch LCD (2800 x 1980)</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Weight</p></td><td  ><p>597g</p></td><td  ><p>475g</p></td><td  ><p>597g</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Battery</p></td><td  ><p>10,050mAh</p></td><td  ><p>28.93Wh</p></td><td  ><p>10,050mAh</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Charging</p></td><td  ><p>33W wired</p></td><td  ><p>45W wired</p></td><td  ><p>33W wired</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Cameras</p></td><td  ><p>8MP rear, 8MP front</p></td><td  ><p>12MP rear, 12MP front</p></td><td  ><p>8MP rear, 8MP front</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><div class="product"><p><strong>Apple iPad 11-inch (2025)</strong><br />With ongoing global RAM shortages raging, Apple decided to increase the prices of a lot of its gadgets, and unfortunately, the iPad 11-inch (2025) was among those affected. Now, it starts at £429, but this is still a solid price for the quality on offer. This tablet is stunning, delivers impressive performance, and is lighter than the Oppo Pad 5. Read our full <a href="https://www.techradar.com/tablets/ipad/after-weeks-of-testing-the-11th-gen-ipad-proves-its-still-one-of-the-best-even-without-apple-intelligence" data-dimension112="461b1724-cef6-11f1-813e-25200ec142f7" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Apple iPad 11-inch (2025) review" data-dimension48="Apple iPad 11-inch (2025) review" data-dimension25="">Apple iPad 11-inch (2025) review</a>.</p></div><div class="product"><p><strong>OnePlus Pad Go 2</strong><br />Just look at that specs table. There are almost no differences whatsoever between the Oppo Pad 5 and the OnePlus Pad Go 2. But if you can grab this one for cheaper, or if you prefer its overall look, it may well be worth picking up instead. It can also be purchased with 256GB of storage in the UK, unlike the Oppo Pad 5. Read our full <a href="https://www.techradar.com/tablets/oneplus-pad-go-2-review" data-dimension112="461b1788-cef6-11f1-87cb-e5a7a3bbe042" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="OnePlus Pad Go 2 review" data-dimension48="OnePlus Pad Go 2 review" data-dimension25="">OnePlus Pad Go 2 review</a>.</p></div><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-how-i-tested-the-oppo-pad-5"><span>How I tested the Oppo Pad 5</span></h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1920px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="eFUH8mCaayBuNP6ZNuKuM3" name="oppo-pad-5 (13).JPG" alt="Time displayed on the Oppo Pad 5" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/eFUH8mCaayBuNP6ZNuKuM3-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1920" height="1080" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><ul><li><strong>Tested across the course of three weeks</strong></li><li><strong>Tried all major features</strong></li><li><strong>Used for streaming video, playing games, and doing everyday tasks</strong></li></ul><p>I used the Oppo Pad 5 as my main tablet across the course of three weeks. During this time, I gradually tested all of its core features and made sure to assess everything from display quality to battery life.</p><p>During testing, I tried out video streaming, playing games, and performing everyday tasks to measure the tablet’s performance across the most crucial areas.</p><p>More generally, I’ve spent years testing gadgets here at TechRadar, where I serve as a Senior Reviews Writer. I’ve tested everything from Dolby Atmos soundbars like the <a href="https://www.techradar.com/televisions/soundbars/sonos-beam-ultra-review">Sonos Beam Ultra</a> to phones like the <a href="https://www.techradar.com/phones/nothing-phone-4a-review">Nothing Phone 4(a)</a>. I’ve also reviewed tablets during my time here, such as the <a href="https://www.techradar.com/tablets/huawei-matepad-11-5-review">Huawei MatePad 11.5</a>.</p><ul><li>Read more about <a href="https://www.techradar.com/news/how-we-test">how we test</a></li><li><em>First reviewed: October 2026</em></li></ul> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.techradar.com/tablets/oppo-pad-5-review</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ The Oppo Pad 5 is a decent iPad rival with a beautiful display, plentiful battery life, and an appealing aesthetic — here’s whether I’d recommend it or not. ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">L3GF5dkVmQnE6wTuryPFsT</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/7PmvFH2gwxsK7ySyamtgb-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Thu, 29 Oct 2026 17:31:32 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Tablets]]></category>
                                                                                                <author><![CDATA[ harry.padoan@futurenet.com (Harry Padoan) ]]></author>                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Harry Padoan ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/995EkuqRKUTUjvMk7ataFi-320-70.png ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ &lt;p&gt;Harry is a Senior Reviews Writer for TechRadar. He reviews everything from party speakers to wall chargers and has a particular interest in the worlds of audio and gaming.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Prior to joining TechRadar, Harry was a journalist covering stories from the telecoms industry, drilling into areas such as innovation, acquisitions, and sustainability.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;When he isn’t testing the newest tech, Harry can probably be found listening to deep house, playing JRPGs, or watching his beloved Tottenham Hotspur.&lt;/p&gt; ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/7PmvFH2gwxsK7ySyamtgb-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Future]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Oppo Pad 5 on table with display on]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Oppo Pad 5 on table with display on]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Oppo Pad 5 on table with display on]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/7PmvFH2gwxsK7ySyamtgb-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-oppo-pad-5-two-minute-review"><span>Oppo Pad 5: two-minute review</span></h2><p>The Oppo Pad 5 delivers in almost every area that matters. It has a delightfully vibrant display with a smooth 120Hz refresh rate, a user-friendly interface with years' worth of OS and security updates, and boasts a huge battery life to boot.</p><p>I’ve been testing the tablet for three weeks now and, overall, I think that it’s worth the £349 asking price, which gives you 8GB of RAM and 128GB worth of storage. It serves up a bloat-free software experience, looks sleek and surprisingly premium, and even performs pretty decently when all’s said and done.</p><p>Sure, the MediaTek Dimensity 7300-Ultra processor isn’t the mightiest around, so you shouldn’t expect the sort of performance that the <a href="https://www.techradar.com/news/best-tablet">best tablets</a> around can deliver (the Pad 5's bigger brother, the <a href="https://www.techradar.com/tablets/oppo-pad-5-pro-review">Oppo Pad 5 Pro</a>, has a more powerful Snapdragon 8 Elite Gen 5 chipset), but for simple tasks like drawing and note-taking, scrolling on social media, and light gaming, I found it to be perfectly capable.</p><p>You’ll notice some occasional hiccups when running more intensive gaming software or using the split view mode with more demanding programs but, for most users, it will almost certainly do the job.</p><p>Some aspects of performance could be better, though. For instance, the built-in speakers don’t sound great, and the onboard cameras are hardly the most impressive (though good enough for video calls). My biggest criticism, though, is that the tablet only supports 33W wired charging, which is too slow for a device with a gigantic mAh battery capacity. As a result, you’ll be waiting for a good couple of hours to get to 100% again.</p><p>Still, I didn’t need to charge the Oppo Pad 5 very much during testing at all — only a handful of times across a three-week period. And, all in all, I think it offers plenty for £349. It may not have an OLED screen, but the 2.8K LCD display looks great, with punchy colors, solid contrast, and even Dolby Vision support. </p><p>The tablet’s standard of build is also pretty admirable — the aluminium frame and understated colour options make it seem more luxurious than it truly is.</p><p>Yes, it's not the lightest tablet around, and there’s no stylus or keyboard bundled in here, but I’d still recommend the Oppo Pad 5 overall. It's a relatively stylish option with largely stable performance and a stand-out display, helping it to compete against pricier rivals, such as the <a href="https://www.techradar.com/tablets/ipad/after-weeks-of-testing-the-11th-gen-ipad-proves-its-still-one-of-the-best-even-without-apple-intelligence">iPad 11-inch (2025)</a>.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1920px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="Wdpp5g9MJbrCjiyqH9AsN3" name="oppo-pad-5 (7).JPG" alt="Reverse side of the Oppo Pad 5" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Wdpp5g9MJbrCjiyqH9AsN3-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1920" height="1080" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-oppo-pad-5-review-price-availability"><span>Oppo Pad 5 review: price &amp; availability</span></h2><ul><li><strong>Priced at £349</strong></li><li><strong>Available now in the UK</strong></li><li><strong>Not sold directly in the US</strong></li></ul><p>The Oppo Pad 5 was revealed in 2025, but widespread availability in the UK only came about in 2026. It can't be purchased directly in the US, but could potentially be imported. The tablet is priced at £349, placing it somewhere between the entry level and mid-range categories. It's worth noting, though, that there’s no stylus or keyboard bundled in at this price, so for the full experience you could end up spending upwards of £400 here.</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-oppo-pad-5-review-specs"><span>Oppo Pad 5 review: specs</span></h2><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>OS</p></td><td  ><p>ColorOS 16.0</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Chipset</p></td><td  ><p>MediaTek Dimensity 7300-Ultra</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>RAM</p></td><td  ><p>8GB</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Storage</p></td><td  ><p>128GB</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Display</p></td><td  ><p>12.1-inch LCD (2800 x 1980)</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Weight</p></td><td  ><p>597g</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Battery</p></td><td  ><p>10,050mAh</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Charging</p></td><td  ><p>33W wired</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Cameras</p></td><td  ><p>8MP rear, 8MP front</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1920px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="4rSMzeq2qhgsw7eT8sZhG3" name="oppo-pad-5 (15).JPG" alt="Speakers on the Oppo Pad 5" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/4rSMzeq2qhgsw7eT8sZhG3-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1920" height="1080" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-oppo-pad-5-review-display"><span>Oppo Pad 5 review: display</span></h2><ul><li><strong>12.1-inch LCD screen</strong></li><li><strong>2800 x 1980 resolution with 120Hz refresh rate</strong></li><li><strong>Solid 900 nits peak brightness</strong></li></ul><p>The Oppo Pad 5 has a nice and broad 12.1-inch screen, which is plenty large enough for drawing and playing more intensive games. It has an LCD display rather than OLED, which would’ve been nice to see for deeper black levels and enhanced contrast, but it's common for a more budget-friendly model to opt for LCD.</p><p>In terms of resolution, you’re looking at 2.8K on the Oppo Pad 5. There’s also HDR10 and Dolby Vision support, and when I tried watching a movie in the latter format, I was impressed with the detail, vibrancy of colours and quality of contrast on show. </p><p>You also get a fairly bright, vivid picture from the Oppo Pad 5, which boasts a peak brightness of 900 nits. I found this to be perfect for brighter indoor spaces, and even moderate outdoor use.</p><p>As you may expect, the Oppo Pad 5 has an adaptive refresh rate of 120Hz. This makes basic navigation feel silky smooth, and when gaming, will enable you to play select titles at up to 120fps, so long as the software supports this. </p><p>Overall, I was impressed with the display of the Oppo Pad 5. It looks surprisingly sharp given its use of an LCD panel, and its replication of rich, punchy colours exceeded my expectations. It was also nice and responsive, well-sized, and relatively bright making it convenient for everyday use.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1920px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="gWEwgpW6bq8Eqep2sorxk3" name="oppo-pad-5 (12).JPG" alt="Oppo Pad 5 with display on" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/gWEwgpW6bq8Eqep2sorxk3-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1920" height="1080" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><ul><li><strong>Display score: 4/5</strong></li></ul><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-oppo-pad-5-review-design"><span>Oppo Pad 5 review: design</span></h2><ul><li><strong>Solid aluminium frame</strong></li><li><strong>Sleek, enticing look…</strong></li><li><strong>…but heftier than you may expect</strong></li></ul><p>The Oppo Pad 5 is a nice looking tablet, in my view. Its slim, sleek, and its quality aluminium frame makes it seem like a more premium product than it truly is. </p><p>I tried the Starlight Black version, which appears to be reliably available in the UK, with a seemingly elusive Aurora Pink alternative also exists. I like the look of the Starlight Black colorway — it's understated and classy, only adding to that sense that this tablet is punching above its weight, at least in the looks department.</p><p>One thing I didn’t love about the Oppo Pad 5, though, was its weight. It comes in at 597g, meaning it’s quite hefty in-use. For reference, that makes the Oppo Pad 5 more than 100g heavier than the Apple iPad 11-inch (2025), so if you want ultimate comfort for long usage sessions, you may be better served elsewhere.</p><p>As someone who only typically dips in and out of using my tablet, the Oppo Pad 5’s weight was no problem at all, though. And I did like other aspects of its design. For instance, the buttons are fairly small and low-key, which paired with some smart placement, ensured that I never triggered any accidental presses. </p><p>Some may find its IP40 dust and waterproof rating a bit underwhelming, though. This means that the tablet resists larger particle ingress, but is not waterproof whatsoever — so you’ll want to keep it well protected and dry at all times. </p><p>The underwhelming IP40 rating and weight of this tablet means that it's not quite a design marvel, but its attractive look and solid build quality ensures that it still feels more premium than its price may suggest.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1920px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="5qUerqKSEdodd7egvAPQG" name="oppo-pad-5 (4).JPG" alt="Rear camera on the Oppo Pad 5" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/5qUerqKSEdodd7egvAPQG-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1920" height="1080" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><ul><li><strong>Design score: 4/5</strong></li></ul><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-oppo-pad-5-review-software"><span>Oppo Pad 5 review: software</span></h2><ul><li><strong>ColorOS delivers an excellent user experience</strong></li><li><strong>Next to no bloat whatsoever</strong></li><li><strong>Five years of OS and six years of security updates pledged</strong></li></ul><p>Here’s where we get to arguably the best part of the Oppo Pad 5 — the fantastic software experience it provides. </p><p>Out of the box, this tablet is running Oppo’s ColorOS 16.0 (running on Android 16), which Android users will find familiar and practical. The user interface is well laid out, and even looks relatively stylish. It's seamless to access apps and settings too, and you can easily customize the home screen and switch between button or motion controls during setup.</p><p>What’s great to see is that the Oppo Pad 5 has excellent, long-term software support too. It will receive five years of OS updates, as well as six years of security patches. That’s a commendable pledge from Oppo, and means that users can confidently use this tablet for years to come.</p><p>Something else I loved about the Oppo Pad 5 was its almost total lack of bloatware. I’ve reviewed many devices where I’ve been met with a slew of unwanted mobile games, shopping apps, and AI slop, but the Oppo Pad 5 shows more respect to its users. There are a few pre-downloaded third-party apps, like Netflix and LinkedIn, but I’d wager that a large chunk of users would actually want these, so the streamlined app selection gets a big tick from me.</p><p>Another positive is that the Oppo Pad 5 is far less concerned with the generative AI nonsense that you see elsewhere, including on some of Oppo’s own products. The AI studio is still here, which enables you to generate some imagery, and there are a few other features, like AI Writer (for proof-reading and formatting) and AI-enabled translation, but again, this functionality isn’t being relentlessly pushed onto you.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1920px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="NbJVNo8BzrRyaCduAAdui3" name="oppo-pad-5 (8).JPG" alt="Oppo logo on the Oppo Pad 5" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/NbJVNo8BzrRyaCduAAdui3-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1920" height="1080" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><ul><li><strong>Software score: 5/5</strong></li></ul><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-oppo-pad-5-review-performance"><span>Oppo Pad 5 review: performance</span></h2><ul><li><strong>Solid yet slightly unremarkable chipset</strong></li><li><strong>8GB of RAM enough for multi-tasking</strong></li><li><strong>Quad speakers don’t sound great</strong></li></ul><p>The Oppo Pad 5 runs well overall, but it’s not going to provide you with totally flawless performance.</p><p>It uses the MediaTek Dimensity 7300-Ultra processor, which we’ve seen in a bunch of similarly priced rival models, like the OnePlus Pad Go 2. In addition, you get 8GB of RAM, which is easily enough for some basic multi-tasking. And I found the Oppo Pad 5 to run smoothly for the most part, with next to no hiccups when performing basic productivity tasks like note-taking, playing lighter games such as <em>Tetris</em>, or simply scrolling on social media.</p><p>I did pick-up on the occasional frame drop with more demanding software, such as 3D mobile games, and some occasional delays when using the split-view mode with Google Chrome, but unless you’re a more intensive user, I think you’ll get by just fine with this model.</p><p>One thing that I found to be a little disappointing, though, were the built-in quad speakers. These just don’t sound as refined as I’d hoped, with speech sometimes sounding boxed-in and generally a bit unclear. They’re not plating up super-tinny or shrill sound, sure, and the tablet has excellent codec support for music listening with headphones or speakers, but the built-in sound is lacking.</p><p>The built-in cameras are fine enough, though. They’re 8MP on both the front and rear, which is totally adequate for taking video calls, though I didn’t find the results to be overly detailed or natural-looking when snapping some photos.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1920px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="LCQiyazLqpKjjaSjBv7yi3" name="oppo-pad-5 (14).JPG" alt="Rear camera on the Oppo Pad 5" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/LCQiyazLqpKjjaSjBv7yi3-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1920" height="1080" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><ul><li><strong>Performance score: 3.5/5</strong></li></ul><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-oppo-pad-5-review-battery"><span>Oppo Pad 5 review: battery</span></h2><ul><li><strong>Huge 10,050mAh battery</strong></li><li><strong>Got me through multiple days of use when testing</strong></li><li><strong>Wired charging is disappointingly slow</strong></li></ul><p>The Oppo Pad 5 has a huge, 10,050mAh battery capacity, which really impressed me during testing. </p><p>Unless you’re an especially intensive user, you’ll easily be able to use the Oppo Pad 5 for multiple days without needing to juice it up whatsoever — I could count on one hand the amount of times I had to charge it across my three weeks of testing. On top of this, you get a number of battery settings, including a power saving, super-power saving, and high-performance mode, and some battery health options. </p><p>However, I do have one critique of the Oppo Pad 5 in the battery life department: its underwhelming charging speeds. It supports 33W wired charging, which definitely feels on the low side for a device with a battery this large. After one hour of charging, I discovered that the Oppo Pad 5 hadn’t even hit 50% yet, which is just too slow in my view.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1920px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="LqapPD8TE9WpbdvXNmBTf3" name="oppo-pad-5 (3).JPG" alt="USB-C port on the Oppo Pad 5" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/LqapPD8TE9WpbdvXNmBTf3-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1920" height="1080" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><ul><li><strong>Battery score: 4/5</strong></li></ul><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-should-i-buy-the-oppo-pad-5"><span>Should I buy the Oppo Pad 5?</span></h2><div ><table><thead><tr><th class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Attributes</strong></p></th><th  ><p><strong>Notes</strong></p></th><th  ><p><strong>Rating</strong></p></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Display</p></td><td  ><p>It may not be OLED, but the display is bright, detailed, and colorful.</p></td><td  ><p>4/5</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Design</p></td><td  ><p>Sleek, attractive, well-made tablet, but lacks waterproofing and is a tad hefty.</p></td><td  ><p>4/5</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Software</p></td><td  ><p>Clean and easy to use UI, excellent OS and security support, next to no bloat.</p></td><td  ><p>5/5</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Performance</p></td><td  ><p>Good enough for light everyday use, but not the most powerful, and built-in speakers could be better.</p></td><td  ><p>3.5/5</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Battery</p></td><td  ><p>Giant battery capacity let down slightly by underwhelming 33W charging.</p></td><td  ><p>4/5</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h2 id="buy-it-if">Buy it if...</h2><div class="product"><p><strong>You want a top-tier Android user-experience</strong><br />The Oppo Pad 5 plates up an excellent software experience, with the neat ColorOS, almost no bloatware whatsoever, and years worth of OS and security updates on the way. If you’re looking for an Android tablet that gives you a seamless user-experience, this is one to go for.</p></div><div class="product"><p><strong>You want seriously long battery life</strong><br />The Oppo Pad 5 comes equipped with a 10,050mAh capacity battery, meaning it will last for multiple days without needing to be charged, unless you’re an especially intensive user.</p></div><h2 id="don-39-t-buy-it-if">Don't buy it if...</h2><div class="product"><p><strong>You want peak performance</strong><br />You can get better performance from some of the Oppo Pad 5’s rivals, largely due to its slightly middling chipset — even if it's still steady enough for general everyday use.</p></div><div class="product"><p><strong>You’re looking for something ultra-lightweight</strong><br />The Oppo Pad 5 is slightly on the heavy side, so if you’re looking for an almost feather-weight model that you can take on the go, it may be worth looking elsewhere. </p></div><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-oppo-pad-5-review-also-consider"><span>Oppo Pad 5 review: also consider</span></h2><div ><table><thead><tr><th class="firstcol empty" ></th><th  ><p><strong>Oppo Pad 5</strong></p></th><th  ><p><strong>Apple iPad 11-inch (2025)</strong></p></th><th  ><p><strong>OnePlus Pad Go 2</strong></p></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Price</p></td><td  ><p>£349</p></td><td  ><p>Starts at £429</p></td><td  ><p>Starts at £319</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>OS</p></td><td  ><p>ColorOS 16.0</p></td><td  ><p>iPadOS 18</p></td><td  ><p>OxygenOS 15.0.1</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Chipset</p></td><td  ><p>MediaTek Dimensity 7300-Ultra</p></td><td  ><p>A16</p></td><td  ><p>MediaTek Dimensity 7300-Ultra</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>RAM</p></td><td  ><p>8GB</p></td><td  ><p>6GB</p></td><td  ><p>8GB</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Storage</p></td><td  ><p>128GB</p></td><td  ><p>128GB / 256GB / 512GB</p></td><td  ><p>128GB / 256GB</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Display</p></td><td  ><p>12.1-inch LCD (2800 x 1980)</p></td><td  ><p>11-inch LED Backlit (2360 x 1640) IPS LCD</p></td><td  ><p>12.1-inch LCD (2800 x 1980)</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Weight</p></td><td  ><p>597g</p></td><td  ><p>475g</p></td><td  ><p>597g</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Battery</p></td><td  ><p>10,050mAh</p></td><td  ><p>28.93Wh</p></td><td  ><p>10,050mAh</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Charging</p></td><td  ><p>33W wired</p></td><td  ><p>45W wired</p></td><td  ><p>33W wired</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Cameras</p></td><td  ><p>8MP rear, 8MP front</p></td><td  ><p>12MP rear, 12MP front</p></td><td  ><p>8MP rear, 8MP front</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><div class="product"><p><strong>Apple iPad 11-inch (2025)</strong><br />With ongoing global RAM shortages raging, Apple decided to increase the prices of a lot of its gadgets, and unfortunately, the iPad 11-inch (2025) was among those affected. Now, it starts at £429, but this is still a solid price for the quality on offer. This tablet is stunning, delivers impressive performance, and is lighter than the Oppo Pad 5. Read our full <a href="https://www.techradar.com/tablets/ipad/after-weeks-of-testing-the-11th-gen-ipad-proves-its-still-one-of-the-best-even-without-apple-intelligence" data-dimension112="461b1724-cef6-11f1-813e-25200ec142f7" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Apple iPad 11-inch (2025) review" data-dimension48="Apple iPad 11-inch (2025) review" data-dimension25="">Apple iPad 11-inch (2025) review</a>.</p></div><div class="product"><p><strong>OnePlus Pad Go 2</strong><br />Just look at that specs table. There are almost no differences whatsoever between the Oppo Pad 5 and the OnePlus Pad Go 2. But if you can grab this one for cheaper, or if you prefer its overall look, it may well be worth picking up instead. It can also be purchased with 256GB of storage in the UK, unlike the Oppo Pad 5. Read our full <a href="https://www.techradar.com/tablets/oneplus-pad-go-2-review" data-dimension112="461b1788-cef6-11f1-87cb-e5a7a3bbe042" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="OnePlus Pad Go 2 review" data-dimension48="OnePlus Pad Go 2 review" data-dimension25="">OnePlus Pad Go 2 review</a>.</p></div><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-how-i-tested-the-oppo-pad-5"><span>How I tested the Oppo Pad 5</span></h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1920px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="eFUH8mCaayBuNP6ZNuKuM3" name="oppo-pad-5 (13).JPG" alt="Time displayed on the Oppo Pad 5" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/eFUH8mCaayBuNP6ZNuKuM3-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1920" height="1080" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><ul><li><strong>Tested across the course of three weeks</strong></li><li><strong>Tried all major features</strong></li><li><strong>Used for streaming video, playing games, and doing everyday tasks</strong></li></ul><p>I used the Oppo Pad 5 as my main tablet across the course of three weeks. During this time, I gradually tested all of its core features and made sure to assess everything from display quality to battery life.</p><p>During testing, I tried out video streaming, playing games, and performing everyday tasks to measure the tablet’s performance across the most crucial areas.</p><p>More generally, I’ve spent years testing gadgets here at TechRadar, where I serve as a Senior Reviews Writer. I’ve tested everything from Dolby Atmos soundbars like the <a href="https://www.techradar.com/televisions/soundbars/sonos-beam-ultra-review">Sonos Beam Ultra</a> to phones like the <a href="https://www.techradar.com/phones/nothing-phone-4a-review">Nothing Phone 4(a)</a>. I’ve also reviewed tablets during my time here, such as the <a href="https://www.techradar.com/tablets/huawei-matepad-11-5-review">Huawei MatePad 11.5</a>.</p><ul><li>Read more about <a href="https://www.techradar.com/news/how-we-test">how we test</a></li><li><em>First reviewed: October 2026</em></li></ul>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ EasyOptOuts data removal service review ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>Protecting your personal information online is as challenging as ever. With many platforms requiring signups to access information, you’re inadvertently going to disclose personal information online, and this information is often made public. Whatever is made public on the internet stays there for a long time, and you’re likely not comfortable with this. What’s a possible solution? A data removal service like EasyOptOuts.</p><p>Data removal platforms scan people-finder/data broker sites for your data, then send automated deletion requests on your behalf. When processed, your information gets deleted from the people-finder sites, enhancing online privacy. Data removal platforms also send manual removal requests, but EasyOptOuts doesn’t– it sends only automated requests.</p><p>I extensively tested and reviewed EasyOptOuts to help you decide if it’s worth adopting as your <a href="https://www.techradar.com/pro/best-data-removal-services-of-year" target="_blank">personal data removal service</a>. Read on to learn about its core features, pricing, setup, customer support, and other essential factors.</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-easyoptouts-plans-and-pricing"><span>EasyOptOuts: Plans and pricing</span></h2><p>EasyOptOuts has a simple pricing structure - you can check out the full details by <a href="https://easyoptouts.com/" target="_blank">clicking here</a>. It costs $19.99 per year for personal use. There’s no monthly plan or tiered plans like most data removal platforms. It’s just one package that unlocks access to all features.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1940px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.19%;"><img id="uHdw7XXAAvXazanWwrXBWC" name="EasyOptOuts pricing" alt="EasyOptOuts’ sole pricing plan" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/uHdw7XXAAvXazanWwrXBWC-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1940" height="1090" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: EasyOptOuts )</span></figcaption></figure><p>Businesses (with 10+ employees) can get a bulk subscription, but the price still amounts to $19.99 per year per user. The exception is for registered nonprofits, which get a 25% discount from EasyOptOuts. </p><p>At $19.99 per year, or barely $1.80 per month, EasyOptOuts is much more affordable than its rivals. But, does this affordability make it a better option? Let’s explore more to find out.</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-easyoptouts-setup"><span>EasyOptOuts: Setup</span></h2><p>I found EasyOptOuts’ setup process very straightforward, or shall I say, <em>easy</em>. Entering the homepage and hitting the Sign Up button kickstarts the process. When signing up, you’ll provide your email address and other personal information like date of birth, home address, and phone numbers. </p><p>You’re probably wondering, “I’m trying to guard my personal information online and yet need to provide all this information again to a data removal platform?” The answer is that whatever information you provide is what the data removal platform scans people-broker sites for. </p><p>EasyOptOuts scans 200+ broker sites, which isn’t that many compared to competitors. However, EasyOptOuts doesn’t aim to be a mass-market data removal service. Rather, it focuses on U.S.-centric people-finder sites. Non-U.S. residents are better off with broader-focused data removal platforms.</p><p>After inputting your personal information, EasyOptOuts runs a deep scan on its network of 200+ people-finder sites. The complete scan can take a long time, based on the volume of data found across the network. It could be a day, 2 days, 3 days, or even a week, so don’t fret if you don’t get the results within a short period. </p><p>Once the scan completes, users receive an email alert and can begin monitoring the progress of the removal requests. I don’t like that EasyOptOuts sends only automated requests. Sometimes, automated requests aren’t enough to delete your information from people-finder sites, so manually drafted requests are needed to complete the process. </p><p>However, I understand that automated-only requests are how EasyOptOuts can keep its price as low as $19.99 per year. If it had to employ experts to manually draft deletion requests, the price would be much higher.</p><p>EasyOptOuts doesn’t just run the initial scan. It rescans its people-finder site network every four months, then sends another set of deletion requests if your personal information is discovered again. This rescan is important because some people-finder sites have a habit of reuploading information they were asked to delete. It ensures that your information stays off public view as long as your EasyOptOuts subscription is valid.</p><p>Compared to most data removal platforms I’ve tested, setting up EasyOptOuts felt noticeably easier. Everything ran smoothly, from providing my personal information to the initial scan and monitoring the status of deletion requests from my dashboard.</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-easyoptouts-ease-of-use"><span>EasyOptOuts: Ease of use</span></h2><p>Above, I’ve hinted at EasyOptOuts’ simple setup process and generally intuitive user experience. Like most data removal platforms, EasyOptOuts doesn’t have a native smartphone app, so you’ll access it from your browser. </p><p>I think a PC is the best option over a mobile browser, given the volume of information you’ll have to input to get scanned. A mobile browser would be inconvenient for the initial setup, but suitable for monitoring the status of deletion requests. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1940px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.19%;"><img id="YHXJhfg6NQ2CtshP2quJsF" name="EasyOptOuts interface" alt="Monitoring deletion requests on EasyOptOuts’ interface" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/YHXJhfg6NQ2CtshP2quJsF-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1940" height="1090" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: EasyOptOuts )</span></figcaption></figure><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-easyoptouts-security-and-privacy"><span>EasyOptOuts: Security and privacy</span></h2><p>EasyOptOuts is a good addition to your online security toolkit, particularly for U.S. residents. It helps keep your information off those infamous people-finder sites like BeenVerified and PeopleLooker. </p><p>These sites have built a business model of aggregating personal information from public sources and then offering access for a fee. Tools like EasyOptOuts send deletion requests to scrub your data off people-finder sites.</p><p>However, on EasyOptOuts, you won’t find complementary security features like a VPN or password manager. It’s all about one thing – data removal – and does its job effectively. The drawback is the limited, U.S.-centric broker site coverage.</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-easyoptouts-support"><span>EasyOptOuts: Support</span></h2><p>EasyOptOuts provides decent support, although I think it could be better. There’s an official support page filled with detailed answers to frequently asked questions (FAQs). For new users, this FAQs section helps answer important questions, so that you’ll not have to contact support directly for routine issues.</p><p>If you do need to contact the support team, there’s a dedicated email address for that. The support team is U.S.-based, so responses revolve around local working hours. I don’t like that there’s no telephone or live chat support, but given the low price charged by EasyOptOuts, it’s understandably difficult to maintain live support teams for users.</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-easyoptouts-competition"><span>EasyOptOuts: Competition</span></h2><p>EasyOptOuts has many competitors. <a href="https://www.techradar.com/reviews/incogni" target="_blank">Incogni</a> and <a href="https://www.techradar.com/pro/security/deleteme-data-removal-service-review" target="_blank">DeleteMe</a> are the two notable names I’d like to highlight. </p><p>I chose Incogni because it feels like a more robust version of EasyOptOuts. It covers 420+ data broker sites, including non-U.S. ones, and offers both automated and manual deletion requests. This compares to EasyOptOuts, which covers 200+ sites and only supports automated requests. However, EasyOptOuts is much more budget-friendly, costing just $19.99 per year, whereas Incogni’s pricing starts from $7.99 per month. </p><p>DeleteMe provides much higher coverage, with 850+ sites, and supports manual deletion requests. I’ve tested it and can confidently say that you’ll get more data scrubbed with DeleteMe than EasyOptOuts. DeleteMe users also get complementary features like dark web monitoring and email masking.</p><p>However, DeleteMe is priced like a premium service. Its plans average $129 per year, multiples of EasyOptOuts’ $19.99 per year.</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-easyoptouts-final-verdict"><span>EasyOptOuts: Final verdict</span></h2><p>If you’re a U.S. resident and need a budget-friendly tool for scrubbing your personal data off people-finder sites, EasyOptOuts is a good bet. For just $19.99 per year, much more affordable than competitors, you’ll get a reliable tool to scan people-finder sites and send deletion requests where your data is discovered. </p><p>Setting up your account, running the initial scan, and monitoring further scans are easy to handle, thanks to EasyOptOuts’ intuitive interface.</p><p>However, you should be aware of EasyOptOuts’ drawbacks, such as the limited people-finder site coverage, lack of manual deletion requests, and email-only support. Overall, it’s a reliable data removal platform. </p> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.techradar.com/pro/easyoptouts-data-removal-service-review</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ A comprehensive review of data removal platform EasyOptsOuts, describing its core features, user-friendliness, customer support, and other important factors. ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">twroXCN5f7nWDmswniv7VY</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/TxAAjhEenAytq5zCvWNEUT-1920-80.png" type="image/png" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Thu, 29 Oct 2026 07:25:00 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Pro]]></category>
                                                                                                                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Stefan Ionescu ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/HScEiLJfLqxHysU7pcFHaH-320-70.png ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:content type="image/png" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/TxAAjhEenAytq5zCvWNEUT-1920-80.png">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[EasyOptOuts ]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Website screenshot of EasyOptOuts (May, 2026)]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Website screenshot of EasyOptOuts (May, 2026)]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Website screenshot of EasyOptOuts (May, 2026)]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/TxAAjhEenAytq5zCvWNEUT-1920-80.png" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>Protecting your personal information online is as challenging as ever. With many platforms requiring signups to access information, you’re inadvertently going to disclose personal information online, and this information is often made public. Whatever is made public on the internet stays there for a long time, and you’re likely not comfortable with this. What’s a possible solution? A data removal service like EasyOptOuts.</p><p>Data removal platforms scan people-finder/data broker sites for your data, then send automated deletion requests on your behalf. When processed, your information gets deleted from the people-finder sites, enhancing online privacy. Data removal platforms also send manual removal requests, but EasyOptOuts doesn’t– it sends only automated requests.</p><p>I extensively tested and reviewed EasyOptOuts to help you decide if it’s worth adopting as your <a href="https://www.techradar.com/pro/best-data-removal-services-of-year" target="_blank">personal data removal service</a>. Read on to learn about its core features, pricing, setup, customer support, and other essential factors.</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-easyoptouts-plans-and-pricing"><span>EasyOptOuts: Plans and pricing</span></h2><p>EasyOptOuts has a simple pricing structure - you can check out the full details by <a href="https://easyoptouts.com/" target="_blank">clicking here</a>. It costs $19.99 per year for personal use. There’s no monthly plan or tiered plans like most data removal platforms. It’s just one package that unlocks access to all features.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1940px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.19%;"><img id="uHdw7XXAAvXazanWwrXBWC" name="EasyOptOuts pricing" alt="EasyOptOuts’ sole pricing plan" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/uHdw7XXAAvXazanWwrXBWC-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1940" height="1090" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: EasyOptOuts )</span></figcaption></figure><p>Businesses (with 10+ employees) can get a bulk subscription, but the price still amounts to $19.99 per year per user. The exception is for registered nonprofits, which get a 25% discount from EasyOptOuts. </p><p>At $19.99 per year, or barely $1.80 per month, EasyOptOuts is much more affordable than its rivals. But, does this affordability make it a better option? Let’s explore more to find out.</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-easyoptouts-setup"><span>EasyOptOuts: Setup</span></h2><p>I found EasyOptOuts’ setup process very straightforward, or shall I say, <em>easy</em>. Entering the homepage and hitting the Sign Up button kickstarts the process. When signing up, you’ll provide your email address and other personal information like date of birth, home address, and phone numbers. </p><p>You’re probably wondering, “I’m trying to guard my personal information online and yet need to provide all this information again to a data removal platform?” The answer is that whatever information you provide is what the data removal platform scans people-broker sites for. </p><p>EasyOptOuts scans 200+ broker sites, which isn’t that many compared to competitors. However, EasyOptOuts doesn’t aim to be a mass-market data removal service. Rather, it focuses on U.S.-centric people-finder sites. Non-U.S. residents are better off with broader-focused data removal platforms.</p><p>After inputting your personal information, EasyOptOuts runs a deep scan on its network of 200+ people-finder sites. The complete scan can take a long time, based on the volume of data found across the network. It could be a day, 2 days, 3 days, or even a week, so don’t fret if you don’t get the results within a short period. </p><p>Once the scan completes, users receive an email alert and can begin monitoring the progress of the removal requests. I don’t like that EasyOptOuts sends only automated requests. Sometimes, automated requests aren’t enough to delete your information from people-finder sites, so manually drafted requests are needed to complete the process. </p><p>However, I understand that automated-only requests are how EasyOptOuts can keep its price as low as $19.99 per year. If it had to employ experts to manually draft deletion requests, the price would be much higher.</p><p>EasyOptOuts doesn’t just run the initial scan. It rescans its people-finder site network every four months, then sends another set of deletion requests if your personal information is discovered again. This rescan is important because some people-finder sites have a habit of reuploading information they were asked to delete. It ensures that your information stays off public view as long as your EasyOptOuts subscription is valid.</p><p>Compared to most data removal platforms I’ve tested, setting up EasyOptOuts felt noticeably easier. Everything ran smoothly, from providing my personal information to the initial scan and monitoring the status of deletion requests from my dashboard.</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-easyoptouts-ease-of-use"><span>EasyOptOuts: Ease of use</span></h2><p>Above, I’ve hinted at EasyOptOuts’ simple setup process and generally intuitive user experience. Like most data removal platforms, EasyOptOuts doesn’t have a native smartphone app, so you’ll access it from your browser. </p><p>I think a PC is the best option over a mobile browser, given the volume of information you’ll have to input to get scanned. A mobile browser would be inconvenient for the initial setup, but suitable for monitoring the status of deletion requests. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1940px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.19%;"><img id="YHXJhfg6NQ2CtshP2quJsF" name="EasyOptOuts interface" alt="Monitoring deletion requests on EasyOptOuts’ interface" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/YHXJhfg6NQ2CtshP2quJsF-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1940" height="1090" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: EasyOptOuts )</span></figcaption></figure><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-easyoptouts-security-and-privacy"><span>EasyOptOuts: Security and privacy</span></h2><p>EasyOptOuts is a good addition to your online security toolkit, particularly for U.S. residents. It helps keep your information off those infamous people-finder sites like BeenVerified and PeopleLooker. </p><p>These sites have built a business model of aggregating personal information from public sources and then offering access for a fee. Tools like EasyOptOuts send deletion requests to scrub your data off people-finder sites.</p><p>However, on EasyOptOuts, you won’t find complementary security features like a VPN or password manager. It’s all about one thing – data removal – and does its job effectively. The drawback is the limited, U.S.-centric broker site coverage.</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-easyoptouts-support"><span>EasyOptOuts: Support</span></h2><p>EasyOptOuts provides decent support, although I think it could be better. There’s an official support page filled with detailed answers to frequently asked questions (FAQs). For new users, this FAQs section helps answer important questions, so that you’ll not have to contact support directly for routine issues.</p><p>If you do need to contact the support team, there’s a dedicated email address for that. The support team is U.S.-based, so responses revolve around local working hours. I don’t like that there’s no telephone or live chat support, but given the low price charged by EasyOptOuts, it’s understandably difficult to maintain live support teams for users.</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-easyoptouts-competition"><span>EasyOptOuts: Competition</span></h2><p>EasyOptOuts has many competitors. <a href="https://www.techradar.com/reviews/incogni" target="_blank">Incogni</a> and <a href="https://www.techradar.com/pro/security/deleteme-data-removal-service-review" target="_blank">DeleteMe</a> are the two notable names I’d like to highlight. </p><p>I chose Incogni because it feels like a more robust version of EasyOptOuts. It covers 420+ data broker sites, including non-U.S. ones, and offers both automated and manual deletion requests. This compares to EasyOptOuts, which covers 200+ sites and only supports automated requests. However, EasyOptOuts is much more budget-friendly, costing just $19.99 per year, whereas Incogni’s pricing starts from $7.99 per month. </p><p>DeleteMe provides much higher coverage, with 850+ sites, and supports manual deletion requests. I’ve tested it and can confidently say that you’ll get more data scrubbed with DeleteMe than EasyOptOuts. DeleteMe users also get complementary features like dark web monitoring and email masking.</p><p>However, DeleteMe is priced like a premium service. Its plans average $129 per year, multiples of EasyOptOuts’ $19.99 per year.</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-easyoptouts-final-verdict"><span>EasyOptOuts: Final verdict</span></h2><p>If you’re a U.S. resident and need a budget-friendly tool for scrubbing your personal data off people-finder sites, EasyOptOuts is a good bet. For just $19.99 per year, much more affordable than competitors, you’ll get a reliable tool to scan people-finder sites and send deletion requests where your data is discovered. </p><p>Setting up your account, running the initial scan, and monitoring further scans are easy to handle, thanks to EasyOptOuts’ intuitive interface.</p><p>However, you should be aware of EasyOptOuts’ drawbacks, such as the limited people-finder site coverage, lack of manual deletion requests, and email-only support. Overall, it’s a reliable data removal platform. </p>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ xTool X1 laser cutter & engraver review ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>The xTool X1 might initially look like another large, enclosed laser engraver, but it wasn't long into my months-long test of the X1, to realise it's something far more ambitious. </p><p>Essentially, xTool has brought years of laser engraving development together into a single, expandable manufacturing platform, making the X1 one of the most versatile machines I’ve ever reviewed. This is not the first machine that I’ve looked at recently to do the modular laser approach, with the superb <a href="https://www.techradar.com/pro/creality-falcon-t1-5-in-1-laser-engraver-review" target="_blank">Creality Falcon T1</a> doing something similar on a far smaller scale.</p><p>At the X1’s heart is a 55W CO₂ laser, similar to that seen in the excellent <a href="https://www.techradar.com/pro/bambu-lab-r1-laser-cutter-and-engraver-review" target="_blank">Bambu Lab R1</a> although now the larger X1 has arrived at the same price and with far more potential it will be interesting to see how the R1 fares. </p><p>Once again, the 55W CO₂ laser proves to be a powerful option for cutting and engraving wood, acrylic, and a wide variety of other materials. On its own, this one laser option would already make the X1 a superb option for anyone looking for a professional laser cutter. </p><p>But then again, xTool already has the <a href="https://www.techradar.com/pro/xtool-p2-review" target="_blank">xTool P2</a>. To differentiate this as something new, xTool has thrown all their technologies at the design and added an optional 20W diode galvo module, which sits alongside the CO₂ head inside the machine, and this forms the foundation of what this machine then develops into.</p><p>One of the key features to the dual head system is that rather than relying on a conventional moving-head laser for every cut, engrave, and score, the X1 can use the galvo system for intricate, high-speed engraving before switching to the CO₂ laser for cutting. What I like is that both are controlled through xTool Studio, and switching between the installed lasers just takes a selection option in the software.</p><p>Throughout testing, this combination of laser options with backpack modules also highlighted the potential and the direction these laser machines are moving. Multiple laser options mean projects like wooden placemats and detailed pencil boxes, which would ordinarily take considerable time to engrave and cut, can be completed much faster, with the galvo speeding through the detail while the CO₂ handles the cutting. In one test, a placemat project that took the xTool S1 around two hours was completed on the X1 in approximately half an hour.</p><p>One of the X1's big features is its support for additional laser-source modules mounted on the rear of the machine. For this review, I used the 5W UV and 60W MOPA modules, which enabled me to engrave glass and emboss brass coins. I also used the MOPA for its accuracy to create precision apertures in thin metal for pinhole cameras.</p><p>Having previously used dedicated MOPA machines such as the xTool F2 Ultra, I was interested to see how a machine this size could perform similar metal engraving. The results were impressive, but as I found at every step of this review, there were a series of considerations due to the size, weight and complexity of the machine.</p><p>That first consideration is size. The X1 arrived in a substantial crate, and as it was dropped off in the driveway, I had to call on assistance from a neighbour to lift and manoeuvre it into position. Although the main machine can sit on a conventional workshop bench, the additional modules, extraction systems and accessories quickly highlighted that the space I had allocated was about half of what it should have been.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1013px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:66.63%;"><img id="8ZwULSMCEqZRv7gMMkrs9J" name="xTool X1" alt="xTool X1" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/8ZwULSMCEqZRv7gMMkrs9J-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1013" height="675" attribution="" endorsement="" class="" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Alastair Jennings)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The second point to make is the modular system. While the additional laser sources proved excellent, swapping them isn't quick, unlike some of the small multi-laser modular systems I have looked at recently. </p><p>With the X1 positioned against a wall, accessing the rear of the machine, changing the hardware, and recalibrating could take about an hour. Some of this was down to the restricted space in my workshop, but the swap of modules required the recalibration of the lasers, it’s worth considering if you intend to switch between different laser technologies regularly.</p><p>Price is another consideration although I'm actually surprised how cheap it is on balance. The base machine is listed at $3,699 / £2554, but adding the diode laser, specialist modules and accessories can take the complete system well beyond $10,000, depending on configuration. </p><p>Even so, there’s no getting away from how capable this machine is, and if you were looking for the equivalent in separate machines, say the P2 and F2 Ultra, you’d be looking at much the same costs. For general cutting, detailed engraving and small-batch production, the X1 is one of the most refined laser engravers I’ve used.</p><p>If you have an established workshop or small business handling a wide range of materials, the X1 offers huge potential. Just make sure you have the space, budget and patience to make the most of it.</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-xtool-x1-price-availability"><span>xTool X1: Price &amp; availability</span></h2><p>The xTool X1 starts at $3,699 / £2,553 and includes the 55W CO₂ laser. The base price is in line with other machines that I have looked at recently. It's worth knowing that the costs rise quickly with optional modules. </p><p>The 20W diode galvo at $899 / approx. £674 is an optional, but essential upgrade, as it first enables faster engraving but is also needed to support the installation of the additional UV, fibre and MOPA lasers.</p><p>A fully equipped system comes in at just under $10,000 if you buy the components separately as upgrades, however, the bundle offer prices bring the cost right down. The X1’s integrated workflow, versatility and all-in-one design do keep things neat. You can find out more at <a href="https://www.xtool.com/" target="_blank">xTool</a>. </p><p><strong>X1 Single CO2 (55W CO2): </strong>$3,399 / £2,554</p><p><strong>X1 CO2 + Diode Galvo (55W CO2 + 20W Diode Galvo Module):</strong> $3,999 / £3,005</p><p><strong>X1 CO2 + Diode Galvo + Fiber (Includes 30W Fiber Laser Source):</strong> $5,799 / £4,358</p><p><strong>X1 CO2 + Diode Galvo + UV (Includes 5W UV Laser Source): </strong>$6,499 / £4,884</p><p><strong>X1 CO2 + Diode Galvo + MOPA (Includes 60W MOPA Laser Source): </strong>$6,679 / £5,019</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-xtool-x1-design"><span>xTool X1: Design</span></h2><div  class="fancy-box"><div class="fancy_box-title">Specs</div><div class="fancy_box_body"><p class="fancy-box__body-text"><strong>Machine type: </strong>Modular laser cutting and engraving platform<br /><strong>Primary laser:</strong> 55W CO₂, 10,600nm<br /><strong>Optional lasers: </strong>20W diode galvo, 5W UV, 30W fibre, 60W MOPA<br /><strong>Laser technologies: </strong>Hybrid Motion and Laser Swap<br /><strong>Working area: </strong>615 × 320 mm x 150 maximum<br /><strong>Dimensions: </strong><br /><strong>Weight: </strong><br /><strong>Camera and focusing: </strong>Dual cameras with image stitching, automatic focusing and height-adjustable bed<br /><strong>Connectivity: </strong>USB and Wi-Fi<br /><strong>Software:</strong> xTool Studio</p></div></div><p>There’s nothing particularly small or understated about the xTool X1. In fact, the first indication of what I was dealing with came when the machine arrived in a substantial wooden crate. I can usually handle these large machines with the help of a sack trolley and boxes. </p><p>However, this time I called on the help of a neighbor. It’s not quite the size of the P3, but you will still need two people to lift the X1 free of its packaging and to get it into position in the workshop. By the time we stripped away the protective materials and set it onto the work surface, it was obvious this wasn’t a typical desktop laser engraver.</p><p>The machine itself follows the same design direction as xTool’s recent P2S and P3 models, with a fully enclosed chassis and a level of refinement that feels far removed from the open-frame laser engravers that dominated the enthusiast market only a few years ago. When it comes to the size, it measures 1000×580×420 mm.</p><p>Having tested numerous xTool machines, I’ve consistently been impressed by the company’s build quality. While xTool and GlowForge used to be the two major players in this part of the market, rivals such as Bambu Lab, LaserPecker, and WeCreat have recently upped the game as well.</p><p>Everything from the large hinged lid to the internal processing bed feels solid and is exactly as I’d want in the workshop. The lid opens easily and is supported by pneumatic arms; on some machines of this size that I’ve looked at in the past, this can be a weak point, but here it all feels good and solid.</p><p>Compared with other machines of this type and size, the height of the machine is considerably taller; this is due to the adjustable bed inside that rises and lowers to position materials correctly beneath the laser. This is a far more sophisticated setup than the fixed-height beds on many smaller machines that require risers for larger objects. On the front of the machine, there are a couple of buttons that enable you to raise and lower the bed manually if needed.</p><p>Testing showed the bed adjustment was essentially fully automated, with the software handling most positioning. The work area is big, with a maximum of 615 × 320 mm, and offers plenty of room to lay out multiple parts, which is especially useful for small batches of products such as placemats. </p><p>What I quickly realised is that depending on the laser and type of work you’re doing, those work area dimensions change. For instance, with the CO2 laser the max height of anything placed into the machine is 150mm; however, with the other lasers that reduces to 140mm. Essentially, as you lay out your designs and select the lasers, the on-screen layout changes so visually that from the outset you know exactly where you are.  </p><p>Inside, the materials are supported on the supplied slats, though as with other manufacturers, I would have liked a few more. I also had the optional honeycomb panel, which, as ever, became my preferred choice for almost everything I processed. </p><p>A honeycomb just provides a decent surface for supporting materials and makes it easier to remove completed work, and while small pieces of debris from the cuts will still fall through to the base, there’s less chance of scorching of cut pieces falling and accidentally getting re-lasered.</p><p>Unfortunately, one surprise was that there isn’t a simple removable waste tray at the base, so cleaning out smaller pieces requires a little more effort. I have a handheld Dyson for this exact job, and with the depth and space, it’s easy enough to get that into cleanup quickly after a few cuts. </p><p>In this review, alongside the 55W CO2, I have also installed the 20W diode galvo module. This sits alongside the CO₂ laser inside the main enclosure and takes a couple of minutes to fit; once installed, it can stay as a permanent part of the machine. After installation, the rest of the setup is completed in xTool Studio.</p><p>The software walks you through the calibration process, although some manual adjustment is needed to ensure that the laser paths are correctly aligned. I’ve encountered this with previous xTool machines, including the P2 and P3, and while it can take a little time to understand, the process is reasonably straightforward once you’ve done it a few times.</p><p>My first test didn’t produce the result I expected because the alignment wasn’t quite right, mainly due to me rushing part of the process. After repeating the calibration more carefully, the results vastly improved, and once everything was configured, the two installed laser systems are remarkably easy to use.</p><p>To switch between the two in the xTool Studio software, you simply assign the right laser to the right operation, and the machine handles the transition. There’s no need to remove one laser head and install another manually as you would have had to do with multi-laser machines in the past.</p><p>For everyday cutting and engraving,  this combination of lasers works incredibly well and vastly speeds up the process of engraving and cutting, which is the bulk of what I personally do with these machines. </p><p>However, these two lasers are just the start of the story, and things do become a little more complicated when I started to install and use the rear-mounted laser-source modules.</p><p>xTool supplied the 5W UV and 60W MOPA modules; these are relatively compact, just larger than a shoebox and are solidly built. Before use, they need to be installed into the back of the X1, which takes time, especially when I needed two people to move the machine into the initial position. Essentially, I should have left a little more space to access the rear.</p><p>Installation of the modules involves removing covers, connecting power and communication cables, securing the module and checking the optical path. Depending on the configuration, you’ll also need to install the appropriate optics before calibrating the system.</p><p>I installed the combined UV/Fiber/MOPA field lens, which supports the different laser sources, and found that straightforward, it essentially just screwed in. The more involved part was mounting the modules and completing the optical alignment. </p><p>Initially, I was probably a little too enthusiastic with the manual adjustments, but thankfully xTool provide a small alignment target and tape which makes the entire process relatively easy. Once I realised that small adjustments were all that was needed, the process became much easier.</p><p>The software guides you through calibration using the supplied cards, and once the source has been registered, the machine recognises it automatically. My main issue here was the physical access to the back of the machine due to space.</p><p>My workshop already has several 3D printers, laser engravers, and other equipment, so I’d originally positioned the X1 against a wall on a fixed workbench. Every time I wanted to change the rear-mounted module, I needed to move other equipment, pull out the workbench and get behind the machine. Given the X1’s size and weight, I didn’t want to attempt this alone.</p><p>As a result, what might eventually become a 15 or 20-minute module change took me closer to an hour, including moving the machine, changing the source and checking calibration, the calibration is the part that takes the time. This issue would explain why xTool also provided the optional mobile work stand, which is where this machine will be moved to once I have had a bit of a reorganisation of the space.</p><p>Being able to wheel the machine away from the wall would make installation, maintenance and module changes substantially easier. I’d also recommend planning considerably more space than the official machine footprint suggests. In my workshop, allowing roughly half a machine depth more provided the clearance needed to work comfortably behind it, mainly due to the length of the tool you need to use to screw in the bolts through each of the modules.</p><p>As I got into using the machine, a few of the safety design features are also worth noting. First, as ever, the machine came with the Air extraction unit and, in addition, the fire safety 2 unit, which was attached, but again space was limited, so it sat on a lower shelf behind the machine.</p><p>The X1 is serious workshop equipment, though far nicer-looking than the machines from a few years ago. Its size and weight are balanced by its features, and after a month of use, I highly recommend the optional workbench, which, while not essential, it will ensure you can make full use of this machine's potential. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1013px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:66.63%;"><img id="4qnFM3YTM5P9yU8ESd8H9J" name="xTool X1" alt="xTool X1" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/4qnFM3YTM5P9yU8ESd8H9J-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1013" height="675" attribution="" endorsement="" class="" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Alastair Jennings)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-xtool-x1-features"><span>xTool X1: Features</span></h2><p>The xTool X1 is unusual because many of its headline features aren’t immediately obvious. At its core, it’s a powerful 55w CO₂ laser cutter, but its modular design means that it has far more potential, and that potential can only be fully unlocked with the investment in the other modules and accessories, of which there are quite a few. </p><p>In total, the X1 supports five laser technologies, with the 55w CO2 being the only one that is provided wth the base machine. The 55W CO₂ laser can be used for cutting and engraving materials such as wood, acrylic, leather, cardboard and fabric.</p><p>Alongside the CO₂ laser, there’s the 20W diode galvo laser, which adds high-speed engraving and surface marking, particularly on wood and many other compatible materials. This module sits inside the machine alongside the CO₂ and is quick to fit; it’s also essential if you want to use any of the other three backpack laser modules. </p><p>These other models include the 5W UV laser, which can be used for engraving on glass, crystal and other delicate materials. Then there’s the 30W fibre and 60W MOPA options, which enable you to mark and engrave into metal. The MOPA adds the ability to use colour effects and deep engraving and is similar to the fibre option, but is more expensive. In this review, I’ve been supplied with four of the five available laser technologies: CO₂, diode, UV, and MOPA.</p><p>As I started the testing, the instant highlight of the features was the Hybrid Motion, as this is the one feature alongside the dual mount lasers that will make a noticeable difference to everyday project work. </p><p>Essentially, what this looks like with the lasers is that alongside the traditional gantry-based laser toolheads that move physically through the X and Y across the material, you also have the Galvo, which uses rapidly moving mirrors to direct the beam across the surface.</p><p>This means that for larger designs, Hybrid Motion moves the galvo system between regions, enabling detailed engraving over a much wider area than a conventional fixed galvo arrangement, as I tested in the F2 Ultra. When combined, you not only cover a far larger area, but the Glavo focuses on detailed engraving while the CO₂ does the cutting.</p><p>The dual tool head laser system inside is just the start of the multi-laser set, and a Laser Swap system is used to enable different styles of laser to be fitted for different projects and materials. These Laser Swap modules fit to the back with the UV, Fibre and MOPA options.</p><p>The idea here is that instead of buying additional machines, you just buy the module and fit it, cutting down on the space needed and ideally cost. Although looking at the cost of the modules, they’re almost as much as the dedicated machines. </p><p>The process of swapping the modules isn’t tool-free, and it requires access to the rear of the machine, alongside physical hardware changes and calibration checks. I personally think that this is a great feature. </p><p>However, I would have liked to see a faster change system. In this review, for instance, I swapped the modules multiple times, and it was a hassle. But then most people will inevitably settle on their laser selection rather than approaching the machine in the way that I have in this review. </p><p>Some of the other features that really impressed during use were the close-up cameras that just help position artwork against materials, with the image appearing in the XTool software. Compared with the laser outline that we used for the full image, this is such an improvement; however, you can still click the framing preview if you prefer that way of working. </p><p>The camera system is really quite advanced, and you have the option through the xTool Studio software to change from capturing one wide-angle image, to capturing multiple sections of the workspace which are then stitched together, which helps with the accuracy of the positioning. </p><p>Although the software documentation describes automatic image capture when closing the lid, I generally triggered the capture manually during testing. Image quality from the cameras was excellent overall, although some reflective materials and darker areas could still make positioning slightly more difficult; a boost in the workshop's lighting also helped with these previews. </p><p>Another of the big features that really stood out through the use of the machine was the automated bed adjustment. Rather than requiring constant manual focusing, the machine measures the material and adjusts the bed height as needed. </p><p>Through the test, I added a range of material thicknesses and found the process just worked; compared with the often convoluted focusing process of some other machines and the physical effort of adding a riser base, this system is just simple. </p><p>Even with slightly irregular or curved materials, the positioning system generally handled setup well, and I didn’t need to override the measurements manually.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1013px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:66.63%;"><img id="ntLMmY9dsY75BELcnQCj8J" name="xTool X1" alt="xTool X1" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ntLMmY9dsY75BELcnQCj8J-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1013" height="675" attribution="" endorsement="" class="" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Alastair Jennings)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Alongside the core accessories and in line with the xTools other machines, the X1 supports a wide range of accessories, including an automatic conveyor feeder, RA3 rotary attachment, honeycomb panel, mobile work stand, filtration, and fire safety equipment.</p><p>Throughout testing, I used xTool’s extraction and filtration setup, which is a little on the noisy side but does the job. For jobs that produce more smoke, particularly when cutting wood, I increased the extraction setting to keep the working chamber clear.</p><p>The optional Fire Safety Set Pro adds another level of protection. Installation was more involved than I’d expected, requiring the CO₂ cylinder, tubing and communication connections to be fitted before enabling the system in the software. Once configured, however, it didn’t actually require me to do anything else other than find somewhere for it to sit.</p><p>As a final point on the features, and an essential for any professional workshop, is that the machine also has an emergency stop button for quickly shutting down if needed.</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-xtool-x1-performance"><span>xTool X1: Performance</span></h2><p>After a month testing the xTool X1, what I realised was, that the way that I work with laser engravers normally would change with this dual laser setup. The mix of laser technologies in one machine isn’t just convenient; it means that you can select the laser technology that is best suited for the job, and often two lasers will enable a better and faster result. Most notably for me, that was the combination of the 55W CO₂ and 20W diode galvo lasers.</p><p>For most of my work, producing models, wooden components, boxes, camera accessories, and other workshop projects, these two laser systems provide an ideal combination.</p><p>The X1’s 55W CO₂ laser is excellent for all-round cutting, while the 20 diode galvo is better for detail. </p><p>To start the test, I ran through the supplied test projects before moving on to my own designs, including wooden boxes, placemats and model-making components.</p><p>Most of my work involved 3mm basswood plywood, although I also tested thicker materials up to 10mm. Across these tests, the CO₂ laser produced exceptionally clean cuts, with minimal scorching and very little need for additional finishing. The air-assist system kept the cutting path clear, while the extraction system removed smoke.</p><p>One of the most useful tests involved creating a series of 3mm plywood boxes. The accuracy was excellent, with the individual pieces fitting together cleanly without sanding or manual adjustment to the size. I could simply assemble and glue the components.</p><p>This accuracy and repeatability is something that is so important when producing models or small-batch products, where even small dimensional errors create extra work; even sanding takes time when it comes to getting the right fit. As this is a pre-production model, the usually excellent xTool Studio seemed to take most laser options down to 1, so initial models showed some scorching, however</p><p>I also tested acrylic sheets up to 10mm thick, including cutting a 3D-scanning calibration cube in half. Again, the results were impressive, with clean cuts and accurate positioning.</p><p>The machine also handled lighter materials such as paper, card, fabric, and leather without difficulty, though these need careful securing to prevent movement from airflow of the air assist and extractor.</p><p>For general cutting work, along the lines of what I use laser cutters for, the X1 matched the abilities that I have seen from other recent releases; the one point that made this slightly more exciting is that added height, which gives out-of-the-box flexibility without the need for a riser base. </p><p>The CO₂ laser provides the X1’s cutting power; the addition of the 20W diode galvo by its side for detailed engraving and speed is definitely an interesting development in the technology. </p><p>Essentially, rather than watching a conventional laser head mechanically move across every section of an image, the galvo rapidly sweeps the beam over the surface, completing relatively intricate artwork in a fraction of the time.</p><p>I tested it on wood, plywood, bamboo, acrylic, and coated metal samples, essentially everything in the samples box. Fine lettering was sharp and well-defined, intricate designs retained plenty of detail, and scorching was generally minimal, unless the piece that I was working on fell through the slats. </p><p>Initially, I worried the edges of the engraving might lose definition, or designs wouldn't join up perfectly as the galvo system moved from one area to another, however the meeting of the design and the quality remained consistent.</p><p>This, however, wasn’t quite the case at the outset, and initial testing showed a few issues, but after software updates and far more accurate calibration on my part, the joins between engraving regions became almost seamless.</p><p>Photographic engraving onto wood was also impressive, although as with most laser engravers, image selection makes the biggest difference to the success.</p><p>High-contrast photographs generally produced better results than flat, low-contrast images, and I used xTool Studio’s editing tools to adjust backgrounds and improve the final output.</p><p>Personally, I still prefer the look of detailed illustrations, lettering and line-based graphics when engraved into wood rather than photo imagery.</p><p>Taking a look at one of the main test projects highlights the workflow and speed. Normally, when creating a wooden box or placemat with decorative engraving, I’ll use a single laser head that handles both engraving and cutting.</p><p>The problem is that detailed engraving can take considerably longer than cutting the outline. With the X1, I was able to assign the intricate engraving to the 20W galvo and the cutting operations to the 55W CO₂ laser.</p><p>Once configured, the software handled the transition between the installed lasers without requiring me to reposition the material or swap heads; this made a dramatic difference to processing time.</p><p>For example, I created a series of wooden placemats with detailed artwork. A comparable project on the xTool S1 took around two hours, while the X1 completed it in half an hour.</p><p>That’s an enormous improvement in speed, particularly for small businesses producing multiple products. The same was true when creating detailed pencil boxes.</p><p>Projects that would normally take 20 to 30 minutes could be completed in minutes, with the galvo handling the engraving before the CO₂ laser cut the components.</p><p>Having both lasers permanently installed makes everyday projects straightforward, and once you’ve experienced the speed of the combined workflow, returning to a conventional single-head engraver feels a little archaic.</p><p>Hybrid Motion also changes what’s practical for larger designs. In the past, I’ve avoided elaborate engraving projects at scale because the processing time was too long and I’m hopeless at lining up materials when sheets need to be matched.</p><p>With the X1, I was able to start thinking about this type of project, as the speed of the galvo would vastly reduce the time involved, especially when used alongside the conveyor accessory.</p><p>After carrying out the majority of the review using the 55W CO₂ and 20W diode galvo lasers, I then moved on to the 5w UV and 60W MOPA.</p><p>The 5W UV module opens up a very different range of possibilities, particularly for glass, crystal and delicate materials. I ran a few tests on the glass samples, along with experiments on plastic components produced on a 3D printer.</p><p>The ability to add fine surface texture to printed plastic objects is interesting, as it creates new opportunities for finishing functional parts and decorative products. I’ll admit I’m still on the experimental side of this, but will update in the near future. </p><p>The glass side of the engraving process is also something that I have struggled with in the past, and again, I wasn’t entirely successful in achieving the results I wanted.</p><p>Based on the partial results, I suspect this was more about my initial setup and approach than a fundamental limitation of the machine. Still, it’s an area that needs further investigation.</p><p>The UV module adds even more felxibility, although I’ll explore its more advanced functions in a separate addition to th ereview once I’ve reorganised my workshop to give the interchangeable modules better access.</p><p>Of the two rear-mounted laser modules, I found the 60W MOPA the most interesting. I’ve previously used MOPA machines, including the xTool F2 Ultra, so I’m familiar with their capabilities for metal engraving, embossing and colour marking.</p><p>What makes the X1 different is the ability to use similar technology within a much larger enclosed working area. I tested the MOPA on brass, stainless steel and aluminium, producing detailed markings and experimenting with relief engraving.</p><p>One of the most interesting applications involved creating apertures in thin brass sheet for pinhole cameras. I produced holes ranging from approximately 0.25mm to 0.5mm with exceptionally good results.</p><p>This is the sort of precision work I’ve previously done with dedicated MOPA systems, and it was great to see the X1 handle it so well, as it’s such a large machine I did wonder if it could handle the intricate work that I have used the F2 Ultra for.</p><p>I also experimented with engraving the aperture dimensions into the metal and cutting individual pieces from the sheet, although these more complicated processes still need further refinement.</p><p>Another highlight was engraving brass coins. While the F2 Ultra can do similar work, the X1’s larger processing area let me arrange several coins for engraving in one batch. Again, this is not a quick process; think days rather than hours.</p><p>Colour marking is another capability of the MOPA laser, though I’ve consistently found it requires considerable experimentation to get reliable results. The X1 was no exception.</p><p>I could create colour effects, but producing exactly the result I wanted across more complicated designs wasn’t always straightforward. </p><p>The take-home from the modules is that they expand the use of the machine, but those more specialist lasers require practice and experience to get the results that you would expect. </p><p>The other major part of the machine is the xTool Studio software. I’ve used the software across several generations of machines, and it's improved substantially over time and has really become the benchmark for all others to follow.</p><p>That said if you're new to the software then working out what type of cut and what laser is being used on what path can still be a little confusing, even with the colour coding. A text summery would be a nice quick reference before cutting. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1013px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:66.63%;"><img id="8pgDDFijHbT8JrsMNYgu6J" name="xTool X1" alt="xTool X1" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/8pgDDFijHbT8JrsMNYgu6J-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1013" height="675" attribution="" endorsement="" class="" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Alastair Jennings)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The latest workflow is much the same as I looked at with the superb xTool M2 recently, and once you’ve completed calibration and connected the machine, preparing a project is straightforward.</p><p>Import or create the design, select the material, assign the appropriate processing operation and laser source, then send the job to the machine; after that, you generally just press the start button and wait.</p><p>As ever, the xTool Studio software offers a huge range of material presets, and unusually the material presets for the CO2 and 20w diode were way off. Especially the power and air assist, which the software set to 1 for both, easy to rectify, but possibly something to do with the pre-release software as ususally the material presets from xTool are spot on.</p><p>Adding custom materials and modifying processing parameters is also relatively straightforward once you’re familiar with the interface.</p><p>USB and Wi-Fi connectivity were both simple to set up and reliable throughout testing. Despite using pre-release software, I didn’t experience any major crashes or application-caused job failures other than a little tweaking of presets, and it all seemed pretty final, really a reflection of what I have experienced before with the addition of being able to select the laser sources.</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-xtool-x1-final-verdict"><span>xTool X1: Final verdict</span></h2><p>After a month of testing, the xTool X1 is one of the most versatile laser engravers I’ve ever used, but it isn’t without its faults, although those are mostly overcome by being organised and having plenty of space. </p><p>Essentially, the base machine is an impressive 55W CO₂ laser engraver and cutter, and once you invest in the 20W diode galvo laser, you have one of the most competent machines for any small to medium-sized business on the market. The point is that with these two lasers you have the base machine that you can then build on depending on what you need to do. </p><p>Through the test, I found that that simple combination was all I really needed, and the fact that I could then attach the UV and MOPA for more specialised work all added to the versatility. However, with the 55W CO₂ and 20W diode galvo lasers installed, the machine was able to sit on the workbench without issue; it’s large but containable. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1013px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:66.63%;"><img id="K63FSNjpfrucVMZyWmVtmH" name="xTool X1" alt="xTool X1" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/K63FSNjpfrucVMZyWmVtmH-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1013" height="675" attribution="" endorsement="" class="" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Alastair Jennings)</span></figcaption></figure><p>As soon as I installed the MOPA, I not only needed the additional space to mount the laser module, but it also added to the depth of the machine and for me, having the F2 for the more intricate work still made sense. While I could do the work on the X1, it didn’t necessarily mean that I would. </p><p>That aside, the pure build quality, size of the work area and depth, along with all the upgrade options, all make this one of the most substantial and complete laser engravers on the market. It is expensive, but it’s been designed in such a way that you can upgrade as and when you need. </p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-should-you-buy-the-xtool-x1"><span>Should you buy the xTool X1?</span></h2><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Value:</strong></p></td><td  ><p>The base 55W CO₂ machine is well priced, specialist laser modules and accessories raise the total cost</p></td><td  ><p>5</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Design:</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Exceptional build quality for a machine of this size. Rear-mounted module changes could be easier.</p></td><td  ><p>4.5</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Features</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Support for five laser technologies, the new Hybrid Motion system offer one of the most feature packed lasers on the market</p></td><td  ><p>5</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Performance</strong></p></td><td  ><p>The combination of galvo engraving and CO₂ cutting give it an edge even before adding the other laser options</p></td><td  ><p>5</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Total</strong></p></td><td  ><p>The X1 is the most capable laser platforms I’ve reviewed, even considering its size and modular upgrade costs it's exceptionally well balanced.</p></td><td  ><p>5</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h2 id="buy-it-if-2">Buy it if...</h2><div class="product"><p><strong>You need versatility</strong></p><p>The X1 combines cutting, engraving and specialist material processing within one platform, making it ideal for workshops handling varied projects.</p><p><strong>You produce products</strong></p><p>Its powerful CO₂ laser and fast galvo engraving system can dramatically reduce production times for personalised products and small-batch manufacturing.<a class="view-deal button" href="" target="_blank" rel="nofollow" data-dimension112="b35bc984-d21e-11f1-870e-11be82281fdb" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="You need versatilityThe X1 combines cutting, engraving and specialist material processing within one platform, making it ideal for workshops handling varied projects.You produce productsIts powerful CO₂ laser and fast galvo engraving system can dramatically reduce production times for personalised products and small-batch manufacturing." data-dimension48="You need versatilityThe X1 combines cutting, engraving and specialist material processing within one platform, making it ideal for workshops handling varied projects.You produce productsIts powerful CO₂ laser and fast galvo engraving system can dramatically reduce production times for personalised products and small-batch manufacturing." data-dimension25="">View Deal</a></p></div><h2 id="don-39-t-buy-it-if-2">Don't buy it if...</h2><div class="product"><p><strong>You lack space</strong></p><p>The substantial machine, rear-mounted laser modules and optional accessories require significantly more workshop room than the main unit’s dimensions suggest.</p><p><strong>You need affordability</strong></p><p>Although the base machine offers good value, specialist laser modules and accessories can quickly push up the total.<a class="view-deal button" href="" target="_blank" rel="nofollow" data-dimension112="b35bca4c-d21e-11f1-84d5-f1fe5da36d97" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="You lack spaceThe substantial machine, rear-mounted laser modules and optional accessories require significantly more workshop room than the main unit’s dimensions suggest.You need affordabilityAlthough the base machine offers good value, specialist laser modules and accessories can quickly push up the total." data-dimension48="You lack spaceThe substantial machine, rear-mounted laser modules and optional accessories require significantly more workshop room than the main unit’s dimensions suggest.You need affordabilityAlthough the base machine offers good value, specialist laser modules and accessories can quickly push up the total." data-dimension25="">View Deal</a></p></div><p><em>For more crafting tech, I've tested and reviewed all the </em><a href="https://www.techradar.com/best/best-3d-printers" target="_blank"><em>best 3D printers</em></a><em> and the </em><a href="https://www.techradar.com/pro/best-laser-engravers-in-year" target="_blank"><em>best laser engravers</em></a><em>.</em></p> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.techradar.com/pro/xtool-x1-laser-cutter-engraver-review</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ The xTool X1 combines a powerful 55W CO₂ laser with optional diode, UV, fibre and MOPA modules, making this the most versatile laser on the market. ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">TY59YNoBwpX2FTEqJWhCvZ</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ywUnABxdmdnNYn7WBJ7yZH-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Thu, 29 Oct 2026 02:00:00 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Pro]]></category>
                                                                                                                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Alastair Jennings ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                                        <dc:description><![CDATA[ &lt;p&gt;Alastair is a photographer, filmmaker and tech writer who has been working in the publishing industry since the late 1990s. For more than 25 years he has covered photography, video and technology across Future&#039;s photography, technology and gaming brands, and worked on many of the company&#039;s launch titles. Based in the south of England, Alastair now runs a photography and video production company and lectures in TV and film. When not on set or in the classroom, Alastair can usually be found prototyping and prop building with the aid of 3D printing as well as advising companies on social video strategy and creative workflows which gives him the tech insight behind the reviews.&lt;/p&gt; ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ywUnABxdmdnNYn7WBJ7yZH-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Alastair Jennings]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[xTool X1]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[xTool X1]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[xTool X1]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ywUnABxdmdnNYn7WBJ7yZH-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>The xTool X1 might initially look like another large, enclosed laser engraver, but it wasn't long into my months-long test of the X1, to realise it's something far more ambitious. </p><p>Essentially, xTool has brought years of laser engraving development together into a single, expandable manufacturing platform, making the X1 one of the most versatile machines I’ve ever reviewed. This is not the first machine that I’ve looked at recently to do the modular laser approach, with the superb <a href="https://www.techradar.com/pro/creality-falcon-t1-5-in-1-laser-engraver-review" target="_blank">Creality Falcon T1</a> doing something similar on a far smaller scale.</p><p>At the X1’s heart is a 55W CO₂ laser, similar to that seen in the excellent <a href="https://www.techradar.com/pro/bambu-lab-r1-laser-cutter-and-engraver-review" target="_blank">Bambu Lab R1</a> although now the larger X1 has arrived at the same price and with far more potential it will be interesting to see how the R1 fares. </p><p>Once again, the 55W CO₂ laser proves to be a powerful option for cutting and engraving wood, acrylic, and a wide variety of other materials. On its own, this one laser option would already make the X1 a superb option for anyone looking for a professional laser cutter. </p><p>But then again, xTool already has the <a href="https://www.techradar.com/pro/xtool-p2-review" target="_blank">xTool P2</a>. To differentiate this as something new, xTool has thrown all their technologies at the design and added an optional 20W diode galvo module, which sits alongside the CO₂ head inside the machine, and this forms the foundation of what this machine then develops into.</p><p>One of the key features to the dual head system is that rather than relying on a conventional moving-head laser for every cut, engrave, and score, the X1 can use the galvo system for intricate, high-speed engraving before switching to the CO₂ laser for cutting. What I like is that both are controlled through xTool Studio, and switching between the installed lasers just takes a selection option in the software.</p><p>Throughout testing, this combination of laser options with backpack modules also highlighted the potential and the direction these laser machines are moving. Multiple laser options mean projects like wooden placemats and detailed pencil boxes, which would ordinarily take considerable time to engrave and cut, can be completed much faster, with the galvo speeding through the detail while the CO₂ handles the cutting. In one test, a placemat project that took the xTool S1 around two hours was completed on the X1 in approximately half an hour.</p><p>One of the X1's big features is its support for additional laser-source modules mounted on the rear of the machine. For this review, I used the 5W UV and 60W MOPA modules, which enabled me to engrave glass and emboss brass coins. I also used the MOPA for its accuracy to create precision apertures in thin metal for pinhole cameras.</p><p>Having previously used dedicated MOPA machines such as the xTool F2 Ultra, I was interested to see how a machine this size could perform similar metal engraving. The results were impressive, but as I found at every step of this review, there were a series of considerations due to the size, weight and complexity of the machine.</p><p>That first consideration is size. The X1 arrived in a substantial crate, and as it was dropped off in the driveway, I had to call on assistance from a neighbour to lift and manoeuvre it into position. Although the main machine can sit on a conventional workshop bench, the additional modules, extraction systems and accessories quickly highlighted that the space I had allocated was about half of what it should have been.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1013px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:66.63%;"><img id="8ZwULSMCEqZRv7gMMkrs9J" name="xTool X1" alt="xTool X1" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/8ZwULSMCEqZRv7gMMkrs9J-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1013" height="675" attribution="" endorsement="" class="" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Alastair Jennings)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The second point to make is the modular system. While the additional laser sources proved excellent, swapping them isn't quick, unlike some of the small multi-laser modular systems I have looked at recently. </p><p>With the X1 positioned against a wall, accessing the rear of the machine, changing the hardware, and recalibrating could take about an hour. Some of this was down to the restricted space in my workshop, but the swap of modules required the recalibration of the lasers, it’s worth considering if you intend to switch between different laser technologies regularly.</p><p>Price is another consideration although I'm actually surprised how cheap it is on balance. The base machine is listed at $3,699 / £2554, but adding the diode laser, specialist modules and accessories can take the complete system well beyond $10,000, depending on configuration. </p><p>Even so, there’s no getting away from how capable this machine is, and if you were looking for the equivalent in separate machines, say the P2 and F2 Ultra, you’d be looking at much the same costs. For general cutting, detailed engraving and small-batch production, the X1 is one of the most refined laser engravers I’ve used.</p><p>If you have an established workshop or small business handling a wide range of materials, the X1 offers huge potential. Just make sure you have the space, budget and patience to make the most of it.</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-xtool-x1-price-availability"><span>xTool X1: Price &amp; availability</span></h2><p>The xTool X1 starts at $3,699 / £2,553 and includes the 55W CO₂ laser. The base price is in line with other machines that I have looked at recently. It's worth knowing that the costs rise quickly with optional modules. </p><p>The 20W diode galvo at $899 / approx. £674 is an optional, but essential upgrade, as it first enables faster engraving but is also needed to support the installation of the additional UV, fibre and MOPA lasers.</p><p>A fully equipped system comes in at just under $10,000 if you buy the components separately as upgrades, however, the bundle offer prices bring the cost right down. The X1’s integrated workflow, versatility and all-in-one design do keep things neat. You can find out more at <a href="https://www.xtool.com/" target="_blank">xTool</a>. </p><p><strong>X1 Single CO2 (55W CO2): </strong>$3,399 / £2,554</p><p><strong>X1 CO2 + Diode Galvo (55W CO2 + 20W Diode Galvo Module):</strong> $3,999 / £3,005</p><p><strong>X1 CO2 + Diode Galvo + Fiber (Includes 30W Fiber Laser Source):</strong> $5,799 / £4,358</p><p><strong>X1 CO2 + Diode Galvo + UV (Includes 5W UV Laser Source): </strong>$6,499 / £4,884</p><p><strong>X1 CO2 + Diode Galvo + MOPA (Includes 60W MOPA Laser Source): </strong>$6,679 / £5,019</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-xtool-x1-design"><span>xTool X1: Design</span></h2><div  class="fancy-box"><div class="fancy_box-title">Specs</div><div class="fancy_box_body"><p class="fancy-box__body-text"><strong>Machine type: </strong>Modular laser cutting and engraving platform<br /><strong>Primary laser:</strong> 55W CO₂, 10,600nm<br /><strong>Optional lasers: </strong>20W diode galvo, 5W UV, 30W fibre, 60W MOPA<br /><strong>Laser technologies: </strong>Hybrid Motion and Laser Swap<br /><strong>Working area: </strong>615 × 320 mm x 150 maximum<br /><strong>Dimensions: </strong><br /><strong>Weight: </strong><br /><strong>Camera and focusing: </strong>Dual cameras with image stitching, automatic focusing and height-adjustable bed<br /><strong>Connectivity: </strong>USB and Wi-Fi<br /><strong>Software:</strong> xTool Studio</p></div></div><p>There’s nothing particularly small or understated about the xTool X1. In fact, the first indication of what I was dealing with came when the machine arrived in a substantial wooden crate. I can usually handle these large machines with the help of a sack trolley and boxes. </p><p>However, this time I called on the help of a neighbor. It’s not quite the size of the P3, but you will still need two people to lift the X1 free of its packaging and to get it into position in the workshop. By the time we stripped away the protective materials and set it onto the work surface, it was obvious this wasn’t a typical desktop laser engraver.</p><p>The machine itself follows the same design direction as xTool’s recent P2S and P3 models, with a fully enclosed chassis and a level of refinement that feels far removed from the open-frame laser engravers that dominated the enthusiast market only a few years ago. When it comes to the size, it measures 1000×580×420 mm.</p><p>Having tested numerous xTool machines, I’ve consistently been impressed by the company’s build quality. While xTool and GlowForge used to be the two major players in this part of the market, rivals such as Bambu Lab, LaserPecker, and WeCreat have recently upped the game as well.</p><p>Everything from the large hinged lid to the internal processing bed feels solid and is exactly as I’d want in the workshop. The lid opens easily and is supported by pneumatic arms; on some machines of this size that I’ve looked at in the past, this can be a weak point, but here it all feels good and solid.</p><p>Compared with other machines of this type and size, the height of the machine is considerably taller; this is due to the adjustable bed inside that rises and lowers to position materials correctly beneath the laser. This is a far more sophisticated setup than the fixed-height beds on many smaller machines that require risers for larger objects. On the front of the machine, there are a couple of buttons that enable you to raise and lower the bed manually if needed.</p><p>Testing showed the bed adjustment was essentially fully automated, with the software handling most positioning. The work area is big, with a maximum of 615 × 320 mm, and offers plenty of room to lay out multiple parts, which is especially useful for small batches of products such as placemats. </p><p>What I quickly realised is that depending on the laser and type of work you’re doing, those work area dimensions change. For instance, with the CO2 laser the max height of anything placed into the machine is 150mm; however, with the other lasers that reduces to 140mm. Essentially, as you lay out your designs and select the lasers, the on-screen layout changes so visually that from the outset you know exactly where you are.  </p><p>Inside, the materials are supported on the supplied slats, though as with other manufacturers, I would have liked a few more. I also had the optional honeycomb panel, which, as ever, became my preferred choice for almost everything I processed. </p><p>A honeycomb just provides a decent surface for supporting materials and makes it easier to remove completed work, and while small pieces of debris from the cuts will still fall through to the base, there’s less chance of scorching of cut pieces falling and accidentally getting re-lasered.</p><p>Unfortunately, one surprise was that there isn’t a simple removable waste tray at the base, so cleaning out smaller pieces requires a little more effort. I have a handheld Dyson for this exact job, and with the depth and space, it’s easy enough to get that into cleanup quickly after a few cuts. </p><p>In this review, alongside the 55W CO2, I have also installed the 20W diode galvo module. This sits alongside the CO₂ laser inside the main enclosure and takes a couple of minutes to fit; once installed, it can stay as a permanent part of the machine. After installation, the rest of the setup is completed in xTool Studio.</p><p>The software walks you through the calibration process, although some manual adjustment is needed to ensure that the laser paths are correctly aligned. I’ve encountered this with previous xTool machines, including the P2 and P3, and while it can take a little time to understand, the process is reasonably straightforward once you’ve done it a few times.</p><p>My first test didn’t produce the result I expected because the alignment wasn’t quite right, mainly due to me rushing part of the process. After repeating the calibration more carefully, the results vastly improved, and once everything was configured, the two installed laser systems are remarkably easy to use.</p><p>To switch between the two in the xTool Studio software, you simply assign the right laser to the right operation, and the machine handles the transition. There’s no need to remove one laser head and install another manually as you would have had to do with multi-laser machines in the past.</p><p>For everyday cutting and engraving,  this combination of lasers works incredibly well and vastly speeds up the process of engraving and cutting, which is the bulk of what I personally do with these machines. </p><p>However, these two lasers are just the start of the story, and things do become a little more complicated when I started to install and use the rear-mounted laser-source modules.</p><p>xTool supplied the 5W UV and 60W MOPA modules; these are relatively compact, just larger than a shoebox and are solidly built. Before use, they need to be installed into the back of the X1, which takes time, especially when I needed two people to move the machine into the initial position. Essentially, I should have left a little more space to access the rear.</p><p>Installation of the modules involves removing covers, connecting power and communication cables, securing the module and checking the optical path. Depending on the configuration, you’ll also need to install the appropriate optics before calibrating the system.</p><p>I installed the combined UV/Fiber/MOPA field lens, which supports the different laser sources, and found that straightforward, it essentially just screwed in. The more involved part was mounting the modules and completing the optical alignment. </p><p>Initially, I was probably a little too enthusiastic with the manual adjustments, but thankfully xTool provide a small alignment target and tape which makes the entire process relatively easy. Once I realised that small adjustments were all that was needed, the process became much easier.</p><p>The software guides you through calibration using the supplied cards, and once the source has been registered, the machine recognises it automatically. My main issue here was the physical access to the back of the machine due to space.</p><p>My workshop already has several 3D printers, laser engravers, and other equipment, so I’d originally positioned the X1 against a wall on a fixed workbench. Every time I wanted to change the rear-mounted module, I needed to move other equipment, pull out the workbench and get behind the machine. Given the X1’s size and weight, I didn’t want to attempt this alone.</p><p>As a result, what might eventually become a 15 or 20-minute module change took me closer to an hour, including moving the machine, changing the source and checking calibration, the calibration is the part that takes the time. This issue would explain why xTool also provided the optional mobile work stand, which is where this machine will be moved to once I have had a bit of a reorganisation of the space.</p><p>Being able to wheel the machine away from the wall would make installation, maintenance and module changes substantially easier. I’d also recommend planning considerably more space than the official machine footprint suggests. In my workshop, allowing roughly half a machine depth more provided the clearance needed to work comfortably behind it, mainly due to the length of the tool you need to use to screw in the bolts through each of the modules.</p><p>As I got into using the machine, a few of the safety design features are also worth noting. First, as ever, the machine came with the Air extraction unit and, in addition, the fire safety 2 unit, which was attached, but again space was limited, so it sat on a lower shelf behind the machine.</p><p>The X1 is serious workshop equipment, though far nicer-looking than the machines from a few years ago. Its size and weight are balanced by its features, and after a month of use, I highly recommend the optional workbench, which, while not essential, it will ensure you can make full use of this machine's potential. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1013px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:66.63%;"><img id="4qnFM3YTM5P9yU8ESd8H9J" name="xTool X1" alt="xTool X1" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/4qnFM3YTM5P9yU8ESd8H9J-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1013" height="675" attribution="" endorsement="" class="" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Alastair Jennings)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-xtool-x1-features"><span>xTool X1: Features</span></h2><p>The xTool X1 is unusual because many of its headline features aren’t immediately obvious. At its core, it’s a powerful 55w CO₂ laser cutter, but its modular design means that it has far more potential, and that potential can only be fully unlocked with the investment in the other modules and accessories, of which there are quite a few. </p><p>In total, the X1 supports five laser technologies, with the 55w CO2 being the only one that is provided wth the base machine. The 55W CO₂ laser can be used for cutting and engraving materials such as wood, acrylic, leather, cardboard and fabric.</p><p>Alongside the CO₂ laser, there’s the 20W diode galvo laser, which adds high-speed engraving and surface marking, particularly on wood and many other compatible materials. This module sits inside the machine alongside the CO₂ and is quick to fit; it’s also essential if you want to use any of the other three backpack laser modules. </p><p>These other models include the 5W UV laser, which can be used for engraving on glass, crystal and other delicate materials. Then there’s the 30W fibre and 60W MOPA options, which enable you to mark and engrave into metal. The MOPA adds the ability to use colour effects and deep engraving and is similar to the fibre option, but is more expensive. In this review, I’ve been supplied with four of the five available laser technologies: CO₂, diode, UV, and MOPA.</p><p>As I started the testing, the instant highlight of the features was the Hybrid Motion, as this is the one feature alongside the dual mount lasers that will make a noticeable difference to everyday project work. </p><p>Essentially, what this looks like with the lasers is that alongside the traditional gantry-based laser toolheads that move physically through the X and Y across the material, you also have the Galvo, which uses rapidly moving mirrors to direct the beam across the surface.</p><p>This means that for larger designs, Hybrid Motion moves the galvo system between regions, enabling detailed engraving over a much wider area than a conventional fixed galvo arrangement, as I tested in the F2 Ultra. When combined, you not only cover a far larger area, but the Glavo focuses on detailed engraving while the CO₂ does the cutting.</p><p>The dual tool head laser system inside is just the start of the multi-laser set, and a Laser Swap system is used to enable different styles of laser to be fitted for different projects and materials. These Laser Swap modules fit to the back with the UV, Fibre and MOPA options.</p><p>The idea here is that instead of buying additional machines, you just buy the module and fit it, cutting down on the space needed and ideally cost. Although looking at the cost of the modules, they’re almost as much as the dedicated machines. </p><p>The process of swapping the modules isn’t tool-free, and it requires access to the rear of the machine, alongside physical hardware changes and calibration checks. I personally think that this is a great feature. </p><p>However, I would have liked to see a faster change system. In this review, for instance, I swapped the modules multiple times, and it was a hassle. But then most people will inevitably settle on their laser selection rather than approaching the machine in the way that I have in this review. </p><p>Some of the other features that really impressed during use were the close-up cameras that just help position artwork against materials, with the image appearing in the XTool software. Compared with the laser outline that we used for the full image, this is such an improvement; however, you can still click the framing preview if you prefer that way of working. </p><p>The camera system is really quite advanced, and you have the option through the xTool Studio software to change from capturing one wide-angle image, to capturing multiple sections of the workspace which are then stitched together, which helps with the accuracy of the positioning. </p><p>Although the software documentation describes automatic image capture when closing the lid, I generally triggered the capture manually during testing. Image quality from the cameras was excellent overall, although some reflective materials and darker areas could still make positioning slightly more difficult; a boost in the workshop's lighting also helped with these previews. </p><p>Another of the big features that really stood out through the use of the machine was the automated bed adjustment. Rather than requiring constant manual focusing, the machine measures the material and adjusts the bed height as needed. </p><p>Through the test, I added a range of material thicknesses and found the process just worked; compared with the often convoluted focusing process of some other machines and the physical effort of adding a riser base, this system is just simple. </p><p>Even with slightly irregular or curved materials, the positioning system generally handled setup well, and I didn’t need to override the measurements manually.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1013px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:66.63%;"><img id="ntLMmY9dsY75BELcnQCj8J" name="xTool X1" alt="xTool X1" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ntLMmY9dsY75BELcnQCj8J-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1013" height="675" attribution="" endorsement="" class="" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Alastair Jennings)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Alongside the core accessories and in line with the xTools other machines, the X1 supports a wide range of accessories, including an automatic conveyor feeder, RA3 rotary attachment, honeycomb panel, mobile work stand, filtration, and fire safety equipment.</p><p>Throughout testing, I used xTool’s extraction and filtration setup, which is a little on the noisy side but does the job. For jobs that produce more smoke, particularly when cutting wood, I increased the extraction setting to keep the working chamber clear.</p><p>The optional Fire Safety Set Pro adds another level of protection. Installation was more involved than I’d expected, requiring the CO₂ cylinder, tubing and communication connections to be fitted before enabling the system in the software. Once configured, however, it didn’t actually require me to do anything else other than find somewhere for it to sit.</p><p>As a final point on the features, and an essential for any professional workshop, is that the machine also has an emergency stop button for quickly shutting down if needed.</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-xtool-x1-performance"><span>xTool X1: Performance</span></h2><p>After a month testing the xTool X1, what I realised was, that the way that I work with laser engravers normally would change with this dual laser setup. The mix of laser technologies in one machine isn’t just convenient; it means that you can select the laser technology that is best suited for the job, and often two lasers will enable a better and faster result. Most notably for me, that was the combination of the 55W CO₂ and 20W diode galvo lasers.</p><p>For most of my work, producing models, wooden components, boxes, camera accessories, and other workshop projects, these two laser systems provide an ideal combination.</p><p>The X1’s 55W CO₂ laser is excellent for all-round cutting, while the 20 diode galvo is better for detail. </p><p>To start the test, I ran through the supplied test projects before moving on to my own designs, including wooden boxes, placemats and model-making components.</p><p>Most of my work involved 3mm basswood plywood, although I also tested thicker materials up to 10mm. Across these tests, the CO₂ laser produced exceptionally clean cuts, with minimal scorching and very little need for additional finishing. The air-assist system kept the cutting path clear, while the extraction system removed smoke.</p><p>One of the most useful tests involved creating a series of 3mm plywood boxes. The accuracy was excellent, with the individual pieces fitting together cleanly without sanding or manual adjustment to the size. I could simply assemble and glue the components.</p><p>This accuracy and repeatability is something that is so important when producing models or small-batch products, where even small dimensional errors create extra work; even sanding takes time when it comes to getting the right fit. As this is a pre-production model, the usually excellent xTool Studio seemed to take most laser options down to 1, so initial models showed some scorching, however</p><p>I also tested acrylic sheets up to 10mm thick, including cutting a 3D-scanning calibration cube in half. Again, the results were impressive, with clean cuts and accurate positioning.</p><p>The machine also handled lighter materials such as paper, card, fabric, and leather without difficulty, though these need careful securing to prevent movement from airflow of the air assist and extractor.</p><p>For general cutting work, along the lines of what I use laser cutters for, the X1 matched the abilities that I have seen from other recent releases; the one point that made this slightly more exciting is that added height, which gives out-of-the-box flexibility without the need for a riser base. </p><p>The CO₂ laser provides the X1’s cutting power; the addition of the 20W diode galvo by its side for detailed engraving and speed is definitely an interesting development in the technology. </p><p>Essentially, rather than watching a conventional laser head mechanically move across every section of an image, the galvo rapidly sweeps the beam over the surface, completing relatively intricate artwork in a fraction of the time.</p><p>I tested it on wood, plywood, bamboo, acrylic, and coated metal samples, essentially everything in the samples box. Fine lettering was sharp and well-defined, intricate designs retained plenty of detail, and scorching was generally minimal, unless the piece that I was working on fell through the slats. </p><p>Initially, I worried the edges of the engraving might lose definition, or designs wouldn't join up perfectly as the galvo system moved from one area to another, however the meeting of the design and the quality remained consistent.</p><p>This, however, wasn’t quite the case at the outset, and initial testing showed a few issues, but after software updates and far more accurate calibration on my part, the joins between engraving regions became almost seamless.</p><p>Photographic engraving onto wood was also impressive, although as with most laser engravers, image selection makes the biggest difference to the success.</p><p>High-contrast photographs generally produced better results than flat, low-contrast images, and I used xTool Studio’s editing tools to adjust backgrounds and improve the final output.</p><p>Personally, I still prefer the look of detailed illustrations, lettering and line-based graphics when engraved into wood rather than photo imagery.</p><p>Taking a look at one of the main test projects highlights the workflow and speed. Normally, when creating a wooden box or placemat with decorative engraving, I’ll use a single laser head that handles both engraving and cutting.</p><p>The problem is that detailed engraving can take considerably longer than cutting the outline. With the X1, I was able to assign the intricate engraving to the 20W galvo and the cutting operations to the 55W CO₂ laser.</p><p>Once configured, the software handled the transition between the installed lasers without requiring me to reposition the material or swap heads; this made a dramatic difference to processing time.</p><p>For example, I created a series of wooden placemats with detailed artwork. A comparable project on the xTool S1 took around two hours, while the X1 completed it in half an hour.</p><p>That’s an enormous improvement in speed, particularly for small businesses producing multiple products. The same was true when creating detailed pencil boxes.</p><p>Projects that would normally take 20 to 30 minutes could be completed in minutes, with the galvo handling the engraving before the CO₂ laser cut the components.</p><p>Having both lasers permanently installed makes everyday projects straightforward, and once you’ve experienced the speed of the combined workflow, returning to a conventional single-head engraver feels a little archaic.</p><p>Hybrid Motion also changes what’s practical for larger designs. In the past, I’ve avoided elaborate engraving projects at scale because the processing time was too long and I’m hopeless at lining up materials when sheets need to be matched.</p><p>With the X1, I was able to start thinking about this type of project, as the speed of the galvo would vastly reduce the time involved, especially when used alongside the conveyor accessory.</p><p>After carrying out the majority of the review using the 55W CO₂ and 20W diode galvo lasers, I then moved on to the 5w UV and 60W MOPA.</p><p>The 5W UV module opens up a very different range of possibilities, particularly for glass, crystal and delicate materials. I ran a few tests on the glass samples, along with experiments on plastic components produced on a 3D printer.</p><p>The ability to add fine surface texture to printed plastic objects is interesting, as it creates new opportunities for finishing functional parts and decorative products. I’ll admit I’m still on the experimental side of this, but will update in the near future. </p><p>The glass side of the engraving process is also something that I have struggled with in the past, and again, I wasn’t entirely successful in achieving the results I wanted.</p><p>Based on the partial results, I suspect this was more about my initial setup and approach than a fundamental limitation of the machine. Still, it’s an area that needs further investigation.</p><p>The UV module adds even more felxibility, although I’ll explore its more advanced functions in a separate addition to th ereview once I’ve reorganised my workshop to give the interchangeable modules better access.</p><p>Of the two rear-mounted laser modules, I found the 60W MOPA the most interesting. I’ve previously used MOPA machines, including the xTool F2 Ultra, so I’m familiar with their capabilities for metal engraving, embossing and colour marking.</p><p>What makes the X1 different is the ability to use similar technology within a much larger enclosed working area. I tested the MOPA on brass, stainless steel and aluminium, producing detailed markings and experimenting with relief engraving.</p><p>One of the most interesting applications involved creating apertures in thin brass sheet for pinhole cameras. I produced holes ranging from approximately 0.25mm to 0.5mm with exceptionally good results.</p><p>This is the sort of precision work I’ve previously done with dedicated MOPA systems, and it was great to see the X1 handle it so well, as it’s such a large machine I did wonder if it could handle the intricate work that I have used the F2 Ultra for.</p><p>I also experimented with engraving the aperture dimensions into the metal and cutting individual pieces from the sheet, although these more complicated processes still need further refinement.</p><p>Another highlight was engraving brass coins. While the F2 Ultra can do similar work, the X1’s larger processing area let me arrange several coins for engraving in one batch. Again, this is not a quick process; think days rather than hours.</p><p>Colour marking is another capability of the MOPA laser, though I’ve consistently found it requires considerable experimentation to get reliable results. The X1 was no exception.</p><p>I could create colour effects, but producing exactly the result I wanted across more complicated designs wasn’t always straightforward. </p><p>The take-home from the modules is that they expand the use of the machine, but those more specialist lasers require practice and experience to get the results that you would expect. </p><p>The other major part of the machine is the xTool Studio software. I’ve used the software across several generations of machines, and it's improved substantially over time and has really become the benchmark for all others to follow.</p><p>That said if you're new to the software then working out what type of cut and what laser is being used on what path can still be a little confusing, even with the colour coding. A text summery would be a nice quick reference before cutting. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1013px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:66.63%;"><img id="8pgDDFijHbT8JrsMNYgu6J" name="xTool X1" alt="xTool X1" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/8pgDDFijHbT8JrsMNYgu6J-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1013" height="675" attribution="" endorsement="" class="" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Alastair Jennings)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The latest workflow is much the same as I looked at with the superb xTool M2 recently, and once you’ve completed calibration and connected the machine, preparing a project is straightforward.</p><p>Import or create the design, select the material, assign the appropriate processing operation and laser source, then send the job to the machine; after that, you generally just press the start button and wait.</p><p>As ever, the xTool Studio software offers a huge range of material presets, and unusually the material presets for the CO2 and 20w diode were way off. Especially the power and air assist, which the software set to 1 for both, easy to rectify, but possibly something to do with the pre-release software as ususally the material presets from xTool are spot on.</p><p>Adding custom materials and modifying processing parameters is also relatively straightforward once you’re familiar with the interface.</p><p>USB and Wi-Fi connectivity were both simple to set up and reliable throughout testing. Despite using pre-release software, I didn’t experience any major crashes or application-caused job failures other than a little tweaking of presets, and it all seemed pretty final, really a reflection of what I have experienced before with the addition of being able to select the laser sources.</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-xtool-x1-final-verdict"><span>xTool X1: Final verdict</span></h2><p>After a month of testing, the xTool X1 is one of the most versatile laser engravers I’ve ever used, but it isn’t without its faults, although those are mostly overcome by being organised and having plenty of space. </p><p>Essentially, the base machine is an impressive 55W CO₂ laser engraver and cutter, and once you invest in the 20W diode galvo laser, you have one of the most competent machines for any small to medium-sized business on the market. The point is that with these two lasers you have the base machine that you can then build on depending on what you need to do. </p><p>Through the test, I found that that simple combination was all I really needed, and the fact that I could then attach the UV and MOPA for more specialised work all added to the versatility. However, with the 55W CO₂ and 20W diode galvo lasers installed, the machine was able to sit on the workbench without issue; it’s large but containable. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1013px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:66.63%;"><img id="K63FSNjpfrucVMZyWmVtmH" name="xTool X1" alt="xTool X1" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/K63FSNjpfrucVMZyWmVtmH-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1013" height="675" attribution="" endorsement="" class="" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Alastair Jennings)</span></figcaption></figure><p>As soon as I installed the MOPA, I not only needed the additional space to mount the laser module, but it also added to the depth of the machine and for me, having the F2 for the more intricate work still made sense. While I could do the work on the X1, it didn’t necessarily mean that I would. </p><p>That aside, the pure build quality, size of the work area and depth, along with all the upgrade options, all make this one of the most substantial and complete laser engravers on the market. It is expensive, but it’s been designed in such a way that you can upgrade as and when you need. </p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-should-you-buy-the-xtool-x1"><span>Should you buy the xTool X1?</span></h2><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Value:</strong></p></td><td  ><p>The base 55W CO₂ machine is well priced, specialist laser modules and accessories raise the total cost</p></td><td  ><p>5</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Design:</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Exceptional build quality for a machine of this size. Rear-mounted module changes could be easier.</p></td><td  ><p>4.5</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Features</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Support for five laser technologies, the new Hybrid Motion system offer one of the most feature packed lasers on the market</p></td><td  ><p>5</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Performance</strong></p></td><td  ><p>The combination of galvo engraving and CO₂ cutting give it an edge even before adding the other laser options</p></td><td  ><p>5</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Total</strong></p></td><td  ><p>The X1 is the most capable laser platforms I’ve reviewed, even considering its size and modular upgrade costs it's exceptionally well balanced.</p></td><td  ><p>5</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h2 id="buy-it-if-2">Buy it if...</h2><div class="product"><p><strong>You need versatility</strong></p><p>The X1 combines cutting, engraving and specialist material processing within one platform, making it ideal for workshops handling varied projects.</p><p><strong>You produce products</strong></p><p>Its powerful CO₂ laser and fast galvo engraving system can dramatically reduce production times for personalised products and small-batch manufacturing.<a class="view-deal button" href="" target="_blank" rel="nofollow" data-dimension112="b35bc984-d21e-11f1-870e-11be82281fdb" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="You need versatilityThe X1 combines cutting, engraving and specialist material processing within one platform, making it ideal for workshops handling varied projects.You produce productsIts powerful CO₂ laser and fast galvo engraving system can dramatically reduce production times for personalised products and small-batch manufacturing." data-dimension48="You need versatilityThe X1 combines cutting, engraving and specialist material processing within one platform, making it ideal for workshops handling varied projects.You produce productsIts powerful CO₂ laser and fast galvo engraving system can dramatically reduce production times for personalised products and small-batch manufacturing." data-dimension25="">View Deal</a></p></div><h2 id="don-39-t-buy-it-if-2">Don't buy it if...</h2><div class="product"><p><strong>You lack space</strong></p><p>The substantial machine, rear-mounted laser modules and optional accessories require significantly more workshop room than the main unit’s dimensions suggest.</p><p><strong>You need affordability</strong></p><p>Although the base machine offers good value, specialist laser modules and accessories can quickly push up the total.<a class="view-deal button" href="" target="_blank" rel="nofollow" data-dimension112="b35bca4c-d21e-11f1-84d5-f1fe5da36d97" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="You lack spaceThe substantial machine, rear-mounted laser modules and optional accessories require significantly more workshop room than the main unit’s dimensions suggest.You need affordabilityAlthough the base machine offers good value, specialist laser modules and accessories can quickly push up the total." data-dimension48="You lack spaceThe substantial machine, rear-mounted laser modules and optional accessories require significantly more workshop room than the main unit’s dimensions suggest.You need affordabilityAlthough the base machine offers good value, specialist laser modules and accessories can quickly push up the total." data-dimension25="">View Deal</a></p></div><p><em>For more crafting tech, I've tested and reviewed all the </em><a href="https://www.techradar.com/best/best-3d-printers" target="_blank"><em>best 3D printers</em></a><em> and the </em><a href="https://www.techradar.com/pro/best-laser-engravers-in-year" target="_blank"><em>best laser engravers</em></a><em>.</em></p>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ Hisense XR10 review: a pricy powerhouse projector with huge dynamic range in both the light and dark ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-hisense-xr10-one-minute-review"><span>Hisense XR10: One-minute review</span></h2><p>The Hisense XR10 offers powerful projection that you can put all over the room and still get squared away. That’s thanks to extensive optical adjustments that include incredible zoom range and lens shift. Hisense definitely cranked up the elegance this year.</p><p>The Hisense XR10 is loaded up with blazing RGB lasers that give it stunning brightness and color, while an adjustable iris can help it clamp down black levels for dark room viewing with enhanced contrast. It’s all packed into a stylish box that’s much smaller and more portable than high-end theater projectors like the <a href="https://www.techradar.com/televisions/projectors/i-tested-the-sony-bravia-projector-7-and-it-has-the-deepest-blacks-ive-seen-on-a-4k-projector"><u>Sony Bravia Projector 7</u></a>, and Hisense’s included carrying case will let you take it places in style. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="q45yiVh74oudRE6YDjycEZ" name="DSC02309.JPG" alt="The remote control is leaning against the front of the Hisense XR10 projector." src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/q45yiVh74oudRE6YDjycEZ-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>All of this comes at a high price, though. The Hisense XR10 is $5,999 / £5,999 / AU$9,999 after falling from the original $6,999 price tag in the US. Though it has decent speakers for a projector and a serviceable operating system in VidaaOS, these don’t lend a ton of extra value. It also jumped the gun a bit and missed out on the VRR and 4K/120Hz support that a newer wave of projectors are offering. At its price, it’s not going to lead the charge for value, but you do get a lot for the money. It’s still probably worth waiting to see if the XGIMI Horizon 30 Ultra Max, JMGO Iris Ultra Max, and Hisense C3 Ultra Max leave the XR10 any room to breathe.</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-hisense-xr10-review-price-and-release-date"><span>Hisense XR10 review: Price and release date</span></h2><ul><li><strong>Release date: mid 2026</strong></li><li><strong>MSRP: $5,999 / £5,999 / AU$9,999 </strong></li></ul><p>The Hisense XR10 made its debut at CES 2026 and started shipping in May. It came with an initial price of $6,999 / £5,999 / AU$9,999 but that US price has generally fallen to $5,999. In the time it’s been out, some deals have even brought it as low as $4,499, but it hasn’t been a sticky price drop and prices elsewhere seem to be much more static.</p><p>For the money, Hisense does include a special carrying case that’s far and away the highest quality one I’ve seen included with a projector like this. But even then it’s not adding thousands of dollars in value.</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-hisense-xr10-review-specs"><span>Hisense XR10 review: specs</span></h2><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Supported screen sizes</p></td><td  ><p>65-300 inches</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Optical technology</p></td><td  ><p>3 Laser DLP</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Brightness (specified)</p></td><td  ><p>6,000 Lumens</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Audio</p></td><td  ><p>2x8-watt + 15-watt speakers</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Ports</p></td><td  ><p>2x HDMI 2.1 (1x eARC), 1x HDMI 2.0, 2x USB-A, 1x optical, 1x 3.5mm audio</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Smart TV</p></td><td  ><p>VidaaOS</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Dimensions</p></td><td  ><p>11.5 x 10.7 x 8.4 inches</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Weight</p></td><td  ><p>23.4 pounds</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-hisense-xr10-review-design-and-features"><span>Hisense XR10 review: design and features</span></h2><ul><li><strong>Stylish, compact design and serious carrying case</strong></li><li><strong>Highly adjustable optics</strong></li><li><strong>VidaaOS is quick but may be limiting</strong></li></ul><p>Hisense has built something particularly gorgeous with the XR10. It simply looks like a work of serious engineering with its brown metal casing, stylish venting and machined accents, knurled lens cover, oversize lens cover, and dark color scheme. The front's sensor array also looks highly technical. The top is a little plain, but Hisense has included a volume dial, power button, ambient light sensor, and a little aesthetic nod to the RGB laser system inside.</p><p>The Hisense XR10 is a modestly sized box at 11.5 x 10.7 x 8.4 inches / 292.1 x 271.8 x 213.4 mm, yet with all its packing in it ends up weighing a considerable 23.4 pounds / 10.6kg. To help you lug it around, Hisense includes a fashionable carrying case that looks more like a piece of luggage than the styrofoam cases many projectors come with. It's complete with straps, zippers, padded slots for each component, and it even has wheels and an extendable handle for rolling.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="sA2Wpb7CDp2cSga9NCYnkY" name="DSC02307.JPG" alt="The storage case for the Hisense XR10." src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/sA2Wpb7CDp2cSga9NCYnkY-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The projector has everything it needs to help you get it set up for perfect alignment with your screen. It stands on four height-adjustable feet, so you can get it level and squared away with the wall. And it offers extensive zoom and lens shift capabilities. It can shift from a short throw ratio of 0.84:1 all the way to a 2:1 throw ratio, this means you can set it close to a wall or screen and still get a big picture or set it far from that screen and shrink it down to fit without having to use digital cropping. Plenty of competitors are offering zoom now, but the XR10 has a far wider range than most. </p><p>The XR10 goes well beyond that, too, adding on 130% vertical lens shift and 46% horizontal lens shift. This makes it much easier to set the projector wherever is convenient for you and still be able to dial in a crisp, perfectly aligned projection where you want it. </p><p>Hisense has also built in some automatic picture correction, like screen fitting and obstacle avoidance, but the projector tends to try zooming all the way out to make those corrections. So it's very easy to end up in a situation where the projection is simply too large for the projector to figure out what to do to fit it onto a small screen. Some features also get locked out if lens shift is used, like automatic keystone correction (something you should skip anyway) and eye protection (something it’s also great to have because these are some bright lasers). </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="DVuu3mikdx7PJ92kzSxaEZ" name="DSC02311.JPG" alt="A closeup of the Hisense XR10 lens." src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/DVuu3mikdx7PJ92kzSxaEZ-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Around back, the Hisense XR10 is pretty well geared up for serious home theater use. It includes a pair of HDMI 2.1 ports one of which supports eARC as well as one HDMI 2.0 port. It also includes a set of two USB 3.0 ports, a gigabit ethernet port, and both optical and 3.5mm analog audio outputs.</p><p>That ethernet port could be useful, but the XR10 actually has Wi-Fi 7 on board, so you can get pretty fast networking wirelessly as well. With that wireless connection, you can easily access streaming services using the built-in operating system, which is unfortunately not Google TV. </p><p>Instead it’s Hisense's own VidaaOS. It has most of the major streaming apps and some extras like Xbox Cloud Gaming but there's plenty that's missing. On the bright side, navigating the software is fairly quick and Hisense's included remote has a dedicated input button so you don't have to spend much time in VidaaOS if you want to use an external source for video.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="AnSMrKajJofQpaEXq4rbEZ" name="DSC02315.JPG" alt="A close up of the ports on the Hisense XR10." src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/AnSMrKajJofQpaEXq4rbEZ-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The XR10 offers serious brightness for a small box, so there’s a bit of fan whir in operation to keep the insides cool. It’s noticeable in a quiet room when sitting close to the projector, but it’s easily drowned out by the 2.1-channel sound system.</p><p>The remote control included with the XR10 is a fairly simple one, offering directional navigation and direct access to input selection, autofocus, voice input, the settings menu, the home screen, volume and brightness controls, a mute button, and shortcuts to Netflix, YouTube, Prime Video, and Disney+. It also has backlighting, but it's only activated after you press a button, not motion activated.</p><ul><li><strong>Design &amp; features score:  4.5 / 5</strong></li></ul><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-hisense-xr10-review-picture-quality-and-performance"><span>Hisense XR10 review: picture quality and performance</span></h2><ul><li><strong>Brilliantly colorful, stunningly bright, and capable of deep black levels</strong></li><li><strong>Good gaming chops</strong></li><li><strong>Punchy sound, but not cinematic</strong></li></ul><p>One of the greatest aspects of the Hisense XR10 is its color, coming by way of its RGB laser light source. For most content, it can look perfectly natural, but when it really comes time to jazz things up, it’s simply amazing. The attack on Rosalina’s home in the beginning of <em>The Super Mario Galaxy Movie</em> is a stunning showcase of its capabilities, with dazzling magical effects, so many colorful stars, and plenty of opportunity for the XR10 to demonstrate its vibrant color.</p><p>As the convoy heads out at the beginning of <em>Mad Max: Fury Road</em>, the subtle reds of the sand against the blues of the sky are simply gorgeous, and the deeper reds of the flamethrowers are all the more vibrant. The inside of the sandstorm is simply wondrous, with the chaotic flashing of lightning playing against the deep shadows.</p><p>All that color comes alongside serious brightness. In my testing with the projector in its Vivid picture settings, with the iris open and brightness set to maximum, I measured it outputting 6,841 lumens. It has the potential to go higher with a cooler white point and a Brightness Enhanced mode, reaching 7,757 lumens, but this tints the whole picture green. </p><p>In practice, the high brightness means the XR10 is strong enough to use in a room even if you’re not doing much to shut out ambient light. I found watching a lot of content even with some of my room lights on more than comfortable, and depending on what I was watching, I could even get away with leaving the windows open in the middle of the day and still see well enough. </p><figure role="gallery"><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/woxWc4uSPzrCVmWG8vkWEZ-1920-80.jpg" alt="A projection of a scene from Mad Max." /><figcaption><small role="credit">Future</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/HaGN8V9n3tMkB8deNJHpfY-1920-80.jpg" alt="A projection showing a lightning storm from a movie scene." /><figcaption><small role="credit">Future</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/8UvUoS7x3JfCY5Ui4kMCcY-1920-80.jpg" alt="A projection of a black and white film from the Hisense XR10." /><figcaption><small role="credit">Future</small></figcaption></figure></figure><p>The Hisense XR10 offers potent contrast as well. It’s exhibited splendidly in <em>Dune 2</em> during the black-and-white Harkkonen coliseum fight. Even without color, there’s splendid detail and rich shadows. This contrast comes by way of the low black levels that the projector is capable of by shutting down its iris. In all but the darkest scenes I find that the letterboxes around some videos appear almost completely black. </p><p>The projector gets dark enough that light control in the room actually becomes rather important. Light hitting the screen can bounce around the room and end up back on the screen where it should be dark, and this raises the black level. Using a VESA test pattern with two bright boxes in the corners of an otherwise black screen, I measured a contrast of 362:1 without controlling for room reflections. By blocking out the white boxes with black velvet, I could simulate a light-controlled room and measured a 3,251:1 contrast ratio. That was with the optical iris open. Cranking the iris down to its lowest level, I measured a 11,194:1 contrast ratio. </p><p>The XR10 uses motion interpolation by default, and this tends to introduce a lot of motion artifacts, though it can be a benefit to panning shots. I’ve found the visuals look smooth enough and avoid issues with the motion interpolation set to Film or disabled outright. </p><figure role="gallery"><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jUkrW8Zqvo3pLA8m5K9eEZ-1920-80.jpg" alt="A brightly colored image projected from the Hisense XR10." /><figcaption><small role="credit">Future</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/QXhUZboUCGS6bXhTTfTVEZ-1920-80.jpg" alt="A brightly colored image projected from the Hisense XR10." /><figcaption><small role="credit">Future</small></figcaption></figure></figure><p>Gaming on the XR10 is a joy. It supports both 4K/60Hz and 1080p/240Hz modes with very low latency in both, even without enabling Game Mode. I dashed through levels in <em>Hades 2</em>, easily keeping up with the pace of combat and played through <em>007: First Light</em> while enjoying the deep cinematic shadows the projector enabled. The XR10 misses out on VRR, though, and a new crop of projectors are bringing in 4K/120Hz capabilities as well, leaving the XR10 a little bit behind on those fronts. </p><p>The audio of the XR10 is quite something for a box as small as it is. It features a 2.1-speaker setup with two main drivers and a subwoofer. There’s a bit of low-end brunt to it, though I found the volume drops off a cliff below about 70Hz, leaving the deepest rumble out of the picture. The speakers do a good job with most content and get plenty loud without distorting, but they don’t have much stereo separation to help along with the stunning cinematic quality of the projection. </p><p>For what it’s worth, the XR10 still comes with the DLP rainbow effect. It’s not as bad as I’ve seen on some DLP projectors, tending only to be noticeable with white on black visuals, but it may be distracting to those who are particularly susceptible to it.</p><ul><li><strong>Picture quality &amp; performance score: 4.5 / 5</strong></li></ul><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-hisense-xr10-review-value"><span>Hisense XR10 review: value</span></h2><ul><li><strong>Premium price</strong></li><li><strong>Capable and flexible projection</strong></li></ul><p>There’s no getting around the fact that, at $5,999 / £5,999 / AU$9,999, the Hisense XR10 is a very expensive projector, even next to a lot of its competition. It outprices models like the XGIMI Titan Noir Pro, XGIMI Horizon 30 Ultra Max, JMGO Iris Ultra Max, and even Hisense’s own C3 Ultra Max, and by a considerable amount. It is on the bright side of these projectors, though not the brightest. What it does have is a greater zoom range than any of these with its ability to go to a 2:1 throw ratio. For anyone who critically needs flexibility in positioning, that could be a big advantage.</p><p>The inclusion of decent speakers for a projector and a streaming operating system are nice to see, but not something that sets the XR10 far apart from its competition. </p><p>Ultimately the XR10 ends up with a sizable premium that might be hard to justify for everyone who’s seeking the most value. But if you’re after high-powered projection and serious capabilities, there are really only a few options that effectively undercut this one, and we're yet to see how well they hold up to their promises.</p><ul><li><strong>Value score: 4 / 5</strong></li></ul><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-should-i-buy-the-hisense-xr10"><span>Should I buy the Hisense XR10?</span></h2><div ><table><caption>Hisense XR10 Scorecard</caption><thead><tr><th class="firstcol " ><p><br />Attributes</p></th><th  ><p>Notes</p></th><th  ><p>Rating</p></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Design and features</p></td><td  ><p>The Hisense XR10 is a complete package with advanced and highly flexible optics, powerful projection, punchy speakers, a competent operating system, plenty of ports, and strong wireless connectivity, all packed into an elegant box.</p></td><td  ><p>4.5/5</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Picture quality and performance</p></td><td  ><p>The XR10’s RGB laser light source offers stunning brightness and looks wonderfully crisp through the optical system. The projector can get plenty dark using its iris, making it great for viewing in both bright and dark rooms. It has solid gaming chops as well, though VRR would have been a bonus. The speakers also leave a little bit to be desired but are still pretty solid for a projector like this.</p></td><td  ><p>4.5/5</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Value</p></td><td  ><p>The XR10 brings a lot to the table, all in one package. But, it asks a high price, and a new fleet of projectors are offering a lot of its capabilities for much lower prices. Most don’t match its optical adjustments, but for many people, that may not be so critical. </p></td><td  ><p>4/5</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h2 id="buy-it-if-3">Buy it if...</h2><div class="product"><p><strong>You want both bright and dark room viewing chops</strong><br />The magic of the Hisense XR10 is that it can both get extremely bright and dial things down for excellent darkroom viewing. If you just wanted one or the other, you could find a cheaper projector that was capable enough.</p></div><div class="product"><p><strong>You don’t like the gimbal stand aesthetic</strong><br />Many of the high-end projectors that the XR10 would compete with have all jumped on the gimbal stand train. The XR10, meanwhile, sticks to a standard box format that might be a little bit easier to find space for and is much easier to level horizontally.</p></div><div class="product"><p><strong>You need the lumens</strong><br />Brighter projectors simply cost more, and the XR10 is terrifically bright. If you know you’re going to constantly be battling ambient light or are going to take advantage of its maximum projection size, it may be worth it.</p></div><h2 id="don-39-t-buy-it-if-3">Don't buy it if...</h2><div class="product"><p><strong>You’re not going to put it to work</strong><br />If you don’t plan on using the full brightness, engaging the iris, or adjusting the optics from time to time, you won’t be getting the most out of the XR10 and could be just as well served by a cheaper model. </p></div><div class="product"><p><strong>Gaming is your main use</strong><br />The XR10 is good at gaming, but the latest wave of projectors steps it up with VRR and 4K/120Hz support. Many are nearly as bright and cheaper. </p></div><div class="product"><p><strong>You can wait a few months</strong><br />The new wave of projectors from Hisense, Xgimi, and JMGO promise a lot of what the XR10 is delivering at a much lower price. If their performance pans out, they could be a real bargain next to the XR10. </p></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-hisense-xr10-review-also-consider"><span>Hisense XR10 review: Also consider</span></h3><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol empty" ></td><td  ><p><strong>Hisense XR10</strong></p><p><br /></p></td><td  ><p><strong>Valerion VisionMaster Max </strong></p></td><td  ><p><strong>JMGO N3 Ultimate</strong></p></td><td  ><p><strong>Xgimi Horizon 20 Max</strong></p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Price:</strong></p></td><td  ><p>$5,999</p></td><td  ><p>$3,999</p></td><td  ><p>$2,999</p></td><td  ><p>$2,999</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Screen sizes supported:</strong></p></td><td  ><p>65 to 300 inches</p></td><td  ><p>40 to 300 inches</p></td><td  ><p>40 to 300 inches</p></td><td  ><p>40-300 inches</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Brightness (specified):</strong></p></td><td  ><p>6,000 lumens</p></td><td  ><p>3,500 lumens</p></td><td  ><p>5,800 lumens</p></td><td  ><p>5,700 ISO lumens</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>HDR support</strong></p></td><td  ><p>HDR10+, HLG, Dolby Vision</p></td><td  ><p>HDR10+, HLG, Dolby Vision</p></td><td  ><p>HDR10, HLG, Dolby Vision</p></td><td  ><p>Dolby Vision, HDR10+, HDR10, HLG, IMAX Enhanced</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Optical technology:</strong></p></td><td  ><p>3 Laser DLP</p></td><td  ><p>3 Laser DLP</p></td><td  ><p>3 Laser DLP</p></td><td  ><p>Triple laser DLP</p><p><br /></p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Smart TV:</strong></p></td><td  ><p>VidaaOS</p></td><td  ><p>Google TV</p></td><td  ><p>Google TV</p></td><td  ><p>Google TV</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Connections:</strong></p></td><td  ><p>2x HDMI 2.1 (1x eARC), 1x HDMI 2.0, 2x USB-A, 1x optical, 1x 3.5mm audio</p><p><br /><br /></p></td><td  ><p>2x HDMI 2.1, 1x HDMI 2.0 (with eARC), 1x optical, 1x 3.5mm</p><p><br /><br /></p></td><td  ><p>2x HDMI 2.1 (1 with eARC), 1x HDMI 2.0 , 1x optical, 1x 3.5mm</p><p><br /><br /></p></td><td  ><p>2x HDMI (x1 eARC), 1x USB 3.0, 1x USB 2.0, 1x 3.5mm, 1x optical audio out</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><div class="product"><p><strong>Valerion VisionMaster Max </strong><br />If you don’t need all the brightness the XR10 offers, the VisionMaster Max offers a wonderful picture and exceptional black levels to rival the XR10 while including optical adjustments of its own, costing less, and bringing Google TV to the table. Read our full <a href="https://www.techradar.com/televisions/projectors/absolutely-brilliant-providing-4k-projection-with-solid-edge-to-edge-clarity-i-was-wowed-by-this-valerion-4k-projectors-bold-contrasty-picture-but-less-premium-priced-projectors-are-nipping-at-its-heels" target="_blank" data-dimension112="87f568dc-d13c-11f1-8e19-a501c8157bcb" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Valerion VisionMaster Max review" data-dimension48="Valerion VisionMaster Max review" data-dimension25="">Valerion VisionMaster Max review</a>.</p></div><div class="product"><p><strong>JMGO N3 Ultimate</strong><br />The JMGO N3 Ultimate isn’t quite as flexible, and it doesn’t adapt as well to dark rooms, but it comes at a fraction of the price, supports VRR, and is competitively bright. </p></div><div class="product"><p><strong>Xgimi Horizon 20 Max</strong><br />Xgimi’s Horizon 20 Max also provides an alternative with competitive brightness, Google TV, and admirable performance. It also won’t quite win in a dark room battle, but that may not matter for everyone. Read our full <a href="https://www.techradar.com/televisions/projectors/xgimi-horizon-20-max-review" data-dimension112="87f569a4-d13c-11f1-a55c-011dc5a386d3" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Xgimi Horizon 20 Max review" data-dimension48="Xgimi Horizon 20 Max review" data-dimension25="">Xgimi Horizon 20 Max review</a>.</p></div><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-how-i-tested-the-hisense-xr10"><span>How I tested the Hisense XR10</span></h2><ul><li><strong>Tested at home in multiple, real-world viewing conditions</strong></li><li><strong>Presented the display with a variety of media and formats</strong></li><li><strong>I have tested numerous projectors and displays over the last half-decade</strong></li></ul><p>I tested the Hisense XR10 at home, in real-world conditions. This saw it faced with ambient light coming in from numerous windows, in-room lighting, as well as ambient noise that both the projector and speaker systems had to overcome. The projector was tested both against a bare, white wall and an <a href="https://www.techradar.com/reviews/akia-screens-floor-motorized-tab-tension-cinewhite">Akia Screens CineWhite screen</a>. It was presented with streamed content, HDR and non-HDR, and console gameplay. </p><p>My testing evaluates the projector’s performance with respect to its price and competition from other models I and colleagues at TechRadar have tested.</p><p>I have been testing projectors since 2021 and displays for even longer.</p><ul><li><em>First reviewed: October 2026</em></li><li><a href="https://www.techradar.com/news/how-we-test"><u>Read TechRadar's review guarantee</u></a></li></ul> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.techradar.com/televisions/projectors/i-reviewed-the-hisense-xr10-4k-projector-and-it-wowed-me-with-beautifully-colorful-boldly-dynamic-footage-in-both-bright-and-dark-rooms</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ The Hisense XR10 is a powerful home projector that can do a lot, but it has a high price and new competitors with more tempting prices. ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">8VcNnG6tXWYy3ZtntF55DS</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/8ctyUPJ9qomyx7nxn8eHrY-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Thu, 29 Oct 2026 01:00:00 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Projectors]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Televisions]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Home Theater]]></category>
                                                                                                                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Mark Knapp ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/i5YmbfHMgawfjNJCbYf7cm-320-70.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/8ctyUPJ9qomyx7nxn8eHrY-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Future]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[The remote control is leaning against the front of the Hisense XR10 projector.]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[The remote control is leaning against the front of the Hisense XR10 projector.]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[The remote control is leaning against the front of the Hisense XR10 projector.]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/8ctyUPJ9qomyx7nxn8eHrY-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-hisense-xr10-one-minute-review"><span>Hisense XR10: One-minute review</span></h2><p>The Hisense XR10 offers powerful projection that you can put all over the room and still get squared away. That’s thanks to extensive optical adjustments that include incredible zoom range and lens shift. Hisense definitely cranked up the elegance this year.</p><p>The Hisense XR10 is loaded up with blazing RGB lasers that give it stunning brightness and color, while an adjustable iris can help it clamp down black levels for dark room viewing with enhanced contrast. It’s all packed into a stylish box that’s much smaller and more portable than high-end theater projectors like the <a href="https://www.techradar.com/televisions/projectors/i-tested-the-sony-bravia-projector-7-and-it-has-the-deepest-blacks-ive-seen-on-a-4k-projector"><u>Sony Bravia Projector 7</u></a>, and Hisense’s included carrying case will let you take it places in style. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="q45yiVh74oudRE6YDjycEZ" name="DSC02309.JPG" alt="The remote control is leaning against the front of the Hisense XR10 projector." src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/q45yiVh74oudRE6YDjycEZ-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>All of this comes at a high price, though. The Hisense XR10 is $5,999 / £5,999 / AU$9,999 after falling from the original $6,999 price tag in the US. Though it has decent speakers for a projector and a serviceable operating system in VidaaOS, these don’t lend a ton of extra value. It also jumped the gun a bit and missed out on the VRR and 4K/120Hz support that a newer wave of projectors are offering. At its price, it’s not going to lead the charge for value, but you do get a lot for the money. It’s still probably worth waiting to see if the XGIMI Horizon 30 Ultra Max, JMGO Iris Ultra Max, and Hisense C3 Ultra Max leave the XR10 any room to breathe.</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-hisense-xr10-review-price-and-release-date"><span>Hisense XR10 review: Price and release date</span></h2><ul><li><strong>Release date: mid 2026</strong></li><li><strong>MSRP: $5,999 / £5,999 / AU$9,999 </strong></li></ul><p>The Hisense XR10 made its debut at CES 2026 and started shipping in May. It came with an initial price of $6,999 / £5,999 / AU$9,999 but that US price has generally fallen to $5,999. In the time it’s been out, some deals have even brought it as low as $4,499, but it hasn’t been a sticky price drop and prices elsewhere seem to be much more static.</p><p>For the money, Hisense does include a special carrying case that’s far and away the highest quality one I’ve seen included with a projector like this. But even then it’s not adding thousands of dollars in value.</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-hisense-xr10-review-specs"><span>Hisense XR10 review: specs</span></h2><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Supported screen sizes</p></td><td  ><p>65-300 inches</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Optical technology</p></td><td  ><p>3 Laser DLP</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Brightness (specified)</p></td><td  ><p>6,000 Lumens</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Audio</p></td><td  ><p>2x8-watt + 15-watt speakers</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Ports</p></td><td  ><p>2x HDMI 2.1 (1x eARC), 1x HDMI 2.0, 2x USB-A, 1x optical, 1x 3.5mm audio</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Smart TV</p></td><td  ><p>VidaaOS</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Dimensions</p></td><td  ><p>11.5 x 10.7 x 8.4 inches</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Weight</p></td><td  ><p>23.4 pounds</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-hisense-xr10-review-design-and-features"><span>Hisense XR10 review: design and features</span></h2><ul><li><strong>Stylish, compact design and serious carrying case</strong></li><li><strong>Highly adjustable optics</strong></li><li><strong>VidaaOS is quick but may be limiting</strong></li></ul><p>Hisense has built something particularly gorgeous with the XR10. It simply looks like a work of serious engineering with its brown metal casing, stylish venting and machined accents, knurled lens cover, oversize lens cover, and dark color scheme. The front's sensor array also looks highly technical. The top is a little plain, but Hisense has included a volume dial, power button, ambient light sensor, and a little aesthetic nod to the RGB laser system inside.</p><p>The Hisense XR10 is a modestly sized box at 11.5 x 10.7 x 8.4 inches / 292.1 x 271.8 x 213.4 mm, yet with all its packing in it ends up weighing a considerable 23.4 pounds / 10.6kg. To help you lug it around, Hisense includes a fashionable carrying case that looks more like a piece of luggage than the styrofoam cases many projectors come with. It's complete with straps, zippers, padded slots for each component, and it even has wheels and an extendable handle for rolling.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="sA2Wpb7CDp2cSga9NCYnkY" name="DSC02307.JPG" alt="The storage case for the Hisense XR10." src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/sA2Wpb7CDp2cSga9NCYnkY-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The projector has everything it needs to help you get it set up for perfect alignment with your screen. It stands on four height-adjustable feet, so you can get it level and squared away with the wall. And it offers extensive zoom and lens shift capabilities. It can shift from a short throw ratio of 0.84:1 all the way to a 2:1 throw ratio, this means you can set it close to a wall or screen and still get a big picture or set it far from that screen and shrink it down to fit without having to use digital cropping. Plenty of competitors are offering zoom now, but the XR10 has a far wider range than most. </p><p>The XR10 goes well beyond that, too, adding on 130% vertical lens shift and 46% horizontal lens shift. This makes it much easier to set the projector wherever is convenient for you and still be able to dial in a crisp, perfectly aligned projection where you want it. </p><p>Hisense has also built in some automatic picture correction, like screen fitting and obstacle avoidance, but the projector tends to try zooming all the way out to make those corrections. So it's very easy to end up in a situation where the projection is simply too large for the projector to figure out what to do to fit it onto a small screen. Some features also get locked out if lens shift is used, like automatic keystone correction (something you should skip anyway) and eye protection (something it’s also great to have because these are some bright lasers). </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="DVuu3mikdx7PJ92kzSxaEZ" name="DSC02311.JPG" alt="A closeup of the Hisense XR10 lens." src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/DVuu3mikdx7PJ92kzSxaEZ-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Around back, the Hisense XR10 is pretty well geared up for serious home theater use. It includes a pair of HDMI 2.1 ports one of which supports eARC as well as one HDMI 2.0 port. It also includes a set of two USB 3.0 ports, a gigabit ethernet port, and both optical and 3.5mm analog audio outputs.</p><p>That ethernet port could be useful, but the XR10 actually has Wi-Fi 7 on board, so you can get pretty fast networking wirelessly as well. With that wireless connection, you can easily access streaming services using the built-in operating system, which is unfortunately not Google TV. </p><p>Instead it’s Hisense's own VidaaOS. It has most of the major streaming apps and some extras like Xbox Cloud Gaming but there's plenty that's missing. On the bright side, navigating the software is fairly quick and Hisense's included remote has a dedicated input button so you don't have to spend much time in VidaaOS if you want to use an external source for video.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="AnSMrKajJofQpaEXq4rbEZ" name="DSC02315.JPG" alt="A close up of the ports on the Hisense XR10." src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/AnSMrKajJofQpaEXq4rbEZ-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The XR10 offers serious brightness for a small box, so there’s a bit of fan whir in operation to keep the insides cool. It’s noticeable in a quiet room when sitting close to the projector, but it’s easily drowned out by the 2.1-channel sound system.</p><p>The remote control included with the XR10 is a fairly simple one, offering directional navigation and direct access to input selection, autofocus, voice input, the settings menu, the home screen, volume and brightness controls, a mute button, and shortcuts to Netflix, YouTube, Prime Video, and Disney+. It also has backlighting, but it's only activated after you press a button, not motion activated.</p><ul><li><strong>Design &amp; features score:  4.5 / 5</strong></li></ul><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-hisense-xr10-review-picture-quality-and-performance"><span>Hisense XR10 review: picture quality and performance</span></h2><ul><li><strong>Brilliantly colorful, stunningly bright, and capable of deep black levels</strong></li><li><strong>Good gaming chops</strong></li><li><strong>Punchy sound, but not cinematic</strong></li></ul><p>One of the greatest aspects of the Hisense XR10 is its color, coming by way of its RGB laser light source. For most content, it can look perfectly natural, but when it really comes time to jazz things up, it’s simply amazing. The attack on Rosalina’s home in the beginning of <em>The Super Mario Galaxy Movie</em> is a stunning showcase of its capabilities, with dazzling magical effects, so many colorful stars, and plenty of opportunity for the XR10 to demonstrate its vibrant color.</p><p>As the convoy heads out at the beginning of <em>Mad Max: Fury Road</em>, the subtle reds of the sand against the blues of the sky are simply gorgeous, and the deeper reds of the flamethrowers are all the more vibrant. The inside of the sandstorm is simply wondrous, with the chaotic flashing of lightning playing against the deep shadows.</p><p>All that color comes alongside serious brightness. In my testing with the projector in its Vivid picture settings, with the iris open and brightness set to maximum, I measured it outputting 6,841 lumens. It has the potential to go higher with a cooler white point and a Brightness Enhanced mode, reaching 7,757 lumens, but this tints the whole picture green. </p><p>In practice, the high brightness means the XR10 is strong enough to use in a room even if you’re not doing much to shut out ambient light. I found watching a lot of content even with some of my room lights on more than comfortable, and depending on what I was watching, I could even get away with leaving the windows open in the middle of the day and still see well enough. </p><figure role="gallery"><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/woxWc4uSPzrCVmWG8vkWEZ-1920-80.jpg" alt="A projection of a scene from Mad Max." /><figcaption><small role="credit">Future</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/HaGN8V9n3tMkB8deNJHpfY-1920-80.jpg" alt="A projection showing a lightning storm from a movie scene." /><figcaption><small role="credit">Future</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/8UvUoS7x3JfCY5Ui4kMCcY-1920-80.jpg" alt="A projection of a black and white film from the Hisense XR10." /><figcaption><small role="credit">Future</small></figcaption></figure></figure><p>The Hisense XR10 offers potent contrast as well. It’s exhibited splendidly in <em>Dune 2</em> during the black-and-white Harkkonen coliseum fight. Even without color, there’s splendid detail and rich shadows. This contrast comes by way of the low black levels that the projector is capable of by shutting down its iris. In all but the darkest scenes I find that the letterboxes around some videos appear almost completely black. </p><p>The projector gets dark enough that light control in the room actually becomes rather important. Light hitting the screen can bounce around the room and end up back on the screen where it should be dark, and this raises the black level. Using a VESA test pattern with two bright boxes in the corners of an otherwise black screen, I measured a contrast of 362:1 without controlling for room reflections. By blocking out the white boxes with black velvet, I could simulate a light-controlled room and measured a 3,251:1 contrast ratio. That was with the optical iris open. Cranking the iris down to its lowest level, I measured a 11,194:1 contrast ratio. </p><p>The XR10 uses motion interpolation by default, and this tends to introduce a lot of motion artifacts, though it can be a benefit to panning shots. I’ve found the visuals look smooth enough and avoid issues with the motion interpolation set to Film or disabled outright. </p><figure role="gallery"><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jUkrW8Zqvo3pLA8m5K9eEZ-1920-80.jpg" alt="A brightly colored image projected from the Hisense XR10." /><figcaption><small role="credit">Future</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/QXhUZboUCGS6bXhTTfTVEZ-1920-80.jpg" alt="A brightly colored image projected from the Hisense XR10." /><figcaption><small role="credit">Future</small></figcaption></figure></figure><p>Gaming on the XR10 is a joy. It supports both 4K/60Hz and 1080p/240Hz modes with very low latency in both, even without enabling Game Mode. I dashed through levels in <em>Hades 2</em>, easily keeping up with the pace of combat and played through <em>007: First Light</em> while enjoying the deep cinematic shadows the projector enabled. The XR10 misses out on VRR, though, and a new crop of projectors are bringing in 4K/120Hz capabilities as well, leaving the XR10 a little bit behind on those fronts. </p><p>The audio of the XR10 is quite something for a box as small as it is. It features a 2.1-speaker setup with two main drivers and a subwoofer. There’s a bit of low-end brunt to it, though I found the volume drops off a cliff below about 70Hz, leaving the deepest rumble out of the picture. The speakers do a good job with most content and get plenty loud without distorting, but they don’t have much stereo separation to help along with the stunning cinematic quality of the projection. </p><p>For what it’s worth, the XR10 still comes with the DLP rainbow effect. It’s not as bad as I’ve seen on some DLP projectors, tending only to be noticeable with white on black visuals, but it may be distracting to those who are particularly susceptible to it.</p><ul><li><strong>Picture quality &amp; performance score: 4.5 / 5</strong></li></ul><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-hisense-xr10-review-value"><span>Hisense XR10 review: value</span></h2><ul><li><strong>Premium price</strong></li><li><strong>Capable and flexible projection</strong></li></ul><p>There’s no getting around the fact that, at $5,999 / £5,999 / AU$9,999, the Hisense XR10 is a very expensive projector, even next to a lot of its competition. It outprices models like the XGIMI Titan Noir Pro, XGIMI Horizon 30 Ultra Max, JMGO Iris Ultra Max, and even Hisense’s own C3 Ultra Max, and by a considerable amount. It is on the bright side of these projectors, though not the brightest. What it does have is a greater zoom range than any of these with its ability to go to a 2:1 throw ratio. For anyone who critically needs flexibility in positioning, that could be a big advantage.</p><p>The inclusion of decent speakers for a projector and a streaming operating system are nice to see, but not something that sets the XR10 far apart from its competition. </p><p>Ultimately the XR10 ends up with a sizable premium that might be hard to justify for everyone who’s seeking the most value. But if you’re after high-powered projection and serious capabilities, there are really only a few options that effectively undercut this one, and we're yet to see how well they hold up to their promises.</p><ul><li><strong>Value score: 4 / 5</strong></li></ul><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-should-i-buy-the-hisense-xr10"><span>Should I buy the Hisense XR10?</span></h2><div ><table><caption>Hisense XR10 Scorecard</caption><thead><tr><th class="firstcol " ><p><br />Attributes</p></th><th  ><p>Notes</p></th><th  ><p>Rating</p></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Design and features</p></td><td  ><p>The Hisense XR10 is a complete package with advanced and highly flexible optics, powerful projection, punchy speakers, a competent operating system, plenty of ports, and strong wireless connectivity, all packed into an elegant box.</p></td><td  ><p>4.5/5</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Picture quality and performance</p></td><td  ><p>The XR10’s RGB laser light source offers stunning brightness and looks wonderfully crisp through the optical system. The projector can get plenty dark using its iris, making it great for viewing in both bright and dark rooms. It has solid gaming chops as well, though VRR would have been a bonus. The speakers also leave a little bit to be desired but are still pretty solid for a projector like this.</p></td><td  ><p>4.5/5</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Value</p></td><td  ><p>The XR10 brings a lot to the table, all in one package. But, it asks a high price, and a new fleet of projectors are offering a lot of its capabilities for much lower prices. Most don’t match its optical adjustments, but for many people, that may not be so critical. </p></td><td  ><p>4/5</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h2 id="buy-it-if-3">Buy it if...</h2><div class="product"><p><strong>You want both bright and dark room viewing chops</strong><br />The magic of the Hisense XR10 is that it can both get extremely bright and dial things down for excellent darkroom viewing. If you just wanted one or the other, you could find a cheaper projector that was capable enough.</p></div><div class="product"><p><strong>You don’t like the gimbal stand aesthetic</strong><br />Many of the high-end projectors that the XR10 would compete with have all jumped on the gimbal stand train. The XR10, meanwhile, sticks to a standard box format that might be a little bit easier to find space for and is much easier to level horizontally.</p></div><div class="product"><p><strong>You need the lumens</strong><br />Brighter projectors simply cost more, and the XR10 is terrifically bright. If you know you’re going to constantly be battling ambient light or are going to take advantage of its maximum projection size, it may be worth it.</p></div><h2 id="don-39-t-buy-it-if-3">Don't buy it if...</h2><div class="product"><p><strong>You’re not going to put it to work</strong><br />If you don’t plan on using the full brightness, engaging the iris, or adjusting the optics from time to time, you won’t be getting the most out of the XR10 and could be just as well served by a cheaper model. </p></div><div class="product"><p><strong>Gaming is your main use</strong><br />The XR10 is good at gaming, but the latest wave of projectors steps it up with VRR and 4K/120Hz support. Many are nearly as bright and cheaper. </p></div><div class="product"><p><strong>You can wait a few months</strong><br />The new wave of projectors from Hisense, Xgimi, and JMGO promise a lot of what the XR10 is delivering at a much lower price. If their performance pans out, they could be a real bargain next to the XR10. </p></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-hisense-xr10-review-also-consider"><span>Hisense XR10 review: Also consider</span></h3><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol empty" ></td><td  ><p><strong>Hisense XR10</strong></p><p><br /></p></td><td  ><p><strong>Valerion VisionMaster Max </strong></p></td><td  ><p><strong>JMGO N3 Ultimate</strong></p></td><td  ><p><strong>Xgimi Horizon 20 Max</strong></p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Price:</strong></p></td><td  ><p>$5,999</p></td><td  ><p>$3,999</p></td><td  ><p>$2,999</p></td><td  ><p>$2,999</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Screen sizes supported:</strong></p></td><td  ><p>65 to 300 inches</p></td><td  ><p>40 to 300 inches</p></td><td  ><p>40 to 300 inches</p></td><td  ><p>40-300 inches</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Brightness (specified):</strong></p></td><td  ><p>6,000 lumens</p></td><td  ><p>3,500 lumens</p></td><td  ><p>5,800 lumens</p></td><td  ><p>5,700 ISO lumens</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>HDR support</strong></p></td><td  ><p>HDR10+, HLG, Dolby Vision</p></td><td  ><p>HDR10+, HLG, Dolby Vision</p></td><td  ><p>HDR10, HLG, Dolby Vision</p></td><td  ><p>Dolby Vision, HDR10+, HDR10, HLG, IMAX Enhanced</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Optical technology:</strong></p></td><td  ><p>3 Laser DLP</p></td><td  ><p>3 Laser DLP</p></td><td  ><p>3 Laser DLP</p></td><td  ><p>Triple laser DLP</p><p><br /></p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Smart TV:</strong></p></td><td  ><p>VidaaOS</p></td><td  ><p>Google TV</p></td><td  ><p>Google TV</p></td><td  ><p>Google TV</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Connections:</strong></p></td><td  ><p>2x HDMI 2.1 (1x eARC), 1x HDMI 2.0, 2x USB-A, 1x optical, 1x 3.5mm audio</p><p><br /><br /></p></td><td  ><p>2x HDMI 2.1, 1x HDMI 2.0 (with eARC), 1x optical, 1x 3.5mm</p><p><br /><br /></p></td><td  ><p>2x HDMI 2.1 (1 with eARC), 1x HDMI 2.0 , 1x optical, 1x 3.5mm</p><p><br /><br /></p></td><td  ><p>2x HDMI (x1 eARC), 1x USB 3.0, 1x USB 2.0, 1x 3.5mm, 1x optical audio out</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><div class="product"><p><strong>Valerion VisionMaster Max </strong><br />If you don’t need all the brightness the XR10 offers, the VisionMaster Max offers a wonderful picture and exceptional black levels to rival the XR10 while including optical adjustments of its own, costing less, and bringing Google TV to the table. Read our full <a href="https://www.techradar.com/televisions/projectors/absolutely-brilliant-providing-4k-projection-with-solid-edge-to-edge-clarity-i-was-wowed-by-this-valerion-4k-projectors-bold-contrasty-picture-but-less-premium-priced-projectors-are-nipping-at-its-heels" target="_blank" data-dimension112="87f568dc-d13c-11f1-8e19-a501c8157bcb" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Valerion VisionMaster Max review" data-dimension48="Valerion VisionMaster Max review" data-dimension25="">Valerion VisionMaster Max review</a>.</p></div><div class="product"><p><strong>JMGO N3 Ultimate</strong><br />The JMGO N3 Ultimate isn’t quite as flexible, and it doesn’t adapt as well to dark rooms, but it comes at a fraction of the price, supports VRR, and is competitively bright. </p></div><div class="product"><p><strong>Xgimi Horizon 20 Max</strong><br />Xgimi’s Horizon 20 Max also provides an alternative with competitive brightness, Google TV, and admirable performance. It also won’t quite win in a dark room battle, but that may not matter for everyone. Read our full <a href="https://www.techradar.com/televisions/projectors/xgimi-horizon-20-max-review" data-dimension112="87f569a4-d13c-11f1-a55c-011dc5a386d3" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Xgimi Horizon 20 Max review" data-dimension48="Xgimi Horizon 20 Max review" data-dimension25="">Xgimi Horizon 20 Max review</a>.</p></div><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-how-i-tested-the-hisense-xr10"><span>How I tested the Hisense XR10</span></h2><ul><li><strong>Tested at home in multiple, real-world viewing conditions</strong></li><li><strong>Presented the display with a variety of media and formats</strong></li><li><strong>I have tested numerous projectors and displays over the last half-decade</strong></li></ul><p>I tested the Hisense XR10 at home, in real-world conditions. This saw it faced with ambient light coming in from numerous windows, in-room lighting, as well as ambient noise that both the projector and speaker systems had to overcome. The projector was tested both against a bare, white wall and an <a href="https://www.techradar.com/reviews/akia-screens-floor-motorized-tab-tension-cinewhite">Akia Screens CineWhite screen</a>. It was presented with streamed content, HDR and non-HDR, and console gameplay. </p><p>My testing evaluates the projector’s performance with respect to its price and competition from other models I and colleagues at TechRadar have tested.</p><p>I have been testing projectors since 2021 and displays for even longer.</p><ul><li><em>First reviewed: October 2026</em></li><li><a href="https://www.techradar.com/news/how-we-test"><u>Read TechRadar's review guarantee</u></a></li></ul>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ SteelSeries Sensei Pro Mini review: small in size, big in performance ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-steelseries-sensei-pro-mini-review"><span>SteelSeries Sensei Pro Mini: Review</span></h2><p>The Sensei Pro Mini brings pro-grade wireless performance to those who prefer less of a handful, thanks to its state-of-the-art polling technology and ceaseless power.</p><p>It has the same symmetrical shape as its larger sibling but on a smaller scale. Its size should prove suitable for those with smaller hands, allowing them to get a secure grip around the entire unit. At just 49g, it’s very light, too — lighter than the standard model by 4g — which makes it easy to maneuver.</p><p>The sidewalls have a pronounced cinch that forces you to clamp your thumb and ring finger further inwards than is typical, which some may prefer for added security. Grip tape is included in the box if you require more traction, which is entirely possible given the smoothness of the outer shell. The central hump might prove contentious in terms of fit, though: in my experience, it didn’t sit back far enough in my hand, landing underneath my knuckles rather than in the middle of my palm. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1613px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.23%;"><img id="GUXytSvjgggJgp96jSDL3k" name="Imported image 1 - 1792765238006" alt="SteelSeries Sensei Pro Mini" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/GUXytSvjgggJgp96jSDL3k-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1613" height="907" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>To customize and tweak the Sensei Pro Mini, you can use SteelSeries’ GG peripheral software. Here you can rebind all six buttons, with a fair amount of mapping options available, including keyboard inputs and shortcuts for media controls and system actions. You’ll find some standard performance tweaks as well, including DPI adjustments, although the range is larger than you’ll usually find on other gaming mice (between 1 to 65,000). There are five presets to customize, which you can cycle through using the DPI button underneath the mouse.</p><p>There are more advanced tweaks in addition to these, though. You can adjust the click response between 0ms and 20ms, and set the lift-off and landing distances independently, each with a range of 0.7 to 1.7 (presumably this refers to millimeters, though no unit of measurement is given). You can also enable a feature called Scroll Jump Protection, which ignores your first scroll unless a second is performed within a certain time of the first. This threshold is adjustable between 100ms and 1500ms. Motion Sync and Angle Snapping toggles are here as well, with the latter featuring a slider with 10 levels to adjust its straightening effect.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1613px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.23%;"><img id="5oBwUPaischbm4YaZCqi7k" name="Imported image 2 - 1792765238006" alt="SteelSeries Sensei Pro Mini" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/5oBwUPaischbm4YaZCqi7k-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1613" height="907" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>This isn’t all, though: a further section lets you adjust acceleration, with several graph curve presets available to alter cursor speed relative to movement speed, as well as the angle of the mouse’s sensor by 45 degrees either side of center to match the natural angle of your hand movements.</p><p>Then there are the polling and sensor adjustments. You can set the ultra-wideband (UWB) polling rate and the sensor report rate independently, each with a range of 125Hz to 8KHz (with added 9KHz overpolling). There are five presets containing various combinations of both rates, which can be cycled through using the button on the UWB base station.</p><p>GG is clearly laid out and proved fast and stable during my time with it. It also contains explanations for many of its settings, which is something I’m always glad to see. One minor gripe I had is that the actual area to make adjustments and customizations opens in a second window, which is somewhat inconvenient.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1613px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.23%;"><img id="2MiB3h9qSSvqPBEwx4TiBk" name="Imported image 3 - 1792765238006" alt="SteelSeries Sensei Pro Mini" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/2MiB3h9qSSvqPBEwx4TiBk-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1613" height="907" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The first thing that’s noticeable about the Sensei Pro Mini’s performance is just how smoothly it glides. This is no doubt thanks to the large PTFE skates underneath. There’s almost no friction when gliding over a mouse mat, which makes the Sensei Pro Mini feel incredibly gratifying to fling around, yet also allows for super-controlled slow movements.</p><p>Next is the Sensei Pro Mini’s buttons. Clicks are light and snappy enough for quick spams, yet still provide enough feedback to allow for controlled inputs. They also have just enough dampening to make them satisfying to use. The side buttons are great to use as well, being easy to reach and offering a clicky, tactile feel. The same is true of the middle click, and I didn’t trigger miscrolls when using it, since the notching, while light, is tight enough to prevent accidental knocks from registering. This also means that quick flicks and controlled single scrolls are both relatively easy to perform.</p><p>My one issue with the inputs concerns the DPI button. It’s underneath the Sensei Pro Mini, which makes it harder to access. This is exacerbated by the fact it’s placed on the thumb side (for right handers) rather than the pinkie side, which means you can’t wrap your fingers underneath to press it without turning the mouse over.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1920px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="MFwGpxybuxFSnhgGo8TM5m" name="Steelseries_SenseiProMini_008.JPG" alt="SteelSeries Sensei Pro Mini" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/MFwGpxybuxFSnhgGo8TM5m-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1920" height="1080" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>I didn’t experience any connectivity issues with the Sensei Pro Mini. Given the sheer size of the UWB station itself I would’ve been disappointed if I had. Also, the cable provided to connect it to your PC is long enough to give you versatile placement options to avoid interference. It’s a shame a mouse this expensive doesn’t have additional Bluetooth support, though; many other wireless gaming mice feature this, allowing you to hot-switch between two devices.</p><p>To power the Sensei Pro Mini, SteelSeries has kitted it out with its ‘infinite’ battery system, something it and a few other brands have used in mice and other peripherals before. The idea is that you’ll never need to go wired (the Sensei Pro Mini doesn’t even have a USB port) to charge. Instead, you’re provided a pair of removable batteries that you cycle between your mouse and the charging dock in the UWB station. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1920px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="okHHvFu6KqU4x3jkrHV7VJ" name="Steelseries_SenseiProMini_006.JPG" alt="SteelSeries Sensei Pro Mini" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/okHHvFu6KqU4x3jkrHV7VJ-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1920" height="1080" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>This system works well, as it’s quick and easy to remove and insert the batteries — just as well, since the battery life drains rapidly when every performance setting is at maximum, barely lasting a day. At less intensive settings, though, the battery’s longevity is much better, lasting more like several days.</p><p>There will be gamers who would like the reassurance of additional wired support, though, should connectivity be compromised for whatever reason (I’m reminded of <a href="https://www.pcgamer.com/hardware/gaming-mice/metal-desks-nearly-destroyed-a-valorant-tournament/">inference issues derailing a recent <em>Valorant </em>tournament</a>). At this very high price point, such an addition would be especially welcome, as would Bluetooth. As it stands, the Sensei Pro Mini is an elite gaming mouse with all the wireless performance a pro could hope for, and it’s perhaps only this cohort that’ll see the value in it.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1613px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.23%;"><img id="34uwt4bVCmXvR2zr2TkHDm" name="Imported image 5 - 1792765238006" alt="SteelSeries Sensei Pro Mini" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/34uwt4bVCmXvR2zr2TkHDm-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1613" height="907" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-steelseries-sensei-pro-mini-review-price-availability"><span>SteelSeries Sensei Pro Mini review: Price &amp; availability</span></h2><ul><li><strong>$179.99 / £169.99 (about AU$260)</strong></li><li><strong>Available now in black and white variants</strong></li><li><strong>Top-end of the wireless gaming mouse market</strong></li></ul><p>The Sensei Pro Mini costs $179.99 / £169.99 (about AU$260) and is available now in black or white. A full-size variant is also available for the same price. It comes with two swappable batteries, the UWB base station (which doubles as the battery charging dock), and a braided USB-C-to-A cable, as well as spare PTFE skates and optional grip tape.</p><p>Even for a pro-grade wireless gaming mouse, the Sensei Pro Mini is expensive. It’s the same price as the <a href="https://www.techradar.com/computing/mice/razer-naga-v3-pro">Razer Naga V3 Pro</a>, although that mouse has additional Bluetooth and wired support, as well as a lot more buttons. If you want the same limitless battery power, you can pair it with Razer’s charging mouse mat, although this a costly addition to an already expensive mouse.</p><p>Another pointer with a similar battery swapping system is the<a href="https://www.techradar.com/computing/mice/angrymiao-am-infinity-97"> AngryMiao AM Infinity.97</a>. This is even lighter than the Sensei Pro Mini at 47g. However, its garish style won’t be for everyone, and its software pales in comparison to the tweaking depth on offer in GG.</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-steelseries-sensei-pro-mini-review-specs"><span>SteelSeries Sensei Pro Mini review: Specs</span></h2><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Connectivity</p></td><td  ><p>Wireless (Ultra-wideband)</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Battery life</p></td><td  ><p>120 hours (1K), 32 hours (16 hours per battery) (8K)</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Sensor</p></td><td  ><p>TrueMove 42K Pro Sensor</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Polling rate</p></td><td  ><p>8KHz (with 9KHz overpolling)</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Maximum sensitivity (DPI)</p></td><td  ><p>42,000 (65,000 with DPI Overdrive)</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Programmable buttons</p></td><td  ><p>6</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Dimensions</p></td><td  ><p>4.65 x 2.46 x 1.43 inches / 118 x 62.5 x 36.2mm</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Weight</p></td><td  ><p>49g</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-should-i-buy-the-steelseries-sensei-pro-mini"><span>Should I buy the SteelSeries Sensei Pro Mini?</span></h2><h2 id="scorecard">Scorecard</h2><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Attribute</strong></p></td><td  ><p><strong>Notes</strong></p></td><td  ><p><strong>Score</strong></p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Design</p></td><td  ><p>A great size for those with smaller hands, although the hump might be inconveniently placed for some. The DPI button isn’t easily accessible, either.</p></td><td  ><p>4/5</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Performance</p></td><td  ><p>Super smooth gliding and all the buttons respond brilliantly. There are plenty of performance tweaks available in GG, too.</p></td><td  ><p>4.5/5</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Value</p></td><td  ><p>It’s very expensive, yet lacks Bluetooth and a wired option. Only gamers most concerned about elite wireless performance will see its worth. </p></td><td  ><p>3/5</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h2 id="buy-it-if-4">Buy it if…</h2><div class="product"><p><strong>You want elite performance</strong><br />Glides and inputs are superb, while the tweaking provided by GG is peerless.</p></div><div class="product"><p><strong>You want infinite battery life</strong><br />Thanks to the swappable battery system, you’ll never need to plug in to charge.</p></div><h2 id="don-39-t-buy-it-if-4">Don't buy it if…</h2><div class="product"><p><strong>You want a wired security</strong><br />This mouse might upset Esports pros with its lack of a wired play, for when you can’t rely on a perfect wireless signal.</p></div><div class="product"><p><strong>You’re a casual gamer</strong><br />Its elite performance features will only be of use to the pros, while its lack of convenience features might deter those after something more versatile.</p></div><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-steelseries-sensei-pro-mini-review-also-consider"><span>SteelSeries Sensei Pro Mini review: Also consider</span></h2><div class="product"><p><strong>Razer Naga V3 Pro</strong><br />The Naga V3 Pro has additional Bluetooth support and wired capability, as well as a lot more inputs to customize. It also has ‘infinite’ battery life if used with Razer’s optional charging mouse pad, although this is an expensive add-on.<strong> </strong>Read our full<a href="https://www.techradar.com/computing/mice/razer-naga-v3-pro" data-dimension112="f32b6ab6-d2ef-11f1-aacb-f700d91fdda3" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Razer Naga V3 Pro review" data-dimension48="Razer Naga V3 Pro review" data-dimension25=""> Razer Naga V3 Pro review</a>.</p></div><div class="product"><p><strong>AngryMiao AM Infinity.97</strong><br />If you want the same battery swapping system but in something more flashy, the AM Infinity.97 fits the bill. Its software is far less capable, though, and it’s slightly dearer than the Sensei Pro Mini. Read our full<a href="https://www.techradar.com/computing/mice/angrymiao-am-infinity-97" data-dimension112="f32b6b74-d2ef-11f1-bd7e-1df42a96e099" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="AngryMiao AM Infinity.97 review" data-dimension48="AngryMiao AM Infinity.97 review" data-dimension25=""> AngryMiao AM Infinity.97 review</a>.</p></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1613px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.23%;"><img id="W7TizfcABUyg8XxGAEa6Dm" name="Imported image 6 - 1792765238006" alt="SteelSeries Sensei Pro Mini" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/W7TizfcABUyg8XxGAEa6Dm-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1613" height="907" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-how-i-tested-the-steelseries-sensei-pro-mini"><span>How I tested the SteelSeries Sensei Pro Mini</span></h2><ul><li><strong>Tested for a few days</strong></li><li><strong>Used for various tasks, including gaming</strong></li><li><strong>Plentiful PC gaming experience</strong></li></ul><p>I tested the Sensei Pro Mini for a few days, using it for not just gaming, but also working and general browsing.</p><p>I played <em>Counter-Strike 2</em>, which is a great test for gaming mice, since it demands quick and accurate movements and clicks. </p><p>I’ve been PC gaming for over a decade, and used a great deal of pointers in that time. I’ve also reviewed plenty of them before, including the full size <a href="https://www.techradar.com/computing/mice/steelseries-sensei-pro-review">Steelseries Sensei Pro</a>.</p><ul><li><a href="https://www.techradar.com/news/how-we-test">Read TechRadar’s reviews guarantee</a></li><li><em>First reviewed: October 2026</em></li></ul> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.techradar.com/computing/mice/steelseries-sensei-pro-mini-review</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ The Sensei Pro Mini promises unparalleled performance and ‘infinite’ battery life in a small package — but does it deliver the goods? ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">8eSdrFQmBBFep7BAKEkmP9</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/dowPwpXFGYmysabnJLbQCb-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Thu, 29 Oct 2026 00:00:00 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Mice]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Computing]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Peripherals & Accessories]]></category>
                                                                                                <author><![CDATA[ lewis.maddison@futurenet.com (Lewis Maddison) ]]></author>                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Lewis Maddison ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/oWQNXACcxLGuhaLaKDRtZL-320-70.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/dowPwpXFGYmysabnJLbQCb-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Future]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[SteelSeries Sensei Pro Mini]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[SteelSeries Sensei Pro Mini]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[SteelSeries Sensei Pro Mini]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/dowPwpXFGYmysabnJLbQCb-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-steelseries-sensei-pro-mini-review"><span>SteelSeries Sensei Pro Mini: Review</span></h2><p>The Sensei Pro Mini brings pro-grade wireless performance to those who prefer less of a handful, thanks to its state-of-the-art polling technology and ceaseless power.</p><p>It has the same symmetrical shape as its larger sibling but on a smaller scale. Its size should prove suitable for those with smaller hands, allowing them to get a secure grip around the entire unit. At just 49g, it’s very light, too — lighter than the standard model by 4g — which makes it easy to maneuver.</p><p>The sidewalls have a pronounced cinch that forces you to clamp your thumb and ring finger further inwards than is typical, which some may prefer for added security. Grip tape is included in the box if you require more traction, which is entirely possible given the smoothness of the outer shell. The central hump might prove contentious in terms of fit, though: in my experience, it didn’t sit back far enough in my hand, landing underneath my knuckles rather than in the middle of my palm. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1613px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.23%;"><img id="GUXytSvjgggJgp96jSDL3k" name="Imported image 1 - 1792765238006" alt="SteelSeries Sensei Pro Mini" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/GUXytSvjgggJgp96jSDL3k-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1613" height="907" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>To customize and tweak the Sensei Pro Mini, you can use SteelSeries’ GG peripheral software. Here you can rebind all six buttons, with a fair amount of mapping options available, including keyboard inputs and shortcuts for media controls and system actions. You’ll find some standard performance tweaks as well, including DPI adjustments, although the range is larger than you’ll usually find on other gaming mice (between 1 to 65,000). There are five presets to customize, which you can cycle through using the DPI button underneath the mouse.</p><p>There are more advanced tweaks in addition to these, though. You can adjust the click response between 0ms and 20ms, and set the lift-off and landing distances independently, each with a range of 0.7 to 1.7 (presumably this refers to millimeters, though no unit of measurement is given). You can also enable a feature called Scroll Jump Protection, which ignores your first scroll unless a second is performed within a certain time of the first. This threshold is adjustable between 100ms and 1500ms. Motion Sync and Angle Snapping toggles are here as well, with the latter featuring a slider with 10 levels to adjust its straightening effect.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1613px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.23%;"><img id="5oBwUPaischbm4YaZCqi7k" name="Imported image 2 - 1792765238006" alt="SteelSeries Sensei Pro Mini" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/5oBwUPaischbm4YaZCqi7k-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1613" height="907" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>This isn’t all, though: a further section lets you adjust acceleration, with several graph curve presets available to alter cursor speed relative to movement speed, as well as the angle of the mouse’s sensor by 45 degrees either side of center to match the natural angle of your hand movements.</p><p>Then there are the polling and sensor adjustments. You can set the ultra-wideband (UWB) polling rate and the sensor report rate independently, each with a range of 125Hz to 8KHz (with added 9KHz overpolling). There are five presets containing various combinations of both rates, which can be cycled through using the button on the UWB base station.</p><p>GG is clearly laid out and proved fast and stable during my time with it. It also contains explanations for many of its settings, which is something I’m always glad to see. One minor gripe I had is that the actual area to make adjustments and customizations opens in a second window, which is somewhat inconvenient.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1613px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.23%;"><img id="2MiB3h9qSSvqPBEwx4TiBk" name="Imported image 3 - 1792765238006" alt="SteelSeries Sensei Pro Mini" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/2MiB3h9qSSvqPBEwx4TiBk-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1613" height="907" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The first thing that’s noticeable about the Sensei Pro Mini’s performance is just how smoothly it glides. This is no doubt thanks to the large PTFE skates underneath. There’s almost no friction when gliding over a mouse mat, which makes the Sensei Pro Mini feel incredibly gratifying to fling around, yet also allows for super-controlled slow movements.</p><p>Next is the Sensei Pro Mini’s buttons. Clicks are light and snappy enough for quick spams, yet still provide enough feedback to allow for controlled inputs. They also have just enough dampening to make them satisfying to use. The side buttons are great to use as well, being easy to reach and offering a clicky, tactile feel. The same is true of the middle click, and I didn’t trigger miscrolls when using it, since the notching, while light, is tight enough to prevent accidental knocks from registering. This also means that quick flicks and controlled single scrolls are both relatively easy to perform.</p><p>My one issue with the inputs concerns the DPI button. It’s underneath the Sensei Pro Mini, which makes it harder to access. This is exacerbated by the fact it’s placed on the thumb side (for right handers) rather than the pinkie side, which means you can’t wrap your fingers underneath to press it without turning the mouse over.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1920px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="MFwGpxybuxFSnhgGo8TM5m" name="Steelseries_SenseiProMini_008.JPG" alt="SteelSeries Sensei Pro Mini" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/MFwGpxybuxFSnhgGo8TM5m-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1920" height="1080" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>I didn’t experience any connectivity issues with the Sensei Pro Mini. Given the sheer size of the UWB station itself I would’ve been disappointed if I had. Also, the cable provided to connect it to your PC is long enough to give you versatile placement options to avoid interference. It’s a shame a mouse this expensive doesn’t have additional Bluetooth support, though; many other wireless gaming mice feature this, allowing you to hot-switch between two devices.</p><p>To power the Sensei Pro Mini, SteelSeries has kitted it out with its ‘infinite’ battery system, something it and a few other brands have used in mice and other peripherals before. The idea is that you’ll never need to go wired (the Sensei Pro Mini doesn’t even have a USB port) to charge. Instead, you’re provided a pair of removable batteries that you cycle between your mouse and the charging dock in the UWB station. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1920px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="okHHvFu6KqU4x3jkrHV7VJ" name="Steelseries_SenseiProMini_006.JPG" alt="SteelSeries Sensei Pro Mini" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/okHHvFu6KqU4x3jkrHV7VJ-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1920" height="1080" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>This system works well, as it’s quick and easy to remove and insert the batteries — just as well, since the battery life drains rapidly when every performance setting is at maximum, barely lasting a day. At less intensive settings, though, the battery’s longevity is much better, lasting more like several days.</p><p>There will be gamers who would like the reassurance of additional wired support, though, should connectivity be compromised for whatever reason (I’m reminded of <a href="https://www.pcgamer.com/hardware/gaming-mice/metal-desks-nearly-destroyed-a-valorant-tournament/">inference issues derailing a recent <em>Valorant </em>tournament</a>). At this very high price point, such an addition would be especially welcome, as would Bluetooth. As it stands, the Sensei Pro Mini is an elite gaming mouse with all the wireless performance a pro could hope for, and it’s perhaps only this cohort that’ll see the value in it.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1613px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.23%;"><img id="34uwt4bVCmXvR2zr2TkHDm" name="Imported image 5 - 1792765238006" alt="SteelSeries Sensei Pro Mini" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/34uwt4bVCmXvR2zr2TkHDm-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1613" height="907" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-steelseries-sensei-pro-mini-review-price-availability"><span>SteelSeries Sensei Pro Mini review: Price &amp; availability</span></h2><ul><li><strong>$179.99 / £169.99 (about AU$260)</strong></li><li><strong>Available now in black and white variants</strong></li><li><strong>Top-end of the wireless gaming mouse market</strong></li></ul><p>The Sensei Pro Mini costs $179.99 / £169.99 (about AU$260) and is available now in black or white. A full-size variant is also available for the same price. It comes with two swappable batteries, the UWB base station (which doubles as the battery charging dock), and a braided USB-C-to-A cable, as well as spare PTFE skates and optional grip tape.</p><p>Even for a pro-grade wireless gaming mouse, the Sensei Pro Mini is expensive. It’s the same price as the <a href="https://www.techradar.com/computing/mice/razer-naga-v3-pro">Razer Naga V3 Pro</a>, although that mouse has additional Bluetooth and wired support, as well as a lot more buttons. If you want the same limitless battery power, you can pair it with Razer’s charging mouse mat, although this a costly addition to an already expensive mouse.</p><p>Another pointer with a similar battery swapping system is the<a href="https://www.techradar.com/computing/mice/angrymiao-am-infinity-97"> AngryMiao AM Infinity.97</a>. This is even lighter than the Sensei Pro Mini at 47g. However, its garish style won’t be for everyone, and its software pales in comparison to the tweaking depth on offer in GG.</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-steelseries-sensei-pro-mini-review-specs"><span>SteelSeries Sensei Pro Mini review: Specs</span></h2><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Connectivity</p></td><td  ><p>Wireless (Ultra-wideband)</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Battery life</p></td><td  ><p>120 hours (1K), 32 hours (16 hours per battery) (8K)</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Sensor</p></td><td  ><p>TrueMove 42K Pro Sensor</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Polling rate</p></td><td  ><p>8KHz (with 9KHz overpolling)</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Maximum sensitivity (DPI)</p></td><td  ><p>42,000 (65,000 with DPI Overdrive)</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Programmable buttons</p></td><td  ><p>6</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Dimensions</p></td><td  ><p>4.65 x 2.46 x 1.43 inches / 118 x 62.5 x 36.2mm</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Weight</p></td><td  ><p>49g</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-should-i-buy-the-steelseries-sensei-pro-mini"><span>Should I buy the SteelSeries Sensei Pro Mini?</span></h2><h2 id="scorecard">Scorecard</h2><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Attribute</strong></p></td><td  ><p><strong>Notes</strong></p></td><td  ><p><strong>Score</strong></p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Design</p></td><td  ><p>A great size for those with smaller hands, although the hump might be inconveniently placed for some. The DPI button isn’t easily accessible, either.</p></td><td  ><p>4/5</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Performance</p></td><td  ><p>Super smooth gliding and all the buttons respond brilliantly. There are plenty of performance tweaks available in GG, too.</p></td><td  ><p>4.5/5</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Value</p></td><td  ><p>It’s very expensive, yet lacks Bluetooth and a wired option. Only gamers most concerned about elite wireless performance will see its worth. </p></td><td  ><p>3/5</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h2 id="buy-it-if-4">Buy it if…</h2><div class="product"><p><strong>You want elite performance</strong><br />Glides and inputs are superb, while the tweaking provided by GG is peerless.</p></div><div class="product"><p><strong>You want infinite battery life</strong><br />Thanks to the swappable battery system, you’ll never need to plug in to charge.</p></div><h2 id="don-39-t-buy-it-if-4">Don't buy it if…</h2><div class="product"><p><strong>You want a wired security</strong><br />This mouse might upset Esports pros with its lack of a wired play, for when you can’t rely on a perfect wireless signal.</p></div><div class="product"><p><strong>You’re a casual gamer</strong><br />Its elite performance features will only be of use to the pros, while its lack of convenience features might deter those after something more versatile.</p></div><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-steelseries-sensei-pro-mini-review-also-consider"><span>SteelSeries Sensei Pro Mini review: Also consider</span></h2><div class="product"><p><strong>Razer Naga V3 Pro</strong><br />The Naga V3 Pro has additional Bluetooth support and wired capability, as well as a lot more inputs to customize. It also has ‘infinite’ battery life if used with Razer’s optional charging mouse pad, although this is an expensive add-on.<strong> </strong>Read our full<a href="https://www.techradar.com/computing/mice/razer-naga-v3-pro" data-dimension112="f32b6ab6-d2ef-11f1-aacb-f700d91fdda3" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Razer Naga V3 Pro review" data-dimension48="Razer Naga V3 Pro review" data-dimension25=""> Razer Naga V3 Pro review</a>.</p></div><div class="product"><p><strong>AngryMiao AM Infinity.97</strong><br />If you want the same battery swapping system but in something more flashy, the AM Infinity.97 fits the bill. Its software is far less capable, though, and it’s slightly dearer than the Sensei Pro Mini. Read our full<a href="https://www.techradar.com/computing/mice/angrymiao-am-infinity-97" data-dimension112="f32b6b74-d2ef-11f1-bd7e-1df42a96e099" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="AngryMiao AM Infinity.97 review" data-dimension48="AngryMiao AM Infinity.97 review" data-dimension25=""> AngryMiao AM Infinity.97 review</a>.</p></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1613px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.23%;"><img id="W7TizfcABUyg8XxGAEa6Dm" name="Imported image 6 - 1792765238006" alt="SteelSeries Sensei Pro Mini" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/W7TizfcABUyg8XxGAEa6Dm-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1613" height="907" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-how-i-tested-the-steelseries-sensei-pro-mini"><span>How I tested the SteelSeries Sensei Pro Mini</span></h2><ul><li><strong>Tested for a few days</strong></li><li><strong>Used for various tasks, including gaming</strong></li><li><strong>Plentiful PC gaming experience</strong></li></ul><p>I tested the Sensei Pro Mini for a few days, using it for not just gaming, but also working and general browsing.</p><p>I played <em>Counter-Strike 2</em>, which is a great test for gaming mice, since it demands quick and accurate movements and clicks. </p><p>I’ve been PC gaming for over a decade, and used a great deal of pointers in that time. I’ve also reviewed plenty of them before, including the full size <a href="https://www.techradar.com/computing/mice/steelseries-sensei-pro-review">Steelseries Sensei Pro</a>.</p><ul><li><a href="https://www.techradar.com/news/how-we-test">Read TechRadar’s reviews guarantee</a></li><li><em>First reviewed: October 2026</em></li></ul>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ Sony Bravia Theater Trio review: enormous immersive sound for any screen size or room shape ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-sony-bravia-theater-trio-ht-a8-review"><span>Sony Bravia Theater Trio (HT-A8) review</span></h3><p>The Sony Bravia Theater Trio is hard to define, but easy to love. Hard to define because its three-speaker (Trio, geddit?) package doesn’t feel quite like either a soundbar or a home theatre separates system; easy to love because it sounds amazing. </p><p>Sony’s own story of how the Trio came to be states that it was borne from frustration in its audio department about the inability of regular soundbar solutions — even high-end ones — to deliver sound with enough power and scale to convincingly partner with really big TVs. It was deemed that rather than creating a mammoth uber-long single soundbar to solve this problem, a much more practical solution would be to create a three-piece centre, left, right speaker package instead. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="yZ5bad6GQfBwudpdTu2nDS" name="SonyTrioCentrespeakerAngleRight" alt="The Sony Bravia Theater Trio (HT-A8) sits on a wooden sideboard." src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/yZ5bad6GQfBwudpdTu2nDS-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>While the left and right speakers of the Trio system are larger and heavier than the sort of satellite speakers usually sold with or as options for regular soundbar systems, the package overall still looks startlingly compact overall for a system designed for king-sized TVs. The center speaker only measures in at 23.19 x 2.52 x 6.5 inches / 589 x 64 x 165mm, in fact. But you can, of course, place the wireless left and right speakers pretty much as far apart as your room allows, to help create a soundstage commensurate in scale with a monster TV. </p><p>I would quickly add at this point, though, that I personally don’t see the Trio as only worth getting if you have a huge TV. It’s actually so good and, as I’ll explain, so flexible with its sound that it’s worth considering by really any home theater fan who’s able to afford it.</p><p>Just throwing a trio of speakers at the big TV audio problem won’t in itself guarantee a satisfying home theater audio solution, of course. Especially when those three speakers only deliver dedicated left, right, centre and up-firing channels, rather than the many more channels that even some single bar soundbars can manage these days. The thing is, though, the Bravia Theater Trio’s channel count isn’t actually restricted to the the handful we’ve just mentioned. The brand’s revolutionary 360 Spatial Sound Mapping system is capable of adding up to 24 ‘virtual’ (created by psychoacoustic processing) extra channels of sound to the system’s ‘physical’ ones. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="8TKX7SLeN33349EF7YNCiS" name="SonyTrioLeftRightonefrontoneback" alt="A front and back speaker of the Sony Bravia Theater Trio sit on a wooden sideboard." src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/8TKX7SLeN33349EF7YNCiS-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The 360 Spatial Sound Mapping system’s calculation process for figuring out where to place the sound from these extra virtual speakers uses a supplied, high-quality mic dongle that plugs into your phone to tailor the sound to your room layout. This works so well that you’ll be able to still enjoy a totally coherent, balanced, symmetrical soundstage from your Trio system no matter how awkward your room layout might be. </p><p>This room adaptation part of the 360 Spatial Sound Mapping system becomes even more useful if you add a pair of Sony’s new Rear 9 optional surround sound speakers. Even when I deliberately set the the two front and Rear 9 speakers in the most unhelpful positions I could manage, the processing still somehow manages to put me at the heart of a colossal 360-degree soundstage.</p><p>I’ve let the Trio’s cleverest trick, though, lead me into discussing the system’s performance before I’ve finished going through every feature it has to offer. So let’s quickly get back to that. </p><p>While the Trio’s centre speaker’s long, slim design suits simple placement on a desktop under your TV, the left and right speakers sneak a narrow straight bit into their otherwise cylindrical shape to allow them to be wall mounted if that suits your set up. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="XepSxQn6Uko9Kjq9hEv6iS" name="SonyTrioCentreSpeakerSideon" alt="A side view of the Sony Bravia Theater Trio." src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/XepSxQn6Uko9Kjq9hEv6iS-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Connectivity is passable. The highlight is an HDMI loop through that supports 4K/120Hz gaming feeds — as you’d hope with a sound system from the brand responsible for the PlayStation 5 — as well as the HDR10, HLG and Dolby Vision HDR formats, but not HDR10+. And the HDMI output also supports the eARC system for taking in sound from your TV.</p><p>Unfortunately, the only other port is a USB slot that’s apparently only for software updates. A second HDMI input and an optical digital audio input would have been nice on a £1,999 home cinema system these days perhaps, but the Trio’s support for Wi-Fi and Bluetooth (6.0) alongside the HDMIs will likely deliver everything most modern households will need. </p><p>These wireless options support direct streaming from Spotify Connect and Apple Airplay 2. On top of this, the system can also utilize Hi-Res Audio files and carries Sony’s redoubtable DSEE Ultimate AI upscaling system for making compressed audio sound better.</p><p>The latest Bravia Connect app for iOS and Android helps you set the system up, as well as providing an attractive and useful visual interface as a back up to the fairly basic remote control the system ships with. And it's particularly handy, given the Trio doesn’t carry an LED display.</p><p>Finally in the feature department, the Trio can play both the Dolby Atmos and DTS:X surround sound formats. In fact, it doesn’t just play them; it eats them for breakfast. </p><p>Any doubts about the Trio’s $1,999 / £1,999 / AU$2,999 price evaporate in an irresistible bombardment of almost impossibly massive sound staging, levels of power, detail and impact that seem to go far beyond the system’s claimed 405W of confirmed power. It also serves up mesmerizing detailing and precision, and an immaculate tone that has more in common with a premium full separates system than a minimalistic three-speaker package.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="i3RD47RpnYb6yA55q5cLJS" name="SonyTrioConnectionsdetail" alt="A close-up of the Sony Bravia Theater Trio ports." src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/i3RD47RpnYb6yA55q5cLJS-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The system’s remarkable drivers and even more remarkable 360 Spatial Sound Mapping processing create a soundstage that fills at least the front half of even very large rooms, with the physical existence of the Trio’s three speakers essentially completely disappearing. As well as being capable of creating an epic sense of space for big movie locations, the size of sound the Trio can produce means it's effortlessly able to ‘fill’ the screen area and match the cinematic scale of even the very biggest TVs.</p><p>Despite its immense and immersive size, though, the Trio’s sound doesn’t forget the small things in home cinema and music life. It can pull in the boundaries of its sound superbly when a soundtrack wants to portray a tight space, for starters. Also, every detail in a movie sound mix is beautifully rendered, no matter how small, and produced with exactly the correct weight relative to other mix elements.</p><p>There’s no hint of harshness or brittleness to any sound the Trio makes, no matter how high pitched or deep it might be. In fact, despite the center speaker’s small size, the system gives the impression of having no ceiling for treble sounds to butt up against and turn harsh, and no low-frequency floor for bass sounds to flatten off against. </p><p>The relatively hefty left and right speakers do most of the heavy low-frequency lifting without making deep sounds feel trapped in, hard edged or distorted. They’re reactive enough to serve sudden bass hits with impeccable timing, too, and have enough range in the low frequencies they can produce to stop rumbles becoming overwhelming or coarse. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="CfPP9pgsDBNvF5pmNQQxhS" name="SonyTrioLeftRightsFront" alt="The front speakers of the Sony Bravia Theater Trio." src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/CfPP9pgsDBNvF5pmNQQxhS-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>This excellent bass performance is particularly welcome, given that bass has been a weakness of some of Sony’s current soundbars, and that the system is quite compact. Perhaps an even bigger worry is that Sony sells Sub 8 and Sub 9 external wireless subwoofer upgrades for the package, which always makes me wonder if there’s a weakness in the core system that such an add-on is required to fix. </p><p>The Trio can deliver hard, sudden impact sounds with proper venom and propulsion, while the soundstage remains balanced and authoritative even at high volumes, no matter how dense the content might be. </p><p>Sound systems that go as big and dynamic with film soundtracks as the Trio can aren’t always able to turn their hands effectively to music. The Trio, though, is at least as engaging with music as it is movies. </p><p>Even in native stereo mode, without any of Sony’s remarkable virtual surround processing in play, the trio of speakers deliver excellent stereo separation and vocal placement. Nothing sounds at all strained, no matter what type of music you’re playing or how dense a track gets. It retains its genuinely hi-fi feel, too, at higher volumes than you’ve probably ever heard your favorite albums before. And yet, at the same time, people with neighbors will be pleased to hear that its speakers are sensitive enough to deliver music compellingly even at low volumes, something many soundbars struggle with. </p><p>Dolby Atmos music sounds similarly refined. It's detailed without being forensic, but also enjoys a more three-dimensional presentation that includes height elements. And if you’re happy to take off your purist music hat, I’d also recommend you try stereo tracks — or, at least, relatively poppy or ambient stereo tracks — through its 360 Spatial Sound Mapping processing, which gives it a more spacious and surround sound feel. Certainly Sony’s ‘upmixing’ with this effect is much superior to similar modes attempted by most other home audio packages. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="ac96zLBP5gunWy2nJByvhS" name="SonyTrioRemote" alt="A hand holds the remote for the Sony Bravia Theater Trio." src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ac96zLBP5gunWy2nJByvhS-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>It’s a tough ask to find things I don’t love about Sony’s Trio system. But I’m paid to try, so here goes. First, for all its virtual speaker creating talents, it only creates a quite limited sense of sound coming from behind your seating position. This can be solved extremely well by adding Sony’s new Rear 9 extra wireless surround speakers — though, at $749.99 / £699 / $ 1,299 a pair, this upgrade isn’t cheap. </p><p>The left/right spread of stereo music strangely narrows slightly when playing music through the 360 Spatial Sound Mapping despite expanding in every other way. And finally — and possibly most frustratingly depending on how big your household is — the area you need to sit in after calibrating the Trio for the optimal 360 Spatial Sound Mapping effect is quite small. Though even outside of this sweet spot, it’s still gloriously easy to appreciate just how good the Trio’s overall sound is.</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-sony-bravia-theater-trio-ht-a8-review-price-and-release-date"><span>Sony Bravia Theater Trio (HT-A8) review: Price and release date</span></h2><ul><li><strong>Released: July 2026 (UK and Australia), May 2026 (US)</strong></li><li><strong>$1,999 / £1,999 / AU$2,999</strong></li></ul><p>At first glance the Trio’s $1,999 / £1,999 / AU$2,999 price looks substantial for a three-piece speaker package. Samsung gives you a full surround soundbar package, the HW-Q990H, for just $1,499 / £1,499 / AU$1,499, after all. Once you’ve placed the Trio’s speakers wherever you want them to go, though, and run the 360 Spatial Sound Mapping system setup, the system reveals itself to be a pretty much separates-grade performer capable of partnering with a huge screen and even filling a big room.</p><p>Hitting almost $2,750 / £2,700 / AU$4,300 if you add the admittedly impressive Rear 9 speakers starts to look a bit of a stretch, but you could always add the rears later as funds allow. The out-of-the-box Trio won’t let you down in the mean time.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-sony-bravia-theater-trio-ht-a8-specs"><span>Sony Bravia Theater Trio (HT-A8): Specs</span></h3><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Dimensions</p></td><td  ><p>Main bar: 23.19 x 2.52 x 6.50 inches / 589 x 64 x 165mm; left/right speakers: 6.3 x 13.27 x 6.5 inches / 160 x 337 x 165mm</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Speaker channels</p></td><td  ><p>3.0.2</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Connections</p></td><td  ><p>One HDMI input (with eARC), one HDMI output (4K/120Hz), USB service port </p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Dolby Atmos / DTS:X</p></td><td  ><p>Yes/Yes</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Sub included</p></td><td  ><p>Optional extra</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Rear speakers included</p></td><td  ><p>No</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-should-i-buy-the-sony-bravia-theater-trio-ht-a8"><span>Should I buy the Sony Bravia Theater Trio (HT-A8)?</span></h2><div ><table><caption>Sony Bravia Theater Trio (HT-A8) Scorecard</caption><thead><tr><th class="firstcol " ><p>Attribute</p></th><th  ><p>Notes</p></th><th  ><p>Score</p></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Features</p></td><td  ><p>The system’s three-front-speaker approach enables it to deliver a sound appropriate to really any screen size, even really huge ones. Its processing and audio format support is excellent too.</p></td><td  ><p>4.5 / 5</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Performance</p></td><td  ><p>Despite the fairly compact size of its three speakers, the Trio package often manages to sound like a premium separates system</p></td><td  ><p>5 / 5</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Design</p></td><td  ><p>From the surprisingly compact shape of the center speaker to the gorgeously well-built cylindrical stance of the left and rights, the Theater Trio is an elegantly understated addition to your room.</p></td><td  ><p>4.5 / 5</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Setup &amp; usability</p></td><td  ><p>The speakers all connected with each other automatically during my tests, and provided you plug the provided mic into your phone and run the 360 Spatial Sound Mapping set up procedure, its speakers are extremely flexible when it comes to where you put them.</p></td><td  ><p>4.5 / 5</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Value</p></td><td  ><p>The Theater Trio package’s price puts it above the vast majority of regular soundbars — but its sound is a cut above any regular soundbar, too</p></td><td  ><p>4 / 5</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h2 id="buy-it-if-5">Buy it if...</h2><div class="product"><p><strong>You have a very big TV</strong><br />The Trio’s package of separate center, front left and front right speakers was expressly designed to solve the issue where regular soundbars just don’t create a sound stage big enough to match the size of the pictures made by massive TVs (especially those of 85 inches and more).</p></div><div class="product"><p><strong>You want fantastic movie and music sound quality</strong><br />The Trio throws off the shackles of some of Sony’s current soundbars, using hi-fi grade speaker designs and up to 24 virtual speakers created by Sony’s amazing 360 Spatial Sound Mapping to craft one of the most powerful but also most refined, balanced and immersive soundstages I’ve heard from a one-box speaker package.</p></div><div class="product"><p><strong>You have an awkwardly shaped room</strong><br />A key part of the Trio’s 360 Spatial Sound Mapping involves adapting the sound of its real and virtual speakers to your room layout — and this process is so flexible that it can deliver a convincing sound stage no matter how awkward your speaker placement might be.</p></div><h2 id="don-39-t-buy-it-if-5">Don't buy it if...</h2><div class="product"><p><strong>You can’t afford it</strong><br />There are some very good soundbars around for much less than the Trio’s $1,999 / £1,999 / AU$2,999 asking price - which rises to nearly $2,750 / £2,700 / AU$4,300 if you add the Rear 9 surround speakers. But if you can afford it, the scale and finesse of the Trio’s sound is a cut above those cheaper soundbar alternatives.</p></div><div class="product"><p><strong>The small sweet spot is a problem</strong><br />The Trio optimizes the sound stage created by its real and virtual speakers around what turns out to be a rather compact sweet spot. So if you have a big household to cater for, you’ll have to accept that not everyone will get the perfect experience — unless you all huddle up.</p></div><div class="product"><p><strong>You want a sound system that can work as a switch box</strong><br />The Trio’s limited connectivity prevents you from attaching more than one hard-wired source to it at a time.</p></div><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-sony-bravia-theatre-trio-ht-a8-review-also-consider"><span>Sony Bravia Theatre Trio (HT-A8) review: Also consider</span></h2><div class="product"><p><strong>Samsung HW-Q990H</strong><br />If you can’t quite stretch your finances to accommodate the Sony Trio package, Samsung’s HW-Q990H soundbar system delivers a powerful and detailed full surround sound solution for $1,499 / £1,499 / AU$1,499. The Q990H crafts a remarkably full hemisphere of sound for Dolby Atmos and DTS:X soundtracks, but the Trio’s sound is more refined and flexible — and only requires you to house three speakers. Read our full <a href="https://www.techradar.com/televisions/soundbars/i-tested-the-flagship-samsung-hw-q990h-dolby-atmos-soundbar-and-while-it-sticks-to-the-formula-of-its-predecessors-it-still-sets-the-bar-for-soundbars-in-2026" data-dimension112="6235023e-d131-11f1-a237-bf44d2c299a4" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Samsung HW-Q990H review" data-dimension48="Samsung HW-Q990H review" data-dimension25="">Samsung HW-Q990H review</a>.</p></div><div class="product"><p><strong>Sennheiser Ambeo Max</strong><br />Sennheiser’s most powerful soundbar delivers a remarkably large sound stage for a single-bar device, courtesy of the fearsome array of ultra-robust and punchy drivers it squeezes into its uncompromising chassis. This helps it get nearer than any other remotely mainstream single-bar soundbar to supporting really big screens like the Trio does. While it used to cost $2,999.95 / £2,199 / AU$3,999, too, it’s now widely available for $1,699.99 / £1,599 / AU$2,999. It still can’t ultimately match the scale of the Trio, though, due to the latter’s separate left and right speakers.</p></div><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-how-i-tested-the-sony-bravia-theatre-trio-ht-a8"><span>How I tested the Sony Bravia Theatre Trio (HT-A8)</span></h2><ul><li><strong>I used the Sony Trio as my main living room audio system for 11 days.</strong></li><li><strong>Also tested in a second room with a different size and layout, and with a pair of optional Rear 9 surround speakers.</strong></li><li><strong>Tested with 4K Blu-rays, CDs, streamed audio, and games, using all direct HDMI connection, eARC and wireless connection options</strong></li></ul><p>I tested the Trio as my main living room audio system for 11 days overall, as well as using it in a second room with a different layout for two further days. I also moved the left and right speakers (and the optional rears) to all sorts of awkward places to test the flexibility of the 360 Spatial Sound Mapping processing. </p><p>During the testing period, I fed the Trio system audio content from a wide range of sources, including movie soundtracks from streaming boxes and 4K Blu-ray players over HDMI; music from a CD player and the various music streaming services the system supports; and game soundtracks from an Xbox Series X. Key movies used were <em>Blade Runner 2049</em>, <em>It Chapter One</em>, <em>Civil War</em>, and <em>Sinners</em>.</p><ul><li><em>First reviewed: October 2026</em></li><li><a href="https://www.techradar.com/news/how-we-test"><u>Read TechRadar's review guarantee</u></a></li></ul> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.techradar.com/televisions/soundbars/sony-bravia-theater-trio-review</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ The Sony Bravia Theater Trio creates the most balanced and immersive soundstage I’ve ever heard from non-surround setup. ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">a7Qa7gJgEu4wBkyoHTaDVK</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/fyFLfYiNo7ADJTARdc95iS-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Wed, 28 Oct 2026 23:00:00 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Soundbars]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Televisions]]></category>
                                                                                                                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ John Archer ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/NuCCcC4PMHueep4qTqhjkg-320-70.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/fyFLfYiNo7ADJTARdc95iS-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Future]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[The Sony Bravia Theatre Trio sits on a wooden sideboard in front of a white brick wall.]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[The Sony Bravia Theatre Trio sits on a wooden sideboard in front of a white brick wall.]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[The Sony Bravia Theatre Trio sits on a wooden sideboard in front of a white brick wall.]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/fyFLfYiNo7ADJTARdc95iS-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-sony-bravia-theater-trio-ht-a8-review"><span>Sony Bravia Theater Trio (HT-A8) review</span></h3><p>The Sony Bravia Theater Trio is hard to define, but easy to love. Hard to define because its three-speaker (Trio, geddit?) package doesn’t feel quite like either a soundbar or a home theatre separates system; easy to love because it sounds amazing. </p><p>Sony’s own story of how the Trio came to be states that it was borne from frustration in its audio department about the inability of regular soundbar solutions — even high-end ones — to deliver sound with enough power and scale to convincingly partner with really big TVs. It was deemed that rather than creating a mammoth uber-long single soundbar to solve this problem, a much more practical solution would be to create a three-piece centre, left, right speaker package instead. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="yZ5bad6GQfBwudpdTu2nDS" name="SonyTrioCentrespeakerAngleRight" alt="The Sony Bravia Theater Trio (HT-A8) sits on a wooden sideboard." src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/yZ5bad6GQfBwudpdTu2nDS-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>While the left and right speakers of the Trio system are larger and heavier than the sort of satellite speakers usually sold with or as options for regular soundbar systems, the package overall still looks startlingly compact overall for a system designed for king-sized TVs. The center speaker only measures in at 23.19 x 2.52 x 6.5 inches / 589 x 64 x 165mm, in fact. But you can, of course, place the wireless left and right speakers pretty much as far apart as your room allows, to help create a soundstage commensurate in scale with a monster TV. </p><p>I would quickly add at this point, though, that I personally don’t see the Trio as only worth getting if you have a huge TV. It’s actually so good and, as I’ll explain, so flexible with its sound that it’s worth considering by really any home theater fan who’s able to afford it.</p><p>Just throwing a trio of speakers at the big TV audio problem won’t in itself guarantee a satisfying home theater audio solution, of course. Especially when those three speakers only deliver dedicated left, right, centre and up-firing channels, rather than the many more channels that even some single bar soundbars can manage these days. The thing is, though, the Bravia Theater Trio’s channel count isn’t actually restricted to the the handful we’ve just mentioned. The brand’s revolutionary 360 Spatial Sound Mapping system is capable of adding up to 24 ‘virtual’ (created by psychoacoustic processing) extra channels of sound to the system’s ‘physical’ ones. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="8TKX7SLeN33349EF7YNCiS" name="SonyTrioLeftRightonefrontoneback" alt="A front and back speaker of the Sony Bravia Theater Trio sit on a wooden sideboard." src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/8TKX7SLeN33349EF7YNCiS-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The 360 Spatial Sound Mapping system’s calculation process for figuring out where to place the sound from these extra virtual speakers uses a supplied, high-quality mic dongle that plugs into your phone to tailor the sound to your room layout. This works so well that you’ll be able to still enjoy a totally coherent, balanced, symmetrical soundstage from your Trio system no matter how awkward your room layout might be. </p><p>This room adaptation part of the 360 Spatial Sound Mapping system becomes even more useful if you add a pair of Sony’s new Rear 9 optional surround sound speakers. Even when I deliberately set the the two front and Rear 9 speakers in the most unhelpful positions I could manage, the processing still somehow manages to put me at the heart of a colossal 360-degree soundstage.</p><p>I’ve let the Trio’s cleverest trick, though, lead me into discussing the system’s performance before I’ve finished going through every feature it has to offer. So let’s quickly get back to that. </p><p>While the Trio’s centre speaker’s long, slim design suits simple placement on a desktop under your TV, the left and right speakers sneak a narrow straight bit into their otherwise cylindrical shape to allow them to be wall mounted if that suits your set up. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="XepSxQn6Uko9Kjq9hEv6iS" name="SonyTrioCentreSpeakerSideon" alt="A side view of the Sony Bravia Theater Trio." src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/XepSxQn6Uko9Kjq9hEv6iS-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Connectivity is passable. The highlight is an HDMI loop through that supports 4K/120Hz gaming feeds — as you’d hope with a sound system from the brand responsible for the PlayStation 5 — as well as the HDR10, HLG and Dolby Vision HDR formats, but not HDR10+. And the HDMI output also supports the eARC system for taking in sound from your TV.</p><p>Unfortunately, the only other port is a USB slot that’s apparently only for software updates. A second HDMI input and an optical digital audio input would have been nice on a £1,999 home cinema system these days perhaps, but the Trio’s support for Wi-Fi and Bluetooth (6.0) alongside the HDMIs will likely deliver everything most modern households will need. </p><p>These wireless options support direct streaming from Spotify Connect and Apple Airplay 2. On top of this, the system can also utilize Hi-Res Audio files and carries Sony’s redoubtable DSEE Ultimate AI upscaling system for making compressed audio sound better.</p><p>The latest Bravia Connect app for iOS and Android helps you set the system up, as well as providing an attractive and useful visual interface as a back up to the fairly basic remote control the system ships with. And it's particularly handy, given the Trio doesn’t carry an LED display.</p><p>Finally in the feature department, the Trio can play both the Dolby Atmos and DTS:X surround sound formats. In fact, it doesn’t just play them; it eats them for breakfast. </p><p>Any doubts about the Trio’s $1,999 / £1,999 / AU$2,999 price evaporate in an irresistible bombardment of almost impossibly massive sound staging, levels of power, detail and impact that seem to go far beyond the system’s claimed 405W of confirmed power. It also serves up mesmerizing detailing and precision, and an immaculate tone that has more in common with a premium full separates system than a minimalistic three-speaker package.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="i3RD47RpnYb6yA55q5cLJS" name="SonyTrioConnectionsdetail" alt="A close-up of the Sony Bravia Theater Trio ports." src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/i3RD47RpnYb6yA55q5cLJS-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The system’s remarkable drivers and even more remarkable 360 Spatial Sound Mapping processing create a soundstage that fills at least the front half of even very large rooms, with the physical existence of the Trio’s three speakers essentially completely disappearing. As well as being capable of creating an epic sense of space for big movie locations, the size of sound the Trio can produce means it's effortlessly able to ‘fill’ the screen area and match the cinematic scale of even the very biggest TVs.</p><p>Despite its immense and immersive size, though, the Trio’s sound doesn’t forget the small things in home cinema and music life. It can pull in the boundaries of its sound superbly when a soundtrack wants to portray a tight space, for starters. Also, every detail in a movie sound mix is beautifully rendered, no matter how small, and produced with exactly the correct weight relative to other mix elements.</p><p>There’s no hint of harshness or brittleness to any sound the Trio makes, no matter how high pitched or deep it might be. In fact, despite the center speaker’s small size, the system gives the impression of having no ceiling for treble sounds to butt up against and turn harsh, and no low-frequency floor for bass sounds to flatten off against. </p><p>The relatively hefty left and right speakers do most of the heavy low-frequency lifting without making deep sounds feel trapped in, hard edged or distorted. They’re reactive enough to serve sudden bass hits with impeccable timing, too, and have enough range in the low frequencies they can produce to stop rumbles becoming overwhelming or coarse. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="CfPP9pgsDBNvF5pmNQQxhS" name="SonyTrioLeftRightsFront" alt="The front speakers of the Sony Bravia Theater Trio." src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/CfPP9pgsDBNvF5pmNQQxhS-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>This excellent bass performance is particularly welcome, given that bass has been a weakness of some of Sony’s current soundbars, and that the system is quite compact. Perhaps an even bigger worry is that Sony sells Sub 8 and Sub 9 external wireless subwoofer upgrades for the package, which always makes me wonder if there’s a weakness in the core system that such an add-on is required to fix. </p><p>The Trio can deliver hard, sudden impact sounds with proper venom and propulsion, while the soundstage remains balanced and authoritative even at high volumes, no matter how dense the content might be. </p><p>Sound systems that go as big and dynamic with film soundtracks as the Trio can aren’t always able to turn their hands effectively to music. The Trio, though, is at least as engaging with music as it is movies. </p><p>Even in native stereo mode, without any of Sony’s remarkable virtual surround processing in play, the trio of speakers deliver excellent stereo separation and vocal placement. Nothing sounds at all strained, no matter what type of music you’re playing or how dense a track gets. It retains its genuinely hi-fi feel, too, at higher volumes than you’ve probably ever heard your favorite albums before. And yet, at the same time, people with neighbors will be pleased to hear that its speakers are sensitive enough to deliver music compellingly even at low volumes, something many soundbars struggle with. </p><p>Dolby Atmos music sounds similarly refined. It's detailed without being forensic, but also enjoys a more three-dimensional presentation that includes height elements. And if you’re happy to take off your purist music hat, I’d also recommend you try stereo tracks — or, at least, relatively poppy or ambient stereo tracks — through its 360 Spatial Sound Mapping processing, which gives it a more spacious and surround sound feel. Certainly Sony’s ‘upmixing’ with this effect is much superior to similar modes attempted by most other home audio packages. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="ac96zLBP5gunWy2nJByvhS" name="SonyTrioRemote" alt="A hand holds the remote for the Sony Bravia Theater Trio." src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ac96zLBP5gunWy2nJByvhS-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>It’s a tough ask to find things I don’t love about Sony’s Trio system. But I’m paid to try, so here goes. First, for all its virtual speaker creating talents, it only creates a quite limited sense of sound coming from behind your seating position. This can be solved extremely well by adding Sony’s new Rear 9 extra wireless surround speakers — though, at $749.99 / £699 / $ 1,299 a pair, this upgrade isn’t cheap. </p><p>The left/right spread of stereo music strangely narrows slightly when playing music through the 360 Spatial Sound Mapping despite expanding in every other way. And finally — and possibly most frustratingly depending on how big your household is — the area you need to sit in after calibrating the Trio for the optimal 360 Spatial Sound Mapping effect is quite small. Though even outside of this sweet spot, it’s still gloriously easy to appreciate just how good the Trio’s overall sound is.</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-sony-bravia-theater-trio-ht-a8-review-price-and-release-date"><span>Sony Bravia Theater Trio (HT-A8) review: Price and release date</span></h2><ul><li><strong>Released: July 2026 (UK and Australia), May 2026 (US)</strong></li><li><strong>$1,999 / £1,999 / AU$2,999</strong></li></ul><p>At first glance the Trio’s $1,999 / £1,999 / AU$2,999 price looks substantial for a three-piece speaker package. Samsung gives you a full surround soundbar package, the HW-Q990H, for just $1,499 / £1,499 / AU$1,499, after all. Once you’ve placed the Trio’s speakers wherever you want them to go, though, and run the 360 Spatial Sound Mapping system setup, the system reveals itself to be a pretty much separates-grade performer capable of partnering with a huge screen and even filling a big room.</p><p>Hitting almost $2,750 / £2,700 / AU$4,300 if you add the admittedly impressive Rear 9 speakers starts to look a bit of a stretch, but you could always add the rears later as funds allow. The out-of-the-box Trio won’t let you down in the mean time.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-sony-bravia-theater-trio-ht-a8-specs"><span>Sony Bravia Theater Trio (HT-A8): Specs</span></h3><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Dimensions</p></td><td  ><p>Main bar: 23.19 x 2.52 x 6.50 inches / 589 x 64 x 165mm; left/right speakers: 6.3 x 13.27 x 6.5 inches / 160 x 337 x 165mm</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Speaker channels</p></td><td  ><p>3.0.2</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Connections</p></td><td  ><p>One HDMI input (with eARC), one HDMI output (4K/120Hz), USB service port </p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Dolby Atmos / DTS:X</p></td><td  ><p>Yes/Yes</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Sub included</p></td><td  ><p>Optional extra</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Rear speakers included</p></td><td  ><p>No</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-should-i-buy-the-sony-bravia-theater-trio-ht-a8"><span>Should I buy the Sony Bravia Theater Trio (HT-A8)?</span></h2><div ><table><caption>Sony Bravia Theater Trio (HT-A8) Scorecard</caption><thead><tr><th class="firstcol " ><p>Attribute</p></th><th  ><p>Notes</p></th><th  ><p>Score</p></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Features</p></td><td  ><p>The system’s three-front-speaker approach enables it to deliver a sound appropriate to really any screen size, even really huge ones. Its processing and audio format support is excellent too.</p></td><td  ><p>4.5 / 5</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Performance</p></td><td  ><p>Despite the fairly compact size of its three speakers, the Trio package often manages to sound like a premium separates system</p></td><td  ><p>5 / 5</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Design</p></td><td  ><p>From the surprisingly compact shape of the center speaker to the gorgeously well-built cylindrical stance of the left and rights, the Theater Trio is an elegantly understated addition to your room.</p></td><td  ><p>4.5 / 5</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Setup &amp; usability</p></td><td  ><p>The speakers all connected with each other automatically during my tests, and provided you plug the provided mic into your phone and run the 360 Spatial Sound Mapping set up procedure, its speakers are extremely flexible when it comes to where you put them.</p></td><td  ><p>4.5 / 5</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Value</p></td><td  ><p>The Theater Trio package’s price puts it above the vast majority of regular soundbars — but its sound is a cut above any regular soundbar, too</p></td><td  ><p>4 / 5</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h2 id="buy-it-if-5">Buy it if...</h2><div class="product"><p><strong>You have a very big TV</strong><br />The Trio’s package of separate center, front left and front right speakers was expressly designed to solve the issue where regular soundbars just don’t create a sound stage big enough to match the size of the pictures made by massive TVs (especially those of 85 inches and more).</p></div><div class="product"><p><strong>You want fantastic movie and music sound quality</strong><br />The Trio throws off the shackles of some of Sony’s current soundbars, using hi-fi grade speaker designs and up to 24 virtual speakers created by Sony’s amazing 360 Spatial Sound Mapping to craft one of the most powerful but also most refined, balanced and immersive soundstages I’ve heard from a one-box speaker package.</p></div><div class="product"><p><strong>You have an awkwardly shaped room</strong><br />A key part of the Trio’s 360 Spatial Sound Mapping involves adapting the sound of its real and virtual speakers to your room layout — and this process is so flexible that it can deliver a convincing sound stage no matter how awkward your speaker placement might be.</p></div><h2 id="don-39-t-buy-it-if-5">Don't buy it if...</h2><div class="product"><p><strong>You can’t afford it</strong><br />There are some very good soundbars around for much less than the Trio’s $1,999 / £1,999 / AU$2,999 asking price - which rises to nearly $2,750 / £2,700 / AU$4,300 if you add the Rear 9 surround speakers. But if you can afford it, the scale and finesse of the Trio’s sound is a cut above those cheaper soundbar alternatives.</p></div><div class="product"><p><strong>The small sweet spot is a problem</strong><br />The Trio optimizes the sound stage created by its real and virtual speakers around what turns out to be a rather compact sweet spot. So if you have a big household to cater for, you’ll have to accept that not everyone will get the perfect experience — unless you all huddle up.</p></div><div class="product"><p><strong>You want a sound system that can work as a switch box</strong><br />The Trio’s limited connectivity prevents you from attaching more than one hard-wired source to it at a time.</p></div><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-sony-bravia-theatre-trio-ht-a8-review-also-consider"><span>Sony Bravia Theatre Trio (HT-A8) review: Also consider</span></h2><div class="product"><p><strong>Samsung HW-Q990H</strong><br />If you can’t quite stretch your finances to accommodate the Sony Trio package, Samsung’s HW-Q990H soundbar system delivers a powerful and detailed full surround sound solution for $1,499 / £1,499 / AU$1,499. The Q990H crafts a remarkably full hemisphere of sound for Dolby Atmos and DTS:X soundtracks, but the Trio’s sound is more refined and flexible — and only requires you to house three speakers. Read our full <a href="https://www.techradar.com/televisions/soundbars/i-tested-the-flagship-samsung-hw-q990h-dolby-atmos-soundbar-and-while-it-sticks-to-the-formula-of-its-predecessors-it-still-sets-the-bar-for-soundbars-in-2026" data-dimension112="6235023e-d131-11f1-a237-bf44d2c299a4" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Samsung HW-Q990H review" data-dimension48="Samsung HW-Q990H review" data-dimension25="">Samsung HW-Q990H review</a>.</p></div><div class="product"><p><strong>Sennheiser Ambeo Max</strong><br />Sennheiser’s most powerful soundbar delivers a remarkably large sound stage for a single-bar device, courtesy of the fearsome array of ultra-robust and punchy drivers it squeezes into its uncompromising chassis. This helps it get nearer than any other remotely mainstream single-bar soundbar to supporting really big screens like the Trio does. While it used to cost $2,999.95 / £2,199 / AU$3,999, too, it’s now widely available for $1,699.99 / £1,599 / AU$2,999. It still can’t ultimately match the scale of the Trio, though, due to the latter’s separate left and right speakers.</p></div><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-how-i-tested-the-sony-bravia-theatre-trio-ht-a8"><span>How I tested the Sony Bravia Theatre Trio (HT-A8)</span></h2><ul><li><strong>I used the Sony Trio as my main living room audio system for 11 days.</strong></li><li><strong>Also tested in a second room with a different size and layout, and with a pair of optional Rear 9 surround speakers.</strong></li><li><strong>Tested with 4K Blu-rays, CDs, streamed audio, and games, using all direct HDMI connection, eARC and wireless connection options</strong></li></ul><p>I tested the Trio as my main living room audio system for 11 days overall, as well as using it in a second room with a different layout for two further days. I also moved the left and right speakers (and the optional rears) to all sorts of awkward places to test the flexibility of the 360 Spatial Sound Mapping processing. </p><p>During the testing period, I fed the Trio system audio content from a wide range of sources, including movie soundtracks from streaming boxes and 4K Blu-ray players over HDMI; music from a CD player and the various music streaming services the system supports; and game soundtracks from an Xbox Series X. Key movies used were <em>Blade Runner 2049</em>, <em>It Chapter One</em>, <em>Civil War</em>, and <em>Sinners</em>.</p><ul><li><em>First reviewed: October 2026</em></li><li><a href="https://www.techradar.com/news/how-we-test"><u>Read TechRadar's review guarantee</u></a></li></ul>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ DuckDuckGo Privacy Pro data removal service review ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>Staying safe online is as imperative as ever, especially since AI has inadvertently increased the volume of cyber attacks.  Good online safety leans more on preventing attacks from happening in the first place than on countering them, and certain tools help you do that. </p><p>DuckDuckGo is most famous for its privacy-focused search engine and browser (<a href="https://www.techradar.com/pro/duckduckgo-private-browser" target="_blank">we've reviewed it here</a>), but it also provides other tools that help users surf the web without giving out their identities. These tools are offered under a single, cost-competitive Pro bundle. It's a VPN, AI tool, and <a href="https://www.techradar.com/pro/best-data-removal-services-of-year" target="_blank">data removal service</a> all in one. </p><p>I’m reviewing the DuckDuckGo Pro bundle to help you decide if it’s worth adopting for your online security. Read on to learn what this bundle offers, its pros, cons, and how it compares to the competition.</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-duckduckgo-plans-and-pricing"><span>DuckDuckGo: Plans and pricing</span></h2><p>DuckDuckGo follows a simple pricing system, which I like - you can see all the plans by <a href="https://duckduckgo.com/pro" target="_blank">clicking here</a>. A monthly subscription costs $19.99 and unlocks access to all Pro features. An annual subscription is discounted to $200, equivalent to $17 per month instead of the $19.99 paid on a month-to-month basis. This discount is quite small compared to what I’ve seen on rivals, but is a discount nonetheless.</p><p>The pricing varies slightly for users who live outside the U.S. For example, U.K.-based users pay 19.99 pounds monthly and 200 pounds annually. Converted to the U.S. dollar, that sums up to $27 per month and $273 annually (inclusive of value-added tax). Other countries have similar pricing variations, so you may pay more (or less) than the sticker price mentioned.</p><p>DuckDuckGo offers a 7-day free trial for its Pro plan. This is shorter than the 14 to 30-day free trials I’ve used on various online security platforms, but still provides an opportunity to test the features before deciding whether to pay. </p><p>Subscriptions can be cancelled anytime, but DuckDuckGo’s website doesn’t mention a specific money-back guarantee period. It seems that refunds can be requested, but it’ll take a lot of back and forth, which I consider a drawback.</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-duckduckgo-setup"><span>DuckDuckGo: Setup</span></h2><p>Setting up DuckDuckGo Privacy Pro isn’t as straightforward as most security software bundles I’ve reviewed. You’ll need to first download the DuckDuckGo browser on your PC or smartphone (you can’t use Pro features on Chrome, Firefox, or Edge). The privacy-focused browser is the foundation of DuckDuckGo’s Pro package: it blocks ads, trackers, and cookies that pose privacy risks. The browser is free, but the Pro bundle unlocks enhanced security features, which are the focus of this review.</p><p>After paying for a Pro subscription, the first feature to take note of is the VPN. This VPN, built into the DuckDuckGo browser, routes your traffic through remote servers to prevent third-party tracking. Your location, IP address, and browsing history get hidden from third parties, like advertisers or, at worst, malicious actors.</p><p>There’s a limitation, though. DuckDuckGo’s VPN servers are concentrated in the U.S. and Europe, with few outside these locations. If you’re surfing the web from, let’s say, the Middle East, connections can get a bit slower because of the server distance. DuckDuckGo’s VPN isn’t like full-fledged VPNs that let you choose from dozens of countries. </p><p>On the bright side, DuckDuckGo’s VPN has a default kill switch, which automatically cuts off your internet connection if the VPN malfunctions, ensuring your data doesn’t leak because of a slight network mishap. I checked thoroughly, but didn’t find any button to turn off this kill switch, which is a plus in my perspective. Turning off a kill switch poses privacy risks during network lapses.</p><p>The VPN coverage can be used on five devices simultaneously. For example, you can install it on your work PC, home PC, and smartphone via the DuckDuckGo browser. Your traffic gets encrypted on all connected devices. </p><p>Another key feature offered under DuckDuckGo Pro is quite unique: identity theft restoration. If you face any incident of identity theft, you can work with an expert to mitigate the effects. For example, the expert helps identify fraudulent transactions that your card may have been used for and then files reimbursement claims with your bank. You'll also get help in fixing any credit report errors from fraudulent transactions.</p><p>There’s a catch, though: DuckDuckGo doesn’t offer identity theft restoration services directly. Rather, it has partnered with Iris, a prominent ID protection platform, to provide this service. You’ll be working with Iris’ experts if you use this service.</p><p>In this AI era, you’ll hardly find a security platform that doesn’t offer an AI-centric feature. For Pro subscribers, DuckDuckGo offers advanced chatbots (based on ChatGPT and Claude) with active privacy protection. This way, you won’t have to pay separately for the premium versions of Claude and ChatGPT, as DuckDuckGo offers access under the Pro bundle.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1940px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.19%;"><img id="tDaZitdF8VAgCbJiNrArRP" name="DuckDuckGo chatbot" alt="Interacting with a chatbot on DuckDuckGo" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/tDaZitdF8VAgCbJiNrArRP-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1940" height="1090" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: DuckDuckGo )</span></figcaption></figure><p>Overall, DuckDuckGo’s Pro bundle is feature-rich and effective at maximizing online privacy. However, with plans starting at $19.99 per month, I think it’s quite pricey.</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-duckduckgo-ease-of-use"><span>DuckDuckGo: Ease of use</span></h2><p>DuckDuckGo is a mixed bag when it comes to ease of use. Its features are exclusive to the DuckDuckGo browser, not the more popular Chrome, Firefox, and Edge browsers. </p><p>For most people, paying for the Pro bundle means learning to use a new browser on Windows, macOS, iOS, or Android. I didn’t find it difficult to get adapted to the DuckDuckGo browser, but it took some time because the browser worked differently from the ones I was used to.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1940px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.19%;"><img id="TRBmyqAHQc9jdMnKvcutGT" name="DuckDuckGo Browser" alt="Screenshot of the DuckDuckGo Browser (May 2026)" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/TRBmyqAHQc9jdMnKvcutGT-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1940" height="1090" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: DuckDuckGo )</span></figcaption></figure><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-duckduckgo-security-and-privacy"><span>DuckDuckGo: Security and privacy</span></h2><p>DuckDuckGo offers a very effective online privacy suite, starting with a browser that doesn’t allow cookies, trackers, or anything that keeps a trail of the sites you visit. The built-in VPN encrypts your online traffic and prevents third-party prying eyes. </p><p>Identity theft restoration is another valuable service, and so is the bonus of interacting with advanced chatbots. You’ll be a lot safer online when using DuckDuckGo’s Pro bundle.</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-duckduckgo-support"><span>DuckDuckGo: Support</span></h2><p>DuckDuckGo offers decent support resources. You can start with the help page, which lists answers to frequently asked questions (FAQs). I liked the breakdown of questions people often ask about DuckDuckGo’s privacy features and the detailed answers provided.</p><p>Users who need direct help can contact DuckDuckGo’s support team via email or by filling out a support form. There’s also an option to interact with DuckDuckGo’s staff via a dedicated forum on Reddit. However, there’s no telephone or live chat support, which I consider a major drawback given the price of a DuckDuckGo Pro subscription.</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-duckduckgo-competition"><span>DuckDuckGo: Competition</span></h2><p>Given the many features offered under DuckDuckGo Pro, it’s hard to pinpoint an exact competitor. Instead, I’ll highlight some competitors to key DuckDuckGo Pro features.</p><p>For the private browser, <a href="https://www.techradar.com/reviews/brave-web-browser" target="_blank">Brave</a> is a notable option. After using both, I’ll say Brave offers more privacy controls and is more advanced in general. For instance, Brave supports browser extensions just like you’ll find on Chrome, but the DuckDuckGo Browser doesn’t.</p><p>For DuckDuckGo’s VPN, I’ll say any dedicated VPN app like <a href="https://www.techradar.com/reviews/surfshark" target="_blank">Surfshark</a> and <a href="https://www.techradar.com/reviews/windscribe" target="_blank">Windscribe</a> would be a better option, with broader server locations to choose from. </p><p>However, the point of DuckDuckGo Pro is to kill multiple birds with one stone: you won’t get the best of each feature, but, overall, you’ll get a good deal. </p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-duckduckgo-final-verdict"><span>DuckDuckGo: Final verdict</span></h2><p>A DuckDuckGo Pro bundle maximizes your online privacy, preventing third parties from tracking your online activities. If you want to surf the web without leaking data that’ll stay on the internet for a long time, I highly recommend it. However, you’d need to be ready to switch to a new browser and pay a significant amount, which I would see as drawbacks.</p> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.techradar.com/pro/duckduckgo-privacy-pro-data-removal-service-review</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ An in-depth review of DuckDuckGo Privacy Pro and the features it provides to help users stay secure online. ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">aiyXPRmM86ccwtrU8g4qBF</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/XCvJBcj7bPvuUoAmhUePK8-1920-80.png" type="image/png" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Wed, 28 Oct 2026 21:05:00 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Pro]]></category>
                                                                                                                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Stefan Ionescu ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/HScEiLJfLqxHysU7pcFHaH-320-70.png ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:content type="image/png" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/XCvJBcj7bPvuUoAmhUePK8-1920-80.png">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[DuckDuckGo ]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Website screenshot of DuckDuckGo (May, 2026)]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Website screenshot of DuckDuckGo (May, 2026)]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Website screenshot of DuckDuckGo (May, 2026)]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/XCvJBcj7bPvuUoAmhUePK8-1920-80.png" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>Staying safe online is as imperative as ever, especially since AI has inadvertently increased the volume of cyber attacks.  Good online safety leans more on preventing attacks from happening in the first place than on countering them, and certain tools help you do that. </p><p>DuckDuckGo is most famous for its privacy-focused search engine and browser (<a href="https://www.techradar.com/pro/duckduckgo-private-browser" target="_blank">we've reviewed it here</a>), but it also provides other tools that help users surf the web without giving out their identities. These tools are offered under a single, cost-competitive Pro bundle. It's a VPN, AI tool, and <a href="https://www.techradar.com/pro/best-data-removal-services-of-year" target="_blank">data removal service</a> all in one. </p><p>I’m reviewing the DuckDuckGo Pro bundle to help you decide if it’s worth adopting for your online security. Read on to learn what this bundle offers, its pros, cons, and how it compares to the competition.</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-duckduckgo-plans-and-pricing"><span>DuckDuckGo: Plans and pricing</span></h2><p>DuckDuckGo follows a simple pricing system, which I like - you can see all the plans by <a href="https://duckduckgo.com/pro" target="_blank">clicking here</a>. A monthly subscription costs $19.99 and unlocks access to all Pro features. An annual subscription is discounted to $200, equivalent to $17 per month instead of the $19.99 paid on a month-to-month basis. This discount is quite small compared to what I’ve seen on rivals, but is a discount nonetheless.</p><p>The pricing varies slightly for users who live outside the U.S. For example, U.K.-based users pay 19.99 pounds monthly and 200 pounds annually. Converted to the U.S. dollar, that sums up to $27 per month and $273 annually (inclusive of value-added tax). Other countries have similar pricing variations, so you may pay more (or less) than the sticker price mentioned.</p><p>DuckDuckGo offers a 7-day free trial for its Pro plan. This is shorter than the 14 to 30-day free trials I’ve used on various online security platforms, but still provides an opportunity to test the features before deciding whether to pay. </p><p>Subscriptions can be cancelled anytime, but DuckDuckGo’s website doesn’t mention a specific money-back guarantee period. It seems that refunds can be requested, but it’ll take a lot of back and forth, which I consider a drawback.</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-duckduckgo-setup"><span>DuckDuckGo: Setup</span></h2><p>Setting up DuckDuckGo Privacy Pro isn’t as straightforward as most security software bundles I’ve reviewed. You’ll need to first download the DuckDuckGo browser on your PC or smartphone (you can’t use Pro features on Chrome, Firefox, or Edge). The privacy-focused browser is the foundation of DuckDuckGo’s Pro package: it blocks ads, trackers, and cookies that pose privacy risks. The browser is free, but the Pro bundle unlocks enhanced security features, which are the focus of this review.</p><p>After paying for a Pro subscription, the first feature to take note of is the VPN. This VPN, built into the DuckDuckGo browser, routes your traffic through remote servers to prevent third-party tracking. Your location, IP address, and browsing history get hidden from third parties, like advertisers or, at worst, malicious actors.</p><p>There’s a limitation, though. DuckDuckGo’s VPN servers are concentrated in the U.S. and Europe, with few outside these locations. If you’re surfing the web from, let’s say, the Middle East, connections can get a bit slower because of the server distance. DuckDuckGo’s VPN isn’t like full-fledged VPNs that let you choose from dozens of countries. </p><p>On the bright side, DuckDuckGo’s VPN has a default kill switch, which automatically cuts off your internet connection if the VPN malfunctions, ensuring your data doesn’t leak because of a slight network mishap. I checked thoroughly, but didn’t find any button to turn off this kill switch, which is a plus in my perspective. Turning off a kill switch poses privacy risks during network lapses.</p><p>The VPN coverage can be used on five devices simultaneously. For example, you can install it on your work PC, home PC, and smartphone via the DuckDuckGo browser. Your traffic gets encrypted on all connected devices. </p><p>Another key feature offered under DuckDuckGo Pro is quite unique: identity theft restoration. If you face any incident of identity theft, you can work with an expert to mitigate the effects. For example, the expert helps identify fraudulent transactions that your card may have been used for and then files reimbursement claims with your bank. You'll also get help in fixing any credit report errors from fraudulent transactions.</p><p>There’s a catch, though: DuckDuckGo doesn’t offer identity theft restoration services directly. Rather, it has partnered with Iris, a prominent ID protection platform, to provide this service. You’ll be working with Iris’ experts if you use this service.</p><p>In this AI era, you’ll hardly find a security platform that doesn’t offer an AI-centric feature. For Pro subscribers, DuckDuckGo offers advanced chatbots (based on ChatGPT and Claude) with active privacy protection. This way, you won’t have to pay separately for the premium versions of Claude and ChatGPT, as DuckDuckGo offers access under the Pro bundle.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1940px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.19%;"><img id="tDaZitdF8VAgCbJiNrArRP" name="DuckDuckGo chatbot" alt="Interacting with a chatbot on DuckDuckGo" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/tDaZitdF8VAgCbJiNrArRP-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1940" height="1090" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: DuckDuckGo )</span></figcaption></figure><p>Overall, DuckDuckGo’s Pro bundle is feature-rich and effective at maximizing online privacy. However, with plans starting at $19.99 per month, I think it’s quite pricey.</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-duckduckgo-ease-of-use"><span>DuckDuckGo: Ease of use</span></h2><p>DuckDuckGo is a mixed bag when it comes to ease of use. Its features are exclusive to the DuckDuckGo browser, not the more popular Chrome, Firefox, and Edge browsers. </p><p>For most people, paying for the Pro bundle means learning to use a new browser on Windows, macOS, iOS, or Android. I didn’t find it difficult to get adapted to the DuckDuckGo browser, but it took some time because the browser worked differently from the ones I was used to.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1940px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.19%;"><img id="TRBmyqAHQc9jdMnKvcutGT" name="DuckDuckGo Browser" alt="Screenshot of the DuckDuckGo Browser (May 2026)" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/TRBmyqAHQc9jdMnKvcutGT-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1940" height="1090" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: DuckDuckGo )</span></figcaption></figure><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-duckduckgo-security-and-privacy"><span>DuckDuckGo: Security and privacy</span></h2><p>DuckDuckGo offers a very effective online privacy suite, starting with a browser that doesn’t allow cookies, trackers, or anything that keeps a trail of the sites you visit. The built-in VPN encrypts your online traffic and prevents third-party prying eyes. </p><p>Identity theft restoration is another valuable service, and so is the bonus of interacting with advanced chatbots. You’ll be a lot safer online when using DuckDuckGo’s Pro bundle.</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-duckduckgo-support"><span>DuckDuckGo: Support</span></h2><p>DuckDuckGo offers decent support resources. You can start with the help page, which lists answers to frequently asked questions (FAQs). I liked the breakdown of questions people often ask about DuckDuckGo’s privacy features and the detailed answers provided.</p><p>Users who need direct help can contact DuckDuckGo’s support team via email or by filling out a support form. There’s also an option to interact with DuckDuckGo’s staff via a dedicated forum on Reddit. However, there’s no telephone or live chat support, which I consider a major drawback given the price of a DuckDuckGo Pro subscription.</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-duckduckgo-competition"><span>DuckDuckGo: Competition</span></h2><p>Given the many features offered under DuckDuckGo Pro, it’s hard to pinpoint an exact competitor. Instead, I’ll highlight some competitors to key DuckDuckGo Pro features.</p><p>For the private browser, <a href="https://www.techradar.com/reviews/brave-web-browser" target="_blank">Brave</a> is a notable option. After using both, I’ll say Brave offers more privacy controls and is more advanced in general. For instance, Brave supports browser extensions just like you’ll find on Chrome, but the DuckDuckGo Browser doesn’t.</p><p>For DuckDuckGo’s VPN, I’ll say any dedicated VPN app like <a href="https://www.techradar.com/reviews/surfshark" target="_blank">Surfshark</a> and <a href="https://www.techradar.com/reviews/windscribe" target="_blank">Windscribe</a> would be a better option, with broader server locations to choose from. </p><p>However, the point of DuckDuckGo Pro is to kill multiple birds with one stone: you won’t get the best of each feature, but, overall, you’ll get a good deal. </p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-duckduckgo-final-verdict"><span>DuckDuckGo: Final verdict</span></h2><p>A DuckDuckGo Pro bundle maximizes your online privacy, preventing third parties from tracking your online activities. If you want to surf the web without leaking data that’ll stay on the internet for a long time, I highly recommend it. However, you’d need to be ready to switch to a new browser and pay a significant amount, which I would see as drawbacks.</p>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ LiberNovo Maxis review: A clever and comfortable office chair for big and tall users ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <div  class="fancy-box"><div class="fancy_box-title">What you need to know</div><div class="fancy_box_body"><p class="fancy-box__body-text"><ul><li>Engineered for users 5'10" to 6'7"</li><li>Reinforced frame with weight load up to 399 lbs</li><li>Motorized lumbar support and bionic FlexFit backrest</li><li>Built-in fan and OmniStretch massager</li><li>Controlled recline with Dynamic Support</li></ul></p></div></div><p>I get it. Most people won’t need the LiberNovo Maxis. Most people will see the price, baulk, and close the website. It’s expensive, its headline features run on a rechargeable battery, and it’s more chair than your everyday hybrid or remote worker needs. </p><p>But it’s also ergonomic, stunningly designed, cleverly engineered, and built for big and tall users without the usual flabby, foamy designs that I see for half or even a quarter of the price of the Maxis. It’s also one of the <a href="https://www.techradar.com/best/best-office-chairs" target="_blank">best office chairs</a> I’ve tested. If you're over 5'10", you'll want to check this out. </p><p>On top of that, the model I’m reviewing here - the Maxis Airflow - includes a cooling fan in the seat, electric lumbar adjustments, and a back massager called the OmniStretch designed for relieving tension. </p><p>So, this is not your everyday office chair. It’s an elite seat for professionals who prize all-day comfort, a stylish ergonomic design, supportive top-end features, and don’t mind paying a fair chunk of change for that. </p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-libernovo-maxis-price-availability"><span>LiberNovo Maxis: Price &amp; availability</span></h2><p>The LiberNovo Maxis is available direct from the maker, and I’m also seeing it at online retailers including Amazon and Best Buy. </p><p>I’ve danced around that price tag enough. In the US, the <a href="https://libernovo.com/products/libernovo-maxis-dynamic-ergonomic-chair" target="_blank">LiberNovo Maxis has a list price of $1299</a>; from <a href="https://uk.libernovo.com/products/libernovo-maxis-dynamic-ergonomic-chair" target="_blank">the UK site, it’s £1099</a>. At the time of review, both are discounted to $1119 / £1002. </p><p>And that’s for the base manual model. The Maxis Electric, which includes the electric adjustments to the lower back support sends the price to $1799 / £1579, while the Maxis Airflow reviewed here is priced at $1859 / £1699 (although again, at time of review, they are discounted by around two-hundred bucks). </p><p>On top of that, you can buy the chair in three different bundles: the standalone chair, the Standard pack which comes with a footrest, and the Premium Bundle which also adds a spare rechargeable battery. Unless you’re using the electric features constantly, I’d recommend either the Basic or Standard bundle. </p><p>All in all, the Maxis is firmly in the premium price bracket, alongside top-tier brands in the office furniture world like Herman Miller and Steelcase. I can understand why, in terms of build quality and design. </p><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Seat depth</p></td><td  ><p>20.47in / 52cm</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Backrest shoulder span</p></td><td  ><p>16.93in  / 43cm</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Backrest waist span</p></td><td  ><p>20.47in / 52cm</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Headrest vertical range</p></td><td  ><p>5.51in / 14cm</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Headrest horizontal range</p></td><td  ><p>4.72in / 12cm</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Weight limit</p></td><td  ><p>Up to 399 lbs</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>User height</p></td><td  ><p>5'10" - 6'7"</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><ul><li><strong>Value:</strong> 4 / 5</li></ul><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-libernovo-maxis-assembly"><span>LiberNovo Maxis: Assembly</span></h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1920px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="bD7skLdy4oRkoWUCLZ3H9F" name="LiberNovo Maxis assembly Listing v2" alt="Testing out the LiberNovo Maxis big and tall office chair in my home office" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/bD7skLdy4oRkoWUCLZ3H9F-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1920" height="1080" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>This beast of a chair came in two massive boxes (three, if you count the footrest). </p><p>As ever, I recommend building this in the room you’ll use it in because this one is heavy and unwieldy to move. The gouges and marks on my wall as I struggled to move it upstairs are evidence of that.</p><p>All told, it took me around 40 minutes from unboxing to fully built chair. That’s on the longer side, but LiberNovo makes assembly as easy as possible. Forget your little instruction manuals with walls of text. This one comes with a massive sheet of card that pictorially guides you through each and every step. </p><p>It’s also the first office chair I’ve ever tested that includes white gloves for handling it. Maybe that’s over the top, but can bet I pulled them on and wore them throughout the assembly process. </p><ul><li><strong>Assembly:</strong> 5 / 5</li></ul><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-libernovo-maxis-design-build"><span>LiberNovo Maxis: Design &amp; build</span></h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1920px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="ubcTGbscYHDHhd6NuyFohE" name="LiberNovo Maxis lumbar Listing v2" alt="Testing out the LiberNovo Maxis big and tall office chair in my home office" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ubcTGbscYHDHhd6NuyFohE-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1920" height="1080" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Build quality and design are superb. The pieces feel weighty, and I experienced no creaking or squeaking as I swivelled, reclined, and generally made a nuisance of myself at my desk. </p><p>This is a premium chair across the board, right down to the wide single-piece aluminum base that feels like it will capably and confidently support anyone up to the recommended weight of 399 lbs (181kg). </p><p>Being built for big and tall users, the Maxis is designed for those between 5'10” and 6'7”. Now, I’m an inch shy of the minimum recommended height and yes, it is slightly too large for me - particularly in the broad seat, which provides ample width and depth. I had to dial down the adjustability on the headrest and armrests to its minimum settings to stay comfortable and snug. Effectively, my negative experience here is a positive for larger, taller body types. </p><p>In terms of design, I had one thought: This is like an office chair designed by HR Geiger with its Xenomorph-like exoskeleton on the tapering backrest. Unlike so many I test, it’s a real executive statement piece. </p><div class="looped-video"><video class="lazyload-in-view lazyloading" data-src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Csiq2zMC9dUYyX3rpw99Q5/VID_20261028_114243~3.mp4" autoplay="" loop="" muted="" playsinline="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Csiq2zMC9dUYyX3rpw99Q5/VID_20261028_114243~3.mp4"></video></div><ul><li><strong>Design &amp; build:</strong> 5 / 5</li></ul><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-libernovo-maxis-performance-features"><span>LiberNovo Maxis: Performance &amp; features</span></h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1920px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="UBUUoDVYFFmNReVQFZWZAE" name="LiberNovo Maxis buttons Listing v2" alt="Testing out the LiberNovo Maxis big and tall office chair in my home office" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/UBUUoDVYFFmNReVQFZWZAE-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1920" height="1080" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>I always judge office chairs chiefly on two factors: comfort and support. Here, the LiberNovo Maxis is an easy win. I used this chair for eight hours a day while working and it stayed comfortable from first to last hour. After that, I spent a few extra hours in it, feet up on the footrest, while gaming. I still didn’t tire of the chair or feel fatigue or numbness that some cheap chairs can inflict on me. </p><p>And then, of course, there’s that back massager. Actually, I’m not sure ‘massager’ is the right word here. LiberNovo calls it the OmniStretch, billing it as a way to lean back and decompress. I’d liken it to having a couple of fists kneading deep into your lower back while the whole backrest quickly but gently vibrates. That may not sound comfortable, but I promise you it is. It runs for a set five minutes at the press of a button. My pregnant wife has been using it daily for relaxation and pain relief. </p><p>Now, I generally avoid foam and fabric office chairs. I run hot, and prefer breathable mesh. And while the seat can get warm when sitting down all day, I found the two-speed cooling fan - only available on the Airflow model - was a very good solution that actually helped maintain a cooler body temperature.  </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1920px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="kKLkfWJxDEmknHwh5hHZJE" name="LiberNovo Maxis adjustments Listing v2" alt="Testing out the LiberNovo Maxis big and tall office chair in my home office" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/kKLkfWJxDEmknHwh5hHZJE-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1920" height="1080" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Adjustability is excellent on this chair, and I found it easy to fiddle around with the headrest, seat elevation, recline tension, and swivel armrests. However, the standout mechanism is the motorized lumbar support buttons located below the left armrest. So, I’m not constantly reaching under or around the chair to adjust the positioning for continued support. </p><p>What’s notable is the Dynamic Support, so when I reclined back, the seat stayed stable while the armrests dropped back with me so I could feel supported in any position. I appreciated the steady recline system in place here, too. As you lean back, it won’t suddenly fall back, but eases itself into position. The tension can be altered using the under-seat knob, while the recline can be set to lock at different angles depending on how far you want to lean back. </p><p>Where it lacks adjustments is the seat depth, which is fixed at a larger-than-average 52cm, which makes it more suitable for taller users. I would’ve also liked lockable armrests. Like a lot of office chairs, they’re directional, moving laterally and swinging in and out without much pressure. That’s fine if you’re getting up and moving around a lot, but not if you’re locking in for longer work sessions. But I appreciate this may be a me problem - I had the same complaint with the <a href="https://www.techradar.com/pro/boulies-ep600-office-chair-review" target="_blank">Boulies EP600</a> I recently reviewed. </p><p>As I say, it’s a lot of chair for the money - the only one I’ve tested that comes with a rechargeable battery. And not every professional, whether in the office or working hybrid/remote, will need a seat at this level. But I can’t fault the comfort or design at all.</p><ul><li><strong>Performance &amp; features: </strong>5 / 5</li></ul><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-should-i-buy-the-libernovo-maxis"><span>Should I buy the LiberNovo Maxis?</span></h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1920px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="ixanWddMJiZxZM2FrVEoHF" name="LiberNovo Maxis backrest logo Listing v2" alt="Testing out the LiberNovo Maxis big and tall office chair in my home office" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ixanWddMJiZxZM2FrVEoHF-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1920" height="1080" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 id="buy-it-if-6">✅ Buy it if...</h2><p><strong>You’re built bigger or taller. </strong>The Maxis is specifically engineered for larger body types without compromising on style, comfort, or support.</p><p><strong>You want all the bells and whistles. </strong>This high-quality office chair does it all. If you’re going to splurge out, it might as well be one with a massager and fan.</p><h2 id="don-39-t-buy-it-if-6">❌ Don't buy it if...</h2><p><strong>You don’t need the extra features. </strong>You're paying for well-designed ergonomics and features most office chairs will never have. </p><p><strong>You’re under 5’10”. </strong>I’d recommend the <a href="https://www.techradar.com/pro/libernovo-omni-office-chair-review" target="_blank">LiberNovo Omni</a> or <a href="https://www.techradar.com/pro/libernovo-omni-pro-dynamic-ergonomic-office-chair-review" target="_blank">LiberNovo Omni Pro</a> if you want the same design ethos. </p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-how-i-tested-the-libernovo-maxis"><span>How I tested the LiberNovo Maxis</span></h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1920px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="Sdy3cEW2hpYX6sD9DGwuGF" name="LiberNovo Maxis gloves Listing v2" alt="Testing out the LiberNovo Maxis big and tall office chair in my home office" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Sdy3cEW2hpYX6sD9DGwuGF-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1920" height="1080" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>For two weeks, the LiberNovo Maxis Airflow became my daily driver chair. Eight hours a day, minimum, I've been sitting on it at work. And, once the work laptop was closed, I carried on using it, both while gaming and using the OmniStretch massaging feature multiple times throughout the testing period (when I could get my wife to stop using it!). During those times, I tended to pair it with LiberNovo's adjustable footrest for the added relaxation. </p> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.techradar.com/pro/libernovo-maxis-office-chair-review</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ The LiberNovo Maxis is a chair specifically engineered for big and tall users - and it packs in a raft features. But the premium price may make you think twice. ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">957oRXihsNNsBWtZdnuNiJ</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/XibtFgmY3fezgdihfMG6UE-1920-80.png" type="image/png" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Wed, 28 Oct 2026 19:40:00 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Pro]]></category>
                                                                                                                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Steve Clark ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Ya2zPvg23DWNrjDSuCuWSL-320-70.png ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ &lt;p&gt;Steve is B2B Editor for Creative &amp; Hardware at &lt;em&gt;TechRadar Pro&lt;/em&gt;, helping business professionals equip their workspace with the right tools. He tests and reviews the software, hardware, and office furniture that modern workspaces depend on, cutting through the hype to zero in on the real-world performance you won&#039;t find on a spec sheet. A writer and editor with over 20 years&#039; experience, he&#039;s written for publications like &lt;em&gt;Web User &lt;/em&gt;magazine and business-focused content for brands including&lt;em&gt; &lt;/em&gt;Microsoft and Sony. Once upon a time, he wrote TV commercials and movie trailers. He is a relentless champion of the Oxford comma.&lt;/p&gt; ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:content type="image/png" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/XibtFgmY3fezgdihfMG6UE-1920-80.png">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Future]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Testing out the LiberNovo Maxis big and tall office chair in my home office]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Testing out the LiberNovo Maxis big and tall office chair in my home office]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Testing out the LiberNovo Maxis big and tall office chair in my home office]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/XibtFgmY3fezgdihfMG6UE-1920-80.png" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <div  class="fancy-box"><div class="fancy_box-title">What you need to know</div><div class="fancy_box_body"><p class="fancy-box__body-text"><ul><li>Engineered for users 5'10" to 6'7"</li><li>Reinforced frame with weight load up to 399 lbs</li><li>Motorized lumbar support and bionic FlexFit backrest</li><li>Built-in fan and OmniStretch massager</li><li>Controlled recline with Dynamic Support</li></ul></p></div></div><p>I get it. Most people won’t need the LiberNovo Maxis. Most people will see the price, baulk, and close the website. It’s expensive, its headline features run on a rechargeable battery, and it’s more chair than your everyday hybrid or remote worker needs. </p><p>But it’s also ergonomic, stunningly designed, cleverly engineered, and built for big and tall users without the usual flabby, foamy designs that I see for half or even a quarter of the price of the Maxis. It’s also one of the <a href="https://www.techradar.com/best/best-office-chairs" target="_blank">best office chairs</a> I’ve tested. If you're over 5'10", you'll want to check this out. </p><p>On top of that, the model I’m reviewing here - the Maxis Airflow - includes a cooling fan in the seat, electric lumbar adjustments, and a back massager called the OmniStretch designed for relieving tension. </p><p>So, this is not your everyday office chair. It’s an elite seat for professionals who prize all-day comfort, a stylish ergonomic design, supportive top-end features, and don’t mind paying a fair chunk of change for that. </p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-libernovo-maxis-price-availability"><span>LiberNovo Maxis: Price &amp; availability</span></h2><p>The LiberNovo Maxis is available direct from the maker, and I’m also seeing it at online retailers including Amazon and Best Buy. </p><p>I’ve danced around that price tag enough. In the US, the <a href="https://libernovo.com/products/libernovo-maxis-dynamic-ergonomic-chair" target="_blank">LiberNovo Maxis has a list price of $1299</a>; from <a href="https://uk.libernovo.com/products/libernovo-maxis-dynamic-ergonomic-chair" target="_blank">the UK site, it’s £1099</a>. At the time of review, both are discounted to $1119 / £1002. </p><p>And that’s for the base manual model. The Maxis Electric, which includes the electric adjustments to the lower back support sends the price to $1799 / £1579, while the Maxis Airflow reviewed here is priced at $1859 / £1699 (although again, at time of review, they are discounted by around two-hundred bucks). </p><p>On top of that, you can buy the chair in three different bundles: the standalone chair, the Standard pack which comes with a footrest, and the Premium Bundle which also adds a spare rechargeable battery. Unless you’re using the electric features constantly, I’d recommend either the Basic or Standard bundle. </p><p>All in all, the Maxis is firmly in the premium price bracket, alongside top-tier brands in the office furniture world like Herman Miller and Steelcase. I can understand why, in terms of build quality and design. </p><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Seat depth</p></td><td  ><p>20.47in / 52cm</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Backrest shoulder span</p></td><td  ><p>16.93in  / 43cm</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Backrest waist span</p></td><td  ><p>20.47in / 52cm</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Headrest vertical range</p></td><td  ><p>5.51in / 14cm</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Headrest horizontal range</p></td><td  ><p>4.72in / 12cm</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Weight limit</p></td><td  ><p>Up to 399 lbs</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>User height</p></td><td  ><p>5'10" - 6'7"</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><ul><li><strong>Value:</strong> 4 / 5</li></ul><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-libernovo-maxis-assembly"><span>LiberNovo Maxis: Assembly</span></h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1920px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="bD7skLdy4oRkoWUCLZ3H9F" name="LiberNovo Maxis assembly Listing v2" alt="Testing out the LiberNovo Maxis big and tall office chair in my home office" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/bD7skLdy4oRkoWUCLZ3H9F-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1920" height="1080" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>This beast of a chair came in two massive boxes (three, if you count the footrest). </p><p>As ever, I recommend building this in the room you’ll use it in because this one is heavy and unwieldy to move. The gouges and marks on my wall as I struggled to move it upstairs are evidence of that.</p><p>All told, it took me around 40 minutes from unboxing to fully built chair. That’s on the longer side, but LiberNovo makes assembly as easy as possible. Forget your little instruction manuals with walls of text. This one comes with a massive sheet of card that pictorially guides you through each and every step. </p><p>It’s also the first office chair I’ve ever tested that includes white gloves for handling it. Maybe that’s over the top, but can bet I pulled them on and wore them throughout the assembly process. </p><ul><li><strong>Assembly:</strong> 5 / 5</li></ul><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-libernovo-maxis-design-build"><span>LiberNovo Maxis: Design &amp; build</span></h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1920px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="ubcTGbscYHDHhd6NuyFohE" name="LiberNovo Maxis lumbar Listing v2" alt="Testing out the LiberNovo Maxis big and tall office chair in my home office" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ubcTGbscYHDHhd6NuyFohE-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1920" height="1080" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Build quality and design are superb. The pieces feel weighty, and I experienced no creaking or squeaking as I swivelled, reclined, and generally made a nuisance of myself at my desk. </p><p>This is a premium chair across the board, right down to the wide single-piece aluminum base that feels like it will capably and confidently support anyone up to the recommended weight of 399 lbs (181kg). </p><p>Being built for big and tall users, the Maxis is designed for those between 5'10” and 6'7”. Now, I’m an inch shy of the minimum recommended height and yes, it is slightly too large for me - particularly in the broad seat, which provides ample width and depth. I had to dial down the adjustability on the headrest and armrests to its minimum settings to stay comfortable and snug. Effectively, my negative experience here is a positive for larger, taller body types. </p><p>In terms of design, I had one thought: This is like an office chair designed by HR Geiger with its Xenomorph-like exoskeleton on the tapering backrest. Unlike so many I test, it’s a real executive statement piece. </p><div class="looped-video"><video class="lazyload-in-view lazyloading" data-src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Csiq2zMC9dUYyX3rpw99Q5/VID_20261028_114243~3.mp4" autoplay="" loop="" muted="" playsinline="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Csiq2zMC9dUYyX3rpw99Q5/VID_20261028_114243~3.mp4"></video></div><ul><li><strong>Design &amp; build:</strong> 5 / 5</li></ul><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-libernovo-maxis-performance-features"><span>LiberNovo Maxis: Performance &amp; features</span></h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1920px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="UBUUoDVYFFmNReVQFZWZAE" name="LiberNovo Maxis buttons Listing v2" alt="Testing out the LiberNovo Maxis big and tall office chair in my home office" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/UBUUoDVYFFmNReVQFZWZAE-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1920" height="1080" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>I always judge office chairs chiefly on two factors: comfort and support. Here, the LiberNovo Maxis is an easy win. I used this chair for eight hours a day while working and it stayed comfortable from first to last hour. After that, I spent a few extra hours in it, feet up on the footrest, while gaming. I still didn’t tire of the chair or feel fatigue or numbness that some cheap chairs can inflict on me. </p><p>And then, of course, there’s that back massager. Actually, I’m not sure ‘massager’ is the right word here. LiberNovo calls it the OmniStretch, billing it as a way to lean back and decompress. I’d liken it to having a couple of fists kneading deep into your lower back while the whole backrest quickly but gently vibrates. That may not sound comfortable, but I promise you it is. It runs for a set five minutes at the press of a button. My pregnant wife has been using it daily for relaxation and pain relief. </p><p>Now, I generally avoid foam and fabric office chairs. I run hot, and prefer breathable mesh. And while the seat can get warm when sitting down all day, I found the two-speed cooling fan - only available on the Airflow model - was a very good solution that actually helped maintain a cooler body temperature.  </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1920px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="kKLkfWJxDEmknHwh5hHZJE" name="LiberNovo Maxis adjustments Listing v2" alt="Testing out the LiberNovo Maxis big and tall office chair in my home office" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/kKLkfWJxDEmknHwh5hHZJE-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1920" height="1080" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Adjustability is excellent on this chair, and I found it easy to fiddle around with the headrest, seat elevation, recline tension, and swivel armrests. However, the standout mechanism is the motorized lumbar support buttons located below the left armrest. So, I’m not constantly reaching under or around the chair to adjust the positioning for continued support. </p><p>What’s notable is the Dynamic Support, so when I reclined back, the seat stayed stable while the armrests dropped back with me so I could feel supported in any position. I appreciated the steady recline system in place here, too. As you lean back, it won’t suddenly fall back, but eases itself into position. The tension can be altered using the under-seat knob, while the recline can be set to lock at different angles depending on how far you want to lean back. </p><p>Where it lacks adjustments is the seat depth, which is fixed at a larger-than-average 52cm, which makes it more suitable for taller users. I would’ve also liked lockable armrests. Like a lot of office chairs, they’re directional, moving laterally and swinging in and out without much pressure. That’s fine if you’re getting up and moving around a lot, but not if you’re locking in for longer work sessions. But I appreciate this may be a me problem - I had the same complaint with the <a href="https://www.techradar.com/pro/boulies-ep600-office-chair-review" target="_blank">Boulies EP600</a> I recently reviewed. </p><p>As I say, it’s a lot of chair for the money - the only one I’ve tested that comes with a rechargeable battery. And not every professional, whether in the office or working hybrid/remote, will need a seat at this level. But I can’t fault the comfort or design at all.</p><ul><li><strong>Performance &amp; features: </strong>5 / 5</li></ul><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-should-i-buy-the-libernovo-maxis"><span>Should I buy the LiberNovo Maxis?</span></h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1920px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="ixanWddMJiZxZM2FrVEoHF" name="LiberNovo Maxis backrest logo Listing v2" alt="Testing out the LiberNovo Maxis big and tall office chair in my home office" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ixanWddMJiZxZM2FrVEoHF-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1920" height="1080" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 id="buy-it-if-6">✅ Buy it if...</h2><p><strong>You’re built bigger or taller. </strong>The Maxis is specifically engineered for larger body types without compromising on style, comfort, or support.</p><p><strong>You want all the bells and whistles. </strong>This high-quality office chair does it all. If you’re going to splurge out, it might as well be one with a massager and fan.</p><h2 id="don-39-t-buy-it-if-6">❌ Don't buy it if...</h2><p><strong>You don’t need the extra features. </strong>You're paying for well-designed ergonomics and features most office chairs will never have. </p><p><strong>You’re under 5’10”. </strong>I’d recommend the <a href="https://www.techradar.com/pro/libernovo-omni-office-chair-review" target="_blank">LiberNovo Omni</a> or <a href="https://www.techradar.com/pro/libernovo-omni-pro-dynamic-ergonomic-office-chair-review" target="_blank">LiberNovo Omni Pro</a> if you want the same design ethos. </p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-how-i-tested-the-libernovo-maxis"><span>How I tested the LiberNovo Maxis</span></h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1920px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="Sdy3cEW2hpYX6sD9DGwuGF" name="LiberNovo Maxis gloves Listing v2" alt="Testing out the LiberNovo Maxis big and tall office chair in my home office" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Sdy3cEW2hpYX6sD9DGwuGF-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1920" height="1080" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>For two weeks, the LiberNovo Maxis Airflow became my daily driver chair. Eight hours a day, minimum, I've been sitting on it at work. And, once the work laptop was closed, I carried on using it, both while gaming and using the OmniStretch massaging feature multiple times throughout the testing period (when I could get my wife to stop using it!). During those times, I tended to pair it with LiberNovo's adjustable footrest for the added relaxation. </p>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ Acer Swift Air 14 is an affordable MacBook Neo rival that should give Apple a run for its money ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-acer-swift-spin-14-ai-review-two-minute-review"><span>Acer Swift Spin 14 AI review: Two Minute Review</span></h3><p>I really like the Acer Swift Air 14 and not just because of the price. It’s very portable, attractive in that clean minimalist way popularised by a certain Cupertino company, and comes with a battery life that’s as good as any other I’ve come across.</p><p>Acer has been impressing me with its recent Swift laptops, and this one is no exception. Of course, the price tag makes it a no-brainer for anyone wanting a solid, portable laptop at an almost budget price tag. It’s not sub-$500 / £500, but it’s close. I certainly think it’s one of the <a href="https://www.techradar.com/news/mobile-computing/laptops/best-laptops-1304361"><u>best laptops</u></a> for the price.</p><p>It does, however, have some of the shortcomings that even the <a href="https://www.techradar.com/news/mobile-computing/laptops/best-ultrabook-18-top-thin-and-lights-1054355"><u>best Ultrabooks</u></a> have. It’s not the most powerful laptop out there, by any stretch of the imagination – this is for people who just want to go online and do some office work or stream, not game or edit video. And the audio suffers from the laptop's smaller design. </p><p>Those things actually don’t bother me. That’s not what this laptop is supposed to be used for. But, Acer makes the same weird design choice that even Apple makes on more budget models, where there are two USB-C ports, both of which can be used for power, but, for whatever reason, they’re on the same side of the computer.</p><p>Still, quibbles aside, the amount of computer you get for the price in the Acer Swift Air 14 is pretty impressive.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="RZ23EmVEXL5uPSAJrMDtEB" name="Acer Swift Air 14 lid closed" alt="The Acer Swift Air 14 has an etched lid, though it has more minimal etchings in some territories." src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/RZ23EmVEXL5uPSAJrMDtEB-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The Acer Swift Air 14 has an etched lid, though it has more minimal etchings in some territories. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future / James Holland)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-acer-swift-air-14-review-price-availability"><span>Acer Swift Air 14 review: Price &amp; Availability</span></h3><ul><li><strong>How much does it cost?</strong> $699.99 / £749.99 (about AU$1,010)</li><li><strong>When is it available?</strong> Available now</li><li><strong>Where can you get it? </strong>Available in the US and UK</li></ul><p>If you’re looking for the Windows version of the <a href="https://www.techradar.com/computing/macbooks/apple-macbook-neo"><u>Apple MacBook Neo</u></a>, the Acer Swift Air 14 offers just as much value. The base configuration might start at a higher $699.99 / £749.99 (about AU$1,010) price tag, but if you want to match the Swift Air 14’s 512GB of storage, then two laptops end up at the same price. Unfortunately, that currently excludes Australia as it hasn’t yet been released there.</p><p>Granted, you’re not getting the most powerful laptop out there. If you’re looking for something similar but better, the <a href="https://www.techradar.com/computing/laptops/acer-swift-spin-14-ai">Acer Swift Spin 14 AI</a> is that computer. Sure, it’s  $1,499.99 / £1,399 (about AU$2,150), but its Qualcomm CPU has double the cores and triple the NPUs than the base version of the Acer Swift Air 14’s Intel Core 5 320 CPU. You can upgrade the Acer Swift Air 14 to a configuration with the Intel Core 7 350 CPU and 12GB of RAM, but it’s still not going to do the same heavy lifting. Plus, the Acer Swift Spin 14 AI has a 360-degree hinge, touchscreen, and stylus.</p><p>It might be better to consider the Acer Swift Air 14 as Acer’s budget entry in its Swift line. It’s an excellent value while still functioning as a competent Ultrabook.</p><ul><li><strong>Value score:</strong> 5 / 5</li></ul><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-acer-swift-air-14-review-specs"><span>Acer Swift Air 14 review: specs</span></h3><p>The Acer Swift Air 14 comes in two variants. The base configuration comes with the Intel Core 5 320 CPU with 8GB of RAM, and a model with an Intel Core 7 350 and 12GB of RAM. The difference in processors aren’t that different, except that the Intel Core 7 350 can be boosted to a higher turbo frequency, 4.8GHz vs 4.6, and has 21 TOPS NPU compared to the Intel Core 5 320’s 20 TOPS NPU.</p><div ><table><thead><tr><th class="firstcol empty" ></th><th  ><p>Base</p></th><th  ><p>Max</p></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Price</p></td><td  ><p>$699.99 / £749.99 (about AU$1,010)</p></td><td  ><p>£1,049.99 (about $1,400 / AU$2,020)</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>CPU</p></td><td  ><p>Intel Core 5 320</p></td><td  ><p>Intel Core 7 350</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>GPU</p></td><td  ><p>Intel Graphics</p></td><td  ><p>Intel Graphics</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>RAM</p></td><td  ><p>8GB LPPDDR5X</p></td><td  ><p>12GB LPPDDR5X</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Storage</p></td><td  ><p>512GB PCIe Gen3 SSD</p></td><td  ><p>512GB PCIe Gen3 SSD</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Display</p></td><td  ><p>14-inch diagonal, WUXGA (1920 x 1200) display up to 120Hz, 300 nits</p></td><td  ><p>14-inch diagonal, WUXGA (1920 x 1200) display up to 120Hz, 300 nits</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Ports and Connectivity</p></td><td  ><p>2x USB-4 Type C, 1x USB-3.2 Type A, Aux</p></td><td  ><p>2x USB-4 Type C, 1x USB-3.2 Type A, Aux</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Wireless</p></td><td  ><p>Realtek Wi-Fi 6E (2x2) and Bluetooth 5.3</p></td><td  ><p>Realtek Wi-Fi 6E (2x2) and Bluetooth 5.3</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Camera</p></td><td  ><p>Full HD IR camera with physical privacy shutter</p></td><td  ><p>Full HD IR camera with physical privacy shutter</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Dimensions</p></td><td  ><p>1.19 kg (2.62 lbs)</p></td><td  ><p>1.19 kg (2.62 lbs)</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Weight</p></td><td  ><p>313.99 x 222.65 x 12.9/18 mm / 12.36 x 8.77 x 0.51/0.71 inches</p></td><td  ><p>313.99 x 222.65 x 12.9/18 mm / 12.36 x 8.77 x 0.51/0.71 inches</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><p>Beyond those internal configuration differences, the Acer Swift Air 14 is available in four different colors – Sage Green, Frost Blue, Blossom Pink, and Lilac Purple with only the Sage Green and Blossom Pink available in the UK. EMEA countries, including the UK, also sport more minimalist etchings on the lid.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-acer-swift-air-14-review-design"><span>Acer Swift Air 14 review: Design</span></h3><ul><li><strong>Very attractive, portable design</strong></li><li><strong>Keyboard and touchpad are good but not amazing</strong></li><li><strong>Both USB-Cs are on the left</strong></li></ul><p>The Acer Swift Air 14 is a gorgeous laptop. I’ve only seen the Sage Green color in person – the color of the test unit for this review – but the colors, lid etchings, and aluminum chassis all present a very aesthetically pleasing package. I imagine that the other three colors look just as good in that way that I think makes this an attractive alternative to the Macbook Neo.</p><p>Also in its favor is its utter portability. It weighs just over two and a half pounds. That’s about the same as an ankle weight. And it’s just over a half inch thick at its thinnest point. I don’t think you can really get any more portable without going down in  screen size to a 13-inch laptop.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="DUULzf2xbdyB6BgDHbSK6B" name="Acer Swift Air 14 leaning against an umbrella pole" alt="The Acer Swift Air 14 is attractive in its various colors. The reviewed model came in Sage green." src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/DUULzf2xbdyB6BgDHbSK6B-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The Acer Swift Air 14 is attractive in its various colors. The reviewed model came in Sage green. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future / James Holland)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Speaking of which, its 14-inch screen is a good-looking, if not amazing, non-touch display with a 16:10 aspect ratio and 1920x1200p resolution. It does get up to 300 nits of brightness – I typically have the brightness up only halfway when I’m using it.</p><p>I appreciate the 180-degree hinge, but that’s mostly because I feel like I don’t have to be as gentle with the Acer Swift Air 14 when opening it. I could see its use, though, if you want to share your screen with someone sitting across from you. If you do that, the viewing angle is more than enough for both people to see at 170 degrees.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="xyuPoDGsqfD93Fibcs6U2B" name="Acer Swift Air 14 from above showing 180-degree hinge" alt="The Acer Swift Air 14 comes with a 180-degree hinge for a bit more flexibility." src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/xyuPoDGsqfD93Fibcs6U2B-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The Acer Swift Air 14 comes with a 180-degree hinge for a bit more flexibility. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future / James Holland)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Moving on, the keyboard is pleasant to use if nothing spectacular. I used the Acer Swift Air 14 to write this review and didn’t feel fatigue from typing. At the same time, it’s a linear keyboard with a somewhat short travel.</p><p>The trackpad is fairly responsive and accurate, though I found it to be a little too sensitive at times when my thumb was a little too close to it and had trouble getting the cursor to cooperate.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="EH4rbctCJ3pW4Mcp2Ce6DB" name="Acer Swift Air 14 keyboard and touchpad" alt="The Acer Swift Air 14's keyboard and touchpad are pretty good to use, if not mind-blowing." src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/EH4rbctCJ3pW4Mcp2Ce6DB-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The Acer Swift Air 14's keyboard and touchpad are pretty good to use, if not mind-blowing. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future / James Holland)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The port selection is about as minimal as one would expect on a laptop like this. Along with a USB-A port and headphone jack are two USB-C ports. Unfortunately, they’re both on the left side, a design choice that I always dislike since I find myself regularly having to plug the computer in on the right side, sometimes from a distance too. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="9ptEckpDsUi8L6KMZCajDB" name="Acer Swift Air 14 ports" alt="The Acer Swift Air 14 has two USB-C ports for charging, both on the same side of the laptop." src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/9ptEckpDsUi8L6KMZCajDB-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The Acer Swift Air 14 has two USB-C ports for charging, both on the same side of the laptop. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future / James Holland)</span></figcaption></figure><ul><li><strong>Design score:</strong> 4.5 / 5</li></ul><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-acer-swift-air-14-review-performance"><span>Acer Swift Air 14 review: Performance</span></h3><ul><li><strong>Decent for day-to-day work</strong></li><li><strong>Slows down if using multiple RAM-intensive tabs</strong></li><li><strong>Sound quality is just okay</strong></li></ul><div  class="fancy-box"><div class="fancy_box-title">Acer Swift Air 14 benchmarks</div><div class="fancy_box_body"><p class="fancy-box__body-text">Here's how the Acer Swift Air 14 performed in our suite of benchmark tests:</p><p class="fancy-box__body-text"><strong>3DMark: Fire Strike:</strong> 3544; <strong>Time Spy: </strong>1643; <strong>Night Raid:</strong> 18712<strong>; Steel Nomad Light:</strong> 1164<br /><strong>GeekBench 7:</strong> 2337 <strong>(single-core)</strong>; 7529 <strong>(multi-core)</strong><br /><strong>25GB File Copy: </strong>39.64<br /><strong>Handbrake 1.11.1: </strong>9:34<br /><strong>CrossMark: Overall: </strong>1358 <strong>Productivity: </strong>1389 <strong>Creativity: </strong>1431 <strong>Responsiveness: </strong>1083<br /><strong>Sid Meier's Civilization VI: Gathering Storm (1080p): </strong>24.716 fps; <strong>(1920x1200p)</strong> 24.229 fps<br /><strong>Borderlands 3 (1080p): </strong>3.66 fps; <strong>(1920x1200p)</strong> 4.44 fps<br /><strong>Web Surfing (Battery Informant):</strong> 16:52:40</p></div></div><p>One of the downsides of a laptop built for a sub-$1,000 price tag is that either the design or performance (or both) suffer. The design on the Acer Swift Air 14 is pretty good... so it goes that the performance is what is throttled.</p><p>Now, Acer built this laptop to hit a price point, but the company also built it to an expectation. This is supposed to be an extremely portable laptop with long battery life for not much money.</p><p>With that in mind, Acer used the affordable Intel Core 5 320 six-core CPU with a speed of 1.5GHz and 20 TOPs (21 for the Core 7 350) and put only 8GB of RAM in the computer. At least the 512GB SSD storage is sufficient.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="fMMcDLhHCED9jK4EBhQsnA" name="Acer Swift Air 14 angled during light gaming" alt="The Acer Swift Air 14 can do some light gaming, but it's not a powerhouse." src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/fMMcDLhHCED9jK4EBhQsnA-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The Acer Swift Air 14 can do some light gaming, but it's not a powerhouse. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future / James Holland)</span></figcaption></figure><p>If you’re looking for a laptop to work on while in a cafe responding to emails in between social media side quests, then what the Acer Swift Air 14 does is more than enough. Even using the AI features like Acer PurifiedView and PurifiedVoice during video calls, both of which work well, or messing with CoPilot+ doesn’t tax this laptop.</p><p>But it’s not too hard to push the Acer Swift Air 14. When I’ve tabs open that require a lot of RAM and try to switch windows, I’ve experienced some freezing. And anything but the least demanding games are a jittery mess. I wouldn’t use this laptop for 4K video editing, either. A powerhouse this is not. Then again, it’s not meant to be.</p><p>As far as the sound quality goes, the Acer Swift Air 14 suffers from what ails just about all thin and light laptops. There’s just no room for any speakers capable of producing a full sound and it shows. There’s not much bass and the sound is on the thinner side. That said, it’s not harsh, so listening to music in the background while working is still pleasant.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="Fo7RKHacAwWEUtsdsV5R3B" name="Acer Swift Air 14 PurifiedVoice" alt="One of the Acer Swift Air 14's AI apps is PurifiedVoice, which can minimize background noise or focus a speaker's voice during a video call." src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Fo7RKHacAwWEUtsdsV5R3B-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">One of the Acer Swift Air 14's AI apps is PurifiedVoice, which can minimize background noise or focus a speaker's voice during a video call. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future / James Holland)</span></figcaption></figure><ul><li><strong>Performance score: </strong>4 / 5</li></ul><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-acer-swift-air-14-review-battery-life"><span>Acer Swift Air 14 review: Battery life</span></h3><ul><li><strong>Almost 17 hours of battery life</strong></li><li><strong>Charges relatively quickly</strong></li></ul><p>The new benchmark for a good laptop battery life these days is anything over ten to twelve hours. So, the fact that the Acer Swift Air 14 can hit almost seventeen hours in our benchmark is remarkable. Note that this benchmark requires the laptop to run for that entire amount unplugged.</p><p>I’ve been using this laptop regularly for a little over a week and I don’t think I’ve seen it go below 50%. I have charged it a few times, mostly out of habit, but I have yet to be compelled to find an outlet. Plus, it does a good job of holding its charge when the lid is closed.</p><p>Acer advertises that the Swift Air 14 has fast charging, which might be true on certain settings, but I found it to charge at a still-good 1% a minute rate when set to a balanced performance mode.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="xBuRm2o6BZmrrTt24nUQ2B" name="Acer Swift Air 14 showing AI apps in AcerSense app" alt="The Acer Swift Air 14 comes with a handful of proprietary AI-powered apps" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/xBuRm2o6BZmrrTt24nUQ2B-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">You can access a handful of proprietary AI-powered apps through the AcerSense app. You can also check and change battery settings here. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future / James Holland)</span></figcaption></figure><ul><li><strong>Battery Life score: </strong>5 / 5</li></ul><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-should-i-buy-the-acer-swift-air-14"><span>Should I buy the Acer Swift Air 14?</span></h3><div ><table><thead><tr><th class="firstcol " ><p>Attributes</p></th><th  ><p>Notes</p></th><th  ><p>Rating</p></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Value</p></td><td  ><p>The price is quite exceptional for what you get. It might be budget, but doesn’t look, feel, or work like a budget laptop.</p></td><td  ><p>5 / 5</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Design</p></td><td  ><p>It looks great, is incredibly portable, and has a serviceable keyboard and touchpad. I do wish the two USB-C ports were on separate sides.</p></td><td  ><p>4.5 / 5</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Performance</p></td><td  ><p>Good enough for everyday use but not demanding tasks, the Swift Air 14 can also handle some AI tasks. Audio is okay.</p></td><td  ><p>4 / 5</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Battery Life</p></td><td  ><p>I’m not sure if the battery life can get any more impressive. You can get about two days’ worth of use without charging.</p></td><td  ><p>5 / 5</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Final Score</p></td><td  ><p>Great value and great design, not to mention fantastic battery life, are only slightly hampered by less-powerful performance.</p></td><td  ><p>4.5 / 5</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h2 id="buy-it-if-7">Buy it if…</h2><div class="product"><p><strong>You need the ultimate in battery life</strong><br />The Acer Swift Air 14’s battery life is impressive to say the least. It can last a couple days without a charge, and charges back up relatively quickly.<a class="view-deal button" href="" target="_blank" rel="nofollow" data-dimension112="1e0af5ca-cefa-11f1-b4aa-854a08f16b89" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="You need the ultimate in battery lifeThe Acer Swift Air 14’s battery life is impressive to say the least. It can last a couple days without a charge, and charges back up relatively quickly." data-dimension48="You need the ultimate in battery lifeThe Acer Swift Air 14’s battery life is impressive to say the least. It can last a couple days without a charge, and charges back up relatively quickly." data-dimension25="">View Deal</a></p></div><div class="product"><p><strong>You need portability</strong><br />Not only is this laptop attractive in that MacBook kind-of-way, but it’s very light and thin, making it perfect to just throw in a backpack and take it on the road.<a class="view-deal button" href="" target="_blank" rel="nofollow" data-dimension112="1e0af64c-cefa-11f1-b7eb-19c8f9e7e45e" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="You need portabilityNot only is this laptop attractive in that MacBook kind-of-way, but it’s very light and thin, making it perfect to just throw in a backpack and take it on the road." data-dimension48="You need portabilityNot only is this laptop attractive in that MacBook kind-of-way, but it’s very light and thin, making it perfect to just throw in a backpack and take it on the road." data-dimension25="">View Deal</a></p></div><div class="product"><p><strong>You’re on a budget</strong><br />One of the best things about the Acer Swift Air 14 is its price. It feels like a much better laptop than what I would expect for $700 / £750.<a class="view-deal button" href="" target="_blank" rel="nofollow" data-dimension112="1e0af6c4-cefa-11f1-872a-af5868f2100f" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="You’re on a budgetOne of the best things about the Acer Swift Air 14 is its price. It feels like a much better laptop than what I would expect for $700 / £750." data-dimension48="You’re on a budgetOne of the best things about the Acer Swift Air 14 is its price. It feels like a much better laptop than what I would expect for $700 / £750." data-dimension25="">View Deal</a></p></div><h2 id="don-39-t-buy-it-if-7">Don't buy it if…</h2><div class="product"><p><strong>You want a lot of power</strong><br />The Acer Swift Air 14 does what it does well, but it can’t handle demanding tasks. If you want or need a lot of power, there are plenty of less portable alternatives that might be a better option.<a class="view-deal button" href="" target="_blank" rel="nofollow" data-dimension112="1e0af7dc-cefa-11f1-8dd8-fd221f108e49" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="You want a lot of powerThe Acer Swift Air 14 does what it does well, but it can’t handle demanding tasks. If you want or need a lot of power, there are plenty of less portable alternatives that might be a better option." data-dimension48="You want a lot of powerThe Acer Swift Air 14 does what it does well, but it can’t handle demanding tasks. If you want or need a lot of power, there are plenty of less portable alternatives that might be a better option." data-dimension25="">View Deal</a></p></div><div class="product"><p><strong>You get irritated by having all the USB-C ports on the same side</strong><br />I know it’s probably not a big deal, but it’s one of those design choices that actually affects day-to-day use if you’re plugging into random outlets. There will be times where running the cable behind the laptop to the other side gets in the way or shortens the distance that you can be from an outlet.<a class="view-deal button" href="" target="_blank" rel="nofollow" data-dimension112="1e0af868-cefa-11f1-a9f6-9f13aae43671" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="You get irritated by having all the USB-C ports on the same sideI know it’s probably not a big deal, but it’s one of those design choices that actually affects day-to-day use if you’re plugging into random outlets. There will be times where running the cable behind the laptop to the other side gets in the way or shortens the distance that you can be from an outlet." data-dimension48="You get irritated by having all the USB-C ports on the same sideI know it’s probably not a big deal, but it’s one of those design choices that actually affects day-to-day use if you’re plugging into random outlets. There will be times where running the cable behind the laptop to the other side gets in the way or shortens the distance that you can be from an outlet." data-dimension25="">View Deal</a></p></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-acer-swift-air-14-review-also-consider"><span>Acer Swift Air 14 review: Also Consider</span></h3><p>If our Acer Swift Air 14 review has you considering other options, here are two laptops to consider...</p><div class="product"><p><strong>Acer Swift Spin 14 AI</strong></p><p>The Acer Swift Spin 14 AI is a gorgeous laptop with a surprising amount of power, a battery life that competes with the Swift Air 14, and a 360-degree hinge and touch screen that allows for seamless 2-in-1 use.</p><p><strong>Read our full </strong><a href="https://www.techradar.com/computing/laptops/acer-swift-spin-14-ai" data-dimension112="1e0af9da-cefa-11f1-a643-9b3821ed95ec" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Read our full Acer Swift Spin 14 AI review" data-dimension48="Read our full Acer Swift Spin 14 AI review" data-dimension25=""><strong>Acer Swift Spin 14 AI review</strong></a></p></div><div class="product"><p><strong>Apple MacBook Neo</strong></p><p>If you ever wanted an Apple laptop but at a budget price, there’s nothing better than this laptop. It has that classic MacBook look, full MacOS experience, and an exceptional screen, especially for the price. Of course, it is a bit limited in power and comes with just two USB-C ports.</p><p><strong>Read our full </strong><a href="https://www.techradar.com/computing/macbooks/apple-macbook-neo" data-dimension112="1e0afa48-cefa-11f1-8a0b-59449f49b58b" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Read our full Apple MacBook Neo review" data-dimension48="Read our full Apple MacBook Neo review" data-dimension25=""><u><strong>Apple MacBook Neo review</strong></u></a></p></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-how-i-tested-the-acer-swift-air-14"><span>How I tested the Acer Swift Air 14</span></h3><ul><li><strong>Tested for a week and a half</strong></li><li><strong>Used it for work, gaming, and streaming</strong></li><li><strong>Messed with its AI capabilities</strong></li></ul><p>I used the Acer Swift Air 14 for a week and a half. I used it for work, including typing up this review (along with the requisite online research). I used it to stream video. I even did some light gaming and attempted some semi-serious gaming. I played around with the AI as well.</p><p>After spending time with the Acer Swift Air 14, it’s clear that this is meant for those that want a portable and attractive laptop that’s nice to use on a limited budget.</p><p>I’ve spent the last few years reviewing tech gear for gaming and otherwise, where I’ve gotten a feel for what to look for and how to put a piece of kit through its paces to see whether it’s worth the recommendation.</p><ul><li><em>First reviewed: October 2026</em></li></ul> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.techradar.com/computing/laptops/acer-swift-air-14</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ The Acer Swift Air 14 is the ideal budget laptop in that it looks much better than the price suggests, is light and portable, and comes with a very impressive battery life. ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">qnkuTRCmKuifVqaX2gXqM7</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Q5uwNWxC4GKTEGsQZzwWXA-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Wed, 28 Oct 2026 16:04:24 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Laptops]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Windows Laptops]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Computing]]></category>
                                                                                                <author><![CDATA[ space2occupy@gmail.com (James Holland) ]]></author>                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ James Holland ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/GRjFtC7JT3AzoZxfF9zne5-320-70.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Q5uwNWxC4GKTEGsQZzwWXA-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Future / James Holland]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                        <media:description><![CDATA[The Acer Swift Air 14 looks good wherever you take it. It will also last quite awhile unplugged.]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[The Acer Swift Air 14 has an etched lid, though it has more minimal etchings in some territories.]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[The Acer Swift Air 14 has an etched lid, though it has more minimal etchings in some territories.]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Q5uwNWxC4GKTEGsQZzwWXA-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-acer-swift-spin-14-ai-review-two-minute-review"><span>Acer Swift Spin 14 AI review: Two Minute Review</span></h3><p>I really like the Acer Swift Air 14 and not just because of the price. It’s very portable, attractive in that clean minimalist way popularised by a certain Cupertino company, and comes with a battery life that’s as good as any other I’ve come across.</p><p>Acer has been impressing me with its recent Swift laptops, and this one is no exception. Of course, the price tag makes it a no-brainer for anyone wanting a solid, portable laptop at an almost budget price tag. It’s not sub-$500 / £500, but it’s close. I certainly think it’s one of the <a href="https://www.techradar.com/news/mobile-computing/laptops/best-laptops-1304361"><u>best laptops</u></a> for the price.</p><p>It does, however, have some of the shortcomings that even the <a href="https://www.techradar.com/news/mobile-computing/laptops/best-ultrabook-18-top-thin-and-lights-1054355"><u>best Ultrabooks</u></a> have. It’s not the most powerful laptop out there, by any stretch of the imagination – this is for people who just want to go online and do some office work or stream, not game or edit video. And the audio suffers from the laptop's smaller design. </p><p>Those things actually don’t bother me. That’s not what this laptop is supposed to be used for. But, Acer makes the same weird design choice that even Apple makes on more budget models, where there are two USB-C ports, both of which can be used for power, but, for whatever reason, they’re on the same side of the computer.</p><p>Still, quibbles aside, the amount of computer you get for the price in the Acer Swift Air 14 is pretty impressive.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="RZ23EmVEXL5uPSAJrMDtEB" name="Acer Swift Air 14 lid closed" alt="The Acer Swift Air 14 has an etched lid, though it has more minimal etchings in some territories." src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/RZ23EmVEXL5uPSAJrMDtEB-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The Acer Swift Air 14 has an etched lid, though it has more minimal etchings in some territories. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future / James Holland)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-acer-swift-air-14-review-price-availability"><span>Acer Swift Air 14 review: Price &amp; Availability</span></h3><ul><li><strong>How much does it cost?</strong> $699.99 / £749.99 (about AU$1,010)</li><li><strong>When is it available?</strong> Available now</li><li><strong>Where can you get it? </strong>Available in the US and UK</li></ul><p>If you’re looking for the Windows version of the <a href="https://www.techradar.com/computing/macbooks/apple-macbook-neo"><u>Apple MacBook Neo</u></a>, the Acer Swift Air 14 offers just as much value. The base configuration might start at a higher $699.99 / £749.99 (about AU$1,010) price tag, but if you want to match the Swift Air 14’s 512GB of storage, then two laptops end up at the same price. Unfortunately, that currently excludes Australia as it hasn’t yet been released there.</p><p>Granted, you’re not getting the most powerful laptop out there. If you’re looking for something similar but better, the <a href="https://www.techradar.com/computing/laptops/acer-swift-spin-14-ai">Acer Swift Spin 14 AI</a> is that computer. Sure, it’s  $1,499.99 / £1,399 (about AU$2,150), but its Qualcomm CPU has double the cores and triple the NPUs than the base version of the Acer Swift Air 14’s Intel Core 5 320 CPU. You can upgrade the Acer Swift Air 14 to a configuration with the Intel Core 7 350 CPU and 12GB of RAM, but it’s still not going to do the same heavy lifting. Plus, the Acer Swift Spin 14 AI has a 360-degree hinge, touchscreen, and stylus.</p><p>It might be better to consider the Acer Swift Air 14 as Acer’s budget entry in its Swift line. It’s an excellent value while still functioning as a competent Ultrabook.</p><ul><li><strong>Value score:</strong> 5 / 5</li></ul><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-acer-swift-air-14-review-specs"><span>Acer Swift Air 14 review: specs</span></h3><p>The Acer Swift Air 14 comes in two variants. The base configuration comes with the Intel Core 5 320 CPU with 8GB of RAM, and a model with an Intel Core 7 350 and 12GB of RAM. The difference in processors aren’t that different, except that the Intel Core 7 350 can be boosted to a higher turbo frequency, 4.8GHz vs 4.6, and has 21 TOPS NPU compared to the Intel Core 5 320’s 20 TOPS NPU.</p><div ><table><thead><tr><th class="firstcol empty" ></th><th  ><p>Base</p></th><th  ><p>Max</p></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Price</p></td><td  ><p>$699.99 / £749.99 (about AU$1,010)</p></td><td  ><p>£1,049.99 (about $1,400 / AU$2,020)</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>CPU</p></td><td  ><p>Intel Core 5 320</p></td><td  ><p>Intel Core 7 350</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>GPU</p></td><td  ><p>Intel Graphics</p></td><td  ><p>Intel Graphics</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>RAM</p></td><td  ><p>8GB LPPDDR5X</p></td><td  ><p>12GB LPPDDR5X</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Storage</p></td><td  ><p>512GB PCIe Gen3 SSD</p></td><td  ><p>512GB PCIe Gen3 SSD</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Display</p></td><td  ><p>14-inch diagonal, WUXGA (1920 x 1200) display up to 120Hz, 300 nits</p></td><td  ><p>14-inch diagonal, WUXGA (1920 x 1200) display up to 120Hz, 300 nits</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Ports and Connectivity</p></td><td  ><p>2x USB-4 Type C, 1x USB-3.2 Type A, Aux</p></td><td  ><p>2x USB-4 Type C, 1x USB-3.2 Type A, Aux</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Wireless</p></td><td  ><p>Realtek Wi-Fi 6E (2x2) and Bluetooth 5.3</p></td><td  ><p>Realtek Wi-Fi 6E (2x2) and Bluetooth 5.3</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Camera</p></td><td  ><p>Full HD IR camera with physical privacy shutter</p></td><td  ><p>Full HD IR camera with physical privacy shutter</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Dimensions</p></td><td  ><p>1.19 kg (2.62 lbs)</p></td><td  ><p>1.19 kg (2.62 lbs)</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Weight</p></td><td  ><p>313.99 x 222.65 x 12.9/18 mm / 12.36 x 8.77 x 0.51/0.71 inches</p></td><td  ><p>313.99 x 222.65 x 12.9/18 mm / 12.36 x 8.77 x 0.51/0.71 inches</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><p>Beyond those internal configuration differences, the Acer Swift Air 14 is available in four different colors – Sage Green, Frost Blue, Blossom Pink, and Lilac Purple with only the Sage Green and Blossom Pink available in the UK. EMEA countries, including the UK, also sport more minimalist etchings on the lid.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-acer-swift-air-14-review-design"><span>Acer Swift Air 14 review: Design</span></h3><ul><li><strong>Very attractive, portable design</strong></li><li><strong>Keyboard and touchpad are good but not amazing</strong></li><li><strong>Both USB-Cs are on the left</strong></li></ul><p>The Acer Swift Air 14 is a gorgeous laptop. I’ve only seen the Sage Green color in person – the color of the test unit for this review – but the colors, lid etchings, and aluminum chassis all present a very aesthetically pleasing package. I imagine that the other three colors look just as good in that way that I think makes this an attractive alternative to the Macbook Neo.</p><p>Also in its favor is its utter portability. It weighs just over two and a half pounds. That’s about the same as an ankle weight. And it’s just over a half inch thick at its thinnest point. I don’t think you can really get any more portable without going down in  screen size to a 13-inch laptop.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="DUULzf2xbdyB6BgDHbSK6B" name="Acer Swift Air 14 leaning against an umbrella pole" alt="The Acer Swift Air 14 is attractive in its various colors. The reviewed model came in Sage green." src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/DUULzf2xbdyB6BgDHbSK6B-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The Acer Swift Air 14 is attractive in its various colors. The reviewed model came in Sage green. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future / James Holland)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Speaking of which, its 14-inch screen is a good-looking, if not amazing, non-touch display with a 16:10 aspect ratio and 1920x1200p resolution. It does get up to 300 nits of brightness – I typically have the brightness up only halfway when I’m using it.</p><p>I appreciate the 180-degree hinge, but that’s mostly because I feel like I don’t have to be as gentle with the Acer Swift Air 14 when opening it. I could see its use, though, if you want to share your screen with someone sitting across from you. If you do that, the viewing angle is more than enough for both people to see at 170 degrees.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="xyuPoDGsqfD93Fibcs6U2B" name="Acer Swift Air 14 from above showing 180-degree hinge" alt="The Acer Swift Air 14 comes with a 180-degree hinge for a bit more flexibility." src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/xyuPoDGsqfD93Fibcs6U2B-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The Acer Swift Air 14 comes with a 180-degree hinge for a bit more flexibility. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future / James Holland)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Moving on, the keyboard is pleasant to use if nothing spectacular. I used the Acer Swift Air 14 to write this review and didn’t feel fatigue from typing. At the same time, it’s a linear keyboard with a somewhat short travel.</p><p>The trackpad is fairly responsive and accurate, though I found it to be a little too sensitive at times when my thumb was a little too close to it and had trouble getting the cursor to cooperate.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="EH4rbctCJ3pW4Mcp2Ce6DB" name="Acer Swift Air 14 keyboard and touchpad" alt="The Acer Swift Air 14's keyboard and touchpad are pretty good to use, if not mind-blowing." src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/EH4rbctCJ3pW4Mcp2Ce6DB-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The Acer Swift Air 14's keyboard and touchpad are pretty good to use, if not mind-blowing. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future / James Holland)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The port selection is about as minimal as one would expect on a laptop like this. Along with a USB-A port and headphone jack are two USB-C ports. Unfortunately, they’re both on the left side, a design choice that I always dislike since I find myself regularly having to plug the computer in on the right side, sometimes from a distance too. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="9ptEckpDsUi8L6KMZCajDB" name="Acer Swift Air 14 ports" alt="The Acer Swift Air 14 has two USB-C ports for charging, both on the same side of the laptop." src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/9ptEckpDsUi8L6KMZCajDB-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The Acer Swift Air 14 has two USB-C ports for charging, both on the same side of the laptop. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future / James Holland)</span></figcaption></figure><ul><li><strong>Design score:</strong> 4.5 / 5</li></ul><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-acer-swift-air-14-review-performance"><span>Acer Swift Air 14 review: Performance</span></h3><ul><li><strong>Decent for day-to-day work</strong></li><li><strong>Slows down if using multiple RAM-intensive tabs</strong></li><li><strong>Sound quality is just okay</strong></li></ul><div  class="fancy-box"><div class="fancy_box-title">Acer Swift Air 14 benchmarks</div><div class="fancy_box_body"><p class="fancy-box__body-text">Here's how the Acer Swift Air 14 performed in our suite of benchmark tests:</p><p class="fancy-box__body-text"><strong>3DMark: Fire Strike:</strong> 3544; <strong>Time Spy: </strong>1643; <strong>Night Raid:</strong> 18712<strong>; Steel Nomad Light:</strong> 1164<br /><strong>GeekBench 7:</strong> 2337 <strong>(single-core)</strong>; 7529 <strong>(multi-core)</strong><br /><strong>25GB File Copy: </strong>39.64<br /><strong>Handbrake 1.11.1: </strong>9:34<br /><strong>CrossMark: Overall: </strong>1358 <strong>Productivity: </strong>1389 <strong>Creativity: </strong>1431 <strong>Responsiveness: </strong>1083<br /><strong>Sid Meier's Civilization VI: Gathering Storm (1080p): </strong>24.716 fps; <strong>(1920x1200p)</strong> 24.229 fps<br /><strong>Borderlands 3 (1080p): </strong>3.66 fps; <strong>(1920x1200p)</strong> 4.44 fps<br /><strong>Web Surfing (Battery Informant):</strong> 16:52:40</p></div></div><p>One of the downsides of a laptop built for a sub-$1,000 price tag is that either the design or performance (or both) suffer. The design on the Acer Swift Air 14 is pretty good... so it goes that the performance is what is throttled.</p><p>Now, Acer built this laptop to hit a price point, but the company also built it to an expectation. This is supposed to be an extremely portable laptop with long battery life for not much money.</p><p>With that in mind, Acer used the affordable Intel Core 5 320 six-core CPU with a speed of 1.5GHz and 20 TOPs (21 for the Core 7 350) and put only 8GB of RAM in the computer. At least the 512GB SSD storage is sufficient.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="fMMcDLhHCED9jK4EBhQsnA" name="Acer Swift Air 14 angled during light gaming" alt="The Acer Swift Air 14 can do some light gaming, but it's not a powerhouse." src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/fMMcDLhHCED9jK4EBhQsnA-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The Acer Swift Air 14 can do some light gaming, but it's not a powerhouse. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future / James Holland)</span></figcaption></figure><p>If you’re looking for a laptop to work on while in a cafe responding to emails in between social media side quests, then what the Acer Swift Air 14 does is more than enough. Even using the AI features like Acer PurifiedView and PurifiedVoice during video calls, both of which work well, or messing with CoPilot+ doesn’t tax this laptop.</p><p>But it’s not too hard to push the Acer Swift Air 14. When I’ve tabs open that require a lot of RAM and try to switch windows, I’ve experienced some freezing. And anything but the least demanding games are a jittery mess. I wouldn’t use this laptop for 4K video editing, either. A powerhouse this is not. Then again, it’s not meant to be.</p><p>As far as the sound quality goes, the Acer Swift Air 14 suffers from what ails just about all thin and light laptops. There’s just no room for any speakers capable of producing a full sound and it shows. There’s not much bass and the sound is on the thinner side. That said, it’s not harsh, so listening to music in the background while working is still pleasant.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="Fo7RKHacAwWEUtsdsV5R3B" name="Acer Swift Air 14 PurifiedVoice" alt="One of the Acer Swift Air 14's AI apps is PurifiedVoice, which can minimize background noise or focus a speaker's voice during a video call." src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Fo7RKHacAwWEUtsdsV5R3B-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">One of the Acer Swift Air 14's AI apps is PurifiedVoice, which can minimize background noise or focus a speaker's voice during a video call. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future / James Holland)</span></figcaption></figure><ul><li><strong>Performance score: </strong>4 / 5</li></ul><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-acer-swift-air-14-review-battery-life"><span>Acer Swift Air 14 review: Battery life</span></h3><ul><li><strong>Almost 17 hours of battery life</strong></li><li><strong>Charges relatively quickly</strong></li></ul><p>The new benchmark for a good laptop battery life these days is anything over ten to twelve hours. So, the fact that the Acer Swift Air 14 can hit almost seventeen hours in our benchmark is remarkable. Note that this benchmark requires the laptop to run for that entire amount unplugged.</p><p>I’ve been using this laptop regularly for a little over a week and I don’t think I’ve seen it go below 50%. I have charged it a few times, mostly out of habit, but I have yet to be compelled to find an outlet. Plus, it does a good job of holding its charge when the lid is closed.</p><p>Acer advertises that the Swift Air 14 has fast charging, which might be true on certain settings, but I found it to charge at a still-good 1% a minute rate when set to a balanced performance mode.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="xBuRm2o6BZmrrTt24nUQ2B" name="Acer Swift Air 14 showing AI apps in AcerSense app" alt="The Acer Swift Air 14 comes with a handful of proprietary AI-powered apps" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/xBuRm2o6BZmrrTt24nUQ2B-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">You can access a handful of proprietary AI-powered apps through the AcerSense app. You can also check and change battery settings here. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future / James Holland)</span></figcaption></figure><ul><li><strong>Battery Life score: </strong>5 / 5</li></ul><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-should-i-buy-the-acer-swift-air-14"><span>Should I buy the Acer Swift Air 14?</span></h3><div ><table><thead><tr><th class="firstcol " ><p>Attributes</p></th><th  ><p>Notes</p></th><th  ><p>Rating</p></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Value</p></td><td  ><p>The price is quite exceptional for what you get. It might be budget, but doesn’t look, feel, or work like a budget laptop.</p></td><td  ><p>5 / 5</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Design</p></td><td  ><p>It looks great, is incredibly portable, and has a serviceable keyboard and touchpad. I do wish the two USB-C ports were on separate sides.</p></td><td  ><p>4.5 / 5</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Performance</p></td><td  ><p>Good enough for everyday use but not demanding tasks, the Swift Air 14 can also handle some AI tasks. Audio is okay.</p></td><td  ><p>4 / 5</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Battery Life</p></td><td  ><p>I’m not sure if the battery life can get any more impressive. You can get about two days’ worth of use without charging.</p></td><td  ><p>5 / 5</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Final Score</p></td><td  ><p>Great value and great design, not to mention fantastic battery life, are only slightly hampered by less-powerful performance.</p></td><td  ><p>4.5 / 5</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h2 id="buy-it-if-7">Buy it if…</h2><div class="product"><p><strong>You need the ultimate in battery life</strong><br />The Acer Swift Air 14’s battery life is impressive to say the least. It can last a couple days without a charge, and charges back up relatively quickly.<a class="view-deal button" href="" target="_blank" rel="nofollow" data-dimension112="1e0af5ca-cefa-11f1-b4aa-854a08f16b89" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="You need the ultimate in battery lifeThe Acer Swift Air 14’s battery life is impressive to say the least. It can last a couple days without a charge, and charges back up relatively quickly." data-dimension48="You need the ultimate in battery lifeThe Acer Swift Air 14’s battery life is impressive to say the least. It can last a couple days without a charge, and charges back up relatively quickly." data-dimension25="">View Deal</a></p></div><div class="product"><p><strong>You need portability</strong><br />Not only is this laptop attractive in that MacBook kind-of-way, but it’s very light and thin, making it perfect to just throw in a backpack and take it on the road.<a class="view-deal button" href="" target="_blank" rel="nofollow" data-dimension112="1e0af64c-cefa-11f1-b7eb-19c8f9e7e45e" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="You need portabilityNot only is this laptop attractive in that MacBook kind-of-way, but it’s very light and thin, making it perfect to just throw in a backpack and take it on the road." data-dimension48="You need portabilityNot only is this laptop attractive in that MacBook kind-of-way, but it’s very light and thin, making it perfect to just throw in a backpack and take it on the road." data-dimension25="">View Deal</a></p></div><div class="product"><p><strong>You’re on a budget</strong><br />One of the best things about the Acer Swift Air 14 is its price. It feels like a much better laptop than what I would expect for $700 / £750.<a class="view-deal button" href="" target="_blank" rel="nofollow" data-dimension112="1e0af6c4-cefa-11f1-872a-af5868f2100f" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="You’re on a budgetOne of the best things about the Acer Swift Air 14 is its price. It feels like a much better laptop than what I would expect for $700 / £750." data-dimension48="You’re on a budgetOne of the best things about the Acer Swift Air 14 is its price. It feels like a much better laptop than what I would expect for $700 / £750." data-dimension25="">View Deal</a></p></div><h2 id="don-39-t-buy-it-if-7">Don't buy it if…</h2><div class="product"><p><strong>You want a lot of power</strong><br />The Acer Swift Air 14 does what it does well, but it can’t handle demanding tasks. If you want or need a lot of power, there are plenty of less portable alternatives that might be a better option.<a class="view-deal button" href="" target="_blank" rel="nofollow" data-dimension112="1e0af7dc-cefa-11f1-8dd8-fd221f108e49" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="You want a lot of powerThe Acer Swift Air 14 does what it does well, but it can’t handle demanding tasks. If you want or need a lot of power, there are plenty of less portable alternatives that might be a better option." data-dimension48="You want a lot of powerThe Acer Swift Air 14 does what it does well, but it can’t handle demanding tasks. If you want or need a lot of power, there are plenty of less portable alternatives that might be a better option." data-dimension25="">View Deal</a></p></div><div class="product"><p><strong>You get irritated by having all the USB-C ports on the same side</strong><br />I know it’s probably not a big deal, but it’s one of those design choices that actually affects day-to-day use if you’re plugging into random outlets. There will be times where running the cable behind the laptop to the other side gets in the way or shortens the distance that you can be from an outlet.<a class="view-deal button" href="" target="_blank" rel="nofollow" data-dimension112="1e0af868-cefa-11f1-a9f6-9f13aae43671" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="You get irritated by having all the USB-C ports on the same sideI know it’s probably not a big deal, but it’s one of those design choices that actually affects day-to-day use if you’re plugging into random outlets. There will be times where running the cable behind the laptop to the other side gets in the way or shortens the distance that you can be from an outlet." data-dimension48="You get irritated by having all the USB-C ports on the same sideI know it’s probably not a big deal, but it’s one of those design choices that actually affects day-to-day use if you’re plugging into random outlets. There will be times where running the cable behind the laptop to the other side gets in the way or shortens the distance that you can be from an outlet." data-dimension25="">View Deal</a></p></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-acer-swift-air-14-review-also-consider"><span>Acer Swift Air 14 review: Also Consider</span></h3><p>If our Acer Swift Air 14 review has you considering other options, here are two laptops to consider...</p><div class="product"><p><strong>Acer Swift Spin 14 AI</strong></p><p>The Acer Swift Spin 14 AI is a gorgeous laptop with a surprising amount of power, a battery life that competes with the Swift Air 14, and a 360-degree hinge and touch screen that allows for seamless 2-in-1 use.</p><p><strong>Read our full </strong><a href="https://www.techradar.com/computing/laptops/acer-swift-spin-14-ai" data-dimension112="1e0af9da-cefa-11f1-a643-9b3821ed95ec" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Read our full Acer Swift Spin 14 AI review" data-dimension48="Read our full Acer Swift Spin 14 AI review" data-dimension25=""><strong>Acer Swift Spin 14 AI review</strong></a></p></div><div class="product"><p><strong>Apple MacBook Neo</strong></p><p>If you ever wanted an Apple laptop but at a budget price, there’s nothing better than this laptop. It has that classic MacBook look, full MacOS experience, and an exceptional screen, especially for the price. Of course, it is a bit limited in power and comes with just two USB-C ports.</p><p><strong>Read our full </strong><a href="https://www.techradar.com/computing/macbooks/apple-macbook-neo" data-dimension112="1e0afa48-cefa-11f1-8a0b-59449f49b58b" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Read our full Apple MacBook Neo review" data-dimension48="Read our full Apple MacBook Neo review" data-dimension25=""><u><strong>Apple MacBook Neo review</strong></u></a></p></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-how-i-tested-the-acer-swift-air-14"><span>How I tested the Acer Swift Air 14</span></h3><ul><li><strong>Tested for a week and a half</strong></li><li><strong>Used it for work, gaming, and streaming</strong></li><li><strong>Messed with its AI capabilities</strong></li></ul><p>I used the Acer Swift Air 14 for a week and a half. I used it for work, including typing up this review (along with the requisite online research). I used it to stream video. I even did some light gaming and attempted some semi-serious gaming. I played around with the AI as well.</p><p>After spending time with the Acer Swift Air 14, it’s clear that this is meant for those that want a portable and attractive laptop that’s nice to use on a limited budget.</p><p>I’ve spent the last few years reviewing tech gear for gaming and otherwise, where I’ve gotten a feel for what to look for and how to put a piece of kit through its paces to see whether it’s worth the recommendation.</p><ul><li><em>First reviewed: October 2026</em></li></ul>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ AGM Pad P3 rugged tablet review ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-agm-pad-p3-2-minute-review"><span>AGM Pad P3: 2-minute review</span></h2><p>Rugged tablets usually follow one rule. Make them big, make them heavy and hope the specification sheet distracts you.</p><p>The AGM Pad P3 does not play that game. It is an 8.68-inch tablet that measures 232 x 146 x 14.5mm. That is thin for a device that claims IP68 and IP69K protection. It means the tablet can survive brief submersion and high-pressure water jets. AGM says it is built for one-handed use, and it includes an adjustable strap for hands-free carrying.</p><p>Inside is the MediaTek Helio G99. It is an octa-core chip built on a 6nm process. It is paired with 6GB of RAM and 128GB of storage. A microSD slot can add up to 1TB more if you need extra capacity. The SoC wouldn’t be classed as fast in 2026, but it has proved dependable in a lot of budget hardware, and it’s better than many of its competitors. Android 16 is the real surprise, since many rivals are still shipping with Android 14. And some of those won’t be getting an upgrade to the latest release.</p><p>If this tablet has a weakness, it might be the screen. It has a 120Hz IPS panel with an 800 x 1340 resolution, and AGM quotes a peak brightness of 600 nits. That smooth refresh rate helps scrolling feel quick, but the limited resolution only supports 720p video playback.</p><p>Connectivity is practical, but hardly concurrent. You get dual 4G SIM support and eSIM, plus NFC, GPS and WiFi. But there is no 5G, which will matter to some buyers and not to others. The 7,200mAh battery charges at 18W, so this is not a device you can top up in a hurry.</p><p>On the back is a 50MP main camera, and on the front is an 8MP selfie, not great but not terrible either. The system supports at least Widevine L1, meaning Netflix and other streaming services can play in HD.</p><p>So this is a compact, tough and affordable tablet. It makes sensible choices where cheaper rivals make clumsy ones with even older technology and lesser specifications.</p><p>It might not be the <a href="https://www.techradar.com/news/the-best-rugged-tablets" target="_blank">best rugged tablet</a> I’ve tested, but it represents good value for money.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1600px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="mKK8ELME2BXMQErzJNE8LR" name="AGM Pad P3_20261026_125957584_HDR" alt="AGM Pad P3 rugged tablet" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/mKK8ELME2BXMQErzJNE8LR-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1600" height="900" attribution="" endorsement="" class="" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Mark Pickavance)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-agm-pad-p3-price-and-availability"><span>AGM Pad P3: Price and availability</span></h2><ul><li><strong>How much does it cost?</strong> $236/£249/€300</li><li><strong>When is it out? </strong>Available now</li><li><strong>Where can you get it? </strong>Directly from AGM Mobile</li></ul><p>To avoid confusion, this hardware has several naming options, including the AGM G3 Compact tablet and the AGM Pad P3, so I’ll use the latter.</p><p>The AGM Pad P3 is sold through the <a href="https://eu.agmmobile.com/products/agm-pad-p3-compact-rugged-tablet/" target="_blank">AGM EU store </a>at a price range of €299 to €329, depending on whether you choose to include a tablet stand. The store lists versions with and without a tablet stand. AGM is also running a promotion that includes a free stylus with purchase, although this wasn’t included with my review model.</p><p>In the USA, you can get this hardware on <a href="https://www.amazon.com/AGM-PAD-P3-MIL-STD-810H-Construction/dp/B0H49BRTWN/" target="_blank">Amazon for $235.99</a>, and in the UK it’s <a href="https://www.amazon.co.uk/AGM-PAD-P3-Industrial-sunlight/dp/B0H11HZBKT/" target="_blank">£249.99.</a> </p><p>That is a lot of tablet for the money. It is also significantly cheaper than AGM's own Pad P2 Active, which lists at €369 to €408.90 in the same store. The Pad P2 Active still runs Android 14. The P3 is smaller, has a faster 120Hz screen and runs a newer operating system.</p><p>Looking at the usual brand suspects for rugged tablets reveals that the Pad P3 may have found a niche, since most alternatives are more expensive, some excessively so.</p><p>The Samsung Galaxy Tab Active 5 is closer to $500. However, you get a much better software ecosystem, guaranteed updates, Samsung Knox enterprise security, and an included IP68-rated S Pen stylus. Samsung also have the Galaxy Tab Active 4 Pro, but that 10.1-inch design is north of $650.</p><p>A more affordable Samsung option is the Galaxy Tab A9 (8.7-inch), a tablet that mirrors the size of the AGM P3. It is incredibly affordable at around $175, features a great UI, and has mass-market accessory support. However, it lacks the smooth 120Hz fluid display, comes with only 64GB of storage, 4GB of RAM and lacks the processing power of the P3's Helio G99 chip.</p><p>The two competitors that AGM is truly up against are Ulefone and Oukitel, with the Armor Pad Pro from Ulefone and the RT3 Pro from Oukitel. The Armor Pad Pro is only $220, and that price includes 8GB of RAM and better cameras, but the SoC is less powerful.</p><p>The Oukitel RT3 Pro is the same price, comes with 4GB of RAM and 128GB of ROM, has only a 16MP main camera and runs Android 14. As with the Ulefone, it uses a less powerful  SoC, in this case the G81.</p><p>The bottom line is that as a new product, the AGM Pad P3 is slightly more expensive than the closest competitor options, but the amount of processing power, RAM, and the 50MP primary camera sensor more than justify the extra money.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1600px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="qDknUTzhdb7p9bDZec5WFR" name="AGM Pad P3_20261026_115059429_HDR" alt="AGM Pad P3 rugged tablet" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/qDknUTzhdb7p9bDZec5WFR-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1600" height="900" attribution="" endorsement="" class="" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Mark Pickavance)</span></figcaption></figure><ul><li><strong>Value score: 4/5</strong></li></ul><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-agm-pad-p3-specs"><span>AGM Pad P3: Specs</span></h2><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Item</strong></p></td><td  ><p><strong>Spec</strong></p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>CPU:</strong></p></td><td  ><p>MediaTek Helio G99 (2x Cortex A76 at 2.2GHz + 6x Cortex A55 at 2.0GHz)</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>GPU:</strong></p></td><td  ><p>ARM Mali G57 MC2</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>RAM:</strong></p></td><td  ><p>6GB</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Storage:</strong></p></td><td  ><p>128GB + microSD (up to 1TB)</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Screen:</strong></p></td><td  ><p>8.68-inch IPS LCD, 120Hz</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Resolution:</strong></p></td><td  ><p>800 x 1340 (HD+), about 180ppi</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Peak brightness</strong></p></td><td  ><p>600 nits</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>SIM:</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Dual 4G SIM plus eSIM</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Weight:</strong></p></td><td  ><p>535g (measured)</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Dimensions:</strong></p></td><td  ><p>232 x 146 x 14.5mm</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Rugged spec:</strong></p></td><td  ><p>IP68 and IP69K, MIL STD 810H [to be confirmed]</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Rear cameras:</strong></p></td><td  ><p>50MP main (single sensor)</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Front camera:</strong></p></td><td  ><p>8MP</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Networking:</strong></p></td><td  ><p>4G LTE, WiFi, Bluetooth, NFC, GPS</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Streaming:</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Widevine L1</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>OS:</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Android 16</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Battery:</strong></p></td><td  ><p>7,200mAh, 18W wired charging</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Extras:</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Adjustable carry strap, free stylus promotion, optional rotating metal stand</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Colours:</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Grey</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-agm-pad-p3-design"><span>AGM Pad P3: Design</span></h2><ul><li><strong>Slim by rugged standards</strong></li><li><strong>One-handed use</strong></li><li><strong>Stand is optional</strong></li></ul><p>Most rugged tablets are built like paving slabs. The AGM Pad P3 tries to avoid that form factor, being only 14.5mm thick, making it slimmer than many ordinary tablets with a protective case on.</p><p>My scales say it weighs 535g, although the official numbers are 540g, but that might include the provided strap. That is well under half the weight of the 8849 Tank Pad Ultra, which is a big difference if you carry a tablet all day.</p><p>The smaller 8.68-inch screen is critical to the design, letting you hold it in one hand like a large phone. That suits tradespeople on a job site, delivery staff and anyone using a tablet on their feet. An included strap supports hands-free carrying, connecting via loops through slots in each corner. </p><p>AGM offers an optional metal stand, which was included with my review machine. This relatively lightweight stand uses four tiny screws to secure it to the back of the P3. It offers a reasonably wide range of positions, from almost upright to nearly flat. In at least one position, it also supports the tablet in portrait orientation.</p><p>My only concern with the stand is that the small screws might easily be lost if you decide to remove them outdoors, and without those you won’t be able to reattach it.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1600px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="qCVQ5DVJwvSACKtaNpchER" name="AGM Pad P3_20261026_115220605_HDR" alt="AGM Pad P3 rugged tablet" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/qCVQ5DVJwvSACKtaNpchER-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1600" height="900" attribution="" endorsement="" class="" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Mark Pickavance)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The button layout is simple and predictable, with no custom buttons or special functions other than the power button and volume rocker. Because the buttons are small, there is no fingerprint reader, but it supports facial recognition from the front-facing camera.</p><p>The SIM and microSD tray was one of my least desirable aspects of the P3. The rubber plug is thin and difficult to remove, and once it's shifted, you need to then find the tray ejector from the box to get the SIM tray out. It’s all excessively fiddly, and it might have been easier without requiring a tool. The tray accepts either two SIMs or a SIM and microSD, but as this tablet supports an eSIM, that’s hardly a significant limitation.</p><p>The IP68 and IP69K ratings are the expected baseline, providing serious protection. IP69K adds resistance to high-pressure, high-temperature water jets. The AGM promotional material also cites a MIL-STD 810H drop test, but it doesn't say how far it fell or what surface it landed on. It’s normally impossible for reviewers to test devices to destruction, but the P3 looks like it could take some abuse and keep working.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1600px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="7wyQiULzE92QisZMf5xPFR" name="AGM Pad P3_20261026_114700477_HDR" alt="AGM Pad P3 rugged tablet" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/7wyQiULzE92QisZMf5xPFR-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1600" height="900" attribution="" endorsement="" class="" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Mark Pickavance)</span></figcaption></figure><p><strong>Design score: 4/5</strong></p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-agm-pad-p3-hardware"><span>AGM Pad P3: Hardware</span></h2><ul><li><strong>MediaTek Helio G99</strong></li><li><strong>8.68-inch 120Hz display</strong></li><li><strong>7,200mAh battery</strong></li></ul><p>The Helio G99 is an old friend, as I’ve covered it in both tablet and phone reviews previously. It uses two fast Cortex-A76 cores and six efficient A55 cores on a 6nm process. The Mali G57 GPU is modest, but better than what you find in budget phones. The G99 is a platform for apps, maps, documents, and video, not demanding games.</p><p>AGM has paired it with 6GB of RAM, which is adequate but not exactly indulgent. The 128GB of storage is equally fine, and the microSD slot means you can get more storage space if you need it. Cards up to 1TB are supported, although you can only use one physical phone SIM if you install a microSD.</p><p>From a hardware perspective, the most compromised feature is the screen.</p><p>At 800 x 1340 on an 8.68-inch panel, it delivers only about 180 pixels per inch. That is on the low side, making text slightly lumpy and fine detail in photos appears missing until you zoom in. On the plus side, the 120Hz refresh rate makes everything feel smoother than the resolution suggests. </p><p>AGM claims a peak of 600 nits, and it can be bright, but the glossy display still makes it hard to see in natural outdoor light. If you can find a screen protector with an anti-reflection coating that fits, it might work better outdoors.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1600px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="YAYeacCVrWut7ynjbkbJFR" name="AGM Pad P3_20261027_112042119_HDR" alt="AGM Pad P3 rugged tablet" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/YAYeacCVrWut7ynjbkbJFR-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1600" height="900" attribution="" endorsement="" class="" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Mark Pickavance)</span></figcaption></figure><p>As I mentioned in the intro, Widevine L1 certification is included, enabling it to stream HD content from most content providers.  The only caveat to that is that the screen resolution doesn’t allow for anything higher than 720p, which has been designated ‘HD’ by marketing gurus. </p><p>I wish this tablet had an HDMI port, where it could display 1080p to a suitable TV, because the tablet is undoubtedly capable of doing that. But given how many tablets have only Widevine L3 encryption, even expensive ones, AGM deserves recognition for using L1.</p><p>The 7,200mAh battery is modest, but the screen is small, and the SoC is reasonably frugal, so it still lasts a decent amount of time. The snag is that the fastest charging you can get with the included charger is 18W. Some phones can charge at 55W, and some tablets take more power than that. In my performance assessment, I’ll cover how 18W charging affects speed.</p><p>The last few points about the hardware in the P3 are that it has no 5G, though dual 4G SIM and eSIM support covers most uses. NFC and GPS are on board. </p><p>Overall, not a spectacular platform, but one that is appropriate to its price and potential uses.</p><ul><li><strong>Hardware score: 3.5/5</strong></li></ul><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-agm-pad-p3-cameras"><span>AGM Pad P3: Cameras</span></h2><ul><li><strong>50MP on the rear</strong></li><li><strong>8MP on the front</strong></li><li><strong>Two cameras in total</strong></li></ul><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1600px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="SMPpmim3r3rcGJtkEEcNFR" name="AGM Pad P3_20261026_114724864_HDR" alt="AGM Pad P3 rugged tablet" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/SMPpmim3r3rcGJtkEEcNFR-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1600" height="900" attribution="" endorsement="" class="" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Mark Pickavance)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The AGM Pad P3 has two cameras:</p><p><strong>Rear camera: </strong>50MP Omnivision OV50B40 <br /><strong>Front camera:</strong> 8MP BYD BF20A1<strong> </strong></p><p>The main camera is a 50MP unit by Omnivision, the OV50B40. For a camera sensor in a tablet, this one is reasonable, as it uses pixel binning to achieve better colour representation.</p><p>But, in my testing, it didn’t care much for low-light conditions, resulting in grainy results.</p><p>It is possible to take some good pictures with this sensor, but most are taken outside in strong natural light. As you can see in my indoor shots, this sensor tends to crush contrast and slightly wash out saturation below a certain lighting threshold.</p><p>Looking at the drivers compiled for the Android distro on this phone, it suggests there might also be a 0.3MP focusing sensor, but AGM doesn’t explicitly mention it or list it in the phone's specifications.</p><p>What it does mention for selfie taking is an 8MP BYD chip designed by that brand for cars, like parking cameras and self-driving functionality.</p><p>With many phones now coming with Sony 32MP selfie cameras, this one appears to be intended as a cost-saving measure for the makers.</p><p>What’s slightly fascinating is that the best video resolution available is the same for both front- and rear-facing cameras, that being 1080p. Although the rear can offer 60fps over 30fps on the front.</p><p>The 50MP Omnivision OV50B40 specification says it supports video at 8K at 30fps, 4K at 90fps, 1080p at 240fps, and 720p at a whopping 480fps. However, the G99 can only process 2K (2048 x 1080) at 30 fps, but the camera app doesn’t have those as options. So what does it do with all those unused sensor pixels? It has stabilisation,  which is useful for shooting on the move.</p><p>Let us be realistic. Nobody buys a tablet like this for photography, I hope. It is a tool for documenting. Think site inspections, damage records and stock checks. What matters is whether the camera is quick, steady and legible.</p><p>The primary sensor is good enough for that, and the selfie camera is acceptable for quick face-to-face conversations.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1600px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="zC5gYFqxfYdsQvjNsDXRFR" name="AGM Pad P3_20261026_120104371_HDR" alt="AGM Pad P3 rugged tablet" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/zC5gYFqxfYdsQvjNsDXRFR-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1600" height="900" attribution="" endorsement="" class="" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Mark Pickavance)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 id="agm-pad-p3-camera-samples">AGM Pad P3 Camera samples</h2><figure role="gallery"><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/vq9sr5CyD9Qikd4kNytEoj-1920-80.jpg" alt="AGM Pad P3 photo examples" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Mark Pickavance</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/oSQF7Lr7ZDVtQvfqkrcuij-1920-80.jpg" alt="AGM Pad P3 photo examples" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Mark Pickavance</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Vy2xR6FYeD3PV8ySgK5STj-1920-80.jpg" alt="AGM Pad P3 photo examples" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Mark Pickavance</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/gQBzWcZ8HXyyWyGZAMt8Tj-1920-80.jpg" alt="AGM Pad P3 photo examples" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Mark Pickavance</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/K7yvGwikyHagyEHnvv34Tj-1920-80.jpg" alt="AGM Pad P3 photo examples" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Mark Pickavance</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/pSU8fhbFqR9xK5Jf4QMpSj-1920-80.jpg" alt="AGM Pad P3 photo examples" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Mark Pickavance</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/tGokvaow6HTf4dzJKEqVRj-1920-80.jpg" alt="AGM Pad P3 photo examples" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Mark Pickavance</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/WNRVSpGC2sFBQ5DnU7FWRj-1920-80.jpg" alt="AGM Pad P3 photo examples" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Mark Pickavance</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Rh4MAxaJn3VtCo2izNUpQj-1920-80.jpg" alt="AGM Pad P3 photo examples" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Mark Pickavance</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/xQMrz7eTV773ahCwtU7pQj-1920-80.jpg" alt="AGM Pad P3 photo examples" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Mark Pickavance</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/FhkByPfPTu4iwt7rDfvCJj-1920-80.jpg" alt="AGM Pad P3 photo examples" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Mark Pickavance</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/xT564u3wWxBukkLwgxmpHj-1920-80.jpg" alt="AGM Pad P3 photo examples" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Mark Pickavance</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/x8sjEVQiiPhCt4UUMizhHj-1920-80.jpg" alt="AGM Pad P3 photo examples" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Mark Pickavance</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/QyvMexMSuHbXr67f3SNjHj-1920-80.jpg" alt="AGM Pad P3 photo examples" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Mark Pickavance</small></figcaption></figure></figure><ul><li><strong>Camera score: 3/5</strong></li></ul><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-agm-pad-p3-performance"><span>AGM Pad P3: Performance</span></h2><ul><li><strong>Modern SoC</strong></li><li><strong>Good battery life</strong></li></ul><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Tablet</strong></p></td><td  ><p> </p></td><td  ><p><strong>AGM Pad P3</strong></p></td><td  ><p><strong>Ulefone Armor Pad Pro</strong></p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>SoC</strong></p></td><td  ><p> </p></td><td  ><p>MediaTek Helio G99</p></td><td  ><p>MediaTek Helio G88</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>GPU</strong></p></td><td  ><p> </p></td><td  ><p>ARM Mali-G57 MC2</p></td><td  ><p>ARM Mali-G52 MC2</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Mem</strong></p></td><td  ><p> </p></td><td  ><p>8GB/128GB</p></td><td  ><p>8GB/128GB</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Weight</strong></p></td><td  ><p> </p></td><td  ><p>535g</p></td><td  ><p>560g</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Battery Capacity</strong></p></td><td  ><p>mAh</p></td><td  ><p>7200</p></td><td  ><p>7,650</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Geekbench</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Single</p></td><td  ><p>726</p></td><td  ><p>342</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong> </strong></p></td><td  ><p>Multi</p></td><td  ><p>2014</p></td><td  ><p>1239</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong> </strong></p></td><td  ><p>OpenCL</p></td><td  ><p>1604</p></td><td  ><p>1137</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong> </strong></p></td><td  ><p>Vulkan</p></td><td  ><p>1541</p></td><td  ><p>1127</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>PCMark</strong></p></td><td  ><p>3.0 Score</p></td><td  ><p>10014</p></td><td  ><p>7070</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong> </strong></p></td><td  ><p>Battery</p></td><td  ><p>19h 50m (0%)</p></td><td  ><p>15H 4m (20%)</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Charge 30</strong></p></td><td  ><p>%</p></td><td  ><p>22%</p></td><td  ><p>6%</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Passmark</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Score</p></td><td  ><p>5968</p></td><td  ><p>6800</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p> </p></td><td  ><p>CPU</p></td><td  ><p>4579</p></td><td  ><p>3280</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>3DMark</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Slingshot OGL</p></td><td  ><p>2607</p></td><td  ><p>1652</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p> </p></td><td  ><p>Slingshot Ex. OGL</p></td><td  ><p>2584</p></td><td  ><p>1259</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p> </p></td><td  ><p>Slingshot Ex. Vulkan</p></td><td  ><p>2463</p></td><td  ><p>1313</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p> </p></td><td  ><p>Wildlife</p></td><td  ><p>1314</p></td><td  ><p>641</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p> </p></td><td  ><p>Wildlife Extreme</p></td><td  ><p>374</p></td><td  ><p>N/A</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><p>The Helio G99 is no speed demon, but it’s better than the G88 that Ulefone used in its original Armor Pad Pro. That puts it in the middle of the budget field.</p><p>The natural comparison was AGM's own Pad P2 Active, which uses the same chip, but there wasn’t much to gain from comparing such similar machines.</p><p>The more interesting aspects of these results are to do with battery life, since the G99 is a 6nm chip, and the G88 is 12nm. The reduction in track size for the G99 provides greater power efficiency, and that is reflected in the nearly 20 hours it ran PCMark battery test versus the 15 that the G88 system managed. Admittedly, the Ulefone Armour Pad Pro still had 20% of power left, hinting at another two hours and 15 minutes of runtime. But given that the battery is 6.25% larger on the Pad Pro, it's still an impressive win for the Pad P3.</p><p>Charging was abysmal on the Ulefone tablet, and while it's better on the AGM, it could still take between 2.5 and three hours to get a full charge using the included charger.</p><p>I also noticed that if you use a high-end charger, like one of the Ugreen Nexode power packs, it actually charges slower than normal. Phones and tablets that are tuned to a specific charger is a recent development, and one I’m not keen on.</p><p>Looking at these numbers, I expect everyday use to be fine with the Pad P3. The 120Hz screen helps the interface feel snappier than the silicon deserves, which is why I expect it was used. Android 16 is also a bonus, as it brings better security and, in theory, longer support.</p><p>But AGM could improve Android update availability, since they’ve historically never made it a selling point.</p><ul><li><strong>Performance score: 3/5</strong></li></ul><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1600px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="UqsQG2wgbrkw6Yb8FWvGFR" name="AGM Pad P3_20261026_115751309_HDR" alt="AGM Pad P3 rugged tablet" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/UqsQG2wgbrkw6Yb8FWvGFR-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1600" height="900" attribution="" endorsement="" class="" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Mark Pickavance)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-agm-pad-p3-final-verdict"><span>AGM Pad P3: Final verdict</span></h2><p>For tradespeople, delivery staff and field workers, the AGM Pad P3 is easy to recommend. It is tough, small and cheap. It also gets the details right that matter in daily use, like Widevine L1 and a modern version of Android.</p><p>For everyone else, it is a sensible rugged option that doesn't cost much or take up much luggage space. At this price, one shouldn’t expect miracles, obviously. </p><p>The shortcomings are plain. The screen resolution is low for the size. The Helio G99 is a budget chip, and 18W charging is slow. There is also no 5G, if that’s important to you. None of these caveats is a surprise at this price, but it's best to go into this with your eyes wide open.</p><p>Compared with the AGM Pad P2 Active, the P3 is cheaper, smaller, newer and has a faster screen, but the same underlying SoC. It lacks the removable case of the older tablet.</p><p>If you need something more powerful, bigger or with a projector, you should look elsewhere.</p><p>Which device suits you depends on how much you value portability, because that’s probably the strongest aspect of the AGM Pad P3.</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-should-i-buy-a-agm-pad-p3"><span>Should I buy a AGM Pad P3?</span></h2><div ><table><caption>AGM Pad P3 Score Card</caption><thead><tr><th class="firstcol " ><p>Attributes</p></th><th  ><p>Notes</p></th><th  ><p>Rating</p></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Value</p></td><td  ><p>Low price for a rugged tablet with a modern OS</p></td><td  ><p>4/5</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Design</p></td><td  ><p>Slim, compact and tough</p></td><td  ><p>4/5</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Hardware</p></td><td  ><p>Sensible choices, but a low-resolution screen</p></td><td  ><p>3.5/5</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Camera</p></td><td  ><p>Fit for documentation work, but not ideal for photography</p></td><td  ><p>3/5</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Performance</p></td><td  ><p>Old SoC delivers an adequate budget platform</p></td><td  ><p>3/5</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Overall</p></td><td  ><p>Easy to carry and use, and highly affordable</p></td><td  ><p>3.5/5</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h2 id="buy-it-if-8">Buy it if...</h2><div class="product"><p><strong>You want a tablet that is easy to carry</strong><br />At 14.5mm thick and with a small screen, it fits places that larger rugged tablets cannot. For those who need to hike to a remote location, or want to travel light, the AGM Pad P3 will be your lightweight companion.</p><p><strong>You stream content on the move</strong><br />Widevine L1 means HD playback on major streaming services, so you can watch movies in at least 720p, not 480p. It’s only the screen resolution that holds it back from using 1080p sources.</p></div><h2 id="don-39-t-buy-it-if-8">Don't buy it if...</h2><div class="product"><p>Don’t buy if...  </p><p><strong>You need a sharp screen</strong><br />At 800 x 1340, text and images are not crisp, and it’s not ideal for reviewing video or still image captures that are at much higher resolution than the display.</p><p><strong>You need fast charging</strong><br />An 18W charger will take a while to fill the battery, so this isn’t the tablet you need for work and forget to connect to the charger the night before. Also, you need to use the charger that came in the box to get the fastest possible charge.</p></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-also-consider"><span>Also Consider</span></h3><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="5f274c8a-d200-11f1-b919-adc4e598bc84" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Read my full Ulefone Armor Pad 5 Ultra review" data-dimension48="Read my full Ulefone Armor Pad 5 Ultra review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1600px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="JMiVFEcHGJiVJixxdvoYuf" name="Ulefone Armor Pad 5 Ultra_20260416_111109805_HDR.jpg" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/JMiVFEcHGJiVJixxdvoYuf-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1600" height="900" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class="" /></p></div></div></figure></a><p><strong>Ulefone Armor Pad 5 Ultra</strong><br />A 200-lumen DLP projector, 120W charging, heavier at 1.6kg, but with dual 1000-lumen floodlights and auto-keystone correction. The issue is that this tablet is much more expensive, even if it has better all-around specs.</p><p><strong>Read my full </strong><a href="https://www.techradar.com/pro/phone-communications/ulefone-armor-pad-5-ultra-rugged-tablet-review" target="_blank" data-dimension112="5f274c8a-d200-11f1-b919-adc4e598bc84" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Read my full Ulefone Armor Pad 5 Ultra review" data-dimension48="Read my full Ulefone Armor Pad 5 Ultra review" data-dimension25=""><strong>Ulefone Armor Pad 5 Ultra review</strong></a><strong></strong></p></div><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="67fb946c-d221-11f1-9b33-a9d8a228f50d" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Read my full Ulefone Armor Pad Pro review" data-dimension48="Read my full Ulefone Armor Pad Pro review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1600px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="huZVoFGgEZMHkiMtoTz42b" name="Ulefone Armor Pad Pro_DSC9706.jpg" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/huZVoFGgEZMHkiMtoTz42b-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1600" height="900" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class="" /></p></div></div></figure></a><p><strong>Ulefone Armor Pad Pro</strong><br />Another practical, rugged design with an inbuilt camping light, with a slightly older SoC than that in the AGM Pad P3. However, it has better camera sensors and 8GB of RAM. And it has the uSmart expansion port that enables the attachment of endoscopes or microscopes.</p><p><strong>Read my full </strong><a href="https://www.techradar.com/pro/phone-communications/ulefone-armor-pad-pro-review" target="_blank" data-dimension112="67fb946c-d221-11f1-9b33-a9d8a228f50d" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Read my full Ulefone Armor Pad Pro review" data-dimension48="Read my full Ulefone Armor Pad Pro review" data-dimension25=""><strong>Ulefone Armor Pad Pro review</strong></a><strong></strong><a class="view-deal button" href="" target="_blank" rel="nofollow" data-dimension112="67fb946c-d221-11f1-9b33-a9d8a228f50d" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Read my full Ulefone Armor Pad Pro review" data-dimension48="Read my full Ulefone Armor Pad Pro review" data-dimension25="">View Deal</a></p></div><p><em>For more ruggedized devices, we've reviewed the </em><a href="https://www.techradar.com/best/best-rugged-smartphones" target="_blank"><em>best rugged phones</em></a><em>, the </em><a href="https://www.techradar.com/news/best-rugged-laptops" target="_blank"><em>best rugged laptops</em></a><em> and the </em><a href="https://www.techradar.com/news/best-rugged-hard-drives" target="_blank"><em>best rugged hard drives</em></a><em></em></p> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.techradar.com/pro/phone-communications/agm-pad-p3-rugged-tablet-review</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ The AGM Pad P3 has the rugged credentials for outdoor use, but avoids the extra bulk a large battery would bring. ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">hmVmJruJof8aEDWh3Y8GwJ</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ruNQEVo56iyJ58qbKzAcGR-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Wed, 28 Oct 2026 15:35:00 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Phone & Communications]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Pro]]></category>
                                                                                                <author><![CDATA[ mark@pickavance.com (Mark Pickavance) ]]></author>                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Mark Pickavance ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/droJDC5YLWYdAfVgqpQkFd-320-70.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ruNQEVo56iyJ58qbKzAcGR-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Mark Pickavance]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[AGM Pad P3 rugged tablet]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[AGM Pad P3 rugged tablet]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[AGM Pad P3 rugged tablet]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ruNQEVo56iyJ58qbKzAcGR-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-agm-pad-p3-2-minute-review"><span>AGM Pad P3: 2-minute review</span></h2><p>Rugged tablets usually follow one rule. Make them big, make them heavy and hope the specification sheet distracts you.</p><p>The AGM Pad P3 does not play that game. It is an 8.68-inch tablet that measures 232 x 146 x 14.5mm. That is thin for a device that claims IP68 and IP69K protection. It means the tablet can survive brief submersion and high-pressure water jets. AGM says it is built for one-handed use, and it includes an adjustable strap for hands-free carrying.</p><p>Inside is the MediaTek Helio G99. It is an octa-core chip built on a 6nm process. It is paired with 6GB of RAM and 128GB of storage. A microSD slot can add up to 1TB more if you need extra capacity. The SoC wouldn’t be classed as fast in 2026, but it has proved dependable in a lot of budget hardware, and it’s better than many of its competitors. Android 16 is the real surprise, since many rivals are still shipping with Android 14. And some of those won’t be getting an upgrade to the latest release.</p><p>If this tablet has a weakness, it might be the screen. It has a 120Hz IPS panel with an 800 x 1340 resolution, and AGM quotes a peak brightness of 600 nits. That smooth refresh rate helps scrolling feel quick, but the limited resolution only supports 720p video playback.</p><p>Connectivity is practical, but hardly concurrent. You get dual 4G SIM support and eSIM, plus NFC, GPS and WiFi. But there is no 5G, which will matter to some buyers and not to others. The 7,200mAh battery charges at 18W, so this is not a device you can top up in a hurry.</p><p>On the back is a 50MP main camera, and on the front is an 8MP selfie, not great but not terrible either. The system supports at least Widevine L1, meaning Netflix and other streaming services can play in HD.</p><p>So this is a compact, tough and affordable tablet. It makes sensible choices where cheaper rivals make clumsy ones with even older technology and lesser specifications.</p><p>It might not be the <a href="https://www.techradar.com/news/the-best-rugged-tablets" target="_blank">best rugged tablet</a> I’ve tested, but it represents good value for money.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1600px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="mKK8ELME2BXMQErzJNE8LR" name="AGM Pad P3_20261026_125957584_HDR" alt="AGM Pad P3 rugged tablet" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/mKK8ELME2BXMQErzJNE8LR-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1600" height="900" attribution="" endorsement="" class="" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Mark Pickavance)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-agm-pad-p3-price-and-availability"><span>AGM Pad P3: Price and availability</span></h2><ul><li><strong>How much does it cost?</strong> $236/£249/€300</li><li><strong>When is it out? </strong>Available now</li><li><strong>Where can you get it? </strong>Directly from AGM Mobile</li></ul><p>To avoid confusion, this hardware has several naming options, including the AGM G3 Compact tablet and the AGM Pad P3, so I’ll use the latter.</p><p>The AGM Pad P3 is sold through the <a href="https://eu.agmmobile.com/products/agm-pad-p3-compact-rugged-tablet/" target="_blank">AGM EU store </a>at a price range of €299 to €329, depending on whether you choose to include a tablet stand. The store lists versions with and without a tablet stand. AGM is also running a promotion that includes a free stylus with purchase, although this wasn’t included with my review model.</p><p>In the USA, you can get this hardware on <a href="https://www.amazon.com/AGM-PAD-P3-MIL-STD-810H-Construction/dp/B0H49BRTWN/" target="_blank">Amazon for $235.99</a>, and in the UK it’s <a href="https://www.amazon.co.uk/AGM-PAD-P3-Industrial-sunlight/dp/B0H11HZBKT/" target="_blank">£249.99.</a> </p><p>That is a lot of tablet for the money. It is also significantly cheaper than AGM's own Pad P2 Active, which lists at €369 to €408.90 in the same store. The Pad P2 Active still runs Android 14. The P3 is smaller, has a faster 120Hz screen and runs a newer operating system.</p><p>Looking at the usual brand suspects for rugged tablets reveals that the Pad P3 may have found a niche, since most alternatives are more expensive, some excessively so.</p><p>The Samsung Galaxy Tab Active 5 is closer to $500. However, you get a much better software ecosystem, guaranteed updates, Samsung Knox enterprise security, and an included IP68-rated S Pen stylus. Samsung also have the Galaxy Tab Active 4 Pro, but that 10.1-inch design is north of $650.</p><p>A more affordable Samsung option is the Galaxy Tab A9 (8.7-inch), a tablet that mirrors the size of the AGM P3. It is incredibly affordable at around $175, features a great UI, and has mass-market accessory support. However, it lacks the smooth 120Hz fluid display, comes with only 64GB of storage, 4GB of RAM and lacks the processing power of the P3's Helio G99 chip.</p><p>The two competitors that AGM is truly up against are Ulefone and Oukitel, with the Armor Pad Pro from Ulefone and the RT3 Pro from Oukitel. The Armor Pad Pro is only $220, and that price includes 8GB of RAM and better cameras, but the SoC is less powerful.</p><p>The Oukitel RT3 Pro is the same price, comes with 4GB of RAM and 128GB of ROM, has only a 16MP main camera and runs Android 14. As with the Ulefone, it uses a less powerful  SoC, in this case the G81.</p><p>The bottom line is that as a new product, the AGM Pad P3 is slightly more expensive than the closest competitor options, but the amount of processing power, RAM, and the 50MP primary camera sensor more than justify the extra money.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1600px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="qDknUTzhdb7p9bDZec5WFR" name="AGM Pad P3_20261026_115059429_HDR" alt="AGM Pad P3 rugged tablet" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/qDknUTzhdb7p9bDZec5WFR-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1600" height="900" attribution="" endorsement="" class="" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Mark Pickavance)</span></figcaption></figure><ul><li><strong>Value score: 4/5</strong></li></ul><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-agm-pad-p3-specs"><span>AGM Pad P3: Specs</span></h2><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Item</strong></p></td><td  ><p><strong>Spec</strong></p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>CPU:</strong></p></td><td  ><p>MediaTek Helio G99 (2x Cortex A76 at 2.2GHz + 6x Cortex A55 at 2.0GHz)</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>GPU:</strong></p></td><td  ><p>ARM Mali G57 MC2</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>RAM:</strong></p></td><td  ><p>6GB</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Storage:</strong></p></td><td  ><p>128GB + microSD (up to 1TB)</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Screen:</strong></p></td><td  ><p>8.68-inch IPS LCD, 120Hz</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Resolution:</strong></p></td><td  ><p>800 x 1340 (HD+), about 180ppi</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Peak brightness</strong></p></td><td  ><p>600 nits</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>SIM:</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Dual 4G SIM plus eSIM</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Weight:</strong></p></td><td  ><p>535g (measured)</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Dimensions:</strong></p></td><td  ><p>232 x 146 x 14.5mm</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Rugged spec:</strong></p></td><td  ><p>IP68 and IP69K, MIL STD 810H [to be confirmed]</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Rear cameras:</strong></p></td><td  ><p>50MP main (single sensor)</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Front camera:</strong></p></td><td  ><p>8MP</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Networking:</strong></p></td><td  ><p>4G LTE, WiFi, Bluetooth, NFC, GPS</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Streaming:</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Widevine L1</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>OS:</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Android 16</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Battery:</strong></p></td><td  ><p>7,200mAh, 18W wired charging</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Extras:</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Adjustable carry strap, free stylus promotion, optional rotating metal stand</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Colours:</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Grey</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-agm-pad-p3-design"><span>AGM Pad P3: Design</span></h2><ul><li><strong>Slim by rugged standards</strong></li><li><strong>One-handed use</strong></li><li><strong>Stand is optional</strong></li></ul><p>Most rugged tablets are built like paving slabs. The AGM Pad P3 tries to avoid that form factor, being only 14.5mm thick, making it slimmer than many ordinary tablets with a protective case on.</p><p>My scales say it weighs 535g, although the official numbers are 540g, but that might include the provided strap. That is well under half the weight of the 8849 Tank Pad Ultra, which is a big difference if you carry a tablet all day.</p><p>The smaller 8.68-inch screen is critical to the design, letting you hold it in one hand like a large phone. That suits tradespeople on a job site, delivery staff and anyone using a tablet on their feet. An included strap supports hands-free carrying, connecting via loops through slots in each corner. </p><p>AGM offers an optional metal stand, which was included with my review machine. This relatively lightweight stand uses four tiny screws to secure it to the back of the P3. It offers a reasonably wide range of positions, from almost upright to nearly flat. In at least one position, it also supports the tablet in portrait orientation.</p><p>My only concern with the stand is that the small screws might easily be lost if you decide to remove them outdoors, and without those you won’t be able to reattach it.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1600px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="qCVQ5DVJwvSACKtaNpchER" name="AGM Pad P3_20261026_115220605_HDR" alt="AGM Pad P3 rugged tablet" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/qCVQ5DVJwvSACKtaNpchER-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1600" height="900" attribution="" endorsement="" class="" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Mark Pickavance)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The button layout is simple and predictable, with no custom buttons or special functions other than the power button and volume rocker. Because the buttons are small, there is no fingerprint reader, but it supports facial recognition from the front-facing camera.</p><p>The SIM and microSD tray was one of my least desirable aspects of the P3. The rubber plug is thin and difficult to remove, and once it's shifted, you need to then find the tray ejector from the box to get the SIM tray out. It’s all excessively fiddly, and it might have been easier without requiring a tool. The tray accepts either two SIMs or a SIM and microSD, but as this tablet supports an eSIM, that’s hardly a significant limitation.</p><p>The IP68 and IP69K ratings are the expected baseline, providing serious protection. IP69K adds resistance to high-pressure, high-temperature water jets. The AGM promotional material also cites a MIL-STD 810H drop test, but it doesn't say how far it fell or what surface it landed on. It’s normally impossible for reviewers to test devices to destruction, but the P3 looks like it could take some abuse and keep working.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1600px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="7wyQiULzE92QisZMf5xPFR" name="AGM Pad P3_20261026_114700477_HDR" alt="AGM Pad P3 rugged tablet" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/7wyQiULzE92QisZMf5xPFR-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1600" height="900" attribution="" endorsement="" class="" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Mark Pickavance)</span></figcaption></figure><p><strong>Design score: 4/5</strong></p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-agm-pad-p3-hardware"><span>AGM Pad P3: Hardware</span></h2><ul><li><strong>MediaTek Helio G99</strong></li><li><strong>8.68-inch 120Hz display</strong></li><li><strong>7,200mAh battery</strong></li></ul><p>The Helio G99 is an old friend, as I’ve covered it in both tablet and phone reviews previously. It uses two fast Cortex-A76 cores and six efficient A55 cores on a 6nm process. The Mali G57 GPU is modest, but better than what you find in budget phones. The G99 is a platform for apps, maps, documents, and video, not demanding games.</p><p>AGM has paired it with 6GB of RAM, which is adequate but not exactly indulgent. The 128GB of storage is equally fine, and the microSD slot means you can get more storage space if you need it. Cards up to 1TB are supported, although you can only use one physical phone SIM if you install a microSD.</p><p>From a hardware perspective, the most compromised feature is the screen.</p><p>At 800 x 1340 on an 8.68-inch panel, it delivers only about 180 pixels per inch. That is on the low side, making text slightly lumpy and fine detail in photos appears missing until you zoom in. On the plus side, the 120Hz refresh rate makes everything feel smoother than the resolution suggests. </p><p>AGM claims a peak of 600 nits, and it can be bright, but the glossy display still makes it hard to see in natural outdoor light. If you can find a screen protector with an anti-reflection coating that fits, it might work better outdoors.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1600px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="YAYeacCVrWut7ynjbkbJFR" name="AGM Pad P3_20261027_112042119_HDR" alt="AGM Pad P3 rugged tablet" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/YAYeacCVrWut7ynjbkbJFR-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1600" height="900" attribution="" endorsement="" class="" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Mark Pickavance)</span></figcaption></figure><p>As I mentioned in the intro, Widevine L1 certification is included, enabling it to stream HD content from most content providers.  The only caveat to that is that the screen resolution doesn’t allow for anything higher than 720p, which has been designated ‘HD’ by marketing gurus. </p><p>I wish this tablet had an HDMI port, where it could display 1080p to a suitable TV, because the tablet is undoubtedly capable of doing that. But given how many tablets have only Widevine L3 encryption, even expensive ones, AGM deserves recognition for using L1.</p><p>The 7,200mAh battery is modest, but the screen is small, and the SoC is reasonably frugal, so it still lasts a decent amount of time. The snag is that the fastest charging you can get with the included charger is 18W. Some phones can charge at 55W, and some tablets take more power than that. In my performance assessment, I’ll cover how 18W charging affects speed.</p><p>The last few points about the hardware in the P3 are that it has no 5G, though dual 4G SIM and eSIM support covers most uses. NFC and GPS are on board. </p><p>Overall, not a spectacular platform, but one that is appropriate to its price and potential uses.</p><ul><li><strong>Hardware score: 3.5/5</strong></li></ul><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-agm-pad-p3-cameras"><span>AGM Pad P3: Cameras</span></h2><ul><li><strong>50MP on the rear</strong></li><li><strong>8MP on the front</strong></li><li><strong>Two cameras in total</strong></li></ul><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1600px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="SMPpmim3r3rcGJtkEEcNFR" name="AGM Pad P3_20261026_114724864_HDR" alt="AGM Pad P3 rugged tablet" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/SMPpmim3r3rcGJtkEEcNFR-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1600" height="900" attribution="" endorsement="" class="" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Mark Pickavance)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The AGM Pad P3 has two cameras:</p><p><strong>Rear camera: </strong>50MP Omnivision OV50B40 <br /><strong>Front camera:</strong> 8MP BYD BF20A1<strong> </strong></p><p>The main camera is a 50MP unit by Omnivision, the OV50B40. For a camera sensor in a tablet, this one is reasonable, as it uses pixel binning to achieve better colour representation.</p><p>But, in my testing, it didn’t care much for low-light conditions, resulting in grainy results.</p><p>It is possible to take some good pictures with this sensor, but most are taken outside in strong natural light. As you can see in my indoor shots, this sensor tends to crush contrast and slightly wash out saturation below a certain lighting threshold.</p><p>Looking at the drivers compiled for the Android distro on this phone, it suggests there might also be a 0.3MP focusing sensor, but AGM doesn’t explicitly mention it or list it in the phone's specifications.</p><p>What it does mention for selfie taking is an 8MP BYD chip designed by that brand for cars, like parking cameras and self-driving functionality.</p><p>With many phones now coming with Sony 32MP selfie cameras, this one appears to be intended as a cost-saving measure for the makers.</p><p>What’s slightly fascinating is that the best video resolution available is the same for both front- and rear-facing cameras, that being 1080p. Although the rear can offer 60fps over 30fps on the front.</p><p>The 50MP Omnivision OV50B40 specification says it supports video at 8K at 30fps, 4K at 90fps, 1080p at 240fps, and 720p at a whopping 480fps. However, the G99 can only process 2K (2048 x 1080) at 30 fps, but the camera app doesn’t have those as options. So what does it do with all those unused sensor pixels? It has stabilisation,  which is useful for shooting on the move.</p><p>Let us be realistic. Nobody buys a tablet like this for photography, I hope. It is a tool for documenting. Think site inspections, damage records and stock checks. What matters is whether the camera is quick, steady and legible.</p><p>The primary sensor is good enough for that, and the selfie camera is acceptable for quick face-to-face conversations.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1600px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="zC5gYFqxfYdsQvjNsDXRFR" name="AGM Pad P3_20261026_120104371_HDR" alt="AGM Pad P3 rugged tablet" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/zC5gYFqxfYdsQvjNsDXRFR-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1600" height="900" attribution="" endorsement="" class="" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Mark Pickavance)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 id="agm-pad-p3-camera-samples">AGM Pad P3 Camera samples</h2><figure role="gallery"><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/vq9sr5CyD9Qikd4kNytEoj-1920-80.jpg" alt="AGM Pad P3 photo examples" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Mark Pickavance</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/oSQF7Lr7ZDVtQvfqkrcuij-1920-80.jpg" alt="AGM Pad P3 photo examples" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Mark Pickavance</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Vy2xR6FYeD3PV8ySgK5STj-1920-80.jpg" alt="AGM Pad P3 photo examples" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Mark Pickavance</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/gQBzWcZ8HXyyWyGZAMt8Tj-1920-80.jpg" alt="AGM Pad P3 photo examples" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Mark Pickavance</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/K7yvGwikyHagyEHnvv34Tj-1920-80.jpg" alt="AGM Pad P3 photo examples" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Mark Pickavance</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/pSU8fhbFqR9xK5Jf4QMpSj-1920-80.jpg" alt="AGM Pad P3 photo examples" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Mark Pickavance</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/tGokvaow6HTf4dzJKEqVRj-1920-80.jpg" alt="AGM Pad P3 photo examples" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Mark Pickavance</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/WNRVSpGC2sFBQ5DnU7FWRj-1920-80.jpg" alt="AGM Pad P3 photo examples" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Mark Pickavance</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Rh4MAxaJn3VtCo2izNUpQj-1920-80.jpg" alt="AGM Pad P3 photo examples" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Mark Pickavance</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/xQMrz7eTV773ahCwtU7pQj-1920-80.jpg" alt="AGM Pad P3 photo examples" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Mark Pickavance</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/FhkByPfPTu4iwt7rDfvCJj-1920-80.jpg" alt="AGM Pad P3 photo examples" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Mark Pickavance</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/xT564u3wWxBukkLwgxmpHj-1920-80.jpg" alt="AGM Pad P3 photo examples" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Mark Pickavance</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/x8sjEVQiiPhCt4UUMizhHj-1920-80.jpg" alt="AGM Pad P3 photo examples" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Mark Pickavance</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/QyvMexMSuHbXr67f3SNjHj-1920-80.jpg" alt="AGM Pad P3 photo examples" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Mark Pickavance</small></figcaption></figure></figure><ul><li><strong>Camera score: 3/5</strong></li></ul><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-agm-pad-p3-performance"><span>AGM Pad P3: Performance</span></h2><ul><li><strong>Modern SoC</strong></li><li><strong>Good battery life</strong></li></ul><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Tablet</strong></p></td><td  ><p> </p></td><td  ><p><strong>AGM Pad P3</strong></p></td><td  ><p><strong>Ulefone Armor Pad Pro</strong></p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>SoC</strong></p></td><td  ><p> </p></td><td  ><p>MediaTek Helio G99</p></td><td  ><p>MediaTek Helio G88</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>GPU</strong></p></td><td  ><p> </p></td><td  ><p>ARM Mali-G57 MC2</p></td><td  ><p>ARM Mali-G52 MC2</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Mem</strong></p></td><td  ><p> </p></td><td  ><p>8GB/128GB</p></td><td  ><p>8GB/128GB</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Weight</strong></p></td><td  ><p> </p></td><td  ><p>535g</p></td><td  ><p>560g</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Battery Capacity</strong></p></td><td  ><p>mAh</p></td><td  ><p>7200</p></td><td  ><p>7,650</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Geekbench</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Single</p></td><td  ><p>726</p></td><td  ><p>342</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong> </strong></p></td><td  ><p>Multi</p></td><td  ><p>2014</p></td><td  ><p>1239</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong> </strong></p></td><td  ><p>OpenCL</p></td><td  ><p>1604</p></td><td  ><p>1137</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong> </strong></p></td><td  ><p>Vulkan</p></td><td  ><p>1541</p></td><td  ><p>1127</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>PCMark</strong></p></td><td  ><p>3.0 Score</p></td><td  ><p>10014</p></td><td  ><p>7070</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong> </strong></p></td><td  ><p>Battery</p></td><td  ><p>19h 50m (0%)</p></td><td  ><p>15H 4m (20%)</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Charge 30</strong></p></td><td  ><p>%</p></td><td  ><p>22%</p></td><td  ><p>6%</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Passmark</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Score</p></td><td  ><p>5968</p></td><td  ><p>6800</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p> </p></td><td  ><p>CPU</p></td><td  ><p>4579</p></td><td  ><p>3280</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>3DMark</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Slingshot OGL</p></td><td  ><p>2607</p></td><td  ><p>1652</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p> </p></td><td  ><p>Slingshot Ex. OGL</p></td><td  ><p>2584</p></td><td  ><p>1259</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p> </p></td><td  ><p>Slingshot Ex. Vulkan</p></td><td  ><p>2463</p></td><td  ><p>1313</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p> </p></td><td  ><p>Wildlife</p></td><td  ><p>1314</p></td><td  ><p>641</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p> </p></td><td  ><p>Wildlife Extreme</p></td><td  ><p>374</p></td><td  ><p>N/A</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><p>The Helio G99 is no speed demon, but it’s better than the G88 that Ulefone used in its original Armor Pad Pro. That puts it in the middle of the budget field.</p><p>The natural comparison was AGM's own Pad P2 Active, which uses the same chip, but there wasn’t much to gain from comparing such similar machines.</p><p>The more interesting aspects of these results are to do with battery life, since the G99 is a 6nm chip, and the G88 is 12nm. The reduction in track size for the G99 provides greater power efficiency, and that is reflected in the nearly 20 hours it ran PCMark battery test versus the 15 that the G88 system managed. Admittedly, the Ulefone Armour Pad Pro still had 20% of power left, hinting at another two hours and 15 minutes of runtime. But given that the battery is 6.25% larger on the Pad Pro, it's still an impressive win for the Pad P3.</p><p>Charging was abysmal on the Ulefone tablet, and while it's better on the AGM, it could still take between 2.5 and three hours to get a full charge using the included charger.</p><p>I also noticed that if you use a high-end charger, like one of the Ugreen Nexode power packs, it actually charges slower than normal. Phones and tablets that are tuned to a specific charger is a recent development, and one I’m not keen on.</p><p>Looking at these numbers, I expect everyday use to be fine with the Pad P3. The 120Hz screen helps the interface feel snappier than the silicon deserves, which is why I expect it was used. Android 16 is also a bonus, as it brings better security and, in theory, longer support.</p><p>But AGM could improve Android update availability, since they’ve historically never made it a selling point.</p><ul><li><strong>Performance score: 3/5</strong></li></ul><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1600px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="UqsQG2wgbrkw6Yb8FWvGFR" name="AGM Pad P3_20261026_115751309_HDR" alt="AGM Pad P3 rugged tablet" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/UqsQG2wgbrkw6Yb8FWvGFR-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1600" height="900" attribution="" endorsement="" class="" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Mark Pickavance)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-agm-pad-p3-final-verdict"><span>AGM Pad P3: Final verdict</span></h2><p>For tradespeople, delivery staff and field workers, the AGM Pad P3 is easy to recommend. It is tough, small and cheap. It also gets the details right that matter in daily use, like Widevine L1 and a modern version of Android.</p><p>For everyone else, it is a sensible rugged option that doesn't cost much or take up much luggage space. At this price, one shouldn’t expect miracles, obviously. </p><p>The shortcomings are plain. The screen resolution is low for the size. The Helio G99 is a budget chip, and 18W charging is slow. There is also no 5G, if that’s important to you. None of these caveats is a surprise at this price, but it's best to go into this with your eyes wide open.</p><p>Compared with the AGM Pad P2 Active, the P3 is cheaper, smaller, newer and has a faster screen, but the same underlying SoC. It lacks the removable case of the older tablet.</p><p>If you need something more powerful, bigger or with a projector, you should look elsewhere.</p><p>Which device suits you depends on how much you value portability, because that’s probably the strongest aspect of the AGM Pad P3.</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-should-i-buy-a-agm-pad-p3"><span>Should I buy a AGM Pad P3?</span></h2><div ><table><caption>AGM Pad P3 Score Card</caption><thead><tr><th class="firstcol " ><p>Attributes</p></th><th  ><p>Notes</p></th><th  ><p>Rating</p></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Value</p></td><td  ><p>Low price for a rugged tablet with a modern OS</p></td><td  ><p>4/5</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Design</p></td><td  ><p>Slim, compact and tough</p></td><td  ><p>4/5</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Hardware</p></td><td  ><p>Sensible choices, but a low-resolution screen</p></td><td  ><p>3.5/5</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Camera</p></td><td  ><p>Fit for documentation work, but not ideal for photography</p></td><td  ><p>3/5</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Performance</p></td><td  ><p>Old SoC delivers an adequate budget platform</p></td><td  ><p>3/5</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Overall</p></td><td  ><p>Easy to carry and use, and highly affordable</p></td><td  ><p>3.5/5</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h2 id="buy-it-if-8">Buy it if...</h2><div class="product"><p><strong>You want a tablet that is easy to carry</strong><br />At 14.5mm thick and with a small screen, it fits places that larger rugged tablets cannot. For those who need to hike to a remote location, or want to travel light, the AGM Pad P3 will be your lightweight companion.</p><p><strong>You stream content on the move</strong><br />Widevine L1 means HD playback on major streaming services, so you can watch movies in at least 720p, not 480p. It’s only the screen resolution that holds it back from using 1080p sources.</p></div><h2 id="don-39-t-buy-it-if-8">Don't buy it if...</h2><div class="product"><p>Don’t buy if...  </p><p><strong>You need a sharp screen</strong><br />At 800 x 1340, text and images are not crisp, and it’s not ideal for reviewing video or still image captures that are at much higher resolution than the display.</p><p><strong>You need fast charging</strong><br />An 18W charger will take a while to fill the battery, so this isn’t the tablet you need for work and forget to connect to the charger the night before. Also, you need to use the charger that came in the box to get the fastest possible charge.</p></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-also-consider"><span>Also Consider</span></h3><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="5f274c8a-d200-11f1-b919-adc4e598bc84" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Read my full Ulefone Armor Pad 5 Ultra review" data-dimension48="Read my full Ulefone Armor Pad 5 Ultra review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1600px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="JMiVFEcHGJiVJixxdvoYuf" name="Ulefone Armor Pad 5 Ultra_20260416_111109805_HDR.jpg" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/JMiVFEcHGJiVJixxdvoYuf-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1600" height="900" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class="" /></p></div></div></figure></a><p><strong>Ulefone Armor Pad 5 Ultra</strong><br />A 200-lumen DLP projector, 120W charging, heavier at 1.6kg, but with dual 1000-lumen floodlights and auto-keystone correction. The issue is that this tablet is much more expensive, even if it has better all-around specs.</p><p><strong>Read my full </strong><a href="https://www.techradar.com/pro/phone-communications/ulefone-armor-pad-5-ultra-rugged-tablet-review" target="_blank" data-dimension112="5f274c8a-d200-11f1-b919-adc4e598bc84" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Read my full Ulefone Armor Pad 5 Ultra review" data-dimension48="Read my full Ulefone Armor Pad 5 Ultra review" data-dimension25=""><strong>Ulefone Armor Pad 5 Ultra review</strong></a><strong></strong></p></div><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="67fb946c-d221-11f1-9b33-a9d8a228f50d" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Read my full Ulefone Armor Pad Pro review" data-dimension48="Read my full Ulefone Armor Pad Pro review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1600px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="huZVoFGgEZMHkiMtoTz42b" name="Ulefone Armor Pad Pro_DSC9706.jpg" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/huZVoFGgEZMHkiMtoTz42b-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1600" height="900" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class="" /></p></div></div></figure></a><p><strong>Ulefone Armor Pad Pro</strong><br />Another practical, rugged design with an inbuilt camping light, with a slightly older SoC than that in the AGM Pad P3. However, it has better camera sensors and 8GB of RAM. And it has the uSmart expansion port that enables the attachment of endoscopes or microscopes.</p><p><strong>Read my full </strong><a href="https://www.techradar.com/pro/phone-communications/ulefone-armor-pad-pro-review" target="_blank" data-dimension112="67fb946c-d221-11f1-9b33-a9d8a228f50d" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Read my full Ulefone Armor Pad Pro review" data-dimension48="Read my full Ulefone Armor Pad Pro review" data-dimension25=""><strong>Ulefone Armor Pad Pro review</strong></a><strong></strong><a class="view-deal button" href="" target="_blank" rel="nofollow" data-dimension112="67fb946c-d221-11f1-9b33-a9d8a228f50d" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Read my full Ulefone Armor Pad Pro review" data-dimension48="Read my full Ulefone Armor Pad Pro review" data-dimension25="">View Deal</a></p></div><p><em>For more ruggedized devices, we've reviewed the </em><a href="https://www.techradar.com/best/best-rugged-smartphones" target="_blank"><em>best rugged phones</em></a><em>, the </em><a href="https://www.techradar.com/news/best-rugged-laptops" target="_blank"><em>best rugged laptops</em></a><em> and the </em><a href="https://www.techradar.com/news/best-rugged-hard-drives" target="_blank"><em>best rugged hard drives</em></a><em></em></p>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ Asus ProArt P16 RTX Spark review: Nvidia’s next-gen SoC yields stellar gaming, creative and AI power ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-asus-proart-p16-rtx-spark-two-minute-review"><span>Asus ProArt P16 RTX Spark: two-minute review</span></h2><p>The Asus ProArt P16 RTX Spark is one of the new generation of laptops powered by Nvidia’s RTX Spark chip. This all-in-one system-on-a-chip is packing 20 ARM CPU cores, 6144 CUDA GPU backed up by 64GB of RAM and promises to offer fantastic AI, creative and gaming performance in a lightweight, portable form factor. So how does this new SoC version of the Asus ProArt P16 laptop fare?</p><p>When powering up the Asus ProArt P16 RTX Spark for the first time, perhaps the first thing I noticed is its huge, vibrant 16-inch OLED screen. With a peak brightness of 1,100 nits and a 100% DCI-P3 color gamut, it looked gorgeous whether I was loading up my digital artworks or watching movies. And its 120Hz VRR makes it perfect for playing games on.</p><p>That’s not the only part of the ProArt P16’s design that feels premium. Its overall build quality feels suitably luxe, with the smooth metal of its upper casing feeling wonderfully tactile. Inside, its keyboard is well designed and feels pleasant to type on, while its haptic trackpad is precise and gives snappy feedback, even if I did find it too easy to trigger the right click at first. I will say its lid has a little bit too much wobble for my liking though: if I’m honest, I’d expect a laptop at this price to have a slightly more stable hinge.</p><p>But let’s not just focus on the superficial here: the ProArt P16 RTX Spark has a lot going on under the surface. That’s predominantly thanks to that Nvidia SoC, which enables it to tackle a wider range of tasks than even many of the <a href="https://www.techradar.com/news/mobile-computing/laptops/best-laptops-1304361">best laptops</a>.</p><p>Perhaps the most attention grabbing feature is its AI capabilities. Designed for hybrid workflows, the RTX Spark makes it easy to use a combination of local and cloud models to run your AI agents. Testing it out with the Qwen 3 8B open-source local model, I certainly found it had pretty snappy performance for basic workflows, with a basic data analysis only taking about 12 minutes.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1920px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="YmeaueeTyVWukqg7X8kvSD" name="Asus ProArt P16 RTX Spark" alt="A closeup of the Asus ProArt P16 RTX Spark's keyboard and trackpad." src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/YmeaueeTyVWukqg7X8kvSD-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1920" height="1080" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>More involved tasks took much more refining and prompting over multiple sessions though — attempting to automate 3DMark benchmarks took many 75 minute runs before the completion time reduced significantly. Still, being able to run these workflows on such a lightweight, portable machine was pretty impressive</p><p>Another area the Asus ProArt P16 RTX Spark delivers potent performance is during creative tasks. Running multiple PugetBench benchmarks for automating Photoshop and Premier Pro workflows, the ProArt P16 was only a little behind Apple’s M5 chip when running image-based tasks and beat it when it came to video tasks. And this was borne out by my own testing: even my largest 4K 300dpi Photoshop file crammed full of clipping masks didn’t make it wince, with filters and generative fills executing smoothly. Even downscaling the whole image to 2K only took around five seconds, which isn’t bad for a nigh-on 2GB file.</p><p>Few SoCs to date have been designed with gaming performance in mind. But given Nvidia’s heritage in this space, it’s hardly surprising that the ProArt P16 RTX Spark is capable of some serious gaming power. While it’s not quite able to deliver at the same level as RTX 5080 and 5090 GPUs, I enjoyed a very smooth 60fps on <a href="https://www.techradar.com/reviews/cyberpunk-2077"><em>Cyberpunk 2077</em></a> on Raytracing Medium settings, while <a href="https://www.techradar.com/gaming/gears-of-war-e-day-review">Gears of War: E-day</a> ran at more solid than bedrock at over 110fps. So this laptop can achieve some stunning results, even if the performance you’ll get isn’t 100% the top of the range.</p><p>Given it can handle all of these tasks on the go, you’d hope it has a pretty capacious battery to back up that powerful chip. And it’s relatively good news on this front. While it only managed 11 hours of continuous video playback during my testing, during productivity based work it lasted well over 14 hours. That’s nowhere near as long-lasting as the Methuselah-like <a href="https://www.techradar.com/computing/macbooks/apple-macbook-pro-14-inch-m5-2025">MacBook Pro M5 Pro</a>, which clocked over 21 hours in our testing, but it’s certainly enough to get you through a standard day’s work.</p><p>Honestly, the Asus ProArt P16 RTX Spark is pretty adept at everything it tries to do: it’s a talented all-rounder. The only caveat really is its price: like many of the RTX Spark laptops, it isn’t cheap. Starting from $4,399.99 / £3,899.99 / AU$7,999, it costs just as much as a high-end gaming laptop or a pro-level creative workhorse — so, honestly, if you care more about getting the best performance you can in a specific niche, you may be better off investing in one of those instead.</p><p>However, if you need a single bow that can handle every single one of your strings, the Asus ProArt P16 RTX Spark is a good shout. It’ll handle running your own AI agents, whipping up creative work and even gaming for your downtime, all in a single, portable package.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1920px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="YAEw5VMY2rHyTk2bZXfWsC" name="Asus ProArt P16 RTX Spark" alt="A closeup of the Asus ProArt logo on the rear of the ProArt P16 RTX Spark." src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/YAEw5VMY2rHyTk2bZXfWsC-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1920" height="1080" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-asus-proart-p16-rtx-spark-review-price-availability"><span>Asus ProArt P16 RTX Spark review: price &amp; availability</span></h2><p>Having launched on October 9, the Asus ProArt P16 RTX Spark is available now. Unlike its smaller sibling, it ships with the higher-end Nvidia RTX Spark N1X with 6144-core GPU and 20-core CPU. </p><p>As a result, it’s a pricey meatball: its list price starts from $4,399.99 / £3,899.99 / AU$7,999 for the spec with 64GB RAM, 3K screen and 1TB SSD. That increases to $6,999.99 / £5,999.99 / AU$10,999 if you want the version with 128GB RAM, a 4K screen and a 2TB SSD.</p><p>Even with its impressive specs, there’s no getting away from the fact that this is a premium-priced laptop. Both in terms of price and spec, the ProArt P16 RTX Spark is pretty similar to the <a href="https://www.techradar.com/computing/windows-laptops/galaxy-book6-ultra">Samsung Galaxy Book6 Ultra</a> with Nvidia GeForce RTX 5070, which will set you back $3,799.99 / £3,649 (around AU$5,410).</p><p>Alternatively, this kind of spend could net you the MacBook Pro M5 Pro 16-inch with 64GB for $2,999 / £3,999 / AU$6,299, which should give you a lot of performance and creative power but I wouldn’t expect to get quite as much gaming power for your buck.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1920px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="bwtJVsfB7TkmfDRtwnGgmD" name="Asus ProArt P16 RTX Spark" alt="A closeup of the right side of the ProArt P16 RTX Spark showing USB-C and Ethernet ports, as well as an SD Express card reader." src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/bwtJVsfB7TkmfDRtwnGgmD-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1920" height="1080" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-asus-proart-p16-rtx-spark-review-specs"><span>Asus ProArt P16 RTX Spark review: Specs</span></h2><div ><table><thead><tr><th class="firstcol empty" ></th><th  ><p>Asus ProArt P16 RTX Spark Base Config</p></th><th  ><p>Asus ProArt P16 RTX Spark High end Config</p></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Price</p></td><td  ><p>$4,399.99 / £3,899.99 / AU$7,999</p></td><td  ><p>$6,999.99 / £5,999.99 / AU$10,999</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>CPU</p></td><td  ><p>NVIDIA RTX Spark N1X 20-core</p></td><td  ><p>NVIDIA RTX Spark N1X 20-core CPU</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>GPU</p></td><td  ><p>NVIDIA Blackwell RTX 6144-core</p></td><td  ><p>NVIDIA Blackwell RTX 6144-core GPU</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>RAM</p></td><td  ><p>64GB</p></td><td  ><p>128GB</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Storage</p></td><td  ><p>1TB SSD</p></td><td  ><p>2TB SSD</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Display</p></td><td  ><p>16.0-inch, 2880 x 1800, 120Hz, 1100 nits OLED</p></td><td  ><p>16.0-inch, 3840 x 2400, 120Hz, 1600 nits OLED</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Ports and Connectivity</p></td><td  ><p>3x USB-C, USB, HDMI 2.1, 3.5mm Combo Audio Jack, SD Express 7.0 card reader</p></td><td  ><p>3x USB-C, USB, HDMI 2.1, 3.5mm Combo Audio Jack, SD Express 7.0 card reader</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Battery</p></td><td  ><p>99.9Wh</p></td><td  ><p>99.9Wh</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Dimensions</p></td><td  ><p>13.94 x 9.57 x 0.63 inches / 354.1 x 243 x 15.9mm</p></td><td  ><p>13.94 x 9.57 x 0.63 inches / 354.1 x 243 x 15.9mm</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Weight</p></td><td  ><p>3.9 lbs / 1.77kg</p></td><td  ><p>3.9 lbs / 1.77kg</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1920px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="mZXXLXY3M4rJ6zZkqnPEAD" name="Asus ProArt P16 RTX Spark" alt="The rear side of the Asus ProArt P16 RTX Spark's screen, showing a logo reading 'ProArt'." src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/mZXXLXY3M4rJ6zZkqnPEAD-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1920" height="1080" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-asus-proart-p16-rtx-spark-review-design"><span>Asus ProArt P16 RTX Spark review: design</span></h2><ul><li><strong>Gorgeous 3K OLED display</strong></li><li><strong>Slim, sleek design</strong></li><li><strong>Slightly flimsy hinge</strong></li></ul><p>Like all of the initial lineup RTX Spark laptops I’ve seen, the new Asus ProArt P16 is a sleek-looking unit. While its 16-inch span is pretty expansive, it’s still light in terms of weight, clocking in at 1.77 kg compared to my 16-inch MacBook Pro M4’s 2.14kg. It’s also got a pretty sleek silhouette — unlike some of the RTX Spark laptop models I’ve seen, it’s not concealing a much chonkier base with the help of gradually sloping bevels. And its nano black and neo white colorways feel suitably premium, although I marginally prefer the black version I tested here.</p><p>It’s not all about style though: the ProArt P16 RTX Spark has plenty of substance too. Manufactured from smooth metal, its external and internal surfaces feel wonderfully tactile, although I’d say the inner ones feel a tiny bit less sturdy than the solid bodywork of the outside. On top of this, there’s a tiny bit of wobble to its screen when you touch it — I’d expect a slightly firmer hinge on a premium laptop like this.</p><p>Speaking of that screen, I found Asus’s 3K touchscreen Lumina Pro OLED to be pretty impressive on the whole. Not only can my unit hit a peak brightness of 1,100 nits and a max 120Hz VRR but comparing it to my <a href="https://www.techradar.com/computing/macbooks/apple-macbook-pro-14-inch-m4-2024">MacBook Pro M4</a>’s Liquid Retina XDR display while watching Pixar’s <em>Elemental </em>was — sorry for this — pretty illuminating. While the latter can go slightly brighter at 1,600 nits peak, I didn’t find the difference all that pronounced. And the colors of the P16 RTX Spark’s OLED panel were noticeably more vibrant, with the reds, blues and greens of the fire, water and earth elements really popping.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1920px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="YmeaueeTyVWukqg7X8kvSD" name="Asus ProArt P16 RTX Spark" alt="A closeup of the Asus ProArt P16 RTX Spark's keyboard and trackpad." src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/YmeaueeTyVWukqg7X8kvSD-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1920" height="1080" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>To say laptop keyboards can be hit or miss might be the understatement of the century but, fortunately, the ProArt P16 RTX Spark’s keyboard falls more in the former category than the latter. Although the keys don’t have a huge amount of travel, I still found the typing experience to be pretty fluid. I rarely ever struggled to find my chosen key when touch typing — although I did occasionally knock both parts of the dual enter key, accidentally sticking random #s at the end of sentences. Still, it felt nice to use, whether I was prompting an AI agent or rapidly splatting demons in <a href="https://www.techradar.com/gaming/doom-the-dark-ages-review"><em>Doom: The Dark Ages</em></a>.</p><p>For the most part, the P16 RTX Spark’s trackpad is also well designed. It’s very accurate, gives you a huge area for controlling your cursor and the haptic feedback is spot on, feeling exactly like a mechanical click. Really the only issue I found with it is the right click triggers far too far to the left, meaning I’d sometimes accidentally right click on certain elements. Still though, it’s a decent trackpad for the most part.</p><p>As you’d expect from a laptop this premium, the P16 RTX Spark comes with access to a wide range of connectivity options as well. On top of offering Wi-Fi 7 and Bluetooth 5.4 connectivity, it rocks a pretty decent selection of ports for such a slim laptop. These include three USB-C and one standard USB port, an HDMI 2.1 port, a 3.5mm headphone jack and an SD Express card reader. So even for most creative workflows, you should find you’re able to plug in plenty of devices to get things done.</p><ul><li><strong>Design score: 4 / 5</strong></li></ul><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1920px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="vJk9ois2c5dXMoA228utrD" name="Asus ProArt P16 RTX Spark" alt="The Asus ProArt P16 RTX Spark showing the Cyberpunk 2077 splash screen on its display." src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/vJk9ois2c5dXMoA228utrD-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1920" height="1080" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-asus-proart-p16-rtx-spark-review-performance"><span>Asus ProArt P16 RTX Spark review: performance</span></h2><ul><li><strong>Strong all-round performance</strong></li><li><strong>Local AI workflows impressive but require some patience</strong></li><li><strong>Specialist laptops can give better gaming or creative performance</strong></li></ul><p>I’ll be honest: by far the most exciting part about getting my hands on the Asus ProArt P16 RTX Spark is that eponymous chip. Similar to Apple’s M-series silicon, Nvidia’s RTX Spark is the company’s first attempt at a full system-on-a-chip architecture. And given Nvidia’s involvement in both the AI and gaming spaces, it’s safe to say I was looking forward to <a href="https://www.techradar.com/computing/gpu/after-more-than-a-week-of-living-and-breathing-nvidias-rtx-spark-chip-im-impressed-by-how-much-ai-creative-and-gaming-power-it-packs-into-such-a-tiny-space">putting the Nvidia Spark RTX through its paces</a>.</p><p>Combining CPU, GPU and RAM all in one compact package, the version of the RTX Spark included with the Asus ProArt P16 I tested here rocks 20 ARM CPU cores backed up by 64GB of RAM. Meanwhile, on the graphics side, it wields 6144 CUDA GPU cores with 30GB integrated memory. In terms of raw hardware, it's less cooked and more meaty than steak tartare.</p><p>While this is the equivalent of using a steam hammer to obliterate a nut, general productivity tasks ran perfectly smoothly on the ProArt P16 RTX Spark. Whether I was browsing the web, tinkering with spreadsheets or leafing through huge PDFs, I never experienced any awkward hanging or slowdowns. Even on the odd occasion when I had to look something up online while the laptop worked on an AI task, there wasn’t any unpleasant gear-crunching, showing the ProArt P16 is plenty fast enough for general use.</p><p>But you’re unlikely to be buying an RTX Spark laptop just for doing a bit of Googling or filing your taxes. Instead, the most obvious use case for the RTX Spark chip in the ProArt P16 is its hybrid agentic AI functionality. Put simply, rather than being forced to choose between using cloud models that potentially jeopardize the security of your data and less powerful local models, this blended approach means you can pick and choose which parts of your workflow you’re going to outsource to the cloud and which you’ll keep under strict local control.</p><p>With its integrated fifth-generation Tensor cores, the RTX Spark should be perfectly placed to support this. To see how fast it could run some of these models locally, I used the MLPerf Client benchmarking tool to mimic data analyst and SWE agentic workflows using the Qwen 3 8B local model. And the results felt pretty rapid, with the pipelines completing after an average duration of 63.7 and 50.8 seconds and processing up to 14,005 and 10,238 tokens respectively.</p><p>But I wanted to see for myself what it could do. So I fired up Hermes, the open-source AI agent tool, and set it up to run the local open-source model Qwen3.8 27B to see what having my own personal AI version of Alfred could help me achieve.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1920px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="isssdQFr9PafqhYcbRC2nD" name="Asus ProArt P16 RTX Spark" alt="The Asus ProArt P16 RTX Spark showing the hybrid agentic AI app Hermes on its display." src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/isssdQFr9PafqhYcbRC2nD-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1920" height="1080" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Some of the basic tasks I threw its way, the RTX Spark practically scoffed at. When I asked Hermes to organize a spreadsheet full of web analytics for me and pull out actionable highlights, it whipped the file up into a pivot table and gave me six bullet points within about 12 minutes. Asking it to convert this info into a presentation with slides and prompts took a little longer at 23 minutes, but it helped highlight the best information to pitch — even if the slides themselves needed a considerable glow up before I’d ever call them up in a Zoom call.</p><p>In theory though, these hybrid agentic AI tools can go much further than this. Not only can you convert your prompts into skills or schedule them to run as daily tasks but you can even set them to target your apps and control your screen directly. </p><p>Some of my experiments paid off here: after one abortive run, I eventually managed to get Hermes to access my emails and create a daily digest in 70 minutes. But trying to automate some of my 3DMark benchmarking process ended up being a real rabbit hole — even with judicious prompts throughout the process and prompting Hermes to find ways to boost the skill’s efficiency, it took around eight runs to significantly improve its workflow. So it’s important to recognize that while some agentic pipelines may save you time in the long run, without utilizing some cloud models, training them may take a decent investment.</p><p>Agentic AI isn’t the only use you can put all of that processing power to though. While I’m not a massive fan of generative AI, I can definitely see how fast the RTX Spark is at whipping up new images and videos. Automating some imagery and video pipelines using ComfyUI, the laptop completed tests of Flux2.Dev - NVFP4 and Flux2.Klein 4B Base - NVFP4 models in just 46.5 and 16.2 seconds, while the LTX 2.5 - Distilled - NVFP4 video model took 88 seconds. Those are pretty swift run times for local generative models.</p><p>And if, like me, you prefer creating your own stuff from scratch, my testing showed the ProArt P16 RTX Spark can help here too. Using PugetBench to automate a range of creative workflows, I found Asus’s laptop was capable of some lightning fast processing. </p><p>Our standard Photoshop workflow completed in 10.83 minutes and achieved a score of 11,801 — that’s not far short of Apple’s M5 chip at 13,755. And the RTX Spark offered even speedier performance for video work, securing a score in our Premier Pro benchmark of 76,234 in 8.12 minutes, giving the M5 chip a bit of a drubbing at 69,887. Unfortunately, it can’t keep up with the similarly priced Apple MacBook Pro M5 Pro though, which managed to best it for both still imagery and video with scores of 15,204 and 105,580 respectively.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1920px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="iayHoUjKKJBSaLTZXxvYmD" name="Asus ProArt P16 RTX Spark" alt="A closeup of the Asus ProArt P16 RTX Spark's keyboard, trackpad and a small section of its display." src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/iayHoUjKKJBSaLTZXxvYmD-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1920" height="1080" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Naturally, I’m not just going to take these numbers on trust though, so I dug out one of my most demanding Photoshop files — a 4K, 300dpi PSD with dozens of clipping masks and adjustment layers — and checked how the ProArt P16 RTX Spark handled it. </p><p>Manipulating layers and applying filters caused scarcely any slowdown, in spite of the fact I’d tripled the number of layers in the file. Even downscaling the image to 2K — no small task given the total file size was now in excess of 2GB — only took around five seconds, which is pleasingly swift. And thanks to the optimization work that Adobe has been doing behind the scenes to allow its apps to take advantage of the RTX Spark’s AI capabilities, even generative fills and neural filters didn’t take long to generate.</p><p>When it comes to gaming performance, I’d say the ProArt P16 RTX Spark hovers somewhere between mid-range laptops with RTX 5060 and RTX 5070 GPUs. For example, when playing <em>Cyberpunk 2077 </em>on Raytracing Ultra settings at 1080p, I found the Asus hovered around 30.16fps — but, by contrast, the Acer Predator Helios Neo 16S AI with an RTX 5060 only reached a marginally smoother 34.47fps. Other games told a similar story. For example, <em>Doom: The Dark Ages </em>on Ultra settings sat at a pretty decent 48fps on the ProArt P16. In comparison, with its slightly beefier RTX 5070, the Samsung Galaxy Book 6 Ultra whipped the game like meringue into a much smoother 63.98fps.</p><p>But that’s running things on max settings. In practice, when actually playing games on more moderate settings, they ran plenty smoothly enough, especially those that are already well optimized for the RTX Spark. As I explored Dogtown in Cyberpunk 2077 at Raytracing Medium settings, it chugged along at a perfect stable 60fps. And playing <em>Dogs of War: E-day </em>on Ultra settings, I never saw it drop below 110fps, which shows what wonderfully smooth experiences you should still be able to expect from native gaming on the RTX Spark.</p><p>Honestly, I’d say that if you put the Asus ProArt P16 RTX Spark up against any similarly priced, specialist laptop focused on AI, creative workflows or gaming, you’ll likely find its performance can’t quite keep up. But that’s the point — RTX Spark laptops are a triple threat: they’re designed to be a swiss army knife that can handle every task you might throw at them. So if you want a lightweight laptop that combines the agentic AI hosting of a compact desktop, the creative power of the Apple M5 and the gaming oomph of the Nvidia Geforce RTX 5060, all in one handy package, the Asus ProArt P16 RTX Spark should have your back.</p><ul><li><strong>Performance score: 4.5 / 5</strong></li></ul><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1920px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="Cr4n2SJmtHf3uZXwwPcQhD" name="Asus ProArt P16 RTX Spark" alt="A closeup of the left side of the ProArt P16 RTX Spark showing its HDMI port, two USB-C ports and a microphone and headphone jack." src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Cr4n2SJmtHf3uZXwwPcQhD-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1920" height="1080" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-asus-proart-p16-rtx-spark-review-battery-test"><span>Asus ProArt P16 RTX Spark review: battery test</span></h2><ul><li><strong>Battery should last 14 hours of standard use</strong></li><li><strong>Some similar rivals can outlast it</strong></li></ul><p>Being able to achieve all of this on the go is impressive. But for that to be sustainable, it needs a battery that can keep up with these kinds of heavy duty tasks. Fortunately, the Asus ProArt P16 RTX Spark is capable of decent battery life, even if it’s not quite as exceptional as some of its rivals.</p><p>Running it through our standard battery tests, I played a 1080p video at 50% brightness and volume to see how long it took to drain the battery from 100% to 0%. The ProArt P16 RTX Spark ran out of juice after 11h 23m — that’s not at all bad but it’s also not quite at the level I’d expect for a premium laptop like this. </p><p>But a video test doesn’t necessarily give you the full picture. One of the big benefits of an SoC is through boosted efficiency during CPU usage, so I wanted to also run some tests that showed how the laptop fared in action. Running PCMark 10’s applications battery test — which runs various Microsoft Office based tasks until the battery is drained — the ProArt P16 lasted 14h 24m.</p><p>That’s definitely a better score, even if it falls a little ways short of some of the <a href="https://www.techradar.com/news/mobile-computing/laptops/best-laptops-1304361#section-the-best-windows-laptop" target="_blank">best laptops for Windows</a>. For example, the Samsung Galaxy Book6 Ultra managed well over 15 hours in our benchmark tests and that wasn’t even the strongest contender. The MacBook Pro M5 Pro 16-inch clocked over 21 hours, which makes the ProArt P16’s look pretty short-lived in comparison.</p><p>Fortunately, the Asus ProArt P16 RTX Spark does have one extra trick up its sleeve: its charging rate. Thanks to its 140W fast charging, topping your battery up again should be a relatively speedy affair. Sadly, my US unit didn’t come with a UK plug — slight oversight there — so I wasn’t able to test this as I would have liked. Still, my 65W charger topped it up relatively quickly, so you’ll definitely get pretty speedy charging out that 140W cable.</p><p>So I’d say that, all in all, the Asus ProArt P16 RTX Spark is capable of competitive battery life. When you’re doing standard office work, it’ll get you through a full day without you having to hunt out a charger. But it’s still not quite able to keep pace with the most enduring batteries on the market and particularly intensive tasks like AI or gaming are going to drain it much faster.</p><ul><li><strong>Battery score: 4 / 5</strong></li></ul><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1920px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="ycEz3vggn9wXGPT5PR4HnD" name="Asus ProArt P16 RTX Spark" alt="The Asus ProArt P16 RTX Spark showing the Cyberpunk 2077 menu on its display." src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ycEz3vggn9wXGPT5PR4HnD-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1920" height="1080" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-should-i-buy-the-asus-proart-p16-rtx-spark"><span>Should I buy the Asus ProArt P16 RTX Spark?</span></h2><div ><table><thead><tr><th class="firstcol " ><p>Attributes</p></th><th  ><p>Notes</p></th><th  ><p>Rating</p></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Value</p></td><td  ><p>The Asus ProArt P16 RTX Spark has a lot of power behind it, an attractive lightweight design and a gorgeous screen. But that price is going to be a stumbling block for many, particularly when specialist gaming or creative laptops achieve better performance for similar cash.</p></td><td  ><p>2.5 / 5</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Design</p></td><td  ><p>A stunning 3K OLED screen, lightweight design and premium feeling materials, although it loses a few marks here and there for small details like its wobbly screen and slightly off-balance trackpad.</p></td><td  ><p>4 / 5</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Performance</p></td><td  ><p>While the ProArt P16 RTX Spark doesn’t offer top level performance in creative workflows or gaming, its AI tools and how much power it crams into a small frame are very impressive. Additionally, the fact it performs so well across so many categories makes it a great all rounder.</p></td><td  ><p>4.5 / 5</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Battery Life</p></td><td  ><p>At roughly 14.5 hours, this laptop’s battery is strong but not exactly exceptional. You’ll comfortably get more than a day’s work out of it but it will definitely tap out sooner than a MacBook Pro during intensive workloads.</p></td><td  ><p>4 / 5</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Total</p></td><td  ><p>The Asus ProArt P16 RTX Spark is a good-looking, lightweight laptop that’s perfect for anyone who wants to create, game and use AI agents on a single device. But that high price means that if you care most about performance in a single area, you’ll be better off with a specialist laptop.</p></td><td  ><p>4 / 5</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h2 id="buy-it-if-9">Buy it if…</h2><div class="product"><p><strong>You want to game, create and use AI on a single device</strong><br />Thanks to Nvidia’s RTX Spark SoC, the Asus ProArt P16 puts considerable power behind every task you might throw at it. So if you’re a bit of a polymath, it may well be the only device you need.</p></div><div class="product"><p><strong>You want a seriously portable 16-inch device</strong><br />Despite that gorgeous and expansive 16-inch display, the laptop’s wonderfully light — at 3.9 lbs / 1.77kg, it’s svelter than other powerful laptops like the MacBook Pro M5 Pro or the Samsung Galaxy Book6 Ultra.</p></div><h2 id="don-t-buy-it-if">Don’t buy it if…</h2><div class="product"><p><strong>You want top performance in any one category</strong><br />If you only really care about gaming or creative work is your sole priority, there are laptops out there that can give you peak performance for a similar spend.</p></div><div class="product"><p><strong>You don’t have loads of money laying around</strong><br />There’s no getting away from it: this laptop ain’t cheap. Even in its base spec, you’ll be paying $4,399.99 / £3,899.99 / AU$7,999, so if you’re not feeling flush, you might want to look elsewhere.</p></div><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-asus-proart-p16-rtx-spark-review-also-consider"><span>Asus ProArt P16 RTX Spark review: also consider</span></h2><div class="product"><p><strong>Apple MacBook Pro M5 Pro</strong><br />If you’re wanting a true creative powerhouse, the MacBook Pro M5 Pro will get you there. Despite costing a similar price, this incarnation of Apple’s laptop will absolutely blitz both image and video workflows, while also offering an absurdly long 21-hour battery life. While you’re not going to get top shelf gaming performance out of Apple silicon, this is still a great choice if your main concern is sheer creative thrust. Read our full <a href="https://www.techradar.com/computing/macbooks/apple-macbook-pro-14-inch-m5-2025" data-dimension112="ba251f72-cf08-11f1-af05-8b586e21d6e4" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Apple MacBook Pro M5 Pro review" data-dimension48="Apple MacBook Pro M5 Pro review" data-dimension25="">Apple MacBook Pro M5 Pro review</a>.</p></div><div class="product"><p><strong>Asus Zephyrus G16 2026</strong><br />With its discrete Nvidia Geforce RTX 5080 GPU, the Asus Zephyrus G16 2026 offers seriously nippy gaming performance, besting the P16 RTX Spark in both benchmarks and in-game frame rates. Okay, it’s not going to unlock the same oomph the P16 can for hybrid AI workflows. But if your main concern is pure gaming punch, the Zephyrus G16 will deliver.</p></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1920px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="S5x7ykARbEuwdH8oMZ7QWL" name="Asus ProArt P16 RTX Spark" alt="A man types into the Hermes hybrid AI agent app on the Asus ProArt P16 RTX Spark laptop." src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/S5x7ykARbEuwdH8oMZ7QWL-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1920" height="1080" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-how-i-tested-the-asus-proart-p16-rtx-spark"><span>How I tested the Asus ProArt P16 RTX Spark</span></h2><ul><li><strong>Tested over the course of several weeks</strong></li><li><strong>Ran a huge number of benchmarks for different workflows</strong></li><li><strong>Conducted experiential AI, gaming and creative testing</strong></li></ul><p>Testing the Asus ProArt P16 RTX Spark over the course of several weeks, I ran a wide range of benchmarks. Not only did I run a variety of baseline hardware tests using Geekbench 7.1 and Cinebench R23, but I tested performance across a wide range of tasks as well. I used MLPerf Client to test agentic workflows, ComfyUI to simulate generative workflows, PugetBench to automate creative tasks and 3DMark and gaming benchmarks to test in-game GPU performance.</p><p>On top of this, I did a wide range of experiential testing. Not only did I use the laptop for plenty of daily and productivity-based work but I also extensively tested agentic AI workflows using Hermes and the local open-source model Qwen3.8 27B. I also tried carrying out creative work using large, hi-resolution Photoshop files and played a range of games including <em>Cyberpunk 2077</em>, <em>Gears of War: E-day</em> and <em>Planet Zoo 2</em>.</p><p>As TechRadar’s reviews editor, I have plenty of experience covering laptops. As well as editing scores of laptop reviews over the last few years, I’ve reviewed multiple gaming handhelds and have used a huge variety of laptops over the years, both Windows and MacOS.</p><ul><li><em>First reviewed: October 2026</em></li><li>Read more about <a href="https://www.techradar.com/news/how-we-test"><u>how we test</u></a></li></ul> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.techradar.com/computing/windows-laptops/asus-proart-p16-rtx-spark</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ With its innovative Nvidia SoC, the Asus ProArt P16 RTX Spark is perfect for vibecoding, Photoshopping or gaming on the go — but that price might give you pause. ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">T5ayaBTuq2w9WrKEZfHNme</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/JUiUPPQ2QZvxMcCLA5rKiC-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Wed, 28 Oct 2026 11:22:10 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Windows Laptops]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Computing]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Laptops]]></category>
                                                                                                <author><![CDATA[ josh.russell@futurenet.com (Josh Russell) ]]></author>                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Josh Russell ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/YPWYdoWTKnfU3wLMNrMj2E-320-70.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/JUiUPPQ2QZvxMcCLA5rKiC-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Future]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[The Asus ProArt P16 RTX Spark next to a potted plant, in front of a pink wall with some wood cladding.]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[The Asus ProArt P16 RTX Spark next to a potted plant, in front of a pink wall with some wood cladding.]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[The Asus ProArt P16 RTX Spark next to a potted plant, in front of a pink wall with some wood cladding.]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/JUiUPPQ2QZvxMcCLA5rKiC-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-asus-proart-p16-rtx-spark-two-minute-review"><span>Asus ProArt P16 RTX Spark: two-minute review</span></h2><p>The Asus ProArt P16 RTX Spark is one of the new generation of laptops powered by Nvidia’s RTX Spark chip. This all-in-one system-on-a-chip is packing 20 ARM CPU cores, 6144 CUDA GPU backed up by 64GB of RAM and promises to offer fantastic AI, creative and gaming performance in a lightweight, portable form factor. So how does this new SoC version of the Asus ProArt P16 laptop fare?</p><p>When powering up the Asus ProArt P16 RTX Spark for the first time, perhaps the first thing I noticed is its huge, vibrant 16-inch OLED screen. With a peak brightness of 1,100 nits and a 100% DCI-P3 color gamut, it looked gorgeous whether I was loading up my digital artworks or watching movies. And its 120Hz VRR makes it perfect for playing games on.</p><p>That’s not the only part of the ProArt P16’s design that feels premium. Its overall build quality feels suitably luxe, with the smooth metal of its upper casing feeling wonderfully tactile. Inside, its keyboard is well designed and feels pleasant to type on, while its haptic trackpad is precise and gives snappy feedback, even if I did find it too easy to trigger the right click at first. I will say its lid has a little bit too much wobble for my liking though: if I’m honest, I’d expect a laptop at this price to have a slightly more stable hinge.</p><p>But let’s not just focus on the superficial here: the ProArt P16 RTX Spark has a lot going on under the surface. That’s predominantly thanks to that Nvidia SoC, which enables it to tackle a wider range of tasks than even many of the <a href="https://www.techradar.com/news/mobile-computing/laptops/best-laptops-1304361">best laptops</a>.</p><p>Perhaps the most attention grabbing feature is its AI capabilities. Designed for hybrid workflows, the RTX Spark makes it easy to use a combination of local and cloud models to run your AI agents. Testing it out with the Qwen 3 8B open-source local model, I certainly found it had pretty snappy performance for basic workflows, with a basic data analysis only taking about 12 minutes.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1920px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="YmeaueeTyVWukqg7X8kvSD" name="Asus ProArt P16 RTX Spark" alt="A closeup of the Asus ProArt P16 RTX Spark's keyboard and trackpad." src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/YmeaueeTyVWukqg7X8kvSD-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1920" height="1080" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>More involved tasks took much more refining and prompting over multiple sessions though — attempting to automate 3DMark benchmarks took many 75 minute runs before the completion time reduced significantly. Still, being able to run these workflows on such a lightweight, portable machine was pretty impressive</p><p>Another area the Asus ProArt P16 RTX Spark delivers potent performance is during creative tasks. Running multiple PugetBench benchmarks for automating Photoshop and Premier Pro workflows, the ProArt P16 was only a little behind Apple’s M5 chip when running image-based tasks and beat it when it came to video tasks. And this was borne out by my own testing: even my largest 4K 300dpi Photoshop file crammed full of clipping masks didn’t make it wince, with filters and generative fills executing smoothly. Even downscaling the whole image to 2K only took around five seconds, which isn’t bad for a nigh-on 2GB file.</p><p>Few SoCs to date have been designed with gaming performance in mind. But given Nvidia’s heritage in this space, it’s hardly surprising that the ProArt P16 RTX Spark is capable of some serious gaming power. While it’s not quite able to deliver at the same level as RTX 5080 and 5090 GPUs, I enjoyed a very smooth 60fps on <a href="https://www.techradar.com/reviews/cyberpunk-2077"><em>Cyberpunk 2077</em></a> on Raytracing Medium settings, while <a href="https://www.techradar.com/gaming/gears-of-war-e-day-review">Gears of War: E-day</a> ran at more solid than bedrock at over 110fps. So this laptop can achieve some stunning results, even if the performance you’ll get isn’t 100% the top of the range.</p><p>Given it can handle all of these tasks on the go, you’d hope it has a pretty capacious battery to back up that powerful chip. And it’s relatively good news on this front. While it only managed 11 hours of continuous video playback during my testing, during productivity based work it lasted well over 14 hours. That’s nowhere near as long-lasting as the Methuselah-like <a href="https://www.techradar.com/computing/macbooks/apple-macbook-pro-14-inch-m5-2025">MacBook Pro M5 Pro</a>, which clocked over 21 hours in our testing, but it’s certainly enough to get you through a standard day’s work.</p><p>Honestly, the Asus ProArt P16 RTX Spark is pretty adept at everything it tries to do: it’s a talented all-rounder. The only caveat really is its price: like many of the RTX Spark laptops, it isn’t cheap. Starting from $4,399.99 / £3,899.99 / AU$7,999, it costs just as much as a high-end gaming laptop or a pro-level creative workhorse — so, honestly, if you care more about getting the best performance you can in a specific niche, you may be better off investing in one of those instead.</p><p>However, if you need a single bow that can handle every single one of your strings, the Asus ProArt P16 RTX Spark is a good shout. It’ll handle running your own AI agents, whipping up creative work and even gaming for your downtime, all in a single, portable package.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1920px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="YAEw5VMY2rHyTk2bZXfWsC" name="Asus ProArt P16 RTX Spark" alt="A closeup of the Asus ProArt logo on the rear of the ProArt P16 RTX Spark." src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/YAEw5VMY2rHyTk2bZXfWsC-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1920" height="1080" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-asus-proart-p16-rtx-spark-review-price-availability"><span>Asus ProArt P16 RTX Spark review: price &amp; availability</span></h2><p>Having launched on October 9, the Asus ProArt P16 RTX Spark is available now. Unlike its smaller sibling, it ships with the higher-end Nvidia RTX Spark N1X with 6144-core GPU and 20-core CPU. </p><p>As a result, it’s a pricey meatball: its list price starts from $4,399.99 / £3,899.99 / AU$7,999 for the spec with 64GB RAM, 3K screen and 1TB SSD. That increases to $6,999.99 / £5,999.99 / AU$10,999 if you want the version with 128GB RAM, a 4K screen and a 2TB SSD.</p><p>Even with its impressive specs, there’s no getting away from the fact that this is a premium-priced laptop. Both in terms of price and spec, the ProArt P16 RTX Spark is pretty similar to the <a href="https://www.techradar.com/computing/windows-laptops/galaxy-book6-ultra">Samsung Galaxy Book6 Ultra</a> with Nvidia GeForce RTX 5070, which will set you back $3,799.99 / £3,649 (around AU$5,410).</p><p>Alternatively, this kind of spend could net you the MacBook Pro M5 Pro 16-inch with 64GB for $2,999 / £3,999 / AU$6,299, which should give you a lot of performance and creative power but I wouldn’t expect to get quite as much gaming power for your buck.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1920px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="bwtJVsfB7TkmfDRtwnGgmD" name="Asus ProArt P16 RTX Spark" alt="A closeup of the right side of the ProArt P16 RTX Spark showing USB-C and Ethernet ports, as well as an SD Express card reader." src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/bwtJVsfB7TkmfDRtwnGgmD-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1920" height="1080" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-asus-proart-p16-rtx-spark-review-specs"><span>Asus ProArt P16 RTX Spark review: Specs</span></h2><div ><table><thead><tr><th class="firstcol empty" ></th><th  ><p>Asus ProArt P16 RTX Spark Base Config</p></th><th  ><p>Asus ProArt P16 RTX Spark High end Config</p></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Price</p></td><td  ><p>$4,399.99 / £3,899.99 / AU$7,999</p></td><td  ><p>$6,999.99 / £5,999.99 / AU$10,999</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>CPU</p></td><td  ><p>NVIDIA RTX Spark N1X 20-core</p></td><td  ><p>NVIDIA RTX Spark N1X 20-core CPU</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>GPU</p></td><td  ><p>NVIDIA Blackwell RTX 6144-core</p></td><td  ><p>NVIDIA Blackwell RTX 6144-core GPU</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>RAM</p></td><td  ><p>64GB</p></td><td  ><p>128GB</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Storage</p></td><td  ><p>1TB SSD</p></td><td  ><p>2TB SSD</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Display</p></td><td  ><p>16.0-inch, 2880 x 1800, 120Hz, 1100 nits OLED</p></td><td  ><p>16.0-inch, 3840 x 2400, 120Hz, 1600 nits OLED</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Ports and Connectivity</p></td><td  ><p>3x USB-C, USB, HDMI 2.1, 3.5mm Combo Audio Jack, SD Express 7.0 card reader</p></td><td  ><p>3x USB-C, USB, HDMI 2.1, 3.5mm Combo Audio Jack, SD Express 7.0 card reader</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Battery</p></td><td  ><p>99.9Wh</p></td><td  ><p>99.9Wh</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Dimensions</p></td><td  ><p>13.94 x 9.57 x 0.63 inches / 354.1 x 243 x 15.9mm</p></td><td  ><p>13.94 x 9.57 x 0.63 inches / 354.1 x 243 x 15.9mm</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Weight</p></td><td  ><p>3.9 lbs / 1.77kg</p></td><td  ><p>3.9 lbs / 1.77kg</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1920px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="mZXXLXY3M4rJ6zZkqnPEAD" name="Asus ProArt P16 RTX Spark" alt="The rear side of the Asus ProArt P16 RTX Spark's screen, showing a logo reading 'ProArt'." src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/mZXXLXY3M4rJ6zZkqnPEAD-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1920" height="1080" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-asus-proart-p16-rtx-spark-review-design"><span>Asus ProArt P16 RTX Spark review: design</span></h2><ul><li><strong>Gorgeous 3K OLED display</strong></li><li><strong>Slim, sleek design</strong></li><li><strong>Slightly flimsy hinge</strong></li></ul><p>Like all of the initial lineup RTX Spark laptops I’ve seen, the new Asus ProArt P16 is a sleek-looking unit. While its 16-inch span is pretty expansive, it’s still light in terms of weight, clocking in at 1.77 kg compared to my 16-inch MacBook Pro M4’s 2.14kg. It’s also got a pretty sleek silhouette — unlike some of the RTX Spark laptop models I’ve seen, it’s not concealing a much chonkier base with the help of gradually sloping bevels. And its nano black and neo white colorways feel suitably premium, although I marginally prefer the black version I tested here.</p><p>It’s not all about style though: the ProArt P16 RTX Spark has plenty of substance too. Manufactured from smooth metal, its external and internal surfaces feel wonderfully tactile, although I’d say the inner ones feel a tiny bit less sturdy than the solid bodywork of the outside. On top of this, there’s a tiny bit of wobble to its screen when you touch it — I’d expect a slightly firmer hinge on a premium laptop like this.</p><p>Speaking of that screen, I found Asus’s 3K touchscreen Lumina Pro OLED to be pretty impressive on the whole. Not only can my unit hit a peak brightness of 1,100 nits and a max 120Hz VRR but comparing it to my <a href="https://www.techradar.com/computing/macbooks/apple-macbook-pro-14-inch-m4-2024">MacBook Pro M4</a>’s Liquid Retina XDR display while watching Pixar’s <em>Elemental </em>was — sorry for this — pretty illuminating. While the latter can go slightly brighter at 1,600 nits peak, I didn’t find the difference all that pronounced. And the colors of the P16 RTX Spark’s OLED panel were noticeably more vibrant, with the reds, blues and greens of the fire, water and earth elements really popping.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1920px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="YmeaueeTyVWukqg7X8kvSD" name="Asus ProArt P16 RTX Spark" alt="A closeup of the Asus ProArt P16 RTX Spark's keyboard and trackpad." src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/YmeaueeTyVWukqg7X8kvSD-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1920" height="1080" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>To say laptop keyboards can be hit or miss might be the understatement of the century but, fortunately, the ProArt P16 RTX Spark’s keyboard falls more in the former category than the latter. Although the keys don’t have a huge amount of travel, I still found the typing experience to be pretty fluid. I rarely ever struggled to find my chosen key when touch typing — although I did occasionally knock both parts of the dual enter key, accidentally sticking random #s at the end of sentences. Still, it felt nice to use, whether I was prompting an AI agent or rapidly splatting demons in <a href="https://www.techradar.com/gaming/doom-the-dark-ages-review"><em>Doom: The Dark Ages</em></a>.</p><p>For the most part, the P16 RTX Spark’s trackpad is also well designed. It’s very accurate, gives you a huge area for controlling your cursor and the haptic feedback is spot on, feeling exactly like a mechanical click. Really the only issue I found with it is the right click triggers far too far to the left, meaning I’d sometimes accidentally right click on certain elements. Still though, it’s a decent trackpad for the most part.</p><p>As you’d expect from a laptop this premium, the P16 RTX Spark comes with access to a wide range of connectivity options as well. On top of offering Wi-Fi 7 and Bluetooth 5.4 connectivity, it rocks a pretty decent selection of ports for such a slim laptop. These include three USB-C and one standard USB port, an HDMI 2.1 port, a 3.5mm headphone jack and an SD Express card reader. So even for most creative workflows, you should find you’re able to plug in plenty of devices to get things done.</p><ul><li><strong>Design score: 4 / 5</strong></li></ul><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1920px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="vJk9ois2c5dXMoA228utrD" name="Asus ProArt P16 RTX Spark" alt="The Asus ProArt P16 RTX Spark showing the Cyberpunk 2077 splash screen on its display." src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/vJk9ois2c5dXMoA228utrD-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1920" height="1080" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-asus-proart-p16-rtx-spark-review-performance"><span>Asus ProArt P16 RTX Spark review: performance</span></h2><ul><li><strong>Strong all-round performance</strong></li><li><strong>Local AI workflows impressive but require some patience</strong></li><li><strong>Specialist laptops can give better gaming or creative performance</strong></li></ul><p>I’ll be honest: by far the most exciting part about getting my hands on the Asus ProArt P16 RTX Spark is that eponymous chip. Similar to Apple’s M-series silicon, Nvidia’s RTX Spark is the company’s first attempt at a full system-on-a-chip architecture. And given Nvidia’s involvement in both the AI and gaming spaces, it’s safe to say I was looking forward to <a href="https://www.techradar.com/computing/gpu/after-more-than-a-week-of-living-and-breathing-nvidias-rtx-spark-chip-im-impressed-by-how-much-ai-creative-and-gaming-power-it-packs-into-such-a-tiny-space">putting the Nvidia Spark RTX through its paces</a>.</p><p>Combining CPU, GPU and RAM all in one compact package, the version of the RTX Spark included with the Asus ProArt P16 I tested here rocks 20 ARM CPU cores backed up by 64GB of RAM. Meanwhile, on the graphics side, it wields 6144 CUDA GPU cores with 30GB integrated memory. In terms of raw hardware, it's less cooked and more meaty than steak tartare.</p><p>While this is the equivalent of using a steam hammer to obliterate a nut, general productivity tasks ran perfectly smoothly on the ProArt P16 RTX Spark. Whether I was browsing the web, tinkering with spreadsheets or leafing through huge PDFs, I never experienced any awkward hanging or slowdowns. Even on the odd occasion when I had to look something up online while the laptop worked on an AI task, there wasn’t any unpleasant gear-crunching, showing the ProArt P16 is plenty fast enough for general use.</p><p>But you’re unlikely to be buying an RTX Spark laptop just for doing a bit of Googling or filing your taxes. Instead, the most obvious use case for the RTX Spark chip in the ProArt P16 is its hybrid agentic AI functionality. Put simply, rather than being forced to choose between using cloud models that potentially jeopardize the security of your data and less powerful local models, this blended approach means you can pick and choose which parts of your workflow you’re going to outsource to the cloud and which you’ll keep under strict local control.</p><p>With its integrated fifth-generation Tensor cores, the RTX Spark should be perfectly placed to support this. To see how fast it could run some of these models locally, I used the MLPerf Client benchmarking tool to mimic data analyst and SWE agentic workflows using the Qwen 3 8B local model. And the results felt pretty rapid, with the pipelines completing after an average duration of 63.7 and 50.8 seconds and processing up to 14,005 and 10,238 tokens respectively.</p><p>But I wanted to see for myself what it could do. So I fired up Hermes, the open-source AI agent tool, and set it up to run the local open-source model Qwen3.8 27B to see what having my own personal AI version of Alfred could help me achieve.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1920px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="isssdQFr9PafqhYcbRC2nD" name="Asus ProArt P16 RTX Spark" alt="The Asus ProArt P16 RTX Spark showing the hybrid agentic AI app Hermes on its display." src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/isssdQFr9PafqhYcbRC2nD-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1920" height="1080" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Some of the basic tasks I threw its way, the RTX Spark practically scoffed at. When I asked Hermes to organize a spreadsheet full of web analytics for me and pull out actionable highlights, it whipped the file up into a pivot table and gave me six bullet points within about 12 minutes. Asking it to convert this info into a presentation with slides and prompts took a little longer at 23 minutes, but it helped highlight the best information to pitch — even if the slides themselves needed a considerable glow up before I’d ever call them up in a Zoom call.</p><p>In theory though, these hybrid agentic AI tools can go much further than this. Not only can you convert your prompts into skills or schedule them to run as daily tasks but you can even set them to target your apps and control your screen directly. </p><p>Some of my experiments paid off here: after one abortive run, I eventually managed to get Hermes to access my emails and create a daily digest in 70 minutes. But trying to automate some of my 3DMark benchmarking process ended up being a real rabbit hole — even with judicious prompts throughout the process and prompting Hermes to find ways to boost the skill’s efficiency, it took around eight runs to significantly improve its workflow. So it’s important to recognize that while some agentic pipelines may save you time in the long run, without utilizing some cloud models, training them may take a decent investment.</p><p>Agentic AI isn’t the only use you can put all of that processing power to though. While I’m not a massive fan of generative AI, I can definitely see how fast the RTX Spark is at whipping up new images and videos. Automating some imagery and video pipelines using ComfyUI, the laptop completed tests of Flux2.Dev - NVFP4 and Flux2.Klein 4B Base - NVFP4 models in just 46.5 and 16.2 seconds, while the LTX 2.5 - Distilled - NVFP4 video model took 88 seconds. Those are pretty swift run times for local generative models.</p><p>And if, like me, you prefer creating your own stuff from scratch, my testing showed the ProArt P16 RTX Spark can help here too. Using PugetBench to automate a range of creative workflows, I found Asus’s laptop was capable of some lightning fast processing. </p><p>Our standard Photoshop workflow completed in 10.83 minutes and achieved a score of 11,801 — that’s not far short of Apple’s M5 chip at 13,755. And the RTX Spark offered even speedier performance for video work, securing a score in our Premier Pro benchmark of 76,234 in 8.12 minutes, giving the M5 chip a bit of a drubbing at 69,887. Unfortunately, it can’t keep up with the similarly priced Apple MacBook Pro M5 Pro though, which managed to best it for both still imagery and video with scores of 15,204 and 105,580 respectively.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1920px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="iayHoUjKKJBSaLTZXxvYmD" name="Asus ProArt P16 RTX Spark" alt="A closeup of the Asus ProArt P16 RTX Spark's keyboard, trackpad and a small section of its display." src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/iayHoUjKKJBSaLTZXxvYmD-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1920" height="1080" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Naturally, I’m not just going to take these numbers on trust though, so I dug out one of my most demanding Photoshop files — a 4K, 300dpi PSD with dozens of clipping masks and adjustment layers — and checked how the ProArt P16 RTX Spark handled it. </p><p>Manipulating layers and applying filters caused scarcely any slowdown, in spite of the fact I’d tripled the number of layers in the file. Even downscaling the image to 2K — no small task given the total file size was now in excess of 2GB — only took around five seconds, which is pleasingly swift. And thanks to the optimization work that Adobe has been doing behind the scenes to allow its apps to take advantage of the RTX Spark’s AI capabilities, even generative fills and neural filters didn’t take long to generate.</p><p>When it comes to gaming performance, I’d say the ProArt P16 RTX Spark hovers somewhere between mid-range laptops with RTX 5060 and RTX 5070 GPUs. For example, when playing <em>Cyberpunk 2077 </em>on Raytracing Ultra settings at 1080p, I found the Asus hovered around 30.16fps — but, by contrast, the Acer Predator Helios Neo 16S AI with an RTX 5060 only reached a marginally smoother 34.47fps. Other games told a similar story. For example, <em>Doom: The Dark Ages </em>on Ultra settings sat at a pretty decent 48fps on the ProArt P16. In comparison, with its slightly beefier RTX 5070, the Samsung Galaxy Book 6 Ultra whipped the game like meringue into a much smoother 63.98fps.</p><p>But that’s running things on max settings. In practice, when actually playing games on more moderate settings, they ran plenty smoothly enough, especially those that are already well optimized for the RTX Spark. As I explored Dogtown in Cyberpunk 2077 at Raytracing Medium settings, it chugged along at a perfect stable 60fps. And playing <em>Dogs of War: E-day </em>on Ultra settings, I never saw it drop below 110fps, which shows what wonderfully smooth experiences you should still be able to expect from native gaming on the RTX Spark.</p><p>Honestly, I’d say that if you put the Asus ProArt P16 RTX Spark up against any similarly priced, specialist laptop focused on AI, creative workflows or gaming, you’ll likely find its performance can’t quite keep up. But that’s the point — RTX Spark laptops are a triple threat: they’re designed to be a swiss army knife that can handle every task you might throw at them. So if you want a lightweight laptop that combines the agentic AI hosting of a compact desktop, the creative power of the Apple M5 and the gaming oomph of the Nvidia Geforce RTX 5060, all in one handy package, the Asus ProArt P16 RTX Spark should have your back.</p><ul><li><strong>Performance score: 4.5 / 5</strong></li></ul><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1920px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="Cr4n2SJmtHf3uZXwwPcQhD" name="Asus ProArt P16 RTX Spark" alt="A closeup of the left side of the ProArt P16 RTX Spark showing its HDMI port, two USB-C ports and a microphone and headphone jack." src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Cr4n2SJmtHf3uZXwwPcQhD-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1920" height="1080" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-asus-proart-p16-rtx-spark-review-battery-test"><span>Asus ProArt P16 RTX Spark review: battery test</span></h2><ul><li><strong>Battery should last 14 hours of standard use</strong></li><li><strong>Some similar rivals can outlast it</strong></li></ul><p>Being able to achieve all of this on the go is impressive. But for that to be sustainable, it needs a battery that can keep up with these kinds of heavy duty tasks. Fortunately, the Asus ProArt P16 RTX Spark is capable of decent battery life, even if it’s not quite as exceptional as some of its rivals.</p><p>Running it through our standard battery tests, I played a 1080p video at 50% brightness and volume to see how long it took to drain the battery from 100% to 0%. The ProArt P16 RTX Spark ran out of juice after 11h 23m — that’s not at all bad but it’s also not quite at the level I’d expect for a premium laptop like this. </p><p>But a video test doesn’t necessarily give you the full picture. One of the big benefits of an SoC is through boosted efficiency during CPU usage, so I wanted to also run some tests that showed how the laptop fared in action. Running PCMark 10’s applications battery test — which runs various Microsoft Office based tasks until the battery is drained — the ProArt P16 lasted 14h 24m.</p><p>That’s definitely a better score, even if it falls a little ways short of some of the <a href="https://www.techradar.com/news/mobile-computing/laptops/best-laptops-1304361#section-the-best-windows-laptop" target="_blank">best laptops for Windows</a>. For example, the Samsung Galaxy Book6 Ultra managed well over 15 hours in our benchmark tests and that wasn’t even the strongest contender. The MacBook Pro M5 Pro 16-inch clocked over 21 hours, which makes the ProArt P16’s look pretty short-lived in comparison.</p><p>Fortunately, the Asus ProArt P16 RTX Spark does have one extra trick up its sleeve: its charging rate. Thanks to its 140W fast charging, topping your battery up again should be a relatively speedy affair. Sadly, my US unit didn’t come with a UK plug — slight oversight there — so I wasn’t able to test this as I would have liked. Still, my 65W charger topped it up relatively quickly, so you’ll definitely get pretty speedy charging out that 140W cable.</p><p>So I’d say that, all in all, the Asus ProArt P16 RTX Spark is capable of competitive battery life. When you’re doing standard office work, it’ll get you through a full day without you having to hunt out a charger. But it’s still not quite able to keep pace with the most enduring batteries on the market and particularly intensive tasks like AI or gaming are going to drain it much faster.</p><ul><li><strong>Battery score: 4 / 5</strong></li></ul><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1920px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="ycEz3vggn9wXGPT5PR4HnD" name="Asus ProArt P16 RTX Spark" alt="The Asus ProArt P16 RTX Spark showing the Cyberpunk 2077 menu on its display." src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ycEz3vggn9wXGPT5PR4HnD-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1920" height="1080" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-should-i-buy-the-asus-proart-p16-rtx-spark"><span>Should I buy the Asus ProArt P16 RTX Spark?</span></h2><div ><table><thead><tr><th class="firstcol " ><p>Attributes</p></th><th  ><p>Notes</p></th><th  ><p>Rating</p></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Value</p></td><td  ><p>The Asus ProArt P16 RTX Spark has a lot of power behind it, an attractive lightweight design and a gorgeous screen. But that price is going to be a stumbling block for many, particularly when specialist gaming or creative laptops achieve better performance for similar cash.</p></td><td  ><p>2.5 / 5</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Design</p></td><td  ><p>A stunning 3K OLED screen, lightweight design and premium feeling materials, although it loses a few marks here and there for small details like its wobbly screen and slightly off-balance trackpad.</p></td><td  ><p>4 / 5</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Performance</p></td><td  ><p>While the ProArt P16 RTX Spark doesn’t offer top level performance in creative workflows or gaming, its AI tools and how much power it crams into a small frame are very impressive. Additionally, the fact it performs so well across so many categories makes it a great all rounder.</p></td><td  ><p>4.5 / 5</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Battery Life</p></td><td  ><p>At roughly 14.5 hours, this laptop’s battery is strong but not exactly exceptional. You’ll comfortably get more than a day’s work out of it but it will definitely tap out sooner than a MacBook Pro during intensive workloads.</p></td><td  ><p>4 / 5</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Total</p></td><td  ><p>The Asus ProArt P16 RTX Spark is a good-looking, lightweight laptop that’s perfect for anyone who wants to create, game and use AI agents on a single device. But that high price means that if you care most about performance in a single area, you’ll be better off with a specialist laptop.</p></td><td  ><p>4 / 5</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h2 id="buy-it-if-9">Buy it if…</h2><div class="product"><p><strong>You want to game, create and use AI on a single device</strong><br />Thanks to Nvidia’s RTX Spark SoC, the Asus ProArt P16 puts considerable power behind every task you might throw at it. So if you’re a bit of a polymath, it may well be the only device you need.</p></div><div class="product"><p><strong>You want a seriously portable 16-inch device</strong><br />Despite that gorgeous and expansive 16-inch display, the laptop’s wonderfully light — at 3.9 lbs / 1.77kg, it’s svelter than other powerful laptops like the MacBook Pro M5 Pro or the Samsung Galaxy Book6 Ultra.</p></div><h2 id="don-t-buy-it-if">Don’t buy it if…</h2><div class="product"><p><strong>You want top performance in any one category</strong><br />If you only really care about gaming or creative work is your sole priority, there are laptops out there that can give you peak performance for a similar spend.</p></div><div class="product"><p><strong>You don’t have loads of money laying around</strong><br />There’s no getting away from it: this laptop ain’t cheap. Even in its base spec, you’ll be paying $4,399.99 / £3,899.99 / AU$7,999, so if you’re not feeling flush, you might want to look elsewhere.</p></div><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-asus-proart-p16-rtx-spark-review-also-consider"><span>Asus ProArt P16 RTX Spark review: also consider</span></h2><div class="product"><p><strong>Apple MacBook Pro M5 Pro</strong><br />If you’re wanting a true creative powerhouse, the MacBook Pro M5 Pro will get you there. Despite costing a similar price, this incarnation of Apple’s laptop will absolutely blitz both image and video workflows, while also offering an absurdly long 21-hour battery life. While you’re not going to get top shelf gaming performance out of Apple silicon, this is still a great choice if your main concern is sheer creative thrust. Read our full <a href="https://www.techradar.com/computing/macbooks/apple-macbook-pro-14-inch-m5-2025" data-dimension112="ba251f72-cf08-11f1-af05-8b586e21d6e4" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Apple MacBook Pro M5 Pro review" data-dimension48="Apple MacBook Pro M5 Pro review" data-dimension25="">Apple MacBook Pro M5 Pro review</a>.</p></div><div class="product"><p><strong>Asus Zephyrus G16 2026</strong><br />With its discrete Nvidia Geforce RTX 5080 GPU, the Asus Zephyrus G16 2026 offers seriously nippy gaming performance, besting the P16 RTX Spark in both benchmarks and in-game frame rates. Okay, it’s not going to unlock the same oomph the P16 can for hybrid AI workflows. But if your main concern is pure gaming punch, the Zephyrus G16 will deliver.</p></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1920px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="S5x7ykARbEuwdH8oMZ7QWL" name="Asus ProArt P16 RTX Spark" alt="A man types into the Hermes hybrid AI agent app on the Asus ProArt P16 RTX Spark laptop." src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/S5x7ykARbEuwdH8oMZ7QWL-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1920" height="1080" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-how-i-tested-the-asus-proart-p16-rtx-spark"><span>How I tested the Asus ProArt P16 RTX Spark</span></h2><ul><li><strong>Tested over the course of several weeks</strong></li><li><strong>Ran a huge number of benchmarks for different workflows</strong></li><li><strong>Conducted experiential AI, gaming and creative testing</strong></li></ul><p>Testing the Asus ProArt P16 RTX Spark over the course of several weeks, I ran a wide range of benchmarks. Not only did I run a variety of baseline hardware tests using Geekbench 7.1 and Cinebench R23, but I tested performance across a wide range of tasks as well. I used MLPerf Client to test agentic workflows, ComfyUI to simulate generative workflows, PugetBench to automate creative tasks and 3DMark and gaming benchmarks to test in-game GPU performance.</p><p>On top of this, I did a wide range of experiential testing. Not only did I use the laptop for plenty of daily and productivity-based work but I also extensively tested agentic AI workflows using Hermes and the local open-source model Qwen3.8 27B. I also tried carrying out creative work using large, hi-resolution Photoshop files and played a range of games including <em>Cyberpunk 2077</em>, <em>Gears of War: E-day</em> and <em>Planet Zoo 2</em>.</p><p>As TechRadar’s reviews editor, I have plenty of experience covering laptops. As well as editing scores of laptop reviews over the last few years, I’ve reviewed multiple gaming handhelds and have used a huge variety of laptops over the years, both Windows and MacOS.</p><ul><li><em>First reviewed: October 2026</em></li><li>Read more about <a href="https://www.techradar.com/news/how-we-test"><u>how we test</u></a></li></ul>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ Nitro PDF (2026) review ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>We’re not there yet, but mainly thanks to PDFs, we’re slowly making our way towards a paperless society. But how do you sign a document without actually touching a physical piece of paper? One solution is to use an online digital service like Nitro.</p><p>Available for Windows and Mac, there’s also a version of the PDF editor app for iPad, iPhone and iPod Touch. But how does the latest version measure up to the <a href="https://www.techradar.com/best/pdf-editors" target="_blank">best PDF editor</a> software we've used? We put it to the test. </p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-nitro-pdf-pricing-plans"><span>Nitro PDF: Pricing &amp; plans</span></h2><ul><li><strong>Two subscription plans for small business and enterprise</strong></li><li><strong>Three-year license also available</strong></li></ul><p>You can check out Nitro by <a href="https://www.gonitro.com/pricing" target="_blank">clicking here</a>. </p><p>Nitro PDF is the core offering, available for individuals, small businesses, and enterprise depending on one of two plans you choose. Prices start at $15 or £11.50 each month, billed annually. However, a three-year license option is also available - Nitro PDF Classic is priced at $270 or £200.</p><p>Nitro Sign is the second option, designed for those who just need basic e-signature features, and that costs $10 or £7.50 each month.</p><p>Higher end tiers for PDF editing are also available but they’re more of a bespoke custom tailored option. These are known as Nitro Sign Plus, Nitro Sign Enterprise, and Nitro PDF Plus, but you’ll need to contact their sales team to get a bespoke custom tailored price for them.</p><ul><li><strong>Pricing: 4/5</strong></li></ul><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-nitro-pdf-interface-experience"><span>Nitro PDF: Interface &amp; experience</span></h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="i2cD9PYAdUyxSE3SNXQRkF" name="1-Dashboard" alt="Testing out Nitro PDF editor on a Mac" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/i2cD9PYAdUyxSE3SNXQRkF-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Nitro // Future)</span></figcaption></figure><ul><li><strong>The page layout is clear and easy to navigate</strong></li><li><strong>Each tool has a prominent area to click on to activate it</strong></li></ul><p>Having logged in (yes you do need to give Nitro your email address), you’ll be graced with the service’s dashboard. I was pleasantly surprised you can download software for Windows, macOS, and iOS, although you’re not given much information regarding its system requirements. I had to search online for it (<a href="https://www.gonitro.com/documentation/technical-requirements?srsltid=AYCX9vJyogOdke6FUmBo7l0d4e8lH2E4GhWAa1u0Fhz87fDjsx_alSNq" target="_blank">it's here</a>). </p><p>But interesting though this is, I’m more curious about the online service. Not only would this allow me to work with PDFs on any machine I care to log in from, but the web-based version always includes the latest available tools.</p><p>The web page is clean and simple. Beneath the links to download the various versions are all the available tools. You have “Smart Tools” where complex algorithms analyse the document for you. </p><p>This includes ‘Nitro Assistant’ which can summarise or even translate a PDF, and includes live conversations with an LLM. ‘Table Extract’ converts tabular data into an excel file, and ‘Form Extract’ does the same, but focuses on form data, ie, it extracts names, dates, addresses, and more from a PDF.</p><p>The ‘Convert PDFs’ category lets you turn any Microsoft Office document into a PDF, or a PDF into one of the three Microsoft Office formats, as well as turning it into a JPG. The last two on the list are what we were originally here for: signing PDFs and requesting others to do the same.</p><ul><li><strong>Interface &amp; experience: 4/5</strong></li></ul><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-nitro-pdf-tools"><span>Nitro PDF: Tools</span></h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="T5nogzqQEmFhWK78UN36pF" name="2-Tools" alt="Testing out Nitro PDF editor on a Mac" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/T5nogzqQEmFhWK78UN36pF-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Nitro // Future)</span></figcaption></figure><ul><li><strong>Relatively simple to use</strong></li><li><strong>Interesting AI tools that work well and save time</strong></li></ul><p>I do appreciate that not only can you upload a file from your computer simply by dragging it onto the right part of the page, but Nitro can link up to your online storage account, be it Dropbox, OneDrive, GoogleDrive, Box or SharePoint, giving you a lot of flexibility.</p><p>I thought I’d try the summarisation tool first, but it turns out, I didn’t need to do anything: the moment I uploaded a file to the ‘Nitro Assistant’, the algorithm started working right away and after a few seconds, provided me with a summary. Since I’d written the original, I could tell it actually did a decent job of finding the key points, and providing a suitable synopsis.</p><p>Interestingly, the ‘Convert’ and ‘Optimise’ options are there in ‘Assistant’, so there would be no need to select their respective separate tools in the Dashboard: you can do it all straight from ‘Assistant’.</p><p>‘Table Extract’ was more interesting than I expected. I uploaded an article that contained copy as well as a couple of tables, and the algorithm was able to locate those, tell me which pages they were from, and grab the information from them. </p><p>Unfortunately it wasn’t perfect: a couple of cells were merged into one, it didn’t realise a table spanned two pages, and only gave me the data from the first. Given that there were only 2 rows on the second page, that wasn’t a major problem.</p><p>Just to be sure, I then tried the service with documents made up entirely of tables, spanning multiple pages. ‘Table Extract’ grabbed every single row each time. So when the PDF is obviously a table, the result is faultless, but when it’s interspersed with paragraphs and images, it could be a little tricky. As always, your mileage may vary.</p><p>Considering many similar services charge you credits to use what they call AI, the fact Nitro did all this without additional charge is a big plus for this service.</p><ul><li><strong>Tools: 4/5</strong></li></ul><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-nitro-pdf-signing"><span>Nitro PDF: Signing</span></h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="mHRDCqVAx8t35Yh4fGBp4G" name="7-Sign Fields" alt="Testing out Nitro PDF editor on a Mac" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/mHRDCqVAx8t35Yh4fGBp4G-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Nitro // Future)</span></figcaption></figure><ul><li><strong>Simple and straightforward to set up e-signature collection</strong></li><li><strong>Nitro handles everything in the background for you</strong></li></ul><p>As is similar with other tools in Nitro’s arsenal, choosing one signing tool actually gives you direct access to the other. Whether you choose ‘Request Signatures’ or ‘Self Sign’, you’ll have access to both, making the interface once again needlessly complicated with redundant buttons.</p><p>Despite this, the process is remarkably simple. You’re selected as the default recipient, and you get to drag specific fields onto the PDF document for you to fill in. There’s a button you can click on for the algorithm to detect existing fields, but it’s in beta, so if you want to be sure, just drag the relevant fields yourself.</p><p>When it comes to signing, you can draw using your trackpad or mouse (which didn’t work for me, even using different browsers), type in your name (Nitro uses a single script font for that, you don’t get a choice on that front), or you can upload a JPG, PNG or TIFF file bearing your signature.</p><p>Other fields include requests for the date, name, initials, checkboxes, even a custom field is available, enabling you to populate the form with all the information you require, including the option of making any or all of them compulsory. </p><p>It’s also possible to set a signing order, so a recipient will only be informed they need to sign once another, or others, have already done their bit. Best of all, those recipients don’t even need to create an account to do so. Nitro handles everything and will contact you once the document is completed.</p><p>The entire process was incredibly simple and well handled, and once the ‘detect fields’ button is out of beta, it’ll be even more effortless.</p><ul><li><strong>Signing: 4/5</strong></li></ul><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-should-i-buy-nitro-pdf"><span>Should I buy Nitro PDF?</span></h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="TpCHrs9X4otQyzLrFqNnoG" name="5-Optimise" alt="Testing out Nitro PDF editor on a Mac" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/TpCHrs9X4otQyzLrFqNnoG-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Nitro // Future)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 id="buy-it-if-10">Buy it if...</h3><p>You need to access and sign a lot of PDFs, would benefit from converting these files into other documents, and appreciate a little computer help to summarise a document.</p><h3 id="don-39-t-buy-it-if-9">Don't buy it if...</h3><p>You don’t need AI to do the work for you, can already convert documents into PDF and back again, would rather not have another subscription, and prefer to print documents to sign them anyway.</p><figure role="gallery"><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/3xsTN9Gi3QT7rKr7sL2tWG-1920-80.jpg" alt="Testing out Nitro PDF editor on a Mac" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Nitro // Future</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/DT8HqaDKeAAe5vhwsCtdRG-1920-80.jpg" alt="Testing out Nitro PDF editor on a Mac" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Nitro // Future</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/euU5WWs2f4YqKnt5dzYEXG-1920-80.jpg" alt="Testing out Nitro PDF editor on a Mac" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Nitro // Future</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/dWJ3hohbiH8jF6Cevc2oAG-1920-80.jpg" alt="Testing out Nitro PDF editor on a Mac" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Nitro // Future</small></figcaption></figure></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-alternatives"><span>Alternatives</span></h3><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="ea7dd946-d2bb-11f1-8884-638de5242f0e" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Adobe Acrobat Pro DC" data-dimension48="Adobe Acrobat Standard" href="https://www.adobe.com/acrobat.html" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:328px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:92.99%;"><img id="3QnmLUdjqCsMP3D6fvZYXY" name="Adobe Acrobat logo.PNG" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/3QnmLUdjqCsMP3D6fvZYXY-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="328" height="305" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class="" /></p></div></div></figure></a><p><a href="https://www.techradar.com/pro/software-services/adobe-acrobat-standard-2024-review" target="_blank" data-dimension112="ea7dd946-d2bb-11f1-8884-638de5242f0e" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Adobe Acrobat Pro DC" data-dimension48="Adobe Acrobat Standard" data-dimension25=""><strong>Adobe Acrobat Standard</strong></a><br />The original remains, in our opinion, the top choice for best PDF editor out there. It's rich with features and tools for editing, converting, and organizing all your PDF documents. The workflow and user experience is sublime once you get past the initially overwhelming interface. In our review, we couldn't help but not that "sometimes, the best solution on the market has its reputation for a reason."<a class="view-deal button" href="https://www.adobe.com/acrobat.html" target="_blank" rel="nofollow" data-dimension112="ea7dd946-d2bb-11f1-8884-638de5242f0e" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Adobe Acrobat Pro DC" data-dimension48="Adobe Acrobat Standard" data-dimension25="">View Deal</a></p></div><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="ea7dd9aa-d2bb-11f1-8e7d-7b538028be30" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Foxit PDF Editor" data-dimension48="Foxit PDF Editor" href="https://www.foxit.com/pdf-editor/" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:200px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="zConMaZsoGUmtHnXrWvtee" name="Foxit.png" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/zConMaZsoGUmtHnXrWvtee-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="200" height="200" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class="" /></p></div></div></figure></a><p><a href="https://www.techradar.com/reviews/foxit-pdf-editor-12" target="_blank" data-dimension112="ea7dd9aa-d2bb-11f1-8e7d-7b538028be30" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Foxit PDF Editor" data-dimension48="Foxit PDF Editor" data-dimension25=""><strong>Foxit PDF Editor</strong><br /></a>"Manipulate PDFs in style with a great multi-platform PDF editor" was how we kicked off our review of Foxit's excellent PDF editor. It's packed full of powerful tools, including an outstanding data redaction tool. Ultimately, we found it to be "a great app for businesses who need to manipulate, edit, redact and otherwise alter PDFs on a regular basis."<a class="view-deal button" href="https://www.foxit.com/pdf-editor/" target="_blank" rel="nofollow" data-dimension112="ea7dd9aa-d2bb-11f1-8e7d-7b538028be30" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Foxit PDF Editor" data-dimension48="Foxit PDF Editor" data-dimension25="">View Deal</a></p></div><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="ea7dda0e-d2bb-11f1-8d8a-8559418ee821" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="EaseUS Video Editor" data-dimension48="EaseUS PDF Editor" href="https://pdf.easeus.com/" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:198px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:48.99%;"><img id="CKBDwWsQLA45qJViqegpnW" name="Easeus logo.PNG" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/CKBDwWsQLA45qJViqegpnW-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="198" height="97" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class="" /></p></div></div></figure></a><p><a href="https://www.techradar.com/reviews/easeus-pdf-editor" target="_blank" data-dimension112="ea7dda0e-d2bb-11f1-8d8a-8559418ee821" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="EaseUS Video Editor" data-dimension48="EaseUS PDF Editor" data-dimension25=""><strong>EaseUS PDF Editor</strong></a><br />EaseUS PDF Editor offers much of what Nitro does, although you have the choice of a perpetual license or taking out a subscription. When we tested the product, we found "a powerful, PC-only PDF editing software tool that allows you to manipulate and alter documents with relative ease. It also comes with more standard features, such as a converter, and has good OCR capabilities."<a class="view-deal button" href="https://pdf.easeus.com/" target="_blank" rel="nofollow" data-dimension112="ea7dda0e-d2bb-11f1-8d8a-8559418ee821" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="EaseUS Video Editor" data-dimension48="EaseUS PDF Editor" data-dimension25="">View Deal</a></p></div><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-how-i-tested-nitro-pdf"><span>How I tested Nitro PDF</span></h2><p>As this is mainly an online service, I checked it out on a couple of web browsers, namely, Firefox and Safari. All the tools worked great, aside from the drawing function for the signature which failed for both. Thankfully there were other ways to sign a document.</p><p>One of the good things of an online service is it’s not dependent on your computer’s specs, so you most definitely don’t need the latest and greatest to run Nitro PDF. In fact, I used a machine over 7 years old for this and it worked without a hitch.</p><p>Everything ran smoothly (aside form the drawing part) and I had no problem finding my way around.</p><p><em>For additional PDF editing software, we reviewed the </em><a href="https://www.techradar.com/best/adobe-acrobat-alternatives" target="_blank"><em>best Adobe Acrobat alternatives</em></a><em> and </em><a href="https://www.techradar.com/best/free-pdf-editor" target="_blank"><em>best free PDF editors</em></a><em>.</em></p> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.techradar.com/pro/software-services/nitro-pdf-review</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ I checked out Nitro PDF, a budget-friendly online Acrobat alternative that handles PDFs, lets you tweak them, sign them, and track e-signatures. ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">AHs4F9XaGnSmhBodQF8Sjj</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/d69PVSq49AZuX3kERvtvQG-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Wed, 28 Oct 2026 10:39:56 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Software & Services]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Pro]]></category>
                                                                                                                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Steve Paris ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/NFxCyVmjj3sWcjtVPk5mci-320-70.png ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ &lt;p&gt;Steve has been writing about technology since 2003 (where on earth did the time go?). Starting with Digital Creative Arts, he&#039;s since added his tech expertise at titles such as iCreate, MacFormat, MacWorld, MacLife and so many more, including, of course, TechRadar.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;His focus is on the creative arts, like website builders, image manipulation, and filmmaking software, but he hasn’t shied away from more business-oriented software either. He actually uses many of the apps he writes about everyday in his personal and professional life, and enjoys imparting his knowledge, including tips and tricks.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Steve&#039;s first love is the Mac, but he has dipped his toe in the Windows pool. And, of course, there’s the plethora of tablet and phone software he’s reviewed and written tutorials about as well.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Put simply, Steve loves how computers have enabled so many - including himself - to delve into creative possibilities, and is always delighted to share his knowledge, expertise, and experience with his readers.&lt;/p&gt; ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/d69PVSq49AZuX3kERvtvQG-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Nitro // Future]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Testing out Nitro PDF editor on a Mac]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Testing out Nitro PDF editor on a Mac]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Testing out Nitro PDF editor on a Mac]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/d69PVSq49AZuX3kERvtvQG-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>We’re not there yet, but mainly thanks to PDFs, we’re slowly making our way towards a paperless society. But how do you sign a document without actually touching a physical piece of paper? One solution is to use an online digital service like Nitro.</p><p>Available for Windows and Mac, there’s also a version of the PDF editor app for iPad, iPhone and iPod Touch. But how does the latest version measure up to the <a href="https://www.techradar.com/best/pdf-editors" target="_blank">best PDF editor</a> software we've used? We put it to the test. </p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-nitro-pdf-pricing-plans"><span>Nitro PDF: Pricing &amp; plans</span></h2><ul><li><strong>Two subscription plans for small business and enterprise</strong></li><li><strong>Three-year license also available</strong></li></ul><p>You can check out Nitro by <a href="https://www.gonitro.com/pricing" target="_blank">clicking here</a>. </p><p>Nitro PDF is the core offering, available for individuals, small businesses, and enterprise depending on one of two plans you choose. Prices start at $15 or £11.50 each month, billed annually. However, a three-year license option is also available - Nitro PDF Classic is priced at $270 or £200.</p><p>Nitro Sign is the second option, designed for those who just need basic e-signature features, and that costs $10 or £7.50 each month.</p><p>Higher end tiers for PDF editing are also available but they’re more of a bespoke custom tailored option. These are known as Nitro Sign Plus, Nitro Sign Enterprise, and Nitro PDF Plus, but you’ll need to contact their sales team to get a bespoke custom tailored price for them.</p><ul><li><strong>Pricing: 4/5</strong></li></ul><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-nitro-pdf-interface-experience"><span>Nitro PDF: Interface &amp; experience</span></h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="i2cD9PYAdUyxSE3SNXQRkF" name="1-Dashboard" alt="Testing out Nitro PDF editor on a Mac" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/i2cD9PYAdUyxSE3SNXQRkF-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Nitro // Future)</span></figcaption></figure><ul><li><strong>The page layout is clear and easy to navigate</strong></li><li><strong>Each tool has a prominent area to click on to activate it</strong></li></ul><p>Having logged in (yes you do need to give Nitro your email address), you’ll be graced with the service’s dashboard. I was pleasantly surprised you can download software for Windows, macOS, and iOS, although you’re not given much information regarding its system requirements. I had to search online for it (<a href="https://www.gonitro.com/documentation/technical-requirements?srsltid=AYCX9vJyogOdke6FUmBo7l0d4e8lH2E4GhWAa1u0Fhz87fDjsx_alSNq" target="_blank">it's here</a>). </p><p>But interesting though this is, I’m more curious about the online service. Not only would this allow me to work with PDFs on any machine I care to log in from, but the web-based version always includes the latest available tools.</p><p>The web page is clean and simple. Beneath the links to download the various versions are all the available tools. You have “Smart Tools” where complex algorithms analyse the document for you. </p><p>This includes ‘Nitro Assistant’ which can summarise or even translate a PDF, and includes live conversations with an LLM. ‘Table Extract’ converts tabular data into an excel file, and ‘Form Extract’ does the same, but focuses on form data, ie, it extracts names, dates, addresses, and more from a PDF.</p><p>The ‘Convert PDFs’ category lets you turn any Microsoft Office document into a PDF, or a PDF into one of the three Microsoft Office formats, as well as turning it into a JPG. The last two on the list are what we were originally here for: signing PDFs and requesting others to do the same.</p><ul><li><strong>Interface &amp; experience: 4/5</strong></li></ul><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-nitro-pdf-tools"><span>Nitro PDF: Tools</span></h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="T5nogzqQEmFhWK78UN36pF" name="2-Tools" alt="Testing out Nitro PDF editor on a Mac" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/T5nogzqQEmFhWK78UN36pF-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Nitro // Future)</span></figcaption></figure><ul><li><strong>Relatively simple to use</strong></li><li><strong>Interesting AI tools that work well and save time</strong></li></ul><p>I do appreciate that not only can you upload a file from your computer simply by dragging it onto the right part of the page, but Nitro can link up to your online storage account, be it Dropbox, OneDrive, GoogleDrive, Box or SharePoint, giving you a lot of flexibility.</p><p>I thought I’d try the summarisation tool first, but it turns out, I didn’t need to do anything: the moment I uploaded a file to the ‘Nitro Assistant’, the algorithm started working right away and after a few seconds, provided me with a summary. Since I’d written the original, I could tell it actually did a decent job of finding the key points, and providing a suitable synopsis.</p><p>Interestingly, the ‘Convert’ and ‘Optimise’ options are there in ‘Assistant’, so there would be no need to select their respective separate tools in the Dashboard: you can do it all straight from ‘Assistant’.</p><p>‘Table Extract’ was more interesting than I expected. I uploaded an article that contained copy as well as a couple of tables, and the algorithm was able to locate those, tell me which pages they were from, and grab the information from them. </p><p>Unfortunately it wasn’t perfect: a couple of cells were merged into one, it didn’t realise a table spanned two pages, and only gave me the data from the first. Given that there were only 2 rows on the second page, that wasn’t a major problem.</p><p>Just to be sure, I then tried the service with documents made up entirely of tables, spanning multiple pages. ‘Table Extract’ grabbed every single row each time. So when the PDF is obviously a table, the result is faultless, but when it’s interspersed with paragraphs and images, it could be a little tricky. As always, your mileage may vary.</p><p>Considering many similar services charge you credits to use what they call AI, the fact Nitro did all this without additional charge is a big plus for this service.</p><ul><li><strong>Tools: 4/5</strong></li></ul><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-nitro-pdf-signing"><span>Nitro PDF: Signing</span></h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="mHRDCqVAx8t35Yh4fGBp4G" name="7-Sign Fields" alt="Testing out Nitro PDF editor on a Mac" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/mHRDCqVAx8t35Yh4fGBp4G-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Nitro // Future)</span></figcaption></figure><ul><li><strong>Simple and straightforward to set up e-signature collection</strong></li><li><strong>Nitro handles everything in the background for you</strong></li></ul><p>As is similar with other tools in Nitro’s arsenal, choosing one signing tool actually gives you direct access to the other. Whether you choose ‘Request Signatures’ or ‘Self Sign’, you’ll have access to both, making the interface once again needlessly complicated with redundant buttons.</p><p>Despite this, the process is remarkably simple. You’re selected as the default recipient, and you get to drag specific fields onto the PDF document for you to fill in. There’s a button you can click on for the algorithm to detect existing fields, but it’s in beta, so if you want to be sure, just drag the relevant fields yourself.</p><p>When it comes to signing, you can draw using your trackpad or mouse (which didn’t work for me, even using different browsers), type in your name (Nitro uses a single script font for that, you don’t get a choice on that front), or you can upload a JPG, PNG or TIFF file bearing your signature.</p><p>Other fields include requests for the date, name, initials, checkboxes, even a custom field is available, enabling you to populate the form with all the information you require, including the option of making any or all of them compulsory. </p><p>It’s also possible to set a signing order, so a recipient will only be informed they need to sign once another, or others, have already done their bit. Best of all, those recipients don’t even need to create an account to do so. Nitro handles everything and will contact you once the document is completed.</p><p>The entire process was incredibly simple and well handled, and once the ‘detect fields’ button is out of beta, it’ll be even more effortless.</p><ul><li><strong>Signing: 4/5</strong></li></ul><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-should-i-buy-nitro-pdf"><span>Should I buy Nitro PDF?</span></h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="TpCHrs9X4otQyzLrFqNnoG" name="5-Optimise" alt="Testing out Nitro PDF editor on a Mac" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/TpCHrs9X4otQyzLrFqNnoG-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Nitro // Future)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 id="buy-it-if-10">Buy it if...</h3><p>You need to access and sign a lot of PDFs, would benefit from converting these files into other documents, and appreciate a little computer help to summarise a document.</p><h3 id="don-39-t-buy-it-if-9">Don't buy it if...</h3><p>You don’t need AI to do the work for you, can already convert documents into PDF and back again, would rather not have another subscription, and prefer to print documents to sign them anyway.</p><figure role="gallery"><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/3xsTN9Gi3QT7rKr7sL2tWG-1920-80.jpg" alt="Testing out Nitro PDF editor on a Mac" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Nitro // Future</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/DT8HqaDKeAAe5vhwsCtdRG-1920-80.jpg" alt="Testing out Nitro PDF editor on a Mac" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Nitro // Future</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/euU5WWs2f4YqKnt5dzYEXG-1920-80.jpg" alt="Testing out Nitro PDF editor on a Mac" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Nitro // Future</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/dWJ3hohbiH8jF6Cevc2oAG-1920-80.jpg" alt="Testing out Nitro PDF editor on a Mac" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Nitro // Future</small></figcaption></figure></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-alternatives"><span>Alternatives</span></h3><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="ea7dd946-d2bb-11f1-8884-638de5242f0e" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Adobe Acrobat Pro DC" data-dimension48="Adobe Acrobat Standard" href="https://www.adobe.com/acrobat.html" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:328px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:92.99%;"><img id="3QnmLUdjqCsMP3D6fvZYXY" name="Adobe Acrobat logo.PNG" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/3QnmLUdjqCsMP3D6fvZYXY-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="328" height="305" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class="" /></p></div></div></figure></a><p><a href="https://www.techradar.com/pro/software-services/adobe-acrobat-standard-2024-review" target="_blank" data-dimension112="ea7dd946-d2bb-11f1-8884-638de5242f0e" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Adobe Acrobat Pro DC" data-dimension48="Adobe Acrobat Standard" data-dimension25=""><strong>Adobe Acrobat Standard</strong></a><br />The original remains, in our opinion, the top choice for best PDF editor out there. It's rich with features and tools for editing, converting, and organizing all your PDF documents. The workflow and user experience is sublime once you get past the initially overwhelming interface. In our review, we couldn't help but not that "sometimes, the best solution on the market has its reputation for a reason."<a class="view-deal button" href="https://www.adobe.com/acrobat.html" target="_blank" rel="nofollow" data-dimension112="ea7dd946-d2bb-11f1-8884-638de5242f0e" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Adobe Acrobat Pro DC" data-dimension48="Adobe Acrobat Standard" data-dimension25="">View Deal</a></p></div><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="ea7dd9aa-d2bb-11f1-8e7d-7b538028be30" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Foxit PDF Editor" data-dimension48="Foxit PDF Editor" href="https://www.foxit.com/pdf-editor/" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:200px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="zConMaZsoGUmtHnXrWvtee" name="Foxit.png" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/zConMaZsoGUmtHnXrWvtee-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="200" height="200" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class="" /></p></div></div></figure></a><p><a href="https://www.techradar.com/reviews/foxit-pdf-editor-12" target="_blank" data-dimension112="ea7dd9aa-d2bb-11f1-8e7d-7b538028be30" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Foxit PDF Editor" data-dimension48="Foxit PDF Editor" data-dimension25=""><strong>Foxit PDF Editor</strong><br /></a>"Manipulate PDFs in style with a great multi-platform PDF editor" was how we kicked off our review of Foxit's excellent PDF editor. It's packed full of powerful tools, including an outstanding data redaction tool. Ultimately, we found it to be "a great app for businesses who need to manipulate, edit, redact and otherwise alter PDFs on a regular basis."<a class="view-deal button" href="https://www.foxit.com/pdf-editor/" target="_blank" rel="nofollow" data-dimension112="ea7dd9aa-d2bb-11f1-8e7d-7b538028be30" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Foxit PDF Editor" data-dimension48="Foxit PDF Editor" data-dimension25="">View Deal</a></p></div><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="ea7dda0e-d2bb-11f1-8d8a-8559418ee821" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="EaseUS Video Editor" data-dimension48="EaseUS PDF Editor" href="https://pdf.easeus.com/" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:198px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:48.99%;"><img id="CKBDwWsQLA45qJViqegpnW" name="Easeus logo.PNG" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/CKBDwWsQLA45qJViqegpnW-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="198" height="97" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class="" /></p></div></div></figure></a><p><a href="https://www.techradar.com/reviews/easeus-pdf-editor" target="_blank" data-dimension112="ea7dda0e-d2bb-11f1-8d8a-8559418ee821" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="EaseUS Video Editor" data-dimension48="EaseUS PDF Editor" data-dimension25=""><strong>EaseUS PDF Editor</strong></a><br />EaseUS PDF Editor offers much of what Nitro does, although you have the choice of a perpetual license or taking out a subscription. When we tested the product, we found "a powerful, PC-only PDF editing software tool that allows you to manipulate and alter documents with relative ease. It also comes with more standard features, such as a converter, and has good OCR capabilities."<a class="view-deal button" href="https://pdf.easeus.com/" target="_blank" rel="nofollow" data-dimension112="ea7dda0e-d2bb-11f1-8d8a-8559418ee821" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="EaseUS Video Editor" data-dimension48="EaseUS PDF Editor" data-dimension25="">View Deal</a></p></div><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-how-i-tested-nitro-pdf"><span>How I tested Nitro PDF</span></h2><p>As this is mainly an online service, I checked it out on a couple of web browsers, namely, Firefox and Safari. All the tools worked great, aside from the drawing function for the signature which failed for both. Thankfully there were other ways to sign a document.</p><p>One of the good things of an online service is it’s not dependent on your computer’s specs, so you most definitely don’t need the latest and greatest to run Nitro PDF. In fact, I used a machine over 7 years old for this and it worked without a hitch.</p><p>Everything ran smoothly (aside form the drawing part) and I had no problem finding my way around.</p><p><em>For additional PDF editing software, we reviewed the </em><a href="https://www.techradar.com/best/adobe-acrobat-alternatives" target="_blank"><em>best Adobe Acrobat alternatives</em></a><em> and </em><a href="https://www.techradar.com/best/free-pdf-editor" target="_blank"><em>best free PDF editors</em></a><em>.</em></p>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ Planet Zoo 2 review: an even more diverse, creative zoo-builder ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p><em>Planet Zoo 2</em> is the sequel to 2020’s zoo-building management sim. And it’s crammed with more animals, scenery items, and game modes than ever, so you can really let your creativity run wild.</p><p>Building zoos is my happy place. Life is stressful, the cost of living is shocking, and politics is so absurd I often feel like I’m being doped with increasing levels of satire to make the world’s first irony-immune man. Playing games like <em>Planet Zoo 2</em> lets me spend time in a simpler world, where I can spend five hours tweaking the placement of ferns and rocks to make simulated siamangs happy.</p><p>As a result, I’ve spent a lot of time playing the original <em>Planet Zoo</em>. More than a lot, actually. Over 1,100 hours. That’s more than 45 days straight — a fact that makes me feel slightly queasy about my priorities in life. I’ve spent more time experiencing its highs and dealing with its limitations than I’ve spent with my extended family. So, naturally, as soon as I heard <em>Planet Zoo 2 </em>was in development, I knew I had to be the person to put it through its paces.</p><p>With the addition of aquariums, aviaries, wildlife reserves and more besides, I couldn’t wait to get my teeth into the new game and see what it was capable of. Even if it meant jettisoning a thousand hours of work, binning my old zoo and starting building from scratch, I was eager to see how all the new tools and content upgraded play. So are the two games birds of a feather, or is <em>Planet Zoo 2 </em>of a different stripe entirely?</p><h2 id="wings-fins-and-fur">Wings, fins and fur</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="hgKf5RJEaWsFxuJSpBuMJJ" name="Planet Zoo 2" alt="A shoal of leopard sharks swimming in front of a underwater tunnel in Planet Zoo 2." src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/hgKf5RJEaWsFxuJSpBuMJJ-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Frontier Developments)</span></figcaption></figure><div  class="fancy-box"><div class="fancy_box-title">Best bit</div><div class="fancy_box_body"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' ><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="JpBqo3gLGSk69B4eaQCGrJ" name="Planet Zoo 2" caption="" alt="Two hawkbill turtles swimming in front of a coral reef in Planet Zoo 2." src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/JpBqo3gLGSk69B4eaQCGrJ-1920-80.jpg" mos="" link="" align="" fullscreen="" width="" height="" attribution="" endorsement="" class="pinterest-pin-exclude" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=""><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Frontier Developments)</span></figcaption></figure><p class="fancy-box__body-text"><strong>Without a doubt, aquariums are my favorite new feature. Not only can you add a fantastic variety of undersea beasties, but you can also decorate tanks with rich-looking reefs, with everything from fronds of seaweed to brightly colored corals.</strong></p></div></div><p>As a bit (okay, a lot) of a <em>Planet Zoo</em> nerd, when <em>Planet Zoo 2</em> was announced, I had plenty of things on my mental wishlist of upgrades I’d like to see. But top of my list were the addition of both flying birds and fish, two types of critters that felt conspicuous in their absence from the huge roster of DLCs released for the original game. So honestly, it was pretty pleasing to see both of these kinds of exhibits included when previews of the game dropped.</p><p>Flat out my favorite addition has been aquariums. These new piscine enclosures are as pretty as a picture. Aquariums feel really versatile, whether you want huge open-air tanks or to build a wall of fish into your restaurant. Walkthrough tunnels make creating immersive exhibits a breeze, and the need to filter habitats separately depending on whether they require fresh, brackish, or salty water adds an extra layer of — excuse the pun — depth. </p><p>Underwater decorations also look fantastic, allowing you to create really richly colored coral reefs and rafts of seaweed and grasses. But naturally, the animals in <em>Planet Zoo</em> are the stars of the show, and there’s a huge variety of sea life on offer to populate your tanks, whether you’re looking for sharks, rays, turtles or schools of fish. Wisely, Frontier has steered away from including many sea mammals like whales and dolphins — a sensible decision in light of the increasing attention that’s been paid to the ethics of keeping highly intelligent, social mammals in small tanks — but the game does include manatees, and there’s still huge potential here for semi-aquatic mammals like seals and walruses.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="FHS5DswCu9VBtHqoHCLKpH" name="Planet Zoo 2" alt="A penguin swimming in a pool in Planet Zoo 2." src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/FHS5DswCu9VBtHqoHCLKpH-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Frontier Developments)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Leading up to <em>Planet Zoo 2</em>’s release, I was particularly excited about the addition of flying birds, as this adds a whole new dimension to your habitats compared to flightless fowl like ostriches and emus. While aviaries — essentially roof support poles and netting sitting over a classic habitat — don’t feel quite as fresh an experience as creating aquariums, I can still see how I’ll be able to use them to create stunning enclosures. And the variety of feathered friends already on offer is decent, adding everything from toucans to brightly colored long-tailed parakeets.</p><p>In fact, animals in general have had a definite glow-up in <em>Planet Zoo 2</em>. Not only have the earliest, lower-definition critters from the base game, like lions and African elephants, received new meshes to bring them in line with sleeker-looking critters from later expansion packs, but fauna in general looks stunning in this game.</p><p>There’s also a really solid variety of animals on offer at launch, from gila monsters to giant pandas. Don’t get me wrong: some of my personal favorites from the original game and expansions still aren’t here. Frankly, any zoo that doesn’t have fennec foxes in it is not a zoo I want to spend time in. But all the classics are here, with just enough funky additions — Goodfellow’s tree-kangaroo, anyone? — that I’m already pretty jazzed about additions that might be coming up with future updates.</p><p>All told, the variety offered by <em>Planet Zoo 2</em> makes creating diverse, vibrant zoos feel easier than ever.</p><h2 id="management-material">Management material</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="pyeZgZ42crmmjfMQBGhZqJ" name="Planet Zoo 2" alt="Visitors in a zoo watching a sun bear sat on a viewing platform in Planet Zoo 2." src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/pyeZgZ42crmmjfMQBGhZqJ-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Frontier Developments)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Given that Frontier Developments has launched two more park management games — <em>Planet Coaster 2</em> and <em>Jurassic World Evolution 3</em> — in the almost seven years since the OG Planet Zoo’s release, its core gameplay loop has inevitably evolved. </p><p>First off, career mode feels the most well-rounded it’s been in a Planet game to date. While you’ve always been able to dip in and out of individual missions on the map to complete objectives and pick up bronze, silver, and gold medals, the progression between them feels increasingly organic.</p><p>Functioning as an extended tutorial, career mode leads you through a variety of maps and scenarios throughout the world. As you complete bronze medals at each zoo, you’ll learn new mechanisms and unlock new accreditation tiers, in turn granting you access to higher tiers of animals. While this does mean your progression is somewhat locked to missions, the non-linear connection between maps made me feel much freer to pop in and out of maps than past games.</p><p>A big part of this is down to the addition of wildlife reserves. Releasing animals was a relatively shallow mechanic in <em>Planet Zoo</em> — enabling you to offload unneeded creatures in return for dollars or Conservation Points — in its sequel, this has been spun out into a sub-game in its own right.</p><p>Wildlife reserves’ core gameplay loop is pretty straightforward. When you arrive in a new reserve, you’ll create ecosystems for released animals by painting one in the landscape, clearing any invasive plant species, and balancing the terrain and plant requirements. Once it’s ready, you’ll be required to release animals from your zoos of the compatible type, balancing the ecosystem, and place research items like camera traps and acoustic monitors to unlock higher levels of research in your zoos.</p><p>I’ll be honest here: wildlife reserves are the area that I feel both sound like the most transformative on paper and yet haven’t fully clicked for me in practice. Part of this is because they rely heavily on my least favorite tool: the terrain painter — more on that shortly. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="6rK7vy4Uyj9fMgdQT29QeJ" name="Planet Zoo 2" alt="Red deer sit by a water source in a wildlife preserve in Planet Zoo 2." src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/6rK7vy4Uyj9fMgdQT29QeJ-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Frontier Developments)</span></figcaption></figure><p>But it’s also just because these mechanics feel relatively shallow. These reserves don’t really require much ongoing management, and given there’s not much more detailed interplay among the flora and fauna once it’s placed, you can basically just set and forget these areas. As a result, I often found myself just rushing to establish ecosystems and dump the required animals in them so I could return to meatier zoo management. I’m hoping that the more I play with them, the more I’ll find to love about these freer locations, but so far they’ve stood out the least to me.</p><p>One other factor that's occasionally caused me slight discomfort is the presence of bugs. No, I'm not talking about those tarantula exhibits: at release, there have definitely been some odd issues creeping in.</p><p>I've encountered nothing game-breaking, just slightly hinky behavior here and there. At one point, items I was meticulously placing using the advanced move tools would randomly jump to a different position once I clicked place. Meanwhile, I've experienced several well-documented issues where animals ghost through their bars or get boxed up en masse inside their habitats for no clear reason. Fair play to Frontier Developments, though: they promised to patch these issues pretty quickly and, at the time of publishing, I think all of these issues have been fixed.</p><p>If you're wanting a freer experience than career mode can offer, <em>Planet Zoo 2</em> still has all the other game modes you loved from the original. Franchise mode lets you focus on building your global zoo network from scratch as always, adding the ability to create your own wildlife reserves to help you feel like you’re really contributing to global conservation.</p><p>But hands-down my favorite gameplay mode is still Sandbox. I’m a bit prone to hyperfixating on small details — I know: the dude with 1,100 hours in the game is a bit obsessive. You don’t say. And that’s why I love this mode. Being able to concentrate on tweaking every last detail and focusing on building the most realistic zoo I can without needing to sweat about profitability or management just speaks to the creative part of my brain.</p><p>And, on that front, <em>Planet Zoo 2</em> is better than ever.</p><h2 id="build-baby-build">Build baby, build</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="9e7dA6AYtNxAn822H3k5rJ" name="Planet Zoo 2" alt="A circular viewing platform draped with fabric strips in Planet Zoo 2." src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/9e7dA6AYtNxAn822H3k5rJ-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Frontier Developments)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Given I’m talking about a game crammed with gorgeous wildlife, brand new habitats and new game modes, I’ll admit this makes me sound tiresomely dull. But honestly, what’s gotten me most excited about <em>Planet Zoo 2</em> is the part that should be the most boring: logistics upgrades. </p><p>Rather than management sims, I’ve always felt like the Planet games are fantastically creative park design tools with a fun game on the side. And these tools have been refined across the board.</p><p>Let’s start with the placement tools. Not gonna lie, on release the placement tools in <em>Planet Zoo</em> were so rigid I can honestly understand if many people rarely dug into creating detailed scenery. Fortunately, these have been significantly improved — they feel more fluid, while the scale tools from <em>Planet Coaster 2</em> and mirroring tools have been added, giving each decorative item significantly more versatility and making it much easier to create organic-looking areas like rockfaces.</p><p>Frustrating memories of trying to select scenery items in <em>Planet Zoo</em> — with their utterly random-seeming hitboxes — still haunt me to this day, particularly as deselecting items felt super awkward. In its sequel, these tools have been overhauled, not only making it easier to select and deselect items even on controller but also providing a range of toggles that allow you to restrict selection to certain types of objects, from nature objects to pathing.</p><p>While creating pathing used to involve an exasperating degree of trial and error in the original, pathing tools have had significant improvements here. Alongside the original’s straight and curved pathing options, upgrades from <em>Planet Coaster 2</em> and the <em>Jurassic World Evolution</em> series have been introduced, like stamp and draw tools. This makes it trivial to introduce more organic-looking paths than ever and even super-precise circular courtyards and viewing areas.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="qyy6QfQ8m4oG5h2aJZbAVJ" name="Planet Zoo 2" alt="The terrain paint tool in use in Planet Zoo 2." src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/qyy6QfQ8m4oG5h2aJZbAVJ-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Frontier Developments)</span></figcaption></figure><p>All of these features contribute to making buildings and decorative items feel far easier and more fluid. But it’s not only placing man-made structures that has been improved. I’d argue that one of the hardest areas of creating your dream zoo in <em>Planet Zoo</em> used to be making natural scenery look organic. A significant proportion of that monumental playtime I clocked in the first game came from meticulously placing bushes piece by piece to make scenery look suitably wild.</p><p>Fortunately, Frontier has introduced the scenery brushes first created for <em>Planet Coaster 2</em> into this game, enabling you to quickly paint scenery across your landscape. Not only does it come with a wide array of pre-created options, but you can also make up your own using any combination of scenery you’d like. While the end result can be slightly random-looking and the brushes still don’t get tight enough for creating really dense-looking foliage, this massively speeds up initial placement and allows you to then manually shift and complement the items for significantly faster decoration.</p><p>Similarly, terrain brushes have also had loads of new options added, with attract, repel, and curl brushes adding good variety to the existing toolset available. Terrain painting also comes with a significantly wider array of options, with not only lots of sub-terrain types — such as wild grass, long grass, forest floor or scree — but also brush presets that blend combos of the above.</p><p>Sadly, these terrain painting tools are the ones that I feel most lukewarm about. While they should add an enormous amount of extra variety to your landscapes, in practice I found them quite hard to blend subtly, with the intensity slider never quite going low enough to reduce hard borders between terrain types. You can achieve a similar effect by rapidly clicking to feather the brushes, but this is one of the few areas where I feel the tools at your disposal could do with some more refining.</p><p>Still, though, the impact of the tool and brush improvements has made the game feel far more fluid in action. They’re all tiny QoL upgrades in isolation, but they’re huge in aggregate. It takes <em>Planet Zoo</em> from a game that’s almost notoriously fiddly and rigid to something that feels more approachable for people who don’t have 1,000 hours to learn all of its tricks.</p><h2 id="should-you-play-planet-zoo-2">Should you play Planet Zoo 2?</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="ss4i9McZ93ibbWecMp6MqJ" name="Planet Zoo 2" alt="A tropical zoo in Planet Zoo 2 showing a tropical cove, habitats and lush rainforest foliage." src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ss4i9McZ93ibbWecMp6MqJ-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Frontier Developments)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 id="play-it-if-2">Play it if…</h2><div class="product"><p><strong>You want a whole new world of aquatic and avian critters</strong><br />Aquariums and aviaries add a whole host of flexible new habitats to bring your zoos to life. Watching turtles and toucans explore their new homes is still a magical experience.</p></div><div class="product"><p><strong>You want the best park design tools to date</strong><br />Honestly, I can’t think of a single clunky tool from the OG <em>Planet Zoo</em> that hasn’t had a QoL improvement here. They’re more usable, flexible, and creative than ever before.</p></div><h2 id="don-t-play-it-if-2">Don’t play it if…</h2><div class="product"><p><strong>You want to fill a quick 15 minutes</strong><br />Preset buildings make playing <em>Planet Zoo 2</em> much quicker, but creating things from scratch can take a long time. If you want to design your own zoo piece by piece, be prepared to invest some serious time.</p></div><div class="product"><p><strong>You want a whole new game</strong><br /><em>Planet Zoo 2</em> builds on its predecessor, so it’s more evolution than revolution. You’ll see some duplicate items and animals, but the range is still staggering, feeling much larger than in the original.</p></div><h2 id="accessibility-features-2">Accessibility features</h2><p>There’s a small range of accessibility features available here. For those with visual impairments, you can scale the in-game font from 60% to 100% and the UI from 70% to 100%. Meanwhile, <em>Planet Zoo 2 </em>caters to most forms of color blindness, allowing you to change the color of subtitles, as well as the positive, warning, and negative UI feedback colors.</p><h2 id="how-i-reviewed-planet-zoo-2">How I reviewed Planet Zoo 2</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="wmhHJWprRdWtzTvNyj96NH" name="Planet Zoo 2" alt="A shark swimming in an aquarium in Planet Zoo 2." src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/wmhHJWprRdWtzTvNyj96NH-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Frontier Developments)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Given its lengthy career mode and how long it can take to build custom enclosures, I wanted to make sure I had a broad experience of the game, so I played <em>Planet Zoo 2 </em>for over 75 hours. While I was reviewing the PC version, I made sure to try it out on a variety of devices, including my desktop <a href="https://www.techradar.com/computing/gaming-pcs/best-gaming-pc">gaming PC</a>, the Asus ProArt P16 RTX Spark, and my <a href="https://www.techradar.com/gaming/steam-deck-oled-review">Steam Deck</a>. I also tried playing it with the SteelSeries Aeon Pro controller to ensure it was as playable on controller as it is on mouse and keyboard.</p><p>When in-game, I tried to test out as wide a variety of content as possible. I played a significant chunk of the campaign, started several franchise zoos, and began building my own zoo in sandbox mode. I built aquariums, aviaries, and traditional habitats, as well as other scenery items. And I completed multiple research levels in different wildlife reserves.</p><p>As for my own experience, not only do I have that ludicrous 1,100-hour playtime in the original Planet Zoo game, but I’ve been playing management sim games ever since the OG, Theme Park, back in 1994. I’ve been gaming across a wide variety of platforms for at least 35 years and now play principally on my PC, Steam Deck, <a href="https://www.techradar.com/gaming/nintendo/nintendo-switch-2-review">Nintendo Switch 2,</a> and <a href="https://www.techradar.com/reviews/xbox-series-x">Xbox Series X</a>.</p><ul><li><em>First reviewed: October 2026</em></li></ul> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.techradar.com/gaming/planet-zoo-2-review</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ Despite having splurged a total of 45 days of my life playing the original, I find Planet Zoo 2 even more compelling, thanks to its richly decorated aquariums, walkthrough aviaries, and massively upgraded tools. ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">ghxaNsAwFRBcjSLXYJGrhU</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Y4LnqeGZjUuSBdjFdxrbqJ-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Wed, 28 Oct 2026 08:22:34 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                <updated>Wed, 28 Oct 2026 10:55:59 +0000</updated>
                                                                                                                                            <category><![CDATA[Consoles & PC]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Gaming]]></category>
                                                                                                <author><![CDATA[ josh.russell@futurenet.com (Josh Russell) ]]></author>                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Josh Russell ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/YPWYdoWTKnfU3wLMNrMj2E-320-70.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Y4LnqeGZjUuSBdjFdxrbqJ-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Frontier Developments]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Visitors in a zoo watching gorillas at sunset from a circular viewing platform in Planet Zoo 2.]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Visitors in a zoo watching gorillas at sunset from a circular viewing platform in Planet Zoo 2.]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Visitors in a zoo watching gorillas at sunset from a circular viewing platform in Planet Zoo 2.]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Y4LnqeGZjUuSBdjFdxrbqJ-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p><em>Planet Zoo 2</em> is the sequel to 2020’s zoo-building management sim. And it’s crammed with more animals, scenery items, and game modes than ever, so you can really let your creativity run wild.</p><p>Building zoos is my happy place. Life is stressful, the cost of living is shocking, and politics is so absurd I often feel like I’m being doped with increasing levels of satire to make the world’s first irony-immune man. Playing games like <em>Planet Zoo 2</em> lets me spend time in a simpler world, where I can spend five hours tweaking the placement of ferns and rocks to make simulated siamangs happy.</p><p>As a result, I’ve spent a lot of time playing the original <em>Planet Zoo</em>. More than a lot, actually. Over 1,100 hours. That’s more than 45 days straight — a fact that makes me feel slightly queasy about my priorities in life. I’ve spent more time experiencing its highs and dealing with its limitations than I’ve spent with my extended family. So, naturally, as soon as I heard <em>Planet Zoo 2 </em>was in development, I knew I had to be the person to put it through its paces.</p><p>With the addition of aquariums, aviaries, wildlife reserves and more besides, I couldn’t wait to get my teeth into the new game and see what it was capable of. Even if it meant jettisoning a thousand hours of work, binning my old zoo and starting building from scratch, I was eager to see how all the new tools and content upgraded play. So are the two games birds of a feather, or is <em>Planet Zoo 2 </em>of a different stripe entirely?</p><h2 id="wings-fins-and-fur">Wings, fins and fur</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="hgKf5RJEaWsFxuJSpBuMJJ" name="Planet Zoo 2" alt="A shoal of leopard sharks swimming in front of a underwater tunnel in Planet Zoo 2." src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/hgKf5RJEaWsFxuJSpBuMJJ-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Frontier Developments)</span></figcaption></figure><div  class="fancy-box"><div class="fancy_box-title">Best bit</div><div class="fancy_box_body"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' ><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="JpBqo3gLGSk69B4eaQCGrJ" name="Planet Zoo 2" caption="" alt="Two hawkbill turtles swimming in front of a coral reef in Planet Zoo 2." src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/JpBqo3gLGSk69B4eaQCGrJ-1920-80.jpg" mos="" link="" align="" fullscreen="" width="" height="" attribution="" endorsement="" class="pinterest-pin-exclude" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=""><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Frontier Developments)</span></figcaption></figure><p class="fancy-box__body-text"><strong>Without a doubt, aquariums are my favorite new feature. Not only can you add a fantastic variety of undersea beasties, but you can also decorate tanks with rich-looking reefs, with everything from fronds of seaweed to brightly colored corals.</strong></p></div></div><p>As a bit (okay, a lot) of a <em>Planet Zoo</em> nerd, when <em>Planet Zoo 2</em> was announced, I had plenty of things on my mental wishlist of upgrades I’d like to see. But top of my list were the addition of both flying birds and fish, two types of critters that felt conspicuous in their absence from the huge roster of DLCs released for the original game. So honestly, it was pretty pleasing to see both of these kinds of exhibits included when previews of the game dropped.</p><p>Flat out my favorite addition has been aquariums. These new piscine enclosures are as pretty as a picture. Aquariums feel really versatile, whether you want huge open-air tanks or to build a wall of fish into your restaurant. Walkthrough tunnels make creating immersive exhibits a breeze, and the need to filter habitats separately depending on whether they require fresh, brackish, or salty water adds an extra layer of — excuse the pun — depth. </p><p>Underwater decorations also look fantastic, allowing you to create really richly colored coral reefs and rafts of seaweed and grasses. But naturally, the animals in <em>Planet Zoo</em> are the stars of the show, and there’s a huge variety of sea life on offer to populate your tanks, whether you’re looking for sharks, rays, turtles or schools of fish. Wisely, Frontier has steered away from including many sea mammals like whales and dolphins — a sensible decision in light of the increasing attention that’s been paid to the ethics of keeping highly intelligent, social mammals in small tanks — but the game does include manatees, and there’s still huge potential here for semi-aquatic mammals like seals and walruses.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="FHS5DswCu9VBtHqoHCLKpH" name="Planet Zoo 2" alt="A penguin swimming in a pool in Planet Zoo 2." src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/FHS5DswCu9VBtHqoHCLKpH-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Frontier Developments)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Leading up to <em>Planet Zoo 2</em>’s release, I was particularly excited about the addition of flying birds, as this adds a whole new dimension to your habitats compared to flightless fowl like ostriches and emus. While aviaries — essentially roof support poles and netting sitting over a classic habitat — don’t feel quite as fresh an experience as creating aquariums, I can still see how I’ll be able to use them to create stunning enclosures. And the variety of feathered friends already on offer is decent, adding everything from toucans to brightly colored long-tailed parakeets.</p><p>In fact, animals in general have had a definite glow-up in <em>Planet Zoo 2</em>. Not only have the earliest, lower-definition critters from the base game, like lions and African elephants, received new meshes to bring them in line with sleeker-looking critters from later expansion packs, but fauna in general looks stunning in this game.</p><p>There’s also a really solid variety of animals on offer at launch, from gila monsters to giant pandas. Don’t get me wrong: some of my personal favorites from the original game and expansions still aren’t here. Frankly, any zoo that doesn’t have fennec foxes in it is not a zoo I want to spend time in. But all the classics are here, with just enough funky additions — Goodfellow’s tree-kangaroo, anyone? — that I’m already pretty jazzed about additions that might be coming up with future updates.</p><p>All told, the variety offered by <em>Planet Zoo 2</em> makes creating diverse, vibrant zoos feel easier than ever.</p><h2 id="management-material">Management material</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="pyeZgZ42crmmjfMQBGhZqJ" name="Planet Zoo 2" alt="Visitors in a zoo watching a sun bear sat on a viewing platform in Planet Zoo 2." src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/pyeZgZ42crmmjfMQBGhZqJ-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Frontier Developments)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Given that Frontier Developments has launched two more park management games — <em>Planet Coaster 2</em> and <em>Jurassic World Evolution 3</em> — in the almost seven years since the OG Planet Zoo’s release, its core gameplay loop has inevitably evolved. </p><p>First off, career mode feels the most well-rounded it’s been in a Planet game to date. While you’ve always been able to dip in and out of individual missions on the map to complete objectives and pick up bronze, silver, and gold medals, the progression between them feels increasingly organic.</p><p>Functioning as an extended tutorial, career mode leads you through a variety of maps and scenarios throughout the world. As you complete bronze medals at each zoo, you’ll learn new mechanisms and unlock new accreditation tiers, in turn granting you access to higher tiers of animals. While this does mean your progression is somewhat locked to missions, the non-linear connection between maps made me feel much freer to pop in and out of maps than past games.</p><p>A big part of this is down to the addition of wildlife reserves. Releasing animals was a relatively shallow mechanic in <em>Planet Zoo</em> — enabling you to offload unneeded creatures in return for dollars or Conservation Points — in its sequel, this has been spun out into a sub-game in its own right.</p><p>Wildlife reserves’ core gameplay loop is pretty straightforward. When you arrive in a new reserve, you’ll create ecosystems for released animals by painting one in the landscape, clearing any invasive plant species, and balancing the terrain and plant requirements. Once it’s ready, you’ll be required to release animals from your zoos of the compatible type, balancing the ecosystem, and place research items like camera traps and acoustic monitors to unlock higher levels of research in your zoos.</p><p>I’ll be honest here: wildlife reserves are the area that I feel both sound like the most transformative on paper and yet haven’t fully clicked for me in practice. Part of this is because they rely heavily on my least favorite tool: the terrain painter — more on that shortly. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="6rK7vy4Uyj9fMgdQT29QeJ" name="Planet Zoo 2" alt="Red deer sit by a water source in a wildlife preserve in Planet Zoo 2." src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/6rK7vy4Uyj9fMgdQT29QeJ-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Frontier Developments)</span></figcaption></figure><p>But it’s also just because these mechanics feel relatively shallow. These reserves don’t really require much ongoing management, and given there’s not much more detailed interplay among the flora and fauna once it’s placed, you can basically just set and forget these areas. As a result, I often found myself just rushing to establish ecosystems and dump the required animals in them so I could return to meatier zoo management. I’m hoping that the more I play with them, the more I’ll find to love about these freer locations, but so far they’ve stood out the least to me.</p><p>One other factor that's occasionally caused me slight discomfort is the presence of bugs. No, I'm not talking about those tarantula exhibits: at release, there have definitely been some odd issues creeping in.</p><p>I've encountered nothing game-breaking, just slightly hinky behavior here and there. At one point, items I was meticulously placing using the advanced move tools would randomly jump to a different position once I clicked place. Meanwhile, I've experienced several well-documented issues where animals ghost through their bars or get boxed up en masse inside their habitats for no clear reason. Fair play to Frontier Developments, though: they promised to patch these issues pretty quickly and, at the time of publishing, I think all of these issues have been fixed.</p><p>If you're wanting a freer experience than career mode can offer, <em>Planet Zoo 2</em> still has all the other game modes you loved from the original. Franchise mode lets you focus on building your global zoo network from scratch as always, adding the ability to create your own wildlife reserves to help you feel like you’re really contributing to global conservation.</p><p>But hands-down my favorite gameplay mode is still Sandbox. I’m a bit prone to hyperfixating on small details — I know: the dude with 1,100 hours in the game is a bit obsessive. You don’t say. And that’s why I love this mode. Being able to concentrate on tweaking every last detail and focusing on building the most realistic zoo I can without needing to sweat about profitability or management just speaks to the creative part of my brain.</p><p>And, on that front, <em>Planet Zoo 2</em> is better than ever.</p><h2 id="build-baby-build">Build baby, build</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="9e7dA6AYtNxAn822H3k5rJ" name="Planet Zoo 2" alt="A circular viewing platform draped with fabric strips in Planet Zoo 2." src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/9e7dA6AYtNxAn822H3k5rJ-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Frontier Developments)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Given I’m talking about a game crammed with gorgeous wildlife, brand new habitats and new game modes, I’ll admit this makes me sound tiresomely dull. But honestly, what’s gotten me most excited about <em>Planet Zoo 2</em> is the part that should be the most boring: logistics upgrades. </p><p>Rather than management sims, I’ve always felt like the Planet games are fantastically creative park design tools with a fun game on the side. And these tools have been refined across the board.</p><p>Let’s start with the placement tools. Not gonna lie, on release the placement tools in <em>Planet Zoo</em> were so rigid I can honestly understand if many people rarely dug into creating detailed scenery. Fortunately, these have been significantly improved — they feel more fluid, while the scale tools from <em>Planet Coaster 2</em> and mirroring tools have been added, giving each decorative item significantly more versatility and making it much easier to create organic-looking areas like rockfaces.</p><p>Frustrating memories of trying to select scenery items in <em>Planet Zoo</em> — with their utterly random-seeming hitboxes — still haunt me to this day, particularly as deselecting items felt super awkward. In its sequel, these tools have been overhauled, not only making it easier to select and deselect items even on controller but also providing a range of toggles that allow you to restrict selection to certain types of objects, from nature objects to pathing.</p><p>While creating pathing used to involve an exasperating degree of trial and error in the original, pathing tools have had significant improvements here. Alongside the original’s straight and curved pathing options, upgrades from <em>Planet Coaster 2</em> and the <em>Jurassic World Evolution</em> series have been introduced, like stamp and draw tools. This makes it trivial to introduce more organic-looking paths than ever and even super-precise circular courtyards and viewing areas.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="qyy6QfQ8m4oG5h2aJZbAVJ" name="Planet Zoo 2" alt="The terrain paint tool in use in Planet Zoo 2." src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/qyy6QfQ8m4oG5h2aJZbAVJ-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Frontier Developments)</span></figcaption></figure><p>All of these features contribute to making buildings and decorative items feel far easier and more fluid. But it’s not only placing man-made structures that has been improved. I’d argue that one of the hardest areas of creating your dream zoo in <em>Planet Zoo</em> used to be making natural scenery look organic. A significant proportion of that monumental playtime I clocked in the first game came from meticulously placing bushes piece by piece to make scenery look suitably wild.</p><p>Fortunately, Frontier has introduced the scenery brushes first created for <em>Planet Coaster 2</em> into this game, enabling you to quickly paint scenery across your landscape. Not only does it come with a wide array of pre-created options, but you can also make up your own using any combination of scenery you’d like. While the end result can be slightly random-looking and the brushes still don’t get tight enough for creating really dense-looking foliage, this massively speeds up initial placement and allows you to then manually shift and complement the items for significantly faster decoration.</p><p>Similarly, terrain brushes have also had loads of new options added, with attract, repel, and curl brushes adding good variety to the existing toolset available. Terrain painting also comes with a significantly wider array of options, with not only lots of sub-terrain types — such as wild grass, long grass, forest floor or scree — but also brush presets that blend combos of the above.</p><p>Sadly, these terrain painting tools are the ones that I feel most lukewarm about. While they should add an enormous amount of extra variety to your landscapes, in practice I found them quite hard to blend subtly, with the intensity slider never quite going low enough to reduce hard borders between terrain types. You can achieve a similar effect by rapidly clicking to feather the brushes, but this is one of the few areas where I feel the tools at your disposal could do with some more refining.</p><p>Still, though, the impact of the tool and brush improvements has made the game feel far more fluid in action. They’re all tiny QoL upgrades in isolation, but they’re huge in aggregate. It takes <em>Planet Zoo</em> from a game that’s almost notoriously fiddly and rigid to something that feels more approachable for people who don’t have 1,000 hours to learn all of its tricks.</p><h2 id="should-you-play-planet-zoo-2">Should you play Planet Zoo 2?</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="ss4i9McZ93ibbWecMp6MqJ" name="Planet Zoo 2" alt="A tropical zoo in Planet Zoo 2 showing a tropical cove, habitats and lush rainforest foliage." src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ss4i9McZ93ibbWecMp6MqJ-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Frontier Developments)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 id="play-it-if-2">Play it if…</h2><div class="product"><p><strong>You want a whole new world of aquatic and avian critters</strong><br />Aquariums and aviaries add a whole host of flexible new habitats to bring your zoos to life. Watching turtles and toucans explore their new homes is still a magical experience.</p></div><div class="product"><p><strong>You want the best park design tools to date</strong><br />Honestly, I can’t think of a single clunky tool from the OG <em>Planet Zoo</em> that hasn’t had a QoL improvement here. They’re more usable, flexible, and creative than ever before.</p></div><h2 id="don-t-play-it-if-2">Don’t play it if…</h2><div class="product"><p><strong>You want to fill a quick 15 minutes</strong><br />Preset buildings make playing <em>Planet Zoo 2</em> much quicker, but creating things from scratch can take a long time. If you want to design your own zoo piece by piece, be prepared to invest some serious time.</p></div><div class="product"><p><strong>You want a whole new game</strong><br /><em>Planet Zoo 2</em> builds on its predecessor, so it’s more evolution than revolution. You’ll see some duplicate items and animals, but the range is still staggering, feeling much larger than in the original.</p></div><h2 id="accessibility-features-2">Accessibility features</h2><p>There’s a small range of accessibility features available here. For those with visual impairments, you can scale the in-game font from 60% to 100% and the UI from 70% to 100%. Meanwhile, <em>Planet Zoo 2 </em>caters to most forms of color blindness, allowing you to change the color of subtitles, as well as the positive, warning, and negative UI feedback colors.</p><h2 id="how-i-reviewed-planet-zoo-2">How I reviewed Planet Zoo 2</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="wmhHJWprRdWtzTvNyj96NH" name="Planet Zoo 2" alt="A shark swimming in an aquarium in Planet Zoo 2." src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/wmhHJWprRdWtzTvNyj96NH-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Frontier Developments)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Given its lengthy career mode and how long it can take to build custom enclosures, I wanted to make sure I had a broad experience of the game, so I played <em>Planet Zoo 2 </em>for over 75 hours. While I was reviewing the PC version, I made sure to try it out on a variety of devices, including my desktop <a href="https://www.techradar.com/computing/gaming-pcs/best-gaming-pc">gaming PC</a>, the Asus ProArt P16 RTX Spark, and my <a href="https://www.techradar.com/gaming/steam-deck-oled-review">Steam Deck</a>. I also tried playing it with the SteelSeries Aeon Pro controller to ensure it was as playable on controller as it is on mouse and keyboard.</p><p>When in-game, I tried to test out as wide a variety of content as possible. I played a significant chunk of the campaign, started several franchise zoos, and began building my own zoo in sandbox mode. I built aquariums, aviaries, and traditional habitats, as well as other scenery items. And I completed multiple research levels in different wildlife reserves.</p><p>As for my own experience, not only do I have that ludicrous 1,100-hour playtime in the original Planet Zoo game, but I’ve been playing management sim games ever since the OG, Theme Park, back in 1994. I’ve been gaming across a wide variety of platforms for at least 35 years and now play principally on my PC, Steam Deck, <a href="https://www.techradar.com/gaming/nintendo/nintendo-switch-2-review">Nintendo Switch 2,</a> and <a href="https://www.techradar.com/reviews/xbox-series-x">Xbox Series X</a>.</p><ul><li><em>First reviewed: October 2026</em></li></ul>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ Malwarebytes Personal Data Remover review ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>Any personal information posted on the web remains there for a long time and can reach far-flung corners. That name, email address, and location can be aggregated by people-finder sites (or data brokers) and sold to subscribers. </p><p>These data broker sites pose privacy risks, but there’s a way to protect yourself online. You can use platforms like Malwarebytes’ Personal Data Remover to scan sites for your data, then send deletion requests if found. Malwarebytes facilitates the deletion requests, so there isn’t much to worry about.</p><p>Malwarebytes is an all-in-one cybersecurity software suite and is mostly known for its antivirus app. However, it offers other valuable tools, including the Personal Data Remover (if the name didn't give it away, it's a <a href="https://www.techradar.com/pro/best-data-removal-services-of-year" target="_blank">data removal service</a>). </p><p>I’m reviewing this tool to help you decide whether it’s worth adopting. Read on to learn about its pros, cons, pricing, support, ease of use, and other essential factors.</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-malwarebytes-personal-data-remover-plans-and-pricing"><span>Malwarebytes Personal Data Remover: Plans and pricing</span></h2><p>Malwarebytes doesn’t offer the Personal Data Remover as a separate tool. Rather, it’s offered as part of the Ultimate plan but you can scan for free by <a href="https://www.malwarebytes.com/personal-data-remover-feb" target="_blank">clicking here</a>. </p><p>The Ultimate plan costs $280 per year, but it’s discounted 50% to $140 on the first year. It unlocks access to the Personal Data Remover and complete antivirus protection, a VPN, and identity protection for 3 devices. </p><p>For $400 per year, discounted to $200 on the first year, the Ultimate bundle can be extended to 10 devices for family use. </p><p>There are less costly Malwarebytes bundles (Standard for $60 per year and Plus for $80 per year), but none of them include the Personal Data Remover. It seems that if you want access to the Data Remover, you’ll also need to adopt Malwarebytes’ antivirus and VPN apps, which is a major drawback. I’d prefer if the Data Remover were offered as a standalone tool, which I could use alongside other VPN and antivirus tools.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1940px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.19%;"><img id="JF483SJgMwt8iXjRGEXBak" name="Malwarebytes pricing" alt="Malwarebytes’ pricing plans" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/JF483SJgMwt8iXjRGEXBak-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1940" height="1090" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Malwarebytes )</span></figcaption></figure><p>Malwarebytes offers a 14-day free trial of its Ultimate plan, allowing you to test its features before making a final decision. Who knows, you could choose to adopt Malwarebytes as your all-in-one cybersecurity suite after a free trial. There’s also a 60-day money-back guarantee if you aren’t satisfied after paying.</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-malwarebytes-personal-data-remover-setup"><span>Malwarebytes Personal Data Remover: Setup</span></h2><p>Firstly, I should note that Malwarebytes’ Personal Data Remover is only offered to U.S. residents. Non-U.S. residents can use the free Digital Footprint Scanner, which scans your email address against known data breaches and alerts you if any associated account was compromised. However, this Digital Footprint Scanner can’t scan people-finder sites and send deletion requests like the Personal Data Remover.</p><p>Malwarebytes’ setup follows a straightforward pattern. First, you’ll activate your subscription (or free trial) on the website. After this step, sign in to Malwarebytes and head to the <em>Secure Hub</em> page. This page provides an overview of all Malwarebytes services available under your subscription.</p><p>On the Secure Hub page, look for Personal Data Remover and click “Activate Now”. Once activated, enter your personal details (first and last name, state, city, etc.) to begin a search. Submit the details, and Malwarebytes will run a deep scan across people-finder sites for this data. </p><p>The scan can take anywhere from a few hours to several days, depending on how many people-finder sites your data gets discovered on. Once the scan is complete, you’ll be alerted by email to take further action. </p><p>Malwarebytes’ scan covers over 100 popular people-finder sites that aggregate data on U.S. residents. This coverage is lower than I encountered on rival platforms, but quantity isn’t all that matters. Malwarebytes makes it clear that its Personal Data Remover is designed for U.S. residents and doesn’t offer global coverage. It focuses on the sites that host U.S.-centric data.</p><p>After the scan, you’ll see a list of all sites found to host your personal data. Then, you can initiate deletion requests right from the dashboard. Malwarebytes sends automated deletion requests, and you can track the progress of each request. </p><p>However, it doesn’t support manually drafted requests, which is a disadvantage. For websites where automated requests won’t suffice, it does offer to guide you through the site’s manual opt-out process, but that’s no substitute for sending manual requests directly to a site. </p><p>I’ve reviewed various data removal platforms that draft deletion request letters where automated requests aren’t enough, and the lack of this service on Malwarebytes is a major drawback.</p><p>I’ll rate Malwarebytes’ Personal Data Remover as a decent service, but there’s a lot that could be improved on. The lack of manual requests and non-U.S. coverage are major drawbacks. Malwarebytes is more of an antivirus and VPN software suite, and the data removal service seems like an add-on. </p><p>It’s suitable if you already use Malwarebytes as your cybersecurity suite and don’t want to pay extra for a data removal service, but I wouldn't pick the data removal platform as a first choice.</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-malwarebytes-personal-data-remover-ease-of-use"><span>Malwarebytes Personal Data Remover: Ease of use</span></h2><p>I didn’t encounter issues when navigating Malwarebytes’ Personal Data Remover and other features. The signup process was smooth, and so was inputting my personal data, initiating a scan, and getting alerted about the scan results. After initiating removal requests, I tracked the progress of each request conveniently from my dashboard. Malwarebytes has a user-friendly interface that makes using its tools very convenient.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1940px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.19%;"><img id="gnuxcZQUyrhFDMCbknc9jB" name="Malwarebytes interface" alt="Malwarebytes’ Personal Data Remover user interface" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/gnuxcZQUyrhFDMCbknc9jB-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1940" height="1090" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Malwarebytes )</span></figcaption></figure><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-malwarebytes-personal-data-remover-security-and-privacy"><span>Malwarebytes Personal Data Remover: Security and privacy</span></h2><p>Malwarebytes’ Personal Data Remover doesn’t rank high over various options I’ve tested. Its data removal features are decent, but rival platforms like DeleteMe offer much more.</p><p>However, when considering Malwarebytes’ complete cybersecurity suite, it proves invaluable for your online privacy. Under a single subscription, you'll get a VPN to encrypt your browsing activities and hide info from third parties, an antivirus tool to guard against malware attacks, and a platform for removing your data from U.S.-centric people-finder sites. </p><p>Identity protection (with insurance) is also offered under the Ultimate bundle, completing the toolkit needed to stay safe online.</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-malwarebytes-personal-data-remover-support"><span>Malwarebytes Personal Data Remover: Support</span></h2><p>Paid subscribers get extensive support resources from Malwarebytes, starting with the official cybersecurity help center. This help center features in-depth guides about data removal and all other Malwarebytes features. </p><p>It also contains guides on routine cybersecurity topics like password management, identifying deepfakes and phishing attempts, spoofing, and more. </p><p>If you need direct help, Malwarebytes offers email and live chat support. During my live chat support experience I first got connected to a chatbot, but after requesting human support, I was quickly connected to a real support agent.</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-malwarebytes-personal-data-remover-competition"><span>Malwarebytes Personal Data Remover: Competition</span></h2><p><a href="https://www.techradar.com/reviews/incogni" target="_blank">Incogni</a> and <a href="https://www.techradar.com/pro/security/deleteme-data-removal-service-review" target="_blank">DeleteMe</a> are two major competitors to Malwarebytes’ Personal Data Remover. They improve on the Malwarebytes limitations I mentioned earlier, offering much broader broker coverage and manual deletion requests. You’ll get more data scrubbed when using Incogni and DeleteMe, particularly as a U.S. resident.</p><p>On the other hand, Incogni and DeleteMe don’t offer the various complementary features you’ll find on Malwarebytes. They’re focused primarily on data removal, while Malwarebytes is more of a complete cybersecurity software suite.</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-malwarebytes-personal-data-remover-final-verdict"><span>Malwarebytes Personal Data Remover: Final verdict</span></h2><p>I recommend Malwarebytes more as a complete cybersecurity suite than as a data removal platform. It frankly isn’t my top choice for a data removal service, but considering the other security features accessible through a Malwarebytes subscription, it proves valuable. </p> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.techradar.com/pro/malwarebytes-personal-data-remover-review</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ A deep dive into the Malwarebytes Personal Data Remover, covering its features, pros, cons, and other factors to help you decide whether it’s your best choice. ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">uVnNQC6wdtvudJD87jkR6L</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/BvnAzh5yTFcTmnqn9n8Gob-1920-80.png" type="image/png" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Wed, 28 Oct 2026 07:15:00 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Pro]]></category>
                                                                                                                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Stefan Ionescu ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/HScEiLJfLqxHysU7pcFHaH-320-70.png ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:content type="image/png" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/BvnAzh5yTFcTmnqn9n8Gob-1920-80.png">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Malwarebytes ]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Website screenshot of Malwarebytes Personal Data Remover (May, 2026)]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Website screenshot of Malwarebytes Personal Data Remover (May, 2026)]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Website screenshot of Malwarebytes Personal Data Remover (May, 2026)]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/BvnAzh5yTFcTmnqn9n8Gob-1920-80.png" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>Any personal information posted on the web remains there for a long time and can reach far-flung corners. That name, email address, and location can be aggregated by people-finder sites (or data brokers) and sold to subscribers. </p><p>These data broker sites pose privacy risks, but there’s a way to protect yourself online. You can use platforms like Malwarebytes’ Personal Data Remover to scan sites for your data, then send deletion requests if found. Malwarebytes facilitates the deletion requests, so there isn’t much to worry about.</p><p>Malwarebytes is an all-in-one cybersecurity software suite and is mostly known for its antivirus app. However, it offers other valuable tools, including the Personal Data Remover (if the name didn't give it away, it's a <a href="https://www.techradar.com/pro/best-data-removal-services-of-year" target="_blank">data removal service</a>). </p><p>I’m reviewing this tool to help you decide whether it’s worth adopting. Read on to learn about its pros, cons, pricing, support, ease of use, and other essential factors.</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-malwarebytes-personal-data-remover-plans-and-pricing"><span>Malwarebytes Personal Data Remover: Plans and pricing</span></h2><p>Malwarebytes doesn’t offer the Personal Data Remover as a separate tool. Rather, it’s offered as part of the Ultimate plan but you can scan for free by <a href="https://www.malwarebytes.com/personal-data-remover-feb" target="_blank">clicking here</a>. </p><p>The Ultimate plan costs $280 per year, but it’s discounted 50% to $140 on the first year. It unlocks access to the Personal Data Remover and complete antivirus protection, a VPN, and identity protection for 3 devices. </p><p>For $400 per year, discounted to $200 on the first year, the Ultimate bundle can be extended to 10 devices for family use. </p><p>There are less costly Malwarebytes bundles (Standard for $60 per year and Plus for $80 per year), but none of them include the Personal Data Remover. It seems that if you want access to the Data Remover, you’ll also need to adopt Malwarebytes’ antivirus and VPN apps, which is a major drawback. I’d prefer if the Data Remover were offered as a standalone tool, which I could use alongside other VPN and antivirus tools.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1940px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.19%;"><img id="JF483SJgMwt8iXjRGEXBak" name="Malwarebytes pricing" alt="Malwarebytes’ pricing plans" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/JF483SJgMwt8iXjRGEXBak-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1940" height="1090" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Malwarebytes )</span></figcaption></figure><p>Malwarebytes offers a 14-day free trial of its Ultimate plan, allowing you to test its features before making a final decision. Who knows, you could choose to adopt Malwarebytes as your all-in-one cybersecurity suite after a free trial. There’s also a 60-day money-back guarantee if you aren’t satisfied after paying.</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-malwarebytes-personal-data-remover-setup"><span>Malwarebytes Personal Data Remover: Setup</span></h2><p>Firstly, I should note that Malwarebytes’ Personal Data Remover is only offered to U.S. residents. Non-U.S. residents can use the free Digital Footprint Scanner, which scans your email address against known data breaches and alerts you if any associated account was compromised. However, this Digital Footprint Scanner can’t scan people-finder sites and send deletion requests like the Personal Data Remover.</p><p>Malwarebytes’ setup follows a straightforward pattern. First, you’ll activate your subscription (or free trial) on the website. After this step, sign in to Malwarebytes and head to the <em>Secure Hub</em> page. This page provides an overview of all Malwarebytes services available under your subscription.</p><p>On the Secure Hub page, look for Personal Data Remover and click “Activate Now”. Once activated, enter your personal details (first and last name, state, city, etc.) to begin a search. Submit the details, and Malwarebytes will run a deep scan across people-finder sites for this data. </p><p>The scan can take anywhere from a few hours to several days, depending on how many people-finder sites your data gets discovered on. Once the scan is complete, you’ll be alerted by email to take further action. </p><p>Malwarebytes’ scan covers over 100 popular people-finder sites that aggregate data on U.S. residents. This coverage is lower than I encountered on rival platforms, but quantity isn’t all that matters. Malwarebytes makes it clear that its Personal Data Remover is designed for U.S. residents and doesn’t offer global coverage. It focuses on the sites that host U.S.-centric data.</p><p>After the scan, you’ll see a list of all sites found to host your personal data. Then, you can initiate deletion requests right from the dashboard. Malwarebytes sends automated deletion requests, and you can track the progress of each request. </p><p>However, it doesn’t support manually drafted requests, which is a disadvantage. For websites where automated requests won’t suffice, it does offer to guide you through the site’s manual opt-out process, but that’s no substitute for sending manual requests directly to a site. </p><p>I’ve reviewed various data removal platforms that draft deletion request letters where automated requests aren’t enough, and the lack of this service on Malwarebytes is a major drawback.</p><p>I’ll rate Malwarebytes’ Personal Data Remover as a decent service, but there’s a lot that could be improved on. The lack of manual requests and non-U.S. coverage are major drawbacks. Malwarebytes is more of an antivirus and VPN software suite, and the data removal service seems like an add-on. </p><p>It’s suitable if you already use Malwarebytes as your cybersecurity suite and don’t want to pay extra for a data removal service, but I wouldn't pick the data removal platform as a first choice.</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-malwarebytes-personal-data-remover-ease-of-use"><span>Malwarebytes Personal Data Remover: Ease of use</span></h2><p>I didn’t encounter issues when navigating Malwarebytes’ Personal Data Remover and other features. The signup process was smooth, and so was inputting my personal data, initiating a scan, and getting alerted about the scan results. After initiating removal requests, I tracked the progress of each request conveniently from my dashboard. Malwarebytes has a user-friendly interface that makes using its tools very convenient.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1940px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.19%;"><img id="gnuxcZQUyrhFDMCbknc9jB" name="Malwarebytes interface" alt="Malwarebytes’ Personal Data Remover user interface" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/gnuxcZQUyrhFDMCbknc9jB-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1940" height="1090" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Malwarebytes )</span></figcaption></figure><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-malwarebytes-personal-data-remover-security-and-privacy"><span>Malwarebytes Personal Data Remover: Security and privacy</span></h2><p>Malwarebytes’ Personal Data Remover doesn’t rank high over various options I’ve tested. Its data removal features are decent, but rival platforms like DeleteMe offer much more.</p><p>However, when considering Malwarebytes’ complete cybersecurity suite, it proves invaluable for your online privacy. Under a single subscription, you'll get a VPN to encrypt your browsing activities and hide info from third parties, an antivirus tool to guard against malware attacks, and a platform for removing your data from U.S.-centric people-finder sites. </p><p>Identity protection (with insurance) is also offered under the Ultimate bundle, completing the toolkit needed to stay safe online.</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-malwarebytes-personal-data-remover-support"><span>Malwarebytes Personal Data Remover: Support</span></h2><p>Paid subscribers get extensive support resources from Malwarebytes, starting with the official cybersecurity help center. This help center features in-depth guides about data removal and all other Malwarebytes features. </p><p>It also contains guides on routine cybersecurity topics like password management, identifying deepfakes and phishing attempts, spoofing, and more. </p><p>If you need direct help, Malwarebytes offers email and live chat support. During my live chat support experience I first got connected to a chatbot, but after requesting human support, I was quickly connected to a real support agent.</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-malwarebytes-personal-data-remover-competition"><span>Malwarebytes Personal Data Remover: Competition</span></h2><p><a href="https://www.techradar.com/reviews/incogni" target="_blank">Incogni</a> and <a href="https://www.techradar.com/pro/security/deleteme-data-removal-service-review" target="_blank">DeleteMe</a> are two major competitors to Malwarebytes’ Personal Data Remover. They improve on the Malwarebytes limitations I mentioned earlier, offering much broader broker coverage and manual deletion requests. You’ll get more data scrubbed when using Incogni and DeleteMe, particularly as a U.S. resident.</p><p>On the other hand, Incogni and DeleteMe don’t offer the various complementary features you’ll find on Malwarebytes. They’re focused primarily on data removal, while Malwarebytes is more of a complete cybersecurity software suite.</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-malwarebytes-personal-data-remover-final-verdict"><span>Malwarebytes Personal Data Remover: Final verdict</span></h2><p>I recommend Malwarebytes more as a complete cybersecurity suite than as a data removal platform. It frankly isn’t my top choice for a data removal service, but considering the other security features accessible through a Malwarebytes subscription, it proves valuable. </p>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ PrivacyHawk data removal service review ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>Any personal information posted online could be harvested by data broker sites and remain in their databases for a long time. These sites pose privacy risks that need to be mitigated. A data removal service like PrivacyHawk is an effective mitigation strategy: it scans data broker sites for your data and sends deletion requests where it’s discovered.</p><p>PrivacyHawk is one of many <a href="https://www.techradar.com/pro/best-data-removal-services-of-year" target="_blank">data removal services</a> and <a href="https://www.techradar.com/best/best-identity-theft-protection" target="_blank">identity theft protection tools</a> out there. And you’re probably wondering, “Why should I choose it over other options?” I reviewed the platform to answer this question. Read on to learn about its features, pros, cons, and other factors to help decide whether it’s your ideal choice.</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-privacyhawk-plans-and-pricing"><span>PrivacyHawk: Plans and pricing</span></h2><p>You can check out the PrivacyHawk platform by <a href="https://privacyhawk.com/" target="_blank">clicking here</a>. </p><p>It has a simple pricing system. Individuals can choose either the Premium or higher-priced Platinum plan. The former offers mostly data removal, while the latter offers extra features like dark web monitoring, identity theft protection, and priority support.</p><p>The Premium plan costs $20 per month, and the Platinum plan goes for $30 per month. However, PrivacyHawk offers steep discounts for users who choose to pay annually. An annual Premium subscription goes for $74, compared to $240 if paid month-to-month, and an annual Platinum subscription costs $125, compared with $360 if paid month-to-month. These steep discounts make an annual payment the best option.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1978px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:55.11%;"><img id="kwFNPyDTPH47BZXGjXcpkC" name="PrivacyHawk pricing" alt="PrivacyHawk’s pricing plans" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/kwFNPyDTPH47BZXGjXcpkC-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1978" height="1090" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: PrivacyHawk )</span></figcaption></figure><p>PrivacyHawk also offers family discounts for both the Premium and Platinum plans. For Premium, a Family package (covering 4 people) goes for $200 annually, and the Platinum Family package costs $300 annually. </p><p>If paid month-to-month, the Premium Family plan costs $40, while the Platinum Family plan costs $50. This sums up to $480 over 12 months for the Premium plan, and $600 for the Platinum plan, which are overly high prices. I wouldn't advise paying month-to-month for the Family package—choose it only if you can afford the annual payment.</p><p>PrivacyHawk doesn’t offer a standard free trial, which is a drawback, but there’s a 30-day window to request a refund if you're unsatisfied with what you get. After downloading PrivacyHawk, I discovered that I could run some free scans (as part of a so-so, unofficial free tier package), but this isn’t a substitute for a standard free trial. </p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-privacyhawk-setup"><span>PrivacyHawk: Setup</span></h2><p>Setting up PrivacyHawk doesn’t take much effort. It has designated iOS and Android apps, a feature that sets it apart from most data removal platforms I’ve tested. Setting up PrivacyHawk starts with downloading the app from the Play Store (Android) or App Store (iOS). </p><p>After downloading the app, you can sign in with an existing Google or Apple account. Provide the necessary sign-in permissions, and you’ll enter your PrivacyHawk dashboard.</p><p>PrivacyHawk welcomes new users with a free scan, as I noted when discussing the lack of a standard free trial. To begin the scan, you’re prompted to enter your name, last name, and age. PrivacyHawk then runs this data against a network of 100+ people-finder sites to discover where your personal data may be present. </p><p>Notably, this scanning is geared towards U.S.-centric data broker sites. Non-U.S. residents can run a digital footprint scan, but can’t scan or send deletion requests to data broker sites.</p><p>I wasn’t comfortable with the fact that I needed to sign into my email again to run a digital footprint scan (although I did eventually). For most platforms I’ve reviewed, typing the email address is what’s needed to run the scan. </p><p>However, PrivacyHawk claims it works by analyzing email inboxes to see which companies could expose personal data. It also compiles a list of junk email senders that you can quickly unsubscribe from. If you’re comfortable with signing into your email address for a deep digital footprint scan, you can do it.</p><p>PrivacyHawk covers a network of 100+ data broker sites. This figure isn’t large compared to several competitors, but PrivacyHawk only focuses on U.S.-centric data broker sites, rather than providing global coverage. A scan can take anywhere from a few minutes to a few hours, after which you’ll see a list of the data broker sites hosting your data. You can quickly initiate deletion requests, and this is where the real work begins. </p><p>PrivacyHawk sends automated deletion requests to data broker sites, asking them to remove your personal information from their database. If an automated request isn’t sufficient, PrivacyHawk’s team can send a manually drafted legal request to the data broker sites. Processing removal requests can take a long time, maybe 30 to 90 days, depending on the data broker site. Fortunately, I could monitor the progress of each request from the smartphone app.</p><p>You may have discovered your data present on a data broker site that isn’t covered by PrivacyHawk. In that case, you can initiate a manual removal request for that site from your dashboard. PrivacyHawk’s team will send a deletion request on your behalf and follow up on it.</p><p>After the initial scan and deletion requests, PrivacyHawk runs monthly rescans of your personal data and sends email alerts if your data is found on any site. You can then initiate new deletion requests. Overall, I found PrivacyHawk to be a reliable data removal platform, although with limited U.S.-centric coverage.</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-privacyhawk-ease-of-use"><span>PrivacyHawk: Ease of use</span></h2><p>PrivacyHawk scores high when it comes to user-friendliness. The mobile app felt very smooth to navigate, with features neatly arranged and an uncluttered dashboard for scanning, initiating, and monitoring deletion requests. </p><p>The interface features a white background with brightly-red-colored icons &amp; buttons that are easy to find. From signing up to scanning and managing deletion requests, I have no complaints about PrivacyHawk’s ease of use.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1940px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.19%;"><img id="e65BcHSRfBbiSJtzA3qVSJ" name="PrivacyHawk's mobile interface" alt="PrivacyHawk’s mobile interface" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/e65BcHSRfBbiSJtzA3qVSJ-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1940" height="1090" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: PrivacyHawk)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-privacyhawk-security-and-privacy"><span>PrivacyHawk: Security and privacy</span></h2><p>PrivacyHawk may not be the best data removal platform, but its complementary features make it practically a full-fledged security suite. With a single app, you can check if your data was discovered in data breaches, identify and block robocall numbers, and counter spam emails. A PrivacyHawk subscription significantly boosts your online privacy and security.</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-privacyhawk-support"><span>PrivacyHawk: Support</span></h2><p>PrivacyHawk users have access to a detailed Help Center with user guides and manuals related to all its features. This Help Center proved very valuable as a new user navigating through data broker and digital footprint scans. </p><p>When I needed direct help, I contacted PrivacyHawk’s team via email. I saw what looked like live chat support, only to discover it was an AI chatbot, and I couldn’t chat with human support staff. Given the price of a PrivacyHawk subscription, I think live chat or telephone support should be provided, but they aren’t available.</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-privacyhawk-competition"><span>PrivacyHawk: Competition</span></h2><p>I’ll highlight <a href="https://www.techradar.com/pro/onerep-review" target="_blank">OneRep</a> as the main competitor to PrivacyHawk. It offers broader coverage, with a network of 300+ public data broker sites and 500+ non-public ones, compared to PrivacyHawk’s 100+ coverage. Its plans are more affordable than PrivacyHawk’s.</p><p>However, PrivacyHawk offers complementary features like dark web monitoring, identity theft protection, and robocall blocking, while OneRep offers email breach monitoring and little else. I think PrivacyHawk is a more complete security suite, but OneRep is a better option for data removal.</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-privacyhawk-final-verdict"><span>PrivacyHawk: Final verdict</span></h2><p>PrivacyHawk has its pros and cons. Its data broker coverage is limited, but for the covered sites, it offers deep scans and effective deletion requests. </p><p>For sites not covered, you can still initiate manual deletion requests, although success rates may be lower. PrivacyHawk offers advanced complementary features that make it feel like an enterprise security suite.</p><p>The most notable drawbacks are the limited customer support, the lack of a standard free trial, and the limited broker coverage. However, PrivacyHawk remains a decent data removal platform. </p> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.techradar.com/pro/privacyhawk-data-removal-service-review</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ A thorough review of data removal service PrivacyHawk, covering its key features, setup, ease of use, support, and other important factors. ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">BwQuLTzNggpuoBcMXPvBse</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/neax9NuASfS9tXpLbeJ2kU-1920-80.png" type="image/png" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Tue, 27 Oct 2026 21:10:00 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Pro]]></category>
                                                                                                                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Stefan Ionescu ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/HScEiLJfLqxHysU7pcFHaH-320-70.png ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:content type="image/png" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/neax9NuASfS9tXpLbeJ2kU-1920-80.png">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[PrivacyHawk ]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Website screenshot of PrivacyHawk (May, 2026)]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Website screenshot of PrivacyHawk (May, 2026)]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Website screenshot of PrivacyHawk (May, 2026)]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/neax9NuASfS9tXpLbeJ2kU-1920-80.png" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>Any personal information posted online could be harvested by data broker sites and remain in their databases for a long time. These sites pose privacy risks that need to be mitigated. A data removal service like PrivacyHawk is an effective mitigation strategy: it scans data broker sites for your data and sends deletion requests where it’s discovered.</p><p>PrivacyHawk is one of many <a href="https://www.techradar.com/pro/best-data-removal-services-of-year" target="_blank">data removal services</a> and <a href="https://www.techradar.com/best/best-identity-theft-protection" target="_blank">identity theft protection tools</a> out there. And you’re probably wondering, “Why should I choose it over other options?” I reviewed the platform to answer this question. Read on to learn about its features, pros, cons, and other factors to help decide whether it’s your ideal choice.</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-privacyhawk-plans-and-pricing"><span>PrivacyHawk: Plans and pricing</span></h2><p>You can check out the PrivacyHawk platform by <a href="https://privacyhawk.com/" target="_blank">clicking here</a>. </p><p>It has a simple pricing system. Individuals can choose either the Premium or higher-priced Platinum plan. The former offers mostly data removal, while the latter offers extra features like dark web monitoring, identity theft protection, and priority support.</p><p>The Premium plan costs $20 per month, and the Platinum plan goes for $30 per month. However, PrivacyHawk offers steep discounts for users who choose to pay annually. An annual Premium subscription goes for $74, compared to $240 if paid month-to-month, and an annual Platinum subscription costs $125, compared with $360 if paid month-to-month. These steep discounts make an annual payment the best option.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1978px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:55.11%;"><img id="kwFNPyDTPH47BZXGjXcpkC" name="PrivacyHawk pricing" alt="PrivacyHawk’s pricing plans" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/kwFNPyDTPH47BZXGjXcpkC-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1978" height="1090" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: PrivacyHawk )</span></figcaption></figure><p>PrivacyHawk also offers family discounts for both the Premium and Platinum plans. For Premium, a Family package (covering 4 people) goes for $200 annually, and the Platinum Family package costs $300 annually. </p><p>If paid month-to-month, the Premium Family plan costs $40, while the Platinum Family plan costs $50. This sums up to $480 over 12 months for the Premium plan, and $600 for the Platinum plan, which are overly high prices. I wouldn't advise paying month-to-month for the Family package—choose it only if you can afford the annual payment.</p><p>PrivacyHawk doesn’t offer a standard free trial, which is a drawback, but there’s a 30-day window to request a refund if you're unsatisfied with what you get. After downloading PrivacyHawk, I discovered that I could run some free scans (as part of a so-so, unofficial free tier package), but this isn’t a substitute for a standard free trial. </p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-privacyhawk-setup"><span>PrivacyHawk: Setup</span></h2><p>Setting up PrivacyHawk doesn’t take much effort. It has designated iOS and Android apps, a feature that sets it apart from most data removal platforms I’ve tested. Setting up PrivacyHawk starts with downloading the app from the Play Store (Android) or App Store (iOS). </p><p>After downloading the app, you can sign in with an existing Google or Apple account. Provide the necessary sign-in permissions, and you’ll enter your PrivacyHawk dashboard.</p><p>PrivacyHawk welcomes new users with a free scan, as I noted when discussing the lack of a standard free trial. To begin the scan, you’re prompted to enter your name, last name, and age. PrivacyHawk then runs this data against a network of 100+ people-finder sites to discover where your personal data may be present. </p><p>Notably, this scanning is geared towards U.S.-centric data broker sites. Non-U.S. residents can run a digital footprint scan, but can’t scan or send deletion requests to data broker sites.</p><p>I wasn’t comfortable with the fact that I needed to sign into my email again to run a digital footprint scan (although I did eventually). For most platforms I’ve reviewed, typing the email address is what’s needed to run the scan. </p><p>However, PrivacyHawk claims it works by analyzing email inboxes to see which companies could expose personal data. It also compiles a list of junk email senders that you can quickly unsubscribe from. If you’re comfortable with signing into your email address for a deep digital footprint scan, you can do it.</p><p>PrivacyHawk covers a network of 100+ data broker sites. This figure isn’t large compared to several competitors, but PrivacyHawk only focuses on U.S.-centric data broker sites, rather than providing global coverage. A scan can take anywhere from a few minutes to a few hours, after which you’ll see a list of the data broker sites hosting your data. You can quickly initiate deletion requests, and this is where the real work begins. </p><p>PrivacyHawk sends automated deletion requests to data broker sites, asking them to remove your personal information from their database. If an automated request isn’t sufficient, PrivacyHawk’s team can send a manually drafted legal request to the data broker sites. Processing removal requests can take a long time, maybe 30 to 90 days, depending on the data broker site. Fortunately, I could monitor the progress of each request from the smartphone app.</p><p>You may have discovered your data present on a data broker site that isn’t covered by PrivacyHawk. In that case, you can initiate a manual removal request for that site from your dashboard. PrivacyHawk’s team will send a deletion request on your behalf and follow up on it.</p><p>After the initial scan and deletion requests, PrivacyHawk runs monthly rescans of your personal data and sends email alerts if your data is found on any site. You can then initiate new deletion requests. Overall, I found PrivacyHawk to be a reliable data removal platform, although with limited U.S.-centric coverage.</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-privacyhawk-ease-of-use"><span>PrivacyHawk: Ease of use</span></h2><p>PrivacyHawk scores high when it comes to user-friendliness. The mobile app felt very smooth to navigate, with features neatly arranged and an uncluttered dashboard for scanning, initiating, and monitoring deletion requests. </p><p>The interface features a white background with brightly-red-colored icons &amp; buttons that are easy to find. From signing up to scanning and managing deletion requests, I have no complaints about PrivacyHawk’s ease of use.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1940px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.19%;"><img id="e65BcHSRfBbiSJtzA3qVSJ" name="PrivacyHawk's mobile interface" alt="PrivacyHawk’s mobile interface" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/e65BcHSRfBbiSJtzA3qVSJ-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1940" height="1090" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: PrivacyHawk)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-privacyhawk-security-and-privacy"><span>PrivacyHawk: Security and privacy</span></h2><p>PrivacyHawk may not be the best data removal platform, but its complementary features make it practically a full-fledged security suite. With a single app, you can check if your data was discovered in data breaches, identify and block robocall numbers, and counter spam emails. A PrivacyHawk subscription significantly boosts your online privacy and security.</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-privacyhawk-support"><span>PrivacyHawk: Support</span></h2><p>PrivacyHawk users have access to a detailed Help Center with user guides and manuals related to all its features. This Help Center proved very valuable as a new user navigating through data broker and digital footprint scans. </p><p>When I needed direct help, I contacted PrivacyHawk’s team via email. I saw what looked like live chat support, only to discover it was an AI chatbot, and I couldn’t chat with human support staff. Given the price of a PrivacyHawk subscription, I think live chat or telephone support should be provided, but they aren’t available.</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-privacyhawk-competition"><span>PrivacyHawk: Competition</span></h2><p>I’ll highlight <a href="https://www.techradar.com/pro/onerep-review" target="_blank">OneRep</a> as the main competitor to PrivacyHawk. It offers broader coverage, with a network of 300+ public data broker sites and 500+ non-public ones, compared to PrivacyHawk’s 100+ coverage. Its plans are more affordable than PrivacyHawk’s.</p><p>However, PrivacyHawk offers complementary features like dark web monitoring, identity theft protection, and robocall blocking, while OneRep offers email breach monitoring and little else. I think PrivacyHawk is a more complete security suite, but OneRep is a better option for data removal.</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-privacyhawk-final-verdict"><span>PrivacyHawk: Final verdict</span></h2><p>PrivacyHawk has its pros and cons. Its data broker coverage is limited, but for the covered sites, it offers deep scans and effective deletion requests. </p><p>For sites not covered, you can still initiate manual deletion requests, although success rates may be lower. PrivacyHawk offers advanced complementary features that make it feel like an enterprise security suite.</p><p>The most notable drawbacks are the limited customer support, the lack of a standard free trial, and the limited broker coverage. However, PrivacyHawk remains a decent data removal platform. </p>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ Phantom Blade Zero review: S-Game makes its debut in style with one of the year's best action games ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>Surprises are rare in gaming. At first glance, <em>Phantom Blade Zero</em> had all the hallmarks of a solid, if middle-of-the-road, release. Now that I’ve sunk almost 20 hours into this wuxia- and martial arts-inspired roleplaying game (RPG), it’s clear S-Game has delivered one of the most thrilling action games in a long time.</p><p>A blistering opening sets the tone, with bombastic battles, dramatic visuals, and gorgeous cinematics that introduce wandering warrior Soul and the reason he’s on a battle-filled journey across the corrupted land of Wulin. The 20+ hour adventure that lies ahead may not deliver everything narratively, but it excels with a stunning world to explore and combat that sings.</p><div  class="fancy-box"><div class="fancy_box-title">Review info</div><div class="fancy_box_body"><p class="fancy-box__body-text"><strong>Platform reviewed: </strong>PS5<br /><strong>Available on: </strong>PS5,<strong> </strong>Xbox Series X|S, PC<br /><strong>Release date: </strong>October 29, 2026</p></div></div><p>It’s clear that so much effort has gone into getting this combat spot on, with detailed weapon designs, satisfying sound effects, and some truly outstanding animations. Every time I saw a new weapon or secondary Phantom Art from the impressive variety in the game in action, I was dazzled by the string of attacks and finishing-move flourishes it offered.</p><p>Of course, not all of them were bangers or suited the way I wanted to play, but the better ones stand out way more than the bad, which gave me a lot of tough choices when deciding which two I wanted to upgrade and wield. Even though I stuck with a few favorites throughout the game, I rarely tired of stringing together the intricate combos each one offered. </p><p>Having flashy weapons is all well and good, but if you don’t have decent dance partners to put them to use against, it can get dull fast. Outside of a few exceptions, fodder enemies are fairly easy to cut your way through, but <em>Phantom Blade Zero</em> doesn’t miss a beat with its lineup of tough and inventive boss encounters that will put your skills and weapon choices to the test.</p><h2 id="stop-trying-to-hit-me-and-hit-me">Stop trying to hit me and hit me</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="RFNybkqmrD6MyDjJBW7ZjM" name="1a178738cca28-screenshotUrl" alt="A boss encounter from Phantom Blade Zero" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/RFNybkqmrD6MyDjJBW7ZjM-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future / S-Game)</span></figcaption></figure><p>What I appreciated most is that, while these bouts are often a relentless barrage of attacks from either side, combat is actually quite forgiving.</p><p>That mainly comes from the option to hold block to deflect most attacks. This will drain your sha-chi (effectively a stamina resource that’s also used for certain skills and abilities), but it lasts a lot longer and can be refilled with a quick weapon switch to keep you in the fight longer. </p><p>You can also choose to try and parry attacks with perfect timing as they land, meaning you do not lose this resource and drain more from your opponent instead, leaving them open to a lot of attacks while it recharges.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="jNiL5cmGSpLHp8M8gE3apM" name="1a1787351e484-screenshotUrl" alt="Combat in Phantom Blade Zero, with Soul facing two enemies wielding throwing daggers" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jNiL5cmGSpLHp8M8gE3apM-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future / S-Game)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Mix in attacks with blue flashes that can be parried with perfect timing to deliver a devastating counterattack, and red flash attacks that must be dodged to avoid significant damage, and combat becomes chaotic but not overwhelming.</p><div  class="fancy-box"><div class="fancy_box-title">Best bit</div><div class="fancy_box_body"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' ><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="GNYTcTWN9f4iFT57EAuRfM" name="1a17872e8a749-screenshotUrl" caption="" alt="Phantom Blade Zero Screenshot" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/GNYTcTWN9f4iFT57EAuRfM-1920-80.jpg" mos="" link="" align="" fullscreen="" width="" height="" attribution="" endorsement="" class="pinterest-pin-exclude" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=""><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future / S-Game)</span></figcaption></figure><p class="fancy-box__body-text"><strong>Unlocking a new weapon or Phantom Art and seeing what animations have been cooked up to show it off is one of the most exciting parts of </strong><em><strong>Phantom Blade Zero</strong></em><strong>. The work that has gone into making each piece of equipment unique is impressive, creating an arsenal of gear that is acrobatic, impactful, and continuously satisfying to wield. Thankfully, the game is also generous with resources, so you can try lots of these weapons with ease to find favorites.</strong></p></div></div><p>Key moves you need to watch out for are very readable, while the ability to block almost everything else means you have time to study the opponent’s moves, find your own windows to attack, and survive any small slip-ups — rather than being repeatedly punished for imperfect play.</p><p>That’s not to say <em>Phantom Blade Zero</em> is without any degree of challenge. A good handful of bosses did flatten me repeatedly, including several dramatic fights that are hiding away off the main path or in side quests, so exploration can be very rewarding if you like to test yourself. </p><p>When facing these enemies, I was especially thankful that there’s no need to trudge back to collect your resources on death if you just want to move on. With the game’s much less punishing difficulty curve, this change of pace is a blessing if you’re not in the mood for yet another Souls-like.</p><h2 id="memory-problems">Memory problems</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="KjZ83pJfKpwP6dQqnqgScM" name="1a17872d69b99-screenshotUrl" alt="The smith working on an anvil to upgrade your weapons in Phantom Blade Zero" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/KjZ83pJfKpwP6dQqnqgScM-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future / S-Game)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Some of that genre’s obtuseness is kept in the narrative, however. A lot of the game’s story is told in bits and pieces, mainly through flashbacks, Soul’s memories, and memory flowers found in the world that reveal the stories of the people in the places you travel through. </p><p>It makes for some fascinating moments of discovery and some genuinely engaging asides when they come together, but breaking things up this way, especially with multiple story strands in play at once, can make it harder to follow exactly what’s going on all the time. It can kill the pacing at times, too, as sometimes you stop-and-start to listen to multiple of these audio-logs-as-flowers one after the other.</p><p>The problem is only emphasised in a game that’s packed with proper nouns, making it exhausting to keep track of the who, what, where, and when as you ping between different perspectives and time periods.</p><p>At least it’s easy to get swept up in the aura and atmosphere of it all. And when you get back into combat, unsheathing a sword that gets more powerful as you get more drunk, sending enemies flying with a giant tower shield, or chopping some poor soul in half with a two-handed claymore, any niggles fall away. The action at the core is so good and an awesome achievement from the debut developers.</p><h2 id="should-you-play-phantom-blade-zero">Should you play Phantom Blade Zero?</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="2wsnV8aJPYAZqQErWSp4uM" name="1a17873659768-screenshotUrl" alt="A washed out image of a banyan tree from Phantom Blade Zero" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/2wsnV8aJPYAZqQErWSp4uM-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future / S-Game)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 id="play-it-if-3">Play it if…</h2><div class="product"><p><strong>You want to experience some of the best action combat in gaming</strong><br /><em>Phantom Blade Zero</em> is up there with the genre greats when it comes to action combat, delivering on variety with a satisfying arsenal of weapons and abilities, and execution when it comes to animations and sound design.</p></div><div class="product"><p><strong>You enjoy the wuxia genre</strong><br /><em>Phantom Blade Zero </em>draws from a lot of the iconography and tropes of wuxia in both its story and combat, so if you're a fan, or just want to experience it, then this is a great place to start.</p></div><h2 id="don-t-play-it-if-3">Don’t play it if…</h2><div class="product"><p><strong>You want a comfortable and easy-to-follow story</strong><br />It is rarely too complicated to follow, but the way the story is presented in <em>Phantom Blade Zero</em>, along with the barrage of proper nouns you have to contend with from minute one, means you might struggle to stay engaged with it at all times.</p></div><div class="product"><p><strong>You want a more traditional Souls-like experience</strong><br />While it can be argued that there is some crossover, <em>Phantom Blade Zero</em> is more action-focused and draws very little inspiration from the Souls-like genre, so don't go in expecting an experience similar to the likes of <em>Dark Souls </em>or <em>Elden Ring</em>.</p></div><h2 id="accessibility-features-3">Accessibility features</h2><p>There are limited accessibility features in <em>Phantom Blade Zero</em>. You can choose to play the game with English VO or with the traditional Chinese VO with subtitles in many languages. Subtitles can be in normal or large, although a very large option would likely be useful for some. There are three controller presets, but no option to remap specific buttons. You can also adjust the intensity of camera shaking, turn off motion blur, and reduce the level of violence.</p><h2 id="how-i-reviewed-phantom-blade-zero">How I reviewed Phantom Blade Zero</h2><p>I played <em>Phantom Blade Zero</em> for around 20 hours, taking my time to complete a handful of side quests while making significant progress on the main story — and I'm absolutely going to stick with it to the end.</p><p>Again, I played on a <a href="https://www.techradar.com/gaming/ps5-pro-review">PlayStation 5 Pro</a> on a <a href="https://www.techradar.com/televisions/samsung-s90c-review">Samsung S90C OLED TV</a> and Samsung HW-Q930C soundbar while using a <a href="https://www.techradar.com/reviews/dualsense-wireless-controller">DualSense Wireless Controller</a>. I did play briefly using the <a href="https://www.techradar.com/gaming/playstation-portal-review">PlayStation Portal</a>, and found it was a perfectly fine way to run the game, too.</p><p><em>Phantom Blade Zero</em> has the option to play in Quality, Balanced, or Performance mode. I stuck with Balanced mode for my playthrough, which did a good job of running the game at 40 frames per second (fps) in dynamic 4K with ray tracing, as I experienced very few and very minor stutters. Performance mode targeting 60fps is likely a better option, though, if you prefer smoothness throughout.</p><p><em>First reviewed October 2026.</em></p> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.techradar.com/gaming/phantom-blade-zero-review</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ After 20 hours with S-Game's debut release, it's clear that Phantom Blade Zero is one of the best action games in recent memory, with thrilling combat, incredible weapon variety, and an absorbing (if sometimes obtuse) atmosphere. ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">PxNAStexLLTHyMfEGidkpb</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/P5tfAmNV6Pa2hBxj7VqN6e-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Tue, 27 Oct 2026 17:00:00 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                <updated>Wed, 28 Oct 2026 10:55:59 +0000</updated>
                                                                                                                                            <category><![CDATA[Gaming]]></category>
                                                                                                <author><![CDATA[ james.pickard@futurenet.com (James Pickard) ]]></author>                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ James Pickard ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ec74z6xdyj3MwaXNLSRFBK-320-70.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/P5tfAmNV6Pa2hBxj7VqN6e-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Future / S-Game]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Phantom Blade Zero protagonist Soul looking up at a banyan tree]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Phantom Blade Zero protagonist Soul looking up at a banyan tree]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Phantom Blade Zero protagonist Soul looking up at a banyan tree]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/P5tfAmNV6Pa2hBxj7VqN6e-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>Surprises are rare in gaming. At first glance, <em>Phantom Blade Zero</em> had all the hallmarks of a solid, if middle-of-the-road, release. Now that I’ve sunk almost 20 hours into this wuxia- and martial arts-inspired roleplaying game (RPG), it’s clear S-Game has delivered one of the most thrilling action games in a long time.</p><p>A blistering opening sets the tone, with bombastic battles, dramatic visuals, and gorgeous cinematics that introduce wandering warrior Soul and the reason he’s on a battle-filled journey across the corrupted land of Wulin. The 20+ hour adventure that lies ahead may not deliver everything narratively, but it excels with a stunning world to explore and combat that sings.</p><div  class="fancy-box"><div class="fancy_box-title">Review info</div><div class="fancy_box_body"><p class="fancy-box__body-text"><strong>Platform reviewed: </strong>PS5<br /><strong>Available on: </strong>PS5,<strong> </strong>Xbox Series X|S, PC<br /><strong>Release date: </strong>October 29, 2026</p></div></div><p>It’s clear that so much effort has gone into getting this combat spot on, with detailed weapon designs, satisfying sound effects, and some truly outstanding animations. Every time I saw a new weapon or secondary Phantom Art from the impressive variety in the game in action, I was dazzled by the string of attacks and finishing-move flourishes it offered.</p><p>Of course, not all of them were bangers or suited the way I wanted to play, but the better ones stand out way more than the bad, which gave me a lot of tough choices when deciding which two I wanted to upgrade and wield. Even though I stuck with a few favorites throughout the game, I rarely tired of stringing together the intricate combos each one offered. </p><p>Having flashy weapons is all well and good, but if you don’t have decent dance partners to put them to use against, it can get dull fast. Outside of a few exceptions, fodder enemies are fairly easy to cut your way through, but <em>Phantom Blade Zero</em> doesn’t miss a beat with its lineup of tough and inventive boss encounters that will put your skills and weapon choices to the test.</p><h2 id="stop-trying-to-hit-me-and-hit-me">Stop trying to hit me and hit me</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="RFNybkqmrD6MyDjJBW7ZjM" name="1a178738cca28-screenshotUrl" alt="A boss encounter from Phantom Blade Zero" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/RFNybkqmrD6MyDjJBW7ZjM-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future / S-Game)</span></figcaption></figure><p>What I appreciated most is that, while these bouts are often a relentless barrage of attacks from either side, combat is actually quite forgiving.</p><p>That mainly comes from the option to hold block to deflect most attacks. This will drain your sha-chi (effectively a stamina resource that’s also used for certain skills and abilities), but it lasts a lot longer and can be refilled with a quick weapon switch to keep you in the fight longer. </p><p>You can also choose to try and parry attacks with perfect timing as they land, meaning you do not lose this resource and drain more from your opponent instead, leaving them open to a lot of attacks while it recharges.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="jNiL5cmGSpLHp8M8gE3apM" name="1a1787351e484-screenshotUrl" alt="Combat in Phantom Blade Zero, with Soul facing two enemies wielding throwing daggers" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jNiL5cmGSpLHp8M8gE3apM-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future / S-Game)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Mix in attacks with blue flashes that can be parried with perfect timing to deliver a devastating counterattack, and red flash attacks that must be dodged to avoid significant damage, and combat becomes chaotic but not overwhelming.</p><div  class="fancy-box"><div class="fancy_box-title">Best bit</div><div class="fancy_box_body"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' ><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="GNYTcTWN9f4iFT57EAuRfM" name="1a17872e8a749-screenshotUrl" caption="" alt="Phantom Blade Zero Screenshot" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/GNYTcTWN9f4iFT57EAuRfM-1920-80.jpg" mos="" link="" align="" fullscreen="" width="" height="" attribution="" endorsement="" class="pinterest-pin-exclude" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=""><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future / S-Game)</span></figcaption></figure><p class="fancy-box__body-text"><strong>Unlocking a new weapon or Phantom Art and seeing what animations have been cooked up to show it off is one of the most exciting parts of </strong><em><strong>Phantom Blade Zero</strong></em><strong>. The work that has gone into making each piece of equipment unique is impressive, creating an arsenal of gear that is acrobatic, impactful, and continuously satisfying to wield. Thankfully, the game is also generous with resources, so you can try lots of these weapons with ease to find favorites.</strong></p></div></div><p>Key moves you need to watch out for are very readable, while the ability to block almost everything else means you have time to study the opponent’s moves, find your own windows to attack, and survive any small slip-ups — rather than being repeatedly punished for imperfect play.</p><p>That’s not to say <em>Phantom Blade Zero</em> is without any degree of challenge. A good handful of bosses did flatten me repeatedly, including several dramatic fights that are hiding away off the main path or in side quests, so exploration can be very rewarding if you like to test yourself. </p><p>When facing these enemies, I was especially thankful that there’s no need to trudge back to collect your resources on death if you just want to move on. With the game’s much less punishing difficulty curve, this change of pace is a blessing if you’re not in the mood for yet another Souls-like.</p><h2 id="memory-problems">Memory problems</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="KjZ83pJfKpwP6dQqnqgScM" name="1a17872d69b99-screenshotUrl" alt="The smith working on an anvil to upgrade your weapons in Phantom Blade Zero" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/KjZ83pJfKpwP6dQqnqgScM-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future / S-Game)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Some of that genre’s obtuseness is kept in the narrative, however. A lot of the game’s story is told in bits and pieces, mainly through flashbacks, Soul’s memories, and memory flowers found in the world that reveal the stories of the people in the places you travel through. </p><p>It makes for some fascinating moments of discovery and some genuinely engaging asides when they come together, but breaking things up this way, especially with multiple story strands in play at once, can make it harder to follow exactly what’s going on all the time. It can kill the pacing at times, too, as sometimes you stop-and-start to listen to multiple of these audio-logs-as-flowers one after the other.</p><p>The problem is only emphasised in a game that’s packed with proper nouns, making it exhausting to keep track of the who, what, where, and when as you ping between different perspectives and time periods.</p><p>At least it’s easy to get swept up in the aura and atmosphere of it all. And when you get back into combat, unsheathing a sword that gets more powerful as you get more drunk, sending enemies flying with a giant tower shield, or chopping some poor soul in half with a two-handed claymore, any niggles fall away. The action at the core is so good and an awesome achievement from the debut developers.</p><h2 id="should-you-play-phantom-blade-zero">Should you play Phantom Blade Zero?</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="2wsnV8aJPYAZqQErWSp4uM" name="1a17873659768-screenshotUrl" alt="A washed out image of a banyan tree from Phantom Blade Zero" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/2wsnV8aJPYAZqQErWSp4uM-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future / S-Game)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 id="play-it-if-3">Play it if…</h2><div class="product"><p><strong>You want to experience some of the best action combat in gaming</strong><br /><em>Phantom Blade Zero</em> is up there with the genre greats when it comes to action combat, delivering on variety with a satisfying arsenal of weapons and abilities, and execution when it comes to animations and sound design.</p></div><div class="product"><p><strong>You enjoy the wuxia genre</strong><br /><em>Phantom Blade Zero </em>draws from a lot of the iconography and tropes of wuxia in both its story and combat, so if you're a fan, or just want to experience it, then this is a great place to start.</p></div><h2 id="don-t-play-it-if-3">Don’t play it if…</h2><div class="product"><p><strong>You want a comfortable and easy-to-follow story</strong><br />It is rarely too complicated to follow, but the way the story is presented in <em>Phantom Blade Zero</em>, along with the barrage of proper nouns you have to contend with from minute one, means you might struggle to stay engaged with it at all times.</p></div><div class="product"><p><strong>You want a more traditional Souls-like experience</strong><br />While it can be argued that there is some crossover, <em>Phantom Blade Zero</em> is more action-focused and draws very little inspiration from the Souls-like genre, so don't go in expecting an experience similar to the likes of <em>Dark Souls </em>or <em>Elden Ring</em>.</p></div><h2 id="accessibility-features-3">Accessibility features</h2><p>There are limited accessibility features in <em>Phantom Blade Zero</em>. You can choose to play the game with English VO or with the traditional Chinese VO with subtitles in many languages. Subtitles can be in normal or large, although a very large option would likely be useful for some. There are three controller presets, but no option to remap specific buttons. You can also adjust the intensity of camera shaking, turn off motion blur, and reduce the level of violence.</p><h2 id="how-i-reviewed-phantom-blade-zero">How I reviewed Phantom Blade Zero</h2><p>I played <em>Phantom Blade Zero</em> for around 20 hours, taking my time to complete a handful of side quests while making significant progress on the main story — and I'm absolutely going to stick with it to the end.</p><p>Again, I played on a <a href="https://www.techradar.com/gaming/ps5-pro-review">PlayStation 5 Pro</a> on a <a href="https://www.techradar.com/televisions/samsung-s90c-review">Samsung S90C OLED TV</a> and Samsung HW-Q930C soundbar while using a <a href="https://www.techradar.com/reviews/dualsense-wireless-controller">DualSense Wireless Controller</a>. I did play briefly using the <a href="https://www.techradar.com/gaming/playstation-portal-review">PlayStation Portal</a>, and found it was a perfectly fine way to run the game, too.</p><p><em>Phantom Blade Zero</em> has the option to play in Quality, Balanced, or Performance mode. I stuck with Balanced mode for my playthrough, which did a good job of running the game at 40 frames per second (fps) in dynamic 4K with ray tracing, as I experienced very few and very minor stutters. Performance mode targeting 60fps is likely a better option, though, if you prefer smoothness throughout.</p><p><em>First reviewed October 2026.</em></p>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ Bissell CrossWave Reach Plus review: brilliant simultaneous vacuuming and mopping on a budget ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-bissell-crosswave-reach-plus-cordless-wet-dry-vacuum-two-minute-review"><span>Bissell CrossWave Reach Plus Cordless Wet-Dry Vacuum: two-minute review</span></h2><p>The Bissell CrossWave Reach Plus looks like an almost mid-range vacuum. And it largely is. It has an all plastic build, doesn’t come with a bunch of attachments, and really does one thing. But, it does that one thing really well and that is be a wet-dry vac. In fact, when using it to simultaneously vacuum and mop, it picks up anything and everything smaller than a Cheerio. Crumbs of all sorts. Dog hair. Spilled parmesan. Coffee grounds. You get the idea.</p><p>Plus, if you compare it to the <a href="https://www.techradar.com/home/vacuums/best-wet-dry-vacuum-cleaner">best wet-dry vacuums</a>, you’ll see that it’s quite affordable, even if it is among the more expensive Bissell models. I do have a few quibbles, such as the fact that there’s an upper limit on the size of the debris it can suck up or the fact that all the debris goes into the same dirty water tank making emptying it a bit of a mess.</p><p>Still, for the price, it might be the <a href="https://www.techradar.com/news/best-vacuum-cleaners">best vacuum</a> with wet-dry capabilities out there. Just be aware that the Bissell CrossWave Reach Plus is the same as the Bissell CrossWave Reach, but comes with a charging base.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="sYC3yxqFWpxzMqpwo9Wq9V" name="Bissell CrossWave Reach Plus during mopping" alt="The Bissell CrossWave Reach Plus mops evenly and dries quickly." src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/sYC3yxqFWpxzMqpwo9Wq9V-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The Bissell CrossWave Reach Plus mops evenly and dries quickly. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future / James Holland)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-bissell-crosswave-reach-plus-cordless-wet-dry-vacuum-price-availability"><span>Bissell CrossWave Reach Plus Cordless Wet-Dry Vacuum: price &amp; availability</span></h2><ul><li><strong>List price: $329.99 (about £250 / AU$470)</strong></li><li><strong>Launched: September 2026</strong></li><li><strong>Available in the US</strong></li></ul><p>The Bissell CrossWave Reach Plus comes in at decidedly Bissell level prices. You don’t have to plop down the cash you would for something like the <a href="https://www.techradar.com/home/vacuums/dyson-v15s-detect-submarine-review-does-the-handstick-kings-first-vacuum-mop-sink-or-swim">Dyson V15s Detect Submarine</a> and its list price of $949.99 / £599.99 / AU$949. It’s even cheaper than some Chinese models like the <a href="https://www.techradar.com/home/vacuums/tineco-floor-one-s7-pro-review-keeping-my-apartment-dirt-litter-and-pet-hair-free">Tineco Floor One S7 Pro</a> with its list price of $799.99 / £599.99 / AU$999). Of course, that model does come with a larger capacity and a more impressive display.</p><p>Basically, the Bissell CrossWave Reach Plus goes for $329.99 (about £250 / AU$470). This price includes the vacuum, the charging tray, two different sample sized bottles of cleaning solution, and a measuring cup for the solution.</p><p>It’s a price that I would consider mid-range for a vacuum, though it’s relatively cheap for a wet-dry vacuum. It’s also an expected price point for a higher-end Bissell product (Shark hits similar price points in my opinion). You can get the non-Plus version for $279.99. The only difference is that it comes without the charging tray.</p><ul><li><strong>Value for money score: 4.5 out of 5</strong></li></ul><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-bissell-crosswave-reach-plus-cordless-wet-dry-vacuum-specs"><span>Bissell CrossWave Reach Plus Cordless Wet-Dry Vacuum specs</span></h2><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Weight (total):</p></td><td  ><p>8.8 lb / 3.99 kg</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Weight (body only)</p></td><td  ><p>8.8 lb / 3.99 kg</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Bin size</p></td><td  ><p> 450ml (clean tank) / 600ml (dirty tank)</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Runtime in Min mode</p></td><td  ><p>23 mins</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Runtime in Max mode</p></td><td  ><p>39 mins</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Charge time</p></td><td  ><p>4 hrs 35 min</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Size (H x W x L)</p></td><td  ><p>10.7 x 8.6 x 43.6 inches / 27.2 x 21.8 x 110.7 cm (L x W x H)</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Max suction</p></td><td  ><p>7AW</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Modes</p></td><td  ><p>Eco, Hi, Turbo</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-bissell-crosswave-reach-plus-cordless-wet-dry-vacuum-design"><span>Bissell CrossWave Reach Plus Cordless Wet-Dry Vacuum: design</span></h2><ul><li><strong>Dirty water tank contains solid debris too, for better or worse</strong></li><li><strong>Has a self-cleaning feature</strong></li><li><strong>Can lie flat to get under furniture</strong></li></ul><p>The Bissell CrossWave Reach Plus may be an all-plastic build, but it looks durable and cuts a somewhat dashing figure. Not quite a stick vacuum, it’s ever so slightly modular insofar as the handles comes separated from the body. It's also slim at around 4.5 inches across the body.</p><p>The power and mode buttons (eco, high, turbo) are on the handles, and are within thumb’s reach during use. The battery indicator, which shows battery life using three LEDs, as well as the indicators showing which mode the vacuum, are all on the body facing you while you clean. There’s also a button here to run the Bissell CrossWave Reach Plus’s Clean-Out Cycle — a nice feature for self-cleaning the brushroll after use.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="MHh3bVFjPYjUh8LdXiY55U" name="Bissell CrossWave Reach Plus display" alt="The Bissell CrossWave Reach Plus' LED indicators conveniently face the user to show battery life and current mode." src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/MHh3bVFjPYjUh8LdXiY55U-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The Bissell CrossWave Reach Plus' LED indicators conveniently face the user to show battery life and current mode. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future / James Holland)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The 600ml dirty water tank clipped into the back of the body is easy to remove for emptying. When removed, the filter on top pulls right out exposing whatever debris is inside. The one downside here is that, unlike the <a href="https://www.techradar.com/news/best-robot-vacuums">best robot vacuums</a> that vacuum and mop, everything goes into the same tank. Vacuumed up a bunch of rice <em>and</em> sucked up a spill? You’ll have to empty everything out into the same place. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="WRjgQQQnZZPLs6GC6kwYsT" name="Bissell CrossWave Reach Plus dirty water tank" alt="The dirty water tank on the Bissell CrossWave Reach Plus is simple to remove." src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/WRjgQQQnZZPLs6GC6kwYsT-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The dirty water tank on the Bissell CrossWave Reach Plus is simple to remove. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future / James Holland)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The clean water tank is clipped onto the top of the floorhead. Its 450ml capacity is decent, though will require somewhat regular refilling (of water and a cup of one of the included solutions). I do like the exposed look of it, though.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="SxRJ3axRgrxjXyGu2YYJBU" name="Bissell CrossWave Reach Plus close-up of clean water tank" alt="The clean water tank on the Bissell CrossWave Reach Plus sit atop the floorhead." src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/SxRJ3axRgrxjXyGu2YYJBU-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The clean water tank on the Bissell CrossWave Reach Plus sit atop the floorhead. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future / James Holland)</span></figcaption></figure><p>As far as the rest of the floorhead, it can swivel and has a hinge for the vacuum to lay up to 180 degrees back — essentially flat — to get under furniture. And it has one large tangle-free brushroll that’s removable for cleaning or replacing and can handle just about any hard surface one would mop. Also worth noting is that it’s rated as having a 10.6 inch cleaning path, though when I measured it, I would say it’s actually 9.6 inches. You lose an inch to the plastic bezels on either side.</p><p>Lastly, the charging tray that comes with this vacuum is essentially a molded piece of plastic with charging contacts so that if you put it back in the tray after use, it will start charging automatically.</p><ul><li><strong>Design score: 4.5 out of 5</strong></li></ul><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-bissell-crosswave-reach-plus-cordless-wet-dry-vacuum-performance"><span>Bissell CrossWave Reach Plus Cordless Wet-Dry Vacuum: performance</span></h2><ul><li><strong>Great vacuuming except for larger debris</strong></li><li><strong>Flawless mopping</strong></li><li><strong>Can get pretty close to edges</strong></li></ul><p>When I first started using the Bissell CrossWave Reach Plus, I found myself struggling to find something to dislike about it. After spending some time with it, that’s still mostly the case.</p><p>This is a wet-dry vacuum and mop, and it does both duties concurrently; there's no vacuum only mode, and no opportunity to only get the floor wet. Despite that, I’m going to try and separate these two functions just to give you a better idea of what to expect.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="tPsP7AyR8CshwC7TWnLLBb" name="Bissell CrossWave Reach Plus -- tea leaves test before" alt="The Bissell CrossWave Reach Plus before vacuuming up a bunch of tea leaves." src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/tPsP7AyR8CshwC7TWnLLBb-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The Bissell CrossWave Reach Plus before vacuuming up a bunch of tea leaves. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future / James Holland)</span></figcaption></figure><p>I performed a few tests when vacuuming. I threw a bunch of tea leaves on the floor as well as a bunch of rice. For both sizes of debris, the Bissell CrossWave Reach Plus sucked them right up in the first go.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="F3URizBjMMVLoputBCSqRb" name="Bissell CrossWave Reach Plus -- tea leaves test during" alt="The Bissell CrossWave Reach Plus in process of cleaning up tea leaves" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/F3URizBjMMVLoputBCSqRb-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The Bissell CrossWave Reach Plus in process of cleaning up tea leaves. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future / James Holland)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Because of the way the floorhead is arranged — there’s just the mop brushroll at the front end with a forward-angled silicon liner behind — it isn’t quite as successful on picking rice and similar sized debris when pulling the vacuum back as it can get caught by that liner. However, when pushing the vacuum forward, everything gets sucked up immediately.</p><p>The one caveat to that and a valid reason to still keep a regular vacuum around is the fact since the only moving part helping pick up debris is that brushroll, larger pieces of debris like cereal or popcorn will just get pushed around the front of it like a curling puck.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="ynwDVUzbUigrye3NGQ8f2V" name="Bissell CrossWave Reach Plus and the ketchup test" alt="The Bissell CrossWave Reach Plus made quick work of cleaning up ketchup." src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ynwDVUzbUigrye3NGQ8f2V-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The Bissell CrossWave Reach Plus made quick work of cleaning up ketchup. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future / James Holland)</span></figcaption></figure><p>I found basically nothing to complain about its mopping capabilities, however. It lays down an even layer of water and detergent solution that is enough to fully mop whatever area’s been covered. And I found the floor to be dry within minutes after mopping.</p><p>I also tested the Bissell CrossWave Reach Plus’s mopping by throwing a bunch of ketchup, mustard, and coffee (separately) on the floor. In each instance, whatever was on the floor was removed in one swipe. However, it takes a few passes to remove odors (and they can still persist for a short while).</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="QsKfkvW2eif4XjyztNZX9V" name="Bissell CrossWave Reach Plus going under furniture" alt="Thanks to a 180-degree hinge, the Bissell CrossWave Reach Plus can easily get under furniture." src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/QsKfkvW2eif4XjyztNZX9V-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Thanks to a 180-degree hinge, the Bissell CrossWave Reach Plus can easily get under furniture. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future / James Holland)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Getting to the edges and corners with a vacuum is a concern, especially one without additional accessories for tight spaces. But that’s not too much of a concern here. I found that going up to edges with this vacuum allowed me to get as close as a quarter inch when moving with the right side towards the wall. With the left side of the vacuum facing the wall or edge, the three quarters of an inch closest to the wall is left untouched, while the front of the vacuum won’t touch that last inch closest to the wall. So, I was able to get pretty close to the wall but the vacuum orientation matters.</p><p>Generally, maneuvering the Bissell CrossWave Reach Plus is easy. It does want to pull forward so pushing the vacuum in the direction I want to go feels effortless. When pulling back in a typical vacuuming fashion, I do feel some resistance since it wants to go in that direction. Turning is just as effortless thanks to the swivelling floorhead, and the fact that it can lie almost flat means it’s a cinch to get under furniture.</p><p>Lastly, the Bissell CrossWave Reach Plus is not a quiet vacuum, but is in line with other cordless vacuums such as the <a href="https://www.techradar.com/home/vacuums/bissell-powerclean-furfinder-cordless-vacuum-review">Bissell PowerClean FurFinde<u>r</u></a>. On eco mode, it reaches around 64dB. In turbo mode, it gets up to 67dB. And it hits about 65dB during its Clean-Out Cycle.</p><ul><li><strong>Performance score: 4.5 out of 5</strong></li></ul><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-bissell-crosswave-reach-plus-cordless-wet-dry-vacuum-battery-life"><span>Bissell CrossWave Reach Plus Cordless Wet-Dry Vacuum: battery life</span></h2><ul><li><strong>Four and a half hour recharge time</strong></li><li><strong>Up to 40 minutes of use on a single charge</strong></li></ul><p>Let’s get the bad out of the way. When fully drained, the Bissell CrossWave Reach Plus is going to take over four and a half hours to recharge. If you are an infrequent charger, then, first, shame on you, and, second, you’ll have to suffer through what amounts to almost half a day of waiting if you have to charge from empty. That said, that’s actually a normal amount of time for a cordless vacuum to recharge, though I wish the battery was removable.</p><p>The good news is that the twenty minutes it lasts on turbo, specifically 23 minutes and 21 seconds, or almost forty on eco mode, 39 minutes and 49 seconds, is more than enough battery life for a regular home. These numbers are about in line with some of Bissell’s other offerings, though not quite up to what we see with the <a href="https://www.techradar.com/news/best-cordless-vacuum-cleaner">best cordless vacuums</a>.</p><p>Because of how well it picks up debris (with the earlier size-related caveats), I was able to clean a 800 square foot area in about ten minutes. I ended up wandering in circles with the vacuum in tow waiting for the battery to die. That’s on turbo. The almost forty minutes on eco mode is more than enough for anyone not cleaning an office building.</p><ul><li><strong>Battery life score: 4 out of 5</strong></li></ul><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-should-you-buy-the-bissell-crosswave-reach-plus-cordless-wet-dry-vacuum"><span>Should you buy the Bissell CrossWave Reach Plus Cordless Wet-Dry Vacuum?</span></h3><div ><table><caption>Bissell Crosswave Reach Plus scre card</caption><thead><tr><th class="firstcol " ><p>Attribute</p></th><th  ><p>Notes</p></th><th  ><p>Rating</p></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Value</p></td><td  ><p>It’s priced lower than a lot of the competition, even if you’re paying extra for the charging tray.</p></td><td  ><p>4.5 / 5</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Design</p></td><td  ><p>Intuitively laid out with some interesting design features including being able to lie flat.</p></td><td  ><p>4.5 / 5</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Performance</p></td><td  ><p>Good vacuuming and mopping, though it can’t quite handle larger pieces of debris.</p></td><td  ><p>4.5 / 5</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Battery</p></td><td  ><p>The battery life is more than enough for use, even if it’s not an impressive length.</p></td><td  ><p>4 / 5</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h2 id="buy-it-if-11">Buy it if...</h2><div class="product"><p><strong>You care about value</strong></p><p>At just over three hundred bucks, this wet-dry vacuum punches above its weight. It might not have the capacity or battery life of the competition, but it does a good job at a lower price.</p></div><div class="product"><p><strong>You need to get under furniture</strong></p><p>Getting under furniture is always tough with a vacuum. Well, almost always. Thanks to that 180-degree hinge, it’s easy for the Reach Plus since it can lie straight back to get under that couch that’s too heavy to move.</p></div><div class="product"><p><strong>You’re OK with simultaneous vacuuming and mopping</strong></p><p>This Bissell is a wonder on all sorts of hard flooring, but its simultaneous vacuuming and mopping is a package deal. You can’t do one without the other.</p></div><h2 id="don-39-t-buy-it-if-10">Don't buy it if...</h2><div class="product"><p><strong>You need something capable of deep cleaning</strong></p><p>The Bissell CrossWave Reach Plus is quite good at what it does, but it’s still a smaller vacuum that can’t vacuum up anything.</p></div><div class="product"><p><strong>You have a whole building to mop</strong></p><p>For a typical home — big or small — its 20-40 minute battery life is more than plenty to cover every square foot.</p></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-bissell-crosswave-reach-plus-cordless-wet-dry-vacuum-alternatives-to-consider"><span>Bissell CrossWave Reach Plus Cordless Wet-Dry Vacuum: alternatives to consider</span></h3><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Model</strong></p></td><td  ><p><strong>Bissell CrossWave Reach Plus</strong></p></td><td  ><p><strong>Dyson V15s Detect Submarine</strong></p></td><td  ><p><strong>Tineco Floor One S7 Pro</strong></p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Weight (total)</p></td><td  ><p>8.8 lb / 3.99 kg</p></td><td  ><p>8.4lbs / 3.8 kg</p></td><td  ><p>21.5 lbs / 9.75kg</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Weight (body only)</p></td><td  ><p>8.8 lb / 3.99 kg</p></td><td  ><p>8.4lbs / 3.8 kg</p></td><td  ><p>21.5 lbs / 9.75kg</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Bin size</p></td><td  ><p>0.600L</p></td><td  ><p>0.77L</p></td><td  ><p>0.72L</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Runtime in Min mode</p></td><td  ><p>39 min</p></td><td  ><p>60 min</p></td><td  ><p>40 min</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Runtime in Max mode</p></td><td  ><p>23 min</p></td><td  ><p>8 min</p></td><td  ><p>N/A</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Charge time</p></td><td  ><p>4 hrs 35 min</p></td><td  ><p>4hrs 30</p></td><td  ><p>4hrs</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Size (H x W x L)</p></td><td  ><p>43.6  x 8.6 x 10.7 inches / 110.7 x 21.8 x 27.2 cm</p></td><td  ><p>49.1 x 10.6 x 2.1" / 124.6 x 26.8 x 25.3cm</p></td><td  ><p>11.89 x 3.82 x 7.68 inches / 30.2 x 9.7 x 19.5 cm</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Max suction</p></td><td  ><p>7AW</p></td><td  ><p>240AW</p></td><td  ><p>N/A</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Modes</p></td><td  ><p>Eco, Hi, Turbo</p></td><td  ><p>Eco, Med, Auto, Boost</p></td><td  ><p>Auto, Max, Ultra, Suction</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="6239393a-b8f9-11f1-8e8c-c54855bd7fe0" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Read our full Dyson V15s Detect Submarine review" data-dimension48="Read our full Dyson V15s Detect Submarine review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:500px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="eg7t53wFjyGC5jedvreLGW" name="Dyson-V15s-Detect-Submarine-Complete.jpg" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/eg7t53wFjyGC5jedvreLGW-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="500" height="500" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class="" /></p></div></div></figure></a><p><strong>Dyson V15s Detect Submarine</strong></p><p>The Dyson V15s Detect Submarine comes with quite the hefty price tag, but it’s also, being a stick vacuum, capable of being both a wet-dry vacuum as well as just a regular vacuum. It is, however, better for smaller clean-ups.</p><p><strong>Read our full </strong><a href="https://www.techradar.com/home/vacuums/dyson-v15s-detect-submarine-review-does-the-handstick-kings-first-vacuum-mop-sink-or-swim" data-dimension112="6239393a-b8f9-11f1-8e8c-c54855bd7fe0" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Read our full Dyson V15s Detect Submarine review" data-dimension48="Read our full Dyson V15s Detect Submarine review" data-dimension25=""><strong>Dyson V15s Detect Submarine review</strong></a></p></div><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="6239399e-b8f9-11f1-82d7-6bd315799036" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Read our full Tineco Floor One S7 Pro review" data-dimension48="Read our full Tineco Floor One S7 Pro review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1080px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="XL3c5HaPV9WZiqZu7QnZ9L" name="TINECO Floor One S7 Pro 02.jpg" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/XL3c5HaPV9WZiqZu7QnZ9L-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1080" height="1080" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class="" /></p></div></div></figure></a><p><strong>Tineco Floor One S7 Pro</strong></p><p>At double the price, Tineco Floor One S7 Pro might not seem like that great of a deal. However, it comes with almost double the capacity (both clean and dirty tanks) and has multiple modes including deodorize and disinfect.</p><p><strong>Read our full </strong><a href="https://www.techradar.com/home/vacuums/tineco-floor-one-s7-pro-review-keeping-my-apartment-dirt-litter-and-pet-hair-free" data-dimension112="6239399e-b8f9-11f1-82d7-6bd315799036" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Read our full Tineco Floor One S7 Pro review" data-dimension48="Read our full Tineco Floor One S7 Pro review" data-dimension25=""><strong>Tineco Floor One S7 Pro review</strong></a></p></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-how-i-tested-the-bissell-crosswave-reach-plus-cordless-wet-dry-vacuum"><span>How I tested the Bissell CrossWave Reach Plus Cordless Wet-Dry Vacuum</span></h3><p>To test the Bissell CrossWave Reach Plus, I used it for a couple weeks, testing it on hardwood floors, tile, and marble. I ran it through its various modes as well as using the self cleaning function. For running benchmarks, I ran it from full to empty on both eco mode and turbo mode. And I vacuumed / mopped up tea leaves, rice, coffee, mustard, and ketchup.</p><p><strong>Read more about </strong><a href="https://www.techradar.com/home/vacuums/how-we-test-vacuum-cleaners"><strong>how we test vacuum cleaners</strong></a></p><ul><li>First reviewed September 2026</li></ul> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.techradar.com/home/vacuums/bissell-crosswave-reach-plus-review</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ The Bissell CrossWave Reach Plus cleans wet and dry with equal confidence, though it comes with some slight limitations. ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">373dyTbaYKeLSucD4s3HVK</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/F2Z3PLoeM5v6AhsjxnQQLU-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Tue, 27 Oct 2026 12:14:38 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Vacuums]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Home]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Small Appliances]]></category>
                                                                                                <author><![CDATA[ space2occupy@gmail.com (James Holland) ]]></author>                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ James Holland ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/GRjFtC7JT3AzoZxfF9zne5-320-70.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/F2Z3PLoeM5v6AhsjxnQQLU-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Future]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                        <media:description><![CDATA[The Bissell CrossWave Reach Plus sits on its charging tray when not in use.]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Bissell CrossWave Reach Plus vacuum cleaner beside plants]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Bissell CrossWave Reach Plus vacuum cleaner beside plants]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/F2Z3PLoeM5v6AhsjxnQQLU-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-bissell-crosswave-reach-plus-cordless-wet-dry-vacuum-two-minute-review"><span>Bissell CrossWave Reach Plus Cordless Wet-Dry Vacuum: two-minute review</span></h2><p>The Bissell CrossWave Reach Plus looks like an almost mid-range vacuum. And it largely is. It has an all plastic build, doesn’t come with a bunch of attachments, and really does one thing. But, it does that one thing really well and that is be a wet-dry vac. In fact, when using it to simultaneously vacuum and mop, it picks up anything and everything smaller than a Cheerio. Crumbs of all sorts. Dog hair. Spilled parmesan. Coffee grounds. You get the idea.</p><p>Plus, if you compare it to the <a href="https://www.techradar.com/home/vacuums/best-wet-dry-vacuum-cleaner">best wet-dry vacuums</a>, you’ll see that it’s quite affordable, even if it is among the more expensive Bissell models. I do have a few quibbles, such as the fact that there’s an upper limit on the size of the debris it can suck up or the fact that all the debris goes into the same dirty water tank making emptying it a bit of a mess.</p><p>Still, for the price, it might be the <a href="https://www.techradar.com/news/best-vacuum-cleaners">best vacuum</a> with wet-dry capabilities out there. Just be aware that the Bissell CrossWave Reach Plus is the same as the Bissell CrossWave Reach, but comes with a charging base.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="sYC3yxqFWpxzMqpwo9Wq9V" name="Bissell CrossWave Reach Plus during mopping" alt="The Bissell CrossWave Reach Plus mops evenly and dries quickly." src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/sYC3yxqFWpxzMqpwo9Wq9V-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The Bissell CrossWave Reach Plus mops evenly and dries quickly. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future / James Holland)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-bissell-crosswave-reach-plus-cordless-wet-dry-vacuum-price-availability"><span>Bissell CrossWave Reach Plus Cordless Wet-Dry Vacuum: price &amp; availability</span></h2><ul><li><strong>List price: $329.99 (about £250 / AU$470)</strong></li><li><strong>Launched: September 2026</strong></li><li><strong>Available in the US</strong></li></ul><p>The Bissell CrossWave Reach Plus comes in at decidedly Bissell level prices. You don’t have to plop down the cash you would for something like the <a href="https://www.techradar.com/home/vacuums/dyson-v15s-detect-submarine-review-does-the-handstick-kings-first-vacuum-mop-sink-or-swim">Dyson V15s Detect Submarine</a> and its list price of $949.99 / £599.99 / AU$949. It’s even cheaper than some Chinese models like the <a href="https://www.techradar.com/home/vacuums/tineco-floor-one-s7-pro-review-keeping-my-apartment-dirt-litter-and-pet-hair-free">Tineco Floor One S7 Pro</a> with its list price of $799.99 / £599.99 / AU$999). Of course, that model does come with a larger capacity and a more impressive display.</p><p>Basically, the Bissell CrossWave Reach Plus goes for $329.99 (about £250 / AU$470). This price includes the vacuum, the charging tray, two different sample sized bottles of cleaning solution, and a measuring cup for the solution.</p><p>It’s a price that I would consider mid-range for a vacuum, though it’s relatively cheap for a wet-dry vacuum. It’s also an expected price point for a higher-end Bissell product (Shark hits similar price points in my opinion). You can get the non-Plus version for $279.99. The only difference is that it comes without the charging tray.</p><ul><li><strong>Value for money score: 4.5 out of 5</strong></li></ul><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-bissell-crosswave-reach-plus-cordless-wet-dry-vacuum-specs"><span>Bissell CrossWave Reach Plus Cordless Wet-Dry Vacuum specs</span></h2><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Weight (total):</p></td><td  ><p>8.8 lb / 3.99 kg</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Weight (body only)</p></td><td  ><p>8.8 lb / 3.99 kg</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Bin size</p></td><td  ><p> 450ml (clean tank) / 600ml (dirty tank)</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Runtime in Min mode</p></td><td  ><p>23 mins</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Runtime in Max mode</p></td><td  ><p>39 mins</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Charge time</p></td><td  ><p>4 hrs 35 min</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Size (H x W x L)</p></td><td  ><p>10.7 x 8.6 x 43.6 inches / 27.2 x 21.8 x 110.7 cm (L x W x H)</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Max suction</p></td><td  ><p>7AW</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Modes</p></td><td  ><p>Eco, Hi, Turbo</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-bissell-crosswave-reach-plus-cordless-wet-dry-vacuum-design"><span>Bissell CrossWave Reach Plus Cordless Wet-Dry Vacuum: design</span></h2><ul><li><strong>Dirty water tank contains solid debris too, for better or worse</strong></li><li><strong>Has a self-cleaning feature</strong></li><li><strong>Can lie flat to get under furniture</strong></li></ul><p>The Bissell CrossWave Reach Plus may be an all-plastic build, but it looks durable and cuts a somewhat dashing figure. Not quite a stick vacuum, it’s ever so slightly modular insofar as the handles comes separated from the body. It's also slim at around 4.5 inches across the body.</p><p>The power and mode buttons (eco, high, turbo) are on the handles, and are within thumb’s reach during use. The battery indicator, which shows battery life using three LEDs, as well as the indicators showing which mode the vacuum, are all on the body facing you while you clean. There’s also a button here to run the Bissell CrossWave Reach Plus’s Clean-Out Cycle — a nice feature for self-cleaning the brushroll after use.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="MHh3bVFjPYjUh8LdXiY55U" name="Bissell CrossWave Reach Plus display" alt="The Bissell CrossWave Reach Plus' LED indicators conveniently face the user to show battery life and current mode." src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/MHh3bVFjPYjUh8LdXiY55U-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The Bissell CrossWave Reach Plus' LED indicators conveniently face the user to show battery life and current mode. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future / James Holland)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The 600ml dirty water tank clipped into the back of the body is easy to remove for emptying. When removed, the filter on top pulls right out exposing whatever debris is inside. The one downside here is that, unlike the <a href="https://www.techradar.com/news/best-robot-vacuums">best robot vacuums</a> that vacuum and mop, everything goes into the same tank. Vacuumed up a bunch of rice <em>and</em> sucked up a spill? You’ll have to empty everything out into the same place. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="WRjgQQQnZZPLs6GC6kwYsT" name="Bissell CrossWave Reach Plus dirty water tank" alt="The dirty water tank on the Bissell CrossWave Reach Plus is simple to remove." src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/WRjgQQQnZZPLs6GC6kwYsT-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The dirty water tank on the Bissell CrossWave Reach Plus is simple to remove. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future / James Holland)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The clean water tank is clipped onto the top of the floorhead. Its 450ml capacity is decent, though will require somewhat regular refilling (of water and a cup of one of the included solutions). I do like the exposed look of it, though.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="SxRJ3axRgrxjXyGu2YYJBU" name="Bissell CrossWave Reach Plus close-up of clean water tank" alt="The clean water tank on the Bissell CrossWave Reach Plus sit atop the floorhead." src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/SxRJ3axRgrxjXyGu2YYJBU-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The clean water tank on the Bissell CrossWave Reach Plus sit atop the floorhead. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future / James Holland)</span></figcaption></figure><p>As far as the rest of the floorhead, it can swivel and has a hinge for the vacuum to lay up to 180 degrees back — essentially flat — to get under furniture. And it has one large tangle-free brushroll that’s removable for cleaning or replacing and can handle just about any hard surface one would mop. Also worth noting is that it’s rated as having a 10.6 inch cleaning path, though when I measured it, I would say it’s actually 9.6 inches. You lose an inch to the plastic bezels on either side.</p><p>Lastly, the charging tray that comes with this vacuum is essentially a molded piece of plastic with charging contacts so that if you put it back in the tray after use, it will start charging automatically.</p><ul><li><strong>Design score: 4.5 out of 5</strong></li></ul><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-bissell-crosswave-reach-plus-cordless-wet-dry-vacuum-performance"><span>Bissell CrossWave Reach Plus Cordless Wet-Dry Vacuum: performance</span></h2><ul><li><strong>Great vacuuming except for larger debris</strong></li><li><strong>Flawless mopping</strong></li><li><strong>Can get pretty close to edges</strong></li></ul><p>When I first started using the Bissell CrossWave Reach Plus, I found myself struggling to find something to dislike about it. After spending some time with it, that’s still mostly the case.</p><p>This is a wet-dry vacuum and mop, and it does both duties concurrently; there's no vacuum only mode, and no opportunity to only get the floor wet. Despite that, I’m going to try and separate these two functions just to give you a better idea of what to expect.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="tPsP7AyR8CshwC7TWnLLBb" name="Bissell CrossWave Reach Plus -- tea leaves test before" alt="The Bissell CrossWave Reach Plus before vacuuming up a bunch of tea leaves." src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/tPsP7AyR8CshwC7TWnLLBb-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The Bissell CrossWave Reach Plus before vacuuming up a bunch of tea leaves. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future / James Holland)</span></figcaption></figure><p>I performed a few tests when vacuuming. I threw a bunch of tea leaves on the floor as well as a bunch of rice. For both sizes of debris, the Bissell CrossWave Reach Plus sucked them right up in the first go.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="F3URizBjMMVLoputBCSqRb" name="Bissell CrossWave Reach Plus -- tea leaves test during" alt="The Bissell CrossWave Reach Plus in process of cleaning up tea leaves" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/F3URizBjMMVLoputBCSqRb-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The Bissell CrossWave Reach Plus in process of cleaning up tea leaves. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future / James Holland)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Because of the way the floorhead is arranged — there’s just the mop brushroll at the front end with a forward-angled silicon liner behind — it isn’t quite as successful on picking rice and similar sized debris when pulling the vacuum back as it can get caught by that liner. However, when pushing the vacuum forward, everything gets sucked up immediately.</p><p>The one caveat to that and a valid reason to still keep a regular vacuum around is the fact since the only moving part helping pick up debris is that brushroll, larger pieces of debris like cereal or popcorn will just get pushed around the front of it like a curling puck.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="ynwDVUzbUigrye3NGQ8f2V" name="Bissell CrossWave Reach Plus and the ketchup test" alt="The Bissell CrossWave Reach Plus made quick work of cleaning up ketchup." src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ynwDVUzbUigrye3NGQ8f2V-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The Bissell CrossWave Reach Plus made quick work of cleaning up ketchup. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future / James Holland)</span></figcaption></figure><p>I found basically nothing to complain about its mopping capabilities, however. It lays down an even layer of water and detergent solution that is enough to fully mop whatever area’s been covered. And I found the floor to be dry within minutes after mopping.</p><p>I also tested the Bissell CrossWave Reach Plus’s mopping by throwing a bunch of ketchup, mustard, and coffee (separately) on the floor. In each instance, whatever was on the floor was removed in one swipe. However, it takes a few passes to remove odors (and they can still persist for a short while).</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="QsKfkvW2eif4XjyztNZX9V" name="Bissell CrossWave Reach Plus going under furniture" alt="Thanks to a 180-degree hinge, the Bissell CrossWave Reach Plus can easily get under furniture." src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/QsKfkvW2eif4XjyztNZX9V-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Thanks to a 180-degree hinge, the Bissell CrossWave Reach Plus can easily get under furniture. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future / James Holland)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Getting to the edges and corners with a vacuum is a concern, especially one without additional accessories for tight spaces. But that’s not too much of a concern here. I found that going up to edges with this vacuum allowed me to get as close as a quarter inch when moving with the right side towards the wall. With the left side of the vacuum facing the wall or edge, the three quarters of an inch closest to the wall is left untouched, while the front of the vacuum won’t touch that last inch closest to the wall. So, I was able to get pretty close to the wall but the vacuum orientation matters.</p><p>Generally, maneuvering the Bissell CrossWave Reach Plus is easy. It does want to pull forward so pushing the vacuum in the direction I want to go feels effortless. When pulling back in a typical vacuuming fashion, I do feel some resistance since it wants to go in that direction. Turning is just as effortless thanks to the swivelling floorhead, and the fact that it can lie almost flat means it’s a cinch to get under furniture.</p><p>Lastly, the Bissell CrossWave Reach Plus is not a quiet vacuum, but is in line with other cordless vacuums such as the <a href="https://www.techradar.com/home/vacuums/bissell-powerclean-furfinder-cordless-vacuum-review">Bissell PowerClean FurFinde<u>r</u></a>. On eco mode, it reaches around 64dB. In turbo mode, it gets up to 67dB. And it hits about 65dB during its Clean-Out Cycle.</p><ul><li><strong>Performance score: 4.5 out of 5</strong></li></ul><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-bissell-crosswave-reach-plus-cordless-wet-dry-vacuum-battery-life"><span>Bissell CrossWave Reach Plus Cordless Wet-Dry Vacuum: battery life</span></h2><ul><li><strong>Four and a half hour recharge time</strong></li><li><strong>Up to 40 minutes of use on a single charge</strong></li></ul><p>Let’s get the bad out of the way. When fully drained, the Bissell CrossWave Reach Plus is going to take over four and a half hours to recharge. If you are an infrequent charger, then, first, shame on you, and, second, you’ll have to suffer through what amounts to almost half a day of waiting if you have to charge from empty. That said, that’s actually a normal amount of time for a cordless vacuum to recharge, though I wish the battery was removable.</p><p>The good news is that the twenty minutes it lasts on turbo, specifically 23 minutes and 21 seconds, or almost forty on eco mode, 39 minutes and 49 seconds, is more than enough battery life for a regular home. These numbers are about in line with some of Bissell’s other offerings, though not quite up to what we see with the <a href="https://www.techradar.com/news/best-cordless-vacuum-cleaner">best cordless vacuums</a>.</p><p>Because of how well it picks up debris (with the earlier size-related caveats), I was able to clean a 800 square foot area in about ten minutes. I ended up wandering in circles with the vacuum in tow waiting for the battery to die. That’s on turbo. The almost forty minutes on eco mode is more than enough for anyone not cleaning an office building.</p><ul><li><strong>Battery life score: 4 out of 5</strong></li></ul><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-should-you-buy-the-bissell-crosswave-reach-plus-cordless-wet-dry-vacuum"><span>Should you buy the Bissell CrossWave Reach Plus Cordless Wet-Dry Vacuum?</span></h3><div ><table><caption>Bissell Crosswave Reach Plus scre card</caption><thead><tr><th class="firstcol " ><p>Attribute</p></th><th  ><p>Notes</p></th><th  ><p>Rating</p></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Value</p></td><td  ><p>It’s priced lower than a lot of the competition, even if you’re paying extra for the charging tray.</p></td><td  ><p>4.5 / 5</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Design</p></td><td  ><p>Intuitively laid out with some interesting design features including being able to lie flat.</p></td><td  ><p>4.5 / 5</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Performance</p></td><td  ><p>Good vacuuming and mopping, though it can’t quite handle larger pieces of debris.</p></td><td  ><p>4.5 / 5</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Battery</p></td><td  ><p>The battery life is more than enough for use, even if it’s not an impressive length.</p></td><td  ><p>4 / 5</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h2 id="buy-it-if-11">Buy it if...</h2><div class="product"><p><strong>You care about value</strong></p><p>At just over three hundred bucks, this wet-dry vacuum punches above its weight. It might not have the capacity or battery life of the competition, but it does a good job at a lower price.</p></div><div class="product"><p><strong>You need to get under furniture</strong></p><p>Getting under furniture is always tough with a vacuum. Well, almost always. Thanks to that 180-degree hinge, it’s easy for the Reach Plus since it can lie straight back to get under that couch that’s too heavy to move.</p></div><div class="product"><p><strong>You’re OK with simultaneous vacuuming and mopping</strong></p><p>This Bissell is a wonder on all sorts of hard flooring, but its simultaneous vacuuming and mopping is a package deal. You can’t do one without the other.</p></div><h2 id="don-39-t-buy-it-if-10">Don't buy it if...</h2><div class="product"><p><strong>You need something capable of deep cleaning</strong></p><p>The Bissell CrossWave Reach Plus is quite good at what it does, but it’s still a smaller vacuum that can’t vacuum up anything.</p></div><div class="product"><p><strong>You have a whole building to mop</strong></p><p>For a typical home — big or small — its 20-40 minute battery life is more than plenty to cover every square foot.</p></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-bissell-crosswave-reach-plus-cordless-wet-dry-vacuum-alternatives-to-consider"><span>Bissell CrossWave Reach Plus Cordless Wet-Dry Vacuum: alternatives to consider</span></h3><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Model</strong></p></td><td  ><p><strong>Bissell CrossWave Reach Plus</strong></p></td><td  ><p><strong>Dyson V15s Detect Submarine</strong></p></td><td  ><p><strong>Tineco Floor One S7 Pro</strong></p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Weight (total)</p></td><td  ><p>8.8 lb / 3.99 kg</p></td><td  ><p>8.4lbs / 3.8 kg</p></td><td  ><p>21.5 lbs / 9.75kg</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Weight (body only)</p></td><td  ><p>8.8 lb / 3.99 kg</p></td><td  ><p>8.4lbs / 3.8 kg</p></td><td  ><p>21.5 lbs / 9.75kg</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Bin size</p></td><td  ><p>0.600L</p></td><td  ><p>0.77L</p></td><td  ><p>0.72L</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Runtime in Min mode</p></td><td  ><p>39 min</p></td><td  ><p>60 min</p></td><td  ><p>40 min</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Runtime in Max mode</p></td><td  ><p>23 min</p></td><td  ><p>8 min</p></td><td  ><p>N/A</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Charge time</p></td><td  ><p>4 hrs 35 min</p></td><td  ><p>4hrs 30</p></td><td  ><p>4hrs</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Size (H x W x L)</p></td><td  ><p>43.6  x 8.6 x 10.7 inches / 110.7 x 21.8 x 27.2 cm</p></td><td  ><p>49.1 x 10.6 x 2.1" / 124.6 x 26.8 x 25.3cm</p></td><td  ><p>11.89 x 3.82 x 7.68 inches / 30.2 x 9.7 x 19.5 cm</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Max suction</p></td><td  ><p>7AW</p></td><td  ><p>240AW</p></td><td  ><p>N/A</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Modes</p></td><td  ><p>Eco, Hi, Turbo</p></td><td  ><p>Eco, Med, Auto, Boost</p></td><td  ><p>Auto, Max, Ultra, Suction</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="6239393a-b8f9-11f1-8e8c-c54855bd7fe0" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Read our full Dyson V15s Detect Submarine review" data-dimension48="Read our full Dyson V15s Detect Submarine review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:500px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="eg7t53wFjyGC5jedvreLGW" name="Dyson-V15s-Detect-Submarine-Complete.jpg" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/eg7t53wFjyGC5jedvreLGW-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="500" height="500" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class="" /></p></div></div></figure></a><p><strong>Dyson V15s Detect Submarine</strong></p><p>The Dyson V15s Detect Submarine comes with quite the hefty price tag, but it’s also, being a stick vacuum, capable of being both a wet-dry vacuum as well as just a regular vacuum. It is, however, better for smaller clean-ups.</p><p><strong>Read our full </strong><a href="https://www.techradar.com/home/vacuums/dyson-v15s-detect-submarine-review-does-the-handstick-kings-first-vacuum-mop-sink-or-swim" data-dimension112="6239393a-b8f9-11f1-8e8c-c54855bd7fe0" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Read our full Dyson V15s Detect Submarine review" data-dimension48="Read our full Dyson V15s Detect Submarine review" data-dimension25=""><strong>Dyson V15s Detect Submarine review</strong></a></p></div><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="6239399e-b8f9-11f1-82d7-6bd315799036" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Read our full Tineco Floor One S7 Pro review" data-dimension48="Read our full Tineco Floor One S7 Pro review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1080px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="XL3c5HaPV9WZiqZu7QnZ9L" name="TINECO Floor One S7 Pro 02.jpg" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/XL3c5HaPV9WZiqZu7QnZ9L-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1080" height="1080" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class="" /></p></div></div></figure></a><p><strong>Tineco Floor One S7 Pro</strong></p><p>At double the price, Tineco Floor One S7 Pro might not seem like that great of a deal. However, it comes with almost double the capacity (both clean and dirty tanks) and has multiple modes including deodorize and disinfect.</p><p><strong>Read our full </strong><a href="https://www.techradar.com/home/vacuums/tineco-floor-one-s7-pro-review-keeping-my-apartment-dirt-litter-and-pet-hair-free" data-dimension112="6239399e-b8f9-11f1-82d7-6bd315799036" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Read our full Tineco Floor One S7 Pro review" data-dimension48="Read our full Tineco Floor One S7 Pro review" data-dimension25=""><strong>Tineco Floor One S7 Pro review</strong></a></p></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-how-i-tested-the-bissell-crosswave-reach-plus-cordless-wet-dry-vacuum"><span>How I tested the Bissell CrossWave Reach Plus Cordless Wet-Dry Vacuum</span></h3><p>To test the Bissell CrossWave Reach Plus, I used it for a couple weeks, testing it on hardwood floors, tile, and marble. I ran it through its various modes as well as using the self cleaning function. For running benchmarks, I ran it from full to empty on both eco mode and turbo mode. And I vacuumed / mopped up tea leaves, rice, coffee, mustard, and ketchup.</p><p><strong>Read more about </strong><a href="https://www.techradar.com/home/vacuums/how-we-test-vacuum-cleaners"><strong>how we test vacuum cleaners</strong></a></p><ul><li>First reviewed September 2026</li></ul>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ Logitech Yeti 2:  A worthy successor to a legendary mic ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-logitech-yeti-2-two-minute-review"><span>Logitech Yeti 2 two-minute review</span></h2><p>It’s been 17 years since Blue launched the original Yeti, and it didn’t take long for it to become fan a favorite in the world of consumer desktop mics. There have been tweaks and touch-ups here and there, but few major changes, even after Logitech bought Blue in 2018. Until now, that is. </p><p>I’ve been using the first Yeti for years, so I was intrigued to know how the new model compared. The good news is that while there’s plenty to love about the original Yeti — it became a household name for a reason, after all — the Yeti 2 is even more impressive. It’s one of the <a href="https://www.techradar.com/best/best-microphones-for-streaming">best microphones for streaming</a> available right now. </p><p>Put the two microphones on a desk together and you’ll see that the Yeti 2 is very slightly more compact, yet it still retains the distinctive Yeti aesthetic. More noticeable when you pick them up is the weight — at 995g (2.19lbs), the Yeti 2 is almost 50% lighter than the 1.4kg (3.09lbs) Yeti. </p><figure role="gallery"><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/q8Cme9SLUZhzoacfvPyADd-1920-80.jpg" alt="The Logitech Yeti 2 microphone on a desk." /><figcaption><small role="credit">Future</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/2vjum48cBBP6559EbCeSGd-1920-80.jpg" alt="The Logitech Yeti 2 microphone on a desk." /><figcaption><small role="credit">Future</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/wNrq7mLa993JWZJu3MABsc-1920-80.jpg" alt="The Logitech Yeti 2 microphone on a desk." /><figcaption><small role="credit">Future</small></figcaption></figure></figure><p>Another thing that immediately catches your eye is the Yeti 2’s built-in LED display, which sits above a singular dial that can be pushed in like a button. This display is a new addition and, in combination with the dial, essentially replaces the volume, mute, gain and polar pattern controls on the old Yeti. </p><p>This lets you change the mic’s settings and monitor its audio levels on the display, all without needing Logitech’s G Hub app. It’s a handy feature if you want to make quick adjustments on the fly, although we found the push-in dial to be a little finicky at times, where pressing it would occasionally not do anything. Still, it’s useful for quick changes if you don’t fancy diving into the G Hub app. </p><p>If you <em>do</em> want to do that, though, there are plenty of audio presets to choose from, including those for interviews, singing, speech to text, different instruments, and more. You can make manual adjustments to equalizer levels, enable the gate, compressor and more, and work through input gain settings, then save your settings to the app or one of five on-board profiles. Those profiles can be set to automatically activate when specific games launch, too.</p><figure role="gallery"><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/XG6YhodmrdAWxbjugz9DVc-1920-80.jpg" alt="The Logitech Yeti 2 microphone on a desk." /><figcaption><small role="credit">Future</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/oM3LHNf4H35F749EJznmYc-1920-80.jpg" alt="The Logitech Yeti 2 microphone on a desk." /><figcaption><small role="credit">Future</small></figcaption></figure></figure><p>That said, G Hub is probably not the most in-depth experience you’re likely to find. For beginners, though, switching polar patterns and adjusting the built-in noise cancelation is about all you’ll need. </p><p>The most important part of any microphone, of course, is its audio quality. And here, the Yeti 2 really delivers. Compared to my long-serving Yeti, the Yeti 2 sounded much crisper and clearer. The Yeti was by no means bad, but the latest model shows strong signs of improvement, no doubt helped by the improvement from 16-bit to 24-bit audio and the addition of software noise cancelation.</p><p>Part of that is thanks to the new Auto Tracking polar pattern that detects where your sound is coming from and automatically adjusts the pickup area accordingly, ensuring the input is optimized, wherever you’re sat. You can still set a manual polar pattern if you like, but Auto Tracking is effective enough that it will be the best option for most people. </p><figure role="gallery"><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/PaYobQC6PwV2o85KD2aufc-1920-80.jpg" alt="The Logitech Yeti 2 microphone on a desk." /><figcaption><small role="credit">Future</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Yk4jwn8m4nLtsSG4fpTEic-1920-80.jpg" alt="The Logitech Yeti 2 microphone on a desk." /><figcaption><small role="credit">Future</small></figcaption></figure></figure><p>Another useful aspect of this voice proximity sensor is its impact on gain. Now, the Yeti 2 can automatically decrease or increase the gain as you move closer to or further away from the mic, ensuring your input volume remains level throughout. This feature isn’t perfect — I noticed my voice picked up more echo the as I moved away — but it’s much better than what you got with the first Yeti, where you’d just get quieter as you moved away. </p><p>As you’d expect from Blue/Logitech, the Yeti 2’s build quality is top notch. The main body is made of metal and feels rock solid. The included metal stand has a soft padded base to keep it from slipping, while the lugs that hold the mic screwed into the base are rubberized to minimize bumps and shakes while you’re recording. This thing looks beautiful and feels like it’s made to last. </p><figure role="gallery"><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/GP6up5s8uhPuFQuwtbYWnc-1920-80.jpg" alt="The Logitech Yeti 2 microphone on a desk." /><figcaption><small role="credit">Future</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/SYejfGmz5z6hY3sejyD8cc-1920-80.jpg" alt="The Logitech Yeti 2 microphone on a desk." /><figcaption><small role="credit">Future</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/QtNeK7JAKmxY3ctBRq2Zgc-1920-80.jpg" alt="The Logitech Yeti 2 microphone on a desk." /><figcaption><small role="credit">Future</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ix3fAzuiLbdubKxH6KSKZc-1920-80.jpg" alt="The Logitech Yeti 2 microphone on a desk." /><figcaption><small role="credit">Future</small></figcaption></figure></figure><p>There’s a thread on the bottom for attaching the Yeti 2 to a boom arm, in case you’d rather use it that way instead of upright in its stand. The display can also be flipped 180 degrees, which makes reading it an awful lot easier when it’s mounted this way.</p><p>There’s not a lot to dislike about the Yeti 2. The single push-in dial didn’t seem to be the most reliable feature and merging several buttons into one means it takes a little longer to scroll through the settings than dedicated dials would. We’re also disappointed to see the price has increased versus the original Yeti. But that’s all blown away compared to thing you care about most with a microphone — namely, its audio quality — which is as good as it gets in a consumer mic.</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-logitech-yeti-2-review-price-release-date"><span>Logitech Yeti 2 review: Price &amp; release date</span></h2><ul><li><strong>Available to buy now</strong></li><li><strong>Priced at $159.99 / £139.99 / $249.95 AUD</strong></li></ul><p>The Logitech Yeti 2 is available now from Logitech’s website or from third-party retailers. It’s priced at $159.99 / £139.99 / $249.95 AUD. </p><p>It’s more expensive than the original Yeti, which was most recently sold for $139.99 (and is currently on sale for $109.99 on Logitech’s website), but the Yeti 2 is not unreasonably expensive. It also offers an awful lot for the price.</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-logitech-yeti-2-review-specs"><span>Logitech Yeti 2 review: Specs</span></h2><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Polar patterns</p></td><td  ><p>Auto Tracking, stereo, cardioid, figure8, omni, hypercardioid, supercardioid, custom</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Frequency range</p></td><td  ><p>20Hz – 20kHz</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Connectivity</p></td><td  ><p>USB-C</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Audio bit rate</p></td><td  ><p>24-bit</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Sample rate</p></td><td  ><p>48kHz</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-should-i-buy-the-logitech-yeti-2"><span>Should I buy the Logitech Yeti 2?</span></h2><div ><table><caption>Logitech Yeti 2 scorecard</caption><thead><tr><th class="firstcol " ><p>Attribute</p></th><th  ><p>Notes</p></th><th  ><p>Score</p></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Features</p></td><td  ><p>The clever new LED display makes adjusting settings quick and easy</p></td><td  ><p>5/5</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Performance</p></td><td  ><p>Pitch-perfect audio makes this the consumer mic to beat</p></td><td  ><p>5/5</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Design</p></td><td  ><p>The Yeti 2 looks sleek and understated while being built to last</p></td><td  ><p>5/5</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Value</p></td><td  ><p>The slight cost increase is disappointing, but it’s still fairly priced</p></td><td  ><p>4/5</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h2 id="buy-it-if-12">Buy it if…</h2><div class="product"><p><strong>You want a plug-and-play mic</strong><br />The auto-gain and automatic polar pattern tracking features make managing your voice easier than ever.<a class="view-deal button" href="" target="_blank" rel="nofollow" data-dimension112="868643ae-cbd3-11f1-983c-917e1901cd29" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="You want a plug-and-play micThe auto-gain and automatic polar pattern tracking features make managing your voice easier than ever." data-dimension48="You want a plug-and-play micThe auto-gain and automatic polar pattern tracking features make managing your voice easier than ever." data-dimension25="">View Deal</a></p></div><div class="product"><p><strong>You want something that’s built to last</strong><br />This is no cheap plastic affair — the Yeti 2 is almost all-metal, and it feels like it could take a beating and keep on trucking.<a class="view-deal button" href="" target="_blank" rel="nofollow" data-dimension112="86864412-cbd3-11f1-a3ad-112653b4300d" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="You want something that’s built to lastThis is no cheap plastic affair — the Yeti 2 is almost all-metal, and it feels like it could take a beating and keep on trucking." data-dimension48="You want something that’s built to lastThis is no cheap plastic affair — the Yeti 2 is almost all-metal, and it feels like it could take a beating and keep on trucking." data-dimension25="">View Deal</a></p></div><div class="product"><p><strong>You don’t want to break the bank</strong><br />Sure, the price has gone up, but the Yeti 2 remains in the consumer price bracket without venturing into pro territory.<a class="view-deal button" href="" target="_blank" rel="nofollow" data-dimension112="868644bc-cbd3-11f1-84d1-099061f4c13e" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="You don’t want to break the bankSure, the price has gone up, but the Yeti 2 remains in the consumer price bracket without venturing into pro territory." data-dimension48="You don’t want to break the bankSure, the price has gone up, but the Yeti 2 remains in the consumer price bracket without venturing into pro territory." data-dimension25="">View Deal</a></p></div><h2 id="don-t-buy-it-if-2">Don’t buy it if…</h2><div class="product"><p><strong>You want a professional mic</strong><br />There’s no XLR connectivity and other options have more studio-appropriate features.<a class="view-deal button" href="" target="_blank" rel="nofollow" data-dimension112="868646a6-cbd3-11f1-be67-69e2a4c857c5" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="You want a professional micThere’s no XLR connectivity and other options have more studio-appropriate features." data-dimension48="You want a professional micThere’s no XLR connectivity and other options have more studio-appropriate features." data-dimension25="">View Deal</a></p></div><div class="product"><p><strong>You want dedicated controls</strong><br />Everything is combined into a single dial, which might mean it takes a little longer to adjust your settings.<a class="view-deal button" href="" target="_blank" rel="nofollow" data-dimension112="8686471e-cbd3-11f1-9b17-5f33e1d03130" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="You want dedicated controlsEverything is combined into a single dial, which might mean it takes a little longer to adjust your settings." data-dimension48="You want dedicated controlsEverything is combined into a single dial, which might mean it takes a little longer to adjust your settings." data-dimension25="">View Deal</a></p></div><div class="product"><p><strong>You’re on a tight budget</strong><br />With the price creeping upwards, this isn’t the cheapest microphone on the market.<a class="view-deal button" href="" target="_blank" rel="nofollow" data-dimension112="86864782-cbd3-11f1-b5ea-0b40bf9cd551" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="You’re on a tight budgetWith the price creeping upwards, this isn’t the cheapest microphone on the market." data-dimension48="You’re on a tight budgetWith the price creeping upwards, this isn’t the cheapest microphone on the market." data-dimension25="">View Deal</a></p></div><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-also-consider"><span>Also consider</span></h2><div class="product"><p><strong>Elgato Wave:3</strong><br />A serious contender for the title of best streaming mic around, the Elgato Wave:3 sounds just as good as it looks. It only has one polar pattern, but with audio quality as impressive as this, that might not matter.</p><p><a href="https://www.techradar.com/reviews/elgato-wave3-review" data-dimension112="868648b8-cbd3-11f1-ac71-499dc72dcf31" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Read our full Elgato Wave:3 review" data-dimension48="Read our full Elgato Wave:3 review" data-dimension25=""><strong>Read our full Elgato Wave:3 review</strong></a><a class="view-deal button" href="" target="_blank" rel="nofollow" data-dimension112="868648b8-cbd3-11f1-ac71-499dc72dcf31" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Read our full Elgato Wave:3 review" data-dimension48="Read our full Elgato Wave:3 review" data-dimension25="">View Deal</a></p></div><div class="product"><p><strong>Razer Seiren V3 Pro</strong><br />Razer’s Seiren V3 Pro is aiming high with its inclusion of 32-bit float and XLR connectivity. It’s fairly pricey, but offers a lot of bang for your buck.</p><p><a href="https://www.techradar.com/computing/peripherals-accessories/razer-seiren-v3-pro" data-dimension112="868649f8-cbd3-11f1-b745-e97b74e36cf4" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Read our full Razer Seiren V3 Pro review" data-dimension48="Read our full Razer Seiren V3 Pro review" data-dimension25=""><strong>Read our full Razer Seiren V3 Pro review</strong></a><a class="view-deal button" href="" target="_blank" rel="nofollow" data-dimension112="868649f8-cbd3-11f1-b745-e97b74e36cf4" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Read our full Razer Seiren V3 Pro review" data-dimension48="Read our full Razer Seiren V3 Pro review" data-dimension25="">View Deal</a></p></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-how-i-tested-the-logitech-yeti-2"><span>How I tested the Logitech Yeti 2</span></h3><ul><li><strong>I tested the mic’s performance during games and on calls with friends. I also made test recordings and compared it to the original Yeti</strong></li><li><strong>I also spent time putting the microphone’s software features through their paces in the Razer G Hub app</strong></li></ul><p>I spent a week testing the microphone on my PC. I called friends to test its performance during gaming sessions and made audio recordings where I directly compared its audio quality with that of the original Yeti mic.</p><ul><li><a href="https://www.techradar.com/news/how-we-test">Read TechRadar’s reviews guarantee</a></li><li><em>First reviewed: October 2026</em></li></ul> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.techradar.com/computing/mics-speakers/logitech-yeti-2</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ The Logitech Yeti 2 has improved on its predecessor in almost every way, although the higher price is an unwelcome change. ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">sdia2VoBVprwTCFENevZiY</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/aXnSTqDf9szx3Zj3Mz3TKc-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Tue, 27 Oct 2026 12:10:50 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                <updated>Fri, 30 Oct 2026 07:37:46 +0000</updated>
                                                                                                                                            <category><![CDATA[Mics & Speakers]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Gaming Accessories]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Computing]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Peripherals & Accessories]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Gaming]]></category>
                                                                                                <author><![CDATA[ alexblake.techradar@gmail.com (Alex Blake) ]]></author>                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Alex Blake ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/gwmVRU4zMGnDYsGVAFvRmL-320-70.png ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ &lt;p&gt;Alex Blake has been fooling around with computers since the early 1990s, and since that time he&#039;s learned a thing or two about tech. No more than two things, though. That&#039;s all his brain can hold. As well as TechRadar, Alex writes for iMore, Digital Trends and Creative Bloq, among others. He was previously commissioning editor at MacFormat magazine. That means he mostly covers the world of Apple and its latest products, but also Windows, computer peripherals, mobile apps, and much more beyond. When not writing, you can find him hiking the English countryside and gaming on his PC.&lt;/p&gt; ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/aXnSTqDf9szx3Zj3Mz3TKc-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Future]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[The Logitech Yeti 2 microphone on a desk.]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[The Logitech Yeti 2 microphone on a desk.]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[The Logitech Yeti 2 microphone on a desk.]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/aXnSTqDf9szx3Zj3Mz3TKc-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-logitech-yeti-2-two-minute-review"><span>Logitech Yeti 2 two-minute review</span></h2><p>It’s been 17 years since Blue launched the original Yeti, and it didn’t take long for it to become fan a favorite in the world of consumer desktop mics. There have been tweaks and touch-ups here and there, but few major changes, even after Logitech bought Blue in 2018. Until now, that is. </p><p>I’ve been using the first Yeti for years, so I was intrigued to know how the new model compared. The good news is that while there’s plenty to love about the original Yeti — it became a household name for a reason, after all — the Yeti 2 is even more impressive. It’s one of the <a href="https://www.techradar.com/best/best-microphones-for-streaming">best microphones for streaming</a> available right now. </p><p>Put the two microphones on a desk together and you’ll see that the Yeti 2 is very slightly more compact, yet it still retains the distinctive Yeti aesthetic. More noticeable when you pick them up is the weight — at 995g (2.19lbs), the Yeti 2 is almost 50% lighter than the 1.4kg (3.09lbs) Yeti. </p><figure role="gallery"><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/q8Cme9SLUZhzoacfvPyADd-1920-80.jpg" alt="The Logitech Yeti 2 microphone on a desk." /><figcaption><small role="credit">Future</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/2vjum48cBBP6559EbCeSGd-1920-80.jpg" alt="The Logitech Yeti 2 microphone on a desk." /><figcaption><small role="credit">Future</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/wNrq7mLa993JWZJu3MABsc-1920-80.jpg" alt="The Logitech Yeti 2 microphone on a desk." /><figcaption><small role="credit">Future</small></figcaption></figure></figure><p>Another thing that immediately catches your eye is the Yeti 2’s built-in LED display, which sits above a singular dial that can be pushed in like a button. This display is a new addition and, in combination with the dial, essentially replaces the volume, mute, gain and polar pattern controls on the old Yeti. </p><p>This lets you change the mic’s settings and monitor its audio levels on the display, all without needing Logitech’s G Hub app. It’s a handy feature if you want to make quick adjustments on the fly, although we found the push-in dial to be a little finicky at times, where pressing it would occasionally not do anything. Still, it’s useful for quick changes if you don’t fancy diving into the G Hub app. </p><p>If you <em>do</em> want to do that, though, there are plenty of audio presets to choose from, including those for interviews, singing, speech to text, different instruments, and more. You can make manual adjustments to equalizer levels, enable the gate, compressor and more, and work through input gain settings, then save your settings to the app or one of five on-board profiles. Those profiles can be set to automatically activate when specific games launch, too.</p><figure role="gallery"><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/XG6YhodmrdAWxbjugz9DVc-1920-80.jpg" alt="The Logitech Yeti 2 microphone on a desk." /><figcaption><small role="credit">Future</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/oM3LHNf4H35F749EJznmYc-1920-80.jpg" alt="The Logitech Yeti 2 microphone on a desk." /><figcaption><small role="credit">Future</small></figcaption></figure></figure><p>That said, G Hub is probably not the most in-depth experience you’re likely to find. For beginners, though, switching polar patterns and adjusting the built-in noise cancelation is about all you’ll need. </p><p>The most important part of any microphone, of course, is its audio quality. And here, the Yeti 2 really delivers. Compared to my long-serving Yeti, the Yeti 2 sounded much crisper and clearer. The Yeti was by no means bad, but the latest model shows strong signs of improvement, no doubt helped by the improvement from 16-bit to 24-bit audio and the addition of software noise cancelation.</p><p>Part of that is thanks to the new Auto Tracking polar pattern that detects where your sound is coming from and automatically adjusts the pickup area accordingly, ensuring the input is optimized, wherever you’re sat. You can still set a manual polar pattern if you like, but Auto Tracking is effective enough that it will be the best option for most people. </p><figure role="gallery"><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/PaYobQC6PwV2o85KD2aufc-1920-80.jpg" alt="The Logitech Yeti 2 microphone on a desk." /><figcaption><small role="credit">Future</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Yk4jwn8m4nLtsSG4fpTEic-1920-80.jpg" alt="The Logitech Yeti 2 microphone on a desk." /><figcaption><small role="credit">Future</small></figcaption></figure></figure><p>Another useful aspect of this voice proximity sensor is its impact on gain. Now, the Yeti 2 can automatically decrease or increase the gain as you move closer to or further away from the mic, ensuring your input volume remains level throughout. This feature isn’t perfect — I noticed my voice picked up more echo the as I moved away — but it’s much better than what you got with the first Yeti, where you’d just get quieter as you moved away. </p><p>As you’d expect from Blue/Logitech, the Yeti 2’s build quality is top notch. The main body is made of metal and feels rock solid. The included metal stand has a soft padded base to keep it from slipping, while the lugs that hold the mic screwed into the base are rubberized to minimize bumps and shakes while you’re recording. This thing looks beautiful and feels like it’s made to last. </p><figure role="gallery"><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/GP6up5s8uhPuFQuwtbYWnc-1920-80.jpg" alt="The Logitech Yeti 2 microphone on a desk." /><figcaption><small role="credit">Future</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/SYejfGmz5z6hY3sejyD8cc-1920-80.jpg" alt="The Logitech Yeti 2 microphone on a desk." /><figcaption><small role="credit">Future</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/QtNeK7JAKmxY3ctBRq2Zgc-1920-80.jpg" alt="The Logitech Yeti 2 microphone on a desk." /><figcaption><small role="credit">Future</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ix3fAzuiLbdubKxH6KSKZc-1920-80.jpg" alt="The Logitech Yeti 2 microphone on a desk." /><figcaption><small role="credit">Future</small></figcaption></figure></figure><p>There’s a thread on the bottom for attaching the Yeti 2 to a boom arm, in case you’d rather use it that way instead of upright in its stand. The display can also be flipped 180 degrees, which makes reading it an awful lot easier when it’s mounted this way.</p><p>There’s not a lot to dislike about the Yeti 2. The single push-in dial didn’t seem to be the most reliable feature and merging several buttons into one means it takes a little longer to scroll through the settings than dedicated dials would. We’re also disappointed to see the price has increased versus the original Yeti. But that’s all blown away compared to thing you care about most with a microphone — namely, its audio quality — which is as good as it gets in a consumer mic.</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-logitech-yeti-2-review-price-release-date"><span>Logitech Yeti 2 review: Price &amp; release date</span></h2><ul><li><strong>Available to buy now</strong></li><li><strong>Priced at $159.99 / £139.99 / $249.95 AUD</strong></li></ul><p>The Logitech Yeti 2 is available now from Logitech’s website or from third-party retailers. It’s priced at $159.99 / £139.99 / $249.95 AUD. </p><p>It’s more expensive than the original Yeti, which was most recently sold for $139.99 (and is currently on sale for $109.99 on Logitech’s website), but the Yeti 2 is not unreasonably expensive. It also offers an awful lot for the price.</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-logitech-yeti-2-review-specs"><span>Logitech Yeti 2 review: Specs</span></h2><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Polar patterns</p></td><td  ><p>Auto Tracking, stereo, cardioid, figure8, omni, hypercardioid, supercardioid, custom</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Frequency range</p></td><td  ><p>20Hz – 20kHz</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Connectivity</p></td><td  ><p>USB-C</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Audio bit rate</p></td><td  ><p>24-bit</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Sample rate</p></td><td  ><p>48kHz</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-should-i-buy-the-logitech-yeti-2"><span>Should I buy the Logitech Yeti 2?</span></h2><div ><table><caption>Logitech Yeti 2 scorecard</caption><thead><tr><th class="firstcol " ><p>Attribute</p></th><th  ><p>Notes</p></th><th  ><p>Score</p></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Features</p></td><td  ><p>The clever new LED display makes adjusting settings quick and easy</p></td><td  ><p>5/5</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Performance</p></td><td  ><p>Pitch-perfect audio makes this the consumer mic to beat</p></td><td  ><p>5/5</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Design</p></td><td  ><p>The Yeti 2 looks sleek and understated while being built to last</p></td><td  ><p>5/5</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Value</p></td><td  ><p>The slight cost increase is disappointing, but it’s still fairly priced</p></td><td  ><p>4/5</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h2 id="buy-it-if-12">Buy it if…</h2><div class="product"><p><strong>You want a plug-and-play mic</strong><br />The auto-gain and automatic polar pattern tracking features make managing your voice easier than ever.<a class="view-deal button" href="" target="_blank" rel="nofollow" data-dimension112="868643ae-cbd3-11f1-983c-917e1901cd29" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="You want a plug-and-play micThe auto-gain and automatic polar pattern tracking features make managing your voice easier than ever." data-dimension48="You want a plug-and-play micThe auto-gain and automatic polar pattern tracking features make managing your voice easier than ever." data-dimension25="">View Deal</a></p></div><div class="product"><p><strong>You want something that’s built to last</strong><br />This is no cheap plastic affair — the Yeti 2 is almost all-metal, and it feels like it could take a beating and keep on trucking.<a class="view-deal button" href="" target="_blank" rel="nofollow" data-dimension112="86864412-cbd3-11f1-a3ad-112653b4300d" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="You want something that’s built to lastThis is no cheap plastic affair — the Yeti 2 is almost all-metal, and it feels like it could take a beating and keep on trucking." data-dimension48="You want something that’s built to lastThis is no cheap plastic affair — the Yeti 2 is almost all-metal, and it feels like it could take a beating and keep on trucking." data-dimension25="">View Deal</a></p></div><div class="product"><p><strong>You don’t want to break the bank</strong><br />Sure, the price has gone up, but the Yeti 2 remains in the consumer price bracket without venturing into pro territory.<a class="view-deal button" href="" target="_blank" rel="nofollow" data-dimension112="868644bc-cbd3-11f1-84d1-099061f4c13e" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="You don’t want to break the bankSure, the price has gone up, but the Yeti 2 remains in the consumer price bracket without venturing into pro territory." data-dimension48="You don’t want to break the bankSure, the price has gone up, but the Yeti 2 remains in the consumer price bracket without venturing into pro territory." data-dimension25="">View Deal</a></p></div><h2 id="don-t-buy-it-if-2">Don’t buy it if…</h2><div class="product"><p><strong>You want a professional mic</strong><br />There’s no XLR connectivity and other options have more studio-appropriate features.<a class="view-deal button" href="" target="_blank" rel="nofollow" data-dimension112="868646a6-cbd3-11f1-be67-69e2a4c857c5" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="You want a professional micThere’s no XLR connectivity and other options have more studio-appropriate features." data-dimension48="You want a professional micThere’s no XLR connectivity and other options have more studio-appropriate features." data-dimension25="">View Deal</a></p></div><div class="product"><p><strong>You want dedicated controls</strong><br />Everything is combined into a single dial, which might mean it takes a little longer to adjust your settings.<a class="view-deal button" href="" target="_blank" rel="nofollow" data-dimension112="8686471e-cbd3-11f1-9b17-5f33e1d03130" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="You want dedicated controlsEverything is combined into a single dial, which might mean it takes a little longer to adjust your settings." data-dimension48="You want dedicated controlsEverything is combined into a single dial, which might mean it takes a little longer to adjust your settings." data-dimension25="">View Deal</a></p></div><div class="product"><p><strong>You’re on a tight budget</strong><br />With the price creeping upwards, this isn’t the cheapest microphone on the market.<a class="view-deal button" href="" target="_blank" rel="nofollow" data-dimension112="86864782-cbd3-11f1-b5ea-0b40bf9cd551" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="You’re on a tight budgetWith the price creeping upwards, this isn’t the cheapest microphone on the market." data-dimension48="You’re on a tight budgetWith the price creeping upwards, this isn’t the cheapest microphone on the market." data-dimension25="">View Deal</a></p></div><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-also-consider"><span>Also consider</span></h2><div class="product"><p><strong>Elgato Wave:3</strong><br />A serious contender for the title of best streaming mic around, the Elgato Wave:3 sounds just as good as it looks. It only has one polar pattern, but with audio quality as impressive as this, that might not matter.</p><p><a href="https://www.techradar.com/reviews/elgato-wave3-review" data-dimension112="868648b8-cbd3-11f1-ac71-499dc72dcf31" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Read our full Elgato Wave:3 review" data-dimension48="Read our full Elgato Wave:3 review" data-dimension25=""><strong>Read our full Elgato Wave:3 review</strong></a><a class="view-deal button" href="" target="_blank" rel="nofollow" data-dimension112="868648b8-cbd3-11f1-ac71-499dc72dcf31" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Read our full Elgato Wave:3 review" data-dimension48="Read our full Elgato Wave:3 review" data-dimension25="">View Deal</a></p></div><div class="product"><p><strong>Razer Seiren V3 Pro</strong><br />Razer’s Seiren V3 Pro is aiming high with its inclusion of 32-bit float and XLR connectivity. It’s fairly pricey, but offers a lot of bang for your buck.</p><p><a href="https://www.techradar.com/computing/peripherals-accessories/razer-seiren-v3-pro" data-dimension112="868649f8-cbd3-11f1-b745-e97b74e36cf4" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Read our full Razer Seiren V3 Pro review" data-dimension48="Read our full Razer Seiren V3 Pro review" data-dimension25=""><strong>Read our full Razer Seiren V3 Pro review</strong></a><a class="view-deal button" href="" target="_blank" rel="nofollow" data-dimension112="868649f8-cbd3-11f1-b745-e97b74e36cf4" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Read our full Razer Seiren V3 Pro review" data-dimension48="Read our full Razer Seiren V3 Pro review" data-dimension25="">View Deal</a></p></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-how-i-tested-the-logitech-yeti-2"><span>How I tested the Logitech Yeti 2</span></h3><ul><li><strong>I tested the mic’s performance during games and on calls with friends. I also made test recordings and compared it to the original Yeti</strong></li><li><strong>I also spent time putting the microphone’s software features through their paces in the Razer G Hub app</strong></li></ul><p>I spent a week testing the microphone on my PC. I called friends to test its performance during gaming sessions and made audio recordings where I directly compared its audio quality with that of the original Yeti mic.</p><ul><li><a href="https://www.techradar.com/news/how-we-test">Read TechRadar’s reviews guarantee</a></li><li><em>First reviewed: October 2026</em></li></ul>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ IDX Complete identity theft protection review ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>Individual cybersecurity could previously be glossed over, but the situation has changed. Cyber threats have become more sophisticated, as malicious actors increasingly deploy artificial intelligence (AI) tools. From AI-generated phishing emails to deepfakes and automated vulnerability scanning, individuals need protection against the widening net of cyberattacks. </p><p>The good thing is that AI also aids in fighting cyberattacks. Cybersecurity tools have become much more sophisticated at countering sneaky methods. To make online protection more accessible, platforms offer all-in-one cybersecurity suites with many features. </p><p>IDX is one example, and I’m reviewing it to see how it stacks up alongside the <a href="https://www.techradar.com/pro/best-data-removal-services-of-year" target="_blank">best data removal services</a> and <a href="https://www.techradar.com/best/best-identity-theft-protection" target="_blank">identity theft protection tools</a> we've tested. Read on to learn about the features you’ll get with an IDX Complete subscription, its pros &amp; cons, and how it fares against competitors.</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-idx-complete-plans-and-pricing"><span>IDX Complete: Plans and pricing</span></h2><p>You can see the full list of services from IDX by <a href="https://www.idx.us/" target="_blank">clicking here</a>. </p><p>IDX offers various pricing plans, but in this review I’m focusing on the Complete bundle. For $33 monthly, this bundle offers a data removal service, password manager, VPN, dark web monitoring, identity theft insurance, and many other features. </p><p>It's a steal compared to paying for each feature separately. Think of having to pay separately for a VPN, password manager, and data removal platform– it can run into $100 a month, compared to a $33-per-month IDX Complete plan.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1940px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.19%;"><img id="ejM8msrhGKJgutXtBSxs55" name="IDX pricing" alt="IDX bundles" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ejM8msrhGKJgutXtBSxs55-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1940" height="1090" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: IDX )</span></figcaption></figure><p>Users who pay annually get a 10% discount compared to paying month-to-month. I’m unimpressed with this discount, as 30% to 50% is the norm for most cybersecurity bundles I’ve reviewed. If I decide to pay for 12 months upfront, I think I deserve more than 10% off, but some platforms disagree.</p><p>IDX also offers a family version of the Complete plan. For $65 per month, the same features on the individual plan are expanded to 2 adults and 5 dependents under 18. It’s built for a conventional family of two parents and several children. </p><p>I’ve reviewed many family cybersecurity bundles and hardly encountered age specifications for users. It’s usually just a limit (e.g., 5 or 10 members) regardless of age, but IDX Complete is the exception. </p><p>IDX doesn’t offer a standard free trial or money-back guarantee. This is another complaint I have about its pricing system.</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-idx-complete-setup"><span>IDX Complete: Setup</span></h2><p>Setting up IDX follows a straightforward pattern. It starts by entering your name and email, then choosing a password. However, there’s an obstacle here. I mentioned that IDX doesn’t offer a free trial—users have to choose a plan and enter payment details before gaining access. It’s a strictly paywalled service, unlike several platforms I’ve tested that offered free trials at the get-go, then requested a payment later.</p><p>After subscribing to the IDX Complete bundle and gaining access, it’s time to start using its security features. IDX offers many features under this bundle, so much that I’ll struggle to cover every one in this review. Instead, I’ll focus on the core features that keep users safe online.</p><p>The first is the ForgetMe data removal service. With this feature, you can scan data broker sites for your personal information. If your information is found on any site, IDX sends automated deletion requests. An IDX scan covers 100+ data broker sites, which isn’t as extensive as designated data removal platforms (many rivals cover 500+ sites), but it’s sufficient to remove your information from the most popular data broker sites.</p><p>The second is the password manager. This tool lets you store passwords securely and, if needed, share them with others. When it’s time to log into any site with a saved password, you’ll simply autofill the details. This tool also checks if your password got compromised in data breach incidents and alerts you immediately– the corrective action is to change the password for every site where you’ve used it. </p><p>The third is the virtual private network (VPN) feature. A VPN encrypts your online traffic by routing it through remote servers—think of surfing the web in the U.K., but using an IP address from faraway Australia. Your identity gets disguised to third parties that want to show you personalized ads or maybe stage malicious attacks. </p><p>A VPN is particularly important when you use public WiFi networks, which are often insecure. When using the IDX VPN, I could choose from roughly 20 server locations. This figure pales compared to dedicated VPN apps, some of which offer 200+ locations from countries down to cities. IDX’s server coverage is nowhere near as widespread, but the VPN worked reliably.</p><p>For U.S.-based users, IDX Complete includes identity theft recovery and insurance. That is, if a user experiences identity theft, IDX experts walk them through the corrective actions (e.g., freezing credit files and closing certain accounts). Users can get reimbursed for damages if they pay for an insurance plan.</p><p>Admittedly, I didn’t get to test the identity theft recovery feature (and hopefully won’t need it soon), but it’s a valuable service when needed.</p><p>From my perspective, IDX Complete doesn’t offer the best of each feature, relative to competitors, but the bundle is unbeatable. It’s not the best VPN compared to standalone VPN apps, nor the best data removal platform compared to rivals. However, offering many cybersecurity features in one cost-effective package is the selling point.</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-idx-complete-ease-of-use"><span>IDX Complete: Ease of use</span></h2><p>IDX offers a modern interface that I liked using. It’s best described as minimal and simple. It’s not too interactive like I’ve found on some apps, yet not too bland. I’ll say it prioritized function over form, with features neatly arranged in places users can easily find them. </p><p>You can access IDX from a web browser or download the mobile app (iOS and Android). I’ve tested various cybersecurity tools that didn’t have mobile apps, so I’ll note that having both iOS and Android apps is a benefit.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1940px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.19%;"><img id="bmzBKHkz9PP78F4HczeZM9" name="IDX interface" alt="IDX interface" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/bmzBKHkz9PP78F4HczeZM9-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1940" height="1090" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: IDX )</span></figcaption></figure><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-idx-complete-security-and-privacy"><span>IDX Complete: Security and privacy</span></h2><p>Given its numerous features, IDX Complete is a highly effective privacy protection tool. With it, you get to kill multiple cybersecurity-related birds with one stone. Better still, you get the numerous features at a lower cost in one bundle compared to paying for each one separately.</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-idx-complete-support"><span>IDX Complete: Support</span></h2><p>IDX users get decent support resources, starting with a Knowledge Center offering detailed user guides, how-tos, and articles discussing emerging cyber threats to watch out for. There’s also an FAQs section that provides solutions to frequently encountered issues. For direct support, users can contact IDX’s staff by filling out an online ticket, and a response is delivered via email.</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-idx-complete-competition"><span>IDX Complete: Competition</span></h2><p>Competition is the name of the game in the cybersecurity niche, with countless platforms offering all-in-one bundles similar to IDX Complete. The PrivacyHawk bundle is the most notable rival I’ll mention. It offers similar personal protection features at an affordable price: $30 per month for the most advanced plan, which includes identity theft protection, dark web monitoring, data removal, and spam filtering. </p><p>Personally, I prefer PrivacyHawk because it offers some free scans to help users test its features, unlike IDX, which requires payment before granting access. PrivacyHawk also has a 30-day money-back guarantee, which IDX doesn’t offer. </p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-idx-complete-final-verdict"><span>IDX Complete: Final verdict</span></h2><p>IDX Complete provides much value for money. For a monthly subscription, you’ll unlock various tools to protect your online privacy, getting a good deal compared to paying for each tool independently. However, I think IDX should offer a standard free trial to attract users. Being hard-paywalled puts it at a competitive disadvantage.  </p> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.techradar.com/pro/idx-complete-identity-theft-protection-review</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ A detailed review of the IDX complete package, covering its features, setup, customer support, pros, and cons. ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">YqQSMieYy8VUU2nsUCk8Yh</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/KuHm2pPPZACeAG2TK3k59e-1920-80.png" type="image/png" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Tue, 27 Oct 2026 07:15:00 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Pro]]></category>
                                                                                                                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Stefan Ionescu ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/HScEiLJfLqxHysU7pcFHaH-320-70.png ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:content type="image/png" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/KuHm2pPPZACeAG2TK3k59e-1920-80.png">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[IDX ]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Website screenshot of IDX (May, 2026)]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Website screenshot of IDX (May, 2026)]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Website screenshot of IDX (May, 2026)]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/KuHm2pPPZACeAG2TK3k59e-1920-80.png" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>Individual cybersecurity could previously be glossed over, but the situation has changed. Cyber threats have become more sophisticated, as malicious actors increasingly deploy artificial intelligence (AI) tools. From AI-generated phishing emails to deepfakes and automated vulnerability scanning, individuals need protection against the widening net of cyberattacks. </p><p>The good thing is that AI also aids in fighting cyberattacks. Cybersecurity tools have become much more sophisticated at countering sneaky methods. To make online protection more accessible, platforms offer all-in-one cybersecurity suites with many features. </p><p>IDX is one example, and I’m reviewing it to see how it stacks up alongside the <a href="https://www.techradar.com/pro/best-data-removal-services-of-year" target="_blank">best data removal services</a> and <a href="https://www.techradar.com/best/best-identity-theft-protection" target="_blank">identity theft protection tools</a> we've tested. Read on to learn about the features you’ll get with an IDX Complete subscription, its pros &amp; cons, and how it fares against competitors.</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-idx-complete-plans-and-pricing"><span>IDX Complete: Plans and pricing</span></h2><p>You can see the full list of services from IDX by <a href="https://www.idx.us/" target="_blank">clicking here</a>. </p><p>IDX offers various pricing plans, but in this review I’m focusing on the Complete bundle. For $33 monthly, this bundle offers a data removal service, password manager, VPN, dark web monitoring, identity theft insurance, and many other features. </p><p>It's a steal compared to paying for each feature separately. Think of having to pay separately for a VPN, password manager, and data removal platform– it can run into $100 a month, compared to a $33-per-month IDX Complete plan.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1940px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.19%;"><img id="ejM8msrhGKJgutXtBSxs55" name="IDX pricing" alt="IDX bundles" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ejM8msrhGKJgutXtBSxs55-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1940" height="1090" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: IDX )</span></figcaption></figure><p>Users who pay annually get a 10% discount compared to paying month-to-month. I’m unimpressed with this discount, as 30% to 50% is the norm for most cybersecurity bundles I’ve reviewed. If I decide to pay for 12 months upfront, I think I deserve more than 10% off, but some platforms disagree.</p><p>IDX also offers a family version of the Complete plan. For $65 per month, the same features on the individual plan are expanded to 2 adults and 5 dependents under 18. It’s built for a conventional family of two parents and several children. </p><p>I’ve reviewed many family cybersecurity bundles and hardly encountered age specifications for users. It’s usually just a limit (e.g., 5 or 10 members) regardless of age, but IDX Complete is the exception. </p><p>IDX doesn’t offer a standard free trial or money-back guarantee. This is another complaint I have about its pricing system.</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-idx-complete-setup"><span>IDX Complete: Setup</span></h2><p>Setting up IDX follows a straightforward pattern. It starts by entering your name and email, then choosing a password. However, there’s an obstacle here. I mentioned that IDX doesn’t offer a free trial—users have to choose a plan and enter payment details before gaining access. It’s a strictly paywalled service, unlike several platforms I’ve tested that offered free trials at the get-go, then requested a payment later.</p><p>After subscribing to the IDX Complete bundle and gaining access, it’s time to start using its security features. IDX offers many features under this bundle, so much that I’ll struggle to cover every one in this review. Instead, I’ll focus on the core features that keep users safe online.</p><p>The first is the ForgetMe data removal service. With this feature, you can scan data broker sites for your personal information. If your information is found on any site, IDX sends automated deletion requests. An IDX scan covers 100+ data broker sites, which isn’t as extensive as designated data removal platforms (many rivals cover 500+ sites), but it’s sufficient to remove your information from the most popular data broker sites.</p><p>The second is the password manager. This tool lets you store passwords securely and, if needed, share them with others. When it’s time to log into any site with a saved password, you’ll simply autofill the details. This tool also checks if your password got compromised in data breach incidents and alerts you immediately– the corrective action is to change the password for every site where you’ve used it. </p><p>The third is the virtual private network (VPN) feature. A VPN encrypts your online traffic by routing it through remote servers—think of surfing the web in the U.K., but using an IP address from faraway Australia. Your identity gets disguised to third parties that want to show you personalized ads or maybe stage malicious attacks. </p><p>A VPN is particularly important when you use public WiFi networks, which are often insecure. When using the IDX VPN, I could choose from roughly 20 server locations. This figure pales compared to dedicated VPN apps, some of which offer 200+ locations from countries down to cities. IDX’s server coverage is nowhere near as widespread, but the VPN worked reliably.</p><p>For U.S.-based users, IDX Complete includes identity theft recovery and insurance. That is, if a user experiences identity theft, IDX experts walk them through the corrective actions (e.g., freezing credit files and closing certain accounts). Users can get reimbursed for damages if they pay for an insurance plan.</p><p>Admittedly, I didn’t get to test the identity theft recovery feature (and hopefully won’t need it soon), but it’s a valuable service when needed.</p><p>From my perspective, IDX Complete doesn’t offer the best of each feature, relative to competitors, but the bundle is unbeatable. It’s not the best VPN compared to standalone VPN apps, nor the best data removal platform compared to rivals. However, offering many cybersecurity features in one cost-effective package is the selling point.</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-idx-complete-ease-of-use"><span>IDX Complete: Ease of use</span></h2><p>IDX offers a modern interface that I liked using. It’s best described as minimal and simple. It’s not too interactive like I’ve found on some apps, yet not too bland. I’ll say it prioritized function over form, with features neatly arranged in places users can easily find them. </p><p>You can access IDX from a web browser or download the mobile app (iOS and Android). I’ve tested various cybersecurity tools that didn’t have mobile apps, so I’ll note that having both iOS and Android apps is a benefit.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1940px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.19%;"><img id="bmzBKHkz9PP78F4HczeZM9" name="IDX interface" alt="IDX interface" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/bmzBKHkz9PP78F4HczeZM9-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1940" height="1090" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: IDX )</span></figcaption></figure><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-idx-complete-security-and-privacy"><span>IDX Complete: Security and privacy</span></h2><p>Given its numerous features, IDX Complete is a highly effective privacy protection tool. With it, you get to kill multiple cybersecurity-related birds with one stone. Better still, you get the numerous features at a lower cost in one bundle compared to paying for each one separately.</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-idx-complete-support"><span>IDX Complete: Support</span></h2><p>IDX users get decent support resources, starting with a Knowledge Center offering detailed user guides, how-tos, and articles discussing emerging cyber threats to watch out for. There’s also an FAQs section that provides solutions to frequently encountered issues. For direct support, users can contact IDX’s staff by filling out an online ticket, and a response is delivered via email.</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-idx-complete-competition"><span>IDX Complete: Competition</span></h2><p>Competition is the name of the game in the cybersecurity niche, with countless platforms offering all-in-one bundles similar to IDX Complete. The PrivacyHawk bundle is the most notable rival I’ll mention. It offers similar personal protection features at an affordable price: $30 per month for the most advanced plan, which includes identity theft protection, dark web monitoring, data removal, and spam filtering. </p><p>Personally, I prefer PrivacyHawk because it offers some free scans to help users test its features, unlike IDX, which requires payment before granting access. PrivacyHawk also has a 30-day money-back guarantee, which IDX doesn’t offer. </p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-idx-complete-final-verdict"><span>IDX Complete: Final verdict</span></h2><p>IDX Complete provides much value for money. For a monthly subscription, you’ll unlock various tools to protect your online privacy, getting a good deal compared to paying for each tool independently. However, I think IDX should offer a standard free trial to attract users. Being hard-paywalled puts it at a competitive disadvantage.  </p>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ De'Longhi Magnifica Start review: good coffee, confusing controls ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-de-longhi-magnifica-start-two-minute-review"><span>De'Longhi Magnifica Start: Two-minute review</span></h2><p>The De'Longhi Magnifica Start is one of the Italian manufacturer's more affordable automatic bean-to-cup coffee machines, designed to take much of the effort out of preparing fresh coffee at home. It doesn't offer the extensive drinks menu or customization options of more expensive models, but it benefits from the company's LatteCrema automatic milk frothing system, making it a potentially appealing choice for anyone who enjoys milk-based coffee.</p><p>The particular model I have on test here, the ECAM220.61.W, offers just four one-touch functions — namely espresso, coffee, latte macchiato and hot water — meaning only three are actually coffee drinks. Other versions of the Magnifica Start offer different selections, so it's worth double-checking exactly which model you're buying.</p><p>Despite its relatively basic specification, this Magnifica Start is a good-looking machine, with a smart white finish and a minimalist control panel. It certainly looks like it should be straightforward to operate but, as I discovered, it takes a little time to master.</p><p>The controls aren't quite as intuitive as those on some other machines I've tested, such as the <a href="https://www.techradar.com/home/coffee-machines/kitchenaid-kf2-review">KitchenAid KF2</a>, which offers similar functionality but has clearly labelled buttons that make preparing coffee incredibly straightforward. The Magnifica Start's steeper learning curve isn't necessarily a deal breaker, but it's something to be aware of.</p><p>There are plenty of positives, though. Espresso shots are consistently well extracted with an appealing layer of crema, and I was impressed by how quickly the machine could prepare them, taking just 30 seconds from pressing the button to the finished drink. I did, however, find that adjusting the grinder to a slightly coarser setting produced a noticeably more satisfying flavor.</p><p>The LatteCrema system also impressed me, producing a generous amount of foam with a pleasing texture using oat milk. While I still prefer the finer control offered by a traditional steam wand, it's still a capable alternative for anyone who wants the convenience of automatic milk frothing. The clearly marked milk carafe also takes thesome guesswork out of preparing drinks, while dishwasher-safe components help make cleaning easier.</p><p>Honestly, for just a one- or two-person household, it’s easy to recommend the De'Longhi Magnifica Start, especially since its compact design makes it a good option for smaller kitchens, too. It may require a little patience initially, as the brewing adjustments aren’t as intuitive as I would have liked, but the results are worth spending that little extra time at the start to familiarize yourself with the instructions.</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-de-longhi-magnifica-start-review-price-and-availability"><span>De'Longhi Magnifica Start review: Price and availability</span></h2><ul><li><strong>Different variants of the Magnifica Start are available in different markets</strong></li><li><strong>Model on test available in the UK and Australia; US version comes with an additional preset</strong></li><li><strong>List price: $749.95 / £399.99 / AU$799</strong></li></ul><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="KyvrV6KLoSMC2KsuEEiqTD" name="DeLonghi_Magnifica_Start2" alt="De'Longhi Magnifica Start on a kitchen table" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/KyvrV6KLoSMC2KsuEEiqTD-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future / Max Langridge)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The Magnifica Start is the entry-level machine within De’Longhi’s wider selection of automatic coffee makers. Within it, however, there are multiple variants that may look virtually identical, yet offer different features, so it's important to pay attention to the model number.</p><p>For example, the exact model number of my review unit is ECAM220.61.W, which is only available in Australia for AU$799, exclusively through De'Longhi's online store. A black variant, with model number ECAM220.63.B, is available at a wider selection of third-party retailers, although it replaces the ‘latte macchiato’ preset on my review model with ‘cappuccino mix’. There’s yet another model that replaces the LatteCrema system with a manual steam wand. </p><p>While this particular white model is specific to Australia, similar versions are available internationally. In the US, for example, the comparable <a href="https://www.delonghi.com/en-us/p/magnifica-start-magnifica-start-automatic-coffee-maker-ecam22080b-ex1/ECAM22080B%2BEX%3A1.html">ECAM22080B</a> retails for $749.95, but benefits from an additional cappuccino preset, bringing its total number of one-touch functions to five.</p><p>In the UK meanwhile, the <a href="https://www.delonghi.com/en-gb/p/magnifica-start-magnifica-start-automatic-coffee-maker-ecam220.61.gb/ECAM220.61.GB.html">ECAM220.61.GB</a> is a closely related model finished in dark grey. It offers the same four one-touch functions as the model reviewed and carries a £399.99 recommended retail price.</p><p>Given its limited selection of drinks, the Magnifica Start can be compared with the <a href="https://www.techradar.com/home/coffee-machines/kitchenaid-kf2-review">KitchenAid KF2</a> released earlier in 2026. It, too, has a relatively small selection of presets, although it uses a Pannarello steam wand for milk frothing as opposed to the automatic LatteCrema system on the De'Longhi. The KF2 also adds iced coffee to the mix, although I found the results to be something of a mixed bag.</p><p>On price alone, the Magnifica Start is the clear winner of the two. However, I have to mention the <a href="https://www.techradar.com/reviews/ninja-luxe-cafe">Ninja Luxe Café</a> as a viable alternative. It retails for $599.99 / £579.99 / AU$849 (or less as it’s often discounted), and while it might be a more hands-on machine, it offers considerably greater versatility than the De’Longhi, including the ability to prepare cold brew and filter coffee.</p><p>There's also the option of moving up, both in price and size, to the <a href="https://www.techradar.com/home/coffee-machines/delonghi-magnifica-evo-next-review">De'Longhi Magnifica Evo Next,</a> which retails for $1,099.95 / £649.96 / AU$1,149. It uses a similar brewing system to the Magnifica Start, but offers a more comprehensive selection of drink presets and a colour display for easier navigation. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="FBuV8qpLXutUcfTvFJbo4D" name="DeLonghi_Magnifica_Start3" alt="De'Longhi Magnifica Start bean hopper with lid removed." src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/FBuV8qpLXutUcfTvFJbo4D-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future / Max Langridge)</span></figcaption></figure><ul><li><strong>Value score: 4 / 5</strong></li></ul><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-de-longhi-magnifica-start-review-specs"><span>De’Longhi Magnifica Start review: specs</span></h2><div ><table><thead><tr><th class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Category</strong></p></th><th  ><p><strong>Specification</strong></p></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Type</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Fully automatic bean-to-cup espresso machine</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Dimensions (HWD)</strong></p></td><td  ><p>13.78 x 9.45 x 17.32 inches / 350 x 240 x 440mm</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Weight</strong></p></td><td  ><p>20.3 lbs / 9.2 kg</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Water tank capacity</strong></p></td><td  ><p>1.9 quarts / 1.8 liters</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Steam wand</strong></p></td><td  ><p>No (Includes automatic LatteCrema Hot carafe / Hot water spout)</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Max pressure</strong></p></td><td  ><p>15 bar</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Model number</strong></p></td><td  ><p>ECAM22061W</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-de-longhi-magnifica-start-review-design"><span>De'Longhi Magnifica Start review: Design</span></h2><ul><li><strong>Attractive, compact design with a minimalist control panel</strong></li><li><strong>Only three coffee presets on model reviewed, with no dedicated cappuccino or hot-milk function</strong></li><li><strong>Clearly marked milk carafe and dishwasher-safe components</strong></li></ul><p>No matter which model of the De'Longhi Magnifica Start is available in your location, they’re all identical. The only real differences are whether it uses the LatteCrema system or a steam wand, the color of the machine and the number of drink recipes it offers. </p><p>It’s an attractive coffee machine, particularly in the glossy white finish of the model sent for this review. The Magnifica Start has a relatively minimalist appearance, with a predominantly plastic construction and a black control panel providing some contrast. I’d argue it doesn't have quite the same premium appeal as the KitchenAid KF2 and <a href="https://www.techradar.com/home/coffee-machines/kitchenaid-kf3-review">KitchenAid KF3</a> I've reviewed previously, but I think it looks smart enough for most kitchens.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="NaaAPeVP3pfzZxeyoDubRD" name="DeLonghi_Magnifica_Start4" alt="De'Longhi Magnifica Start" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/NaaAPeVP3pfzZxeyoDubRD-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future / Max Langridge)</span></figcaption></figure><p>It measures 24 x 44 x 35cm (W x D x H), making it a relatively compact appliance for a fully automatic coffee machine. That said, its 24cm width might be a small footprint, but its 44cm depth is worth considering if you have a particularly narrow countertop.</p><p>The machine's compact dimensions should also make it a reasonable option for kitchens with low-hanging cabinets. You will, of course, need some clearance above it to remove the lid and refill the hopper, but I didn't find accessing it to be particularly troublesome.</p><p>The bean hopper, located on top of the machine towards the rear, can accommodate up to 250g of beans and is covered by a lid that  unfortunately doesn't form a completely airtight seal, meaning the beans will lose freshness if left in the hopper for more than a couple of days.</p><p>The Magnifica Start also accepts pre-ground coffee via a separate chute on top of the machine, and a measuring scoop is included in the box. While I'd generally recommend using freshly ground beans wherever possible, it's a useful addition if you occasionally fancy a decaf but don't want to empty the hopper of your regular beans.</p><p>Another design feature I appreciate is the positioning of the water reservoir, which slides out from the front-right side of the machine. I praised this same arrangement in my De’Longhi Magnifica Evo Next review, and I'm pleased to see it make an appearance on a more entry-level model. It makes refilling the tank incredibly easy, particularly compared with machines that have their reservoirs located at the rear — like those from KitchenAid — and might require you to move the entire machine to gain access.</p><figure role="gallery"><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/WB9ZkDxzVnpNKGe4qEk4UD-1920-80.jpg" alt="De'Longhi Magnifica Start side water tank removed" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Future / Max Langridge</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/EJRNY4nAJ3PkXJSgLFXsuC-1920-80.jpg" alt="De'Longhi Magnifica Start hot water spout close up" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Future / Max Langridge</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/TUjby3wy5cMhnVC436bN6D-1920-80.jpg" alt="De'Longhi Magnifica Start milk carafe close up" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Future / Max Langridge</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/poMeLx2EMqNdASzoZZusPD-1920-80.jpg" alt="Used coffee puck bin on the De'Longhi Magnifica Start" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Future / Max Langridge</small></figcaption></figure></figure><p>The reservoir also looks deceptively small, but holds a generous 1.8L of water, matching the capacity of the more expensive Magnifica Evo Next. The drip tray covers the entire depth of the machine and slides out from the front, along with the internal container that collects used coffee grounds. The latter can hold up to 14 coffee pucks before needing to be emptied — far more generous than the <a href="https://www.techradar.com/home/coffee-machines/kitchenaid-kf4-review">KitchenAid KF4</a> that I use at home, which can only hold six or seven used pucks before it needs emptying.</p><p>On the front, you'll find the removable LatteCrema milk carafe, which attaches alongside the height-adjustable coffee dispensing spouts. It slots into place easily and takes care of milk frothing automatically, removing the need for a separate steam wand. The carafe can be swapped out for a water spout if you wish to pour hot water for a tea instead.</p><p>The particular model under test here features De'Longhi's LatteCrema Hot system, although more expensive models, such as the Eletta Explore, can also come with a separate LatteCrema Cool carafe for preparing cold milk foam. Its absence here isn't especially surprising given the Magnifica Start's more affordable positioning.</p><p>One feature I particularly appreciate here is the measurement markings on the carafe to indicate how much milk you should add for your chosen drink. This helps minimize waste, especially if you're only making coffee for one person. Interestingly, there are markings for ‘cappuccino’ and ‘cappuccino mix’ coffees, neither of which is available as a preset on this particular Magnifica Start, but is a present for the model sold in the US. The carafe also has an automatic cleaning function, while several removable components, including the drip tray and milk carafe, are dishwasher-safe.</p><p>The control panel is similarly minimalist, with four prominent drink icons and separate buttons for adjusting coffee strength and accessing other settings and functions, such as cleaning modes. On the surface, it looks incredibly straightforward, which is exactly what I'd expect from a machine offering such a limited selection of drinks.</p><p>However, I didn't find it quite as intuitive as I'd hoped. The layout initially led me to believe I should select my desired drink before adjusting its strength, whereas the machine actually requires you to select the strength first. It's something that becomes easier with familiarity, but I do think the controls could have been better explained.</p><p>The Magnifica Start lacks dedicated user profiles, something that I’ve come to appreciate on other automatic espresso machines I’ve reviewed. While you can customize individual drink quantities and adjust coffee strength, there’s only one saved volume setting per recipe.</p><p>This means that if two people prefer different-sized coffees, they’ll have to keep adjusting the programmed volumes to suit their tastes. Combined with its limited selection of drinks, I think this makes the Magnifica Start best suited to a single person or couple, particularly if both enjoy similar coffees. Larger households with different preferences would likely benefit from a machine with user profiles and a more extensive drink menu. </p><ul><li><strong>Design score: 4 / 5</strong></li></ul><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-de-longhi-magnifica-start-review-performance"><span>De'Longhi Magnifica Start review: Performance</span></h2><ul><li><strong>Consistent espresso extraction with a good layer of crema</strong></li><li><strong>LatteCrema produces impressive milk texture, although a manual steam wand offers greater control</strong></li><li><strong>Quick coffee preparation, but some functions take time to master</strong></li></ul><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="s8b55MEtfBVJLvpu778FiC" name="DeLonghi_Magnifica_Start11" alt="Close up of control panel on De'Longhi Magnifica Start" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/s8b55MEtfBVJLvpu778FiC-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future / Max Langridge)</span></figcaption></figure><p>As with any bean-to-cup coffee machine, the most important consideration is how well the De'Longhi Magnifica Start actually makes the drink. Ease of use is a close second, especially for a machine designed to simplify the process of preparing your favourite drinks at home.</p><p>My first experience with the Magnifica Start was something of a mixed bag.</p><p>Setting it up was relatively straightforward, but I soon discovered that getting it to produce the exact drink I wanted would require some experimentation. My first latte macchiato, for example, dispensed considerably more liquid than I had anticipated, almost causing my cup to overflow.</p><p>Part of the problem is that there's no clear indication of precisely how much coffee or milk each preset will dispense, at least not without referring to the full user manual on De'Longhi's website. </p><p>While coffee strength can be adjusted before preparing each drink, there's only one saved volume setting per recipe. To adjust the volume of any drink, press and hold its dedicated button for a few seconds until the light blinks rapidly. The built-in grinder will have already kicked into action, which is normal. Once the coffee (or milk if you’re customizing the latte macchiato) reaches your desired level, press the same drink button again and the settings will be saved.</p><p>Once I'd figured out the process, I was able to customize the volume of my latte macchiato successfully, and the Magnifica Start remembered my settings for subsequent drinks. However, restoring the original quantity isn't quite as convenient. While it's possible to reset drink volumes to their factory defaults, doing so also resets all other settings and customized recipes. This seems unnecessarily cumbersome if you simply want to undo a change to one drink.</p><p>While I appreciate that all automatic coffee machines require some familiarization, I found myself returning to the user manual more often than I'd expected from a machine with such a limited selection of drinks.</p><p>There's also an amusing inconsistency in the setup guidance, which recommends preparing several cappuccinos before expecting the machine to deliver its best results. That's perfectly reasonable advice for a machine with a cappuccino preset, but this particular version of the Magnifica Start doesn't have one. It's a minor detail, admittedly, but it adds to the impression that the instructions aren't tailored as carefully as they could be to the individual machine.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="55ZsKz9TyuoUcn3QqDybJD" name="DeLonghi_Magnifica_Start5" alt="De'Longhi Magnifica Start with a coffee pouring into a glass cup" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/55ZsKz9TyuoUcn3QqDybJD-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future / Max Langridge)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Fortunately, when it comes to actually making coffee, the Magnifica Start has proved to be a reliable performer. After preparing several espressos, I found extraction quality to be consistently good, with each shot producing an appealing layer of golden-caramel crema. The results were remarkably similar from one coffee to the next, suggesting the machine has little trouble delivering a repeatable extraction.</p><p>I wasn't initially sold on the flavor, however, particularly as I've used the same beans in other machines, including KitchenAid's semi-automatic and fully automatic models, with more satisfying results. Fortunately, adjusting the grinder to produce a slightly coarser grind had a noticeably positive effect, resulting in a more enjoyable espresso. It goes to show that while the Magnifica Start is capable of producing good coffee, some experimentation may be required to get the best results.</p><p>The De’Longhi Magnifica Start doesn’t feature any kind of intelligent grind adjustment — De’Longhi does have its own BeanAdapt technology to do just that, but it’s reserved for its higher-end models — so you’ll need to adjust the grind yourself if you’re not totally satisfied with the results. </p><p>By default, the grinder is set to position four of seven, which De’Longhi claims “has been factory set to ensure that coffee is prepared correctly”. If coffee is being dispensed particularly slowly, the grind may be too fine, in which case De'Longhi recommends adjusting the dial towards a higher number. You’ll need to turn the grind dial, found inside the bean hopper, towards a higher number. Conversely, if you want a fuller bodied or creamier coffee, then you’ll need to turn the dial towards position one. In either case, the grind dial should only be adjusted when the grinder is in motion, and it takes at least two poured coffees for results to take effect.</p><p>I was pleased with the temperature of the finished coffee, which I found to be comfortably hot without being unpleasant to drink. If you prefer your coffee a little hotter or cooler, the brewing temperature can be adjusted through the machine's settings.</p><p>What surprised me most, however, was just how quickly the Magnifica Start could prepare an espresso. I timed it at just 30 seconds from pressing the espresso button to the finished drink, which is impressively brisk for a machine that grinds fresh beans for each cup.</p><p>It's also relatively quiet in operation. I recorded an average noise level of approximately 69dB using decibelX app in my iPhone in a quiet room and standing right in front of the machine, rising to around 74dB during grinding before dropping to 65dB while brewing. While the grinder is clearly audible, I never found the noise particularly intrusive, especially given how quickly the machine completes the process.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="bcnRpK7WBHwMSTRsWA68SD" name="DeLonghi_Magnifica_Start8" alt="Milk pouring into glass cup from De'Longhi Magnifica Start" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/bcnRpK7WBHwMSTRsWA68SD-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future / Max Langridge)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Milk-based drinks take a little longer to brew, as the LatteCrema system needs time to heat up before it can start dispensing milk. Even so, the overall process remains convenient, particularly as there's no need to manually froth milk or transfer it between containers.</p><p>Speaking of which, I was pleasantly surprised by the performance of the LatteCrema milk frothing system. I've used it on other De'Longhi coffee machines in the past and haven't always been completely convinced by its ability to produce the milk texture I prefer, particularly when using plant-based alternatives.</p><p>This time, however, the results have been noticeably better. Using oat milk, the Magnifica Start produced a generous amount of foam with a satisfyingly smooth texture, making for a more convincing latte macchiato than I had anticipated. I achieved similar results with dairy milk too.</p><p>That being said, it's worth mentioning that the type of milk used can have a significant impact on frothing performance. If you’re using non-dairy varieties, it’s always recommended to use barista-style versions, as these are generally formulated to produce a more stable foam.</p><p>I still prefer the results I can achieve with a traditional steam wand and, while I haven't had the chance to use it myself, a version of the De’Longhi Magnifica Start is available with one. A manual wand gives me far greater control over how much air I introduce into the milk, allowing me to create the finer, silkier microfoam I typically prefer for a flat white.</p><p>But manual frothing also requires more skill and effort, and that's where the LatteCrema system makes a strong case for itself. For anyone who values convenience over having complete control of their milk texture, it's a capable set-and-forget solution that produces pleasing results with minimal input.</p><ul><li><strong>Performance score: 4 / 5</strong></li></ul><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-should-you-buy-the-de-longhi-magnifica-start"><span>Should you buy the De'Longhi Magnifica Start?</span></h2><div ><table><caption>De'Longhi Magnifica Start scorecard</caption><thead><tr><th class="firstcol " ><p>Attribute</p></th><th  ><p>Notes</p></th><th  ><p>Score</p></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Value</p></td><td  ><p>One of the more affordable automatic coffee machines I’ve tested, although it’s possible to find alternatives that offer features for not much extra cash.</p></td><td  ><p>4 / 5</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Design</p></td><td  ><p>A smart-looking, compact machine that will fit in most kitchens, but its controls will take some time to learn.</p></td><td  ><p>4 / 5</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Performance</p></td><td  ><p>Consistently good espresso after some grind adjustment, quick preparation and impressive automatic milk frothing, although customization could be more intuitive.</p></td><td  ><p>4 / 5</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h2 id="buy-it-if-13">Buy it if...</h2><div class="product"><p><strong>You want a straightforward selection of coffee drinks</strong></p><p>If you primarily drink espresso, black coffee or latte macchiato, the Magnifica Start offers those essentials without overwhelming you with dozens of options.</p></div><div class="product"><p><strong>You want automatic milk frothing</strong></p><p>The LatteCrema system takes care of frothing milk for you, and its removable carafe has measurements to help minimize waste.</p></div><div class="product"><p><strong>You want a coffee machine that's easy to clean</strong></p><p>An automatic milk-system cleaning function and dishwasher-safe components should make routine maintenance easier.</p></div><h2 id="don-39-t-buy-it-if-11">Don't buy it if...</h2><div class="product"><p><strong>You enjoy a wide variety of coffee drinks</strong></p><p>With no dedicated cappuccino, flat white or standalone hot-milk function, this particular Magnifica Start is one of the more limited automatic machines I've tested.</p></div><div class="product"><p><strong>You expect completely intuitive controls</strong></p><p>The buttons look simple enough, but understanding how to adjust drink strength and serving sizes requires a little patience.</p></div><div class="product"><p><strong>You want plenty of drink customization</strong></p><p>While you can adjust coffee strength and drink length, you don't get the extensive personalization available on more expensive automatic coffee machines.</p></div><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-de-longhi-magnifica-start-review-also-consider"><span>De'Longhi Magnifica Start review: Also consider</span></h2><div class="product"><p><strong>KitchenAid KF2</strong><br />The KF2 is just as compact as the De'Longhi, and also has a limited selection of drinks, but I found it easier to use. The steam wand is more reliable for producing thick, velvety foam too.</p><p><strong>Read my full </strong><a href="https://www.techradar.com/home/coffee-machines/kitchenaid-kf2-review" target="_blank" data-dimension112="4e070942-d19f-11f1-b80e-190f5050c702" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Read my full KitchenAid KF2 review" data-dimension48="Read my full KitchenAid KF2 review" data-dimension25=""><strong>KitchenAid KF2 review</strong></a></p></div><div class="product"><p><strong>Ninja Luxe Café</strong><br />This 3-in-1 machine from Ninja can do espresso, cold brew and drip coffee, all for a similar price as the De'Longhi. It does require more manual input than the fully automatic Magnifica Start, but it's near-foolproof control system will have you experimenting with your morning brew in no time. </p><p><strong>Read our full </strong><a href="https://www.techradar.com/reviews/ninja-luxe-cafe" target="_blank" data-dimension112="2ebf76c8-d1ae-11f1-adeb-27465cf419a1" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Read our full Ninja Luxe Café review" data-dimension48="Read our full Ninja Luxe Café review" data-dimension25=""><strong>Ninja Luxe Café review</strong></a></p></div><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-how-i-tested-the-de-longhi-magnifica-start"><span>How I tested the De'Longhi Magnifica Start</span></h2><p>I tested the De'Longhi Magnifica Start in the TechRadar Australia office kitchen, using it to prepare coffee with Campos Superior beans, a medium-dark blend that’s roasted locally in Sydney, Australia, where I’m based. </p><p>I prepared multiple espresso and milk-based drinks to assess extraction consistency, flavour and milk texture, using both dairy milk and barista-style oat milk. I also experimented with the grinder settings to determine their effect on espresso flavour.</p><p>I evaluated how straightforward the machine was to set up and use, paying particular attention to its control panel and customization options. I used a measuring cup to check that customized drink volumes were remembered correctly, and recorded the time taken to prepare an espresso, along with noise levels during grinding and brewing.</p><p><a href="https://www.techradar.com/news/how-we-test">Read more about how we test</a></p><p><em>First tested October 2026</em></p> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.techradar.com/home/coffee-machines/delonghi-magnifica-start-review</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ This compact espresso machine is a great option for smaller kitchens, just be prepared to spend a bit of time learning the ropes first. ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">CeFu3ZZEAAAN4ZxTKCHUtF</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/C72eYHXAYqHD8oq3278TLD-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Tue, 27 Oct 2026 06:00:17 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Coffee Machines]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Home]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Small Appliances]]></category>
                                                                                                                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Max Langridge ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/pXMX9MmfSBxA6jPrQ23WVb-320-70.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ &lt;p&gt;Max is a senior staff writer for TechRadar, covering home entertainment and audio first, searching for the best NBN plans second and virtually anything else that falls under the consumer electronics umbrella third. Max started his career at What Hi-Fi?. In the three years he spent there, he went from not knowing what a DAC was, to demonstrating expert knowledge of brands, their latest releases and which ones could be deemed the best. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;He took this knowledge and newfound passion across to Pocket-lint, where he spent a couple of years getting stuck into reviewing soundbars, headphones, home speaker systems and TVs, alongside producing a range of news and features for the day-to-day running of the site. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Max generated a new passion for fitness and health in the last few years, not only learning about how to keep himself fit in the gym, but how a range of wearable devices can prove to be expert assistants. He continued his writing in the men’s lifestyle space, before returning to consumer technology with Future where he is now also the editor of Australian Hi-Fi and Audio Esoterica magazines.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;When he’s got some spare time, Max takes himself to the gym. He has dreams of one day learning to DJ.&lt;/p&gt; ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/C72eYHXAYqHD8oq3278TLD-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Future / Max Langridge]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[De&#039;Longhi Magnifica Start]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[De&#039;Longhi Magnifica Start]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[De&#039;Longhi Magnifica Start]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/C72eYHXAYqHD8oq3278TLD-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-de-longhi-magnifica-start-two-minute-review"><span>De'Longhi Magnifica Start: Two-minute review</span></h2><p>The De'Longhi Magnifica Start is one of the Italian manufacturer's more affordable automatic bean-to-cup coffee machines, designed to take much of the effort out of preparing fresh coffee at home. It doesn't offer the extensive drinks menu or customization options of more expensive models, but it benefits from the company's LatteCrema automatic milk frothing system, making it a potentially appealing choice for anyone who enjoys milk-based coffee.</p><p>The particular model I have on test here, the ECAM220.61.W, offers just four one-touch functions — namely espresso, coffee, latte macchiato and hot water — meaning only three are actually coffee drinks. Other versions of the Magnifica Start offer different selections, so it's worth double-checking exactly which model you're buying.</p><p>Despite its relatively basic specification, this Magnifica Start is a good-looking machine, with a smart white finish and a minimalist control panel. It certainly looks like it should be straightforward to operate but, as I discovered, it takes a little time to master.</p><p>The controls aren't quite as intuitive as those on some other machines I've tested, such as the <a href="https://www.techradar.com/home/coffee-machines/kitchenaid-kf2-review">KitchenAid KF2</a>, which offers similar functionality but has clearly labelled buttons that make preparing coffee incredibly straightforward. The Magnifica Start's steeper learning curve isn't necessarily a deal breaker, but it's something to be aware of.</p><p>There are plenty of positives, though. Espresso shots are consistently well extracted with an appealing layer of crema, and I was impressed by how quickly the machine could prepare them, taking just 30 seconds from pressing the button to the finished drink. I did, however, find that adjusting the grinder to a slightly coarser setting produced a noticeably more satisfying flavor.</p><p>The LatteCrema system also impressed me, producing a generous amount of foam with a pleasing texture using oat milk. While I still prefer the finer control offered by a traditional steam wand, it's still a capable alternative for anyone who wants the convenience of automatic milk frothing. The clearly marked milk carafe also takes thesome guesswork out of preparing drinks, while dishwasher-safe components help make cleaning easier.</p><p>Honestly, for just a one- or two-person household, it’s easy to recommend the De'Longhi Magnifica Start, especially since its compact design makes it a good option for smaller kitchens, too. It may require a little patience initially, as the brewing adjustments aren’t as intuitive as I would have liked, but the results are worth spending that little extra time at the start to familiarize yourself with the instructions.</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-de-longhi-magnifica-start-review-price-and-availability"><span>De'Longhi Magnifica Start review: Price and availability</span></h2><ul><li><strong>Different variants of the Magnifica Start are available in different markets</strong></li><li><strong>Model on test available in the UK and Australia; US version comes with an additional preset</strong></li><li><strong>List price: $749.95 / £399.99 / AU$799</strong></li></ul><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="KyvrV6KLoSMC2KsuEEiqTD" name="DeLonghi_Magnifica_Start2" alt="De'Longhi Magnifica Start on a kitchen table" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/KyvrV6KLoSMC2KsuEEiqTD-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future / Max Langridge)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The Magnifica Start is the entry-level machine within De’Longhi’s wider selection of automatic coffee makers. Within it, however, there are multiple variants that may look virtually identical, yet offer different features, so it's important to pay attention to the model number.</p><p>For example, the exact model number of my review unit is ECAM220.61.W, which is only available in Australia for AU$799, exclusively through De'Longhi's online store. A black variant, with model number ECAM220.63.B, is available at a wider selection of third-party retailers, although it replaces the ‘latte macchiato’ preset on my review model with ‘cappuccino mix’. There’s yet another model that replaces the LatteCrema system with a manual steam wand. </p><p>While this particular white model is specific to Australia, similar versions are available internationally. In the US, for example, the comparable <a href="https://www.delonghi.com/en-us/p/magnifica-start-magnifica-start-automatic-coffee-maker-ecam22080b-ex1/ECAM22080B%2BEX%3A1.html">ECAM22080B</a> retails for $749.95, but benefits from an additional cappuccino preset, bringing its total number of one-touch functions to five.</p><p>In the UK meanwhile, the <a href="https://www.delonghi.com/en-gb/p/magnifica-start-magnifica-start-automatic-coffee-maker-ecam220.61.gb/ECAM220.61.GB.html">ECAM220.61.GB</a> is a closely related model finished in dark grey. It offers the same four one-touch functions as the model reviewed and carries a £399.99 recommended retail price.</p><p>Given its limited selection of drinks, the Magnifica Start can be compared with the <a href="https://www.techradar.com/home/coffee-machines/kitchenaid-kf2-review">KitchenAid KF2</a> released earlier in 2026. It, too, has a relatively small selection of presets, although it uses a Pannarello steam wand for milk frothing as opposed to the automatic LatteCrema system on the De'Longhi. The KF2 also adds iced coffee to the mix, although I found the results to be something of a mixed bag.</p><p>On price alone, the Magnifica Start is the clear winner of the two. However, I have to mention the <a href="https://www.techradar.com/reviews/ninja-luxe-cafe">Ninja Luxe Café</a> as a viable alternative. It retails for $599.99 / £579.99 / AU$849 (or less as it’s often discounted), and while it might be a more hands-on machine, it offers considerably greater versatility than the De’Longhi, including the ability to prepare cold brew and filter coffee.</p><p>There's also the option of moving up, both in price and size, to the <a href="https://www.techradar.com/home/coffee-machines/delonghi-magnifica-evo-next-review">De'Longhi Magnifica Evo Next,</a> which retails for $1,099.95 / £649.96 / AU$1,149. It uses a similar brewing system to the Magnifica Start, but offers a more comprehensive selection of drink presets and a colour display for easier navigation. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="FBuV8qpLXutUcfTvFJbo4D" name="DeLonghi_Magnifica_Start3" alt="De'Longhi Magnifica Start bean hopper with lid removed." src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/FBuV8qpLXutUcfTvFJbo4D-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future / Max Langridge)</span></figcaption></figure><ul><li><strong>Value score: 4 / 5</strong></li></ul><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-de-longhi-magnifica-start-review-specs"><span>De’Longhi Magnifica Start review: specs</span></h2><div ><table><thead><tr><th class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Category</strong></p></th><th  ><p><strong>Specification</strong></p></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Type</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Fully automatic bean-to-cup espresso machine</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Dimensions (HWD)</strong></p></td><td  ><p>13.78 x 9.45 x 17.32 inches / 350 x 240 x 440mm</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Weight</strong></p></td><td  ><p>20.3 lbs / 9.2 kg</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Water tank capacity</strong></p></td><td  ><p>1.9 quarts / 1.8 liters</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Steam wand</strong></p></td><td  ><p>No (Includes automatic LatteCrema Hot carafe / Hot water spout)</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Max pressure</strong></p></td><td  ><p>15 bar</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Model number</strong></p></td><td  ><p>ECAM22061W</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-de-longhi-magnifica-start-review-design"><span>De'Longhi Magnifica Start review: Design</span></h2><ul><li><strong>Attractive, compact design with a minimalist control panel</strong></li><li><strong>Only three coffee presets on model reviewed, with no dedicated cappuccino or hot-milk function</strong></li><li><strong>Clearly marked milk carafe and dishwasher-safe components</strong></li></ul><p>No matter which model of the De'Longhi Magnifica Start is available in your location, they’re all identical. The only real differences are whether it uses the LatteCrema system or a steam wand, the color of the machine and the number of drink recipes it offers. </p><p>It’s an attractive coffee machine, particularly in the glossy white finish of the model sent for this review. The Magnifica Start has a relatively minimalist appearance, with a predominantly plastic construction and a black control panel providing some contrast. I’d argue it doesn't have quite the same premium appeal as the KitchenAid KF2 and <a href="https://www.techradar.com/home/coffee-machines/kitchenaid-kf3-review">KitchenAid KF3</a> I've reviewed previously, but I think it looks smart enough for most kitchens.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="NaaAPeVP3pfzZxeyoDubRD" name="DeLonghi_Magnifica_Start4" alt="De'Longhi Magnifica Start" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/NaaAPeVP3pfzZxeyoDubRD-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future / Max Langridge)</span></figcaption></figure><p>It measures 24 x 44 x 35cm (W x D x H), making it a relatively compact appliance for a fully automatic coffee machine. That said, its 24cm width might be a small footprint, but its 44cm depth is worth considering if you have a particularly narrow countertop.</p><p>The machine's compact dimensions should also make it a reasonable option for kitchens with low-hanging cabinets. You will, of course, need some clearance above it to remove the lid and refill the hopper, but I didn't find accessing it to be particularly troublesome.</p><p>The bean hopper, located on top of the machine towards the rear, can accommodate up to 250g of beans and is covered by a lid that  unfortunately doesn't form a completely airtight seal, meaning the beans will lose freshness if left in the hopper for more than a couple of days.</p><p>The Magnifica Start also accepts pre-ground coffee via a separate chute on top of the machine, and a measuring scoop is included in the box. While I'd generally recommend using freshly ground beans wherever possible, it's a useful addition if you occasionally fancy a decaf but don't want to empty the hopper of your regular beans.</p><p>Another design feature I appreciate is the positioning of the water reservoir, which slides out from the front-right side of the machine. I praised this same arrangement in my De’Longhi Magnifica Evo Next review, and I'm pleased to see it make an appearance on a more entry-level model. It makes refilling the tank incredibly easy, particularly compared with machines that have their reservoirs located at the rear — like those from KitchenAid — and might require you to move the entire machine to gain access.</p><figure role="gallery"><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/WB9ZkDxzVnpNKGe4qEk4UD-1920-80.jpg" alt="De'Longhi Magnifica Start side water tank removed" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Future / Max Langridge</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/EJRNY4nAJ3PkXJSgLFXsuC-1920-80.jpg" alt="De'Longhi Magnifica Start hot water spout close up" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Future / Max Langridge</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/TUjby3wy5cMhnVC436bN6D-1920-80.jpg" alt="De'Longhi Magnifica Start milk carafe close up" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Future / Max Langridge</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/poMeLx2EMqNdASzoZZusPD-1920-80.jpg" alt="Used coffee puck bin on the De'Longhi Magnifica Start" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Future / Max Langridge</small></figcaption></figure></figure><p>The reservoir also looks deceptively small, but holds a generous 1.8L of water, matching the capacity of the more expensive Magnifica Evo Next. The drip tray covers the entire depth of the machine and slides out from the front, along with the internal container that collects used coffee grounds. The latter can hold up to 14 coffee pucks before needing to be emptied — far more generous than the <a href="https://www.techradar.com/home/coffee-machines/kitchenaid-kf4-review">KitchenAid KF4</a> that I use at home, which can only hold six or seven used pucks before it needs emptying.</p><p>On the front, you'll find the removable LatteCrema milk carafe, which attaches alongside the height-adjustable coffee dispensing spouts. It slots into place easily and takes care of milk frothing automatically, removing the need for a separate steam wand. The carafe can be swapped out for a water spout if you wish to pour hot water for a tea instead.</p><p>The particular model under test here features De'Longhi's LatteCrema Hot system, although more expensive models, such as the Eletta Explore, can also come with a separate LatteCrema Cool carafe for preparing cold milk foam. Its absence here isn't especially surprising given the Magnifica Start's more affordable positioning.</p><p>One feature I particularly appreciate here is the measurement markings on the carafe to indicate how much milk you should add for your chosen drink. This helps minimize waste, especially if you're only making coffee for one person. Interestingly, there are markings for ‘cappuccino’ and ‘cappuccino mix’ coffees, neither of which is available as a preset on this particular Magnifica Start, but is a present for the model sold in the US. The carafe also has an automatic cleaning function, while several removable components, including the drip tray and milk carafe, are dishwasher-safe.</p><p>The control panel is similarly minimalist, with four prominent drink icons and separate buttons for adjusting coffee strength and accessing other settings and functions, such as cleaning modes. On the surface, it looks incredibly straightforward, which is exactly what I'd expect from a machine offering such a limited selection of drinks.</p><p>However, I didn't find it quite as intuitive as I'd hoped. The layout initially led me to believe I should select my desired drink before adjusting its strength, whereas the machine actually requires you to select the strength first. It's something that becomes easier with familiarity, but I do think the controls could have been better explained.</p><p>The Magnifica Start lacks dedicated user profiles, something that I’ve come to appreciate on other automatic espresso machines I’ve reviewed. While you can customize individual drink quantities and adjust coffee strength, there’s only one saved volume setting per recipe.</p><p>This means that if two people prefer different-sized coffees, they’ll have to keep adjusting the programmed volumes to suit their tastes. Combined with its limited selection of drinks, I think this makes the Magnifica Start best suited to a single person or couple, particularly if both enjoy similar coffees. Larger households with different preferences would likely benefit from a machine with user profiles and a more extensive drink menu. </p><ul><li><strong>Design score: 4 / 5</strong></li></ul><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-de-longhi-magnifica-start-review-performance"><span>De'Longhi Magnifica Start review: Performance</span></h2><ul><li><strong>Consistent espresso extraction with a good layer of crema</strong></li><li><strong>LatteCrema produces impressive milk texture, although a manual steam wand offers greater control</strong></li><li><strong>Quick coffee preparation, but some functions take time to master</strong></li></ul><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="s8b55MEtfBVJLvpu778FiC" name="DeLonghi_Magnifica_Start11" alt="Close up of control panel on De'Longhi Magnifica Start" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/s8b55MEtfBVJLvpu778FiC-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future / Max Langridge)</span></figcaption></figure><p>As with any bean-to-cup coffee machine, the most important consideration is how well the De'Longhi Magnifica Start actually makes the drink. Ease of use is a close second, especially for a machine designed to simplify the process of preparing your favourite drinks at home.</p><p>My first experience with the Magnifica Start was something of a mixed bag.</p><p>Setting it up was relatively straightforward, but I soon discovered that getting it to produce the exact drink I wanted would require some experimentation. My first latte macchiato, for example, dispensed considerably more liquid than I had anticipated, almost causing my cup to overflow.</p><p>Part of the problem is that there's no clear indication of precisely how much coffee or milk each preset will dispense, at least not without referring to the full user manual on De'Longhi's website. </p><p>While coffee strength can be adjusted before preparing each drink, there's only one saved volume setting per recipe. To adjust the volume of any drink, press and hold its dedicated button for a few seconds until the light blinks rapidly. The built-in grinder will have already kicked into action, which is normal. Once the coffee (or milk if you’re customizing the latte macchiato) reaches your desired level, press the same drink button again and the settings will be saved.</p><p>Once I'd figured out the process, I was able to customize the volume of my latte macchiato successfully, and the Magnifica Start remembered my settings for subsequent drinks. However, restoring the original quantity isn't quite as convenient. While it's possible to reset drink volumes to their factory defaults, doing so also resets all other settings and customized recipes. This seems unnecessarily cumbersome if you simply want to undo a change to one drink.</p><p>While I appreciate that all automatic coffee machines require some familiarization, I found myself returning to the user manual more often than I'd expected from a machine with such a limited selection of drinks.</p><p>There's also an amusing inconsistency in the setup guidance, which recommends preparing several cappuccinos before expecting the machine to deliver its best results. That's perfectly reasonable advice for a machine with a cappuccino preset, but this particular version of the Magnifica Start doesn't have one. It's a minor detail, admittedly, but it adds to the impression that the instructions aren't tailored as carefully as they could be to the individual machine.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="55ZsKz9TyuoUcn3QqDybJD" name="DeLonghi_Magnifica_Start5" alt="De'Longhi Magnifica Start with a coffee pouring into a glass cup" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/55ZsKz9TyuoUcn3QqDybJD-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future / Max Langridge)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Fortunately, when it comes to actually making coffee, the Magnifica Start has proved to be a reliable performer. After preparing several espressos, I found extraction quality to be consistently good, with each shot producing an appealing layer of golden-caramel crema. The results were remarkably similar from one coffee to the next, suggesting the machine has little trouble delivering a repeatable extraction.</p><p>I wasn't initially sold on the flavor, however, particularly as I've used the same beans in other machines, including KitchenAid's semi-automatic and fully automatic models, with more satisfying results. Fortunately, adjusting the grinder to produce a slightly coarser grind had a noticeably positive effect, resulting in a more enjoyable espresso. It goes to show that while the Magnifica Start is capable of producing good coffee, some experimentation may be required to get the best results.</p><p>The De’Longhi Magnifica Start doesn’t feature any kind of intelligent grind adjustment — De’Longhi does have its own BeanAdapt technology to do just that, but it’s reserved for its higher-end models — so you’ll need to adjust the grind yourself if you’re not totally satisfied with the results. </p><p>By default, the grinder is set to position four of seven, which De’Longhi claims “has been factory set to ensure that coffee is prepared correctly”. If coffee is being dispensed particularly slowly, the grind may be too fine, in which case De'Longhi recommends adjusting the dial towards a higher number. You’ll need to turn the grind dial, found inside the bean hopper, towards a higher number. Conversely, if you want a fuller bodied or creamier coffee, then you’ll need to turn the dial towards position one. In either case, the grind dial should only be adjusted when the grinder is in motion, and it takes at least two poured coffees for results to take effect.</p><p>I was pleased with the temperature of the finished coffee, which I found to be comfortably hot without being unpleasant to drink. If you prefer your coffee a little hotter or cooler, the brewing temperature can be adjusted through the machine's settings.</p><p>What surprised me most, however, was just how quickly the Magnifica Start could prepare an espresso. I timed it at just 30 seconds from pressing the espresso button to the finished drink, which is impressively brisk for a machine that grinds fresh beans for each cup.</p><p>It's also relatively quiet in operation. I recorded an average noise level of approximately 69dB using decibelX app in my iPhone in a quiet room and standing right in front of the machine, rising to around 74dB during grinding before dropping to 65dB while brewing. While the grinder is clearly audible, I never found the noise particularly intrusive, especially given how quickly the machine completes the process.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="bcnRpK7WBHwMSTRsWA68SD" name="DeLonghi_Magnifica_Start8" alt="Milk pouring into glass cup from De'Longhi Magnifica Start" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/bcnRpK7WBHwMSTRsWA68SD-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future / Max Langridge)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Milk-based drinks take a little longer to brew, as the LatteCrema system needs time to heat up before it can start dispensing milk. Even so, the overall process remains convenient, particularly as there's no need to manually froth milk or transfer it between containers.</p><p>Speaking of which, I was pleasantly surprised by the performance of the LatteCrema milk frothing system. I've used it on other De'Longhi coffee machines in the past and haven't always been completely convinced by its ability to produce the milk texture I prefer, particularly when using plant-based alternatives.</p><p>This time, however, the results have been noticeably better. Using oat milk, the Magnifica Start produced a generous amount of foam with a satisfyingly smooth texture, making for a more convincing latte macchiato than I had anticipated. I achieved similar results with dairy milk too.</p><p>That being said, it's worth mentioning that the type of milk used can have a significant impact on frothing performance. If you’re using non-dairy varieties, it’s always recommended to use barista-style versions, as these are generally formulated to produce a more stable foam.</p><p>I still prefer the results I can achieve with a traditional steam wand and, while I haven't had the chance to use it myself, a version of the De’Longhi Magnifica Start is available with one. A manual wand gives me far greater control over how much air I introduce into the milk, allowing me to create the finer, silkier microfoam I typically prefer for a flat white.</p><p>But manual frothing also requires more skill and effort, and that's where the LatteCrema system makes a strong case for itself. For anyone who values convenience over having complete control of their milk texture, it's a capable set-and-forget solution that produces pleasing results with minimal input.</p><ul><li><strong>Performance score: 4 / 5</strong></li></ul><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-should-you-buy-the-de-longhi-magnifica-start"><span>Should you buy the De'Longhi Magnifica Start?</span></h2><div ><table><caption>De'Longhi Magnifica Start scorecard</caption><thead><tr><th class="firstcol " ><p>Attribute</p></th><th  ><p>Notes</p></th><th  ><p>Score</p></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Value</p></td><td  ><p>One of the more affordable automatic coffee machines I’ve tested, although it’s possible to find alternatives that offer features for not much extra cash.</p></td><td  ><p>4 / 5</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Design</p></td><td  ><p>A smart-looking, compact machine that will fit in most kitchens, but its controls will take some time to learn.</p></td><td  ><p>4 / 5</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Performance</p></td><td  ><p>Consistently good espresso after some grind adjustment, quick preparation and impressive automatic milk frothing, although customization could be more intuitive.</p></td><td  ><p>4 / 5</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h2 id="buy-it-if-13">Buy it if...</h2><div class="product"><p><strong>You want a straightforward selection of coffee drinks</strong></p><p>If you primarily drink espresso, black coffee or latte macchiato, the Magnifica Start offers those essentials without overwhelming you with dozens of options.</p></div><div class="product"><p><strong>You want automatic milk frothing</strong></p><p>The LatteCrema system takes care of frothing milk for you, and its removable carafe has measurements to help minimize waste.</p></div><div class="product"><p><strong>You want a coffee machine that's easy to clean</strong></p><p>An automatic milk-system cleaning function and dishwasher-safe components should make routine maintenance easier.</p></div><h2 id="don-39-t-buy-it-if-11">Don't buy it if...</h2><div class="product"><p><strong>You enjoy a wide variety of coffee drinks</strong></p><p>With no dedicated cappuccino, flat white or standalone hot-milk function, this particular Magnifica Start is one of the more limited automatic machines I've tested.</p></div><div class="product"><p><strong>You expect completely intuitive controls</strong></p><p>The buttons look simple enough, but understanding how to adjust drink strength and serving sizes requires a little patience.</p></div><div class="product"><p><strong>You want plenty of drink customization</strong></p><p>While you can adjust coffee strength and drink length, you don't get the extensive personalization available on more expensive automatic coffee machines.</p></div><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-de-longhi-magnifica-start-review-also-consider"><span>De'Longhi Magnifica Start review: Also consider</span></h2><div class="product"><p><strong>KitchenAid KF2</strong><br />The KF2 is just as compact as the De'Longhi, and also has a limited selection of drinks, but I found it easier to use. The steam wand is more reliable for producing thick, velvety foam too.</p><p><strong>Read my full </strong><a href="https://www.techradar.com/home/coffee-machines/kitchenaid-kf2-review" target="_blank" data-dimension112="4e070942-d19f-11f1-b80e-190f5050c702" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Read my full KitchenAid KF2 review" data-dimension48="Read my full KitchenAid KF2 review" data-dimension25=""><strong>KitchenAid KF2 review</strong></a></p></div><div class="product"><p><strong>Ninja Luxe Café</strong><br />This 3-in-1 machine from Ninja can do espresso, cold brew and drip coffee, all for a similar price as the De'Longhi. It does require more manual input than the fully automatic Magnifica Start, but it's near-foolproof control system will have you experimenting with your morning brew in no time. </p><p><strong>Read our full </strong><a href="https://www.techradar.com/reviews/ninja-luxe-cafe" target="_blank" data-dimension112="2ebf76c8-d1ae-11f1-adeb-27465cf419a1" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Read our full Ninja Luxe Café review" data-dimension48="Read our full Ninja Luxe Café review" data-dimension25=""><strong>Ninja Luxe Café review</strong></a></p></div><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-how-i-tested-the-de-longhi-magnifica-start"><span>How I tested the De'Longhi Magnifica Start</span></h2><p>I tested the De'Longhi Magnifica Start in the TechRadar Australia office kitchen, using it to prepare coffee with Campos Superior beans, a medium-dark blend that’s roasted locally in Sydney, Australia, where I’m based. </p><p>I prepared multiple espresso and milk-based drinks to assess extraction consistency, flavour and milk texture, using both dairy milk and barista-style oat milk. I also experimented with the grinder settings to determine their effect on espresso flavour.</p><p>I evaluated how straightforward the machine was to set up and use, paying particular attention to its control panel and customization options. I used a measuring cup to check that customized drink volumes were remembered correctly, and recorded the time taken to prepare an espresso, along with noise levels during grinding and brewing.</p><p><a href="https://www.techradar.com/news/how-we-test">Read more about how we test</a></p><p><em>First tested October 2026</em></p>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ Amazon Kindle (2026) review: this ereader is like an old book with a new cover ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-amazon-kindle-2026-two-minute-review"><span>Amazon Kindle (2026): Two-minute review</span></h2><p>When <a href="https://www.techradar.com/tablets/ereaders/amazon-new-kindles-for-2026">Amazon announced its 2026 range of Kindles</a> on October 1, I balked at the prices, particularly for the entry-level model. Then again, I should have expected it, given the current cost of components. The days of Kindles being the affordable ereader are long gone now.</p><p>Yet the 2026 entry-level Kindle does go some way in justifying its higher price compared to its predecessor thanks to all new hardware that includes new colors — now also in an aluminum chassis that gets you double the storage (32GB) — as well as a thinner and even lighter design. The power button being moved to the right edge is also a welcome change that made my colleague <a href="https://www.techradar.com/author/lance-ulanoff">Lance Ulanoff</a> especially happy.</p><p>The design changes also include the screen now lying flush with the bezels and the display offering better contrast that improves text sharpness. However, I noticed a tiny bit of light bleeding on the top edge of the screen when reading in dark mode, which Amazon has acknowledge is a flaw, and the slim bezels don't offer enough space for the thumb to rest, thus triggering accidental page turns.</p><p>The page-turn speed here hasn't visibly improved over the 2024 model, but general navigation has. Amazon says the 2026 base Kindle is 30% faster than the previous model and, while that's hard to measure, I can attest that many other functions on the latter, like opening books, accessing the Kindle Store and going through settings, and are definitely faster.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="MytMfbpW87SinciDhiw5kY" name="Amazon Kindle 2026_7" alt="A book cover displayed on the Amazon Kindle 2026" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/MytMfbpW87SinciDhiw5kY-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Sharmishta Sarkar / TechRadar)</span></figcaption></figure><p>That's all that's new here, though, which is why I said the 2026 Kindle only goes 'some' way in justifying its cost. At launch, when I began my testing of this Kindle, there were no new software features to distinguish it from previous generations. However, Amazon released a new firmware just a couple of days before the publication of this review that has made a small change to how some books appear in the library tab — all titles within a series are now grouped together. This software update has also been rolled out to the previous Kindle generation, so you really aren't missing much if you don't upgrade... except for the slight increase in speed and the new screen.</p><p>There is still no warm light or auto-adjusting brightness for evening reading, and neither is there any waterproofing, not even on the aluminum version which has a screwed on back panel rather than the plastic one's pop-off option. </p><p>Yes, the rear panels can be removed now to allow users to change the battery when needed, in compliance with EU regulations, but I haven't seen any official battery packs being sold as yet. Battery life, however, is lackluster compared to the Kindle Paperwhite (both 2024 and the newer release) — it's practically half, which makes the aluminum Kindle especially harder to recommend over the 2026 Paperwhite as the prices aren't all that different.</p><p>So while I can appreciate that a new Kindle would cost more, I'm struggling to find value in it, more so because the <a href="https://www.techradar.com/tablets/ereaders/kobo-clara-bw-review-a-compact-ereader-showcasing-the-best-e-ink-display-yet">Kobo Clara BW</a> comes with waterproofing and warm light temperatures at a similar price to the plastic 16GB Kindle, albeit in a now two-year-old device.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="BYfrVtN6fJKZCiFsTbA4hZ" name="Amazon Kindle 2026_24" alt="Branding on the rear panel of the Amazon Kindle 2026" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/BYfrVtN6fJKZCiFsTbA4hZ-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Sharmishta Sarkar / TechRadar)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-amazon-kindle-2026-review-price-availability"><span>Amazon Kindle (2026) review: price &amp; availability</span></h2><ul><li><strong>First announced October 2026</strong></li><li><strong>Available in major markets, including the US, UK and Australia</strong></li><li><strong>List price from $149.99 / £134.99 / AU$279</strong></li></ul><p>With a starting price of $149.99 / £134.99 in the US and the UK for the ad-supported 16GB plastic Kindle, it's still a cheaper option compared to the 2024 release of the Kobo Clara BW that retails for $159.99 / £149.99. However, you get a few more features with the latter that the new 2026 release of the entry-level Kindle still doesn't get you — namely, warm light and waterproofing. </p><p>If you don't want the ads, then you need to tack on another $20 / £15 to that cost, which shifts the price dynamic between the Kindle and its Kobo counterpart.</p><p>In Australia, only the ad-free version of the Kindles has always been available and the starting price is now AU$279, which is AU$10 more than the Kobo Clara BW.</p><p>The 32GB Kindle Aluminum (yes, that's what Amazon is calling it in the US and is the model sent to TechRadar for this review) is ad-free by default and will set you back $189.99 / £169.99 / AU$299. Given the 2026 Kindle Paperwhite costs just another $10 / £15 / AU$50 (with ads in the US and UK), I'm struggling to see the value in the shiny new aluminum Kindle.</p><p><strong>• Value score: 3 / 5</strong></p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="5bFgojTQQC2YEPcQTz8kHZ" name="Amazon Kindle 2026_26" alt="A beachy wallpaper displayed on the Amazon Kindle 2026 while it lies on a cloth bag and surrounded by handbag contents" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/5bFgojTQQC2YEPcQTz8kHZ-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Sharmishta Sarkar / TechRadar)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-amazon-kindle-2026-review-specs"><span>Amazon Kindle (2026) review: specs</span></h2><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Display type:</p></td><td  ><p>E Ink (possibly Carta 1300)</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Screen size:</p></td><td  ><p>6 inches</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Resolution:</p></td><td  ><p>300ppi</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Processor:</p></td><td  ><p>unknown</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Frontlight:</p></td><td  ><p>Yes, white light only</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Storage:</p></td><td  ><p>16GB / 32GB</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Battery:</p></td><td  ><p>up to 6 weeks (capacity unknown)</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Water protection:</p></td><td  ><p>None</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Software:</p></td><td  ><p>Linux based</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Connectivity:</p></td><td  ><p>Wi-Fi, Bluetooth, USB-C</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>File support:</p></td><td  ><p>6 natively; 1 audio</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Dimensions:</p></td><td  ><p>108 x 152.8 x 6.85 mm (4.3 x 6.0 x 0.3 inches) </p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Weight:</p></td><td  ><p>140g (4.9 oz) for plastic finish; 162g (5.7 oz) for aluminum</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-amazon-kindle-2026-review-design-display"><span>Amazon Kindle (2026) review: Design &amp; display</span></h2><ul><li><strong>Shiny, new hardware, including fresh colors and a new aluminum model</strong></li><li><strong>Thinner, lighter and more compact than before</strong></li><li><strong>Gorgeous new display with better contrast and sharper text</strong></li></ul><p>I might have been disappointed with the 2024 edition of the base Kindle, saying it wasn't really an 'upgrade' just because it came in a lovely new color, but that's not the case with the 2026 release. This time, the entry-level Kindle truly is a worthwhile upgrade — at least in terms of hardware. Nearly everything about it is brand-spanking new and I love it.</p><p>The most obvious difference between the previous Kindle generations and the 2026 model(s) is the new chassis. Now available in two finishes — plastic and aluminum — and lovely new colors (Ube and the usual Graphite for the former, Alpine Sky and Seaglass Green for the latter), there's more choice where the base Kindle is concerned.</p><p>The other point of difference, and not just between generations but also between the two finishes, is that the aluminum version comes with 32GB of storage (like the Signature Editions of the Paperwhite and Colorsoft) and is ad-free by default in the US and the UK.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="tLvTFYg69yaPoxDC6BWKQZ" name="Amazon Kindle 2026_11" alt="A book cover displayed on the Amazon Kindle 2026" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/tLvTFYg69yaPoxDC6BWKQZ-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Sharmishta Sarkar / TechRadar)</span></figcaption></figure><p>While I personally didn't mind the power/sleep button on the bottom edge of the Kindle, now having it just below the top right corner is a good move, putting the cheapest Kindle in the new range on a similar design footing as the current Kindle Scribes. </p><p>The flush screen on both the plastic and metal Kindles makes it look modern and more premium, although the thin side bezels triggered numerous accidental page turns during my testing. I also noticed a small amount of light bleed on the top edge of the review unit sent to me, visible in dark mode. This has been discussed on Reddit and Amazon has acknowledged there is a flaw and is ready to exchange any units with such issues.</p><p>Impressively, though, the screen and the aluminum body aren't fingerprint magnets, which is my biggest relief compared to, say, the 2024 edition of the Kindle Paperwhite that showed off every oily smudge on the front and back.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="s6f8TdYZdMNpUPZMe43okY" name="Amazon Kindle 2026_23" alt="Power button on the Amazon Kindle 2026" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/s6f8TdYZdMNpUPZMe43okY-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Sharmishta Sarkar / TechRadar)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Another hardware difference — and a first for Amazon — is the replaceable battery. On the plastic model, the rear panel just pops open, but you will need tiny hex screwdriver to remove the aluminum panel if you ever need to change the battery. This is accordance to EU regulations, but I am yet to see official replacement batteries being listed on Amazon. It's early days yet, and a Kindle battery typically lasts about 10 years, so I'd expect to see official listings down the line.</p><p>In comparison, though, Kobo's 2024 ereaders — namely, the Libra Colour, Clara BW and Clara Colour — have even better repairability, with screens and motherboards also replaceable. So if longevity is important to you, Amazon still has a way to go to impress its Kindle users.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="ouLpE4hjgbyPuXxVBQz9aY" name="Amazon Kindle 2026_25" alt="The USB-C port and screws on either side on the bottom edge of the Amazon Kindle 2026" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ouLpE4hjgbyPuXxVBQz9aY-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Sharmishta Sarkar / TechRadar)</span></figcaption></figure><p>As much as I love the new colors, the star of the show here is the upgraded display. The entry-level Kindle finally gets the E Ink Carta 1300 screen tech that the 2024 model missed out on.</p><p>Admittedly it still lacks warm LEDs, which is disappointing, but despite that it's the sharpest display on the entry-level Kindle that I've seen to date. It also boasts better contrast where blacks are blacker, even the background in dark mode, and that gives text better clarity overall.</p><p>Alongside the lack of warm hues for the frontlight, the entry-level Kindle still doesn't have waterproofing, which is probably for the best at least for the plastic model where the rear pops right off to access the battery. However, it would have been nice if Amazon had deigned to provide at least one of these missing features on the aluminum version to justify the higher price tag, especially since there are hardly any new software features to speak of here.</p><p><strong>Design &amp; display score: 4.5 / 5</strong></p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="tQiSj3t8Ug4PXqLHemxv2Z" name="Amazon Kindle 2026_2" alt="A page of an ebook on the Amazon Kindle 2026" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/tQiSj3t8Ug4PXqLHemxv2Z-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Sharmishta Sarkar / TechRadar)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-amazon-kindle-2026-review-software"><span>Amazon Kindle (2026) review: Software</span></h2><ul><li><strong>Books in a series are now grouped together in the Library tab</strong></li><li><strong>Additional wallpapers are nice</strong></li><li><strong>Not much else is new with the latest software release</strong></li></ul><p>If you've been using an older Kindle, you'll be intimately familiar with navigating around the 2026 release as well. At the start of my two-week testing of the new Kindle, seemingly nothing had changed with the release of the software version 5.20.1.0.1. However, just a day before this review was published, Amazon released firmware 5.20.1.02 and the only new feature here that I've come across is books in a series being grouped together in the Library tab. </p><p>There is, however, a caveat here — only items purchased or borrowed from the Kindle Store (or from Kindle+, previous Kindle Unlimited) are arranged this way. If you've sideloaded books in a series via, say, the Send To Kindle platform, they will still appear as individual titles.</p><p>This latest firmware at the time of writing has also been rolled out to the 2024 11th-generation Kindle, so this new feature will also be available on the older model.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="ftyp9AhZ6wV7pAoa4rzPGY" name="Amazon Kindle 2026_21" alt="Notice of a new software feature on the Amazon Kindle 2026" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ftyp9AhZ6wV7pAoa4rzPGY-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Sharmishta Sarkar / TechRadar)</span></figcaption></figure><p>I do appreciate that Amazon has added more wallpapers now, some which debuted on the 2025 releases of the Kindle Scribe. You can still choose to show the book covers if you don't want to cycle through the wallpapers when the device is sleeping.</p><p>The lack of significant new features on the Kindle is not a bad thing, although it would have been nice to have something different — perhaps reading stats like Kobo offers. However, the Kindle UX remains very simple to navigate around even if you're a first-time user — there is just the home screen and the library tabs, with the rest of the features and settings accessible by swiping down from the top edge of the screen. </p><figure role="gallery"><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Cg59cxXLRfKfhdi2A6Q2kY-1920-80.jpg" alt="Book settings in the Amazon Kindle 2026" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Sharmishta Sarkar / TechRadar</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/qvatwLZEi79Q7mESSkmDXb-1920-80.jpg" alt="Device settings on the Amazon Kindle 2026" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Sharmishta Sarkar / TechRadar</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/svA7M9RaGmJMQKCwzS8fXY-1920-80.jpg" alt="Font settings on the Amazon Kindle 2026" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Sharmishta Sarkar / TechRadar</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/4RR5HkZCgafWXtAiBLBH8a-1920-80.jpg" alt="Storage management on the Amazon Kindle 2026" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Sharmishta Sarkar / TechRadar</small></figcaption></figure></figure><p>I still find the home screen to be too wound up in Amazon's ecosystem and looks quite cluttered compared to Kobo's homepage setup, but it at least makes it easy to find your next read if you source your content from the Kindle Store. In the same vein, if you are a Prime member or have a Kindle+ subscription, you'll be able to find something new right from the homepage based on your previous reading habits.</p><p>Audible support is no longer restricted to select countries at launch, like it was for the 2024 Kindles. Meaning if you're in, say, Australia, you can absolutely listen to Audible audiobooks by pairing the Kindle to a set of wireless headphones or earbuds (or even a Bluetooth speaker).</p><p>WhisperSync will continue narration on any Alexa-supported speaker too if you prefer to move on from using the Kindle, like when you're perhaps fixing dinner and, in a similar vein, if you ever change your Kindle to a newer device, your entire library is already available the moment you sign into your Amazon account (something I wish Kobo would offer).</p><p><strong>• Software score: 4 / 5</strong></p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="vQRyMUt9h4AS4hU5dw2p8Z" name="Amazon Kindle 2026_22" alt="Kindle+ on the Amazon Kindle 2026" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/vQRyMUt9h4AS4hU5dw2p8Z-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Sharmishta Sarkar / TechRadar)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-amazon-kindle-2026-review-performance"><span>Amazon Kindle (2026) review: Performance</span></h2><ul><li><strong>Excellent reading experience</strong></li><li><strong>General navigation is faster compared to previous generation</strong></li><li><strong>Same battery life as previous model, which is disappointing compared to the Paperwhite</strong></li></ul><p>New hardware aside, the overall performance from the 2026 Kindle is also better, making it a true upgrade that I was expecting to see in 2024. Amazon, however, hasn't revealed whether there's an upgraded processor under the hood but I suspect there would be, even if it's a small update.</p><p>While page-turn speed is more or less the same on the 2024 and 2026 Kindles, all other navigation and functionality happens just that much quicker on the latter, including ebook load times. Even automatic screen refreshes are so quick that I barely registered most of them — similar to what I experienced in my <a href="https://www.techradar.com/tablets/ereaders/amazon-kindle-scribe-2025-with-frontlight-review">3rd-generation Kindle Scribe (2025) review</a>.</p><p>This speedy performance adds to the excellent reading experience, where the darker background in both regular and dark mode adds better contrast and makes text look sharper.</p><p>That said, I personally find 6-inch ereaders too small, and prefer the 7-inch or 8-inch ones — the sweet spot in terms of screen real estate, not too small and not too large. If you prefer larger fonts, you'll end up turning pages more often and that will then eat into the battery life of the Kindle.</p><figure role="gallery"><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/DePjvS6F7qVTLFQoLbr8HZ-1920-80.jpg" alt="A part of an ebook page on the Amazon Kindle 2026" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Sharmishta Sarkar / TechRadar</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/CrpDWdMyaobCoraCCpQBoY-1920-80.jpg" alt="Amazon Kindle 2026 in dark mode" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Sharmishta Sarkar / TechRadar</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/NWhwBYAKHGv5PnHSa9BH4Y-1920-80.jpg" alt="The Library tab on the Amazon Kindle 2026 showing tiles of book covers" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Sharmishta Sarkar / TechRadar</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/3ppkL7pLfUsvmNzweZpgsX-1920-80.jpg" alt="A book displayed on the Amazon Kindle 2026" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Sharmishta Sarkar / TechRadar</small></figcaption></figure></figure><p>And that has not changed from the 2024 model. Battery life is still up to 6 weeks according to Amazon, based on just 30 minutes of reading per day. That is doable, if you leave Bluetooth and Wi-Fi off, switch off the frontlight completely and don't keep browsing the Kindle Store or doing anything else except read.</p><p>In my testing, where I read for 4-5 hours a day for two weeks, had Wi-Fi always on and screen brightness set to level 7 in regular mode (relatively low), I had to charge the Kindle every 2 to 3 days, which got a little annoying considering the 2024 Kindle Paperwhite I have gives me double the battery life.</p><p>Charging the battery is quick, though, with the device going from 11% to full in just about an hour when plugged into a 25W USB-C outlet and using a good-quality C-to-C cable. Three attempts at topping from 10% or 11% battery gave me the same results.</p><p><strong>• Performance score: 4 / 5</strong></p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="qyHNA6J33zH36WDbSzowtX" name="Amazon Kindle 2026_8" alt="A page of an ebook in dark mode on the Amazon Kindle 2026" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/qyHNA6J33zH36WDbSzowtX-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Sharmishta Sarkar / TechRadar)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-should-i-buy-the-amazon-kindle-2026"><span>Should I buy the Amazon Kindle (2026)?</span></h2><div ><table><thead><tr><th class="firstcol " ><p>Attribute</p></th><th  ><p>Notes</p></th><th  ><p>Score</p></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Value</p></td><td  ><p>As lovely as the new hardware is, the 2026 Paperwhite isn't much more expensive than the 2026 Kindle (especially the aluminum version), making it a hard sell.</p></td><td  ><p>3 / 5</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Design &amp; display</p></td><td  ><p>A full revamp of the hardware and an updated screen makes this a good upgrade from an aging Kindle.</p></td><td  ><p>4.5 / 5</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Software</p></td><td  ><p>Not much has changed here, so it's still an easy-to-use interface. But the lack of new software features is still disappointing.</p></td><td  ><p>4 / 5</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Performance</p></td><td  ><p>Overall navigation and speed of loading books is visibly quicker compared to older generations. Battery life could have been better though.</p></td><td  ><p>4 / 5</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h2 id="buy-it-if-14">Buy it if...</h2><div class="product"><p><strong>You're using a very old Kindle that now feels slow and clunky</strong></p><p>For its entry-level model, Amazon has definitely done a good job with making the 2026 Kindle a worthy upgrade, if you can handle the higher price. </p></div><div class="product"><p><strong>You want the most compact, lightest Kindle made to date</strong></p><p>The entry-level Kindles have always been the most portable options in Amazon's ereader range, but the 2026 editions are smaller still, although the aluminum version isn't quite the lightest.</p></div><div class="product"><p><strong>You care about device longevity</strong></p><p>It may not be as repairable as Kobo's more popular ereaders, but at least being able to change out the battery — if official stock is made available globally — ensures your ereader will last way longer than the usual 10 years.</p></div><h2 id="don-39-t-buy-it-if-12">Don't buy it if...</h2><div class="product"><p><strong>Value for money is important</strong></p><p>Admittedly the new hardware makes the 2026 Kindle a worthy upgrade over the 2024 model but, the latter — as long as it's available to buy — is cheaper and will continue getting new software features that are released for its successor, at least for a few years longer. Moreover, Kobo offers more features for around the same price, making the 2026 Kindle harder to recommend.</p></div><div class="product"><p><strong>You prefer reading with larger fonts</strong></p><p>Given its limited battery life and smaller screen size, you'll be better off opting for a 7-inch or 8-inch ereader with better battery capacity to support more frequent page turns.</p></div><div class="product"><p><strong>You read a lot on holiday, by the pool or in the bath</strong></p><p>I wouldn't recommend dropping any ereader in the ocean as salt water corrodes, but if you do read on the beach, by the pool, in the bath or just by the kitchen sink (hey, maybe you do), I'd recommend opting for an ereader that has waterproofing.</p></div><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-amazon-kindle-2026-review-alternatives"><span>Amazon Kindle (2026) review: Alternatives</span></h2><p>The 2026 edition of the base Amazon Kindle is good — a very worthy upgrade. However, its price might make you stop and think. So if you're keen on alternatives, I would consider the 2026 Kindle Paperwhite better value than the Kindle Aluminum, for example. I haven't tested the new Paperwhite yet, but from the existing crop of tried and tested models, the below two options are my top picks and are still some of the <a href="https://www.techradar.com/best/best-ereader">best ereaders</a> you can buy.</p><div class="product"><p><strong>Kobo Clara BW</strong></p><p>As I've already mentioned earlier in this review, this 6-inch counterpart to the Kindle offers more features for around the same price as the 2026 release and is far more repairable than any Kindle. It might feel slower compared to the 2026 Kindle because it's now over two years old (at the time of publication of this review), but it's still a fabulous E Ink tablet with very good per-dollar value.<br /><strong>Read my full Kobo </strong><a href="https://www.techradar.com/tablets/ereaders/kobo-clara-bw-review-a-compact-ereader-showcasing-the-best-e-ink-display-yet" data-dimension112="7f299e44-d1a0-11f1-8f1d-ad42e9d76b4c" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Read my full Kobo Clara BW review" data-dimension48="Read my full Kobo Clara BW review" data-dimension25=""><strong>Clara BW review</strong></a><strong> for more information</strong></p></div><div class="product"><p><strong>Amazon Kindle Paperwhite (2024)</strong></p><p>For as long as this model is on the market, it's the better buy. You get a larger screen, waterproofing, warm LEDs, auto-adjusting screen light, a very good screen, excellent performance and better battery life than the 2026 Kindle.<br /><strong>Read my in-depth </strong><a href="https://www.techradar.com/tablets/ereaders/amazon-kindle-paperwhite-2024-review" data-dimension112="7f299eb2-d1a0-11f1-b023-39fa2ee8fb36" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Read my in-depth Amazon Kindle Paperwhite (2024) review" data-dimension48="Read my in-depth Amazon Kindle Paperwhite (2024) review" data-dimension25=""><strong>Amazon Kindle Paperwhite (2024) review</strong></a><strong> to learn more</strong></p></div><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-how-i-tested-the-amazon-kindle-2026"><span>How I tested the Amazon Kindle (2026)</span></h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="xwwMDJQkRPJ2XHUgpPec8Z" name="Amazon Kindle 2026_3" alt="A cute wallpaper on the Amazon Kindle 2026 showing a penguin wearing a scarf" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/xwwMDJQkRPJ2XHUgpPec8Z-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Sharmishta Sarkar / TechRadar)</span></figcaption></figure><p>No matter the circumstances, I generally read for at least a few hours a day, so it wasn't much different when it came to testing the 2026 Kindle. I used it for two and a half weeks, reading every single day for 4 to 5 hours. </p><p>While I already have an Amazon library accessible on any Kindle as soon as I sign in, I also used the Send To Kindle app to add a few more titles for good measure. Most of the titles I read on the 2026 Kindle were borrowed from Kindle+ though. This also allowed me to try out audiobooks on the device. I paired the Bose QuietComfort Ultra Headphones to the Kindle and also a JBL Charge 5 speaker for this purpose.</p><p>During testing, I changed screen brightness regularly to see how much affect it had on battery life, while also noting how browsing the Kindle Store affected the same. I also made a note of how much battery was lost when the device was sleeping.</p><p>Unfortunately I couldn't find the right screwdriver to access the battery under the Kindle Aluminum sent for this review, so I can't speak to how easy it would be to swap out an old pack for a new one.</p><p>Read more about how we test</p><p>[<em>First published October 2026</em>]</p> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.techradar.com/tablets/ereaders/amazon-kindle-2026-review</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ The 2026 edition of the entry-level Amazon Kindle is a fabulous little ereader with brand-new colors and hardware, but the lack of software improvements takes away from the luster. ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">oN87rw9hYJrnWyhQHD2G86</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/sj8Q26z4UcWejuPFoKE6FZ-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Tue, 27 Oct 2026 02:15:15 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                <updated>Tue, 27 Oct 2026 11:26:19 +0000</updated>
                                                                                                                                            <category><![CDATA[eReaders]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Tablets]]></category>
                                                                                                <author><![CDATA[ sharmishta.sarkar@futurenet.com (Sharmishta Sarkar) ]]></author>                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Sharmishta Sarkar ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/2xWv4eDKEtVcqrL9ZgMoZ6-320-70.jpeg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ &lt;p&gt;Sharmishta is TechRadar&#039;s Managing Editor for the APAC region, looking after the day-to-day functioning of the Australian, New Zealand and Singaporean editions of the site. This includes managing not just the usual news, reviews and features coverage for the APAC editions of TechRadar, but she also spearheads the ecommerce content drive for several of Future&#039;s Australian publications. She also helps with onboarding and training new starters at Future&#039;s Australian office. Her expertise lies in photography, having been reviewing cameras and lenses for the last seven years. This has led to her also becoming the Managing Editor of the Australian edition of Digital Camera World. She&#039;s also quite the expert on ereaders and E Ink tablets on account of being an avid reader, and she&#039;s appeared on Singaporean radio a couple of times to talk about these underrated devices. She&#039;s also built up quite a lot of knowledge on smart home gizmos and helps review home and kitchen appliances on TechRadar. In addition to her duties on TechRadar and Digital Camera World, she also helps out on Tom&#039;s Guide and T3, both of which have Australian editions.&lt;/p&gt; ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/sj8Q26z4UcWejuPFoKE6FZ-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Sharmishta Sarkar / TechRadar]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[A book cover displayed on the Amazon Kindle 2026 while it lies on a cloth bag and surrounded by handbag contents]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[A book cover displayed on the Amazon Kindle 2026 while it lies on a cloth bag and surrounded by handbag contents]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[A book cover displayed on the Amazon Kindle 2026 while it lies on a cloth bag and surrounded by handbag contents]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/sj8Q26z4UcWejuPFoKE6FZ-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-amazon-kindle-2026-two-minute-review"><span>Amazon Kindle (2026): Two-minute review</span></h2><p>When <a href="https://www.techradar.com/tablets/ereaders/amazon-new-kindles-for-2026">Amazon announced its 2026 range of Kindles</a> on October 1, I balked at the prices, particularly for the entry-level model. Then again, I should have expected it, given the current cost of components. The days of Kindles being the affordable ereader are long gone now.</p><p>Yet the 2026 entry-level Kindle does go some way in justifying its higher price compared to its predecessor thanks to all new hardware that includes new colors — now also in an aluminum chassis that gets you double the storage (32GB) — as well as a thinner and even lighter design. The power button being moved to the right edge is also a welcome change that made my colleague <a href="https://www.techradar.com/author/lance-ulanoff">Lance Ulanoff</a> especially happy.</p><p>The design changes also include the screen now lying flush with the bezels and the display offering better contrast that improves text sharpness. However, I noticed a tiny bit of light bleeding on the top edge of the screen when reading in dark mode, which Amazon has acknowledge is a flaw, and the slim bezels don't offer enough space for the thumb to rest, thus triggering accidental page turns.</p><p>The page-turn speed here hasn't visibly improved over the 2024 model, but general navigation has. Amazon says the 2026 base Kindle is 30% faster than the previous model and, while that's hard to measure, I can attest that many other functions on the latter, like opening books, accessing the Kindle Store and going through settings, and are definitely faster.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="MytMfbpW87SinciDhiw5kY" name="Amazon Kindle 2026_7" alt="A book cover displayed on the Amazon Kindle 2026" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/MytMfbpW87SinciDhiw5kY-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Sharmishta Sarkar / TechRadar)</span></figcaption></figure><p>That's all that's new here, though, which is why I said the 2026 Kindle only goes 'some' way in justifying its cost. At launch, when I began my testing of this Kindle, there were no new software features to distinguish it from previous generations. However, Amazon released a new firmware just a couple of days before the publication of this review that has made a small change to how some books appear in the library tab — all titles within a series are now grouped together. This software update has also been rolled out to the previous Kindle generation, so you really aren't missing much if you don't upgrade... except for the slight increase in speed and the new screen.</p><p>There is still no warm light or auto-adjusting brightness for evening reading, and neither is there any waterproofing, not even on the aluminum version which has a screwed on back panel rather than the plastic one's pop-off option. </p><p>Yes, the rear panels can be removed now to allow users to change the battery when needed, in compliance with EU regulations, but I haven't seen any official battery packs being sold as yet. Battery life, however, is lackluster compared to the Kindle Paperwhite (both 2024 and the newer release) — it's practically half, which makes the aluminum Kindle especially harder to recommend over the 2026 Paperwhite as the prices aren't all that different.</p><p>So while I can appreciate that a new Kindle would cost more, I'm struggling to find value in it, more so because the <a href="https://www.techradar.com/tablets/ereaders/kobo-clara-bw-review-a-compact-ereader-showcasing-the-best-e-ink-display-yet">Kobo Clara BW</a> comes with waterproofing and warm light temperatures at a similar price to the plastic 16GB Kindle, albeit in a now two-year-old device.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="BYfrVtN6fJKZCiFsTbA4hZ" name="Amazon Kindle 2026_24" alt="Branding on the rear panel of the Amazon Kindle 2026" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/BYfrVtN6fJKZCiFsTbA4hZ-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Sharmishta Sarkar / TechRadar)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-amazon-kindle-2026-review-price-availability"><span>Amazon Kindle (2026) review: price &amp; availability</span></h2><ul><li><strong>First announced October 2026</strong></li><li><strong>Available in major markets, including the US, UK and Australia</strong></li><li><strong>List price from $149.99 / £134.99 / AU$279</strong></li></ul><p>With a starting price of $149.99 / £134.99 in the US and the UK for the ad-supported 16GB plastic Kindle, it's still a cheaper option compared to the 2024 release of the Kobo Clara BW that retails for $159.99 / £149.99. However, you get a few more features with the latter that the new 2026 release of the entry-level Kindle still doesn't get you — namely, warm light and waterproofing. </p><p>If you don't want the ads, then you need to tack on another $20 / £15 to that cost, which shifts the price dynamic between the Kindle and its Kobo counterpart.</p><p>In Australia, only the ad-free version of the Kindles has always been available and the starting price is now AU$279, which is AU$10 more than the Kobo Clara BW.</p><p>The 32GB Kindle Aluminum (yes, that's what Amazon is calling it in the US and is the model sent to TechRadar for this review) is ad-free by default and will set you back $189.99 / £169.99 / AU$299. Given the 2026 Kindle Paperwhite costs just another $10 / £15 / AU$50 (with ads in the US and UK), I'm struggling to see the value in the shiny new aluminum Kindle.</p><p><strong>• Value score: 3 / 5</strong></p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="5bFgojTQQC2YEPcQTz8kHZ" name="Amazon Kindle 2026_26" alt="A beachy wallpaper displayed on the Amazon Kindle 2026 while it lies on a cloth bag and surrounded by handbag contents" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/5bFgojTQQC2YEPcQTz8kHZ-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Sharmishta Sarkar / TechRadar)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-amazon-kindle-2026-review-specs"><span>Amazon Kindle (2026) review: specs</span></h2><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Display type:</p></td><td  ><p>E Ink (possibly Carta 1300)</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Screen size:</p></td><td  ><p>6 inches</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Resolution:</p></td><td  ><p>300ppi</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Processor:</p></td><td  ><p>unknown</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Frontlight:</p></td><td  ><p>Yes, white light only</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Storage:</p></td><td  ><p>16GB / 32GB</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Battery:</p></td><td  ><p>up to 6 weeks (capacity unknown)</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Water protection:</p></td><td  ><p>None</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Software:</p></td><td  ><p>Linux based</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Connectivity:</p></td><td  ><p>Wi-Fi, Bluetooth, USB-C</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>File support:</p></td><td  ><p>6 natively; 1 audio</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Dimensions:</p></td><td  ><p>108 x 152.8 x 6.85 mm (4.3 x 6.0 x 0.3 inches) </p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Weight:</p></td><td  ><p>140g (4.9 oz) for plastic finish; 162g (5.7 oz) for aluminum</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-amazon-kindle-2026-review-design-display"><span>Amazon Kindle (2026) review: Design &amp; display</span></h2><ul><li><strong>Shiny, new hardware, including fresh colors and a new aluminum model</strong></li><li><strong>Thinner, lighter and more compact than before</strong></li><li><strong>Gorgeous new display with better contrast and sharper text</strong></li></ul><p>I might have been disappointed with the 2024 edition of the base Kindle, saying it wasn't really an 'upgrade' just because it came in a lovely new color, but that's not the case with the 2026 release. This time, the entry-level Kindle truly is a worthwhile upgrade — at least in terms of hardware. Nearly everything about it is brand-spanking new and I love it.</p><p>The most obvious difference between the previous Kindle generations and the 2026 model(s) is the new chassis. Now available in two finishes — plastic and aluminum — and lovely new colors (Ube and the usual Graphite for the former, Alpine Sky and Seaglass Green for the latter), there's more choice where the base Kindle is concerned.</p><p>The other point of difference, and not just between generations but also between the two finishes, is that the aluminum version comes with 32GB of storage (like the Signature Editions of the Paperwhite and Colorsoft) and is ad-free by default in the US and the UK.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="tLvTFYg69yaPoxDC6BWKQZ" name="Amazon Kindle 2026_11" alt="A book cover displayed on the Amazon Kindle 2026" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/tLvTFYg69yaPoxDC6BWKQZ-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Sharmishta Sarkar / TechRadar)</span></figcaption></figure><p>While I personally didn't mind the power/sleep button on the bottom edge of the Kindle, now having it just below the top right corner is a good move, putting the cheapest Kindle in the new range on a similar design footing as the current Kindle Scribes. </p><p>The flush screen on both the plastic and metal Kindles makes it look modern and more premium, although the thin side bezels triggered numerous accidental page turns during my testing. I also noticed a small amount of light bleed on the top edge of the review unit sent to me, visible in dark mode. This has been discussed on Reddit and Amazon has acknowledged there is a flaw and is ready to exchange any units with such issues.</p><p>Impressively, though, the screen and the aluminum body aren't fingerprint magnets, which is my biggest relief compared to, say, the 2024 edition of the Kindle Paperwhite that showed off every oily smudge on the front and back.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="s6f8TdYZdMNpUPZMe43okY" name="Amazon Kindle 2026_23" alt="Power button on the Amazon Kindle 2026" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/s6f8TdYZdMNpUPZMe43okY-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Sharmishta Sarkar / TechRadar)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Another hardware difference — and a first for Amazon — is the replaceable battery. On the plastic model, the rear panel just pops open, but you will need tiny hex screwdriver to remove the aluminum panel if you ever need to change the battery. This is accordance to EU regulations, but I am yet to see official replacement batteries being listed on Amazon. It's early days yet, and a Kindle battery typically lasts about 10 years, so I'd expect to see official listings down the line.</p><p>In comparison, though, Kobo's 2024 ereaders — namely, the Libra Colour, Clara BW and Clara Colour — have even better repairability, with screens and motherboards also replaceable. So if longevity is important to you, Amazon still has a way to go to impress its Kindle users.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="ouLpE4hjgbyPuXxVBQz9aY" name="Amazon Kindle 2026_25" alt="The USB-C port and screws on either side on the bottom edge of the Amazon Kindle 2026" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ouLpE4hjgbyPuXxVBQz9aY-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Sharmishta Sarkar / TechRadar)</span></figcaption></figure><p>As much as I love the new colors, the star of the show here is the upgraded display. The entry-level Kindle finally gets the E Ink Carta 1300 screen tech that the 2024 model missed out on.</p><p>Admittedly it still lacks warm LEDs, which is disappointing, but despite that it's the sharpest display on the entry-level Kindle that I've seen to date. It also boasts better contrast where blacks are blacker, even the background in dark mode, and that gives text better clarity overall.</p><p>Alongside the lack of warm hues for the frontlight, the entry-level Kindle still doesn't have waterproofing, which is probably for the best at least for the plastic model where the rear pops right off to access the battery. However, it would have been nice if Amazon had deigned to provide at least one of these missing features on the aluminum version to justify the higher price tag, especially since there are hardly any new software features to speak of here.</p><p><strong>Design &amp; display score: 4.5 / 5</strong></p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="tQiSj3t8Ug4PXqLHemxv2Z" name="Amazon Kindle 2026_2" alt="A page of an ebook on the Amazon Kindle 2026" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/tQiSj3t8Ug4PXqLHemxv2Z-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Sharmishta Sarkar / TechRadar)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-amazon-kindle-2026-review-software"><span>Amazon Kindle (2026) review: Software</span></h2><ul><li><strong>Books in a series are now grouped together in the Library tab</strong></li><li><strong>Additional wallpapers are nice</strong></li><li><strong>Not much else is new with the latest software release</strong></li></ul><p>If you've been using an older Kindle, you'll be intimately familiar with navigating around the 2026 release as well. At the start of my two-week testing of the new Kindle, seemingly nothing had changed with the release of the software version 5.20.1.0.1. However, just a day before this review was published, Amazon released firmware 5.20.1.02 and the only new feature here that I've come across is books in a series being grouped together in the Library tab. </p><p>There is, however, a caveat here — only items purchased or borrowed from the Kindle Store (or from Kindle+, previous Kindle Unlimited) are arranged this way. If you've sideloaded books in a series via, say, the Send To Kindle platform, they will still appear as individual titles.</p><p>This latest firmware at the time of writing has also been rolled out to the 2024 11th-generation Kindle, so this new feature will also be available on the older model.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="ftyp9AhZ6wV7pAoa4rzPGY" name="Amazon Kindle 2026_21" alt="Notice of a new software feature on the Amazon Kindle 2026" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ftyp9AhZ6wV7pAoa4rzPGY-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Sharmishta Sarkar / TechRadar)</span></figcaption></figure><p>I do appreciate that Amazon has added more wallpapers now, some which debuted on the 2025 releases of the Kindle Scribe. You can still choose to show the book covers if you don't want to cycle through the wallpapers when the device is sleeping.</p><p>The lack of significant new features on the Kindle is not a bad thing, although it would have been nice to have something different — perhaps reading stats like Kobo offers. However, the Kindle UX remains very simple to navigate around even if you're a first-time user — there is just the home screen and the library tabs, with the rest of the features and settings accessible by swiping down from the top edge of the screen. </p><figure role="gallery"><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Cg59cxXLRfKfhdi2A6Q2kY-1920-80.jpg" alt="Book settings in the Amazon Kindle 2026" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Sharmishta Sarkar / TechRadar</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/qvatwLZEi79Q7mESSkmDXb-1920-80.jpg" alt="Device settings on the Amazon Kindle 2026" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Sharmishta Sarkar / TechRadar</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/svA7M9RaGmJMQKCwzS8fXY-1920-80.jpg" alt="Font settings on the Amazon Kindle 2026" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Sharmishta Sarkar / TechRadar</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/4RR5HkZCgafWXtAiBLBH8a-1920-80.jpg" alt="Storage management on the Amazon Kindle 2026" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Sharmishta Sarkar / TechRadar</small></figcaption></figure></figure><p>I still find the home screen to be too wound up in Amazon's ecosystem and looks quite cluttered compared to Kobo's homepage setup, but it at least makes it easy to find your next read if you source your content from the Kindle Store. In the same vein, if you are a Prime member or have a Kindle+ subscription, you'll be able to find something new right from the homepage based on your previous reading habits.</p><p>Audible support is no longer restricted to select countries at launch, like it was for the 2024 Kindles. Meaning if you're in, say, Australia, you can absolutely listen to Audible audiobooks by pairing the Kindle to a set of wireless headphones or earbuds (or even a Bluetooth speaker).</p><p>WhisperSync will continue narration on any Alexa-supported speaker too if you prefer to move on from using the Kindle, like when you're perhaps fixing dinner and, in a similar vein, if you ever change your Kindle to a newer device, your entire library is already available the moment you sign into your Amazon account (something I wish Kobo would offer).</p><p><strong>• Software score: 4 / 5</strong></p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="vQRyMUt9h4AS4hU5dw2p8Z" name="Amazon Kindle 2026_22" alt="Kindle+ on the Amazon Kindle 2026" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/vQRyMUt9h4AS4hU5dw2p8Z-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Sharmishta Sarkar / TechRadar)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-amazon-kindle-2026-review-performance"><span>Amazon Kindle (2026) review: Performance</span></h2><ul><li><strong>Excellent reading experience</strong></li><li><strong>General navigation is faster compared to previous generation</strong></li><li><strong>Same battery life as previous model, which is disappointing compared to the Paperwhite</strong></li></ul><p>New hardware aside, the overall performance from the 2026 Kindle is also better, making it a true upgrade that I was expecting to see in 2024. Amazon, however, hasn't revealed whether there's an upgraded processor under the hood but I suspect there would be, even if it's a small update.</p><p>While page-turn speed is more or less the same on the 2024 and 2026 Kindles, all other navigation and functionality happens just that much quicker on the latter, including ebook load times. Even automatic screen refreshes are so quick that I barely registered most of them — similar to what I experienced in my <a href="https://www.techradar.com/tablets/ereaders/amazon-kindle-scribe-2025-with-frontlight-review">3rd-generation Kindle Scribe (2025) review</a>.</p><p>This speedy performance adds to the excellent reading experience, where the darker background in both regular and dark mode adds better contrast and makes text look sharper.</p><p>That said, I personally find 6-inch ereaders too small, and prefer the 7-inch or 8-inch ones — the sweet spot in terms of screen real estate, not too small and not too large. If you prefer larger fonts, you'll end up turning pages more often and that will then eat into the battery life of the Kindle.</p><figure role="gallery"><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/DePjvS6F7qVTLFQoLbr8HZ-1920-80.jpg" alt="A part of an ebook page on the Amazon Kindle 2026" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Sharmishta Sarkar / TechRadar</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/CrpDWdMyaobCoraCCpQBoY-1920-80.jpg" alt="Amazon Kindle 2026 in dark mode" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Sharmishta Sarkar / TechRadar</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/NWhwBYAKHGv5PnHSa9BH4Y-1920-80.jpg" alt="The Library tab on the Amazon Kindle 2026 showing tiles of book covers" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Sharmishta Sarkar / TechRadar</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/3ppkL7pLfUsvmNzweZpgsX-1920-80.jpg" alt="A book displayed on the Amazon Kindle 2026" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Sharmishta Sarkar / TechRadar</small></figcaption></figure></figure><p>And that has not changed from the 2024 model. Battery life is still up to 6 weeks according to Amazon, based on just 30 minutes of reading per day. That is doable, if you leave Bluetooth and Wi-Fi off, switch off the frontlight completely and don't keep browsing the Kindle Store or doing anything else except read.</p><p>In my testing, where I read for 4-5 hours a day for two weeks, had Wi-Fi always on and screen brightness set to level 7 in regular mode (relatively low), I had to charge the Kindle every 2 to 3 days, which got a little annoying considering the 2024 Kindle Paperwhite I have gives me double the battery life.</p><p>Charging the battery is quick, though, with the device going from 11% to full in just about an hour when plugged into a 25W USB-C outlet and using a good-quality C-to-C cable. Three attempts at topping from 10% or 11% battery gave me the same results.</p><p><strong>• Performance score: 4 / 5</strong></p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="qyHNA6J33zH36WDbSzowtX" name="Amazon Kindle 2026_8" alt="A page of an ebook in dark mode on the Amazon Kindle 2026" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/qyHNA6J33zH36WDbSzowtX-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Sharmishta Sarkar / TechRadar)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-should-i-buy-the-amazon-kindle-2026"><span>Should I buy the Amazon Kindle (2026)?</span></h2><div ><table><thead><tr><th class="firstcol " ><p>Attribute</p></th><th  ><p>Notes</p></th><th  ><p>Score</p></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Value</p></td><td  ><p>As lovely as the new hardware is, the 2026 Paperwhite isn't much more expensive than the 2026 Kindle (especially the aluminum version), making it a hard sell.</p></td><td  ><p>3 / 5</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Design &amp; display</p></td><td  ><p>A full revamp of the hardware and an updated screen makes this a good upgrade from an aging Kindle.</p></td><td  ><p>4.5 / 5</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Software</p></td><td  ><p>Not much has changed here, so it's still an easy-to-use interface. But the lack of new software features is still disappointing.</p></td><td  ><p>4 / 5</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Performance</p></td><td  ><p>Overall navigation and speed of loading books is visibly quicker compared to older generations. Battery life could have been better though.</p></td><td  ><p>4 / 5</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h2 id="buy-it-if-14">Buy it if...</h2><div class="product"><p><strong>You're using a very old Kindle that now feels slow and clunky</strong></p><p>For its entry-level model, Amazon has definitely done a good job with making the 2026 Kindle a worthy upgrade, if you can handle the higher price. </p></div><div class="product"><p><strong>You want the most compact, lightest Kindle made to date</strong></p><p>The entry-level Kindles have always been the most portable options in Amazon's ereader range, but the 2026 editions are smaller still, although the aluminum version isn't quite the lightest.</p></div><div class="product"><p><strong>You care about device longevity</strong></p><p>It may not be as repairable as Kobo's more popular ereaders, but at least being able to change out the battery — if official stock is made available globally — ensures your ereader will last way longer than the usual 10 years.</p></div><h2 id="don-39-t-buy-it-if-12">Don't buy it if...</h2><div class="product"><p><strong>Value for money is important</strong></p><p>Admittedly the new hardware makes the 2026 Kindle a worthy upgrade over the 2024 model but, the latter — as long as it's available to buy — is cheaper and will continue getting new software features that are released for its successor, at least for a few years longer. Moreover, Kobo offers more features for around the same price, making the 2026 Kindle harder to recommend.</p></div><div class="product"><p><strong>You prefer reading with larger fonts</strong></p><p>Given its limited battery life and smaller screen size, you'll be better off opting for a 7-inch or 8-inch ereader with better battery capacity to support more frequent page turns.</p></div><div class="product"><p><strong>You read a lot on holiday, by the pool or in the bath</strong></p><p>I wouldn't recommend dropping any ereader in the ocean as salt water corrodes, but if you do read on the beach, by the pool, in the bath or just by the kitchen sink (hey, maybe you do), I'd recommend opting for an ereader that has waterproofing.</p></div><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-amazon-kindle-2026-review-alternatives"><span>Amazon Kindle (2026) review: Alternatives</span></h2><p>The 2026 edition of the base Amazon Kindle is good — a very worthy upgrade. However, its price might make you stop and think. So if you're keen on alternatives, I would consider the 2026 Kindle Paperwhite better value than the Kindle Aluminum, for example. I haven't tested the new Paperwhite yet, but from the existing crop of tried and tested models, the below two options are my top picks and are still some of the <a href="https://www.techradar.com/best/best-ereader">best ereaders</a> you can buy.</p><div class="product"><p><strong>Kobo Clara BW</strong></p><p>As I've already mentioned earlier in this review, this 6-inch counterpart to the Kindle offers more features for around the same price as the 2026 release and is far more repairable than any Kindle. It might feel slower compared to the 2026 Kindle because it's now over two years old (at the time of publication of this review), but it's still a fabulous E Ink tablet with very good per-dollar value.<br /><strong>Read my full Kobo </strong><a href="https://www.techradar.com/tablets/ereaders/kobo-clara-bw-review-a-compact-ereader-showcasing-the-best-e-ink-display-yet" data-dimension112="7f299e44-d1a0-11f1-8f1d-ad42e9d76b4c" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Read my full Kobo Clara BW review" data-dimension48="Read my full Kobo Clara BW review" data-dimension25=""><strong>Clara BW review</strong></a><strong> for more information</strong></p></div><div class="product"><p><strong>Amazon Kindle Paperwhite (2024)</strong></p><p>For as long as this model is on the market, it's the better buy. You get a larger screen, waterproofing, warm LEDs, auto-adjusting screen light, a very good screen, excellent performance and better battery life than the 2026 Kindle.<br /><strong>Read my in-depth </strong><a href="https://www.techradar.com/tablets/ereaders/amazon-kindle-paperwhite-2024-review" data-dimension112="7f299eb2-d1a0-11f1-b023-39fa2ee8fb36" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Read my in-depth Amazon Kindle Paperwhite (2024) review" data-dimension48="Read my in-depth Amazon Kindle Paperwhite (2024) review" data-dimension25=""><strong>Amazon Kindle Paperwhite (2024) review</strong></a><strong> to learn more</strong></p></div><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-how-i-tested-the-amazon-kindle-2026"><span>How I tested the Amazon Kindle (2026)</span></h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="xwwMDJQkRPJ2XHUgpPec8Z" name="Amazon Kindle 2026_3" alt="A cute wallpaper on the Amazon Kindle 2026 showing a penguin wearing a scarf" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/xwwMDJQkRPJ2XHUgpPec8Z-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Sharmishta Sarkar / TechRadar)</span></figcaption></figure><p>No matter the circumstances, I generally read for at least a few hours a day, so it wasn't much different when it came to testing the 2026 Kindle. I used it for two and a half weeks, reading every single day for 4 to 5 hours. </p><p>While I already have an Amazon library accessible on any Kindle as soon as I sign in, I also used the Send To Kindle app to add a few more titles for good measure. Most of the titles I read on the 2026 Kindle were borrowed from Kindle+ though. This also allowed me to try out audiobooks on the device. I paired the Bose QuietComfort Ultra Headphones to the Kindle and also a JBL Charge 5 speaker for this purpose.</p><p>During testing, I changed screen brightness regularly to see how much affect it had on battery life, while also noting how browsing the Kindle Store affected the same. I also made a note of how much battery was lost when the device was sleeping.</p><p>Unfortunately I couldn't find the right screwdriver to access the battery under the Kindle Aluminum sent for this review, so I can't speak to how easy it would be to swap out an old pack for a new one.</p><p>Read more about how we test</p><p>[<em>First published October 2026</em>]</p>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ Audeze Maxwell 2 ANC review: an excellent, though not essential, upgrade for the best-sounding gaming headset I’ve ever used ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-audeze-maxwell-2-anc-one-minute-review"><span>Audeze Maxwell 2 ANC: one-minute review</span></h3><p>The Audeze Maxwell 2 ANC is simply a fantastic version of an already world-beating <a href="https://www.techradar.com/news/best-wireless-gaming-headsets">wireless gaming headset</a>. While it shares an awful lot with the ‘original’ <a href="https://www.techradar.com/gaming/audeze-maxwell-2-review">Audeze Maxwell 2</a> that launched earlier this year, the addition of genuinely excellent active noise cancellation (ANC) means that it offers an enhanced experience compared to its brethren.</p><p>The design and build remain very similar to that older model, with the big, weighty earcups sitting comfortably over your ears while the leather headstrap keeps things secure. Controls are also nearly identical, bar the addition of the ANC button on the front of the left cup. It’s a sturdy and robust build which gives great confidence, but if you’re in any way wary of weighty sets, then the Maxwell 2 ANC might be a bit much for you — it’s a chonker at 19.75oz / 560g.</p><p>However, the heft is unequivocally worth it in my opinion: when it comes to performance, the Maxwell 2 is absolutely fantastic. The non-ANC Maxwell 2 is my pick for the best-sounding gaming headset money can buy right now, and the ANC variant sounds just as brilliant in all scenarios across different platforms. </p><p>The ANC itself is a welcome addition and a genuinely impressive one, blocking out all exterior noise in my testing, as well as offering a transparency mode. The quality of the ANC makes it perfect for busy environments, or just achieving maximal immersion in your games.</p><p>This is up there with the absolute best in the premium ANC business — like the <a href="https://www.techradar.com/gaming/steelseries-arctis-nova-pro-omni-review">SteelSeries Arctis Nova Pro Omni</a> and <a href="https://www.techradar.com/gaming/steelseries-arctis-nova-elite-review">Nova Elite</a> I tested in recent months — and I can’t recommend it more if it fits in your budget for PC, Xbox, or <a href="https://www.techradar.com/reviews/ps5">PS5</a>.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.30%;"><img id="88yP4TueRj2biUhZPRnD8M" name="1793011117.jpg" alt="A picture of the Audeze Maxwell 2 ANC gaming headset being held in a hand with pale tiles in the background" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/88yP4TueRj2biUhZPRnD8M-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="4000" height="2252" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future/Rob Dwiar)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-audeze-maxwell-2-anc-price-and-availability"><span>Audeze Maxwell 2 ANC: Price and availability</span></h3><ul><li><strong>List price: $429 / £429 / AU$699</strong></li><li><strong>Chunky increase in price over the non-ANC model</strong></li><li><strong>Priced alongside competitors from the likes of SteelSeries, but above other wireless contenders</strong></li></ul><p>The Maxwell 2 ANC is more expensive than its ‘regular’ counterpart: it’s $100 / £90 / AU$130 more. With only a few features that are different from its non-ANC brother, its value proposition will be called into question.</p><p>For that price, it’s above the likes of the SteelSeries Arctis Nova Pro Omni (a direct competitor to the Maxwell 2), which is a headset with excellent ANC and one I really would recommend as well.</p><p>More broadly, you can still get models such as the brilliant <a href="https://www.techradar.com/gaming/turtle-beach-stealth-pro-2-review">Turtle Beach Stealth Pro 2</a> headset for comfortably less, and other planar magnetic driver gaming headsets like the wired <a href="https://www.techradar.com/gaming/asus-rog-kithara-review">Asus ROG Kithara</a> are cheaper still (though aren’t quite like-for-like).</p><p>As a result, the Audeze Maxwell 2 is a premium headset package, and the combination of its awesome planar magnetic driver audio and the great ANC makes it a sizable investment in the gaming headset market — though still much less than the SteelSeries Arctis Nova Elite. If the best gaming audio and ANC are both must-have features for you, then the Maxwell 2 ANC will still offer what you want and earn its price tag.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.30%;"><img id="sDVgGrAQN8Vvbi4tPnWWUb" name="1793011252.jpg" alt="A close up picture of the Audeze Maxwell 2 ANC gaming headset showing off its branding and logo" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/sDVgGrAQN8Vvbi4tPnWWUb-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="4000" height="2252" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future/Rob Dwiar)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-audeze-maxwell-2-anc-specs"><span>Audeze Maxwell 2 ANC: Specs</span></h3><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Price</strong></p></td><td  ><p>$429 / £429 / AU$699</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Weight</strong></p></td><td  ><p>19.75oz / 560g</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Drivers</strong></p></td><td  ><p>90mm Planar Magnetic</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Compatibility</strong></p></td><td  ><p>PlayStation or Xbox, Nintendo Switch, Nintendo Switch 2, PC, Mac, Mobile</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Connection type</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Wireless (2.4Ghz via dongle), Wired (USB-C &amp; audio jack), Bluetooth 5.3 (Auracast, LE Audio, LC3, LC3plus, LDAC, AAC, SBC, Multipoint)</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Battery life</strong></p></td><td  ><p>ANC off: 40 hours; ANC on: 35 hours</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Features</strong></p></td><td  ><p>“Aviation-grade” ANC with dual dedicated 1.4W amplifiers, 24-bit/96kHz high-resolution audio, SLAM acoustic management technology, detachable hypercardioid mic, beamforming mic with physical and AI reduction, FILTER™ Noise Reduction Technology, embedded Dolby Atmos license (Xbox) </p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Software</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Audeze App (PC &amp; mobile)</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-audeze-maxwell-2-anc-design-features"><span>Audeze Maxwell 2 ANC: Design &amp; features</span></h3><ul><li><strong>Robust build with a great feature set that builds on predecessor</strong></li><li><strong>A little heavier than the non-ANC headset</strong></li><li><strong>Weaker battery life</strong></li></ul><p><em>Note: I've removed a small comment from this section that talked about the Maxwell 2 ANC's dongle being smaller than the non-ANC headset dongle. This was incorrect, and they are the same size; I have removed the comment to reflect that.</em></p><p>The Maxwell 2 ANC gives great confidence with its build. It feels robust, solid, and able to withstand a knock or a drop (something I can attest to), and a lot of that comes from its weightiness. Some folks might immediately associate ‘heavy gaming headset’ with ‘bad,’ but I really think that is a grave misconception and something drilled into us by the marketing of other brands.</p><p>In reality, the design and build are so nicely done that it offsets the weight, and the comfort too — largely down to its new memory foam cushions and ventilated leather head strap — means that I’ve never really noticed wearing the Maxwell 2 ANC for even the longest sessions.</p><p>In terms of on-board controls, the left cup houses the volume dial, the game-chat mix dial, an audio jack, a USB-C port, a mic port, and the new ANC button. The right cup has the mic mute switch and the power button, which also doubles up as the Bluetooth pairing button. Simple. The dual microphone is very welcome, and it means you can deploy the Maxwell 2 ANC for entertainment and music, and still rely on something for comms, without plugging in the detachable boom mic.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.30%;"><img id="5dxPkuNcb8VcT4g97fKBuV" name="1793011201.jpg" alt="A picture of the Audeze Maxwell 2 ANC gaming headset sitting on a shiny surface with pale tiles in the background" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/5dxPkuNcb8VcT4g97fKBuV-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="4000" height="2252" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future/Rob Dwiar)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The head tracking features provided by Embody Immerse Gaming Hive and Dolby Atmos Rendered compatibility are fun and a novelty, though they still feel a little niche for me.</p><p>The most notable thing in the features of the Maxwell 2 ANC, however, sadly, is that the battery life has taken a dive compared to the regular Maxwell 2. While the non-ANC version could get you 80-odd hours of use, the ANC version is limited to about half of that with ANC off, and 35 hours with ANC on. </p><p>It’s perfectly serviceable and still provides you with comfortably more than a full day, but it is a shame the difference is so massive.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.30%;"><img id="naJWkg73Kfb8xaZqJUEjQX" name="1793011214.jpg" alt="A picture of the Audeze Maxwell 2 ANC gaming headset sitting on a shiny surface with pale tiles in the background" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/naJWkg73Kfb8xaZqJUEjQX-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="4000" height="2252" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future/Rob Dwiar)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-audeze-maxwell-2-anc-performance"><span>Audeze Maxwell 2 ANC: Performance</span></h3><ul><li><strong>Incredible audio quality across all games</strong></li><li><strong>Excellent ANC performance that doesn’t kill bass</strong></li><li><strong>Comfortable to wear, plus a really solid mic</strong></li></ul><p>The Audeze Maxwell 2 ANC is simply fantastic when put to the test. The gaming audio it provides is every bit as good as the audio I love from the regular Maxwell 2.</p><p>No matter what I’ve been playing, the Maxwell 2 ANC provides thumping combat sounds, beautifully crisp environmental audio, and rich, rounded soundtracks. It’s a joy to use as a media and entertainment pair of headphones too, with music singing clearly into my ears. Planar magnetic driver audio really is something else. </p><p>Backing this up is the microphone combo, which ensures I’m clear and crisp with my teammates even in the most frantic of online multiplayer battles.</p><p>Key to the audio sounding so good all the time is that the main USP of the headset, the ANC, <em>doesn’t</em> kill bass like almost every other ANC I’ve tried in my years of testing.</p><p>This means that you really are getting uncompromising audio, <em>and </em>some very effective ANC too; it’s excellent for immersion, and even in a busy household with a few people, I’ve been unbothered by external noise. This is undoubtedly aided by <a href="https://www.techradar.com/audio/we-can-tune-the-bass-to-get-more-output-pretty-much-for-free-i-asked-audio-specialist-audeze-about-its-patented-slam-system-for-headphones-and-the-slam-dunks-kept-a-coming">Audeze’s SLAM (Symmetric Linear Acoustic Modulator) tech</a>, which is proven to assist in bass performance. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.30%;"><img id="kSLrpGvqzJanycvL9L5DQ8" name="1793011426.jpg" alt="A close up picture of the Audeze Maxwell 2 ANC gaming headset's SLAM vent" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/kSLrpGvqzJanycvL9L5DQ8-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="4000" height="2252" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future/Rob Dwiar)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The weight of the headset doesn’t impact the performance of the Maxwell 2 ANC from a comfort perspective either. It might be heavier than other headsets, sure, but it’s never been uncomfortable on my head, even in the longest of sessions. I've almost come to prefer it over lightweight models you totally forget you’re wearing.</p><p>Elsewhere, I will say that by default the Maxwell 2 ANC can be quite quiet, which was a mild annoyance, though easily solved on PC or PS5 by manually adjusting the volume. The companion Audeze app on desktop and mobile has also been handy, facilitating firmware updates and allowing for EQ tinkering.</p><p>All in all, the Maxwell 2 ANC has all that is great about the non-ANC variant and adds excellent ANC. If you have to have the latter and are eyeing up the best version of the best-sounding headset, then this is the one to get.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.30%;"><img id="4x7PkUANZCNAYE7UXi7wDP" name="1793011138.jpg" alt="A picture of the Audeze Maxwell 2 ANC gaming headset being held in a hand with pale tiles in the background" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/4x7PkUANZCNAYE7UXi7wDP-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="4000" height="2252" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future/Rob Dwiar)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-should-i-buy-the-audeze-maxwell-2-anc"><span>Should I buy the Audeze Maxwell 2 ANC?</span></h3><h2 id="buy-it-if-15">Buy it if...</h2><div class="product"><p><strong>You want the best version of the best-sounding gaming headset going</strong><br />If you’re on the hunt for the best-sounding gaming headset money can buy right now, and want to make sure you get the most up-to-date variant, then the Audeze Maxwell 2 ANC is the one for you.</p></div><div class="product"><p><strong>You need excellent ANC in a gaming headset</strong><br />If ANC is at the top of your desired feature list, then what’s on offer here in the Maxwell 2 ANC - combined with its sheer audio quality and prowess - is certainly something to take notice of.</p></div><div class="product"><p><strong>You’re an audiophile gamer chasing the best in audio from specialist drivers</strong><br />If you’re someone who really, really cares about your gaming audio and wants something extra special that’s geared toward audio lovers, then the Maxwell 2 ANC’s planar magnetic drivers, in conjunction with its ANC and other features, are perfect for you.</p></div><div class="product"><p><strong>You’re on one, maybe two, platforms only</strong><br />While it can’t connect to lots of devices simultaneously like some of the competition, if you’re looking for one of the best gaming headsets money can buy for a small number of platforms, then this version of the Audeze Maxwell 2 needs to be considered.</p></div><h2 id="don-39-t-buy-it-if-13">Don't buy it if...</h2><div class="product"><p><strong>You’re wary of weighty headsets</strong><br />Personally, I think this is a grossly overstated ‘con’ of gaming headsets, but the fact remains: if you’ve grown used to lightweight headsets, then the Maxwell 2 ANC won’t be for you.</p></div><div class="product"><p><strong>You already have a Maxwell 2</strong><br />As great as the ANC is on this new version of the Maxwell 2, if it’s a feature you can do without, then I’d recommend the normal version of the Maxwell 2 to save some cash but still get that supreme audio experience. </p></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-also-consider"><span>Also consider...</span></h3><p>If the Audeze Maxwell 2 ANC doesn’t feel like it’s going to hit the mark for you, then these are the two alternatives I’d look to right now.</p><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol empty" ></td><td  ><p><strong>Audeze Maxwell 2 ANC</strong></p></td><td  ><p><strong>Audeze Maxwell 2</strong></p></td><td  ><p><strong>SteelSeries Arctis Nova Pro Omni</strong></p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Price</strong></p></td><td  ><p>$429 / £429 / AU$699</p></td><td  ><p>$329 / £339 / AU$569</p></td><td  ><p>$399.99 / £349.99 / AU$799</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Weight</strong></p></td><td  ><p>19.75oz / 560g</p></td><td  ><p>17.3oz / 490g</p></td><td  ><p>11.95oz / 339g</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Drivers</strong></p></td><td  ><p>90mm Planar Magnetic</p></td><td  ><p>90mm Planar Magnetic</p></td><td  ><p>Custom 40 mm Neodymium Magnetic (Hi-Res)</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Compatibility</strong></p></td><td  ><p>PlayStation or Xbox, Nintendo Switch, Nintendo Switch 2, PC, Mac, Mobile</p></td><td  ><p>PlayStation or Xbox, Nintendo Switch, Nintendo Switch 2, PC, Mac, Mobile</p><p><br /></p></td><td  ><p>PS5, PS4, Xbox Series X|S, Nintendo Switch 2, Nintendo Switch, PC, Mac, Mobile, Meta Quest 2/3</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Connection type</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Wireless (2.4Ghz via dongle), Wired (USB-C &amp; audio jack), Bluetooth 5.3 (Auracast, LE Audio, LC3, LC3plus, LDAC, AAC, SBC, Multipoint)</p></td><td  ><p>Wireless (2.4Ghz via dongle), Wired (USB-C &amp; audio jack), Bluetooth 5.3 (Auracast, LE Audio, LC3, LC3plus, LDAC, AAC, SBC, Multipoint)</p></td><td  ><p>Hi-Res wireless (2.4Ghz via dongle), Wired (audio jack), Bluetooth 5.3 + LE Audio (SBC with MultiPoint support for up to 10 devices; LC3, LC3+ for LE Audio)</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Battery life</strong></p></td><td  ><p>ANC off: 40 hours; ANC on: 35 hours</p></td><td  ><p>80+ hours</p></td><td  ><p>Up to 60 hours (2 x fully-charged batteries), Infinite Power System</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Features</strong></p></td><td  ><p>“Aviation-grade” ANC with dual dedicated 1.4W amplifiers, 24-bit/96kHz high-resolution audio, SLAM acoustic management technology, detachable hypercardioid mic, beamforming mic with physical and AI reduction, FILTER™ Noise Reduction Technology, embedded Dolby Atmos license (Xbox) </p></td><td  ><p>24-bit/96kHz high-resolution audio, SLAM acoustic management technology, detachable hypercardioid mic, beamforming mic with physical and AI reduction, FILTER™ Noise Reduction Technology, embedded Dolby Atmos license (Xbox) </p></td><td  ><p>Simultaneous four-source audio via Omni GameHub; certified Hi-Res audio (96kHz/24-bit), ClearCast Pro - Retractable Boom Microphone with onboard AI Noise Rejection, ANC, Arctis Companion App compatibility</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Software</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Audeze App (PC &amp; mobile)</p></td><td  ><p>Audeze App (PC &amp; mobile)</p></td><td  ><p>SteelSeries GG/Sonar, SteelSeries Arctis Companion App (iOS &amp; Android)</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.30%;"><img id="4QJbEkowB8xkgkLJQHX2WS" name="1793011169.jpg" alt="A picture of the Audeze Maxwell 2 ANC gaming headset clamped around a glass vase with pale tiles in the background" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/4QJbEkowB8xkgkLJQHX2WS-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="4000" height="2252" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future/Rob Dwiar)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-how-i-tested-the-audeze-maxwell-2-anc"><span>How I tested the Audeze Maxwell 2 ANC</span></h3><ul><li><strong>Tested over the course of a few months</strong></li><li><strong>Compared with other headsets, including the non-ANC version</strong></li><li><strong>Used across PS5 and PC games, on mobile, and for music, work, and entertainment</strong></li></ul><p>I’ve used the Audeze Maxwell 2 ANC as my go-to PS5 headset for a few months now, playing the likes of <a href="https://www.techradar.com/gaming/assassins-creed-black-flag-resynced-review"><em>Assassin’s Creed Black Flag Resynced</em></a>, <a href="https://www.techradar.com/gaming/resonance-a-plague-tale-review"><em>Resonance: A Plague Tale Legacy</em></a>, <a href="https://www.techradar.com/gaming/marvels-wolverine-review"><em>Marvel’s Wolverine</em></a>, and <em>Tom Clancy's The Division 2</em> and <a href="https://www.techradar.com/gaming/warhammer-40000-space-marine-2-review"><em>Warhammer 40,000 Space Marine 2</em></a> with friends online, as well as regularly using it on my PC when not using my SteelSeries Arctis Nova Pro Omni headset — a competing headset that has been great for comparison.</p><p>On my<em> </em><a href="https://www.techradar.com/computing/gaming-computers/gaming-pcs/acer-predator-orion-5000-review-2026"><em>Acer Predator Orion 5000</em></a><em> </em><a href="https://www.techradar.com/computing/gaming-pcs/best-gaming-pc"><em>gaming PC</em></a><em> (supplied by Acer)</em>, I’ve tested the Maxwell 2 ANC not only with everyday usage like work calls, music, and TV, but also with <em>games like </em><a href="https://www.techradar.com/reviews/cyberpunk-2077"><em>Cyberpunk 2077</em></a><em>, </em><a href="https://www.techradar.com/gaming/frostpunk-2-review"><em>Frostpunk 2</em></a><em>, Crusader Kings 3</em>, and a preview of a game or two under embargo.</p><p><em>First reviewed July-October 2026</em></p><p><a href="https://www.techradar.com/news/how-we-test">Read more about how we test</a></p> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.techradar.com/gaming/audeze-maxwell-2-anc-review</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ The Maxwell 2 ANC is a super-charged version of my favorite gaming headset, and audiophile planar magnetic driver specialists Audeze have created something really special. ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">CBh6SAbfZTUSacgp5JgGNQ</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/yny9sWpfHXk5DNt6vyNE8J-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Tue, 27 Oct 2026 02:00:00 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                <updated>Fri, 30 Oct 2026 10:56:47 +0000</updated>
                                                                                                                                            <category><![CDATA[Gaming]]></category>
                                                                                                <author><![CDATA[ rob.dwiar@futurenet.com (Rob Dwiar) ]]></author>                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Rob Dwiar ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jQfB6LAq4hRkyqovhsFBmA-320-70.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ &lt;p&gt;Rob is the Managing Editor of TechRadar Gaming and Streaming. He joined in 2023 as the Deputy Editor of TechRadar Gaming (TRG), and has multiple years of games media and games writing experience under his belt, with a variety of bylines at games publications, but also in the world of gardens and landscapes.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Prior to joining TRG, Rob was the Commissioning Editor for Hardware at sister site GamesRadar+. and spent more than four years on that team. After this, he had a short but successful stint as Gaming Editor at WePC, but is now firmly in a position at TechRadar Gaming to help drive the brand forward to achieve its goals. Before joining GamesRadar+ in 2018, Rob freelanced for many places and has had work published over the last six years or so at the likes of GamesRadar+, Eurogamer, RPS, PCGN, and more. This writing often took, and still takes, the form of analysis and celebration of video game environments, landscapes, and horticulture - Rob is a qualified landscape and garden designer and an expert on the virtual landscapes and environments of games.&lt;/p&gt; ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/yny9sWpfHXk5DNt6vyNE8J-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Future/Rob Dwiar]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[A picture of the Audeze Maxwell 2 ANC gaming headset on a shiny surface with pale tiles in the background]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[A picture of the Audeze Maxwell 2 ANC gaming headset on a shiny surface with pale tiles in the background]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[A picture of the Audeze Maxwell 2 ANC gaming headset on a shiny surface with pale tiles in the background]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/yny9sWpfHXk5DNt6vyNE8J-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-audeze-maxwell-2-anc-one-minute-review"><span>Audeze Maxwell 2 ANC: one-minute review</span></h3><p>The Audeze Maxwell 2 ANC is simply a fantastic version of an already world-beating <a href="https://www.techradar.com/news/best-wireless-gaming-headsets">wireless gaming headset</a>. While it shares an awful lot with the ‘original’ <a href="https://www.techradar.com/gaming/audeze-maxwell-2-review">Audeze Maxwell 2</a> that launched earlier this year, the addition of genuinely excellent active noise cancellation (ANC) means that it offers an enhanced experience compared to its brethren.</p><p>The design and build remain very similar to that older model, with the big, weighty earcups sitting comfortably over your ears while the leather headstrap keeps things secure. Controls are also nearly identical, bar the addition of the ANC button on the front of the left cup. It’s a sturdy and robust build which gives great confidence, but if you’re in any way wary of weighty sets, then the Maxwell 2 ANC might be a bit much for you — it’s a chonker at 19.75oz / 560g.</p><p>However, the heft is unequivocally worth it in my opinion: when it comes to performance, the Maxwell 2 is absolutely fantastic. The non-ANC Maxwell 2 is my pick for the best-sounding gaming headset money can buy right now, and the ANC variant sounds just as brilliant in all scenarios across different platforms. </p><p>The ANC itself is a welcome addition and a genuinely impressive one, blocking out all exterior noise in my testing, as well as offering a transparency mode. The quality of the ANC makes it perfect for busy environments, or just achieving maximal immersion in your games.</p><p>This is up there with the absolute best in the premium ANC business — like the <a href="https://www.techradar.com/gaming/steelseries-arctis-nova-pro-omni-review">SteelSeries Arctis Nova Pro Omni</a> and <a href="https://www.techradar.com/gaming/steelseries-arctis-nova-elite-review">Nova Elite</a> I tested in recent months — and I can’t recommend it more if it fits in your budget for PC, Xbox, or <a href="https://www.techradar.com/reviews/ps5">PS5</a>.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.30%;"><img id="88yP4TueRj2biUhZPRnD8M" name="1793011117.jpg" alt="A picture of the Audeze Maxwell 2 ANC gaming headset being held in a hand with pale tiles in the background" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/88yP4TueRj2biUhZPRnD8M-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="4000" height="2252" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future/Rob Dwiar)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-audeze-maxwell-2-anc-price-and-availability"><span>Audeze Maxwell 2 ANC: Price and availability</span></h3><ul><li><strong>List price: $429 / £429 / AU$699</strong></li><li><strong>Chunky increase in price over the non-ANC model</strong></li><li><strong>Priced alongside competitors from the likes of SteelSeries, but above other wireless contenders</strong></li></ul><p>The Maxwell 2 ANC is more expensive than its ‘regular’ counterpart: it’s $100 / £90 / AU$130 more. With only a few features that are different from its non-ANC brother, its value proposition will be called into question.</p><p>For that price, it’s above the likes of the SteelSeries Arctis Nova Pro Omni (a direct competitor to the Maxwell 2), which is a headset with excellent ANC and one I really would recommend as well.</p><p>More broadly, you can still get models such as the brilliant <a href="https://www.techradar.com/gaming/turtle-beach-stealth-pro-2-review">Turtle Beach Stealth Pro 2</a> headset for comfortably less, and other planar magnetic driver gaming headsets like the wired <a href="https://www.techradar.com/gaming/asus-rog-kithara-review">Asus ROG Kithara</a> are cheaper still (though aren’t quite like-for-like).</p><p>As a result, the Audeze Maxwell 2 is a premium headset package, and the combination of its awesome planar magnetic driver audio and the great ANC makes it a sizable investment in the gaming headset market — though still much less than the SteelSeries Arctis Nova Elite. If the best gaming audio and ANC are both must-have features for you, then the Maxwell 2 ANC will still offer what you want and earn its price tag.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.30%;"><img id="sDVgGrAQN8Vvbi4tPnWWUb" name="1793011252.jpg" alt="A close up picture of the Audeze Maxwell 2 ANC gaming headset showing off its branding and logo" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/sDVgGrAQN8Vvbi4tPnWWUb-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="4000" height="2252" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future/Rob Dwiar)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-audeze-maxwell-2-anc-specs"><span>Audeze Maxwell 2 ANC: Specs</span></h3><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Price</strong></p></td><td  ><p>$429 / £429 / AU$699</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Weight</strong></p></td><td  ><p>19.75oz / 560g</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Drivers</strong></p></td><td  ><p>90mm Planar Magnetic</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Compatibility</strong></p></td><td  ><p>PlayStation or Xbox, Nintendo Switch, Nintendo Switch 2, PC, Mac, Mobile</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Connection type</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Wireless (2.4Ghz via dongle), Wired (USB-C &amp; audio jack), Bluetooth 5.3 (Auracast, LE Audio, LC3, LC3plus, LDAC, AAC, SBC, Multipoint)</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Battery life</strong></p></td><td  ><p>ANC off: 40 hours; ANC on: 35 hours</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Features</strong></p></td><td  ><p>“Aviation-grade” ANC with dual dedicated 1.4W amplifiers, 24-bit/96kHz high-resolution audio, SLAM acoustic management technology, detachable hypercardioid mic, beamforming mic with physical and AI reduction, FILTER™ Noise Reduction Technology, embedded Dolby Atmos license (Xbox) </p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Software</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Audeze App (PC &amp; mobile)</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-audeze-maxwell-2-anc-design-features"><span>Audeze Maxwell 2 ANC: Design &amp; features</span></h3><ul><li><strong>Robust build with a great feature set that builds on predecessor</strong></li><li><strong>A little heavier than the non-ANC headset</strong></li><li><strong>Weaker battery life</strong></li></ul><p><em>Note: I've removed a small comment from this section that talked about the Maxwell 2 ANC's dongle being smaller than the non-ANC headset dongle. This was incorrect, and they are the same size; I have removed the comment to reflect that.</em></p><p>The Maxwell 2 ANC gives great confidence with its build. It feels robust, solid, and able to withstand a knock or a drop (something I can attest to), and a lot of that comes from its weightiness. Some folks might immediately associate ‘heavy gaming headset’ with ‘bad,’ but I really think that is a grave misconception and something drilled into us by the marketing of other brands.</p><p>In reality, the design and build are so nicely done that it offsets the weight, and the comfort too — largely down to its new memory foam cushions and ventilated leather head strap — means that I’ve never really noticed wearing the Maxwell 2 ANC for even the longest sessions.</p><p>In terms of on-board controls, the left cup houses the volume dial, the game-chat mix dial, an audio jack, a USB-C port, a mic port, and the new ANC button. The right cup has the mic mute switch and the power button, which also doubles up as the Bluetooth pairing button. Simple. The dual microphone is very welcome, and it means you can deploy the Maxwell 2 ANC for entertainment and music, and still rely on something for comms, without plugging in the detachable boom mic.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.30%;"><img id="5dxPkuNcb8VcT4g97fKBuV" name="1793011201.jpg" alt="A picture of the Audeze Maxwell 2 ANC gaming headset sitting on a shiny surface with pale tiles in the background" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/5dxPkuNcb8VcT4g97fKBuV-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="4000" height="2252" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future/Rob Dwiar)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The head tracking features provided by Embody Immerse Gaming Hive and Dolby Atmos Rendered compatibility are fun and a novelty, though they still feel a little niche for me.</p><p>The most notable thing in the features of the Maxwell 2 ANC, however, sadly, is that the battery life has taken a dive compared to the regular Maxwell 2. While the non-ANC version could get you 80-odd hours of use, the ANC version is limited to about half of that with ANC off, and 35 hours with ANC on. </p><p>It’s perfectly serviceable and still provides you with comfortably more than a full day, but it is a shame the difference is so massive.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.30%;"><img id="naJWkg73Kfb8xaZqJUEjQX" name="1793011214.jpg" alt="A picture of the Audeze Maxwell 2 ANC gaming headset sitting on a shiny surface with pale tiles in the background" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/naJWkg73Kfb8xaZqJUEjQX-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="4000" height="2252" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future/Rob Dwiar)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-audeze-maxwell-2-anc-performance"><span>Audeze Maxwell 2 ANC: Performance</span></h3><ul><li><strong>Incredible audio quality across all games</strong></li><li><strong>Excellent ANC performance that doesn’t kill bass</strong></li><li><strong>Comfortable to wear, plus a really solid mic</strong></li></ul><p>The Audeze Maxwell 2 ANC is simply fantastic when put to the test. The gaming audio it provides is every bit as good as the audio I love from the regular Maxwell 2.</p><p>No matter what I’ve been playing, the Maxwell 2 ANC provides thumping combat sounds, beautifully crisp environmental audio, and rich, rounded soundtracks. It’s a joy to use as a media and entertainment pair of headphones too, with music singing clearly into my ears. Planar magnetic driver audio really is something else. </p><p>Backing this up is the microphone combo, which ensures I’m clear and crisp with my teammates even in the most frantic of online multiplayer battles.</p><p>Key to the audio sounding so good all the time is that the main USP of the headset, the ANC, <em>doesn’t</em> kill bass like almost every other ANC I’ve tried in my years of testing.</p><p>This means that you really are getting uncompromising audio, <em>and </em>some very effective ANC too; it’s excellent for immersion, and even in a busy household with a few people, I’ve been unbothered by external noise. This is undoubtedly aided by <a href="https://www.techradar.com/audio/we-can-tune-the-bass-to-get-more-output-pretty-much-for-free-i-asked-audio-specialist-audeze-about-its-patented-slam-system-for-headphones-and-the-slam-dunks-kept-a-coming">Audeze’s SLAM (Symmetric Linear Acoustic Modulator) tech</a>, which is proven to assist in bass performance. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.30%;"><img id="kSLrpGvqzJanycvL9L5DQ8" name="1793011426.jpg" alt="A close up picture of the Audeze Maxwell 2 ANC gaming headset's SLAM vent" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/kSLrpGvqzJanycvL9L5DQ8-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="4000" height="2252" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future/Rob Dwiar)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The weight of the headset doesn’t impact the performance of the Maxwell 2 ANC from a comfort perspective either. It might be heavier than other headsets, sure, but it’s never been uncomfortable on my head, even in the longest of sessions. I've almost come to prefer it over lightweight models you totally forget you’re wearing.</p><p>Elsewhere, I will say that by default the Maxwell 2 ANC can be quite quiet, which was a mild annoyance, though easily solved on PC or PS5 by manually adjusting the volume. The companion Audeze app on desktop and mobile has also been handy, facilitating firmware updates and allowing for EQ tinkering.</p><p>All in all, the Maxwell 2 ANC has all that is great about the non-ANC variant and adds excellent ANC. If you have to have the latter and are eyeing up the best version of the best-sounding headset, then this is the one to get.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.30%;"><img id="4x7PkUANZCNAYE7UXi7wDP" name="1793011138.jpg" alt="A picture of the Audeze Maxwell 2 ANC gaming headset being held in a hand with pale tiles in the background" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/4x7PkUANZCNAYE7UXi7wDP-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="4000" height="2252" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future/Rob Dwiar)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-should-i-buy-the-audeze-maxwell-2-anc"><span>Should I buy the Audeze Maxwell 2 ANC?</span></h3><h2 id="buy-it-if-15">Buy it if...</h2><div class="product"><p><strong>You want the best version of the best-sounding gaming headset going</strong><br />If you’re on the hunt for the best-sounding gaming headset money can buy right now, and want to make sure you get the most up-to-date variant, then the Audeze Maxwell 2 ANC is the one for you.</p></div><div class="product"><p><strong>You need excellent ANC in a gaming headset</strong><br />If ANC is at the top of your desired feature list, then what’s on offer here in the Maxwell 2 ANC - combined with its sheer audio quality and prowess - is certainly something to take notice of.</p></div><div class="product"><p><strong>You’re an audiophile gamer chasing the best in audio from specialist drivers</strong><br />If you’re someone who really, really cares about your gaming audio and wants something extra special that’s geared toward audio lovers, then the Maxwell 2 ANC’s planar magnetic drivers, in conjunction with its ANC and other features, are perfect for you.</p></div><div class="product"><p><strong>You’re on one, maybe two, platforms only</strong><br />While it can’t connect to lots of devices simultaneously like some of the competition, if you’re looking for one of the best gaming headsets money can buy for a small number of platforms, then this version of the Audeze Maxwell 2 needs to be considered.</p></div><h2 id="don-39-t-buy-it-if-13">Don't buy it if...</h2><div class="product"><p><strong>You’re wary of weighty headsets</strong><br />Personally, I think this is a grossly overstated ‘con’ of gaming headsets, but the fact remains: if you’ve grown used to lightweight headsets, then the Maxwell 2 ANC won’t be for you.</p></div><div class="product"><p><strong>You already have a Maxwell 2</strong><br />As great as the ANC is on this new version of the Maxwell 2, if it’s a feature you can do without, then I’d recommend the normal version of the Maxwell 2 to save some cash but still get that supreme audio experience. </p></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-also-consider"><span>Also consider...</span></h3><p>If the Audeze Maxwell 2 ANC doesn’t feel like it’s going to hit the mark for you, then these are the two alternatives I’d look to right now.</p><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol empty" ></td><td  ><p><strong>Audeze Maxwell 2 ANC</strong></p></td><td  ><p><strong>Audeze Maxwell 2</strong></p></td><td  ><p><strong>SteelSeries Arctis Nova Pro Omni</strong></p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Price</strong></p></td><td  ><p>$429 / £429 / AU$699</p></td><td  ><p>$329 / £339 / AU$569</p></td><td  ><p>$399.99 / £349.99 / AU$799</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Weight</strong></p></td><td  ><p>19.75oz / 560g</p></td><td  ><p>17.3oz / 490g</p></td><td  ><p>11.95oz / 339g</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Drivers</strong></p></td><td  ><p>90mm Planar Magnetic</p></td><td  ><p>90mm Planar Magnetic</p></td><td  ><p>Custom 40 mm Neodymium Magnetic (Hi-Res)</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Compatibility</strong></p></td><td  ><p>PlayStation or Xbox, Nintendo Switch, Nintendo Switch 2, PC, Mac, Mobile</p></td><td  ><p>PlayStation or Xbox, Nintendo Switch, Nintendo Switch 2, PC, Mac, Mobile</p><p><br /></p></td><td  ><p>PS5, PS4, Xbox Series X|S, Nintendo Switch 2, Nintendo Switch, PC, Mac, Mobile, Meta Quest 2/3</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Connection type</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Wireless (2.4Ghz via dongle), Wired (USB-C &amp; audio jack), Bluetooth 5.3 (Auracast, LE Audio, LC3, LC3plus, LDAC, AAC, SBC, Multipoint)</p></td><td  ><p>Wireless (2.4Ghz via dongle), Wired (USB-C &amp; audio jack), Bluetooth 5.3 (Auracast, LE Audio, LC3, LC3plus, LDAC, AAC, SBC, Multipoint)</p></td><td  ><p>Hi-Res wireless (2.4Ghz via dongle), Wired (audio jack), Bluetooth 5.3 + LE Audio (SBC with MultiPoint support for up to 10 devices; LC3, LC3+ for LE Audio)</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Battery life</strong></p></td><td  ><p>ANC off: 40 hours; ANC on: 35 hours</p></td><td  ><p>80+ hours</p></td><td  ><p>Up to 60 hours (2 x fully-charged batteries), Infinite Power System</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Features</strong></p></td><td  ><p>“Aviation-grade” ANC with dual dedicated 1.4W amplifiers, 24-bit/96kHz high-resolution audio, SLAM acoustic management technology, detachable hypercardioid mic, beamforming mic with physical and AI reduction, FILTER™ Noise Reduction Technology, embedded Dolby Atmos license (Xbox) </p></td><td  ><p>24-bit/96kHz high-resolution audio, SLAM acoustic management technology, detachable hypercardioid mic, beamforming mic with physical and AI reduction, FILTER™ Noise Reduction Technology, embedded Dolby Atmos license (Xbox) </p></td><td  ><p>Simultaneous four-source audio via Omni GameHub; certified Hi-Res audio (96kHz/24-bit), ClearCast Pro - Retractable Boom Microphone with onboard AI Noise Rejection, ANC, Arctis Companion App compatibility</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Software</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Audeze App (PC &amp; mobile)</p></td><td  ><p>Audeze App (PC &amp; mobile)</p></td><td  ><p>SteelSeries GG/Sonar, SteelSeries Arctis Companion App (iOS &amp; Android)</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.30%;"><img id="4QJbEkowB8xkgkLJQHX2WS" name="1793011169.jpg" alt="A picture of the Audeze Maxwell 2 ANC gaming headset clamped around a glass vase with pale tiles in the background" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/4QJbEkowB8xkgkLJQHX2WS-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="4000" height="2252" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future/Rob Dwiar)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-how-i-tested-the-audeze-maxwell-2-anc"><span>How I tested the Audeze Maxwell 2 ANC</span></h3><ul><li><strong>Tested over the course of a few months</strong></li><li><strong>Compared with other headsets, including the non-ANC version</strong></li><li><strong>Used across PS5 and PC games, on mobile, and for music, work, and entertainment</strong></li></ul><p>I’ve used the Audeze Maxwell 2 ANC as my go-to PS5 headset for a few months now, playing the likes of <a href="https://www.techradar.com/gaming/assassins-creed-black-flag-resynced-review"><em>Assassin’s Creed Black Flag Resynced</em></a>, <a href="https://www.techradar.com/gaming/resonance-a-plague-tale-review"><em>Resonance: A Plague Tale Legacy</em></a>, <a href="https://www.techradar.com/gaming/marvels-wolverine-review"><em>Marvel’s Wolverine</em></a>, and <em>Tom Clancy's The Division 2</em> and <a href="https://www.techradar.com/gaming/warhammer-40000-space-marine-2-review"><em>Warhammer 40,000 Space Marine 2</em></a> with friends online, as well as regularly using it on my PC when not using my SteelSeries Arctis Nova Pro Omni headset — a competing headset that has been great for comparison.</p><p>On my<em> </em><a href="https://www.techradar.com/computing/gaming-computers/gaming-pcs/acer-predator-orion-5000-review-2026"><em>Acer Predator Orion 5000</em></a><em> </em><a href="https://www.techradar.com/computing/gaming-pcs/best-gaming-pc"><em>gaming PC</em></a><em> (supplied by Acer)</em>, I’ve tested the Maxwell 2 ANC not only with everyday usage like work calls, music, and TV, but also with <em>games like </em><a href="https://www.techradar.com/reviews/cyberpunk-2077"><em>Cyberpunk 2077</em></a><em>, </em><a href="https://www.techradar.com/gaming/frostpunk-2-review"><em>Frostpunk 2</em></a><em>, Crusader Kings 3</em>, and a preview of a game or two under embargo.</p><p><em>First reviewed July-October 2026</em></p><p><a href="https://www.techradar.com/news/how-we-test">Read more about how we test</a></p>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ ClearNym data removal service review ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>You’d be surprised how much of your data is publicly available online. Remember those platforms where you entered your email address, phone number, or house address? Some of that information may have been curated by data broker sites and made accessible to the public, for a fee. </p><p>These sites have built a business model of letting users discover people’s personal data, and because this data is mostly collected from public sources, the model is permitted. </p><p>Data removal platforms are the antidote to data broker sites that aggregate personal information. With these platforms, you can scan numerous data broker sites for your information and, if discovered, send automated deletion requests. I’m reviewing one such data removal service, ClearNym. </p><p>It isn’t as popular as some of the <a href="https://www.techradar.com/pro/best-data-removal-services-of-year" target="_blank">best data removal services</a> we've tested, but it’s a notable name in this niche. Read on to learn what it offers and how it compares to the competition. </p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-clearnym-plans-and-pricing"><span>ClearNym: Plans and pricing</span></h2><p>ClearNym offers distinct pricing plans for individuals and families, with the latter being discounted. The personal plan costs $30 per month and unlocks data removal from 336+ broker sites, weekly rescans and re-removal, and phone number/house address exposure monitoring (you’ll be alerted if either information is found on a public site).</p><p>The Family plan costs $50 per month and unlocks the same features as the personal plan, but for 5 users. Instead of each family member paying $30 per month for the personal plan, a steeply discounted $50 per month subscription covers up to 5 members (it’d have been $150 if each member paid individually).</p><p>There’s also an Extended plan that offers data removal for 10 users. For $100 per month, this plan also lets users send custom removal requests to data broker sites not included in ClearNym's native coverage.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1940px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.19%;"><img id="psx4HAddG9yimWsezxerm4" name="ClearNym pricing" alt="ClearNym’s pricing plans" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/psx4HAddG9yimWsezxerm4-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1940" height="1090" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: ClearNym )</span></figcaption></figure><p>ClearNym offers 45% discounts off the monthly price if you pay annually. For example, instead of paying $30 per month for 12 months, summing up to $360, for the personal plan, an annual subscription costs $198. Paying for 12 months upfront reduces the price significantly, so I’ll advise doing so if you can afford to.</p><p>It also helps that ClearNym offers a 14-day free trial to test its features before paying. If unsatisfied during the free trial, you can cancel the subscription without getting billed. Even after paying, there’s a 28-day window to request a refund (the 14-day free trial is included in this window). </p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-clearnym-setup"><span>ClearNym: Setup</span></h2><p>ClearNym doesn’t take much effort to set up. Anyone can visit the <a href="https://clearnym.com/" target="_blank">official website</a> and create an account. It offers a free trial that includes a few data removal scans. </p><p>After signing up, enter your information (full name, email address, or phone number). You also need to enter a location (to help narrow the search results), and ClearNym will run a deep scan on 336+ data broker sites. The scan usually takes a few minutes, but can be longer depending on the volume of data discovered on the sites. </p><p>Once the scan completes, ClearNym shows the number of sites the data was discovered on. In my case, I entered a random name (William Smith) and chose a random location (Atlanta, Georgia). Unsurprisingly, ClearNym found 1,950 profile matches.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1940px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.19%;"><img id="HEnNRwKT99stHrKhAUuHcH" name="ClearNym dashboard" alt="ClearNym scan results" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/HEnNRwKT99stHrKhAUuHcH-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1940" height="1090" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: ClearNym )</span></figcaption></figure><p>You may be wondering why I didn’t use my actual name. The thing is, I’ve used so many data broker sites for tests and reviews that they're probably tired of receiving my deletion requests. A scan for my credentials turns up so little data that it won’t be an effective way of demonstrating how good data removal platforms are at their job.</p><p>With data discovered, the next step is sending removal requests to all identified data broker sites, but there’s a catch. ClearNym requires formally starting a free trial to send removal requests, and payment credentials are needed to activate the free trial. You won’t get billed until 14 days after activating the trial; you can cancel it anytime before the 14th day. </p><p>Even after paying, there’s an extra 14-day window to request a refund, but this requires some back and forth with ClearNym’s sales team. Canceling the free trial is much easier if you aren’t satisfied with what you see.</p><p>ClearNym supports both automated and manual removal requests, although the latter is reserved for users on the Extended plan. Automated removal requests are sent quickly to any site among the 336+ brokers covered by ClearNym. You can monitor the progress of each request from your dashboard, and you’ll be alerted by email once any request gets successfully processed.</p><p>As an Extended subscriber, if you spot your data on a broker site that’s not under ClearNym’s network, you can initiate a manual removal request; this involves ClearNym’s experts drafting a custom request on your behalf. Custom requests take longer to process and may not always work, but they’re worth a try.</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-clearnym-ease-of-use"><span>ClearNym: Ease of use</span></h2><p>ClearNym offers a simple-to-navigate interface defined by minimal colors and clearly highlighted menus. Features are arranged neatly on the left side, and the main dashboard lies on the right, with clear icons to navigate your way through. From signing up to initiating and monitoring removal requests, I had no complaints about ClearNym’s ease of use. </p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-clearnym-security-and-privacy"><span>ClearNym: Security and privacy</span></h2><p>ClearNym doesn’t just offer data removal. It also offers dark web monitoring, where data breach databases are scanned for your personal information, and you’ll be alerted if there’s any match. ClearNym has also said it’ll soon add a VPN to its suite. Combined, these tools help maximize your online privacy and security.</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-clearnym-support"><span>ClearNym: Support</span></h2><p>ClearNym doesn’t offer a detailed self-help resource center like many rivals. I did find a large collection of user guides, but they were mostly about how to opt out of data broker sites, with ClearNym positioned as the easy option. I didn’t find detailed guides about ClearNym’s features.</p><p>On the bright side, ClearNym offers direct support via email and telephone. Subscribers can contact the support team and get quick responses to their inquiries.</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-clearnym-competition"><span>ClearNym: Competition</span></h2><p>ClearNym has many rivals, with <a href="https://www.techradar.com/reviews/incogni">Incogni</a> being a notable name I’d like to highlight. Incogni has broader coverage, with 420+ sites compared to ClearNym’s 336+. It also offers custom removals for hundreds more sites. </p><p>I’ll say Incogni is a better option if your goal is removing personal information from data centers en masse. However, ClearNym is better for targeted removals from specific sites that aren’t covered natively.  </p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-clearnym-final-verdict"><span>ClearNym: Final verdict</span></h2><p>ClearNym is a reliable data removal platform, particularly for custom deletion requests. The family plan is affordable relative to competitors and helps maximize online privacy. It doesn’t have the most comprehensive security features outside of data removal, but it’s really good at this core function. </p><p>I recommend ClearNym more for family than individual use because of the highly discounted family bundle ($50 per month for 5 users compared to $30 per month for the Personal plan). </p> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.techradar.com/pro/clearnym-data-removal-service-review</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ A detailed review of data removal platform ClearNym, covering its pros & cons, key features, customer support, and other important factors. ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">vqpm5eqKtnooV8KjQpbHxU</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/tNjUkH8LeSvNR4Vfwb5yNg-1920-80.png" type="image/png" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Mon, 26 Oct 2026 20:15:00 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Pro]]></category>
                                                                                                                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Stefan Ionescu ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/HScEiLJfLqxHysU7pcFHaH-320-70.png ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:content type="image/png" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/tNjUkH8LeSvNR4Vfwb5yNg-1920-80.png">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[ClearNym ]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Website screenshot of ClearNym (June, 2026)]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Website screenshot of ClearNym (June, 2026)]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Website screenshot of ClearNym (June, 2026)]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/tNjUkH8LeSvNR4Vfwb5yNg-1920-80.png" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>You’d be surprised how much of your data is publicly available online. Remember those platforms where you entered your email address, phone number, or house address? Some of that information may have been curated by data broker sites and made accessible to the public, for a fee. </p><p>These sites have built a business model of letting users discover people’s personal data, and because this data is mostly collected from public sources, the model is permitted. </p><p>Data removal platforms are the antidote to data broker sites that aggregate personal information. With these platforms, you can scan numerous data broker sites for your information and, if discovered, send automated deletion requests. I’m reviewing one such data removal service, ClearNym. </p><p>It isn’t as popular as some of the <a href="https://www.techradar.com/pro/best-data-removal-services-of-year" target="_blank">best data removal services</a> we've tested, but it’s a notable name in this niche. Read on to learn what it offers and how it compares to the competition. </p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-clearnym-plans-and-pricing"><span>ClearNym: Plans and pricing</span></h2><p>ClearNym offers distinct pricing plans for individuals and families, with the latter being discounted. The personal plan costs $30 per month and unlocks data removal from 336+ broker sites, weekly rescans and re-removal, and phone number/house address exposure monitoring (you’ll be alerted if either information is found on a public site).</p><p>The Family plan costs $50 per month and unlocks the same features as the personal plan, but for 5 users. Instead of each family member paying $30 per month for the personal plan, a steeply discounted $50 per month subscription covers up to 5 members (it’d have been $150 if each member paid individually).</p><p>There’s also an Extended plan that offers data removal for 10 users. For $100 per month, this plan also lets users send custom removal requests to data broker sites not included in ClearNym's native coverage.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1940px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.19%;"><img id="psx4HAddG9yimWsezxerm4" name="ClearNym pricing" alt="ClearNym’s pricing plans" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/psx4HAddG9yimWsezxerm4-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1940" height="1090" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: ClearNym )</span></figcaption></figure><p>ClearNym offers 45% discounts off the monthly price if you pay annually. For example, instead of paying $30 per month for 12 months, summing up to $360, for the personal plan, an annual subscription costs $198. Paying for 12 months upfront reduces the price significantly, so I’ll advise doing so if you can afford to.</p><p>It also helps that ClearNym offers a 14-day free trial to test its features before paying. If unsatisfied during the free trial, you can cancel the subscription without getting billed. Even after paying, there’s a 28-day window to request a refund (the 14-day free trial is included in this window). </p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-clearnym-setup"><span>ClearNym: Setup</span></h2><p>ClearNym doesn’t take much effort to set up. Anyone can visit the <a href="https://clearnym.com/" target="_blank">official website</a> and create an account. It offers a free trial that includes a few data removal scans. </p><p>After signing up, enter your information (full name, email address, or phone number). You also need to enter a location (to help narrow the search results), and ClearNym will run a deep scan on 336+ data broker sites. The scan usually takes a few minutes, but can be longer depending on the volume of data discovered on the sites. </p><p>Once the scan completes, ClearNym shows the number of sites the data was discovered on. In my case, I entered a random name (William Smith) and chose a random location (Atlanta, Georgia). Unsurprisingly, ClearNym found 1,950 profile matches.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1940px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.19%;"><img id="HEnNRwKT99stHrKhAUuHcH" name="ClearNym dashboard" alt="ClearNym scan results" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/HEnNRwKT99stHrKhAUuHcH-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1940" height="1090" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: ClearNym )</span></figcaption></figure><p>You may be wondering why I didn’t use my actual name. The thing is, I’ve used so many data broker sites for tests and reviews that they're probably tired of receiving my deletion requests. A scan for my credentials turns up so little data that it won’t be an effective way of demonstrating how good data removal platforms are at their job.</p><p>With data discovered, the next step is sending removal requests to all identified data broker sites, but there’s a catch. ClearNym requires formally starting a free trial to send removal requests, and payment credentials are needed to activate the free trial. You won’t get billed until 14 days after activating the trial; you can cancel it anytime before the 14th day. </p><p>Even after paying, there’s an extra 14-day window to request a refund, but this requires some back and forth with ClearNym’s sales team. Canceling the free trial is much easier if you aren’t satisfied with what you see.</p><p>ClearNym supports both automated and manual removal requests, although the latter is reserved for users on the Extended plan. Automated removal requests are sent quickly to any site among the 336+ brokers covered by ClearNym. You can monitor the progress of each request from your dashboard, and you’ll be alerted by email once any request gets successfully processed.</p><p>As an Extended subscriber, if you spot your data on a broker site that’s not under ClearNym’s network, you can initiate a manual removal request; this involves ClearNym’s experts drafting a custom request on your behalf. Custom requests take longer to process and may not always work, but they’re worth a try.</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-clearnym-ease-of-use"><span>ClearNym: Ease of use</span></h2><p>ClearNym offers a simple-to-navigate interface defined by minimal colors and clearly highlighted menus. Features are arranged neatly on the left side, and the main dashboard lies on the right, with clear icons to navigate your way through. From signing up to initiating and monitoring removal requests, I had no complaints about ClearNym’s ease of use. </p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-clearnym-security-and-privacy"><span>ClearNym: Security and privacy</span></h2><p>ClearNym doesn’t just offer data removal. It also offers dark web monitoring, where data breach databases are scanned for your personal information, and you’ll be alerted if there’s any match. ClearNym has also said it’ll soon add a VPN to its suite. Combined, these tools help maximize your online privacy and security.</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-clearnym-support"><span>ClearNym: Support</span></h2><p>ClearNym doesn’t offer a detailed self-help resource center like many rivals. I did find a large collection of user guides, but they were mostly about how to opt out of data broker sites, with ClearNym positioned as the easy option. I didn’t find detailed guides about ClearNym’s features.</p><p>On the bright side, ClearNym offers direct support via email and telephone. Subscribers can contact the support team and get quick responses to their inquiries.</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-clearnym-competition"><span>ClearNym: Competition</span></h2><p>ClearNym has many rivals, with <a href="https://www.techradar.com/reviews/incogni">Incogni</a> being a notable name I’d like to highlight. Incogni has broader coverage, with 420+ sites compared to ClearNym’s 336+. It also offers custom removals for hundreds more sites. </p><p>I’ll say Incogni is a better option if your goal is removing personal information from data centers en masse. However, ClearNym is better for targeted removals from specific sites that aren’t covered natively.  </p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-clearnym-final-verdict"><span>ClearNym: Final verdict</span></h2><p>ClearNym is a reliable data removal platform, particularly for custom deletion requests. The family plan is affordable relative to competitors and helps maximize online privacy. It doesn’t have the most comprehensive security features outside of data removal, but it’s really good at this core function. </p><p>I recommend ClearNym more for family than individual use because of the highly discounted family bundle ($50 per month for 5 users compared to $30 per month for the Personal plan). </p>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ Oppo Pad 5 Pro review: a premium, big-screen tablet without the price tag ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-oppo-pad-5-pro-one-minute-review"><span>Oppo Pad 5 Pro: One-minute review</span></h2><p>If you’re after a big-screen tablet with a premium design, a huge battery, and a price tag that won’t bankrupt you, the Oppo Pad 5 Pro makes a compelling case as one of the <a href="https://www.techradar.com/news/best-tablet">best tablets</a> on the market.</p><p>It also arrives with an initially puzzling spec configuration. The Pad 5 Pro is the successor to the <a href="https://www.techradar.com/tablets/oppo-pad-3-pro-review">Oppo Pad 3 Pro</a>, which landed in 2025 with a smaller screen (12 inches) and 12GB of RAM. This time around, however, Oppo has increased the tablet's screen size but slashed its RAM capacity to 8GB.</p><p>That means the Pad 5 Pro has a lower power ceiling than its predecessor for multitasking and resource-intensive productivity tasks, but Oppo has almost certainly made this decision as a result of the ongoing global RAM shortage, which is pushing up memory prices. Had the Pad 5 Pro been equipped with 12GB of RAM, it would almost certainly be significantly more expensive.</p><p>And it’s not all bad news for the Pad 5 Pro's power credentials, as its Snapdragon 8 Elite Gen 5 chipset can handle pretty much everything you throw at it. The Pad 3 Pro, by contrast, uses a still-powerful but older Snapdragon 8 Gen 3 Leading Version chipset, so what you lose in RAM, you gain in CPU power.</p><p>The tablet's 7:5 aspect ratio display also makes the Pad 5 Pro a great productivity companion. The ColorOS 16 interface has excellent multitasking tools, and I love the ability to use the tablet as a screen for your laptop.</p><p>I also enjoyed holding the tablet vertically and reading articles, with its 144Hz refresh rate allowing for smooth scrolling, and the screen's bezel providing a place to rest my thumb.</p><p>With the Pad 5 Pro back in landscape, the expansive screen was great for my <em>PUBG: Mobile</em> sessions and streaming videos. Plus, with eight speakers built into the slender frame, the Pad 5 Pro has surprisingly good audio.</p><p>Then there’s the whopping 13,380mAh battery that’ll give you multiple days of use from a single charge with moderate use, and a solid two days with more intensive activity.</p><p>As big-screen tablets go, then, the Oppo Pad 5 Pro has a lot to offer that makes it easy to recommend.</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-oppo-pad-5-pro-review-price-and-availability"><span>Oppo Pad 5 Pro review: Price and availability</span></h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="CLkhVozWLZeRBwuA8ABgke" name="Oppo Pad 5 Pro" alt="Oppo Pad 5 Pro on a counter" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/CLkhVozWLZeRBwuA8ABgke-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: John McCann / TechRadar)</span></figcaption></figure><ul><li><strong>The Oppo Pad 5 Pro costs £699, less than the 13-inch iPad Air (M4)</strong></li><li><strong>Available in the UK and Europe with 8GB of RAM and 256GB of storage</strong></li></ul><p>The Oppo Pad 5 Pro costs £699, making it slightly more expensive than Apple’s entry-level <a href="https://www.techradar.com/tablets/ipad/after-weeks-of-testing-the-11th-gen-ipad-proves-its-still-one-of-the-best-even-without-apple-intelligence">iPad 11-inch (2025)</a> (£429), but comfortably cheaper than the firm’s <a href="https://www.techradar.com/tablets/ipad/embargoed-i-tested-the-ipad-air-with-m4-and-apple-just-stretched-the-value-of-the-air-even-further">iPad Air 13-inch (2025)</a> (£949) and Samsung’s 12.6-inch Galaxy Tab S12 Plus (£1,399). Its closest competitor, price-wise, is the <a href="https://www.techradar.com/tablets/samsung-galaxy-tab-s10-fe-plus-review">Samsung Galaxy Tab S10 FE Plus</a> (£689).</p><p>At £699, the Pad 5 Pro also costs £200 more than its predecessor. Sure, it has a bigger screen, a larger battery, and an updated chipset — but as mentioned, it also has less RAM. You're still getting decent bang for your buck, but last year's Pad 3 Pro was a better value proposition overall.</p><p>At the time of writing (October 2026), <a href="https://www.oppo.com/uk/product/oppo-pad-5-pro.P.P1100529" target="_blank">Oppo is running a £100-off promotion on the Pad 5 Pro</a>, taking the asking price down to £599. At that figure, it's a steal.</p><p>The Oppo Pad 5 Pro is currently available in the UK and Europe. If you’re reading this review in North America or Australia, then bad news: this tablet is not currently sold in your region.</p><p>The Oppo Pad 5 Pro is available in a single configuration: 8GB RAM with 256GB of storage, and Wi-Fi only. Unlike Apple’s iPads and Samsung’s Galaxy Tabs, there is no cellular option here.</p><p>If you want to enhance your experience, Oppo offers case and stylus accessories for the tablet. The Oppo Pad 5 Pro Smart Keyboard case (£299), as the name suggests, provides you with a full QWERTY keyboard and stand in a similar design to Apple’s Magic Keyboard.</p><p>The Smart Case (£29.90) provides front and back protection and an origami-style folding flag for various stand orientations.</p><p>Meanwhile, the Oppo Pencil 3 Pro (£79.90) comes with 16,000 levels of pressure sensitivity — more than the Apple Pencil series — and an industry-first felt tip for a realistic writing-on-paper-like experience.</p><ul><li><strong>Value score: 4 / 5</strong></li></ul><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-oppo-pad-5-pro-specs"><span>Oppo Pad 5 Pro: Specs</span></h2><p>The Oppo Pad 5 Pro boasts a number of key spec upgrades over its predecessor — but it's also saddled with a notable downgrade.</p><p>Oppo’s increased the screen size to 13.2 inches, and the display resolution gets a bump too, with the LCD screen now offering a 3392 x 2400 (3.4K) pixel resolution, 315 ppi, and a peak brightness of 1,000 nits.</p><p>Battery capacity is now a meaty 13,380mAh with 80W fast charging, while Qualcomm’s flagship Snapdragon 8 Elite Gen 5 chipset runs the show. There’s 256GB of storage too, plus eight speakers and two microphones, all packed into a supremely slim 5.94mm body.</p><p>The downgrade comes in the RAM department. The Pad 3 Pro packed 12GB of RAM, but for the Oppo Pad 5 Pro, you’re getting just 8GB. For a tablet that’s supposedly offering a PC-level experience and plenty of AI productivity tools, this is a disappointment, but not a deal-breaker.</p><div ><table><caption>Oppo Pad 5 Pro</caption><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Dimensions:</p></td><td  ><p>289.71 x 209.76 x 5.94mm</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Weight:  </p></td><td  ><p>672g</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Screen:</p></td><td  ><p>13.2-inch, LCD, 7:5</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Resolution: </p></td><td  ><p>3392 x 2400 (3.4K), 315 ppi</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Refresh rate: </p></td><td  ><p>144Hz adaptive refresh rate</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Peak brightness: </p></td><td  ><p>1,000 nits</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Chipset: </p></td><td  ><p>Snapdragon 8 Elite Gen 5</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>RAM: </p></td><td  ><p>8GB LPDDR5X</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Storage: </p></td><td  ><p>256GB</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>OS:</p></td><td  ><p>Android 16 w/ ColorOS 16</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Main camera:</p></td><td  ><p>13MP, EIS</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Front camera: </p></td><td  ><p>8MP, EIS</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Battery: </p></td><td  ><p>13,380mAh</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Charging: </p></td><td  ><p>80W wired (SuperVOOC)</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Colors: </p></td><td  ><p>Mocha Brown</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-oppo-pad-5-pro-review-design"><span>Oppo Pad 5 Pro review: Design</span></h2><figure role="gallery"><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/hymdZmCp4zjrSWfVCyc9ze-1920-80.jpg" alt="Angled look at the rear of the Oppo Pad 5 Pro" /><figcaption><small role="credit">John McCann / TechRadar</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/2hKsxcyT9Qawse6ekxTmye-1920-80.jpg" alt="Rear of the Oppo Pad 5 Pro" /><figcaption><small role="credit">John McCann / TechRadar</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/mCz9kPXLRwrwv28jCfGmPe-1920-80.jpg" alt="Pogo pins on the rear of the Oppo Pad 5 Pro" /><figcaption><small role="credit">John McCann / TechRadar</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/5WGArhKUMNjd6i7C7Rm4de-1920-80.jpg" alt="Rear camera on the Oppo Pad 5 Pro" /><figcaption><small role="credit">John McCann / TechRadar</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/v4FraxuNfKxnvhfScBecYe-1920-80.jpg" alt="Power button on the side of the Pad 5 Pro" /><figcaption><small role="credit">John McCann / TechRadar</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/DzWRxsDrezFpEU3dRX5PWe-1920-80.jpg" alt="Volume keys on the edge of the Oppo Pad 5 Pro" /><figcaption><small role="credit">John McCann / TechRadar</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/uKd6N7hJGo6SX3gLJNv3Xe-1920-80.jpg" alt="Magnetic connection for Pencil 3 Pro" /><figcaption><small role="credit">John McCann / TechRadar</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/vEhsHobyjr28U5F7etfk4f-1920-80.jpg" alt="Front facing camera on the Oppo Pad 5 Pro" /><figcaption><small role="credit">John McCann / TechRadar</small></figcaption></figure></figure><ul><li><strong>Slim, premium design that looks great</strong></li><li><strong>Just one color option, but Mocha Brown works</strong></li><li><strong>It’s almost 100g heavier than the 13-inch iPad Pro</strong></li></ul><p>In the battle of the big-screen tablets, there’s not much to choose between the Apple, Oppo, and Samsung slates in terms of design.</p><p>The Oppo Pad 5 Pro is a great-looking and feeling premium tablet. Its flat edges mimic the latest iPad design, while its ultra-slim profile means it slips seamlessly into a bag.</p><p>At 5.94mm thick, the Pad 5 Pro is certainly slender, but it’s not as svelte as the pricier iPad Pro 13-inch (M5) or Samsung Galaxy S12 Ultra, which are both just 5.1mm slim.</p><p>This isn't a particularly big issue, although at 672g, there’s some weight behind this supersized slate: the Pad 5 Pro is almost 100g heavier than the iPad Pro 13 (M5) and its predecessor, the Pad 3 Pro. A lightweight, compact tablet this is not. </p><p>Oppo claims the all-metal unibody is designed to feel "as natural and effortless to hold as a magazine." While it’s certainly heavier than the T3 magazine I had to hand, I did enjoy holding the tablet during use. There are no sharp edges, and so long as you’re okay with the weight, it’s comfortable in the hand.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="HrMCfFuko2jssFjFpQEARf" name="Oppo Pad 5 Pro" alt="Reading TechRadar on the Oppo Pad 5 Pro" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/HrMCfFuko2jssFjFpQEARf-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: John McCann / TechRadar)</span></figcaption></figure><p>I especially liked using it in portrait when reading articles, and while the bezels around the screen might appear to be on the large side, they provided an accommodating space for my thumb to rest.</p><p>Oppo has continued the single-color trend it employed for this tablet’s predecessor, with the Pad 5 Pro available in just one hue: Mocha Brown. Now, brown isn’t the first color that jumps to mind for a tablet, but I must say it looks smart here. Plus, a single color choice at least means a simpler buying journey.</p><p>There’s a front-facing camera positioned along the landscape edge of the screen, which is the premier position for video calls when in a protective case or keyboard stand, while a pill-shaped island on the rear houses the 13MP rear snapper and flash.</p><p>The only buttons on this tablet are a power key and two volume buttons, while a USB-C port provides wired charging and data transfer access.</p><p>On the rear, you’ll also find three pogo pin connectors, allowing you to connect the tablet to the optional Smart Keyboard accessory. And on the top edge, there’s a subtle oval indentation to guide you when magnetically attaching the optional Oppo Pencil 3 Pro stylus to the slate when not in use.</p><p>Oppo’s also managed to pack eight speakers into the Pad 5 Pro, four on each short side, and there are two microphones to pick up your voice during video calls.</p><p>There’s no fingerprint scanner either under the display or built into the power switch, with Oppo instead opting for face unlock smarts.</p><ul><li><strong>Design score: 4 / 5</strong></li></ul><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-oppo-pad-5-pro-review-display"><span>Oppo Pad 5 Pro review: Display</span></h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="EGHwkJdbRUhmw5sgaN37Rf" name="Oppo Pad 5 Pro" alt="Oppo Pad 5 Pro with Pencil 3 Pro on top" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/EGHwkJdbRUhmw5sgaN37Rf-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: John McCann / TechRadar)</span></figcaption></figure><ul><li><strong>Huge 13.2-inch, 3.4K display</strong></li><li><strong>Great for multitasking, gaming, and video streaming</strong></li><li><strong>Supports HDR for Netflix and Prime Video, plus Dolby Vision</strong></li></ul><p>The Oppo Pad 5 Pro's display measures a whopping 13.2 inches, making it bigger than Apple’s largest iPad Pro. This supersized screen ensures you have plenty of real estate for your apps, games, videos, and work tasks.</p><p>Oppo has stuck with an LCD panel for the screen here, which will likely help keep overall costs down, but it does mean you don’t get the same deep black levels as you do with Samsung’s AMOLED screens.</p><p>Resolution isn’t an issue, though, with the 3.4K panel offering a pixel density of 315ppi — that's much higher than you'll get on the pricier iPad Pro (265ppi) and Galaxy Tab S12 Ultra (239ppi).</p><p>Oppo uses what it calls the “A4 golden ratio” for the screen — specifically, it's a 7:5 screen aspect ratio that makes reading articles, checking documents, and reviewing presentations very comfortable.</p><p>The adaptive refresh rate up to 144Hz means scrolling, swiping, and sliding around the interface and apps feels fluid; great when you’re moving through long documents or fast-moving comment sections.</p><p>Fire up a streaming service, though, and 16:9 and 21:9 videos result in large black bars above and below the action. Still, this isn't deal-breaking for the experience, and with HDR for Netflix and Prime Video, along with Dolby Vision support, content looks great.</p><p>The Pad 5 Pro's large screen size means it’s an excellent tablet to use away from home, especially when on the move for work. It’s easy to run apps side-by-side without them feeling cramped, and I enjoyed using Oppo’s O+Connect software with my laptop to enable the Pad 5 Pro as a second display.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="Z7WadwERVHUFdpZrZmz7Rf" name="Oppo Pad 5 Pro" alt="Hand holding the Oppo Pad 5 Pro" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Z7WadwERVHUFdpZrZmz7Rf-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: John McCann / TechRadar)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Plus, the plentiful display real estate was beneficial when I fired up <em>PUBG: Mobile</em>, giving me an expansive view of the battlefield and plenty of space for the on-screen buttons and HUD.</p><p>With a peak brightness of 1,000 nits, I was able to use the Pad 5 Pro outside without much in the way of reflections or glare. In direct sunlight, you might struggle to see the screen a little, but positioned on a sun lounger in the shade, this tablet works nicely.</p><ul><li><strong>Display score: 4.5 / 5</strong></li></ul><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-oppo-pad-5-pro-review-software"><span>Oppo Pad 5 Pro review: Software</span></h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="pWK6QpftsNAaVAqrSU74Rf" name="Oppo Pad 5 Pro" alt="App icons on the screen of the Pad 5 Pro" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/pWK6QpftsNAaVAqrSU74Rf-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: John McCann / TechRadar)</span></figcaption></figure><ul><li><strong>ColorOS 16 provides excellent customization and multitasking</strong></li><li><strong>AI tools are included, but usefulness varies</strong></li></ul><p>The Oppo Pad 5 Pro is an Android tablet at heart, with Oppo’s own ColorOS 16 interface laid on top. And Oppo says the tablet will get an upgrade to ColorOS 17 in November 2026.</p><p>The good news is Oppo’s UI is a highly accomplished offering these days. It’s pretty close to stock Android, while offering extra layers of customization and features on top. The result is a tablet that’s enhanced by the software Oppo makes.</p><p>If you like to fine-tune your experience, the Oppo Pad 5 Pro has plenty of options in the Settings menu, but you don't need to dive into them. This tablet also works great out of the box with the default settings.</p><p>And, mercifully, Oppo has kept pre-loaded applications to a minimum, with just a handful forced on you from the off — apps such as Netflix, WPS Office, LinkedIn, and TikTok. The good news is these can be uninstalled easily if you’d rather not have them.</p><p>I like how easy it is to get two (or three) apps side by side on screen — tap the three dots at the top of the screen when in an app, select Split View, and you're away. Coupled with the big screen, this multitasking functionality makes the Pad 5 Pro an excellent productivity machine that students and mobile workers will find intuitive and helpful.</p><p>And as I mentioned briefly in the display section, productivity can be further enhanced with O+ Connect, which allows you to sync your Mac or Windows laptop to the Pad 5 Pro to use it to transfer documents, mirror displays, or act as a second screen. It works wired and wirelessly, so you don’t need to remember cables every time.</p><p>Considering how slim the Pad 5 Pro is, it’s not a huge ask to slide this tablet into your bag with your work or study laptop, giving you excellent flexibility.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="ggroRr6NpVaSjoRRqepzQf" name="Oppo Pad 5 Pro" alt="Writing Hello with the Pencil 3 Pro on the Oppo Pad 5 Pro" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ggroRr6NpVaSjoRRqepzQf-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: John McCann / TechRadar)</span></figcaption></figure><p>There are AI tools on board too, including the now-familiar Circle to Search feature, but Oppo also has AI Smart Circle. When using the optional Pencil 3 Pro, pressing and holding the stylus on the screen will highlight content, allowing you to annotate, save, or share it.</p><p>From there, you can access additional AI tools, including AI Painter (which helps you enhance images you find). The tools work and can be fun to use, but their mileage will vary depending on your use cases.</p><ul><li><strong>Software score: 4.5 / 5</strong></li></ul><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-oppo-pad-5-pro-review-performance"><span>Oppo Pad 5 Pro review: Performance </span></h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="29qti2H5jPSv7BzC8eYCRf" name="Oppo Pad 5 Pro" alt="Oppo Pad 5 Pro attached to the Smart Keyboard Case" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/29qti2H5jPSv7BzC8eYCRf-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: John McCann / TechRadar)</span></figcaption></figure><ul><li><strong>A mixed bag of specs, but enough power for most</strong></li><li><strong>Snapdragon 8 Elite Gen 5 chipset and 8GB of RAM</strong></li><li><strong>Comfortably handles three apps on screen at the same time</strong></li></ul><p>The Oppo Pad 5 Pro performance specs are a bit of a mixed bag. First, the good: you get Qualcomm's latest, top-of-the-line chipset, the Snapdragon 8 Elite Gen 5.</p><p>That means plenty of raw power under the hood and enough smarts for various AI workflows, whether you’re a Gemini, ChatGPT, Claude, or other LLM user.</p><p>What’s less impressive is the amount of RAM you get. With its predecessor, the Pad 3 Pro (there was no 4 model), you got 12GB of RAM. On the Pad 5 Pro, however, Oppo has downgraded this capacity to 8GB.</p><p>We can’t be too cross with Oppo, though. There’s a global shortage of RAM, which in turn is pushing up prices, and its scarcity is leaving manufacturers in a tricky position when it comes to balancing power and price.</p><p>I suspect if Oppo did include 12GB of RAM in the Pad 5 Pro, its asking price would be much higher, and to be fair to the tablet, it handled everything I threw at it with ease.</p><p>I cranked up the graphical settings on <em>PUBG: Mobile</em> and was able to successfully log some Winner Winner Chicken Dinner victories, while 4K video streaming from Disney Plus, Prime Video, and Netflix all worked well and looked great.</p><p>Hours of gaming, long video calls, prolonged typing of this review using the Smart Keyboard Case, and TV series binges (series two of <em>The Gentleman,</em> anyone?) were all taken in stride, too.</p><p>If you’re looking to complete overly complex graphical or AI tasks, though, the Oppo Pad 5 Pro may start to struggle, so consider a more powerful (and likely pricier) tablet if you fall into this category.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="LdkTXNRK3ZErtTKMSNB3Rf" name="Oppo Pad 5 Pro" alt="A finger on the touchpad of the Smart Keyboard Case" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/LdkTXNRK3ZErtTKMSNB3Rf-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: John McCann / TechRadar)</span></figcaption></figure><p>For those of you who do a lot of gaming, the Pad 5 Pro has Oppo’s Game Assistant, allowing you to direct maximum performance to the game you’re playing, with toggles to enhance graphics and framerate too.</p><p>And a quick word on this tablet’s eight-speaker setup. They sound great for their size, considering they’re packed into the Pad 5 Pro’s slender frame, offering rich audio and great stereo performance. They’re not going to beat a quality pair of Bluetooth headphones, but they’re more than capable for most use cases.</p><ul><li><strong>Performance score: 4 / 5</strong></li></ul><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-oppo-pad-5-pro-review-battery"><span>Oppo Pad 5 Pro review: Battery</span></h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="RPCkE6CRwJuVUWPCqE6sCf" name="Oppo Pad 5 Pro" alt="USB-C charging port for the Oppo Pad 5 Pro" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/RPCkE6CRwJuVUWPCqE6sCf-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: John McCann / TechRadar)</span></figcaption></figure><ul><li><strong>Huge 13,380mAh battery</strong></li><li><strong>Multi-day use from a single charge is easily achievable</strong></li><li><strong>80W fast charging, but you’ll need to provide the block</strong></li></ul><p>The Oppo Pad 5 Pro performs very well when it comes to battery life. </p><p>Oppo has packed a massive 13,380mAh power pack into the tablet's slender frame, and the sheer capacity on offer translates directly into impressive longevity.</p><p>An hour-long <em>PUBG: Mobile</em> gaming session resulted in a 7% drop in battery life, which means the Pad 5 Pro is capable of many hours of gameplay.</p><p>Loading up a Dolby Vision-supported movie on Netflix, the Pad 5 Pro dropped 9% in an hour and a half. That was with Wi-Fi connected, brightness at half, and various applications syncing in the background.</p><p>Extrapolated out, that's over 10 hours of video streaming, although Oppo claims the Pad 5 Pro can deliver up to 20 hours of video playback. That might be possible on lower brightness settings and with a film file on the tablet itself, but not through everyday streaming.</p><p>And when left idle overnight, the Pad 5 Pro lost just 1% in 12 hours. </p><p>Battery drain is similar when working and multitasking, with the Pad 5 Pro offering two days of battery life pretty consistently with multiple hours of use each day. </p><p>If you use the tablet less, though, you'll find you'll still have battery life days later. </p><p>Oppo has also equipped the Pad 5 Pro with its 80W SuperVOOC flash charging, allowing you to top up the mega battery at speed. You'll need a high-powered plug block to achieve the 80W speeds, though — and one isn't provided in the box.</p><p>I used a 100W charging block, and the Oppo Pad 5 Pro went from 46% to 54% in 10 minutes, reaching 62% after 20 minutes, and a quarter of the total capacity (3,345mAh) after 30 minutes.</p><p>These might not seem like stellar increases on paper, but when you consider the size of the battery inside the Pad 5 Pro, you’re getting hours of use from short charging sessions.</p><ul><li><strong>Battery score: 4.5 / 5</strong></li></ul><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-should-you-buy-the-oppo-pad-5-pro"><span>Should you buy the Oppo Pad 5 Pro?</span></h2><div ><table><caption>Oppo Pad 5 Pro scorecard</caption><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Value</p></td><td  ><p>Where it’s available, the Oppo Pad 5 Pro is priced to deliver bang for your buck — it’s just a shame that it’s not quite as compellingly priced as its predecessor.</p></td><td  ><p>4/5</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Design</p></td><td  ><p>This big-screen, slimline premium tablet looks and feels the part. It’s well made and packs in eight speakers, but is heavier than the pricier competition.</p></td><td  ><p>4/5</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Display</p></td><td  ><p>The 13.2-inch display provides an excellent viewing experience with a 3.4K resolution, HDR, and Dolby Vision support, plus solid brightness.</p></td><td  ><p>4.5/5</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Software</p></td><td  ><p>ColorOS 16 has a bunch of customization options for those who like to fine tune, excellent multi-tasking features, and a great default settings for those who just want to get going right away.</p></td><td  ><p>4.5/5</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Performance</p></td><td  ><p>The Pad 5 Pro provides enough power to do everything you need, but the drop in RAM and increase in price is a shame. For really intensive tasks, you might need to look elsewhere.</p></td><td  ><p>4/5</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Battery</p></td><td  ><p>The Oppo Pad 5 Pro has excellent battery life. Even with more intensive work days, you should get two days between charges, while lighter use will deliver multi-day use.</p></td><td  ><p>4.5/5</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h3 id="buy-it-if-16">Buy it if…</h3><div class="product"><p><strong>You want a portable streaming and gaming device</strong></p><p>With its 3.4K display, eight-speaker system, and Game Assistant performance boost, the Oppo Pad 5 Pro makes Netflix binges and gaming marathons a piece of cake.</p></div><div class="product"><p><strong>You don’t want to overspend on a big screen</strong></p><p>Apple’s big-screen iPads are comfortably more expensive than the Oppo Pad 5 Pro, but here you still get a premium design, a great screen, and enough performance for pretty much anything.</p></div><div class="product"><p><strong>You want a great productivity device</strong></p><p>With excellent app multitasking, long battery life, and the ability to use the Pad 5 Pro as a second screen with your laptop, it’s a work winner. Splurge on the optional Smart Keyboard Case and Pencil 3 Pro, and it basically becomes a 13.2-inch laptop and sketchpad.</p></div><h3 id="don-t-buy-it-if-3">Don’t buy it if…</h3><div class="product"><p><strong>You want the best tablet apps</strong></p><p>Google’s Play Store has a much better selection of tablet-optimized apps than it used to, but Apple’s App Store is still the leader for this form factor. If you want the very best app selection, an iPad is the way to go.</p></div><div class="product"><p><strong>You’re a power user</strong></p><p>While the Pad 5 Pro’s cutting-edge Qualcomm chipset will handle most tasks with ease, for power users looking for a device to support intensive workloads, the drop in RAM to 8GB might cause a bottleneck.</p></div><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-also-consider"><span>Also consider</span></h2><div class="product"><p><strong>Apple iPad Air 13-inch (2026)</strong></p><p>Apple’s 13-inch iPad Air offers top-notch design, display, and performance credentials. There’s a plentiful app store and a range of accessories too — but the price quickly adds up.</p><p><strong>Read our full </strong><a href="https://www.techradar.com/tablets/ipad/embargoed-i-tested-the-ipad-air-with-m4-and-apple-just-stretched-the-value-of-the-air-even-further" data-dimension112="94caedc4-cd41-11f1-a9a0-e7a97ac69aa4" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Read our full Apple iPad Air 13-inch (2026) review" data-dimension48="Read our full Apple iPad Air 13-inch (2026) review" data-dimension25=""><strong>Apple iPad Air 13-inch (2026) review</strong></a></p></div><div class="product"><p><strong>Samsung Galaxy Tab S10 FE Plus</strong></p><p>Samsung has been making Android tablets for a long time, and it's refined its offering over the years. The Tab S10 FE Plus is water-resistant, with a similarly large screen and battery, plus it offers several color options.</p><p><strong>Read our full </strong><a href="https://www.techradar.com/tablets/samsung-galaxy-tab-s10-fe-plus-review" data-dimension112="94caf198-cd41-11f1-aa88-857f22491945" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Read our full Samsung Galaxy Tab S10 FE Plus review" data-dimension48="Read our full Samsung Galaxy Tab S10 FE Plus review" data-dimension25=""><strong>Samsung Galaxy Tab S10 FE Plus review</strong></a></p></div><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol empty" ></td><td  ><p><strong>Oppo Pad 5 Pro</strong></p></td><td  ><p><strong>iPad Air (13-inch, M4)</strong></p></td><td  ><p><strong>Samsung Galaxy Tab S10 FE+</strong></p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Price</p></td><td  ><p>£699</p></td><td  ><p>From $949 / £949 / AU$1,599</p></td><td  ><p>From $649 / £649 / AU$1,099</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Screen</p></td><td  ><p>13.2-inch, 3392 x 2400, 315ppi, 144Hz, 1,000 nits (peak)</p></td><td  ><p>13-inch, 2732 x 2048, 264ppi, , 60Hz, 600 nits (peak)</p></td><td  ><p>13.1-inch, 2880 x 1800, 259ppi, 90Hz, 600 nits (peak)</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Chip &amp; RAM</p></td><td  ><p>Snapdragon 8 Elite Gen 5 + 8GB RAM</p></td><td  ><p>Apple M4 + 12GB RAM</p></td><td  ><p>Samsung Exynos 1580 + 8/12GB RAM</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Battery</p></td><td  ><p>13,380mAh</p></td><td  ><p>9,705mAh</p></td><td  ><p>10,090mAh</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-how-i-tested-the-oppo-pad-5-pro"><span>How I tested the Oppo Pad 5 Pro </span></h2><div  class="fancy-box"><div class="fancy_box-title">Why you can trust TechRadar</div><div class="fancy_box_body"><p class="fancy-box__body-text">☑️ <strong>100s of smartphones</strong> reviewed<br />☑️ <strong>15 years</strong> of product testing<br />☑️ Over <strong>16,000 products</strong> reviewed in total<br />☑️ Nearly <strong>200,000 hours</strong> testing tech</p></div></div><p>I used the Oppo Pad 5 Pro as my daily tablet for a week. I used it for a wide variety of activities, including reading articles, sketching with the Pencil 3 Pro, gaming, checking emails, scrolling social, and streaming TV, movies, and music. </p><p>I used the Smart Keyboard Case to type the majority of this review, and recharged the slate with slow and fast charging blocks — you’ll want to invest in an 80W+ block if you buy the Pad 5 Pro.</p><p>As part of my testing, I engaged in a mix of high- and low- usage days to get a proper sense of the Oppo Pad 5 Pro's excellent battery life. I tried the tablet's AI features and used its cameras for photography indoors and outdoors, as well as for video calls.</p><p><a href="https://www.techradar.com/news/how-we-test">Read more about how we test</a></p><p><em>First tested October 2026</em></p> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.techradar.com/tablets/oppo-pad-5-pro-review</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ Oppo’s latest flagship tablet boasts a huge display, a massive battery, and a slick design — but with a price increase over its predecessor, does it still deliver value for money? ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">ycpJJLU3or9n9yVeum9EZf</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/K6i43nPeq6x5QwpKXvQoDf-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Mon, 26 Oct 2026 17:51:20 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Tablets]]></category>
                                                                                                <author><![CDATA[ johnmccannfreelance@gmail.com (John McCann) ]]></author>                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ John McCann ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/BxknAL39z3xkmJBHEUTi2c-320-70.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ &lt;p&gt;John has been a technology journalist for more than a decade, and over the years has built up a vast knowledge of the tech industry. He’s interviewed CEOs from some of the world’s biggest tech firms, visited their HQs and appeared on live TV and radio, including Sky News, BBC News, BBC World News, Al Jazeera, LBC, and BBC Radio 4.&lt;br&gt;&lt;br&gt;He’s reported on pretty much every area of consumer technology, from laptops, tablets, smartwatches and smartphones to smart speakers, automotive, headphones, and more. During his time in journalism, John has written for TechRadar, T3, Shortlist, Android Police, Digital Trends, Expert Reviews, Gizmodo, GQ, heycar, Honest John, Stuff, Tech Advisor, What Laptop. He’s also appeared in the Evening Standard and Metro newspapers.&lt;br&gt;&lt;br&gt;Outside of work, John is a passionate Watford FC and Green Bay Packers fan, enjoys a Sunday afternoon watching the F1, loves a top-quality burger or pizza, and is addicted to travel. He’s also a Guinness World Record Holder and appeared in the Olympic Opening Ceremony for the London 2012 games, dressed as one of The Beatles from the Sgt. Pepper’s album cover. He’s even got the pictures to prove it!&lt;/p&gt; ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/K6i43nPeq6x5QwpKXvQoDf-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[John McCann / TechRadar]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Oppo Pad 5 Pro on a counter]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Oppo Pad 5 Pro on a counter]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Oppo Pad 5 Pro on a counter]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/K6i43nPeq6x5QwpKXvQoDf-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-oppo-pad-5-pro-one-minute-review"><span>Oppo Pad 5 Pro: One-minute review</span></h2><p>If you’re after a big-screen tablet with a premium design, a huge battery, and a price tag that won’t bankrupt you, the Oppo Pad 5 Pro makes a compelling case as one of the <a href="https://www.techradar.com/news/best-tablet">best tablets</a> on the market.</p><p>It also arrives with an initially puzzling spec configuration. The Pad 5 Pro is the successor to the <a href="https://www.techradar.com/tablets/oppo-pad-3-pro-review">Oppo Pad 3 Pro</a>, which landed in 2025 with a smaller screen (12 inches) and 12GB of RAM. This time around, however, Oppo has increased the tablet's screen size but slashed its RAM capacity to 8GB.</p><p>That means the Pad 5 Pro has a lower power ceiling than its predecessor for multitasking and resource-intensive productivity tasks, but Oppo has almost certainly made this decision as a result of the ongoing global RAM shortage, which is pushing up memory prices. Had the Pad 5 Pro been equipped with 12GB of RAM, it would almost certainly be significantly more expensive.</p><p>And it’s not all bad news for the Pad 5 Pro's power credentials, as its Snapdragon 8 Elite Gen 5 chipset can handle pretty much everything you throw at it. The Pad 3 Pro, by contrast, uses a still-powerful but older Snapdragon 8 Gen 3 Leading Version chipset, so what you lose in RAM, you gain in CPU power.</p><p>The tablet's 7:5 aspect ratio display also makes the Pad 5 Pro a great productivity companion. The ColorOS 16 interface has excellent multitasking tools, and I love the ability to use the tablet as a screen for your laptop.</p><p>I also enjoyed holding the tablet vertically and reading articles, with its 144Hz refresh rate allowing for smooth scrolling, and the screen's bezel providing a place to rest my thumb.</p><p>With the Pad 5 Pro back in landscape, the expansive screen was great for my <em>PUBG: Mobile</em> sessions and streaming videos. Plus, with eight speakers built into the slender frame, the Pad 5 Pro has surprisingly good audio.</p><p>Then there’s the whopping 13,380mAh battery that’ll give you multiple days of use from a single charge with moderate use, and a solid two days with more intensive activity.</p><p>As big-screen tablets go, then, the Oppo Pad 5 Pro has a lot to offer that makes it easy to recommend.</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-oppo-pad-5-pro-review-price-and-availability"><span>Oppo Pad 5 Pro review: Price and availability</span></h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="CLkhVozWLZeRBwuA8ABgke" name="Oppo Pad 5 Pro" alt="Oppo Pad 5 Pro on a counter" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/CLkhVozWLZeRBwuA8ABgke-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: John McCann / TechRadar)</span></figcaption></figure><ul><li><strong>The Oppo Pad 5 Pro costs £699, less than the 13-inch iPad Air (M4)</strong></li><li><strong>Available in the UK and Europe with 8GB of RAM and 256GB of storage</strong></li></ul><p>The Oppo Pad 5 Pro costs £699, making it slightly more expensive than Apple’s entry-level <a href="https://www.techradar.com/tablets/ipad/after-weeks-of-testing-the-11th-gen-ipad-proves-its-still-one-of-the-best-even-without-apple-intelligence">iPad 11-inch (2025)</a> (£429), but comfortably cheaper than the firm’s <a href="https://www.techradar.com/tablets/ipad/embargoed-i-tested-the-ipad-air-with-m4-and-apple-just-stretched-the-value-of-the-air-even-further">iPad Air 13-inch (2025)</a> (£949) and Samsung’s 12.6-inch Galaxy Tab S12 Plus (£1,399). Its closest competitor, price-wise, is the <a href="https://www.techradar.com/tablets/samsung-galaxy-tab-s10-fe-plus-review">Samsung Galaxy Tab S10 FE Plus</a> (£689).</p><p>At £699, the Pad 5 Pro also costs £200 more than its predecessor. Sure, it has a bigger screen, a larger battery, and an updated chipset — but as mentioned, it also has less RAM. You're still getting decent bang for your buck, but last year's Pad 3 Pro was a better value proposition overall.</p><p>At the time of writing (October 2026), <a href="https://www.oppo.com/uk/product/oppo-pad-5-pro.P.P1100529" target="_blank">Oppo is running a £100-off promotion on the Pad 5 Pro</a>, taking the asking price down to £599. At that figure, it's a steal.</p><p>The Oppo Pad 5 Pro is currently available in the UK and Europe. If you’re reading this review in North America or Australia, then bad news: this tablet is not currently sold in your region.</p><p>The Oppo Pad 5 Pro is available in a single configuration: 8GB RAM with 256GB of storage, and Wi-Fi only. Unlike Apple’s iPads and Samsung’s Galaxy Tabs, there is no cellular option here.</p><p>If you want to enhance your experience, Oppo offers case and stylus accessories for the tablet. The Oppo Pad 5 Pro Smart Keyboard case (£299), as the name suggests, provides you with a full QWERTY keyboard and stand in a similar design to Apple’s Magic Keyboard.</p><p>The Smart Case (£29.90) provides front and back protection and an origami-style folding flag for various stand orientations.</p><p>Meanwhile, the Oppo Pencil 3 Pro (£79.90) comes with 16,000 levels of pressure sensitivity — more than the Apple Pencil series — and an industry-first felt tip for a realistic writing-on-paper-like experience.</p><ul><li><strong>Value score: 4 / 5</strong></li></ul><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-oppo-pad-5-pro-specs"><span>Oppo Pad 5 Pro: Specs</span></h2><p>The Oppo Pad 5 Pro boasts a number of key spec upgrades over its predecessor — but it's also saddled with a notable downgrade.</p><p>Oppo’s increased the screen size to 13.2 inches, and the display resolution gets a bump too, with the LCD screen now offering a 3392 x 2400 (3.4K) pixel resolution, 315 ppi, and a peak brightness of 1,000 nits.</p><p>Battery capacity is now a meaty 13,380mAh with 80W fast charging, while Qualcomm’s flagship Snapdragon 8 Elite Gen 5 chipset runs the show. There’s 256GB of storage too, plus eight speakers and two microphones, all packed into a supremely slim 5.94mm body.</p><p>The downgrade comes in the RAM department. The Pad 3 Pro packed 12GB of RAM, but for the Oppo Pad 5 Pro, you’re getting just 8GB. For a tablet that’s supposedly offering a PC-level experience and plenty of AI productivity tools, this is a disappointment, but not a deal-breaker.</p><div ><table><caption>Oppo Pad 5 Pro</caption><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Dimensions:</p></td><td  ><p>289.71 x 209.76 x 5.94mm</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Weight:  </p></td><td  ><p>672g</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Screen:</p></td><td  ><p>13.2-inch, LCD, 7:5</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Resolution: </p></td><td  ><p>3392 x 2400 (3.4K), 315 ppi</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Refresh rate: </p></td><td  ><p>144Hz adaptive refresh rate</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Peak brightness: </p></td><td  ><p>1,000 nits</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Chipset: </p></td><td  ><p>Snapdragon 8 Elite Gen 5</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>RAM: </p></td><td  ><p>8GB LPDDR5X</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Storage: </p></td><td  ><p>256GB</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>OS:</p></td><td  ><p>Android 16 w/ ColorOS 16</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Main camera:</p></td><td  ><p>13MP, EIS</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Front camera: </p></td><td  ><p>8MP, EIS</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Battery: </p></td><td  ><p>13,380mAh</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Charging: </p></td><td  ><p>80W wired (SuperVOOC)</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Colors: </p></td><td  ><p>Mocha Brown</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-oppo-pad-5-pro-review-design"><span>Oppo Pad 5 Pro review: Design</span></h2><figure role="gallery"><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/hymdZmCp4zjrSWfVCyc9ze-1920-80.jpg" alt="Angled look at the rear of the Oppo Pad 5 Pro" /><figcaption><small role="credit">John McCann / TechRadar</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/2hKsxcyT9Qawse6ekxTmye-1920-80.jpg" alt="Rear of the Oppo Pad 5 Pro" /><figcaption><small role="credit">John McCann / TechRadar</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/mCz9kPXLRwrwv28jCfGmPe-1920-80.jpg" alt="Pogo pins on the rear of the Oppo Pad 5 Pro" /><figcaption><small role="credit">John McCann / TechRadar</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/5WGArhKUMNjd6i7C7Rm4de-1920-80.jpg" alt="Rear camera on the Oppo Pad 5 Pro" /><figcaption><small role="credit">John McCann / TechRadar</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/v4FraxuNfKxnvhfScBecYe-1920-80.jpg" alt="Power button on the side of the Pad 5 Pro" /><figcaption><small role="credit">John McCann / TechRadar</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/DzWRxsDrezFpEU3dRX5PWe-1920-80.jpg" alt="Volume keys on the edge of the Oppo Pad 5 Pro" /><figcaption><small role="credit">John McCann / TechRadar</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/uKd6N7hJGo6SX3gLJNv3Xe-1920-80.jpg" alt="Magnetic connection for Pencil 3 Pro" /><figcaption><small role="credit">John McCann / TechRadar</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/vEhsHobyjr28U5F7etfk4f-1920-80.jpg" alt="Front facing camera on the Oppo Pad 5 Pro" /><figcaption><small role="credit">John McCann / TechRadar</small></figcaption></figure></figure><ul><li><strong>Slim, premium design that looks great</strong></li><li><strong>Just one color option, but Mocha Brown works</strong></li><li><strong>It’s almost 100g heavier than the 13-inch iPad Pro</strong></li></ul><p>In the battle of the big-screen tablets, there’s not much to choose between the Apple, Oppo, and Samsung slates in terms of design.</p><p>The Oppo Pad 5 Pro is a great-looking and feeling premium tablet. Its flat edges mimic the latest iPad design, while its ultra-slim profile means it slips seamlessly into a bag.</p><p>At 5.94mm thick, the Pad 5 Pro is certainly slender, but it’s not as svelte as the pricier iPad Pro 13-inch (M5) or Samsung Galaxy S12 Ultra, which are both just 5.1mm slim.</p><p>This isn't a particularly big issue, although at 672g, there’s some weight behind this supersized slate: the Pad 5 Pro is almost 100g heavier than the iPad Pro 13 (M5) and its predecessor, the Pad 3 Pro. A lightweight, compact tablet this is not. </p><p>Oppo claims the all-metal unibody is designed to feel "as natural and effortless to hold as a magazine." While it’s certainly heavier than the T3 magazine I had to hand, I did enjoy holding the tablet during use. There are no sharp edges, and so long as you’re okay with the weight, it’s comfortable in the hand.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="HrMCfFuko2jssFjFpQEARf" name="Oppo Pad 5 Pro" alt="Reading TechRadar on the Oppo Pad 5 Pro" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/HrMCfFuko2jssFjFpQEARf-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: John McCann / TechRadar)</span></figcaption></figure><p>I especially liked using it in portrait when reading articles, and while the bezels around the screen might appear to be on the large side, they provided an accommodating space for my thumb to rest.</p><p>Oppo has continued the single-color trend it employed for this tablet’s predecessor, with the Pad 5 Pro available in just one hue: Mocha Brown. Now, brown isn’t the first color that jumps to mind for a tablet, but I must say it looks smart here. Plus, a single color choice at least means a simpler buying journey.</p><p>There’s a front-facing camera positioned along the landscape edge of the screen, which is the premier position for video calls when in a protective case or keyboard stand, while a pill-shaped island on the rear houses the 13MP rear snapper and flash.</p><p>The only buttons on this tablet are a power key and two volume buttons, while a USB-C port provides wired charging and data transfer access.</p><p>On the rear, you’ll also find three pogo pin connectors, allowing you to connect the tablet to the optional Smart Keyboard accessory. And on the top edge, there’s a subtle oval indentation to guide you when magnetically attaching the optional Oppo Pencil 3 Pro stylus to the slate when not in use.</p><p>Oppo’s also managed to pack eight speakers into the Pad 5 Pro, four on each short side, and there are two microphones to pick up your voice during video calls.</p><p>There’s no fingerprint scanner either under the display or built into the power switch, with Oppo instead opting for face unlock smarts.</p><ul><li><strong>Design score: 4 / 5</strong></li></ul><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-oppo-pad-5-pro-review-display"><span>Oppo Pad 5 Pro review: Display</span></h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="EGHwkJdbRUhmw5sgaN37Rf" name="Oppo Pad 5 Pro" alt="Oppo Pad 5 Pro with Pencil 3 Pro on top" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/EGHwkJdbRUhmw5sgaN37Rf-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: John McCann / TechRadar)</span></figcaption></figure><ul><li><strong>Huge 13.2-inch, 3.4K display</strong></li><li><strong>Great for multitasking, gaming, and video streaming</strong></li><li><strong>Supports HDR for Netflix and Prime Video, plus Dolby Vision</strong></li></ul><p>The Oppo Pad 5 Pro's display measures a whopping 13.2 inches, making it bigger than Apple’s largest iPad Pro. This supersized screen ensures you have plenty of real estate for your apps, games, videos, and work tasks.</p><p>Oppo has stuck with an LCD panel for the screen here, which will likely help keep overall costs down, but it does mean you don’t get the same deep black levels as you do with Samsung’s AMOLED screens.</p><p>Resolution isn’t an issue, though, with the 3.4K panel offering a pixel density of 315ppi — that's much higher than you'll get on the pricier iPad Pro (265ppi) and Galaxy Tab S12 Ultra (239ppi).</p><p>Oppo uses what it calls the “A4 golden ratio” for the screen — specifically, it's a 7:5 screen aspect ratio that makes reading articles, checking documents, and reviewing presentations very comfortable.</p><p>The adaptive refresh rate up to 144Hz means scrolling, swiping, and sliding around the interface and apps feels fluid; great when you’re moving through long documents or fast-moving comment sections.</p><p>Fire up a streaming service, though, and 16:9 and 21:9 videos result in large black bars above and below the action. Still, this isn't deal-breaking for the experience, and with HDR for Netflix and Prime Video, along with Dolby Vision support, content looks great.</p><p>The Pad 5 Pro's large screen size means it’s an excellent tablet to use away from home, especially when on the move for work. It’s easy to run apps side-by-side without them feeling cramped, and I enjoyed using Oppo’s O+Connect software with my laptop to enable the Pad 5 Pro as a second display.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="Z7WadwERVHUFdpZrZmz7Rf" name="Oppo Pad 5 Pro" alt="Hand holding the Oppo Pad 5 Pro" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Z7WadwERVHUFdpZrZmz7Rf-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: John McCann / TechRadar)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Plus, the plentiful display real estate was beneficial when I fired up <em>PUBG: Mobile</em>, giving me an expansive view of the battlefield and plenty of space for the on-screen buttons and HUD.</p><p>With a peak brightness of 1,000 nits, I was able to use the Pad 5 Pro outside without much in the way of reflections or glare. In direct sunlight, you might struggle to see the screen a little, but positioned on a sun lounger in the shade, this tablet works nicely.</p><ul><li><strong>Display score: 4.5 / 5</strong></li></ul><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-oppo-pad-5-pro-review-software"><span>Oppo Pad 5 Pro review: Software</span></h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="pWK6QpftsNAaVAqrSU74Rf" name="Oppo Pad 5 Pro" alt="App icons on the screen of the Pad 5 Pro" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/pWK6QpftsNAaVAqrSU74Rf-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: John McCann / TechRadar)</span></figcaption></figure><ul><li><strong>ColorOS 16 provides excellent customization and multitasking</strong></li><li><strong>AI tools are included, but usefulness varies</strong></li></ul><p>The Oppo Pad 5 Pro is an Android tablet at heart, with Oppo’s own ColorOS 16 interface laid on top. And Oppo says the tablet will get an upgrade to ColorOS 17 in November 2026.</p><p>The good news is Oppo’s UI is a highly accomplished offering these days. It’s pretty close to stock Android, while offering extra layers of customization and features on top. The result is a tablet that’s enhanced by the software Oppo makes.</p><p>If you like to fine-tune your experience, the Oppo Pad 5 Pro has plenty of options in the Settings menu, but you don't need to dive into them. This tablet also works great out of the box with the default settings.</p><p>And, mercifully, Oppo has kept pre-loaded applications to a minimum, with just a handful forced on you from the off — apps such as Netflix, WPS Office, LinkedIn, and TikTok. The good news is these can be uninstalled easily if you’d rather not have them.</p><p>I like how easy it is to get two (or three) apps side by side on screen — tap the three dots at the top of the screen when in an app, select Split View, and you're away. Coupled with the big screen, this multitasking functionality makes the Pad 5 Pro an excellent productivity machine that students and mobile workers will find intuitive and helpful.</p><p>And as I mentioned briefly in the display section, productivity can be further enhanced with O+ Connect, which allows you to sync your Mac or Windows laptop to the Pad 5 Pro to use it to transfer documents, mirror displays, or act as a second screen. It works wired and wirelessly, so you don’t need to remember cables every time.</p><p>Considering how slim the Pad 5 Pro is, it’s not a huge ask to slide this tablet into your bag with your work or study laptop, giving you excellent flexibility.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="ggroRr6NpVaSjoRRqepzQf" name="Oppo Pad 5 Pro" alt="Writing Hello with the Pencil 3 Pro on the Oppo Pad 5 Pro" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ggroRr6NpVaSjoRRqepzQf-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: John McCann / TechRadar)</span></figcaption></figure><p>There are AI tools on board too, including the now-familiar Circle to Search feature, but Oppo also has AI Smart Circle. When using the optional Pencil 3 Pro, pressing and holding the stylus on the screen will highlight content, allowing you to annotate, save, or share it.</p><p>From there, you can access additional AI tools, including AI Painter (which helps you enhance images you find). The tools work and can be fun to use, but their mileage will vary depending on your use cases.</p><ul><li><strong>Software score: 4.5 / 5</strong></li></ul><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-oppo-pad-5-pro-review-performance"><span>Oppo Pad 5 Pro review: Performance </span></h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="29qti2H5jPSv7BzC8eYCRf" name="Oppo Pad 5 Pro" alt="Oppo Pad 5 Pro attached to the Smart Keyboard Case" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/29qti2H5jPSv7BzC8eYCRf-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: John McCann / TechRadar)</span></figcaption></figure><ul><li><strong>A mixed bag of specs, but enough power for most</strong></li><li><strong>Snapdragon 8 Elite Gen 5 chipset and 8GB of RAM</strong></li><li><strong>Comfortably handles three apps on screen at the same time</strong></li></ul><p>The Oppo Pad 5 Pro performance specs are a bit of a mixed bag. First, the good: you get Qualcomm's latest, top-of-the-line chipset, the Snapdragon 8 Elite Gen 5.</p><p>That means plenty of raw power under the hood and enough smarts for various AI workflows, whether you’re a Gemini, ChatGPT, Claude, or other LLM user.</p><p>What’s less impressive is the amount of RAM you get. With its predecessor, the Pad 3 Pro (there was no 4 model), you got 12GB of RAM. On the Pad 5 Pro, however, Oppo has downgraded this capacity to 8GB.</p><p>We can’t be too cross with Oppo, though. There’s a global shortage of RAM, which in turn is pushing up prices, and its scarcity is leaving manufacturers in a tricky position when it comes to balancing power and price.</p><p>I suspect if Oppo did include 12GB of RAM in the Pad 5 Pro, its asking price would be much higher, and to be fair to the tablet, it handled everything I threw at it with ease.</p><p>I cranked up the graphical settings on <em>PUBG: Mobile</em> and was able to successfully log some Winner Winner Chicken Dinner victories, while 4K video streaming from Disney Plus, Prime Video, and Netflix all worked well and looked great.</p><p>Hours of gaming, long video calls, prolonged typing of this review using the Smart Keyboard Case, and TV series binges (series two of <em>The Gentleman,</em> anyone?) were all taken in stride, too.</p><p>If you’re looking to complete overly complex graphical or AI tasks, though, the Oppo Pad 5 Pro may start to struggle, so consider a more powerful (and likely pricier) tablet if you fall into this category.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="LdkTXNRK3ZErtTKMSNB3Rf" name="Oppo Pad 5 Pro" alt="A finger on the touchpad of the Smart Keyboard Case" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/LdkTXNRK3ZErtTKMSNB3Rf-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: John McCann / TechRadar)</span></figcaption></figure><p>For those of you who do a lot of gaming, the Pad 5 Pro has Oppo’s Game Assistant, allowing you to direct maximum performance to the game you’re playing, with toggles to enhance graphics and framerate too.</p><p>And a quick word on this tablet’s eight-speaker setup. They sound great for their size, considering they’re packed into the Pad 5 Pro’s slender frame, offering rich audio and great stereo performance. They’re not going to beat a quality pair of Bluetooth headphones, but they’re more than capable for most use cases.</p><ul><li><strong>Performance score: 4 / 5</strong></li></ul><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-oppo-pad-5-pro-review-battery"><span>Oppo Pad 5 Pro review: Battery</span></h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="RPCkE6CRwJuVUWPCqE6sCf" name="Oppo Pad 5 Pro" alt="USB-C charging port for the Oppo Pad 5 Pro" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/RPCkE6CRwJuVUWPCqE6sCf-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: John McCann / TechRadar)</span></figcaption></figure><ul><li><strong>Huge 13,380mAh battery</strong></li><li><strong>Multi-day use from a single charge is easily achievable</strong></li><li><strong>80W fast charging, but you’ll need to provide the block</strong></li></ul><p>The Oppo Pad 5 Pro performs very well when it comes to battery life. </p><p>Oppo has packed a massive 13,380mAh power pack into the tablet's slender frame, and the sheer capacity on offer translates directly into impressive longevity.</p><p>An hour-long <em>PUBG: Mobile</em> gaming session resulted in a 7% drop in battery life, which means the Pad 5 Pro is capable of many hours of gameplay.</p><p>Loading up a Dolby Vision-supported movie on Netflix, the Pad 5 Pro dropped 9% in an hour and a half. That was with Wi-Fi connected, brightness at half, and various applications syncing in the background.</p><p>Extrapolated out, that's over 10 hours of video streaming, although Oppo claims the Pad 5 Pro can deliver up to 20 hours of video playback. That might be possible on lower brightness settings and with a film file on the tablet itself, but not through everyday streaming.</p><p>And when left idle overnight, the Pad 5 Pro lost just 1% in 12 hours. </p><p>Battery drain is similar when working and multitasking, with the Pad 5 Pro offering two days of battery life pretty consistently with multiple hours of use each day. </p><p>If you use the tablet less, though, you'll find you'll still have battery life days later. </p><p>Oppo has also equipped the Pad 5 Pro with its 80W SuperVOOC flash charging, allowing you to top up the mega battery at speed. You'll need a high-powered plug block to achieve the 80W speeds, though — and one isn't provided in the box.</p><p>I used a 100W charging block, and the Oppo Pad 5 Pro went from 46% to 54% in 10 minutes, reaching 62% after 20 minutes, and a quarter of the total capacity (3,345mAh) after 30 minutes.</p><p>These might not seem like stellar increases on paper, but when you consider the size of the battery inside the Pad 5 Pro, you’re getting hours of use from short charging sessions.</p><ul><li><strong>Battery score: 4.5 / 5</strong></li></ul><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-should-you-buy-the-oppo-pad-5-pro"><span>Should you buy the Oppo Pad 5 Pro?</span></h2><div ><table><caption>Oppo Pad 5 Pro scorecard</caption><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Value</p></td><td  ><p>Where it’s available, the Oppo Pad 5 Pro is priced to deliver bang for your buck — it’s just a shame that it’s not quite as compellingly priced as its predecessor.</p></td><td  ><p>4/5</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Design</p></td><td  ><p>This big-screen, slimline premium tablet looks and feels the part. It’s well made and packs in eight speakers, but is heavier than the pricier competition.</p></td><td  ><p>4/5</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Display</p></td><td  ><p>The 13.2-inch display provides an excellent viewing experience with a 3.4K resolution, HDR, and Dolby Vision support, plus solid brightness.</p></td><td  ><p>4.5/5</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Software</p></td><td  ><p>ColorOS 16 has a bunch of customization options for those who like to fine tune, excellent multi-tasking features, and a great default settings for those who just want to get going right away.</p></td><td  ><p>4.5/5</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Performance</p></td><td  ><p>The Pad 5 Pro provides enough power to do everything you need, but the drop in RAM and increase in price is a shame. For really intensive tasks, you might need to look elsewhere.</p></td><td  ><p>4/5</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Battery</p></td><td  ><p>The Oppo Pad 5 Pro has excellent battery life. Even with more intensive work days, you should get two days between charges, while lighter use will deliver multi-day use.</p></td><td  ><p>4.5/5</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h3 id="buy-it-if-16">Buy it if…</h3><div class="product"><p><strong>You want a portable streaming and gaming device</strong></p><p>With its 3.4K display, eight-speaker system, and Game Assistant performance boost, the Oppo Pad 5 Pro makes Netflix binges and gaming marathons a piece of cake.</p></div><div class="product"><p><strong>You don’t want to overspend on a big screen</strong></p><p>Apple’s big-screen iPads are comfortably more expensive than the Oppo Pad 5 Pro, but here you still get a premium design, a great screen, and enough performance for pretty much anything.</p></div><div class="product"><p><strong>You want a great productivity device</strong></p><p>With excellent app multitasking, long battery life, and the ability to use the Pad 5 Pro as a second screen with your laptop, it’s a work winner. Splurge on the optional Smart Keyboard Case and Pencil 3 Pro, and it basically becomes a 13.2-inch laptop and sketchpad.</p></div><h3 id="don-t-buy-it-if-3">Don’t buy it if…</h3><div class="product"><p><strong>You want the best tablet apps</strong></p><p>Google’s Play Store has a much better selection of tablet-optimized apps than it used to, but Apple’s App Store is still the leader for this form factor. If you want the very best app selection, an iPad is the way to go.</p></div><div class="product"><p><strong>You’re a power user</strong></p><p>While the Pad 5 Pro’s cutting-edge Qualcomm chipset will handle most tasks with ease, for power users looking for a device to support intensive workloads, the drop in RAM to 8GB might cause a bottleneck.</p></div><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-also-consider"><span>Also consider</span></h2><div class="product"><p><strong>Apple iPad Air 13-inch (2026)</strong></p><p>Apple’s 13-inch iPad Air offers top-notch design, display, and performance credentials. There’s a plentiful app store and a range of accessories too — but the price quickly adds up.</p><p><strong>Read our full </strong><a href="https://www.techradar.com/tablets/ipad/embargoed-i-tested-the-ipad-air-with-m4-and-apple-just-stretched-the-value-of-the-air-even-further" data-dimension112="94caedc4-cd41-11f1-a9a0-e7a97ac69aa4" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Read our full Apple iPad Air 13-inch (2026) review" data-dimension48="Read our full Apple iPad Air 13-inch (2026) review" data-dimension25=""><strong>Apple iPad Air 13-inch (2026) review</strong></a></p></div><div class="product"><p><strong>Samsung Galaxy Tab S10 FE Plus</strong></p><p>Samsung has been making Android tablets for a long time, and it's refined its offering over the years. The Tab S10 FE Plus is water-resistant, with a similarly large screen and battery, plus it offers several color options.</p><p><strong>Read our full </strong><a href="https://www.techradar.com/tablets/samsung-galaxy-tab-s10-fe-plus-review" data-dimension112="94caf198-cd41-11f1-aa88-857f22491945" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Read our full Samsung Galaxy Tab S10 FE Plus review" data-dimension48="Read our full Samsung Galaxy Tab S10 FE Plus review" data-dimension25=""><strong>Samsung Galaxy Tab S10 FE Plus review</strong></a></p></div><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol empty" ></td><td  ><p><strong>Oppo Pad 5 Pro</strong></p></td><td  ><p><strong>iPad Air (13-inch, M4)</strong></p></td><td  ><p><strong>Samsung Galaxy Tab S10 FE+</strong></p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Price</p></td><td  ><p>£699</p></td><td  ><p>From $949 / £949 / AU$1,599</p></td><td  ><p>From $649 / £649 / AU$1,099</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Screen</p></td><td  ><p>13.2-inch, 3392 x 2400, 315ppi, 144Hz, 1,000 nits (peak)</p></td><td  ><p>13-inch, 2732 x 2048, 264ppi, , 60Hz, 600 nits (peak)</p></td><td  ><p>13.1-inch, 2880 x 1800, 259ppi, 90Hz, 600 nits (peak)</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Chip &amp; RAM</p></td><td  ><p>Snapdragon 8 Elite Gen 5 + 8GB RAM</p></td><td  ><p>Apple M4 + 12GB RAM</p></td><td  ><p>Samsung Exynos 1580 + 8/12GB RAM</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Battery</p></td><td  ><p>13,380mAh</p></td><td  ><p>9,705mAh</p></td><td  ><p>10,090mAh</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-how-i-tested-the-oppo-pad-5-pro"><span>How I tested the Oppo Pad 5 Pro </span></h2><div  class="fancy-box"><div class="fancy_box-title">Why you can trust TechRadar</div><div class="fancy_box_body"><p class="fancy-box__body-text">☑️ <strong>100s of smartphones</strong> reviewed<br />☑️ <strong>15 years</strong> of product testing<br />☑️ Over <strong>16,000 products</strong> reviewed in total<br />☑️ Nearly <strong>200,000 hours</strong> testing tech</p></div></div><p>I used the Oppo Pad 5 Pro as my daily tablet for a week. I used it for a wide variety of activities, including reading articles, sketching with the Pencil 3 Pro, gaming, checking emails, scrolling social, and streaming TV, movies, and music. </p><p>I used the Smart Keyboard Case to type the majority of this review, and recharged the slate with slow and fast charging blocks — you’ll want to invest in an 80W+ block if you buy the Pad 5 Pro.</p><p>As part of my testing, I engaged in a mix of high- and low- usage days to get a proper sense of the Oppo Pad 5 Pro's excellent battery life. I tried the tablet's AI features and used its cameras for photography indoors and outdoors, as well as for video calls.</p><p><a href="https://www.techradar.com/news/how-we-test">Read more about how we test</a></p><p><em>First tested October 2026</em></p>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ Cloaked data removal service review ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>The internet knows more about us than we’d like it to. It also doesn’t forget, unlike most people, so whatever it knows stays there for a long time. However, it doesn’t have to be that way. If you aren’t comfortable with your personal data being online, you can scrub it with a data removal platform. The platform scans people-finder sites for your data, then sends automated deletion requests. Requests are sent regularly to keep your data off the web.</p><p>Cloaked is one of the most popular data removal platforms, and I’m reviewing it to help you decide if it’s your best choice. Read on to learn what Cloaked offers, its features, pricing, support, and other factors that determine if it’s worth adopting.</p><ul><li><a href="https://www.techradar.com/news/how-we-test#">How we test, review and rate on TechRadar</a></li></ul><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-cloaked-plans-and-pricing"><span>Cloaked: Plans and pricing</span></h2><p>You can check out Cloaked by <a href="https://www.cloaked.com/features/data-removal" target="_blank">clicking here</a>.</p><p>Cloaked offers flexible plans for individuals, couples, and families. Individuals pay $12.49 monthly, or a discounted price of $120 if paid annually ($10 per month, compared to the usual $12.49 monthly).</p><p>The Couple plan costs $19.99 per month and covers two users. Annual payment is discounted to $175.</p><p>The Family plan costs $30 per month and covers 4 users. If you pay annually, the price gets discounted to $300 (equivalent to $25 per month, instead of the usual $30).</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1940px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.19%;"><img id="VFm9Aoi9HFNjkZJHtVDL7E" name="Cloaked pricing" alt="Cloaked’s pricing plans" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VFm9Aoi9HFNjkZJHtVDL7E-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1940" height="1090" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Cloaked )</span></figcaption></figure><p>Cloaked offers slightly lower prices than many competitors. I like that its pricing system isn’t differentiated by features, but by the number of users. Every plan unlocks the full feature set, with the difference being how many people it covers. </p><p>However, Cloaked doesn’t offer a free trial, which I consider a disadvantage. It previously offered a 14-day free trial, but this is no longer available. On the plus side, there’s a 30-day window to request a refund if you aren’t satisfied with the platform.</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-cloaked-setup"><span>Cloaked: Setup</span></h2><p>Cloaked has a noticeably easy setup process. Simply visit <a href="http://cloaked.com" target="_blank">Cloaked.com</a> and click the <em>Get Started </em>button at the top-right corner. You’ll be redirected to a page with two main buttons:<em> Log In</em> or <em>Buy Now</em>. Click on the latter, choose your pricing plan, and proceed to the checkout page. After paying for a plan, you can begin using the software. </p><p>I don’t like that Cloaked lacks a free trial. However, Cloaked does offer a free feature. You can scan your phone number and understand what information linked to the number is already present on the web. This scan gives a hint of what needs to be removed–since Cloaked sells the service for removing the data, this free scan incentivizes potential customers.</p><p>After the quick setup, you’re off to using Cloaked’s features. The core feature is removing data from people-finder sites, those infamous sites that curate personal information and let users access it for a fee. </p><p>Enter your name, address, or phone number, and Cloaked will scan popular data broker sites where that data is present. If found on any of them, Cloaked sends automated deletion requests to the sites. If automated requests aren't enough, Cloaked’s team sends manual deletion requests on your behalf.</p><p>Cloaked offers more than just data removal. There's a dark web monitoring service that tracks dark web leaks for your personal data, like passwords and social security numbers. If detected, you'll be immediately alerted about the leak to take corrective action.</p><p>There’s also a Call Guard for blocking spam and robocalls on your phone—this feature works when you install Cloaked on your Android or iOS smartphone. Cloaked maintains a list of numbers associated with spam and robocalls and runs every incoming call against this list—numbers found wanting are blocked from getting through.</p><p>Likewise, there’s a Cloaked virtual private network (VPN) service that encrypts your online browsing activity. It routes online traffic through virtual servers, preventing third parties from tracking your web surfing. There’s also a password manager that helps you save and retrieve passwords conveniently. All these features are offered under a single subscription, providing good value for money. </p><p>Normally, people pay separately for a VPN service, a spam call blocker, and a data removal service. Cloaked offers a cost-effective, all-in-one package.</p><p>I do have a complaint about Cloaked. Its data deletion requests cover 120+ people-finder sites, but some rivals cover a much larger number. Cloaked offers broader features than most competitors, but I think it can improve in this criterion.</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-cloaked-ease-of-use"><span>Cloaked: Ease of use</span></h2><p>Cloaked is relatively easy to use. You can access the data removal service mainly on the website. After scanning your data and sending deletion requests, you can monitor the progress of these requests from your dashboard. You’ll also receive email alerts when a request gets successfully processed.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1940px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.19%;"><img id="h2gAhT6VNWYeCDFD9ZjFTN" name="Cloaked 2" alt="Monitoring data deletion requests on Cloaked" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/h2gAhT6VNWYeCDFD9ZjFTN-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1940" height="1090" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Cloaked)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Other features are easily accessible from Cloaked’s iOS or Android app. I found the app easy to set up, but given the numerous features I had to get used to, I’d note that users may face a steep learning curve. Expect some time to get familiar with the app’s many functionalities. All in, Cloaked scores high in the user-friendliness criterion.</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-cloaked-security-and-privacy"><span>Cloaked: Security and privacy</span></h2><p>Cloaked offers a lot of features that enhance a user’s general security. It starts with the core data removal tool, which scans people-finder sites for your personal information and sends deletion requests. This tool helps keep sensitive data, like social security numbers and home addresses, off the web. </p><p>You may be wondering how something as sensitive as a social security number is available on the public web. That’s the result of data breaches. An instance occurred in 2024 when National Public Data, a background checking service, <a href="https://heimdalsecurity.com/blog/social-security-breach-billions-accounts-exposed/" target="_blank">was breached</a>, and millions of social security numbers were compromised. </p><p>The compromised data was sold on the dark web, and most U.S. residents aren’t sure if they were affected. This shows the importance of a dark web monitoring service to raise an alarm if your personal information is found on the dark web.</p><p>The Cloaked VPN helps maintain privacy as you surf the web. Your traffic gets routed through remote third-party servers with external IP addresses. This way, adware vendors, ISPs, and other third parties can’t track your browsing activities. </p><p>For maximum protection, turn on the Kill Switch feature, which automatically blocks internet access if the VPN temporarily stops working. This feature ensures no data gets leaked during temporary VPN malfunctions.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-cloaked-support"><span>Cloaked: Support</span></h3><p>Cloaked provides decent support resources for users. On the official Help and Support page, I found comprehensive, straightforward guides for all its core features. These guides proved helpful as a first-time user navigating Cloaked.</p><p>For direct help, users can contact Cloaked’s support team via email. However, I didn’t find telephone or live chat support options, which I consider a drawback, given the price of its plans. I’d understand if these weren’t available for free users, but for premium users, Cloaked needs to improve by providing live chat or telephone support.</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-cloaked-competition"><span>Cloaked: Competition</span></h2><p>Cloaked has a lot of competition, with <a href="https://www.techradar.com/reviews/incogni" target="_blank">Incogni</a> and <a href="https://www.techradar.com/pro/security/deleteme-data-removal-service-review" target="_blank">DeleteMe</a> being two notable names. I’ve tested the three platforms and can give a fair comparison. Incogni and DeleteMe cover a much larger range of people-finder sites than Cloaked. </p><p>Officially, Incogni covers 420+ sites, and DeleteMe covers 750+, compared to Cloaked’s 120+ (these figures can get murky, as some businesses operate multiple people-finder sites under a single umbrella– a deletion request can wipe out your data from multiple people-finder sites owned by the same company). </p><p>On the other hand, Cloaked offers a broad range of complementary services that you won’t get on Incogni and DeleteMe. From a VPN to Call Guard, dark web monitoring, and even identity theft insurance, Cloaked is less of a data removal service and more of an all-in-one security software suite.</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-cloaked-final-verdict"><span>Cloaked: Final verdict</span></h2><p>I’ll recommend Cloaked as a full-service platform that keeps you safe online. It doesn’t just help with data removal, but provides features that prevent your data from being leaked in the first place. It has some drawbacks, like the lack of a free trial, but it’s a reliable tool overall. </p><p><em>For more top picks, we've tested the </em><a href="https://www.techradar.com/pro/best-data-removal-services-of-year" target="_blank"><em>best data removal services</em></a><em>.</em></p> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.techradar.com/pro/cloaked-data-removal-service-review</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ An in-depth review of data removal service Cloaked, covering its features, pricing, customer service, and more. ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">XXTNe2HenWzDkAfeoAjT5X</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/i4dZqtZBrnFM48m5Fp4g34-1920-80.png" type="image/png" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Mon, 26 Oct 2026 15:23:06 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                <updated>Mon, 26 Oct 2026 16:16:42 +0000</updated>
                                                                                                                                            <category><![CDATA[Pro]]></category>
                                                                                                                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Stefan Ionescu ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/HScEiLJfLqxHysU7pcFHaH-320-70.png ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:content type="image/png" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/i4dZqtZBrnFM48m5Fp4g34-1920-80.png">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Cloaked]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Website screenshot of Cloaked (May, 2026)]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Website screenshot of Cloaked (May, 2026)]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Website screenshot of Cloaked (May, 2026)]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/i4dZqtZBrnFM48m5Fp4g34-1920-80.png" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>The internet knows more about us than we’d like it to. It also doesn’t forget, unlike most people, so whatever it knows stays there for a long time. However, it doesn’t have to be that way. If you aren’t comfortable with your personal data being online, you can scrub it with a data removal platform. The platform scans people-finder sites for your data, then sends automated deletion requests. Requests are sent regularly to keep your data off the web.</p><p>Cloaked is one of the most popular data removal platforms, and I’m reviewing it to help you decide if it’s your best choice. Read on to learn what Cloaked offers, its features, pricing, support, and other factors that determine if it’s worth adopting.</p><ul><li><a href="https://www.techradar.com/news/how-we-test#">How we test, review and rate on TechRadar</a></li></ul><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-cloaked-plans-and-pricing"><span>Cloaked: Plans and pricing</span></h2><p>You can check out Cloaked by <a href="https://www.cloaked.com/features/data-removal" target="_blank">clicking here</a>.</p><p>Cloaked offers flexible plans for individuals, couples, and families. Individuals pay $12.49 monthly, or a discounted price of $120 if paid annually ($10 per month, compared to the usual $12.49 monthly).</p><p>The Couple plan costs $19.99 per month and covers two users. Annual payment is discounted to $175.</p><p>The Family plan costs $30 per month and covers 4 users. If you pay annually, the price gets discounted to $300 (equivalent to $25 per month, instead of the usual $30).</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1940px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.19%;"><img id="VFm9Aoi9HFNjkZJHtVDL7E" name="Cloaked pricing" alt="Cloaked’s pricing plans" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VFm9Aoi9HFNjkZJHtVDL7E-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1940" height="1090" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Cloaked )</span></figcaption></figure><p>Cloaked offers slightly lower prices than many competitors. I like that its pricing system isn’t differentiated by features, but by the number of users. Every plan unlocks the full feature set, with the difference being how many people it covers. </p><p>However, Cloaked doesn’t offer a free trial, which I consider a disadvantage. It previously offered a 14-day free trial, but this is no longer available. On the plus side, there’s a 30-day window to request a refund if you aren’t satisfied with the platform.</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-cloaked-setup"><span>Cloaked: Setup</span></h2><p>Cloaked has a noticeably easy setup process. Simply visit <a href="http://cloaked.com" target="_blank">Cloaked.com</a> and click the <em>Get Started </em>button at the top-right corner. You’ll be redirected to a page with two main buttons:<em> Log In</em> or <em>Buy Now</em>. Click on the latter, choose your pricing plan, and proceed to the checkout page. After paying for a plan, you can begin using the software. </p><p>I don’t like that Cloaked lacks a free trial. However, Cloaked does offer a free feature. You can scan your phone number and understand what information linked to the number is already present on the web. This scan gives a hint of what needs to be removed–since Cloaked sells the service for removing the data, this free scan incentivizes potential customers.</p><p>After the quick setup, you’re off to using Cloaked’s features. The core feature is removing data from people-finder sites, those infamous sites that curate personal information and let users access it for a fee. </p><p>Enter your name, address, or phone number, and Cloaked will scan popular data broker sites where that data is present. If found on any of them, Cloaked sends automated deletion requests to the sites. If automated requests aren't enough, Cloaked’s team sends manual deletion requests on your behalf.</p><p>Cloaked offers more than just data removal. There's a dark web monitoring service that tracks dark web leaks for your personal data, like passwords and social security numbers. If detected, you'll be immediately alerted about the leak to take corrective action.</p><p>There’s also a Call Guard for blocking spam and robocalls on your phone—this feature works when you install Cloaked on your Android or iOS smartphone. Cloaked maintains a list of numbers associated with spam and robocalls and runs every incoming call against this list—numbers found wanting are blocked from getting through.</p><p>Likewise, there’s a Cloaked virtual private network (VPN) service that encrypts your online browsing activity. It routes online traffic through virtual servers, preventing third parties from tracking your web surfing. There’s also a password manager that helps you save and retrieve passwords conveniently. All these features are offered under a single subscription, providing good value for money. </p><p>Normally, people pay separately for a VPN service, a spam call blocker, and a data removal service. Cloaked offers a cost-effective, all-in-one package.</p><p>I do have a complaint about Cloaked. Its data deletion requests cover 120+ people-finder sites, but some rivals cover a much larger number. Cloaked offers broader features than most competitors, but I think it can improve in this criterion.</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-cloaked-ease-of-use"><span>Cloaked: Ease of use</span></h2><p>Cloaked is relatively easy to use. You can access the data removal service mainly on the website. After scanning your data and sending deletion requests, you can monitor the progress of these requests from your dashboard. You’ll also receive email alerts when a request gets successfully processed.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1940px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.19%;"><img id="h2gAhT6VNWYeCDFD9ZjFTN" name="Cloaked 2" alt="Monitoring data deletion requests on Cloaked" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/h2gAhT6VNWYeCDFD9ZjFTN-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1940" height="1090" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Cloaked)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Other features are easily accessible from Cloaked’s iOS or Android app. I found the app easy to set up, but given the numerous features I had to get used to, I’d note that users may face a steep learning curve. Expect some time to get familiar with the app’s many functionalities. All in, Cloaked scores high in the user-friendliness criterion.</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-cloaked-security-and-privacy"><span>Cloaked: Security and privacy</span></h2><p>Cloaked offers a lot of features that enhance a user’s general security. It starts with the core data removal tool, which scans people-finder sites for your personal information and sends deletion requests. This tool helps keep sensitive data, like social security numbers and home addresses, off the web. </p><p>You may be wondering how something as sensitive as a social security number is available on the public web. That’s the result of data breaches. An instance occurred in 2024 when National Public Data, a background checking service, <a href="https://heimdalsecurity.com/blog/social-security-breach-billions-accounts-exposed/" target="_blank">was breached</a>, and millions of social security numbers were compromised. </p><p>The compromised data was sold on the dark web, and most U.S. residents aren’t sure if they were affected. This shows the importance of a dark web monitoring service to raise an alarm if your personal information is found on the dark web.</p><p>The Cloaked VPN helps maintain privacy as you surf the web. Your traffic gets routed through remote third-party servers with external IP addresses. This way, adware vendors, ISPs, and other third parties can’t track your browsing activities. </p><p>For maximum protection, turn on the Kill Switch feature, which automatically blocks internet access if the VPN temporarily stops working. This feature ensures no data gets leaked during temporary VPN malfunctions.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-cloaked-support"><span>Cloaked: Support</span></h3><p>Cloaked provides decent support resources for users. On the official Help and Support page, I found comprehensive, straightforward guides for all its core features. These guides proved helpful as a first-time user navigating Cloaked.</p><p>For direct help, users can contact Cloaked’s support team via email. However, I didn’t find telephone or live chat support options, which I consider a drawback, given the price of its plans. I’d understand if these weren’t available for free users, but for premium users, Cloaked needs to improve by providing live chat or telephone support.</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-cloaked-competition"><span>Cloaked: Competition</span></h2><p>Cloaked has a lot of competition, with <a href="https://www.techradar.com/reviews/incogni" target="_blank">Incogni</a> and <a href="https://www.techradar.com/pro/security/deleteme-data-removal-service-review" target="_blank">DeleteMe</a> being two notable names. I’ve tested the three platforms and can give a fair comparison. Incogni and DeleteMe cover a much larger range of people-finder sites than Cloaked. </p><p>Officially, Incogni covers 420+ sites, and DeleteMe covers 750+, compared to Cloaked’s 120+ (these figures can get murky, as some businesses operate multiple people-finder sites under a single umbrella– a deletion request can wipe out your data from multiple people-finder sites owned by the same company). </p><p>On the other hand, Cloaked offers a broad range of complementary services that you won’t get on Incogni and DeleteMe. From a VPN to Call Guard, dark web monitoring, and even identity theft insurance, Cloaked is less of a data removal service and more of an all-in-one security software suite.</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-cloaked-final-verdict"><span>Cloaked: Final verdict</span></h2><p>I’ll recommend Cloaked as a full-service platform that keeps you safe online. It doesn’t just help with data removal, but provides features that prevent your data from being leaked in the first place. It has some drawbacks, like the lack of a free trial, but it’s a reliable tool overall. </p><p><em>For more top picks, we've tested the </em><a href="https://www.techradar.com/pro/best-data-removal-services-of-year" target="_blank"><em>best data removal services</em></a><em>.</em></p>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ Movavi Video Editor 27 review ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>When I last looked at Movavi Video Editor, I was quite impressed by its capabilities - it's one of the <a href="https://www.techradar.com/best/best-video-editing-software-beginners" target="_blank">best video editing software for beginners</a> in my experience.</p><p>But time waits for no computer program, and as version 27 has recently been released, I thought it was time to check how it has improved.</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-movavi-video-editor-27-pricing-plans"><span>Movavi Video Editor 27: Pricing &amp; plans</span></h2><ul><li><strong>Subscription is fairly priced</strong></li><li><strong>Perpetual license is way more expensive for Americans</strong></li><li><strong>Free trial available</strong></li></ul><p>You can grab Movavi Video Editor 27 from the official site by <a href="https://www.movavi.com/" target="_blank">clicking here</a>.</p><p>Let’s face it: everything’s getting more expensive. Whether it’s food, petrol, or subscriptions, the price keeps going ever higher, so it was with trepidation that I looked at Movavi’s current pricing structure.</p><p>However, it’s not all doom and gloom: Movavi have actually lowered their prices. Should you decide to pay monthly for your video editor, you’ll need to fork out $20, €19 or £18, but the big incentive is to pay yearly, as it’s only $55, €44, or £41, which is a little over 2 months’ worth.</p><p>It’s not as cheap as free of course (like DaVinci Resolve), but it’s a heck of a lot cheaper than Adobe Premiere Pro (which would set you back $276 each year).</p><p>If you’d rather pay once and actually own the software you’re downloading, a perpetual licence is also available for £150, €90 or £90 (the massive discrepancy between currencies is… puzzling).</p><p>And perhaps best of all, the software is multi-platform, allowing you to work with it, whether you use a PC or a Mac.</p><p>If you’re not sure about investing in this application, there’s a free trial you can access. A watermark will be added to any output, and your projects are limited to 60 seconds in length. Still, it should be enough to give you an idea of what you can do with Movavi Video Editor.</p><ul><li><strong>Score: 4/5</strong></li></ul><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-movavi-video-editor-27-getting-started"><span>Movavi Video Editor 27: Getting started</span></h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:58.67%;"><img id="b4qNwefBqrzAGyBZtvSMHY" name="1-Greek, Well, Japanese" alt="Testing out Movavi Video Editor 27 on a MacBook Pro" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/b4qNwefBqrzAGyBZtvSMHY-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1502" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><ul><li><strong>The software still doesn’t know which language your OS is set to</strong></li><li><strong>So it defaults to Japanese</strong></li></ul><p>Last time I checked out Movavi, back when it was on version 25, I made a point of stating that unusually, the first time you launch the software, you’re not greeted with an interface in your own native tongue, or at the very least in English. </p><p>Instead, all the menus are in Japanese. That’s not an issue if you know that language, but if you’re more familiar with those that use the Latin alphabet, you’re faced with an unexpected challenge.</p><p>Thankfully, if you grab a screenshot of the interface and submit it to Google Translate, the solution will become more obvious, and changing the default language then becomes a trivial matter. But it’s disappointing to see that after all this time, Movavi still treats this as a feature, not a bug.</p><p>Software should be able to detect the OS’s chosen language and default to that when you launch it. I’m surprised Movavi still insists on making life difficult for many of its customers.</p><ul><li><strong>Score: 2.5/5</strong></li></ul><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-movavi-video-editor-27-editing"><span>Movavi Video Editor 27: Editing</span></h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.29%;"><img id="qEPfhfaqJADiFfoKGi82mZ" name="2-Edit" alt="Testing out Movavi Video Editor 27 on a MacBook Pro" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/qEPfhfaqJADiFfoKGi82mZ-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1441" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><ul><li><strong>Excellent video editor with a wealth of useful, powerful, and well implemented tools</strong></li><li><strong>Shame so many of them are locked behind subscription plans</strong></li></ul><p>Initial frustrations aside, when it comes to video editing - what the software is designed for - Movavi Video Editor does a sterling job. It starts with mousing over an imported clip in the media section. Doing that allows you to preview the clip as you move the cursor over it, enabling you to set in and out points with ease.</p><p>You can work with multiple layers of course, although there is a base layer beneath which you can’t add other clips, which can be a little annoying if you like to create complex projects and move clips around a lot.</p><p>There are Titles, Transitions, Effects, and Elements aplenty, all organised by category with a handy search field available, although many of those are restricted behind a paywall. These are identified by a little ‘crown’ logo, top right of their thumbnails. </p><p>You can still use them in your project, but you’ll be informed upon export that you need to purchase a subscription to be able to share any video with them in it, for either €36 a month, or €110 a year, which, I’m sure you can tell, is much more expensive than the actual program itself. This can be annoying but it’s entirely possible to restrict yourself to non-premium assets by setting the filter for each section to ‘free’.</p><p>The Tools section houses important features, such as image stabilisation, background removal, green green work, and an AI-based subtitle feature which worked incredibly well when I tried it out. Thankfully, everything stored in that section is part of the software’s base cost.</p><p>But all of this was already part of Movavi Video Editor. The big innovation that’s being introduced in version 27, is Templates.</p><ul><li><strong>Score: 4/5</strong></li></ul><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-movavi-video-editor-27-templates"><span>Movavi Video Editor 27: Templates</span></h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.29%;"><img id="PpgvB66aN9VSiGodrScDjY" name="7-Templates" alt="Testing out Movavi Video Editor 27 on a MacBook Pro" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/PpgvB66aN9VSiGodrScDjY-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1441" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><ul><li><strong>Templates offers a great and versatile way to spice up your project</strong></li><li><strong>Can be used wholesale or just choosing just the parts you’re interested in</strong></li></ul><p>The concept of Templates is pretty clever: editing can be hard and time consuming, and if you just want to put something out there but lack the skills or experience, it can really be a chore. So Movavi have created a large collection of ready-made templates which you can add to your project. One template could be your entire video, or alternatively, be part of a larger one. It’s also entirely possible to add multiple templates to the same project.</p><p>These are organised into 12 categories, from Beauty and Fashion, to Gaming, to Marketing and Promo, and more. And it probably won’t surprise you to know that nearly all these templates include some premium features of some kind, although each category has at least one free option for you to choose.</p><p>Dragging a template to a project expands it into various sections, each of which lets you know how many placeholders within it need to be replaced. Some sections don’t give you the option to replace theirs which is odd, but it’s a simple matter of deleting them entirely and adding one of your own clips in their place.</p><p>As for actually replacing those placeholders, it wasn’t as intuitive as I had expected, but once you’re aware of the concept, the process is quite simple: click on the ‘clips to replace’ text on the section’s representation in your timeline, to reveal the placeholder’s large thumbnail above it. </p><p>Clicking on that thumbnail opens a window containing all the media you imported into this project. Select the one you want, choose the part of it you’d like to use, and click on ‘Apply’. Repeat that for every placeholder.</p><p>Need more customisation? Double-click on a Template’s Section to reveal its ‘Clip Settings’. In addition to offering you another way to replace those placeholder clips, you also have other options, such as customising the text fields, or checking the applied effects, for instance.</p><p>These templates also come with a soundtrack which you’re free to use or discard, just like you can reorder or delete the sections it came with, which actually allows you to mix and match parts of different templates to create your own unique project in minutes rather than hours.</p><p>I found it a great fun way to quickly build something original.</p><ul><li><strong>Score: 4.5/5</strong></li></ul><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-should-i-buy-movavi-video-editor-27"><span>Should I buy Movavi Video Editor 27?</span></h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.29%;"><img id="sFb3hg7UVaSSxEHC32Gr9a" name="5-Effects" alt="Testing out Movavi Video Editor 27 on a MacBook Pro" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/sFb3hg7UVaSSxEHC32Gr9a-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1441" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p><strong>Buy it if...</strong></p><p>You’re into video editing and are looking for an affordable application that will let you do just that, and you appreciate the addition of versatile and customisable templates to speed up your work.</p><p><strong>Don't buy it if...</strong></p><p>You don’t spend enough time editing video to warrant paying for such software, so you’d rather find something that’s free, even if it means having fewer tools at your disposal.</p><figure role="gallery"><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/5RPGgGT2DjDg6zWN7jUjiY-1920-80.jpg" alt="Testing out Movavi Video Editor 27 on a MacBook Pro" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Future</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/axv2mNznX7WUjSLgqo2RaY-1920-80.jpg" alt="Testing out Movavi Video Editor 27 on a MacBook Pro" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Future</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/LjQGoxnSco6MrbqbSk6HVY-1920-80.jpg" alt="Testing out Movavi Video Editor 27 on a MacBook Pro" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Future</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/SJFUxk26DHjHi7wFbAeGeY-1920-80.jpg" alt="Testing out Movavi Video Editor 27 on a MacBook Pro" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Future</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/H9TY5whQ7WDJUpiy2aMKdY-1920-80.jpg" alt="Testing out Movavi Video Editor 27 on a MacBook Pro" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Future</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/nuHabruuL3A6kAKEFS5osZ-1920-80.jpg" alt="Testing out Movavi Video Editor 27 on a MacBook Pro" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Future</small></figcaption></figure></figure><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-how-i-tested-movavi-video-editor-27"><span>How I tested Movavi Video Editor 27</span></h2><p>Movavi Video Editor is multi-platform, being compatible with Windows and Macs alike, which is a great thing (sorry Linux users). I always like to test such software primarily with the underdog (or I prefer just Macs… you decide). </p><p>In this instance, I put it through its paces on a recent laptop sporting Apple Silicon, as based on my previous exploration of this software when it was at version 25, I had concluded it needed a ‘decently powerful machine’ to run effectively.</p><p>The software ran incredibly smoothly and was very responsive. I particularly liked the way it looks but, to be honest, that could be due to the fact the interface, and even the way the clips are presented in the timeline, resembles Final Cut Pro, one of my preferred video editing platforms.</p><p><em>For more creative apps, we've tested and reviewed the </em><a href="https://www.techradar.com/best/best-video-editing-software" target="_blank"><em>best video editing software</em></a><em>, the </em><a href="https://www.techradar.com/best/free-video-editing-software" target="_blank"><em>best free video editing software</em></a><em>, and the </em><a href="https://www.techradar.com/best/best-video-editing-apps" target="_blank"><em>best video editing apps</em></a><em> for mobile devices.</em></p> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.techradar.com/pro/software-services/movavi-video-editor-27-review</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ Movavi have been improving their video editor for decades, and it’s grown into a sleek efficient program. Version 27’s tentpole new feature is Templates. ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">8bwaD9HQq6UF9utay8V2oD</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/PpgvB66aN9VSiGodrScDjY-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Mon, 26 Oct 2026 07:20:00 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Software & Services]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Pro]]></category>
                                                                                                                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Steve Paris ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/NFxCyVmjj3sWcjtVPk5mci-320-70.png ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ &lt;p&gt;Steve has been writing about technology since 2003 (where on earth did the time go?). Starting with Digital Creative Arts, he&#039;s since added his tech expertise at titles such as iCreate, MacFormat, MacWorld, MacLife and so many more, including, of course, TechRadar.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;His focus is on the creative arts, like website builders, image manipulation, and filmmaking software, but he hasn’t shied away from more business-oriented software either. He actually uses many of the apps he writes about everyday in his personal and professional life, and enjoys imparting his knowledge, including tips and tricks.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Steve&#039;s first love is the Mac, but he has dipped his toe in the Windows pool. And, of course, there’s the plethora of tablet and phone software he’s reviewed and written tutorials about as well.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Put simply, Steve loves how computers have enabled so many - including himself - to delve into creative possibilities, and is always delighted to share his knowledge, expertise, and experience with his readers.&lt;/p&gt; ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/PpgvB66aN9VSiGodrScDjY-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Future]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Testing out Movavi Video Editor 27 on a MacBook Pro]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Testing out Movavi Video Editor 27 on a MacBook Pro]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Testing out Movavi Video Editor 27 on a MacBook Pro]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/PpgvB66aN9VSiGodrScDjY-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>When I last looked at Movavi Video Editor, I was quite impressed by its capabilities - it's one of the <a href="https://www.techradar.com/best/best-video-editing-software-beginners" target="_blank">best video editing software for beginners</a> in my experience.</p><p>But time waits for no computer program, and as version 27 has recently been released, I thought it was time to check how it has improved.</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-movavi-video-editor-27-pricing-plans"><span>Movavi Video Editor 27: Pricing &amp; plans</span></h2><ul><li><strong>Subscription is fairly priced</strong></li><li><strong>Perpetual license is way more expensive for Americans</strong></li><li><strong>Free trial available</strong></li></ul><p>You can grab Movavi Video Editor 27 from the official site by <a href="https://www.movavi.com/" target="_blank">clicking here</a>.</p><p>Let’s face it: everything’s getting more expensive. Whether it’s food, petrol, or subscriptions, the price keeps going ever higher, so it was with trepidation that I looked at Movavi’s current pricing structure.</p><p>However, it’s not all doom and gloom: Movavi have actually lowered their prices. Should you decide to pay monthly for your video editor, you’ll need to fork out $20, €19 or £18, but the big incentive is to pay yearly, as it’s only $55, €44, or £41, which is a little over 2 months’ worth.</p><p>It’s not as cheap as free of course (like DaVinci Resolve), but it’s a heck of a lot cheaper than Adobe Premiere Pro (which would set you back $276 each year).</p><p>If you’d rather pay once and actually own the software you’re downloading, a perpetual licence is also available for £150, €90 or £90 (the massive discrepancy between currencies is… puzzling).</p><p>And perhaps best of all, the software is multi-platform, allowing you to work with it, whether you use a PC or a Mac.</p><p>If you’re not sure about investing in this application, there’s a free trial you can access. A watermark will be added to any output, and your projects are limited to 60 seconds in length. Still, it should be enough to give you an idea of what you can do with Movavi Video Editor.</p><ul><li><strong>Score: 4/5</strong></li></ul><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-movavi-video-editor-27-getting-started"><span>Movavi Video Editor 27: Getting started</span></h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:58.67%;"><img id="b4qNwefBqrzAGyBZtvSMHY" name="1-Greek, Well, Japanese" alt="Testing out Movavi Video Editor 27 on a MacBook Pro" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/b4qNwefBqrzAGyBZtvSMHY-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1502" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><ul><li><strong>The software still doesn’t know which language your OS is set to</strong></li><li><strong>So it defaults to Japanese</strong></li></ul><p>Last time I checked out Movavi, back when it was on version 25, I made a point of stating that unusually, the first time you launch the software, you’re not greeted with an interface in your own native tongue, or at the very least in English. </p><p>Instead, all the menus are in Japanese. That’s not an issue if you know that language, but if you’re more familiar with those that use the Latin alphabet, you’re faced with an unexpected challenge.</p><p>Thankfully, if you grab a screenshot of the interface and submit it to Google Translate, the solution will become more obvious, and changing the default language then becomes a trivial matter. But it’s disappointing to see that after all this time, Movavi still treats this as a feature, not a bug.</p><p>Software should be able to detect the OS’s chosen language and default to that when you launch it. I’m surprised Movavi still insists on making life difficult for many of its customers.</p><ul><li><strong>Score: 2.5/5</strong></li></ul><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-movavi-video-editor-27-editing"><span>Movavi Video Editor 27: Editing</span></h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.29%;"><img id="qEPfhfaqJADiFfoKGi82mZ" name="2-Edit" alt="Testing out Movavi Video Editor 27 on a MacBook Pro" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/qEPfhfaqJADiFfoKGi82mZ-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1441" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><ul><li><strong>Excellent video editor with a wealth of useful, powerful, and well implemented tools</strong></li><li><strong>Shame so many of them are locked behind subscription plans</strong></li></ul><p>Initial frustrations aside, when it comes to video editing - what the software is designed for - Movavi Video Editor does a sterling job. It starts with mousing over an imported clip in the media section. Doing that allows you to preview the clip as you move the cursor over it, enabling you to set in and out points with ease.</p><p>You can work with multiple layers of course, although there is a base layer beneath which you can’t add other clips, which can be a little annoying if you like to create complex projects and move clips around a lot.</p><p>There are Titles, Transitions, Effects, and Elements aplenty, all organised by category with a handy search field available, although many of those are restricted behind a paywall. These are identified by a little ‘crown’ logo, top right of their thumbnails. </p><p>You can still use them in your project, but you’ll be informed upon export that you need to purchase a subscription to be able to share any video with them in it, for either €36 a month, or €110 a year, which, I’m sure you can tell, is much more expensive than the actual program itself. This can be annoying but it’s entirely possible to restrict yourself to non-premium assets by setting the filter for each section to ‘free’.</p><p>The Tools section houses important features, such as image stabilisation, background removal, green green work, and an AI-based subtitle feature which worked incredibly well when I tried it out. Thankfully, everything stored in that section is part of the software’s base cost.</p><p>But all of this was already part of Movavi Video Editor. The big innovation that’s being introduced in version 27, is Templates.</p><ul><li><strong>Score: 4/5</strong></li></ul><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-movavi-video-editor-27-templates"><span>Movavi Video Editor 27: Templates</span></h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.29%;"><img id="PpgvB66aN9VSiGodrScDjY" name="7-Templates" alt="Testing out Movavi Video Editor 27 on a MacBook Pro" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/PpgvB66aN9VSiGodrScDjY-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1441" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><ul><li><strong>Templates offers a great and versatile way to spice up your project</strong></li><li><strong>Can be used wholesale or just choosing just the parts you’re interested in</strong></li></ul><p>The concept of Templates is pretty clever: editing can be hard and time consuming, and if you just want to put something out there but lack the skills or experience, it can really be a chore. So Movavi have created a large collection of ready-made templates which you can add to your project. One template could be your entire video, or alternatively, be part of a larger one. It’s also entirely possible to add multiple templates to the same project.</p><p>These are organised into 12 categories, from Beauty and Fashion, to Gaming, to Marketing and Promo, and more. And it probably won’t surprise you to know that nearly all these templates include some premium features of some kind, although each category has at least one free option for you to choose.</p><p>Dragging a template to a project expands it into various sections, each of which lets you know how many placeholders within it need to be replaced. Some sections don’t give you the option to replace theirs which is odd, but it’s a simple matter of deleting them entirely and adding one of your own clips in their place.</p><p>As for actually replacing those placeholders, it wasn’t as intuitive as I had expected, but once you’re aware of the concept, the process is quite simple: click on the ‘clips to replace’ text on the section’s representation in your timeline, to reveal the placeholder’s large thumbnail above it. </p><p>Clicking on that thumbnail opens a window containing all the media you imported into this project. Select the one you want, choose the part of it you’d like to use, and click on ‘Apply’. Repeat that for every placeholder.</p><p>Need more customisation? Double-click on a Template’s Section to reveal its ‘Clip Settings’. In addition to offering you another way to replace those placeholder clips, you also have other options, such as customising the text fields, or checking the applied effects, for instance.</p><p>These templates also come with a soundtrack which you’re free to use or discard, just like you can reorder or delete the sections it came with, which actually allows you to mix and match parts of different templates to create your own unique project in minutes rather than hours.</p><p>I found it a great fun way to quickly build something original.</p><ul><li><strong>Score: 4.5/5</strong></li></ul><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-should-i-buy-movavi-video-editor-27"><span>Should I buy Movavi Video Editor 27?</span></h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.29%;"><img id="sFb3hg7UVaSSxEHC32Gr9a" name="5-Effects" alt="Testing out Movavi Video Editor 27 on a MacBook Pro" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/sFb3hg7UVaSSxEHC32Gr9a-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1441" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p><strong>Buy it if...</strong></p><p>You’re into video editing and are looking for an affordable application that will let you do just that, and you appreciate the addition of versatile and customisable templates to speed up your work.</p><p><strong>Don't buy it if...</strong></p><p>You don’t spend enough time editing video to warrant paying for such software, so you’d rather find something that’s free, even if it means having fewer tools at your disposal.</p><figure role="gallery"><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/5RPGgGT2DjDg6zWN7jUjiY-1920-80.jpg" alt="Testing out Movavi Video Editor 27 on a MacBook Pro" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Future</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/axv2mNznX7WUjSLgqo2RaY-1920-80.jpg" alt="Testing out Movavi Video Editor 27 on a MacBook Pro" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Future</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/LjQGoxnSco6MrbqbSk6HVY-1920-80.jpg" alt="Testing out Movavi Video Editor 27 on a MacBook Pro" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Future</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/SJFUxk26DHjHi7wFbAeGeY-1920-80.jpg" alt="Testing out Movavi Video Editor 27 on a MacBook Pro" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Future</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/H9TY5whQ7WDJUpiy2aMKdY-1920-80.jpg" alt="Testing out Movavi Video Editor 27 on a MacBook Pro" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Future</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/nuHabruuL3A6kAKEFS5osZ-1920-80.jpg" alt="Testing out Movavi Video Editor 27 on a MacBook Pro" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Future</small></figcaption></figure></figure><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-how-i-tested-movavi-video-editor-27"><span>How I tested Movavi Video Editor 27</span></h2><p>Movavi Video Editor is multi-platform, being compatible with Windows and Macs alike, which is a great thing (sorry Linux users). I always like to test such software primarily with the underdog (or I prefer just Macs… you decide). </p><p>In this instance, I put it through its paces on a recent laptop sporting Apple Silicon, as based on my previous exploration of this software when it was at version 25, I had concluded it needed a ‘decently powerful machine’ to run effectively.</p><p>The software ran incredibly smoothly and was very responsive. I particularly liked the way it looks but, to be honest, that could be due to the fact the interface, and even the way the clips are presented in the timeline, resembles Final Cut Pro, one of my preferred video editing platforms.</p><p><em>For more creative apps, we've tested and reviewed the </em><a href="https://www.techradar.com/best/best-video-editing-software" target="_blank"><em>best video editing software</em></a><em>, the </em><a href="https://www.techradar.com/best/free-video-editing-software" target="_blank"><em>best free video editing software</em></a><em>, and the </em><a href="https://www.techradar.com/best/best-video-editing-apps" target="_blank"><em>best video editing apps</em></a><em> for mobile devices.</em></p>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ Beelink ME Pro Creator Edition NAS review ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-beelink-me-pro-creator-edition-30-second-review"><span>Beelink ME Pro Creator Edition: 30-second review</span></h2><p>This review covers the four-bay ‘Creator NAS’ as Beelink calls it, which is available in two SKUs and uses the Intel Core i5-13500H mobile processor. But Beelink has five ‘Home NAS’ options below that one, using the Intel J5005, N95, N150 and Core 304 processors. And another two higher-end options with AMD Ryzen AI 350 and AI 470 class processors.</p><p>The four-bay enclosure is a compact all-metal unibody, measuring 165 x 121 x 185mm and weighing 2.4kg without drives. Beelink says it is 50 per cent smaller in volume than a conventional design, and compared to anything by Synology or QNAP, it’s certainly much smaller.</p><p>Inside, an internal blower on the motherboard module pulls cool air in and pushes it out to keep everything cool, and the milled aluminium construction also helps radiate heat. Silicone mounts sit either side of each drive and between the case and the motherboard tray, reducing vibration and noise</p><p>The review unit, with its Intel Core i5 13500H, has 12 cores, 16 threads and a 45W TDP. It comes with 32GB of DDR4, a 500GB system SSD and four M.2 slots. Beelink pitches it at creative professionals, and this is a great spec for those who need large amounts of fast storage for video editing or maintaining photo collections.</p><p>Earlier Beelink NAS used the FygoOS operating system, and it’s also in this NAS. It is flexible and well-featured, and it makes the ME Pro feel like a platform rather than an appliance. The evolution of this aspect is impressive, and FygoOS delivers many of the higher-end features that some NAS products lack.</p><p>However, there is one caveat. This is a Kickstarter launch product; therefore, a pledge is not a purchase, and delivery dates can slip. Buyers need to weigh that, but so far I’m impressed with this NAS on several critical levels. And if the Kickstarter goes well and this hardware ends up in the retail channel, it might be included in our <a href="https://www.techradar.com/news/the-10-best-nas-devices-reviewed" target="_blank">best NAS devices</a>.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1600px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="6modmhVcTfcD6xfjKWEyEY" name="Beelink ME Pro 4_20261016_151230887_HDR" alt="Beelink ME Pro Creator Edition" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/6modmhVcTfcD6xfjKWEyEY-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1600" height="900" attribution="" endorsement="" class="" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Mark Pickavance)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-beelink-me-pro-creator-edition-price-and-availability"><span>Beelink ME Pro Creator Edition: Price and availability</span></h2><ul><li><strong>How much does it cost?</strong> From<strong> </strong>$819</li><li><strong>When is it out?</strong> On Kickstarter soon</li><li><strong>Where can you get it?</strong> Only on Kickstarter initially</li></ul><p>The ME Pro range is listed as coming soon on Kickstarter. Beelink is offering a Super Early Bird discount of 30 per cent. Prices are in US dollars, and drives are not included.</p><p>The 13500H four-bay costs $819 at Super Early Bird and $1,169 at list. All four-bay prices are below, Super Early Bird first, then list.</p><div ><table><caption>Beelink ME Pro Kickstarter pricing</caption><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Model</strong></p></td><td  ><p><strong>Super Early Bird</strong></p></td><td  ><p><strong>List price</strong></p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>J5005</p></td><td  ><p>$369</p></td><td  ><p>$529</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>N95</p></td><td  ><p>$489</p></td><td  ><p>$699</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>N150</p></td><td  ><p>$539</p></td><td  ><p>$769</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Core 3 304</p></td><td  ><p>$769</p></td><td  ><p>$1,099</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Core i5 13500H</p></td><td  ><p>$819</p></td><td  ><p>$1,169</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Ryzen AI 7 H 350</p></td><td  ><p>$1,049</p></td><td  ><p>$1,499</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Ryzen AI 9 HX 470</p></td><td  ><p>$1,379</p></td><td  ><p>$1,969</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><p>A <a href="https://www.bee-link.com/products/beelink-me-pro-vip-deposit?variant=50082886254834" target="_blank" rel="nofollow">$10 VIP deposit</a> before launch unlocks a free four-bay upgrade. And if you back the two-bay tier machine, you will receive the four-bay model at the same price. </p><p>Given what some of these designs include in processing power and memory, these are mostly excellent deals. Specifically, $819 for the Creator NAS seems like exceptional value. </p><ul><li><strong>Value:</strong> 4.5 / 5</li></ul><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1600px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="i5hbGGPLW78eYXmZfNofEY" name="Beelink ME Pro 4_20261016_151437097_HDR" alt="Beelink ME Pro Creator Edition" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/i5hbGGPLW78eYXmZfNofEY-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1600" height="900" attribution="" endorsement="" class="" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Mark Pickavance)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-beelink-me-pro-creator-edition-specs"><span>Beelink ME Pro Creator Edition: Specs</span></h2><div ><table><caption>ME Pro Creator Edition Specifications</caption><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Item</strong></p></td><td  ><p><strong>Spec</strong></p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>CPU:</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Intel Core i5 13500H (12 cores, 16 threads)</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>GPU:</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Intel Iris Xe (80 EU)</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>RAM:</strong></p></td><td  ><p>32GB DDR4 expandable to 96GB</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>System Storage:</strong></p></td><td  ><p>512GB internal SSD</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>SATA Storage:</strong></p></td><td  ><p>4x 2.5 or 3.5 inch drives (HDD or SSD)</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>M.2 Storage:</strong></p></td><td  ><p>2x M.2 NVMe Gen4 x4, 2x M.2 NVMe Gen3 x2 (one used for OS)</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>RAID:</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Basic, Linear, RAID 0, 1, 5, 6 and 10</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Ports:</strong></p></td><td  ><p>3x USB 3.2 Gen 2, 1x Thunderbolt 4, 1x 3.5mm Audio jack</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Networking:</strong></p></td><td  ><p>1x 10GbE LAN, 1x 2.5GbE</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Outputs:</strong></p></td><td  ><p>1x HDMI port, up to 4K resolution</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>OS:</strong></p></td><td  ><p>FygoOS</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Internal File Systems:</strong></p></td><td  ><p>BTRFS, EXT4, ZFS</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>External File Systems:</strong></p></td><td  ><p>EXT4, NTFS, FAT32, HFS+, ExFAT</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Maximum Capacity:</strong></p></td><td  ><p>4x 30TB HDD + 4x 4TB M.2 NVMe, plus external storage on USB or Thunderbolt</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Max TDP:</strong></p></td><td  ><p>45W</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Dimensions:</strong></p></td><td  ><p>165 x 121 x 185 (mm)</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><div ><table><caption>Beelink ME Pro Series overview</caption><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Model</strong></p></td><td  ><p><strong>Cores and threads</strong></p></td><td  ><p><strong>Max TDP</strong></p></td><td  ><p><strong>AI TOPS</strong></p></td><td  ><p><strong>Memory</strong></p></td><td  ><p><strong>M.2 slots</strong></p></td><td  ><p><strong>System drive</strong></p></td><td  ><p><strong>Max storage</strong></p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Pentium Silver J5005</p></td><td  ><p>4C / 4T</p></td><td  ><p>10W</p></td><td  ><p>NO NPU</p></td><td  ><p>8GB DDR4</p></td><td  ><p>2</p></td><td  ><p>128GB SSD</p></td><td  ><p>128TB</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Intel N95</p></td><td  ><p>4C / 4T</p></td><td  ><p>25W</p></td><td  ><p>NO NPU</p></td><td  ><p>12GB LPDDR5</p></td><td  ><p>3</p></td><td  ><p>128GB SSD</p></td><td  ><p>132TB</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Intel N150</p></td><td  ><p>4C / 4T</p></td><td  ><p>25W</p></td><td  ><p>NO NPU</p></td><td  ><p>16GB LPDDR5</p></td><td  ><p>3</p></td><td  ><p>128GB SSD</p></td><td  ><p>132TB</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Intel Core 3 304</p></td><td  ><p>5C / 5T</p></td><td  ><p>35W</p></td><td  ><p>24 TOPS</p></td><td  ><p>16GB DDR5</p></td><td  ><p>1</p></td><td  ><p>512GB UFS 3.1</p></td><td  ><p>124TB</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Intel Core i5 13500H</p></td><td  ><p>12C / 16T</p></td><td  ><p>45W</p></td><td  ><p>NO NPU</p></td><td  ><p>32GB DDR4</p></td><td  ><p>4</p></td><td  ><p>500GB SSD</p></td><td  ><p>136TB</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>AMD Ryzen AI 7 H 350</p></td><td  ><p>8C / 16T</p></td><td  ><p>45W</p></td><td  ><p>50 TOPS</p></td><td  ><p>32GB DDR5</p></td><td  ><p>3</p></td><td  ><p>500GB SSD</p></td><td  ><p>132TB</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>AMD Ryzen AI 9 HX 470</p></td><td  ><p>12C / 24T</p></td><td  ><p>45W</p></td><td  ><p>86 TOPS</p></td><td  ><p>32GB DDR5</p></td><td  ><p>3</p></td><td  ><p>500GB SSD</p></td><td  ><p>132TB</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-beelink-me-pro-creator-edition-design"><span>Beelink ME Pro Creator Edition: Design</span></h2><ul><li><strong>Drawer concept</strong></li><li><strong>Easy access to some upgrades</strong></li><li><strong>Lots of screws</strong></li></ul><p>The drawer-style design is a neat idea: it uses almost the same mechanism as the drives, but replicated on the motherboard, which slides out for maintenance and upgrades.</p><p>That should make a processor upgrade a far simpler job than in a normal NAS. Beelink has also hinted at AMD and ARM boards in the same chassis. If you own a four-bay, you could buy a different two-bay and swap the platforms, in theory.</p><p>The unibody metal case is milled from solid aluminium and makes for a small footprint for a four-bay NAS. It’s also quiet enough that this could sit on a desktop.</p><p>Cooling relies on one internal blower rather than a bank of case fans, and when the motherboard module is removed, the dual-sided design is clearly influenced by Beelink’s mini PC designs.</p><p>Access to the two M.2 2280 Gen4 slots is super-simple, and they come with their own chunky heatsinks to help remove heat with the help of the fan assembly. There are two other M.2 slots (Gen 3 x2), one of these being occupied by the FygoOS installation, but getting those requires removing the fan. </p><p>Since the unused third slot doesn’t run at the same speed as the two easily accessible ones, it probably wouldn’t be a good plan to try to make a RAID array of the three, but that slot might be useful for a caching SSD.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1600px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="DKUBLxSq8ktNMq6CENH9EY" name="Beelink ME Pro 4_20261016_151558926_HDR" alt="Beelink ME Pro Creator Edition" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/DKUBLxSq8ktNMq6CENH9EY-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1600" height="900" attribution="" endorsement="" class="" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Mark Pickavance)</span></figcaption></figure><p>What I’m less impressed with is that the trays aren't tool-less for either 3.5- or 2.5-inch mechanisms. Each drive needs four screws, and once installed, two more hold it in place from the back of the tray. </p><p>The designers' issue here was that if they used a tool-less tray and a more elegant lock, then the NAS would be bigger, and the designers didn’t care for that. They also used four of these tiny screws to hold the motherboard tray in place, and these screws are easy to misplace.</p><p>One annoyance is that, to hold the thin steel air filter on the rear of the NAS, ten small magnets are glued into the chassis. They are placed within 4mm of where the screws hold the trays in, which inevitably means that when you go to screw them in, the magnets pull the screw off the screwdriver before you can thread it.</p><p>In short, the filter didn’t need that many magnets, and they didn’t need to be where the tray screws are.</p><p>The fine irony of all these screws is that the enclosure tolerances are so good that the screws holding the trays in and the motherboard are mostly pointless, certainly with the numbers used.</p><p>These points aside, the ME Pro is better built than most NAS enclosures, even if some compromises have been made to keep it so small.</p><ul><li><strong>Design:</strong> 4 / 5</li></ul><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-beelink-me-pro-creator-edition-features"><span>Beelink ME Pro Creator Edition: Features</span></h2><ul><li><strong>Intel Core 5 13500H CPU</strong></li><li><strong>Up to 96GB of memory</strong></li><li><strong>AI capabilities are limited</strong></li></ul><p>As a laptop processor, the Core 5 13500H was a strong platform sporting 12 cores total (4 Performance-cores with Hyper-Threading and 8 Efficient-cores) and 16 threads. As is the way with Intel 13th Gen technology, the performance-cores boost at a higher level, up to 4.7 GHz; and the efficient-cores boost at lower levels, up to 3.5 GHz.</p><p>All cores share an 18 MB Intel Smart Cache, and the chip has a base power TDP of 45W.</p><p>Some laptop designs using this chip scaled power up to 115W, but from what I understand, the ME Pro has more than enough performance at its base wattage.</p><p>The review hardware came with two 16GB DDR4-3200 modules providing 32GB, but if you can find them, this system could take dual 48GB modules for 96GB in total. It’s a shame Beelink didn’t use LPDDR5 for faster performance and lower power consumption, but the cost was probably prohibitive when these decisions were made.</p><p>The GPU is an Intel Iris Xe Graphics with 80 execution units running up to 1.45 GHz, and it shares memory with the rest of the platform.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1600px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="dxtsbMCkmjBkqWpvxfZsDY" name="Beelink ME Pro 4_20261016_151607339_HDR" alt="Beelink ME Pro Creator Edition" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/dxtsbMCkmjBkqWpvxfZsDY-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1600" height="900" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Mark Pickavance)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The best aspect of this processor, aside from its high core count, is its PCIe lanes: 28 total. In this design, not all 28 lanes are created equal.</p><p>Eight primary lanes are Gen5, eight secondary lanes are Gen4, and all sixteen lanes are CPU-attached. The final twelve lanes route through the Platform Controller Hub (PCH) to handle slower or secondary peripherals (like Wi-Fi/Bluetooth, audio controllers, USB extensions, or secondary M.2 storage slots), and these are all Gen3.</p><p>That’s a terrific amount of bandwidth, and it enables dual M.2 Gen 4 x4, two more M.2 Gen3, a 10GbE LAN port and a 2.5GbE LAN port, a Thunderbolt 4 port, and three USB 3.2 Gen2 ports. That’s plenty for most people, as you can use the Thunderbolt port as a 40Gbps network connection if needed.</p><p>Overall, the architecture choices in this NAS are right for demanding workloads like video editing, photo manipulation, and software development, thanks to its hybrid core layout.</p><p>However, only the Ryzen AI models are sold specifically for local language models. The 13500H review unit is not one of them, and Beelink lists no AI performance figure for it. The AI 470 is quoted at up to 86 TOPS, with that number assembled from an NPU with 55 TOPS and a CPU and GPU combined for 32 TOPS.</p><p>Therefore, if you intend to run AI models on the NAS, one of the AMD machines would be preferable to this system. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1600px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="hwe48e7vx7JY9DxdFwV4EY" name="Beelink ME Pro 4_20261016_151858841_HDR" alt="Beelink ME Pro Creator Edition" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/hwe48e7vx7JY9DxdFwV4EY-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1600" height="900" attribution="" endorsement="" class="" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Mark Pickavance)</span></figcaption></figure><ul><li><strong>Features:</strong> 4 / 5</li></ul><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-beelink-me-pro-creator-edition-software"><span>Beelink ME Pro Creator Edition: Software</span></h2><ul><li><strong>FygoOS</strong></li><li><strong>Docker and virtual machines</strong></li><li><strong>Ollama options</strong></li></ul><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="vofzQPkDzBUd7oGEws4XHY" name="FygoOS_01" alt="Beelink ME Pro Creator Edition" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/vofzQPkDzBUd7oGEws4XHY-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Mark Pickavance)</span></figcaption></figure><p>FygoOS is the international face of a Chinese NAS solution that has surfaced in the past year. Its parent is fnOS, also called Feiniu Private Cloud. I believe a small team of NAS enthusiasts built it around Debian Linux, and it is closed source. During its public beta, it was offered as a free option for Chinese home users. </p><p>Reviews for this platform only began in early July 2026. Early adopters found a new NAS OS in version 1.2 and the FygoTV app in 0.9. The name hints at open source, but it is a proprietary system built partly on open source parts, with GPL source releases still in progress. It runs on x86 and ARM hardware and offers ZFS, Btrfs and ext4 storage. The changelog shows active development.</p><p>During my time with the ME Pro 4, it had several releases; I used version 1.2.0800, and FygoTV was 0.9.7-3. </p><p>FygoOS is the beating heart of the ME Pro, and it aims at beginners while leaving room for experts. Beelink says apps install with one click and update the same way. It lists official and community apps for media, backup, productivity and virtualisation.</p><p>For what appears to be a relatively new NAS OS, this all seems much more advanced than I’d normally expect, both in application selection and feature set. </p><p>As far as I’m aware, FygoOS is the only other hardware-included NAS OS with ZFS file system support other than QNAP QuTS hero. You can get this feature via Unraid, TrueNAS or OpenMediaVault, among other places, but you would be installing them onto this hardware to replace FygoOS.</p><p>Included in the selection of apps is a powerful photo and media search tool. It can use AI to rapidly find images using facial recognition and smart categorisation. The private cinema feature matches metadata automatically, and Beelink claims up to 99 per cent accuracy in identifying the content. It also syncs playback between devices and supports real-time hardware transcoding.</p><p>However, I was disappointed that, as nice as some of these tools are, Beelink missed a few tricks. One is the HDMI port, which is promoted as supporting up to 4K output. That might be true, but it can’t be driven by the Fygo TV app to play files directly onto a TV. That’s something you can do with a Ugreen or Asustor NAS, but not this.</p><p>But there are a few things it can do that are more exclusive. One of the more surprising features of this platform is the collaborative media workspace.</p><p>Teams can preview video, photos, audio, documents, fonts and 3D files without downloading them. AI search finds content by meaning, not just file names. You can send a review link, and reviewers add comments, annotations and timestamped notes. Sharing supports access controls, expiry dates, watermarks and branding.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:53.44%;"><img id="6qERGSqDjE2TXHLtSgWuGY" name="FygoOS_02" alt="Beelink ME Pro Creator Edition" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/6qERGSqDjE2TXHLtSgWuGY-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1368" attribution="" endorsement="" class="" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Mark Pickavance)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The only caveat is that the features are tiered, with the best ones requiring a subscription.</p><p>The personal tier is included in all ME Pro. The business tier comes with a 30-day free trial on the J5005, N95, N150 and 304 models. The 13500H and both Ryzen AI models get six months free. But, and this is a concern, Beelink has not said what the business tier costs afterwards. I’d hate to use this for six months, find it incredibly useful and then discover that the monthly cost is too high to make it practical.</p><p>Being an Intel-based platform, and not ARM, this NAS supports virtualisation and with 32GB of RAM it is relatively easy to have several VT instances running. And, it has Docker, expanding the amount of software that can run on this platform dramatically.</p><p>It was interesting to note that while the hardware used here, specifically the Core i5 13500H, doesn’t have an NPU, it is a reasonably powerful processor and it has Iris Xe graphics, which can be used to process AI LLMs.</p><p>The standard application set includes Ollama, and I was able to install it and use it to run a local model like Gemma. While it wasn’t the fastest response, it did work quite well, so using this machine for AI isn’t impossible.</p><p>Obviously, if you want to use the NAS as an AI assistant, the two models with AMD Ryzen AI processors are a better choice, but even without a dedicated NPU, this hardware can run some AI and support interactive chats without relying on the Cloud.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:53.44%;"><img id="vHc9Cjp8gizP9zyP7x73HY" name="Fygo_Photos" alt="Beelink ME Pro Creator Edition" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/vHc9Cjp8gizP9zyP7x73HY-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1368" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Mark Pickavance)</span></figcaption></figure><ul><li><strong>Software:</strong> 4 / 5</li></ul><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1600px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="HJF8BfRJZAJzbePyWv7LEY" name="Beelink ME Pro 4_20261023_093454293_HDR" alt="Beelink ME Pro Creator Edition" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/HJF8BfRJZAJzbePyWv7LEY-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1600" height="900" attribution="" endorsement="" class="" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Mark Pickavance)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-beelink-me-pro-creator-edition-performance"><span>Beelink ME Pro Creator Edition: Performance</span></h2><ul><li><strong>Overkill for file serving</strong></li><li><strong>10GbE and 2.5GbE</strong></li><li><strong>Lacks channel bonding</strong></li></ul><p>When I started testing this NAS, I soon realised the platform was largely twiddling its thumbs during large file transfers. Using the 2.5GbE LAN port, no SSD cache and four 4TB drives in a RAID 5 pack, the CPU barely hit 9% usage. And that was shipping a file from my desktop PC at around 290MB/s.</p><p>Using the 10GbE port increased transfer speeds to nearly 700MB/s, but only added a few percentage points of CPU overhead. With an SSD, this machine can get closer to 1000MB/s, either directly or by allocating the SSD for reading and writing cache.</p><p>Four 3.5-inch drives don’t have enough performance to fully saturate the 10GbE link without cache support, so adding an SSD is more of a necessity if you're involved in file serving.</p><p>Gen4 x4 M.2 slots are great for internal SSD performance, but there aren’t many practical ways to use that bandwidth from the outside other than the Thunderbolt 4 port.</p><p>But unfortunately, the Thunderbolt port on this NAS doesn’t yet support Host mode, even though it is listed as a feature that’s ‘under development’ on the official FygoOS roadmap.</p><p>Also, while the networking functions enable Multi-gateway mode, where the LAN ports route according to the shortest path to the target system, there is currently no link aggregation/channel bonding. I don’t think channel bonding a 10GbE and a 2.5GbE line together is a good idea anyway, but FygoOS currently doesn’t have the necessary interfaces for this.</p><p>Because FygoOS is built on a Linux base, users looking to combine multiple network interfaces typically have to configure network bonding manually via SSH or underlying Linux networking tools rather than a native settings panel.</p><p>On a more positive note, I used a cheap Ugreen USB-A to 2.5GbE LAN port (CM648), and that worked perfectly for what is an incredibly inexpensive option. I know that Ugreen makes a 5GbE version of this adapter, and I suspect that would also be useful in this context.</p><p>Ideally, this system would have dual 10GbE and SMB multi-channel mode, but in most other respects, this NAS is overpowered for most roles.</p><ul><li><strong>Performance: </strong>4 / 5</li></ul><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-beelink-me-pro-creator-edition-final-verdict"><span>Beelink ME Pro Creator Edition: Final verdict</span></h2><p>Buy it if you want a compact NAS that you can upgrade later and you like the idea of a modern, flexible OS. Beelink pitches the 13500H model to creative professionals, and it has the core count to back it up.</p><p>That said, the four-bay market is crowded. Alternatives include the Ugreen NASync DXP4800 Plus and Pro, the Synology DS925+ and the UniFi UNAS Pro 4. Breaking down the ups and downs of each design would take another article, but to cover the basics, none of them matches the ME Pro 4-Bay Creator Edition. </p><p>The Ugreen NAS units are cheaper, use DDR5 and include special features like SMB Multichannel and HDMI video playback, which makes them useful. </p><p>Synology’s DS925+ uses a much weaker AMD Ryzen V1500B quad-core CPU, only has dual 2.5GbE LAN ports, comes with 4GB of RAM expandable to 32GB, and has two M.2 slots that can only use Synology-branded storage. That machine supports ECC memory, but that and the DSM OS are the only real positives.</p><p>The UniFi UNAS Pro 4 is meant for racks, not shelves, and is an ARM SoC system that supports four HDDs, two M.2 NVMe SSDs, and 2x 10Gb SFP+ LAN ports.</p><p>It’s cheap, around $600, but the 8GB memory can’t be upgraded, and the ARM architecture doesn’t support Virtual Machines.</p><p>What I haven't considered are the Asustor Lockerstor 4 models, QNAP, and TerraMaster options, to name a few. But to generalise, most 4-bay NAS don’t compete on processing power, memory capacity, and build quality.</p><p>The fly in this ointment is that until this product exits the Kickstarter campaign and people have them longer term, will they be able to establish a reputation, good or bad.</p><p>I haven't had any issues with the machine Beelink sent, and with a few more updates to FygoOS, it could become a useful NAS to own.</p><p>But for those who have had bad Kickstarter experiences, wait if you need proven reliability. This is a new product on a crowdfunding platform, and the modular upgrade path is so far a promise. But as a first-generation device, the Beelink ME Pro Creator Edition is certainly heading in the right direction.</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-should-you-buy-a-beelink-me-pro-creator-edition"><span>Should you buy a Beelink ME Pro Creator Edition?</span></h2><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Value</p></td><td  ><p>The Kickstarter deals are excellent for NAS of this spec</p></td><td  ><p>4 / 5</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Design</p></td><td  ><p>Innovative drawer design that allows for system swaps</p></td><td  ><p>4/ 5</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Features</p></td><td  ><p>Powerful Intel CPU, up to 96GB of DDR4, Thunderbolt and three M.2 slots</p></td><td  ><p>4 / 5</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Software</p></td><td  ><p>FygoOS is more sophisticated than expected</p></td><td  ><p>4 / 5</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Performance</p></td><td  ><p>Two drives limits throughput without SSDs</p></td><td  ><p>4 / 5</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Overall</p></td><td  ><p>A tiny powerful NAS that’s ideal for creatives, but it lacks the silicon for AI use</p></td><td  ><p>4 / 5</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h2 id="buy-it-if-17">Buy it if...</h2><div class="product"><p><strong>You have a 10GbE network</strong><br />With one 10GbE LAN and the 2.5GbE Port as a failover backup, you can distribute 1000MB/s of data over a network easily. And, using the USB or Thunderbolt port, you can get even more network bandwidth.</p><p><strong>You need lots of RAM for VT</strong><br />Being able to scale to 96GB of memory enables this NAS to handle jobs that would overrun other devices. It’s also DDR4, which might be cheaper to find than DDR5 at this time.  </p></div><h2 id="don-39-t-buy-it-if-14">Don't buy it if...</h2><div class="product"><p><strong>You need AI LLMs</strong><br />While this machine can run an LLM, the lack of an NPU in the processor holds it back, and you can’t add a powerful GPU, as it doesn’t have OCuLink. If you want AI on a NAS, other machines in this range are better suited.</p><p><strong>You want Thunderbolt Host Mode</strong><br />With this system having a Thunderbolt port, I was hoping it would have host mode, enabling a suitable laptop to link directly to the NAS with a 40Gbps link. However, that feature is still to be added to FygoOS, and until it is, that remains a pipe dream. </p></div><p><em>For more NAS solutions we've collated the </em><a href="https://www.techradar.com/best/best-nas-hard-drives" target="_blank"><em>best NAS hard drives</em></a><em> around</em></p> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.techradar.com/pro/beelink-me-pro-creator-edition-nas-review</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ The Beelink ME Pro 4-Bay Creator Edition packs a mobile Intel 13th Gen Core i5 in a compact, fully metal enclosure as a FygoOS NAS platform. ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">u5rQgqRudRKQW7AfjBnvfG</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Z4mjhtwvu3ogPD3DFtu3JY-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Sun, 25 Oct 2026 19:20:00 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Pro]]></category>
                                                                                                <author><![CDATA[ mark@pickavance.com (Mark Pickavance) ]]></author>                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Mark Pickavance ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/droJDC5YLWYdAfVgqpQkFd-320-70.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Z4mjhtwvu3ogPD3DFtu3JY-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Mark Pickavance]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Beelink ME Pro Creator Edition]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Beelink ME Pro Creator Edition]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Beelink ME Pro Creator Edition]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Z4mjhtwvu3ogPD3DFtu3JY-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-beelink-me-pro-creator-edition-30-second-review"><span>Beelink ME Pro Creator Edition: 30-second review</span></h2><p>This review covers the four-bay ‘Creator NAS’ as Beelink calls it, which is available in two SKUs and uses the Intel Core i5-13500H mobile processor. But Beelink has five ‘Home NAS’ options below that one, using the Intel J5005, N95, N150 and Core 304 processors. And another two higher-end options with AMD Ryzen AI 350 and AI 470 class processors.</p><p>The four-bay enclosure is a compact all-metal unibody, measuring 165 x 121 x 185mm and weighing 2.4kg without drives. Beelink says it is 50 per cent smaller in volume than a conventional design, and compared to anything by Synology or QNAP, it’s certainly much smaller.</p><p>Inside, an internal blower on the motherboard module pulls cool air in and pushes it out to keep everything cool, and the milled aluminium construction also helps radiate heat. Silicone mounts sit either side of each drive and between the case and the motherboard tray, reducing vibration and noise</p><p>The review unit, with its Intel Core i5 13500H, has 12 cores, 16 threads and a 45W TDP. It comes with 32GB of DDR4, a 500GB system SSD and four M.2 slots. Beelink pitches it at creative professionals, and this is a great spec for those who need large amounts of fast storage for video editing or maintaining photo collections.</p><p>Earlier Beelink NAS used the FygoOS operating system, and it’s also in this NAS. It is flexible and well-featured, and it makes the ME Pro feel like a platform rather than an appliance. The evolution of this aspect is impressive, and FygoOS delivers many of the higher-end features that some NAS products lack.</p><p>However, there is one caveat. This is a Kickstarter launch product; therefore, a pledge is not a purchase, and delivery dates can slip. Buyers need to weigh that, but so far I’m impressed with this NAS on several critical levels. And if the Kickstarter goes well and this hardware ends up in the retail channel, it might be included in our <a href="https://www.techradar.com/news/the-10-best-nas-devices-reviewed" target="_blank">best NAS devices</a>.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1600px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="6modmhVcTfcD6xfjKWEyEY" name="Beelink ME Pro 4_20261016_151230887_HDR" alt="Beelink ME Pro Creator Edition" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/6modmhVcTfcD6xfjKWEyEY-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1600" height="900" attribution="" endorsement="" class="" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Mark Pickavance)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-beelink-me-pro-creator-edition-price-and-availability"><span>Beelink ME Pro Creator Edition: Price and availability</span></h2><ul><li><strong>How much does it cost?</strong> From<strong> </strong>$819</li><li><strong>When is it out?</strong> On Kickstarter soon</li><li><strong>Where can you get it?</strong> Only on Kickstarter initially</li></ul><p>The ME Pro range is listed as coming soon on Kickstarter. Beelink is offering a Super Early Bird discount of 30 per cent. Prices are in US dollars, and drives are not included.</p><p>The 13500H four-bay costs $819 at Super Early Bird and $1,169 at list. All four-bay prices are below, Super Early Bird first, then list.</p><div ><table><caption>Beelink ME Pro Kickstarter pricing</caption><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Model</strong></p></td><td  ><p><strong>Super Early Bird</strong></p></td><td  ><p><strong>List price</strong></p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>J5005</p></td><td  ><p>$369</p></td><td  ><p>$529</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>N95</p></td><td  ><p>$489</p></td><td  ><p>$699</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>N150</p></td><td  ><p>$539</p></td><td  ><p>$769</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Core 3 304</p></td><td  ><p>$769</p></td><td  ><p>$1,099</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Core i5 13500H</p></td><td  ><p>$819</p></td><td  ><p>$1,169</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Ryzen AI 7 H 350</p></td><td  ><p>$1,049</p></td><td  ><p>$1,499</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Ryzen AI 9 HX 470</p></td><td  ><p>$1,379</p></td><td  ><p>$1,969</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><p>A <a href="https://www.bee-link.com/products/beelink-me-pro-vip-deposit?variant=50082886254834" target="_blank" rel="nofollow">$10 VIP deposit</a> before launch unlocks a free four-bay upgrade. And if you back the two-bay tier machine, you will receive the four-bay model at the same price. </p><p>Given what some of these designs include in processing power and memory, these are mostly excellent deals. Specifically, $819 for the Creator NAS seems like exceptional value. </p><ul><li><strong>Value:</strong> 4.5 / 5</li></ul><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1600px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="i5hbGGPLW78eYXmZfNofEY" name="Beelink ME Pro 4_20261016_151437097_HDR" alt="Beelink ME Pro Creator Edition" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/i5hbGGPLW78eYXmZfNofEY-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1600" height="900" attribution="" endorsement="" class="" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Mark Pickavance)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-beelink-me-pro-creator-edition-specs"><span>Beelink ME Pro Creator Edition: Specs</span></h2><div ><table><caption>ME Pro Creator Edition Specifications</caption><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Item</strong></p></td><td  ><p><strong>Spec</strong></p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>CPU:</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Intel Core i5 13500H (12 cores, 16 threads)</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>GPU:</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Intel Iris Xe (80 EU)</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>RAM:</strong></p></td><td  ><p>32GB DDR4 expandable to 96GB</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>System Storage:</strong></p></td><td  ><p>512GB internal SSD</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>SATA Storage:</strong></p></td><td  ><p>4x 2.5 or 3.5 inch drives (HDD or SSD)</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>M.2 Storage:</strong></p></td><td  ><p>2x M.2 NVMe Gen4 x4, 2x M.2 NVMe Gen3 x2 (one used for OS)</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>RAID:</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Basic, Linear, RAID 0, 1, 5, 6 and 10</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Ports:</strong></p></td><td  ><p>3x USB 3.2 Gen 2, 1x Thunderbolt 4, 1x 3.5mm Audio jack</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Networking:</strong></p></td><td  ><p>1x 10GbE LAN, 1x 2.5GbE</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Outputs:</strong></p></td><td  ><p>1x HDMI port, up to 4K resolution</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>OS:</strong></p></td><td  ><p>FygoOS</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Internal File Systems:</strong></p></td><td  ><p>BTRFS, EXT4, ZFS</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>External File Systems:</strong></p></td><td  ><p>EXT4, NTFS, FAT32, HFS+, ExFAT</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Maximum Capacity:</strong></p></td><td  ><p>4x 30TB HDD + 4x 4TB M.2 NVMe, plus external storage on USB or Thunderbolt</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Max TDP:</strong></p></td><td  ><p>45W</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Dimensions:</strong></p></td><td  ><p>165 x 121 x 185 (mm)</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><div ><table><caption>Beelink ME Pro Series overview</caption><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Model</strong></p></td><td  ><p><strong>Cores and threads</strong></p></td><td  ><p><strong>Max TDP</strong></p></td><td  ><p><strong>AI TOPS</strong></p></td><td  ><p><strong>Memory</strong></p></td><td  ><p><strong>M.2 slots</strong></p></td><td  ><p><strong>System drive</strong></p></td><td  ><p><strong>Max storage</strong></p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Pentium Silver J5005</p></td><td  ><p>4C / 4T</p></td><td  ><p>10W</p></td><td  ><p>NO NPU</p></td><td  ><p>8GB DDR4</p></td><td  ><p>2</p></td><td  ><p>128GB SSD</p></td><td  ><p>128TB</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Intel N95</p></td><td  ><p>4C / 4T</p></td><td  ><p>25W</p></td><td  ><p>NO NPU</p></td><td  ><p>12GB LPDDR5</p></td><td  ><p>3</p></td><td  ><p>128GB SSD</p></td><td  ><p>132TB</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Intel N150</p></td><td  ><p>4C / 4T</p></td><td  ><p>25W</p></td><td  ><p>NO NPU</p></td><td  ><p>16GB LPDDR5</p></td><td  ><p>3</p></td><td  ><p>128GB SSD</p></td><td  ><p>132TB</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Intel Core 3 304</p></td><td  ><p>5C / 5T</p></td><td  ><p>35W</p></td><td  ><p>24 TOPS</p></td><td  ><p>16GB DDR5</p></td><td  ><p>1</p></td><td  ><p>512GB UFS 3.1</p></td><td  ><p>124TB</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Intel Core i5 13500H</p></td><td  ><p>12C / 16T</p></td><td  ><p>45W</p></td><td  ><p>NO NPU</p></td><td  ><p>32GB DDR4</p></td><td  ><p>4</p></td><td  ><p>500GB SSD</p></td><td  ><p>136TB</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>AMD Ryzen AI 7 H 350</p></td><td  ><p>8C / 16T</p></td><td  ><p>45W</p></td><td  ><p>50 TOPS</p></td><td  ><p>32GB DDR5</p></td><td  ><p>3</p></td><td  ><p>500GB SSD</p></td><td  ><p>132TB</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>AMD Ryzen AI 9 HX 470</p></td><td  ><p>12C / 24T</p></td><td  ><p>45W</p></td><td  ><p>86 TOPS</p></td><td  ><p>32GB DDR5</p></td><td  ><p>3</p></td><td  ><p>500GB SSD</p></td><td  ><p>132TB</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-beelink-me-pro-creator-edition-design"><span>Beelink ME Pro Creator Edition: Design</span></h2><ul><li><strong>Drawer concept</strong></li><li><strong>Easy access to some upgrades</strong></li><li><strong>Lots of screws</strong></li></ul><p>The drawer-style design is a neat idea: it uses almost the same mechanism as the drives, but replicated on the motherboard, which slides out for maintenance and upgrades.</p><p>That should make a processor upgrade a far simpler job than in a normal NAS. Beelink has also hinted at AMD and ARM boards in the same chassis. If you own a four-bay, you could buy a different two-bay and swap the platforms, in theory.</p><p>The unibody metal case is milled from solid aluminium and makes for a small footprint for a four-bay NAS. It’s also quiet enough that this could sit on a desktop.</p><p>Cooling relies on one internal blower rather than a bank of case fans, and when the motherboard module is removed, the dual-sided design is clearly influenced by Beelink’s mini PC designs.</p><p>Access to the two M.2 2280 Gen4 slots is super-simple, and they come with their own chunky heatsinks to help remove heat with the help of the fan assembly. There are two other M.2 slots (Gen 3 x2), one of these being occupied by the FygoOS installation, but getting those requires removing the fan. </p><p>Since the unused third slot doesn’t run at the same speed as the two easily accessible ones, it probably wouldn’t be a good plan to try to make a RAID array of the three, but that slot might be useful for a caching SSD.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1600px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="DKUBLxSq8ktNMq6CENH9EY" name="Beelink ME Pro 4_20261016_151558926_HDR" alt="Beelink ME Pro Creator Edition" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/DKUBLxSq8ktNMq6CENH9EY-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1600" height="900" attribution="" endorsement="" class="" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Mark Pickavance)</span></figcaption></figure><p>What I’m less impressed with is that the trays aren't tool-less for either 3.5- or 2.5-inch mechanisms. Each drive needs four screws, and once installed, two more hold it in place from the back of the tray. </p><p>The designers' issue here was that if they used a tool-less tray and a more elegant lock, then the NAS would be bigger, and the designers didn’t care for that. They also used four of these tiny screws to hold the motherboard tray in place, and these screws are easy to misplace.</p><p>One annoyance is that, to hold the thin steel air filter on the rear of the NAS, ten small magnets are glued into the chassis. They are placed within 4mm of where the screws hold the trays in, which inevitably means that when you go to screw them in, the magnets pull the screw off the screwdriver before you can thread it.</p><p>In short, the filter didn’t need that many magnets, and they didn’t need to be where the tray screws are.</p><p>The fine irony of all these screws is that the enclosure tolerances are so good that the screws holding the trays in and the motherboard are mostly pointless, certainly with the numbers used.</p><p>These points aside, the ME Pro is better built than most NAS enclosures, even if some compromises have been made to keep it so small.</p><ul><li><strong>Design:</strong> 4 / 5</li></ul><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-beelink-me-pro-creator-edition-features"><span>Beelink ME Pro Creator Edition: Features</span></h2><ul><li><strong>Intel Core 5 13500H CPU</strong></li><li><strong>Up to 96GB of memory</strong></li><li><strong>AI capabilities are limited</strong></li></ul><p>As a laptop processor, the Core 5 13500H was a strong platform sporting 12 cores total (4 Performance-cores with Hyper-Threading and 8 Efficient-cores) and 16 threads. As is the way with Intel 13th Gen technology, the performance-cores boost at a higher level, up to 4.7 GHz; and the efficient-cores boost at lower levels, up to 3.5 GHz.</p><p>All cores share an 18 MB Intel Smart Cache, and the chip has a base power TDP of 45W.</p><p>Some laptop designs using this chip scaled power up to 115W, but from what I understand, the ME Pro has more than enough performance at its base wattage.</p><p>The review hardware came with two 16GB DDR4-3200 modules providing 32GB, but if you can find them, this system could take dual 48GB modules for 96GB in total. It’s a shame Beelink didn’t use LPDDR5 for faster performance and lower power consumption, but the cost was probably prohibitive when these decisions were made.</p><p>The GPU is an Intel Iris Xe Graphics with 80 execution units running up to 1.45 GHz, and it shares memory with the rest of the platform.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1600px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="dxtsbMCkmjBkqWpvxfZsDY" name="Beelink ME Pro 4_20261016_151607339_HDR" alt="Beelink ME Pro Creator Edition" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/dxtsbMCkmjBkqWpvxfZsDY-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1600" height="900" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Mark Pickavance)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The best aspect of this processor, aside from its high core count, is its PCIe lanes: 28 total. In this design, not all 28 lanes are created equal.</p><p>Eight primary lanes are Gen5, eight secondary lanes are Gen4, and all sixteen lanes are CPU-attached. The final twelve lanes route through the Platform Controller Hub (PCH) to handle slower or secondary peripherals (like Wi-Fi/Bluetooth, audio controllers, USB extensions, or secondary M.2 storage slots), and these are all Gen3.</p><p>That’s a terrific amount of bandwidth, and it enables dual M.2 Gen 4 x4, two more M.2 Gen3, a 10GbE LAN port and a 2.5GbE LAN port, a Thunderbolt 4 port, and three USB 3.2 Gen2 ports. That’s plenty for most people, as you can use the Thunderbolt port as a 40Gbps network connection if needed.</p><p>Overall, the architecture choices in this NAS are right for demanding workloads like video editing, photo manipulation, and software development, thanks to its hybrid core layout.</p><p>However, only the Ryzen AI models are sold specifically for local language models. The 13500H review unit is not one of them, and Beelink lists no AI performance figure for it. The AI 470 is quoted at up to 86 TOPS, with that number assembled from an NPU with 55 TOPS and a CPU and GPU combined for 32 TOPS.</p><p>Therefore, if you intend to run AI models on the NAS, one of the AMD machines would be preferable to this system. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1600px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="hwe48e7vx7JY9DxdFwV4EY" name="Beelink ME Pro 4_20261016_151858841_HDR" alt="Beelink ME Pro Creator Edition" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/hwe48e7vx7JY9DxdFwV4EY-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1600" height="900" attribution="" endorsement="" class="" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Mark Pickavance)</span></figcaption></figure><ul><li><strong>Features:</strong> 4 / 5</li></ul><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-beelink-me-pro-creator-edition-software"><span>Beelink ME Pro Creator Edition: Software</span></h2><ul><li><strong>FygoOS</strong></li><li><strong>Docker and virtual machines</strong></li><li><strong>Ollama options</strong></li></ul><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="vofzQPkDzBUd7oGEws4XHY" name="FygoOS_01" alt="Beelink ME Pro Creator Edition" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/vofzQPkDzBUd7oGEws4XHY-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Mark Pickavance)</span></figcaption></figure><p>FygoOS is the international face of a Chinese NAS solution that has surfaced in the past year. Its parent is fnOS, also called Feiniu Private Cloud. I believe a small team of NAS enthusiasts built it around Debian Linux, and it is closed source. During its public beta, it was offered as a free option for Chinese home users. </p><p>Reviews for this platform only began in early July 2026. Early adopters found a new NAS OS in version 1.2 and the FygoTV app in 0.9. The name hints at open source, but it is a proprietary system built partly on open source parts, with GPL source releases still in progress. It runs on x86 and ARM hardware and offers ZFS, Btrfs and ext4 storage. The changelog shows active development.</p><p>During my time with the ME Pro 4, it had several releases; I used version 1.2.0800, and FygoTV was 0.9.7-3. </p><p>FygoOS is the beating heart of the ME Pro, and it aims at beginners while leaving room for experts. Beelink says apps install with one click and update the same way. It lists official and community apps for media, backup, productivity and virtualisation.</p><p>For what appears to be a relatively new NAS OS, this all seems much more advanced than I’d normally expect, both in application selection and feature set. </p><p>As far as I’m aware, FygoOS is the only other hardware-included NAS OS with ZFS file system support other than QNAP QuTS hero. You can get this feature via Unraid, TrueNAS or OpenMediaVault, among other places, but you would be installing them onto this hardware to replace FygoOS.</p><p>Included in the selection of apps is a powerful photo and media search tool. It can use AI to rapidly find images using facial recognition and smart categorisation. The private cinema feature matches metadata automatically, and Beelink claims up to 99 per cent accuracy in identifying the content. It also syncs playback between devices and supports real-time hardware transcoding.</p><p>However, I was disappointed that, as nice as some of these tools are, Beelink missed a few tricks. One is the HDMI port, which is promoted as supporting up to 4K output. That might be true, but it can’t be driven by the Fygo TV app to play files directly onto a TV. That’s something you can do with a Ugreen or Asustor NAS, but not this.</p><p>But there are a few things it can do that are more exclusive. One of the more surprising features of this platform is the collaborative media workspace.</p><p>Teams can preview video, photos, audio, documents, fonts and 3D files without downloading them. AI search finds content by meaning, not just file names. You can send a review link, and reviewers add comments, annotations and timestamped notes. Sharing supports access controls, expiry dates, watermarks and branding.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:53.44%;"><img id="6qERGSqDjE2TXHLtSgWuGY" name="FygoOS_02" alt="Beelink ME Pro Creator Edition" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/6qERGSqDjE2TXHLtSgWuGY-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1368" attribution="" endorsement="" class="" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Mark Pickavance)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The only caveat is that the features are tiered, with the best ones requiring a subscription.</p><p>The personal tier is included in all ME Pro. The business tier comes with a 30-day free trial on the J5005, N95, N150 and 304 models. The 13500H and both Ryzen AI models get six months free. But, and this is a concern, Beelink has not said what the business tier costs afterwards. I’d hate to use this for six months, find it incredibly useful and then discover that the monthly cost is too high to make it practical.</p><p>Being an Intel-based platform, and not ARM, this NAS supports virtualisation and with 32GB of RAM it is relatively easy to have several VT instances running. And, it has Docker, expanding the amount of software that can run on this platform dramatically.</p><p>It was interesting to note that while the hardware used here, specifically the Core i5 13500H, doesn’t have an NPU, it is a reasonably powerful processor and it has Iris Xe graphics, which can be used to process AI LLMs.</p><p>The standard application set includes Ollama, and I was able to install it and use it to run a local model like Gemma. While it wasn’t the fastest response, it did work quite well, so using this machine for AI isn’t impossible.</p><p>Obviously, if you want to use the NAS as an AI assistant, the two models with AMD Ryzen AI processors are a better choice, but even without a dedicated NPU, this hardware can run some AI and support interactive chats without relying on the Cloud.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:53.44%;"><img id="vHc9Cjp8gizP9zyP7x73HY" name="Fygo_Photos" alt="Beelink ME Pro Creator Edition" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/vHc9Cjp8gizP9zyP7x73HY-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1368" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Mark Pickavance)</span></figcaption></figure><ul><li><strong>Software:</strong> 4 / 5</li></ul><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1600px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="HJF8BfRJZAJzbePyWv7LEY" name="Beelink ME Pro 4_20261023_093454293_HDR" alt="Beelink ME Pro Creator Edition" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/HJF8BfRJZAJzbePyWv7LEY-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1600" height="900" attribution="" endorsement="" class="" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Mark Pickavance)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-beelink-me-pro-creator-edition-performance"><span>Beelink ME Pro Creator Edition: Performance</span></h2><ul><li><strong>Overkill for file serving</strong></li><li><strong>10GbE and 2.5GbE</strong></li><li><strong>Lacks channel bonding</strong></li></ul><p>When I started testing this NAS, I soon realised the platform was largely twiddling its thumbs during large file transfers. Using the 2.5GbE LAN port, no SSD cache and four 4TB drives in a RAID 5 pack, the CPU barely hit 9% usage. And that was shipping a file from my desktop PC at around 290MB/s.</p><p>Using the 10GbE port increased transfer speeds to nearly 700MB/s, but only added a few percentage points of CPU overhead. With an SSD, this machine can get closer to 1000MB/s, either directly or by allocating the SSD for reading and writing cache.</p><p>Four 3.5-inch drives don’t have enough performance to fully saturate the 10GbE link without cache support, so adding an SSD is more of a necessity if you're involved in file serving.</p><p>Gen4 x4 M.2 slots are great for internal SSD performance, but there aren’t many practical ways to use that bandwidth from the outside other than the Thunderbolt 4 port.</p><p>But unfortunately, the Thunderbolt port on this NAS doesn’t yet support Host mode, even though it is listed as a feature that’s ‘under development’ on the official FygoOS roadmap.</p><p>Also, while the networking functions enable Multi-gateway mode, where the LAN ports route according to the shortest path to the target system, there is currently no link aggregation/channel bonding. I don’t think channel bonding a 10GbE and a 2.5GbE line together is a good idea anyway, but FygoOS currently doesn’t have the necessary interfaces for this.</p><p>Because FygoOS is built on a Linux base, users looking to combine multiple network interfaces typically have to configure network bonding manually via SSH or underlying Linux networking tools rather than a native settings panel.</p><p>On a more positive note, I used a cheap Ugreen USB-A to 2.5GbE LAN port (CM648), and that worked perfectly for what is an incredibly inexpensive option. I know that Ugreen makes a 5GbE version of this adapter, and I suspect that would also be useful in this context.</p><p>Ideally, this system would have dual 10GbE and SMB multi-channel mode, but in most other respects, this NAS is overpowered for most roles.</p><ul><li><strong>Performance: </strong>4 / 5</li></ul><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-beelink-me-pro-creator-edition-final-verdict"><span>Beelink ME Pro Creator Edition: Final verdict</span></h2><p>Buy it if you want a compact NAS that you can upgrade later and you like the idea of a modern, flexible OS. Beelink pitches the 13500H model to creative professionals, and it has the core count to back it up.</p><p>That said, the four-bay market is crowded. Alternatives include the Ugreen NASync DXP4800 Plus and Pro, the Synology DS925+ and the UniFi UNAS Pro 4. Breaking down the ups and downs of each design would take another article, but to cover the basics, none of them matches the ME Pro 4-Bay Creator Edition. </p><p>The Ugreen NAS units are cheaper, use DDR5 and include special features like SMB Multichannel and HDMI video playback, which makes them useful. </p><p>Synology’s DS925+ uses a much weaker AMD Ryzen V1500B quad-core CPU, only has dual 2.5GbE LAN ports, comes with 4GB of RAM expandable to 32GB, and has two M.2 slots that can only use Synology-branded storage. That machine supports ECC memory, but that and the DSM OS are the only real positives.</p><p>The UniFi UNAS Pro 4 is meant for racks, not shelves, and is an ARM SoC system that supports four HDDs, two M.2 NVMe SSDs, and 2x 10Gb SFP+ LAN ports.</p><p>It’s cheap, around $600, but the 8GB memory can’t be upgraded, and the ARM architecture doesn’t support Virtual Machines.</p><p>What I haven't considered are the Asustor Lockerstor 4 models, QNAP, and TerraMaster options, to name a few. But to generalise, most 4-bay NAS don’t compete on processing power, memory capacity, and build quality.</p><p>The fly in this ointment is that until this product exits the Kickstarter campaign and people have them longer term, will they be able to establish a reputation, good or bad.</p><p>I haven't had any issues with the machine Beelink sent, and with a few more updates to FygoOS, it could become a useful NAS to own.</p><p>But for those who have had bad Kickstarter experiences, wait if you need proven reliability. This is a new product on a crowdfunding platform, and the modular upgrade path is so far a promise. But as a first-generation device, the Beelink ME Pro Creator Edition is certainly heading in the right direction.</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-should-you-buy-a-beelink-me-pro-creator-edition"><span>Should you buy a Beelink ME Pro Creator Edition?</span></h2><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Value</p></td><td  ><p>The Kickstarter deals are excellent for NAS of this spec</p></td><td  ><p>4 / 5</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Design</p></td><td  ><p>Innovative drawer design that allows for system swaps</p></td><td  ><p>4/ 5</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Features</p></td><td  ><p>Powerful Intel CPU, up to 96GB of DDR4, Thunderbolt and three M.2 slots</p></td><td  ><p>4 / 5</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Software</p></td><td  ><p>FygoOS is more sophisticated than expected</p></td><td  ><p>4 / 5</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Performance</p></td><td  ><p>Two drives limits throughput without SSDs</p></td><td  ><p>4 / 5</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Overall</p></td><td  ><p>A tiny powerful NAS that’s ideal for creatives, but it lacks the silicon for AI use</p></td><td  ><p>4 / 5</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h2 id="buy-it-if-17">Buy it if...</h2><div class="product"><p><strong>You have a 10GbE network</strong><br />With one 10GbE LAN and the 2.5GbE Port as a failover backup, you can distribute 1000MB/s of data over a network easily. And, using the USB or Thunderbolt port, you can get even more network bandwidth.</p><p><strong>You need lots of RAM for VT</strong><br />Being able to scale to 96GB of memory enables this NAS to handle jobs that would overrun other devices. It’s also DDR4, which might be cheaper to find than DDR5 at this time.  </p></div><h2 id="don-39-t-buy-it-if-14">Don't buy it if...</h2><div class="product"><p><strong>You need AI LLMs</strong><br />While this machine can run an LLM, the lack of an NPU in the processor holds it back, and you can’t add a powerful GPU, as it doesn’t have OCuLink. If you want AI on a NAS, other machines in this range are better suited.</p><p><strong>You want Thunderbolt Host Mode</strong><br />With this system having a Thunderbolt port, I was hoping it would have host mode, enabling a suitable laptop to link directly to the NAS with a 40Gbps link. However, that feature is still to be added to FygoOS, and until it is, that remains a pipe dream. </p></div><p><em>For more NAS solutions we've collated the </em><a href="https://www.techradar.com/best/best-nas-hard-drives" target="_blank"><em>best NAS hard drives</em></a><em> around</em></p>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ Topping DX1 II review: a well-built DAC with great specification that just fails grab you by the lapels ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-topping-dx1-ii-two-minute-review"><span>Topping DX1 II: two-minute review</span></h2><p>The world is not short of little DAC/headphone amps that want to bring a taste of authentic audio quality to your desktop experience — and here’s another one. The Topping DX1 II is a thorough update of a previous (and very competitive) in the Chinese brand's stable, and it makes a strong case for itself even before it’s started doing its thing.</p><p>The aluminum casework looks and feels good and the on-paper specification is difficult to lay a glove on. It includes — deep breath — a very hi-res ESS DAC, carefully considered digital and analog architecture, USB-C for both power and data, sufficient grunt to drive most headphones without difficulty, a fistful of input and output options (including balanced analog connectivity), and the facility for plenty of end-user input where sound is concerned. The standard of construction and finish is more than adequate. And a little remote control handset takes some of the pressure off an overworked physical control interface.</p><p>The difference the DX1 II can make to your audio experience when it sits between, say, your laptop and the headphones that are plugged into it is fairly profound. The Topping is by no means perfect — it doesn’t attack the top of the frequency range quite as willingly as it might, and it doesn’t have the heft to make big dynamic variations as apparent as they might be — but it’s a far more convincing and well-realized listen than your laptop alone has a hope of being. Soundstaging, rhythmic expression, detail levels and all-around musicality all enjoy a big uptick, and the way the DX1 II handles a tonal balance is one of the most uncomplicatedly enjoyable things about it.</p><p>The Topping DX1 II hasn’t closed the door on other desktop-friendly headphone amp/DAC units at similar money, but it’s certainly made sure it’s on the inside of the conversation for the <a href="https://www.techradar.com/news/phone-and-communications/mobile-phones/if-iphone-7-ditches-the-audio-jack-these-three-dacs-will-keep-the-music-spinning-1321629">best on the market</a>.  </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="hctvsHLtXSBZzhBVAhWdZT" name="IMG_1854 copy" alt="A bird's eye shot of the Topping DX1 II DAC, next to a laptop and on a white surface" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/hctvsHLtXSBZzhBVAhWdZT-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future / Simon Lucas)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-topping-dx1-ii-review-price-release-date"><span>Topping DX1 II review: Price &amp; release date</span></h2><ul><li><strong>Announced on May 18, 2026 (with availability from late June/July 2026)</strong></li><li><strong>Priced $119 / £119 (around AU$169)</strong></li></ul><p>The Topping DX1 II is on sale now, and in the United States it costs $119. It’s £119 in the United Kingdom, while in Australia it goes for around AU$169.</p><p>So, it's a little pricier than the oh-so-portable <a href="https://www.techradar.com/audio/hi-fi/ifi-go-link-max-review">iFi Go Link Max</a> and the bigger, hip-flask-esque <a href="https://www.techradar.com/audio/hi-fi/ifi-uno-review">iFi Uno, </a>say, but an <em>awful</em> lot cheaper than the also-new <a href="https://www.techradar.com/audio/dacs/ifi-idsd-gr-2-review">iFi iDSD GR2</a>. </p><p>What exactly are you getting for your money if you go for the Topping? Read on. </p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-topping-dx1-ii-review-features"><span>Topping DX1 II review: Features</span></h2><ul><li><strong>ESS ES9039Q2M DAC</strong></li><li><strong>Balanced and unbalanced outputs</strong></li><li><strong>UAC 1.0 and UAC 2.0</strong></li></ul><p>There’s something quite admirable about the way Topping has specified the DX1 II — I’ve used bigger and more expensive DAC/headphone amps that don’t come close to the level of this little device.</p><p>It’s built around a very capable ESS ES90392QM DAC chipset and features dual-DAC architecture with a dedicated digital-to-analog converter for each channel, plus fully independent processing. Digital files of up to 32bit/384kHz and DSD256 are supported.</p><p>A 16-core XMOS XU-316 assists with signal processing — just as with the dual-DAC arrangement and the fully balanced analog stage, the idea is to keep noise and distortion to an absolute minimum.</p><p>Digital audio information can be delivered using either the digital optical input or the USB-C slot on the rear of the Topping. The USB-C input also provides power to the device. Outputs consist of an unbalanced 3.5mm headphone socket, a couple of balanced 4.4mm alternatives (one for headphones, the other for connecting the DX1 II to a system, a powered speaker or what-have-you) and a line-level analog output on stereo RCAs. </p><p>There’s an optical output in case the digital signal needs to be preserved, and a switch to toggle between UAC 1.0 and UAC 2.0 — the first setting allows the Topping to be compatible with, say, the Nintendo Switch and the Sony PlayStation 5. </p><p>Topping has made provision for an awful lot of end-user input into the way the DX1 II performs. Connect it to a computer and you can access both the ‘Home Web’ platform (from where stuff like gain can be adjusted and no fewer than eight distinct digital filters are available) and ‘Topping Tune’. This uses a simple drag-n-drop interface to allow the user to easily create and adjust PEQ settings — frequency, gain and bandwidth control across 10 bands (with independent left and right channel adjustment) can be tweaked and settings saved. It’s available across each of the DX1 II’s outputs.</p><ul><li><strong>Features score: 5 / 5</strong></li></ul><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="fBi4tGe7VuUKTfspJ9V7Vd" name="IMG_1857 copy" alt="Rear panel of the black Topping DX1 II DAC, showing end-user options." src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/fBi4tGe7VuUKTfspJ9V7Vd-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future / Simon Lucas)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-topping-dx1-ii-review-sound-quality"><span>Topping DX1 II review: Sound quality</span></h2><ul><li><strong>Impressively detailed, easy-going sound</strong></li><li><strong>Pleasant tonal balance</strong></li><li><strong>Could easily sound more dynamic</strong></li></ul><p>It’s possible to make quite significant changes to the ultimate sound of the DX1 II, of course — those digital filters have a slight effect, but go crazy with the PEQ and you can achieve some pretty obvious alternations. What you can’t do, though, is defeat the things the Topping does well or fully correct its shortcomings.</p><p>With a 24bit/48kHz FLAC file of <em>The Record </em>by Boygenius playing in the Tidal desktop app and incoming via USB-C, it doesn’t take long at all to appreciate the facility the DX1 II has with detail retrieval. It’s alert to even the most minor, most subtle occurrences in the recording, keeps an eye on the low-level dynamics of harmonic over- and undertones, and deals with transients confidently too. It gives these details good weighting, so the emphasis is always on the music and not solely on how deeply into it the Topping can peer.</p><p>The tonal balance it strikes is naturalistic and pleasant, and its over-all character is, in the most positive way, easy-going and quite laid-back. It can do ‘urgency’ if it absolutely has to, of course, but its fundamental attitude is one that’s not in any way fatiguing. At no point is the Topping likely to grab you by the lapels — it’s altogether too grown-up and, again in a positive way, polite for that sort of behavior.</p><p>Some of this comes about because of its relative lack of dynamic impetus. The headline dynamics of ‘quiet’ and ‘LOUD!’ in a 16bit/44.1kHz file of <em>Life Metal </em>by Sunn O))) are somewhat flattened by the slight shortage of headroom the DX1 II exhibits. The distance between these two positions is not as pronounced as it is when described by a DAC/headphone amp that breathes a little more deeply. Some of it is due to the Topping’s slight-but-definite tendency to roll off the highest frequencies. There’s acceptable extension into the top end, but not quite the attack or even assertiveness that makes treble sounds properly bite and shine.</p><p>Elsewhere, though, the DX1 II is on firmer ground. It has a good understanding of rhythm and tempo, and controls its low-frequency activity to the point that there’s a proper sensation of fluency to the way rhythms are expressed. It can open up a soundstage to the point that even quite complex recordings get a little elbow-room, and the stage is also controlled well. And it’s worth noting that, unlike a couple of nominal rivals, the DX1 II doesn’t alter its behavior depending on the volume you’re listening at — even when playing very quietly or really quite loud, its sonic stance remains consistent.</p><ul><li><strong>Sound quality score: 4 / 5</strong></li></ul><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="yPLCN654RPLtCCVHa4XRWA" name="IMG_1852 copy" alt="Digital display of the Topping DX1 II DAC, on a white surface" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/yPLCN654RPLtCCVHa4XRWA-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future / Simon Lucas)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-topping-dx1-ii-review-design"><span>Topping DX1 II review: Design</span></h2><ul><li><strong>275g</strong></li><li><strong>Aluminum chassis</strong></li><li><strong>32 x 100 x 100mm (HxWxD)</strong></li></ul><p>The DX1 II is usefully compact (just 32 x 100 x 100mm, HxWxD), so won’t hog space on your desktop or equipment rack. Built mostly from machined aluminum, it’s very well-made and finished — its edges are nicely rounded and it’s not remotely sharp at any of its corners. </p><p>At 275g, it’s unlikely to be towed around your desktop by heavy-cabled headphones, either. Only the fact that some of the socketry is quite close together on the rear panel (which is inevitable, really) precludes the use of chunkier, more premium cables and constitutes any kind of issue.</p><ul><li><strong>Design score: 4.5 / 5</strong></li></ul><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="o2LRScxGrfhVL7CMMZ26ia" name="IMG_1856 copy" alt="The black Topping DX1 II DAC on, with digital display, on a white surface" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/o2LRScxGrfhVL7CMMZ26ia-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future / Simon Lucas)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-topping-dx1-ii-review-usability-setup"><span>Topping DX1 II review: Usability &amp; setup</span></h2><ul><li><strong>LED display</strong></li><li><strong>Remote control handset</strong></li><li><strong>Overworked fascia control dial</strong></li></ul><p>The majority of the fascia is occupied by a relatively large and gratifyingly legible LED display — volume level, selected input and what-have-you is all revealed. There’s also a relatively large turn/press dial that covers a lot of the device's functions. In all honesty, the dial is not especially intuitive when you want to do anything beyond change input or adjust volume — so it’s just as well Topping provides a little remote control handset that makes getting at your EQs, and all the rest of it, quite a lot more straightforward.</p><p>Set-up is the work of a moment, of course. You’ll need to connect the USB-C slot to a source of power — maybe this is also your source of music, if it isn’t then your source will need to be connected to the optical input. Then you need to connect the DX1 II to its output device — headphones, probably, or maybe the stereo RCA outputs to an amplifier or powered speaker. And then you’re in business.</p><ul><li><strong>Usability &amp; setup score: 4 / 5</strong></li></ul><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="BWUFiVsxhrEtDffbX6JRvB" name="IMG_1858 copy" alt="Topping DX1 II DAC remote control on a white surface" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/BWUFiVsxhrEtDffbX6JRvB-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future / Simon Lucas)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-topping-dx1-ii-review-value"><span>Topping DX1 II review: Value</span></h2><ul><li><strong>Small but feels premium</strong></li><li><strong>Good standard of build</strong></li><li><strong>Out-and-out sound quality not up there (but you won't feel short-changed)</strong></li></ul><p>It may only be tiny, but Topping has managed to make the DX1 II feel and, to a lesser extent, look like it deserves to cost three figures. The standard of build is well up to snuff, too — and when you take the thoroughgoing nature of its specification into account, too, the sensation of value for money is hard to argue with. </p><p>The value proposition isn’t quite so cut-and-dried when it comes to out-and-out sound quality - but even here the DX1 II does more than enough right to prevent you feeling short-changed.  </p><ul><li><strong>Value score: 4.5 / 5</strong></li></ul><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2444px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:61.05%;"><img id="fkMCjQgXQbAkmDkeSCiabm" name="Screenshot 2026-10-02 at 15.29.05 copy" alt="Screenshot of the Topping DX1 II DAC EQ" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/fkMCjQgXQbAkmDkeSCiabm-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2444" height="1492" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future / Simon Lucas)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-should-i-buy-the-topping-dx1-ii"><span>Should I buy the Topping DX1 II?</span></h2><h2 id="buy-it-if-18">Buy it if…</h2><div class="product"><p><strong>You have a desktop audio system that just consists of a laptop and some headphones</strong><br />Putting the DX1 II between the two will result in a significant uptick in audio quality.<a class="view-deal button" href="" target="_blank" rel="nofollow" data-dimension112="eefde4d6-cd6e-11f1-8019-d3acdf30882e" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="You have a desktop audio system that just consists of a laptop and some headphonesPutting the DX1 II between the two will result in a significant uptick in audio quality." data-dimension48="You have a desktop audio system that just consists of a laptop and some headphonesPutting the DX1 II between the two will result in a significant uptick in audio quality." data-dimension25="">View Deal</a></p></div><div class="product"><p><strong>You want to enhance your gaming experience</strong><br />With UAC 1.0 selected, the signal from a console incoming and some appropriate headphones attached, gaming becomes a much more immersive experience.<a class="view-deal button" href="" target="_blank" rel="nofollow" data-dimension112="eefde544-cd6e-11f1-b9fe-cff3daa0d057" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="You want to enhance your gaming experienceWith UAC 1.0 selected, the signal from a console incoming and some appropriate headphones attached, gaming becomes a much more immersive experience." data-dimension48="You want to enhance your gaming experienceWith UAC 1.0 selected, the signal from a console incoming and some appropriate headphones attached, gaming becomes a much more immersive experience." data-dimension25="">View Deal</a></p></div><div class="product"><p><strong>You have some power-hungry headphones</strong><br />The Topping’s balanced output is rated at 2 x 1000mW into 32 ohms, which is more than enough to deal even quite tricky headphones.<a class="view-deal button" href="" target="_blank" rel="nofollow" data-dimension112="eefde5bc-cd6e-11f1-9392-63e82af31f03" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="You have some power-hungry headphonesThe Topping’s balanced output is rated at 2 x 1000mW into 32 ohms, which is more than enough to deal even quite tricky headphones." data-dimension48="You have some power-hungry headphonesThe Topping’s balanced output is rated at 2 x 1000mW into 32 ohms, which is more than enough to deal even quite tricky headphones." data-dimension25="">View Deal</a></p></div><h2 id="don-39-t-buy-it-if-15">Don't buy it if…</h2><div class="product"><p><strong>You’re easily frustrated</strong><br />The fascia controls are not what you’d call ‘intuitive’.<a class="view-deal button" href="" target="_blank" rel="nofollow" data-dimension112="eefde6a2-cd6e-11f1-aa6a-5ffd7c709163" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="You’re easily frustratedThe fascia controls are not what you’d call ‘intuitive’." data-dimension48="You’re easily frustratedThe fascia controls are not what you’d call ‘intuitive’." data-dimension25="">View Deal</a></p></div><div class="product"><p><strong>You enjoy the dynamic aspects of music reproduction</strong><br />The DX1 II is unwilling or unable to put really convincing distance between dynamic extremes .<a class="view-deal button" href="" target="_blank" rel="nofollow" data-dimension112="eefde710-cd6e-11f1-9045-d90d563e069f" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="You enjoy the dynamic aspects of music reproductionThe DX1 II is unwilling or unable to put really convincing distance between dynamic extremes ." data-dimension48="You enjoy the dynamic aspects of music reproductionThe DX1 II is unwilling or unable to put really convincing distance between dynamic extremes ." data-dimension25="">View Deal</a></p></div><div class="product"><p><strong>You’re especially attuned to high-frequency sound</strong><br />You can fiddle with the PEQ and/or the filters all you like — the Topping is inclined to roll off the top end at least a little.<a class="view-deal button" href="" target="_blank" rel="nofollow" data-dimension112="eefde77e-cd6e-11f1-8b26-afc68b335f9b" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="You’re especially attuned to high-frequency soundYou can fiddle with the PEQ and/or the filters all you like — the Topping is inclined to roll off the top end at least a little." data-dimension48="You’re especially attuned to high-frequency soundYou can fiddle with the PEQ and/or the filters all you like — the Topping is inclined to roll off the top end at least a little." data-dimension25="">View Deal</a></p></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="UeTL54CVzFMi6frXeBhCYa" name="IMG_1859 copy" alt="Fascia panel and LED display of the Topping DX1 II DAC" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/UeTL54CVzFMi6frXeBhCYa-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future / Simon Lucas)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-topping-dx1-ii-review-also-consider"><span>Topping DX1 II review: Also consider</span></h2><p>It’s more affordable than the DX1 II — and it looks and feels it, too — but the <a href="https://www.techradar.com/audio/hi-fi/ifi-uno-review">iFi Uno</a> is a high-achieving little device that offers a direct, confident and information-rich sound no matter the source of music it’s connected to. </p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-how-i-tested-the-topping-dx1-ii"><span>How I tested the Topping DX1 II</span></h2><p>I used the Topping DX1 II with an Apple MacBook Pro — connecting to the USB-C slot allowed for data transfer and power supply at the same time, and gave access to numerous music streaming services. </p><p>I connected a pair of Sennheiser IE900 wired in-ear headphones to the unbalanced 3.5mm output, and also to the balanced 4.4mm output (the Sennheiser have a selection of cables with different terminations). </p><p>I also connected a Sony PlayStation 5 via the optical input and sent the DX1 II output signal to the preamp in my reference system via its RCA outputs.</p><ul><li><a href="https://www.techradar.com/news/how-we-test">Read TechRadar's reviews guarantee</a></li><li><em>First reviewed: October 2026</em></li></ul> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.techradar.com/audio/dacs/topping-dx1-ii-review</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ The Topping DX1 II is a big step up from the original DX1 DAC, at least where specification is concerned, but it's a little laid-back to truly excite. ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">6n7i84ARcVs6Zo7kSpwzXk</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ALaa8oaJ3gCRbcVnKnwodQ-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Sun, 25 Oct 2026 18:00:00 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[DACs]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Hi-Fi]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Audio]]></category>
                                                                                                                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Simon Lucas ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/XZU88gUp2HCF96TN4ozBR4-320-70.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ &lt;p&gt;Simon Lucas is a freelance technology journalist and consultant, with particular emphasis on the audio/video aspects of home entertainment. If it&#039;s involved in the production of sound or visual images, Simon will have written about it during the course of what will soon be a 20-year career.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Before embracing the carefree life of the freelancer, Simon was editor of What Hi-Fi? magazine and&amp;nbsp;&lt;a href=&quot;http://whathifi.com/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;whathifi.com&lt;/a&gt;&amp;nbsp;– a stint that lasted nearly six years and coincided with the website&amp;nbsp;becoming the planet&#039;s leading source of audio/visual buying advice for consumers. Since then, he&#039;s written for titles including (but not limited to) to Wired, Metro, the Guardian, HiFi+ and GQ, and has acted as an audio consultant for some of the&amp;nbsp;world&#039;s most high-profile consumer&amp;nbsp;electronics brands. All from what he likes to call &#039;The English Riviera&#039; but what is more commonly known as &#039;Brighton&#039;.&amp;nbsp;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Despite an invariably packed schedule, Simon likes to make time during the working week to publish (and invariably then hastily delete) tweets about the state of the nation (in general), the state of Aston Villa (in particular) and the state of his partner&#039;s cat via&amp;nbsp;&lt;a href=&quot;https://twitter.com/onlysimonlucas?lang=en&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;@OnlySimonLucas&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;/p&gt; ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ALaa8oaJ3gCRbcVnKnwodQ-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Future / Simon Lucas]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[The Topping DX1 II DAC, with wired headphones resting on top, show the dB level on a white surface.]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[The Topping DX1 II DAC, with wired headphones resting on top, show the dB level on a white surface.]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[The Topping DX1 II DAC, with wired headphones resting on top, show the dB level on a white surface.]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ALaa8oaJ3gCRbcVnKnwodQ-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-topping-dx1-ii-two-minute-review"><span>Topping DX1 II: two-minute review</span></h2><p>The world is not short of little DAC/headphone amps that want to bring a taste of authentic audio quality to your desktop experience — and here’s another one. The Topping DX1 II is a thorough update of a previous (and very competitive) in the Chinese brand's stable, and it makes a strong case for itself even before it’s started doing its thing.</p><p>The aluminum casework looks and feels good and the on-paper specification is difficult to lay a glove on. It includes — deep breath — a very hi-res ESS DAC, carefully considered digital and analog architecture, USB-C for both power and data, sufficient grunt to drive most headphones without difficulty, a fistful of input and output options (including balanced analog connectivity), and the facility for plenty of end-user input where sound is concerned. The standard of construction and finish is more than adequate. And a little remote control handset takes some of the pressure off an overworked physical control interface.</p><p>The difference the DX1 II can make to your audio experience when it sits between, say, your laptop and the headphones that are plugged into it is fairly profound. The Topping is by no means perfect — it doesn’t attack the top of the frequency range quite as willingly as it might, and it doesn’t have the heft to make big dynamic variations as apparent as they might be — but it’s a far more convincing and well-realized listen than your laptop alone has a hope of being. Soundstaging, rhythmic expression, detail levels and all-around musicality all enjoy a big uptick, and the way the DX1 II handles a tonal balance is one of the most uncomplicatedly enjoyable things about it.</p><p>The Topping DX1 II hasn’t closed the door on other desktop-friendly headphone amp/DAC units at similar money, but it’s certainly made sure it’s on the inside of the conversation for the <a href="https://www.techradar.com/news/phone-and-communications/mobile-phones/if-iphone-7-ditches-the-audio-jack-these-three-dacs-will-keep-the-music-spinning-1321629">best on the market</a>.  </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="hctvsHLtXSBZzhBVAhWdZT" name="IMG_1854 copy" alt="A bird's eye shot of the Topping DX1 II DAC, next to a laptop and on a white surface" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/hctvsHLtXSBZzhBVAhWdZT-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future / Simon Lucas)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-topping-dx1-ii-review-price-release-date"><span>Topping DX1 II review: Price &amp; release date</span></h2><ul><li><strong>Announced on May 18, 2026 (with availability from late June/July 2026)</strong></li><li><strong>Priced $119 / £119 (around AU$169)</strong></li></ul><p>The Topping DX1 II is on sale now, and in the United States it costs $119. It’s £119 in the United Kingdom, while in Australia it goes for around AU$169.</p><p>So, it's a little pricier than the oh-so-portable <a href="https://www.techradar.com/audio/hi-fi/ifi-go-link-max-review">iFi Go Link Max</a> and the bigger, hip-flask-esque <a href="https://www.techradar.com/audio/hi-fi/ifi-uno-review">iFi Uno, </a>say, but an <em>awful</em> lot cheaper than the also-new <a href="https://www.techradar.com/audio/dacs/ifi-idsd-gr-2-review">iFi iDSD GR2</a>. </p><p>What exactly are you getting for your money if you go for the Topping? Read on. </p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-topping-dx1-ii-review-features"><span>Topping DX1 II review: Features</span></h2><ul><li><strong>ESS ES9039Q2M DAC</strong></li><li><strong>Balanced and unbalanced outputs</strong></li><li><strong>UAC 1.0 and UAC 2.0</strong></li></ul><p>There’s something quite admirable about the way Topping has specified the DX1 II — I’ve used bigger and more expensive DAC/headphone amps that don’t come close to the level of this little device.</p><p>It’s built around a very capable ESS ES90392QM DAC chipset and features dual-DAC architecture with a dedicated digital-to-analog converter for each channel, plus fully independent processing. Digital files of up to 32bit/384kHz and DSD256 are supported.</p><p>A 16-core XMOS XU-316 assists with signal processing — just as with the dual-DAC arrangement and the fully balanced analog stage, the idea is to keep noise and distortion to an absolute minimum.</p><p>Digital audio information can be delivered using either the digital optical input or the USB-C slot on the rear of the Topping. The USB-C input also provides power to the device. Outputs consist of an unbalanced 3.5mm headphone socket, a couple of balanced 4.4mm alternatives (one for headphones, the other for connecting the DX1 II to a system, a powered speaker or what-have-you) and a line-level analog output on stereo RCAs. </p><p>There’s an optical output in case the digital signal needs to be preserved, and a switch to toggle between UAC 1.0 and UAC 2.0 — the first setting allows the Topping to be compatible with, say, the Nintendo Switch and the Sony PlayStation 5. </p><p>Topping has made provision for an awful lot of end-user input into the way the DX1 II performs. Connect it to a computer and you can access both the ‘Home Web’ platform (from where stuff like gain can be adjusted and no fewer than eight distinct digital filters are available) and ‘Topping Tune’. This uses a simple drag-n-drop interface to allow the user to easily create and adjust PEQ settings — frequency, gain and bandwidth control across 10 bands (with independent left and right channel adjustment) can be tweaked and settings saved. It’s available across each of the DX1 II’s outputs.</p><ul><li><strong>Features score: 5 / 5</strong></li></ul><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="fBi4tGe7VuUKTfspJ9V7Vd" name="IMG_1857 copy" alt="Rear panel of the black Topping DX1 II DAC, showing end-user options." src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/fBi4tGe7VuUKTfspJ9V7Vd-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future / Simon Lucas)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-topping-dx1-ii-review-sound-quality"><span>Topping DX1 II review: Sound quality</span></h2><ul><li><strong>Impressively detailed, easy-going sound</strong></li><li><strong>Pleasant tonal balance</strong></li><li><strong>Could easily sound more dynamic</strong></li></ul><p>It’s possible to make quite significant changes to the ultimate sound of the DX1 II, of course — those digital filters have a slight effect, but go crazy with the PEQ and you can achieve some pretty obvious alternations. What you can’t do, though, is defeat the things the Topping does well or fully correct its shortcomings.</p><p>With a 24bit/48kHz FLAC file of <em>The Record </em>by Boygenius playing in the Tidal desktop app and incoming via USB-C, it doesn’t take long at all to appreciate the facility the DX1 II has with detail retrieval. It’s alert to even the most minor, most subtle occurrences in the recording, keeps an eye on the low-level dynamics of harmonic over- and undertones, and deals with transients confidently too. It gives these details good weighting, so the emphasis is always on the music and not solely on how deeply into it the Topping can peer.</p><p>The tonal balance it strikes is naturalistic and pleasant, and its over-all character is, in the most positive way, easy-going and quite laid-back. It can do ‘urgency’ if it absolutely has to, of course, but its fundamental attitude is one that’s not in any way fatiguing. At no point is the Topping likely to grab you by the lapels — it’s altogether too grown-up and, again in a positive way, polite for that sort of behavior.</p><p>Some of this comes about because of its relative lack of dynamic impetus. The headline dynamics of ‘quiet’ and ‘LOUD!’ in a 16bit/44.1kHz file of <em>Life Metal </em>by Sunn O))) are somewhat flattened by the slight shortage of headroom the DX1 II exhibits. The distance between these two positions is not as pronounced as it is when described by a DAC/headphone amp that breathes a little more deeply. Some of it is due to the Topping’s slight-but-definite tendency to roll off the highest frequencies. There’s acceptable extension into the top end, but not quite the attack or even assertiveness that makes treble sounds properly bite and shine.</p><p>Elsewhere, though, the DX1 II is on firmer ground. It has a good understanding of rhythm and tempo, and controls its low-frequency activity to the point that there’s a proper sensation of fluency to the way rhythms are expressed. It can open up a soundstage to the point that even quite complex recordings get a little elbow-room, and the stage is also controlled well. And it’s worth noting that, unlike a couple of nominal rivals, the DX1 II doesn’t alter its behavior depending on the volume you’re listening at — even when playing very quietly or really quite loud, its sonic stance remains consistent.</p><ul><li><strong>Sound quality score: 4 / 5</strong></li></ul><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="yPLCN654RPLtCCVHa4XRWA" name="IMG_1852 copy" alt="Digital display of the Topping DX1 II DAC, on a white surface" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/yPLCN654RPLtCCVHa4XRWA-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future / Simon Lucas)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-topping-dx1-ii-review-design"><span>Topping DX1 II review: Design</span></h2><ul><li><strong>275g</strong></li><li><strong>Aluminum chassis</strong></li><li><strong>32 x 100 x 100mm (HxWxD)</strong></li></ul><p>The DX1 II is usefully compact (just 32 x 100 x 100mm, HxWxD), so won’t hog space on your desktop or equipment rack. Built mostly from machined aluminum, it’s very well-made and finished — its edges are nicely rounded and it’s not remotely sharp at any of its corners. </p><p>At 275g, it’s unlikely to be towed around your desktop by heavy-cabled headphones, either. Only the fact that some of the socketry is quite close together on the rear panel (which is inevitable, really) precludes the use of chunkier, more premium cables and constitutes any kind of issue.</p><ul><li><strong>Design score: 4.5 / 5</strong></li></ul><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="o2LRScxGrfhVL7CMMZ26ia" name="IMG_1856 copy" alt="The black Topping DX1 II DAC on, with digital display, on a white surface" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/o2LRScxGrfhVL7CMMZ26ia-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future / Simon Lucas)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-topping-dx1-ii-review-usability-setup"><span>Topping DX1 II review: Usability &amp; setup</span></h2><ul><li><strong>LED display</strong></li><li><strong>Remote control handset</strong></li><li><strong>Overworked fascia control dial</strong></li></ul><p>The majority of the fascia is occupied by a relatively large and gratifyingly legible LED display — volume level, selected input and what-have-you is all revealed. There’s also a relatively large turn/press dial that covers a lot of the device's functions. In all honesty, the dial is not especially intuitive when you want to do anything beyond change input or adjust volume — so it’s just as well Topping provides a little remote control handset that makes getting at your EQs, and all the rest of it, quite a lot more straightforward.</p><p>Set-up is the work of a moment, of course. You’ll need to connect the USB-C slot to a source of power — maybe this is also your source of music, if it isn’t then your source will need to be connected to the optical input. Then you need to connect the DX1 II to its output device — headphones, probably, or maybe the stereo RCA outputs to an amplifier or powered speaker. And then you’re in business.</p><ul><li><strong>Usability &amp; setup score: 4 / 5</strong></li></ul><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="BWUFiVsxhrEtDffbX6JRvB" name="IMG_1858 copy" alt="Topping DX1 II DAC remote control on a white surface" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/BWUFiVsxhrEtDffbX6JRvB-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future / Simon Lucas)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-topping-dx1-ii-review-value"><span>Topping DX1 II review: Value</span></h2><ul><li><strong>Small but feels premium</strong></li><li><strong>Good standard of build</strong></li><li><strong>Out-and-out sound quality not up there (but you won't feel short-changed)</strong></li></ul><p>It may only be tiny, but Topping has managed to make the DX1 II feel and, to a lesser extent, look like it deserves to cost three figures. The standard of build is well up to snuff, too — and when you take the thoroughgoing nature of its specification into account, too, the sensation of value for money is hard to argue with. </p><p>The value proposition isn’t quite so cut-and-dried when it comes to out-and-out sound quality - but even here the DX1 II does more than enough right to prevent you feeling short-changed.  </p><ul><li><strong>Value score: 4.5 / 5</strong></li></ul><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2444px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:61.05%;"><img id="fkMCjQgXQbAkmDkeSCiabm" name="Screenshot 2026-10-02 at 15.29.05 copy" alt="Screenshot of the Topping DX1 II DAC EQ" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/fkMCjQgXQbAkmDkeSCiabm-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2444" height="1492" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future / Simon Lucas)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-should-i-buy-the-topping-dx1-ii"><span>Should I buy the Topping DX1 II?</span></h2><h2 id="buy-it-if-18">Buy it if…</h2><div class="product"><p><strong>You have a desktop audio system that just consists of a laptop and some headphones</strong><br />Putting the DX1 II between the two will result in a significant uptick in audio quality.<a class="view-deal button" href="" target="_blank" rel="nofollow" data-dimension112="eefde4d6-cd6e-11f1-8019-d3acdf30882e" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="You have a desktop audio system that just consists of a laptop and some headphonesPutting the DX1 II between the two will result in a significant uptick in audio quality." data-dimension48="You have a desktop audio system that just consists of a laptop and some headphonesPutting the DX1 II between the two will result in a significant uptick in audio quality." data-dimension25="">View Deal</a></p></div><div class="product"><p><strong>You want to enhance your gaming experience</strong><br />With UAC 1.0 selected, the signal from a console incoming and some appropriate headphones attached, gaming becomes a much more immersive experience.<a class="view-deal button" href="" target="_blank" rel="nofollow" data-dimension112="eefde544-cd6e-11f1-b9fe-cff3daa0d057" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="You want to enhance your gaming experienceWith UAC 1.0 selected, the signal from a console incoming and some appropriate headphones attached, gaming becomes a much more immersive experience." data-dimension48="You want to enhance your gaming experienceWith UAC 1.0 selected, the signal from a console incoming and some appropriate headphones attached, gaming becomes a much more immersive experience." data-dimension25="">View Deal</a></p></div><div class="product"><p><strong>You have some power-hungry headphones</strong><br />The Topping’s balanced output is rated at 2 x 1000mW into 32 ohms, which is more than enough to deal even quite tricky headphones.<a class="view-deal button" href="" target="_blank" rel="nofollow" data-dimension112="eefde5bc-cd6e-11f1-9392-63e82af31f03" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="You have some power-hungry headphonesThe Topping’s balanced output is rated at 2 x 1000mW into 32 ohms, which is more than enough to deal even quite tricky headphones." data-dimension48="You have some power-hungry headphonesThe Topping’s balanced output is rated at 2 x 1000mW into 32 ohms, which is more than enough to deal even quite tricky headphones." data-dimension25="">View Deal</a></p></div><h2 id="don-39-t-buy-it-if-15">Don't buy it if…</h2><div class="product"><p><strong>You’re easily frustrated</strong><br />The fascia controls are not what you’d call ‘intuitive’.<a class="view-deal button" href="" target="_blank" rel="nofollow" data-dimension112="eefde6a2-cd6e-11f1-aa6a-5ffd7c709163" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="You’re easily frustratedThe fascia controls are not what you’d call ‘intuitive’." data-dimension48="You’re easily frustratedThe fascia controls are not what you’d call ‘intuitive’." data-dimension25="">View Deal</a></p></div><div class="product"><p><strong>You enjoy the dynamic aspects of music reproduction</strong><br />The DX1 II is unwilling or unable to put really convincing distance between dynamic extremes .<a class="view-deal button" href="" target="_blank" rel="nofollow" data-dimension112="eefde710-cd6e-11f1-9045-d90d563e069f" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="You enjoy the dynamic aspects of music reproductionThe DX1 II is unwilling or unable to put really convincing distance between dynamic extremes ." data-dimension48="You enjoy the dynamic aspects of music reproductionThe DX1 II is unwilling or unable to put really convincing distance between dynamic extremes ." data-dimension25="">View Deal</a></p></div><div class="product"><p><strong>You’re especially attuned to high-frequency sound</strong><br />You can fiddle with the PEQ and/or the filters all you like — the Topping is inclined to roll off the top end at least a little.<a class="view-deal button" href="" target="_blank" rel="nofollow" data-dimension112="eefde77e-cd6e-11f1-8b26-afc68b335f9b" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="You’re especially attuned to high-frequency soundYou can fiddle with the PEQ and/or the filters all you like — the Topping is inclined to roll off the top end at least a little." data-dimension48="You’re especially attuned to high-frequency soundYou can fiddle with the PEQ and/or the filters all you like — the Topping is inclined to roll off the top end at least a little." data-dimension25="">View Deal</a></p></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="UeTL54CVzFMi6frXeBhCYa" name="IMG_1859 copy" alt="Fascia panel and LED display of the Topping DX1 II DAC" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/UeTL54CVzFMi6frXeBhCYa-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future / Simon Lucas)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-topping-dx1-ii-review-also-consider"><span>Topping DX1 II review: Also consider</span></h2><p>It’s more affordable than the DX1 II — and it looks and feels it, too — but the <a href="https://www.techradar.com/audio/hi-fi/ifi-uno-review">iFi Uno</a> is a high-achieving little device that offers a direct, confident and information-rich sound no matter the source of music it’s connected to. </p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-how-i-tested-the-topping-dx1-ii"><span>How I tested the Topping DX1 II</span></h2><p>I used the Topping DX1 II with an Apple MacBook Pro — connecting to the USB-C slot allowed for data transfer and power supply at the same time, and gave access to numerous music streaming services. </p><p>I connected a pair of Sennheiser IE900 wired in-ear headphones to the unbalanced 3.5mm output, and also to the balanced 4.4mm output (the Sennheiser have a selection of cables with different terminations). </p><p>I also connected a Sony PlayStation 5 via the optical input and sent the DX1 II output signal to the preamp in my reference system via its RCA outputs.</p><ul><li><a href="https://www.techradar.com/news/how-we-test">Read TechRadar's reviews guarantee</a></li><li><em>First reviewed: October 2026</em></li></ul>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ Seagate One Touch 4TB external hard drive review ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-seagate-one-touch-4tb-30-second-review"><span>Seagate One Touch 4TB: 30-second review</span></h2><p>The Seagate One Touch 4TB is a relatively nondescript-looking portable HDD which is bus-powered directly through the USB-C data cable. The drive is relatively compact and slips easily into a laptop bag or pocket, making it highly portable. Whilst the exterior casing is mid-grey plastic, it’s nicely finished and feels robust.</p><p>This portable drive features an HDD rather than an SSD, which does make this drive cheaper than some of the latest ultrafast drives I’ve looked at recently. Even so, at £179/US$199 at the time of writing this review, it’s still relatively expensive. For that money, you get the drive itself and a short 50cm USB-C cable to connect it to your machine.</p><p>Getting started is easy: the drive comes formatted in exFAT, so it’s easily recognised on Mac, PC, and Linux systems. Opening on either iOS or Windows machines reveals free software that guides you through initial registration, downloads the Security Toolkit, and highlights partner deals Seagate has set up with Adobe, Synology, and Mylio.</p><p>In this review, I’ve downloaded and installed the Toolkit, which is basically split into two parts. It includes a backup feature, which lets you choose different backup options for your computer and drive, and a security option, which lets you add a password and encrypt the drive’s contents.</p><p>Alongside those software options, there are also partner deals, and all offer a limited trial period before you have to move to a full subscription. However, the Synology Deep Search is well worth mentioning. Whilst you only get six months of free use before needing to pay, if you need to manage multiple files and have a search feature driven by AI that is far better than your standard search options, especially on a Mac, then this really might be of interest.</p><p>As a standard portable HDD, the 4TB capacity is perfect if you work with media files and need space for HD and 4K video. Whilst HDD technology limits speed, the benchmarking tests still showed impressive transfer rates, reaching over 140MB/s in some tests for both read and write.</p><p>That transfer speed let me edit 4K footage shot on the GoPro Mission 1 ILS directly from the drive in Final Cut Pro X, and while the machine and drive occasionally had to catch up, editing a five-minute production was extremely smooth.</p><p>Its real strength, however, is securely backing up your laptop or desktop data, and the included Toolkit software lets you run through a series of setup options with easy-to-follow prompts that work on both Mac and PC.</p><p>Unlike many HDD and SSD portable drives that offer software encryption, this drive offers hardware AES 256-bit encryption that is managed through the Seagate Toolkit software. For my money, that makes it one of the <a href="https://www.techradar.com/news/best-external-desktop-and-portable-hard-disk-drives" target="_blank">best external hard drives</a> for security. Through that software, you can encrypt the drive with a password lock. Because this security is hardware-based rather than software, it also meant that, through the benchmarking, when I tested the drive before and after the hardware encryption had been activated, the performance difference was minimal.</p><p>It’s obvious from the aesthetics and material choices that this is a mid-range portable HDD, but the tests impressed me with its performance and overall quality. I'd definitely recommend it if you’re looking for a middle-of-the-road, no-frills, high-capacity HDD for general storage and backup, with the real value here being the Toolkit included with the drive.</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-seagate-one-touch-4tb-price-and-availability"><span>Seagate One Touch 4TB: Price and availability</span></h2><ul><li><strong>How much does it cost?  </strong>From £95</li><li><strong>When is it out? </strong>Available now</li><li><strong>Where can you get it? </strong>Directly from <a href="https://www.seagate.com/products/personal-storage-devices/one-touch-portable-external-hard-drive/" target="_blank">Seagate </a>and online retailers.</li></ul><p>At present, the Seagate One Touch portable HDD is available in two different capacities - 2TB and 4TB, which retail for $160 and $200 respectively. In the UK, it's priced at £112 and £176. </p><p>You can buy it <a href="https://www.seagate.com/products/personal-storage-devices/one-touch-portable-external-hard-drive/" target="_blank">direct from the Seagate website</a>, where you'll also find a list of all stockists, which includes most major main online retailers.</p><p>It comes in three colors: blue, grey, and white. </p><ul><li><strong>Value:</strong> 5 / 5</li></ul><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1200px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="54bUXHtzPr5R7g9jzzGnMk" name="Seagate One Touch" alt="Seagate One Touch" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/54bUXHtzPr5R7g9jzzGnMk-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1200" height="675" attribution="" endorsement="" class="" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Alastair Jennings)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-seagate-one-touch-4tb-specs"><span>Seagate One Touch 4TB: Specs</span></h2><p><strong>Drive Type: </strong>Portable external HDD<br /><strong>Storage Capacity: </strong>2TB or 4TB<br /><strong>Interface: </strong>USB-C<br /><strong>Power: </strong>USB-powered, no external adapter required<br /><strong>Dimensions (2TB): </strong>117 × 81 × 14mm<br /><strong>Weight (2TB): </strong>156g<br /><strong>Compatibility: </strong>Windows and macOS<br /><strong>Security: </strong>Password protection and hardware encryption<br /><strong>Backup Software: </strong>Seagate Toolkit</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-seagate-one-touch-4tb-design"><span>Seagate One Touch 4TB: Design</span></h2><p>Lifting the drive from the box, and the 4TB version I’m looking at feels nice and tactile, with a wave surface texture that adds a little interest to the mid-grey colouring. The full build is plastic, yet it feels decent enough, with a single USB-C port at the back and, thankfully, a small white indicator LED right next to it.</p><p>In terms of size and weight, it’s just a little larger than the compact 2.5-inch laptop-style HDD inside, with the casing measuring 115.3 × 80 × 20.9mm. The 4TB version I’ve looked at in this review weighs 268g. The USB-C cable is a bit longer than the ones I’ve seen with some other portable drives recently, measuring 50cm, which gives good reach to a desktop mini PC or laptop, depending on what you’re using.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1200px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:42.83%;"><img id="8dZdz734DLZo2qNoPLGKYk" name="Seagate One Touch" alt="Seagate One Touch" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/8dZdz734DLZo2qNoPLGKYk-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1200" height="514" attribution="" endorsement="" class="" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Alastair Jennings)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Whilst the One Touch name initially suggests fingerprint security, it actually refers to the company’s product line that offers one-click backup for your files. It also offers automatic backup folder mirroring and is plug-and-play, so the name really reflects how simple the drive is to use.</p><p>Alongside the hardware comes a software suite, with installers on the drive's root that you can run once you plug it in. The drive comes pre-formatted in exFAT, but you can reformat it to match your native OS, Mac or PC.</p><p>The software installer lets you install the files you need for the more advanced backup and security features, and I liked how streamlined the installation process was, with it guiding you through the initial setup step by step.</p><ul><li><strong>Design:</strong> 4 / 5</li></ul><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1200px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="YPKX4ijJx7eTptdcAUvxYk" name="Seagate One Touch" alt="Seagate One Touch" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/YPKX4ijJx7eTptdcAUvxYk-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1200" height="675" attribution="" endorsement="" class="" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Alastair Jennings)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-seagate-one-touch-4tb-features"><span>Seagate One Touch 4TB: Features</span></h2><p>The Seagate One Touch portable external hard drive is sold by the company as a premium portable, on-the-go backup solution, designed to be used equally in the home or out and about.</p><p>This high-capacity portable hard drive comes with software options ready to install. These let you back up and secure your files, while software partnerships offer extended trial periods for apps to help you manage and organise files on the drive and on your host machine.</p><p>The drive is available in three colour options: dark blue, space grey, and white. It’s also provided with a long USB-C cable, at 50cm, that runs from the drive to your host machine. This means your machine needs a USB-C port to work with this drive.</p><p>The drive comes with bundled software, including the Seagate Toolkit, which requires registration but no other subscription costs. There’s also a two-month trial of Adobe Creative Cloud Pro, and six-month trials of Mylio and Synology Deep Search. You also get the superb Seagate Rescue Data Recovery Service. If the worst happens to your files, you can send the drive to Seagate, and they will see if they can recover anything that still exists.</p><p>While this drive can be used as a portable working drive, Seagate has marketed this as a portable backup solution, and as such, it doesn’t highlight the transfer rate. However, with USB 3.2 Gen 1, essentially USB 3, you can expect a maximum theoretical bandwidth of 5Gbps, 625MB/s. </p><p>However, since this contains an HDD, we can expect transfer rates between 120 and 150MB/s, which suggests Seagate matched the internal hardware and USB interface to maximise performance for its intended use as a portable backup rather than a working drive.</p><ul><li><strong>Features:</strong> 5 / 5</li></ul><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-seagate-one-touch-4tb-performance"><span>Seagate One Touch 4TB: Performance</span></h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1200px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="muypzisS979Ygz2i7qrdBm" name="Seagate One Touch" alt="Seagate One Touch" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/muypzisS979Ygz2i7qrdBm-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1200" height="675" attribution="" endorsement="" class="" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Alastair Jennings)</span></figcaption></figure><div  class="fancy-box"><div class="fancy_box-title">Benchmark scores</div><div class="fancy_box_body"><p class="fancy-box__body-text">CrystalDiskMark: Read 147.15MB/s; Write 146.06MB/s</p><p class="fancy-box__body-text">AJA System Test Lite: Read 132MB/s; Write 127MB/s</p><p class="fancy-box__body-text">ATTO Disk Benchmark: Read 133.55MB/s; Write 133.45MB/s</p><p class="fancy-box__body-text">AS SSD: Read 137.86MB/s; Write 130.28MB/s</p></div></div><p>Getting started with the Seagate One Touch 4TB portable HDD is as easy as with any portable drive, and in this test, I used it on the MacBook Pro M1 Max and the HP EliteBook XG 21 laptop, along with a series of mini PCs.</p><p>As I moved from macOS to Windows 11 Pro and Home, the Seagate One Touch performed similarly across all operating systems, which is great to see, and the simple USB-C connection was fully compatible with all the operating systems I tried.</p><p>Because the drive came pre-formatted in exFAT, it was instantly recognised on both Mac and PC. I first installed the software on the MacBook Pro M1 Max to check out the backup options and security features, and I was impressed by how easy it was to set up.</p><p>The initial stage requires you to register the drive and create a Seagate account, but once that’s done, it guides you through downloading the Seagate Toolkit installer, installing it, and then walking you through the setup options one after the other.</p><p>For backup on the Mac, even though I have Time Machine activated, I selected a portion of my MacBook Pro’s hard drive, and once that initial setup was complete, the backup process started. What I like about the Toolkit is that it’s quick to access, and you can edit your backup plan at any time. </p><p>Another point is that if you need to use the machine during a backup, as I did when I initially set up the plan, you can pause it so it doesn’t slow down your system, then restart it later. You can then schedule it to run overnight when you’re not using the machine.</p><p>Likewise, on the PC, which doesn’t have such a sophisticated backup system as part of the OS, you can choose to mirror your mini PC, desktop, or laptop hard drive, and the registration and initiation process is just as easy.</p><p>The second part of the included software is the security option, which uses AES 256-bit encryption and is activated through the Security Toolkit on both Mac and PC. It takes a little more setup, you need to enable certain security options and unplug and re-plug the drive for the installation to complete. </p><p>But again, it’s extremely well documented, and the software guides you through every step, including adding an email address and phone number in case you forget the password you set.</p><p>As backup software and an off-the-shelf, easy-to-use solution, this is as good as any paid option out there and is certainly easy to get your head around.</p><p>Those two bits of bundled software really do balance the added cost of a standard 4TB portable HDD, and if you are looking for something cheaper, Seagate does make cheaper portable HDDs with this capacity. If you’re using this for business or your home office, I would highly recommend paying the extra for those security and backup features, since you’re only paying an extra $40 / £40 compared with the non-secure options.</p><p>When it comes to performance, I used the drive for quick video editing in Final Cut Pro X and then CapCut, using files from the GoPro Mission 1 ILS. I was impressed by how fast this drive’s transfer rates were, both reading the files from the drive and writing the final render back to it during the test.</p><p>I started with a simple HD edit, and even with footage shot in GoPro Log, it supplied and wrote data at the speed the system demanded. Even when I upgraded to 4K footage, it was still more than capable, with only the occasional pause as files were written. I’d still opt for an SSD over an HDD, but if you are caught out and need large-capacity storage on the move, then this will do the job. The only issue is that it doesn’t dissipate heat well, so it will thermal throttle during longer editing sessions.</p><p>However, when I switched to editing stills shot on the Sony A7 IV and scans of Ilford FP4 Plus, the drive was more than capable of handling edits in DxO PhotoLab on the Mac and PC. </p><p>As this drive is designed for archiving, it's a great option for small businesses looking for machine backup, photographers who want a solid, portable drive they can use in and out of the studio or anyone wanting a portable backup drive. The plastic exterior is lightweight, and it feels relatively robust. Plus, you can password-protect it for security.</p><ul><li><strong>Performance:</strong> 5 / 5</li></ul><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-seagate-one-touch-4tb-final-verdict"><span>Seagate One Touch 4TB: Final verdict</span></h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1200px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="hk5YYCZkUaDYjqkMziUTsm" name="Seagate One Touch" alt="Seagate One Touch" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/hk5YYCZkUaDYjqkMziUTsm-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1200" height="675" attribution="" endorsement="" class="" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Alastair Jennings)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The Seagate One Touch 4TB portable HDD is a great all-round option for backup and a decent secure working drive for light media use. The design and build lean a bit toward plastic, but because it uses a single cable for power and data, you don’t have to carry a separate power supply, which makes it extremely convenient for field use.</p><p>It’s clear this is designed as a backup drive rather than a working drive, and with HDD rather than SSD technology, transfer rates are slower. So if you are looking for a high-capacity working drive, this is perfectly capable, but you might want to look at an SSD option.</p><p>This drive is marketed and better suited to backup and archive use, and the 4TB of capacity at this price is well balanced. What really sets this drive apart, and gives it an edge over many others, is its AES 256-bit hardware encryption, plus software that's exceptionally straightforward and easy to use. There’s just nothing complex about it. It does the job without going into any major complexities and offers excellent fallback when you need it.</p><p>Whilst the aesthetics and build quality are very middle of the road, it’s all solid enough. After carrying the drive around for a week in my kit bag, it stood up to knocks and bashes without much issue, proving the plastic exterior is as robust as many metal options.</p><p>If you are in the market for a high-capacity portable backup drive with hardware encryption and excellent bundled software, then I would highly recommend the Seagate One Touch 4TB HDD. It’s a well-balanced storage option without any aesthetic frills, with a main focus on pure functionality.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-should-i-buy-the-seagate-one-touch-4tb"><span>Should I buy the Seagate One Touch 4TB?</span></h3><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1200px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="Msxr6z9R3oyNjtbrvMUVxm" name="Seagate One Touch" alt="Seagate One Touch" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Msxr6z9R3oyNjtbrvMUVxm-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1200" height="675" attribution="" endorsement="" class="" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Alastair Jennings)</span></figcaption></figure><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Value</p></td><td  ><p>Well balanced in design, build quality, capacity, and bundled software.</p></td><td  ><p>5</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Design</p></td><td  ><p>The aesthetics and material choices may make this functional rather than a design classic.</p><p><br /></p></td><td  ><p>4</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Features</p></td><td  ><p>The HDD, plastic exterior, and single USB cable again highlight function over performance, but it’s all exceptionally well balanced.</p></td><td  ><p>4.5</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Performance</p></td><td  ><p>Considering that this is an HDD rather than an SSD, the transfer rates are impressive, and the performance matches its intended use.</p></td><td  ><p>5</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Overall</p></td><td  ><p>Seagate designed this portable HDD for a specific use, and everything about it matches that purpose.</p></td><td  ><p>5</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h2 id="buy-it-if-19">Buy it if...</h2><div class="product"><p><strong>You need portable, high-capacity storage.</strong></p><p>This drive is built for high-capacity storage, with large internal drive options and a fast USB Type-C connection to your host machine.</p><p><strong>You want easy backup and security.</strong></p><p>The bundled software is about as good as I’ve seen for this type of portable HDD, offering easy backup and security in just a few clicks, with no complexity.</p></div><h2 id="don-39-t-buy-it-if-16">Don't buy it if...</h2><div class="product"><p><strong>You need high performance.</strong></p><p>While the HDD's performance is exceptionally good, its transfer rates are far slower than you’d expect from a standard SSD.</p><p><strong>You need physical and data security.</strong></p><p>While AES 256-bit hardware security gives you peace of mind that people won’t be able to access your files if you lose the drive, the physical design, while it will stand a knock or two, isn’t built as a tough, go-anywhere drive.</p></div><p><em>For more storage solutions, we've tested the </em><a href="https://www.techradar.com/news/best-portable-ssd" target="_blank"><em>best portable SSDs </em></a><em>and the </em><a href="https://www.techradar.com/best/best-nas-hard-drives" target="_blank"><em>best NAS hard drives</em></a><em>. </em></p> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.techradar.com/pro/seagate-one-touch-4tb-external-hdd-review</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ The high-capacity 4TB portable HDD is just the start with this storage solution, as it comes with a suite of data backup software and password protection. ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">2KsFbNYyePwZJV5xZNaaUb</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/8dZdz734DLZo2qNoPLGKYk-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Sun, 25 Oct 2026 12:15:00 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Pro]]></category>
                                                                                                                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Alastair Jennings ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                                        <dc:description><![CDATA[ &lt;p&gt;Alastair is a photographer, filmmaker and tech writer who has been working in the publishing industry since the late 1990s. For more than 25 years he has covered photography, video and technology across Future&#039;s photography, technology and gaming brands, and worked on many of the company&#039;s launch titles. Based in the south of England, Alastair now runs a photography and video production company and lectures in TV and film. When not on set or in the classroom, Alastair can usually be found prototyping and prop building with the aid of 3D printing as well as advising companies on social video strategy and creative workflows which gives him the tech insight behind the reviews.&lt;/p&gt; ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/8dZdz734DLZo2qNoPLGKYk-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Alastair Jennings]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Seagate One Touch]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Seagate One Touch]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Seagate One Touch]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/8dZdz734DLZo2qNoPLGKYk-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-seagate-one-touch-4tb-30-second-review"><span>Seagate One Touch 4TB: 30-second review</span></h2><p>The Seagate One Touch 4TB is a relatively nondescript-looking portable HDD which is bus-powered directly through the USB-C data cable. The drive is relatively compact and slips easily into a laptop bag or pocket, making it highly portable. Whilst the exterior casing is mid-grey plastic, it’s nicely finished and feels robust.</p><p>This portable drive features an HDD rather than an SSD, which does make this drive cheaper than some of the latest ultrafast drives I’ve looked at recently. Even so, at £179/US$199 at the time of writing this review, it’s still relatively expensive. For that money, you get the drive itself and a short 50cm USB-C cable to connect it to your machine.</p><p>Getting started is easy: the drive comes formatted in exFAT, so it’s easily recognised on Mac, PC, and Linux systems. Opening on either iOS or Windows machines reveals free software that guides you through initial registration, downloads the Security Toolkit, and highlights partner deals Seagate has set up with Adobe, Synology, and Mylio.</p><p>In this review, I’ve downloaded and installed the Toolkit, which is basically split into two parts. It includes a backup feature, which lets you choose different backup options for your computer and drive, and a security option, which lets you add a password and encrypt the drive’s contents.</p><p>Alongside those software options, there are also partner deals, and all offer a limited trial period before you have to move to a full subscription. However, the Synology Deep Search is well worth mentioning. Whilst you only get six months of free use before needing to pay, if you need to manage multiple files and have a search feature driven by AI that is far better than your standard search options, especially on a Mac, then this really might be of interest.</p><p>As a standard portable HDD, the 4TB capacity is perfect if you work with media files and need space for HD and 4K video. Whilst HDD technology limits speed, the benchmarking tests still showed impressive transfer rates, reaching over 140MB/s in some tests for both read and write.</p><p>That transfer speed let me edit 4K footage shot on the GoPro Mission 1 ILS directly from the drive in Final Cut Pro X, and while the machine and drive occasionally had to catch up, editing a five-minute production was extremely smooth.</p><p>Its real strength, however, is securely backing up your laptop or desktop data, and the included Toolkit software lets you run through a series of setup options with easy-to-follow prompts that work on both Mac and PC.</p><p>Unlike many HDD and SSD portable drives that offer software encryption, this drive offers hardware AES 256-bit encryption that is managed through the Seagate Toolkit software. For my money, that makes it one of the <a href="https://www.techradar.com/news/best-external-desktop-and-portable-hard-disk-drives" target="_blank">best external hard drives</a> for security. Through that software, you can encrypt the drive with a password lock. Because this security is hardware-based rather than software, it also meant that, through the benchmarking, when I tested the drive before and after the hardware encryption had been activated, the performance difference was minimal.</p><p>It’s obvious from the aesthetics and material choices that this is a mid-range portable HDD, but the tests impressed me with its performance and overall quality. I'd definitely recommend it if you’re looking for a middle-of-the-road, no-frills, high-capacity HDD for general storage and backup, with the real value here being the Toolkit included with the drive.</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-seagate-one-touch-4tb-price-and-availability"><span>Seagate One Touch 4TB: Price and availability</span></h2><ul><li><strong>How much does it cost?  </strong>From £95</li><li><strong>When is it out? </strong>Available now</li><li><strong>Where can you get it? </strong>Directly from <a href="https://www.seagate.com/products/personal-storage-devices/one-touch-portable-external-hard-drive/" target="_blank">Seagate </a>and online retailers.</li></ul><p>At present, the Seagate One Touch portable HDD is available in two different capacities - 2TB and 4TB, which retail for $160 and $200 respectively. In the UK, it's priced at £112 and £176. </p><p>You can buy it <a href="https://www.seagate.com/products/personal-storage-devices/one-touch-portable-external-hard-drive/" target="_blank">direct from the Seagate website</a>, where you'll also find a list of all stockists, which includes most major main online retailers.</p><p>It comes in three colors: blue, grey, and white. </p><ul><li><strong>Value:</strong> 5 / 5</li></ul><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1200px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="54bUXHtzPr5R7g9jzzGnMk" name="Seagate One Touch" alt="Seagate One Touch" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/54bUXHtzPr5R7g9jzzGnMk-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1200" height="675" attribution="" endorsement="" class="" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Alastair Jennings)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-seagate-one-touch-4tb-specs"><span>Seagate One Touch 4TB: Specs</span></h2><p><strong>Drive Type: </strong>Portable external HDD<br /><strong>Storage Capacity: </strong>2TB or 4TB<br /><strong>Interface: </strong>USB-C<br /><strong>Power: </strong>USB-powered, no external adapter required<br /><strong>Dimensions (2TB): </strong>117 × 81 × 14mm<br /><strong>Weight (2TB): </strong>156g<br /><strong>Compatibility: </strong>Windows and macOS<br /><strong>Security: </strong>Password protection and hardware encryption<br /><strong>Backup Software: </strong>Seagate Toolkit</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-seagate-one-touch-4tb-design"><span>Seagate One Touch 4TB: Design</span></h2><p>Lifting the drive from the box, and the 4TB version I’m looking at feels nice and tactile, with a wave surface texture that adds a little interest to the mid-grey colouring. The full build is plastic, yet it feels decent enough, with a single USB-C port at the back and, thankfully, a small white indicator LED right next to it.</p><p>In terms of size and weight, it’s just a little larger than the compact 2.5-inch laptop-style HDD inside, with the casing measuring 115.3 × 80 × 20.9mm. The 4TB version I’ve looked at in this review weighs 268g. The USB-C cable is a bit longer than the ones I’ve seen with some other portable drives recently, measuring 50cm, which gives good reach to a desktop mini PC or laptop, depending on what you’re using.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1200px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:42.83%;"><img id="8dZdz734DLZo2qNoPLGKYk" name="Seagate One Touch" alt="Seagate One Touch" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/8dZdz734DLZo2qNoPLGKYk-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1200" height="514" attribution="" endorsement="" class="" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Alastair Jennings)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Whilst the One Touch name initially suggests fingerprint security, it actually refers to the company’s product line that offers one-click backup for your files. It also offers automatic backup folder mirroring and is plug-and-play, so the name really reflects how simple the drive is to use.</p><p>Alongside the hardware comes a software suite, with installers on the drive's root that you can run once you plug it in. The drive comes pre-formatted in exFAT, but you can reformat it to match your native OS, Mac or PC.</p><p>The software installer lets you install the files you need for the more advanced backup and security features, and I liked how streamlined the installation process was, with it guiding you through the initial setup step by step.</p><ul><li><strong>Design:</strong> 4 / 5</li></ul><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1200px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="YPKX4ijJx7eTptdcAUvxYk" name="Seagate One Touch" alt="Seagate One Touch" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/YPKX4ijJx7eTptdcAUvxYk-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1200" height="675" attribution="" endorsement="" class="" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Alastair Jennings)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-seagate-one-touch-4tb-features"><span>Seagate One Touch 4TB: Features</span></h2><p>The Seagate One Touch portable external hard drive is sold by the company as a premium portable, on-the-go backup solution, designed to be used equally in the home or out and about.</p><p>This high-capacity portable hard drive comes with software options ready to install. These let you back up and secure your files, while software partnerships offer extended trial periods for apps to help you manage and organise files on the drive and on your host machine.</p><p>The drive is available in three colour options: dark blue, space grey, and white. It’s also provided with a long USB-C cable, at 50cm, that runs from the drive to your host machine. This means your machine needs a USB-C port to work with this drive.</p><p>The drive comes with bundled software, including the Seagate Toolkit, which requires registration but no other subscription costs. There’s also a two-month trial of Adobe Creative Cloud Pro, and six-month trials of Mylio and Synology Deep Search. You also get the superb Seagate Rescue Data Recovery Service. If the worst happens to your files, you can send the drive to Seagate, and they will see if they can recover anything that still exists.</p><p>While this drive can be used as a portable working drive, Seagate has marketed this as a portable backup solution, and as such, it doesn’t highlight the transfer rate. However, with USB 3.2 Gen 1, essentially USB 3, you can expect a maximum theoretical bandwidth of 5Gbps, 625MB/s. </p><p>However, since this contains an HDD, we can expect transfer rates between 120 and 150MB/s, which suggests Seagate matched the internal hardware and USB interface to maximise performance for its intended use as a portable backup rather than a working drive.</p><ul><li><strong>Features:</strong> 5 / 5</li></ul><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-seagate-one-touch-4tb-performance"><span>Seagate One Touch 4TB: Performance</span></h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1200px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="muypzisS979Ygz2i7qrdBm" name="Seagate One Touch" alt="Seagate One Touch" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/muypzisS979Ygz2i7qrdBm-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1200" height="675" attribution="" endorsement="" class="" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Alastair Jennings)</span></figcaption></figure><div  class="fancy-box"><div class="fancy_box-title">Benchmark scores</div><div class="fancy_box_body"><p class="fancy-box__body-text">CrystalDiskMark: Read 147.15MB/s; Write 146.06MB/s</p><p class="fancy-box__body-text">AJA System Test Lite: Read 132MB/s; Write 127MB/s</p><p class="fancy-box__body-text">ATTO Disk Benchmark: Read 133.55MB/s; Write 133.45MB/s</p><p class="fancy-box__body-text">AS SSD: Read 137.86MB/s; Write 130.28MB/s</p></div></div><p>Getting started with the Seagate One Touch 4TB portable HDD is as easy as with any portable drive, and in this test, I used it on the MacBook Pro M1 Max and the HP EliteBook XG 21 laptop, along with a series of mini PCs.</p><p>As I moved from macOS to Windows 11 Pro and Home, the Seagate One Touch performed similarly across all operating systems, which is great to see, and the simple USB-C connection was fully compatible with all the operating systems I tried.</p><p>Because the drive came pre-formatted in exFAT, it was instantly recognised on both Mac and PC. I first installed the software on the MacBook Pro M1 Max to check out the backup options and security features, and I was impressed by how easy it was to set up.</p><p>The initial stage requires you to register the drive and create a Seagate account, but once that’s done, it guides you through downloading the Seagate Toolkit installer, installing it, and then walking you through the setup options one after the other.</p><p>For backup on the Mac, even though I have Time Machine activated, I selected a portion of my MacBook Pro’s hard drive, and once that initial setup was complete, the backup process started. What I like about the Toolkit is that it’s quick to access, and you can edit your backup plan at any time. </p><p>Another point is that if you need to use the machine during a backup, as I did when I initially set up the plan, you can pause it so it doesn’t slow down your system, then restart it later. You can then schedule it to run overnight when you’re not using the machine.</p><p>Likewise, on the PC, which doesn’t have such a sophisticated backup system as part of the OS, you can choose to mirror your mini PC, desktop, or laptop hard drive, and the registration and initiation process is just as easy.</p><p>The second part of the included software is the security option, which uses AES 256-bit encryption and is activated through the Security Toolkit on both Mac and PC. It takes a little more setup, you need to enable certain security options and unplug and re-plug the drive for the installation to complete. </p><p>But again, it’s extremely well documented, and the software guides you through every step, including adding an email address and phone number in case you forget the password you set.</p><p>As backup software and an off-the-shelf, easy-to-use solution, this is as good as any paid option out there and is certainly easy to get your head around.</p><p>Those two bits of bundled software really do balance the added cost of a standard 4TB portable HDD, and if you are looking for something cheaper, Seagate does make cheaper portable HDDs with this capacity. If you’re using this for business or your home office, I would highly recommend paying the extra for those security and backup features, since you’re only paying an extra $40 / £40 compared with the non-secure options.</p><p>When it comes to performance, I used the drive for quick video editing in Final Cut Pro X and then CapCut, using files from the GoPro Mission 1 ILS. I was impressed by how fast this drive’s transfer rates were, both reading the files from the drive and writing the final render back to it during the test.</p><p>I started with a simple HD edit, and even with footage shot in GoPro Log, it supplied and wrote data at the speed the system demanded. Even when I upgraded to 4K footage, it was still more than capable, with only the occasional pause as files were written. I’d still opt for an SSD over an HDD, but if you are caught out and need large-capacity storage on the move, then this will do the job. The only issue is that it doesn’t dissipate heat well, so it will thermal throttle during longer editing sessions.</p><p>However, when I switched to editing stills shot on the Sony A7 IV and scans of Ilford FP4 Plus, the drive was more than capable of handling edits in DxO PhotoLab on the Mac and PC. </p><p>As this drive is designed for archiving, it's a great option for small businesses looking for machine backup, photographers who want a solid, portable drive they can use in and out of the studio or anyone wanting a portable backup drive. The plastic exterior is lightweight, and it feels relatively robust. Plus, you can password-protect it for security.</p><ul><li><strong>Performance:</strong> 5 / 5</li></ul><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-seagate-one-touch-4tb-final-verdict"><span>Seagate One Touch 4TB: Final verdict</span></h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1200px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="hk5YYCZkUaDYjqkMziUTsm" name="Seagate One Touch" alt="Seagate One Touch" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/hk5YYCZkUaDYjqkMziUTsm-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1200" height="675" attribution="" endorsement="" class="" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Alastair Jennings)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The Seagate One Touch 4TB portable HDD is a great all-round option for backup and a decent secure working drive for light media use. The design and build lean a bit toward plastic, but because it uses a single cable for power and data, you don’t have to carry a separate power supply, which makes it extremely convenient for field use.</p><p>It’s clear this is designed as a backup drive rather than a working drive, and with HDD rather than SSD technology, transfer rates are slower. So if you are looking for a high-capacity working drive, this is perfectly capable, but you might want to look at an SSD option.</p><p>This drive is marketed and better suited to backup and archive use, and the 4TB of capacity at this price is well balanced. What really sets this drive apart, and gives it an edge over many others, is its AES 256-bit hardware encryption, plus software that's exceptionally straightforward and easy to use. There’s just nothing complex about it. It does the job without going into any major complexities and offers excellent fallback when you need it.</p><p>Whilst the aesthetics and build quality are very middle of the road, it’s all solid enough. After carrying the drive around for a week in my kit bag, it stood up to knocks and bashes without much issue, proving the plastic exterior is as robust as many metal options.</p><p>If you are in the market for a high-capacity portable backup drive with hardware encryption and excellent bundled software, then I would highly recommend the Seagate One Touch 4TB HDD. It’s a well-balanced storage option without any aesthetic frills, with a main focus on pure functionality.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-should-i-buy-the-seagate-one-touch-4tb"><span>Should I buy the Seagate One Touch 4TB?</span></h3><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1200px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="Msxr6z9R3oyNjtbrvMUVxm" name="Seagate One Touch" alt="Seagate One Touch" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Msxr6z9R3oyNjtbrvMUVxm-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1200" height="675" attribution="" endorsement="" class="" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Alastair Jennings)</span></figcaption></figure><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Value</p></td><td  ><p>Well balanced in design, build quality, capacity, and bundled software.</p></td><td  ><p>5</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Design</p></td><td  ><p>The aesthetics and material choices may make this functional rather than a design classic.</p><p><br /></p></td><td  ><p>4</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Features</p></td><td  ><p>The HDD, plastic exterior, and single USB cable again highlight function over performance, but it’s all exceptionally well balanced.</p></td><td  ><p>4.5</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Performance</p></td><td  ><p>Considering that this is an HDD rather than an SSD, the transfer rates are impressive, and the performance matches its intended use.</p></td><td  ><p>5</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Overall</p></td><td  ><p>Seagate designed this portable HDD for a specific use, and everything about it matches that purpose.</p></td><td  ><p>5</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h2 id="buy-it-if-19">Buy it if...</h2><div class="product"><p><strong>You need portable, high-capacity storage.</strong></p><p>This drive is built for high-capacity storage, with large internal drive options and a fast USB Type-C connection to your host machine.</p><p><strong>You want easy backup and security.</strong></p><p>The bundled software is about as good as I’ve seen for this type of portable HDD, offering easy backup and security in just a few clicks, with no complexity.</p></div><h2 id="don-39-t-buy-it-if-16">Don't buy it if...</h2><div class="product"><p><strong>You need high performance.</strong></p><p>While the HDD's performance is exceptionally good, its transfer rates are far slower than you’d expect from a standard SSD.</p><p><strong>You need physical and data security.</strong></p><p>While AES 256-bit hardware security gives you peace of mind that people won’t be able to access your files if you lose the drive, the physical design, while it will stand a knock or two, isn’t built as a tough, go-anywhere drive.</p></div><p><em>For more storage solutions, we've tested the </em><a href="https://www.techradar.com/news/best-portable-ssd" target="_blank"><em>best portable SSDs </em></a><em>and the </em><a href="https://www.techradar.com/best/best-nas-hard-drives" target="_blank"><em>best NAS hard drives</em></a><em>. </em></p>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ Boulies EP600 office chair review: So good it almost dethrones our top mid-range desk chair ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <div  class="fancy-box"><div class="fancy_box-title">What you need to know</div><div class="fancy_box_body"><p class="fancy-box__body-text"><ul><li>4D lumbar support and 6D armrests</li><li>Suitable for users between 5'5" and 6'3"</li><li>Breathable hybrid mesh design</li><li>Integrated footrest</li><li>Adjustable seat height and depth with 120° recline</li></ul></p></div></div><p>I’ve always found Boulies to be a well-priced option in the office chair arena, and having tested several of them, the EP600 is easily the most comfortable. </p><p>Of course, that’s expected. This chair is packed with a range of adjustments for getting comfort levels just right - and I especially like the inclusion of the adaptive lumbar support and 6D armrests. Yes, some of the adjustability mechanisms are a little fiddly, but it’s pretty much set-and-forget once you’ve got them in place. </p><p>Now, the EP600 isn’t for absolutely everyone - I think if it were fifty or a hundred bucks cheaper, it’d easily topple the FlexiSpot C7 as the top mid-range pick in my guide to the <a href="https://www.techradar.com/best/best-office-chairs" target="_blank">best office chairs</a>. Although it is first and foremost a home office desk chair, I used it for several gaming sessions and found it a good pick for work and play.  </p><p>As it stands, you’ll need to be at your desk a lot to truly justify the outlay. But for anyone looking for a chair designed for long hours, coming in at around the $400/£400 mark, it’s more or less unbeatable value. </p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-boulies-ep600-price-availability"><span>Boulies EP600: Price &amp; availability</span></h2><p>The chair is available direct from Boulies - in the US, it’s <a href="https://boulies.com/products/ep600" target="_blank">priced at $490</a>; in <a href="https://boulies.co.uk/products/ep600?variant=49191410368755" target="_blank">the UK, it’s £430</a>. It comes in light gray and black colorways, with hybrid mesh covering. </p><p>At the time of review, the company’s running its early Black Friday sale, where it’s down to $410 / £375. Considering the range of features here - including a built-in footrest and 6D armrests - that feels like a very fair price. It’s well within the price range of my top mid-range pick, the <a href="https://www.techradar.com/pro/flexispot-c7-ergonomic-office-chair-review" target="_blank">FlexiSpot C7</a>. </p><p>While on discount, I’d personally snap up the EP600. It has greater adjustability than the C7, softer material that’s just as breathable, and a good build quality (no squeaks and creaks since I assembled it). At full price, I’d still recommend it, but only if you want those extra features and comfort fine-tuning. </p><ul><li><strong>Value:</strong> 4 / 5</li></ul><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-boulies-ep600-assembly"><span>Boulies EP600: Assembly</span></h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="XJFgSxbTaJaWarkfh6LhtK" name="IMG_20261023_115747017" alt="Testing the Boulies EP600 office chair in a home office" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/XJFgSxbTaJaWarkfh6LhtK-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Fixing up this chair took me a little under 30 minutes in total. Everything you need - the screws, the hex key - is included in the box. </p><p>I’ve built a fair few office chairs in my time, and if you’re an old hand at this, it’s straightforward enough. However, while the instructions are relatively easy to understand, I felt they could be slightly clearer for those who aren’t assembling an office chair a week. More step-by-step images might improve the process. But it’s seamless enough if you read the printed text carefully and make sure you match the right screw to the fitting. </p><p>As ever, I recommend building this chair in the room you intend to use it in. It’s not as heavy as some chairs I’ve tested out, like the impossibly weighty <a href="https://www.techradar.com/gaming/secretlab-atlas-review" target="_blank">Secretlab Atlas</a> that now lives downstairs because I can’t physically lift it up to the second floor. But it’s still heavy enough to make it worth taking up the parts separately to wherever your home office is.</p><ul><li><strong>Assembly:</strong> 4 / 5</li></ul><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-boulies-ep600-design-build"><span>Boulies EP600: Design &amp; build</span></h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="yEEK2AshZAmuLzyaqd8Eyj" name="Boulies EP600" alt="Testing out the Boulies EP600 office chair in a home office" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/yEEK2AshZAmuLzyaqd8Eyj-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>In terms of design, Boulies isn’t reinventing the wheel here. It looks like plenty of other office chairs out there. Whether that 'traditional' style is a pro or a con in your book is a matter of taste. It's fine, and does the job, but won't turn any heads. </p><p>There’s a thick plastic base with casters, and a hybrid mesh seat (it’s a woven blend of mesh and fabrics that feels soft to the touch but still highly breathable). I wish, for the price, the base was metal. </p><p>The backrest is formed of two parts - an upper shoulder rest and a 4D adaptive lumbar support below. Both are adjustable for height. According to the company, the chair is built for users standing between 5'5" to 6'1” tall. That feels right to me. I’m 5’9”, and sitting in the mid-range it’s comfortable. My wife, who’s 5’3”, also had no issues sitting for extended periods of time either. </p><p>Atop the backrest sits the adjustable convex headrest that’s wide enough for most users. And flanking the sides are the 6D armrests, which pivot in - you guessed it - six directions. They’re very comfortable and work well, but I’m knocking off points because beyond the height, they’re not lockable. </p><p>Instead, they use tactile detents, with every turn up or down, backwards or forwards clicking firmly, but not permanently, into place. That took me a while to get used to, with the armrests ratcheting out of position when I shifted my weight too much in one direction. </p><p>Build quality is precisely what I’d expect for the price. Neither ultra-premium like a Herman Miller or LiberNovo, nor ultra cheap. The plastic parts feel solid enough, and I’ve experienced no squeaks, creaks, or breaks despite sitting in the chair pretty much every day of the week for up to twelve hours. </p><div class="looped-video"><video class="lazyload-in-view lazyloading" data-src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Fjk5wbMz7XKZ5q29QYXeK6/Boulies%20EP600%206D%20armrest.mp4" autoplay="" loop="" muted="" playsinline="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Fjk5wbMz7XKZ5q29QYXeK6/Boulies%20EP600%206D%20armrest.mp4"></video></div><ul><li><strong>Design &amp; build:</strong> 4.5 / 5</li></ul><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-boulies-ep600-performance-features"><span>Boulies EP600: Performance &amp; features</span></h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="oGYnTSYJVHaLH6TEwrxf7k" name="Boulies EP600 Lumbar support" alt="Testing out the Boulies EP600 office chair in a home office" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/oGYnTSYJVHaLH6TEwrxf7k-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>For all-day comfort, I have absolutely no complaints with the Boulies EP600. I’ve been using it for up to twelve-hour shifts without fatigue. Like the excellent value pick, the <a href="https://www.techradar.com/pro/i-love-the-price-of-this-office-chair-i-reviewed-almost-as-much-as-i-love-the-comfort" target="_blank">Boulies EP200</a>, it’s swiftly become my daily driver. </p><p>Even while testing other chairs in my office, the EP600 is the one I’ve tended to drop into first for work. Despite the range of adjustments you can make, it’s pleasantly unfussy in a way. It does precisely what I suspect most people want from a $400 office chair. </p><p>Adjustability is a high-point across the board. There’s not much you can modify to get yourself comfortable. The backrest tilts and reclines, and you can lock it into place. It gives you a good laid-back position for when you pull out the under-seat footrest. Speaking of which, this retractable footrest is a hard plastic, so you might want to add a cushion for extra comfort. I didn't have problems with it, but it's worth noting here. </p><p>For me, the killer feature is the 4D adaptive lumbar support, which can be raised or lowered to snugly meet your lower back. Its resistance altered. I’m always happy to see adaptive support like this, as it provides more consistent support as you move in your seat. It’s one of the main reasons why I’ve tended to choose the EP600 over other chairs I have in the home office. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="QGbgnE4u7z94ZEJvRkwfoK" name="IMG_20261023_115644771_HDR" alt="Testing the Boulies EP600 office chair in a home office" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/QGbgnE4u7z94ZEJvRkwfoK-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The 6D armrests are also pleasing in use. Once I accepted the fact that they can’t be locked into position, I grew to like, if not love, them. It’s nice to be able to properly support my forearms when typing at my desk, or, when I’m relaxing on my phone, bringing them in towards my body so I have somewhere to rest my elbows. </p><p>Where I feel the EP600 stumbles is just how fiddly making those adjustments can be at first. The controls aren’t as intuitive as a lot of chairs. </p><p>Now, I love a chair with adjustable seat depth to accommodate taller users. Here, it has a 50mm range back and forth. But the adjuster is a ring placed under the right-side of the seat. On most chairs, you’d lift or pull this, and the seat slides forward for larger bodies, and smooth rolls back to accommodate smaller users. </p><p>Here, you have to physically push or pull the seat into position - that’s not easy to do with one hand, especially when the seat appears to be fighting against you. </p><p>Once I had the seat set up for my height, I remained comfortable throughout my time sitting on it. But let me tell you, it was a little frustrating to start. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="EieG9SDYKr9qWVu6WarH7L" name="IMG_20261023_115716649" alt="Testing the Boulies EP600 office chair in a home office" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/EieG9SDYKr9qWVu6WarH7L-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><ul><li><strong>Performance &amp; features: </strong>4.5 / 5</li></ul><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-boulies-ep600-final-verdict"><span>Boulies EP600: Final verdict</span></h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="K6y3j6eNpo28zVVDe6VKzK" name="IMG_20261023_115655565_HDR" alt="Testing the Boulies EP600 office chair in a home office" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/K6y3j6eNpo28zVVDe6VKzK-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The Boulies EP600 delivers everything most people need from a mid-range office chair. It’s not the most glamorous, it’s certainly not the most expensive. But it is comfortable, adjustable, and supportive for extended sitting. </p><p>While I did find the controls slightly finicky, overall, it does enough to justify its price tag. For remote and hybrid workers (or those looking for a chair for work and play), it’s an easy one to recommend - so long as you can justify the expensive relative to the amount of time you'll use it. </p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-should-i-buy-the-boulies-ep600"><span>Should I buy the Boulies EP600?</span></h2><h2 id="buy-it-if-20">✅ Buy it if...</h2><p>You want a highly adjustable office chair for the home or office. It’s one of the most comfortable mid-range seats I’ve ever tested. </p><h2 id="don-39-t-buy-it-if-17">❌ Don't buy it if...</h2><p>You don’t need a fancy office chair with 6D armrests, or you’d rather spend a little extra for a more premium seat like the <a href="https://www.techradar.com/reviews/steelcase-series-2-task-chair" target="_blank">Steelcase Series 2</a>. </p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-how-i-tested-the-boulies-ep600"><span>How I tested the Boulies EP600</span></h2><p>I used the Boulies EP600 as my primary work chair for two weeks, for a minimum of eight hours a day, but more often like ten to twelve. During that time, I turned every knob, pulled every lever, and constantly swivelled the armrests like they were an oddly shaped fidget cube. I also used it as my gaming chair while playing Xbox and Switch. Here, I reclined the backrest and drawing out the footrest to see how well it fared while in 'relaxation mode'. </p> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.techradar.com/pro/boulies-ep600-office-chair-review</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ The Boulies EP600 is positioned as a mid-range office chair for the home office. It's highly adjustable, very comfortable, and an easy pick for long hours. ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">ttVwL8tBCSj7ASKyWM5hb6</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/gzeKXYamL8ev3wNW3WkTti-1920-80.png" type="image/png" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Sun, 25 Oct 2026 12:00:00 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                <updated>Thu, 29 Oct 2026 10:15:49 +0000</updated>
                                                                                                                                            <category><![CDATA[Pro]]></category>
                                                                                                                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Steve Clark ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Ya2zPvg23DWNrjDSuCuWSL-320-70.png ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ &lt;p&gt;Steve is B2B Editor for Creative &amp; Hardware at &lt;em&gt;TechRadar Pro&lt;/em&gt;, helping business professionals equip their workspace with the right tools. He tests and reviews the software, hardware, and office furniture that modern workspaces depend on, cutting through the hype to zero in on the real-world performance you won&#039;t find on a spec sheet. A writer and editor with over 20 years&#039; experience, he&#039;s written for publications like &lt;em&gt;Web User &lt;/em&gt;magazine and business-focused content for brands including&lt;em&gt; &lt;/em&gt;Microsoft and Sony. Once upon a time, he wrote TV commercials and movie trailers. He is a relentless champion of the Oxford comma.&lt;/p&gt; ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:content type="image/png" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/gzeKXYamL8ev3wNW3WkTti-1920-80.png">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Future]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Testing out the Boulies EP600 office chair in a home office]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Testing out the Boulies EP600 office chair in a home office]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Testing out the Boulies EP600 office chair in a home office]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/gzeKXYamL8ev3wNW3WkTti-1920-80.png" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <div  class="fancy-box"><div class="fancy_box-title">What you need to know</div><div class="fancy_box_body"><p class="fancy-box__body-text"><ul><li>4D lumbar support and 6D armrests</li><li>Suitable for users between 5'5" and 6'3"</li><li>Breathable hybrid mesh design</li><li>Integrated footrest</li><li>Adjustable seat height and depth with 120° recline</li></ul></p></div></div><p>I’ve always found Boulies to be a well-priced option in the office chair arena, and having tested several of them, the EP600 is easily the most comfortable. </p><p>Of course, that’s expected. This chair is packed with a range of adjustments for getting comfort levels just right - and I especially like the inclusion of the adaptive lumbar support and 6D armrests. Yes, some of the adjustability mechanisms are a little fiddly, but it’s pretty much set-and-forget once you’ve got them in place. </p><p>Now, the EP600 isn’t for absolutely everyone - I think if it were fifty or a hundred bucks cheaper, it’d easily topple the FlexiSpot C7 as the top mid-range pick in my guide to the <a href="https://www.techradar.com/best/best-office-chairs" target="_blank">best office chairs</a>. Although it is first and foremost a home office desk chair, I used it for several gaming sessions and found it a good pick for work and play.  </p><p>As it stands, you’ll need to be at your desk a lot to truly justify the outlay. But for anyone looking for a chair designed for long hours, coming in at around the $400/£400 mark, it’s more or less unbeatable value. </p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-boulies-ep600-price-availability"><span>Boulies EP600: Price &amp; availability</span></h2><p>The chair is available direct from Boulies - in the US, it’s <a href="https://boulies.com/products/ep600" target="_blank">priced at $490</a>; in <a href="https://boulies.co.uk/products/ep600?variant=49191410368755" target="_blank">the UK, it’s £430</a>. It comes in light gray and black colorways, with hybrid mesh covering. </p><p>At the time of review, the company’s running its early Black Friday sale, where it’s down to $410 / £375. Considering the range of features here - including a built-in footrest and 6D armrests - that feels like a very fair price. It’s well within the price range of my top mid-range pick, the <a href="https://www.techradar.com/pro/flexispot-c7-ergonomic-office-chair-review" target="_blank">FlexiSpot C7</a>. </p><p>While on discount, I’d personally snap up the EP600. It has greater adjustability than the C7, softer material that’s just as breathable, and a good build quality (no squeaks and creaks since I assembled it). At full price, I’d still recommend it, but only if you want those extra features and comfort fine-tuning. </p><ul><li><strong>Value:</strong> 4 / 5</li></ul><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-boulies-ep600-assembly"><span>Boulies EP600: Assembly</span></h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="XJFgSxbTaJaWarkfh6LhtK" name="IMG_20261023_115747017" alt="Testing the Boulies EP600 office chair in a home office" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/XJFgSxbTaJaWarkfh6LhtK-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Fixing up this chair took me a little under 30 minutes in total. Everything you need - the screws, the hex key - is included in the box. </p><p>I’ve built a fair few office chairs in my time, and if you’re an old hand at this, it’s straightforward enough. However, while the instructions are relatively easy to understand, I felt they could be slightly clearer for those who aren’t assembling an office chair a week. More step-by-step images might improve the process. But it’s seamless enough if you read the printed text carefully and make sure you match the right screw to the fitting. </p><p>As ever, I recommend building this chair in the room you intend to use it in. It’s not as heavy as some chairs I’ve tested out, like the impossibly weighty <a href="https://www.techradar.com/gaming/secretlab-atlas-review" target="_blank">Secretlab Atlas</a> that now lives downstairs because I can’t physically lift it up to the second floor. But it’s still heavy enough to make it worth taking up the parts separately to wherever your home office is.</p><ul><li><strong>Assembly:</strong> 4 / 5</li></ul><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-boulies-ep600-design-build"><span>Boulies EP600: Design &amp; build</span></h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="yEEK2AshZAmuLzyaqd8Eyj" name="Boulies EP600" alt="Testing out the Boulies EP600 office chair in a home office" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/yEEK2AshZAmuLzyaqd8Eyj-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>In terms of design, Boulies isn’t reinventing the wheel here. It looks like plenty of other office chairs out there. Whether that 'traditional' style is a pro or a con in your book is a matter of taste. It's fine, and does the job, but won't turn any heads. </p><p>There’s a thick plastic base with casters, and a hybrid mesh seat (it’s a woven blend of mesh and fabrics that feels soft to the touch but still highly breathable). I wish, for the price, the base was metal. </p><p>The backrest is formed of two parts - an upper shoulder rest and a 4D adaptive lumbar support below. Both are adjustable for height. According to the company, the chair is built for users standing between 5'5" to 6'1” tall. That feels right to me. I’m 5’9”, and sitting in the mid-range it’s comfortable. My wife, who’s 5’3”, also had no issues sitting for extended periods of time either. </p><p>Atop the backrest sits the adjustable convex headrest that’s wide enough for most users. And flanking the sides are the 6D armrests, which pivot in - you guessed it - six directions. They’re very comfortable and work well, but I’m knocking off points because beyond the height, they’re not lockable. </p><p>Instead, they use tactile detents, with every turn up or down, backwards or forwards clicking firmly, but not permanently, into place. That took me a while to get used to, with the armrests ratcheting out of position when I shifted my weight too much in one direction. </p><p>Build quality is precisely what I’d expect for the price. Neither ultra-premium like a Herman Miller or LiberNovo, nor ultra cheap. The plastic parts feel solid enough, and I’ve experienced no squeaks, creaks, or breaks despite sitting in the chair pretty much every day of the week for up to twelve hours. </p><div class="looped-video"><video class="lazyload-in-view lazyloading" data-src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Fjk5wbMz7XKZ5q29QYXeK6/Boulies%20EP600%206D%20armrest.mp4" autoplay="" loop="" muted="" playsinline="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Fjk5wbMz7XKZ5q29QYXeK6/Boulies%20EP600%206D%20armrest.mp4"></video></div><ul><li><strong>Design &amp; build:</strong> 4.5 / 5</li></ul><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-boulies-ep600-performance-features"><span>Boulies EP600: Performance &amp; features</span></h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="oGYnTSYJVHaLH6TEwrxf7k" name="Boulies EP600 Lumbar support" alt="Testing out the Boulies EP600 office chair in a home office" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/oGYnTSYJVHaLH6TEwrxf7k-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>For all-day comfort, I have absolutely no complaints with the Boulies EP600. I’ve been using it for up to twelve-hour shifts without fatigue. Like the excellent value pick, the <a href="https://www.techradar.com/pro/i-love-the-price-of-this-office-chair-i-reviewed-almost-as-much-as-i-love-the-comfort" target="_blank">Boulies EP200</a>, it’s swiftly become my daily driver. </p><p>Even while testing other chairs in my office, the EP600 is the one I’ve tended to drop into first for work. Despite the range of adjustments you can make, it’s pleasantly unfussy in a way. It does precisely what I suspect most people want from a $400 office chair. </p><p>Adjustability is a high-point across the board. There’s not much you can modify to get yourself comfortable. The backrest tilts and reclines, and you can lock it into place. It gives you a good laid-back position for when you pull out the under-seat footrest. Speaking of which, this retractable footrest is a hard plastic, so you might want to add a cushion for extra comfort. I didn't have problems with it, but it's worth noting here. </p><p>For me, the killer feature is the 4D adaptive lumbar support, which can be raised or lowered to snugly meet your lower back. Its resistance altered. I’m always happy to see adaptive support like this, as it provides more consistent support as you move in your seat. It’s one of the main reasons why I’ve tended to choose the EP600 over other chairs I have in the home office. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="QGbgnE4u7z94ZEJvRkwfoK" name="IMG_20261023_115644771_HDR" alt="Testing the Boulies EP600 office chair in a home office" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/QGbgnE4u7z94ZEJvRkwfoK-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The 6D armrests are also pleasing in use. Once I accepted the fact that they can’t be locked into position, I grew to like, if not love, them. It’s nice to be able to properly support my forearms when typing at my desk, or, when I’m relaxing on my phone, bringing them in towards my body so I have somewhere to rest my elbows. </p><p>Where I feel the EP600 stumbles is just how fiddly making those adjustments can be at first. The controls aren’t as intuitive as a lot of chairs. </p><p>Now, I love a chair with adjustable seat depth to accommodate taller users. Here, it has a 50mm range back and forth. But the adjuster is a ring placed under the right-side of the seat. On most chairs, you’d lift or pull this, and the seat slides forward for larger bodies, and smooth rolls back to accommodate smaller users. </p><p>Here, you have to physically push or pull the seat into position - that’s not easy to do with one hand, especially when the seat appears to be fighting against you. </p><p>Once I had the seat set up for my height, I remained comfortable throughout my time sitting on it. But let me tell you, it was a little frustrating to start. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="EieG9SDYKr9qWVu6WarH7L" name="IMG_20261023_115716649" alt="Testing the Boulies EP600 office chair in a home office" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/EieG9SDYKr9qWVu6WarH7L-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><ul><li><strong>Performance &amp; features: </strong>4.5 / 5</li></ul><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-boulies-ep600-final-verdict"><span>Boulies EP600: Final verdict</span></h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="K6y3j6eNpo28zVVDe6VKzK" name="IMG_20261023_115655565_HDR" alt="Testing the Boulies EP600 office chair in a home office" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/K6y3j6eNpo28zVVDe6VKzK-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The Boulies EP600 delivers everything most people need from a mid-range office chair. It’s not the most glamorous, it’s certainly not the most expensive. But it is comfortable, adjustable, and supportive for extended sitting. </p><p>While I did find the controls slightly finicky, overall, it does enough to justify its price tag. For remote and hybrid workers (or those looking for a chair for work and play), it’s an easy one to recommend - so long as you can justify the expensive relative to the amount of time you'll use it. </p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-should-i-buy-the-boulies-ep600"><span>Should I buy the Boulies EP600?</span></h2><h2 id="buy-it-if-20">✅ Buy it if...</h2><p>You want a highly adjustable office chair for the home or office. It’s one of the most comfortable mid-range seats I’ve ever tested. </p><h2 id="don-39-t-buy-it-if-17">❌ Don't buy it if...</h2><p>You don’t need a fancy office chair with 6D armrests, or you’d rather spend a little extra for a more premium seat like the <a href="https://www.techradar.com/reviews/steelcase-series-2-task-chair" target="_blank">Steelcase Series 2</a>. </p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-how-i-tested-the-boulies-ep600"><span>How I tested the Boulies EP600</span></h2><p>I used the Boulies EP600 as my primary work chair for two weeks, for a minimum of eight hours a day, but more often like ten to twelve. During that time, I turned every knob, pulled every lever, and constantly swivelled the armrests like they were an oddly shaped fidget cube. I also used it as my gaming chair while playing Xbox and Switch. Here, I reclined the backrest and drawing out the footrest to see how well it fared while in 'relaxation mode'. </p>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ Lavazza MilkEasy Plus review: affordable frothing made easy ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-lavazza-milkeasy-plus-review"><span>Lavazza MilkEasy Plus review</span></h2><p>As my millennial colleagues often say: "you don’t wanna see me before my morning coffee". And there's truth to that: having a cappuccino on first waking has become something of a ritual for me; it's more effective than an alarm clock for getting me up and doing anything useful, at least. And since getting my hands on the Lavazza MilkEasy Plus, making a quick drink every day has never been so easy.</p><p>As the name suggests, the Lavazza MilkEasy Plus is an incredibly simple to use, and it’s ideal for anyone who wants to whip up a cold or hot caffeinated beverage at home. It comes with four settings: hot milk, foamed milk, hot cappuccino, and cold cappuccino. I’ve tried all of these out over a month-long period of testing, using both dairy and plant-based milks. Should you get one for yourself? Here’s my verdict.</p><p>Straight off the bat, something I love about the MilkEasy Plus are its controls. A single backlit button enables you to cycle through the four different modes. Just select your preferred option, wait a few seconds, and the frothing will begin. This makes it an accessible option for anyone — no matter their level of technical or coffee know-how.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1920px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="qboYLUBgQVz7HmJG6AsuNY" name="Lavazza_MilkEasy_004.JPG" alt="Milk modes on the Lavazza MilkEasy Plus" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/qboYLUBgQVz7HmJG6AsuNY-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1920" height="1080" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Elsewhere, the included instructions are clear and concise, and after an initial clean cycle, all you have to do is plug the machine’s dock into a power outlet, place the MilkEasy Plus on top, and you’re good to go.</p><p>This model comes with a magnetic whisk that easily slots inside the MilkEasy Plus — no awkward installation required. The fact that it's magnetic means that it’s also easy to remove and clean. I was able to scrub the entire device in mere seconds, and while some pesky milk residue can stick to the sides of the MilkEasy Plus, it’s really easy to get off. The whisk and lid are also dishwasher-safe, although the main chamber needs to be hand-washed.</p><p>So yes, the MilkEasy Plus is a joy to use, but how does it perform? Well, I was really happy with the results every single time. With dairy milk in cappuccino mode, it whisked up a delightfully thick, creamy foam, which delivered a rich, satisfying flavor.</p><p>With foamed milk, I was impressed once more, both with dairy and plant-based milks. All those plant-based baristas will be pleased to learn that this  this model is "approved by Alpro", and when using oat milk, this machine really shines. The smooth, velvety texture of the foamed milk was impressive given the modest price of this model, although it did take a good three minutes to prepare. </p><p>This wasn’t a big issue for me, as I set the foaming cycle in motion before drawing an espresso shot from my Lavazza A Modo Mio Smeg machine, meaning I wasn’t left waiting. But if you want the speediest performance possible, this might not be the best option for you.</p><p>Not surprisingly, the hot milk and cold cappuccino modes produced similarly effective results with dairy and plant-based milk. And I was struck by how quiet the MilkEasy Plus is in use — you won't have to worry about disturbing any friends or family members if you’re making a late-night decaf coffee.</p><figure role="gallery"><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/UkqoaQf2KfmPuMFiFhsfXX-1920-80.jpg" alt="Oat milk latte made with the Lavazza MilkEasy Plus" /><figcaption>Coffee made with oat milk (in foamed milk mode) <small role="credit">Future</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/qHwrDDYWwFHjMuGjkYepSX-1920-80.jpg" alt="Man holding cappuccino made with the Lavazza MilkEasy Plus" /><figcaption>Coffee made with semi-skimmed milk (in hot cappuccino mode)<small role="credit">Future</small></figcaption></figure></figure><p>While I had an overwhelmingly positive experience with the MilkEasy Plus, I do have a couple of minor quibbles that are worth a mention. </p><p>Like a lot of rivals, the markings for quantity on the inside of the cup are a little difficult to read, and I found myself having to angle the machine to see the maximum fill line when adding milk. My other critique is that the MilkEasy Plus doesn't have a handle, so it can be slightly awkward to handle while pouring. This isn’t a major problem, and it’s still easy enough to grip, but a handle would have taken things up a notch.</p><p>Still, this model's build quality is impressive, especially given its relatively low £79 / AU$119 (about $100) list price. The quality of the MilkEasy Plus’ results, its user-friendly controls, and easy cleaning all combine to make it a top-tier option. And while a steam wand will always be superior for latte art, this model is tough to beat for casual coffee drinkers like me.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1920px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="orrAbBLtYsZcVGRjxQ7aDY" name="Lavazza_MilkEasy_003.JPG" alt="Magnetic whisk for the Lavazza MilkEasy Plus" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/orrAbBLtYsZcVGRjxQ7aDY-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1920" height="1080" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-lavazza-milkeasy-plus-review-price-release-date"><span>Lavazza MilkEasy Plus review: price &amp; release date</span></h2><ul><li><strong>Priced at £79 / AU$119 (about $100)</strong></li><li><strong>Released in July 2026</strong></li></ul><p>The Lavazza MilkEasy Plus was released in July 2026, and is available in the UK, a number of European markets, and Australia. It isn't available directly in the US, but could conceivably be imported.</p><p>This is a relatively budget-friendly model, coming in at £79 / AU$119 (about $100), making it cheaper than some of our favorite picks such as the Smeg Mini Milk Frother (£99.95, about $140 / AU$210) and the Dreo Baristamaker ($99 / £119.99, about AU$150).</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-lavazza-milkeasy-plus-review-specs"><span>Lavazza MilkEasy Plus review: specs</span></h2><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Dimensions</p></td><td  ><p>4.3 x 4.3 x 8.2 inches / 110 x 110 x 208mm</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Minimum capacity</p></td><td  ><p>3oz / 90ml</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Maximum capacity</p></td><td  ><p>6oz / 180ml</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Motor</p></td><td  ><p>460W</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Modes</p></td><td  ><p>4</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1920px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="TWeh3SWpXMaJ85KVJyfDWY" name="Lavazza_MilkEasy_008.JPG" alt="Person pressing button on the Lavazza MilkEasy Plus" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/TWeh3SWpXMaJ85KVJyfDWY-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1920" height="1080" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-should-i-buy-the-lavazza-milkeasy-plus"><span>Should I buy the Lavazza MilkEasy Plus?</span></h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1920px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="PrdixuM6jyuSPiBvQcWAMY" name="Lavazza_MilkEasy_006.JPG" alt="Inside of the Lavazza MilkEasy Plus" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/PrdixuM6jyuSPiBvQcWAMY-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1920" height="1080" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 id="buy-it-if-21">Buy it if…</h2><div class="product"><p><strong>You want hot and cold frothing</strong><br />The Lavazza MilkEasy Plus has both hot and cold foaming capabilities, and produces great results across the board. Just press the backlit button, select your preferred type, and your milk will be ready in minutes.</p></div><div class="product"><p><strong>You want a simple and easy-to-clean machine</strong><br />The Lavazza MilkEasy Plus is very easy to clean. The transparent lid and whisk can be placed in the dishwasher, and the main chamber can be hand-washed in a matter of seconds. The dock can’t be submerged in water, though, so wipe it clean with a wet or dry cloth instead.</p></div><h2 id="don-t-buy-it-if-4">Don’t buy it if…</h2><div class="product"><p><strong>You want to do latte art</strong><br />The MilkEasy Plus produces thick, creamy results, but it perhaps lacks the close-control that a steam-wand provides for doing latte art.</p></div><div class="product"><p><strong>You want the speediest performance around</strong><br />While the MilkEasy Plus is a smooth, quiet operator, it’s not the speediest performer around. It took a good few minutes for a foamed milk cycle to finish. For more instant results, you may want to look elsewhere.</p></div><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-lavazza-milkeasy-plus-review-also-consider"><span>Lavazza MilkEasy Plus review: also consider</span></h2><div class="product"><p><strong>Smeg Mini Milk Frother</strong><br />This machine shares a lot of similarities with the MilkEasy Plus. It's simple to use, produces thick hot or cold foam that would work well for regular or iced cappuccinos, and it can be cleaned in a matter of seconds. Its compact and sleek design also helps it to stand out from a lot of the competition. Read our full <a href="https://www.techradar.com/home/coffee-machines/smeg-mini-milk-frother-review" data-dimension112="a637f0fa-c979-11f1-b4b7-b96acb2e1925" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Smeg Mini Milk Frother review" data-dimension48="Smeg Mini Milk Frother review" data-dimension25="">Smeg Mini Milk Frother review</a>.</p></div><div class="product"><p><strong>Dreo Baristamaker</strong><br />While the Dreo Baristamaker is on the bulky side, we were really impressed by its consistent results, quiet operation, and ease of use. If you want a higher maximum milk capacity, this is a great alternative to the MilkEasy Plus. Read our full <a href="https://www.techradar.com/reviews/dreo-baristamaker" data-dimension112="a637f172-c979-11f1-b4c0-d9730215873a" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Dreo Baristamaker review" data-dimension48="Dreo Baristamaker review" data-dimension25="">Dreo Baristamaker review</a>.</p></div><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-how-i-tested-the-lavazza-milkeasy-plus"><span>How I tested the Lavazza MilkEasy Plus</span></h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1920px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="34fsaqqwMdTp2t5D3255zX" name="Lavazza_MilkEasy_009.JPG" alt="Transparent lid for the Lavazza MilkEasy Plus" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/34fsaqqwMdTp2t5D3255zX-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1920" height="1080" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>I spent one month testing the Lavazza MilkEasy Plus, using it as a key part of my coffee-making setup almost every day. I tried all four of the frothing modes, and made sure to use whole and semi-skimmed milk, as well as oat milk to assess consistency across different types. I used the Lavazza MilkEasy Plus alongside my Lavazza A Modo Mio Smeg capsule coffee machine for this review.</p><p>More generally, I’ve spent years testing gadgets here at TechRadar, where I serve as a Senior Reviews Writer. I’ve tested everything from home products such as the <a href="https://www.techradar.com/home/air-quality/dreo-smart-misting-fan-516s-review">Dreo Smart Misting Fan 516S</a> to Dolby Atmos soundbars, like the <a href="https://www.techradar.com/televisions/soundbars/marshall-heston-120-review">Marshall Heston 120</a>. </p><ul><li><a href="https://www.techradar.com/news/how-we-test">Read TechRadar’s reviews guarantee</a></li><li><em>First reviewed: October 2026</em></li></ul> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.techradar.com/home/coffee-machines/lavazza-milkeasy-plus-review</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ One month on, and the Lavazza MilkEasy Plus is a staple of my coffee-making setup. ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">qTUXfcWg3fiUeGjeE9Kwi6</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/m3LKS9MTGPqnjJnZP264rX-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Sun, 25 Oct 2026 11:30:00 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                <updated>Fri, 30 Oct 2026 15:42:30 +0000</updated>
                                                                                                                                            <category><![CDATA[Coffee Machines]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Home]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Small Appliances]]></category>
                                                                                                <author><![CDATA[ harry.padoan@futurenet.com (Harry Padoan) ]]></author>                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Harry Padoan ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/995EkuqRKUTUjvMk7ataFi-320-70.png ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ &lt;p&gt;Harry is a Senior Reviews Writer for TechRadar. He reviews everything from party speakers to wall chargers and has a particular interest in the worlds of audio and gaming.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Prior to joining TechRadar, Harry was a journalist covering stories from the telecoms industry, drilling into areas such as innovation, acquisitions, and sustainability.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;When he isn’t testing the newest tech, Harry can probably be found listening to deep house, playing JRPGs, or watching his beloved Tottenham Hotspur.&lt;/p&gt; ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/m3LKS9MTGPqnjJnZP264rX-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Future]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Lavazza MilkEasy Plus on table with mug and coffee beans]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Lavazza MilkEasy Plus on table with mug and coffee beans]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Lavazza MilkEasy Plus on table with mug and coffee beans]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/m3LKS9MTGPqnjJnZP264rX-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-lavazza-milkeasy-plus-review"><span>Lavazza MilkEasy Plus review</span></h2><p>As my millennial colleagues often say: "you don’t wanna see me before my morning coffee". And there's truth to that: having a cappuccino on first waking has become something of a ritual for me; it's more effective than an alarm clock for getting me up and doing anything useful, at least. And since getting my hands on the Lavazza MilkEasy Plus, making a quick drink every day has never been so easy.</p><p>As the name suggests, the Lavazza MilkEasy Plus is an incredibly simple to use, and it’s ideal for anyone who wants to whip up a cold or hot caffeinated beverage at home. It comes with four settings: hot milk, foamed milk, hot cappuccino, and cold cappuccino. I’ve tried all of these out over a month-long period of testing, using both dairy and plant-based milks. Should you get one for yourself? Here’s my verdict.</p><p>Straight off the bat, something I love about the MilkEasy Plus are its controls. A single backlit button enables you to cycle through the four different modes. Just select your preferred option, wait a few seconds, and the frothing will begin. This makes it an accessible option for anyone — no matter their level of technical or coffee know-how.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1920px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="qboYLUBgQVz7HmJG6AsuNY" name="Lavazza_MilkEasy_004.JPG" alt="Milk modes on the Lavazza MilkEasy Plus" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/qboYLUBgQVz7HmJG6AsuNY-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1920" height="1080" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Elsewhere, the included instructions are clear and concise, and after an initial clean cycle, all you have to do is plug the machine’s dock into a power outlet, place the MilkEasy Plus on top, and you’re good to go.</p><p>This model comes with a magnetic whisk that easily slots inside the MilkEasy Plus — no awkward installation required. The fact that it's magnetic means that it’s also easy to remove and clean. I was able to scrub the entire device in mere seconds, and while some pesky milk residue can stick to the sides of the MilkEasy Plus, it’s really easy to get off. The whisk and lid are also dishwasher-safe, although the main chamber needs to be hand-washed.</p><p>So yes, the MilkEasy Plus is a joy to use, but how does it perform? Well, I was really happy with the results every single time. With dairy milk in cappuccino mode, it whisked up a delightfully thick, creamy foam, which delivered a rich, satisfying flavor.</p><p>With foamed milk, I was impressed once more, both with dairy and plant-based milks. All those plant-based baristas will be pleased to learn that this  this model is "approved by Alpro", and when using oat milk, this machine really shines. The smooth, velvety texture of the foamed milk was impressive given the modest price of this model, although it did take a good three minutes to prepare. </p><p>This wasn’t a big issue for me, as I set the foaming cycle in motion before drawing an espresso shot from my Lavazza A Modo Mio Smeg machine, meaning I wasn’t left waiting. But if you want the speediest performance possible, this might not be the best option for you.</p><p>Not surprisingly, the hot milk and cold cappuccino modes produced similarly effective results with dairy and plant-based milk. And I was struck by how quiet the MilkEasy Plus is in use — you won't have to worry about disturbing any friends or family members if you’re making a late-night decaf coffee.</p><figure role="gallery"><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/UkqoaQf2KfmPuMFiFhsfXX-1920-80.jpg" alt="Oat milk latte made with the Lavazza MilkEasy Plus" /><figcaption>Coffee made with oat milk (in foamed milk mode) <small role="credit">Future</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/qHwrDDYWwFHjMuGjkYepSX-1920-80.jpg" alt="Man holding cappuccino made with the Lavazza MilkEasy Plus" /><figcaption>Coffee made with semi-skimmed milk (in hot cappuccino mode)<small role="credit">Future</small></figcaption></figure></figure><p>While I had an overwhelmingly positive experience with the MilkEasy Plus, I do have a couple of minor quibbles that are worth a mention. </p><p>Like a lot of rivals, the markings for quantity on the inside of the cup are a little difficult to read, and I found myself having to angle the machine to see the maximum fill line when adding milk. My other critique is that the MilkEasy Plus doesn't have a handle, so it can be slightly awkward to handle while pouring. This isn’t a major problem, and it’s still easy enough to grip, but a handle would have taken things up a notch.</p><p>Still, this model's build quality is impressive, especially given its relatively low £79 / AU$119 (about $100) list price. The quality of the MilkEasy Plus’ results, its user-friendly controls, and easy cleaning all combine to make it a top-tier option. And while a steam wand will always be superior for latte art, this model is tough to beat for casual coffee drinkers like me.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1920px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="orrAbBLtYsZcVGRjxQ7aDY" name="Lavazza_MilkEasy_003.JPG" alt="Magnetic whisk for the Lavazza MilkEasy Plus" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/orrAbBLtYsZcVGRjxQ7aDY-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1920" height="1080" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-lavazza-milkeasy-plus-review-price-release-date"><span>Lavazza MilkEasy Plus review: price &amp; release date</span></h2><ul><li><strong>Priced at £79 / AU$119 (about $100)</strong></li><li><strong>Released in July 2026</strong></li></ul><p>The Lavazza MilkEasy Plus was released in July 2026, and is available in the UK, a number of European markets, and Australia. It isn't available directly in the US, but could conceivably be imported.</p><p>This is a relatively budget-friendly model, coming in at £79 / AU$119 (about $100), making it cheaper than some of our favorite picks such as the Smeg Mini Milk Frother (£99.95, about $140 / AU$210) and the Dreo Baristamaker ($99 / £119.99, about AU$150).</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-lavazza-milkeasy-plus-review-specs"><span>Lavazza MilkEasy Plus review: specs</span></h2><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Dimensions</p></td><td  ><p>4.3 x 4.3 x 8.2 inches / 110 x 110 x 208mm</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Minimum capacity</p></td><td  ><p>3oz / 90ml</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Maximum capacity</p></td><td  ><p>6oz / 180ml</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Motor</p></td><td  ><p>460W</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Modes</p></td><td  ><p>4</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1920px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="TWeh3SWpXMaJ85KVJyfDWY" name="Lavazza_MilkEasy_008.JPG" alt="Person pressing button on the Lavazza MilkEasy Plus" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/TWeh3SWpXMaJ85KVJyfDWY-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1920" height="1080" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-should-i-buy-the-lavazza-milkeasy-plus"><span>Should I buy the Lavazza MilkEasy Plus?</span></h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1920px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="PrdixuM6jyuSPiBvQcWAMY" name="Lavazza_MilkEasy_006.JPG" alt="Inside of the Lavazza MilkEasy Plus" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/PrdixuM6jyuSPiBvQcWAMY-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1920" height="1080" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 id="buy-it-if-21">Buy it if…</h2><div class="product"><p><strong>You want hot and cold frothing</strong><br />The Lavazza MilkEasy Plus has both hot and cold foaming capabilities, and produces great results across the board. Just press the backlit button, select your preferred type, and your milk will be ready in minutes.</p></div><div class="product"><p><strong>You want a simple and easy-to-clean machine</strong><br />The Lavazza MilkEasy Plus is very easy to clean. The transparent lid and whisk can be placed in the dishwasher, and the main chamber can be hand-washed in a matter of seconds. The dock can’t be submerged in water, though, so wipe it clean with a wet or dry cloth instead.</p></div><h2 id="don-t-buy-it-if-4">Don’t buy it if…</h2><div class="product"><p><strong>You want to do latte art</strong><br />The MilkEasy Plus produces thick, creamy results, but it perhaps lacks the close-control that a steam-wand provides for doing latte art.</p></div><div class="product"><p><strong>You want the speediest performance around</strong><br />While the MilkEasy Plus is a smooth, quiet operator, it’s not the speediest performer around. It took a good few minutes for a foamed milk cycle to finish. For more instant results, you may want to look elsewhere.</p></div><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-lavazza-milkeasy-plus-review-also-consider"><span>Lavazza MilkEasy Plus review: also consider</span></h2><div class="product"><p><strong>Smeg Mini Milk Frother</strong><br />This machine shares a lot of similarities with the MilkEasy Plus. It's simple to use, produces thick hot or cold foam that would work well for regular or iced cappuccinos, and it can be cleaned in a matter of seconds. Its compact and sleek design also helps it to stand out from a lot of the competition. Read our full <a href="https://www.techradar.com/home/coffee-machines/smeg-mini-milk-frother-review" data-dimension112="a637f0fa-c979-11f1-b4b7-b96acb2e1925" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Smeg Mini Milk Frother review" data-dimension48="Smeg Mini Milk Frother review" data-dimension25="">Smeg Mini Milk Frother review</a>.</p></div><div class="product"><p><strong>Dreo Baristamaker</strong><br />While the Dreo Baristamaker is on the bulky side, we were really impressed by its consistent results, quiet operation, and ease of use. If you want a higher maximum milk capacity, this is a great alternative to the MilkEasy Plus. Read our full <a href="https://www.techradar.com/reviews/dreo-baristamaker" data-dimension112="a637f172-c979-11f1-b4c0-d9730215873a" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Dreo Baristamaker review" data-dimension48="Dreo Baristamaker review" data-dimension25="">Dreo Baristamaker review</a>.</p></div><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-how-i-tested-the-lavazza-milkeasy-plus"><span>How I tested the Lavazza MilkEasy Plus</span></h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1920px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="34fsaqqwMdTp2t5D3255zX" name="Lavazza_MilkEasy_009.JPG" alt="Transparent lid for the Lavazza MilkEasy Plus" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/34fsaqqwMdTp2t5D3255zX-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1920" height="1080" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>I spent one month testing the Lavazza MilkEasy Plus, using it as a key part of my coffee-making setup almost every day. I tried all four of the frothing modes, and made sure to use whole and semi-skimmed milk, as well as oat milk to assess consistency across different types. I used the Lavazza MilkEasy Plus alongside my Lavazza A Modo Mio Smeg capsule coffee machine for this review.</p><p>More generally, I’ve spent years testing gadgets here at TechRadar, where I serve as a Senior Reviews Writer. I’ve tested everything from home products such as the <a href="https://www.techradar.com/home/air-quality/dreo-smart-misting-fan-516s-review">Dreo Smart Misting Fan 516S</a> to Dolby Atmos soundbars, like the <a href="https://www.techradar.com/televisions/soundbars/marshall-heston-120-review">Marshall Heston 120</a>. </p><ul><li><a href="https://www.techradar.com/news/how-we-test">Read TechRadar’s reviews guarantee</a></li><li><em>First reviewed: October 2026</em></li></ul>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ CRKD Nitro Deck 2 review: a great but heavy Switch 2 handheld controller ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-crkd-nitro-deck-2-one-minute-review"><span>CRKD Nitro Deck 2: One-minute review</span></h2><p>The CRKD Nitro Deck 2 is primarily billed as a <a href="https://www.techradar.com/gaming/nintendo/nintendo-switch-2-review">Nintendo Switch 2</a> controller for handheld use, but it offers a lot more besides. It's CRKD’s follow-up to the Nitro Deck and Nitro Deck+, two previous accessories aimed at the original Nintendo Switch.</p><p>The CRKD Nitro Deck 2 has a functional design focused more on ergonomics than style, although some of the colorways add some panache; the Pal Grey variant I reviewed, for instance, harked back to retro Nintendo controllers, thanks to its colorful face buttons and darker grey accents. </p><p>The Nitro Deck 2 fits to the Switch and Switch 2 by clamping on the sides of the unit, rather than actually connecting to the <a href="https://www.techradar.com/gaming/nintendo/joy-con-2-review">Joy-Con 2</a> slots. A small button on the back clicks and twists to tightly grip your console, and tight it is; even when I held it upside down, my console didn’t move an inch. You can then connect to your console wirelessly via Bluetooth or wired by using the included U-shaped USB adapter.</p><p>CRKD’s mobile app can be used to remap the inputs of the Nitro Deck 2, as well as enable the ‘No Deadzone’ mode for the joysticks. Its interface is clear and easy to use, and I didn’t experience any bugs. One downside, though, is that you have to reconnect to the app every time you open it by holding two buttons for three seconds, which limits the convenience of back-and-forth adjustments.</p><p>All the buttons feel great, providing plenty of clicky feedback and responsiveness. The back buttons are awkwardly placed, though, and I found myself accidentally triggering them on occasion.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1243px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.23%;"><img id="5YBGMcD97EemGxvaEsqJza" name="Imported image 1 - 1792164715080" alt="CRKD Nitro Deck 2" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/5YBGMcD97EemGxvaEsqJza-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1243" height="699" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The real highlight of the Nitro Deck 2, though, is its joysticks. Not only are they precise and responsive, but they also feature dials that let you adjust their tension at any point, which is an excellent design choice and should allow any gamer to get their preferred feel.</p><p>Unfortunately, poor ergonomics detract from the Nitro Deck 2’s otherwise positive performance aspects. Not only do the pads angle inwards at the bottom, contrary to the majority of gamepads, but it’s also heavy when loaded with a console. These factors can make it cumbersome and awkward to use, especially when trying to game upright.</p><p>The Nitro Deck 2 is easy to pair to the Switch or Switch 2 via Bluetooth, although it takes a while to reconnect to your console after sleeping. Reconnection is quicker in wired mode, but it’s still not instantaneous. It was also easy to pair with PC and Android devices, although it’s a shame you can’t switch between them without having to pair each time.</p><p>The battery life of the Nitro Deck 2 is reasonable, lasting for as long as CRKD claims (15-20 hours), according to my testing. It’s a small inconvenience that you have to charge it separately from your console, though.</p><p>When you consider all that it offers, the Nitro Deck 2 represents good value. Not only are you getting handheld pads for the Switch 1 and Switch 2, but you’re also getting protection for your console, a standalone controller you can use with other platforms besides Nintendo’s, and a kickstand. Comfort issues do hamper the experience somewhat, but if you don’t mind holding a weighty unit, the Nitro Deck 2 is a fine choice as a versatile gamepad. </p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-crkd-nitro-deck-2-review-price-availability"><span>CRKD Nitro Deck 2 review: Price &amp; availability</span></h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1243px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.23%;"><img id="g7bysRk34gKBHNnJau8Coa" name="Imported image 2 - 1792164715080" alt="CRKD Nitro Deck 2" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/g7bysRk34gKBHNnJau8Coa-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1243" height="699" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><ul><li><strong>$89.99 / £89.99 / AU$161</strong></li><li><strong>Available now in multiple colorways</strong></li><li><strong>Good price for a versatile handheld gamepad</strong></li></ul><p>The Nitro Deck 2 costs $89.99 / £89.99 / AU$161 and is available now in four colorways: Smoke Black, Pal Grey, LRG Fusion, and White. It comes with a USB cable, a double-ended USB adapter, and a legacy adapter for Switch 1 compatibility. The joystick caps and D-pad hat are replaceable, but no extra sets for either are included in the box.</p><p>This is a reasonable price for a unit that’s not only a Switch and Switch 2 handheld case and handheld controller, but also a standalone gamepad for PC and mobile, both wired and wireless.</p><p>You won’t find many more complete solutions for your Switch 2 than this, or even third-party substitutes for the Joy-Con 2 controllers, save for a few examples, such as the Mobapad M12 HD and M12S. A more left-field alternative to the Nitro Deck 2 is the <a href="https://www.techradar.com/gaming/gamesir-g8-plus-bluetooth-review">GameSir G8+</a>, a Bluetooth mobile controller that doesn’t officially support the Switch 2, but <a href="https://www.reddit.com/r/Gamesir/comments/1l40ngb/g8_on_switch_2_works_great/">users have reported compatibility with the system</a>.</p><p>If you just want a more comfortable handheld experience for your Switch 2 while sticking with the Joy-Con 2 pads, the Genki Attack Vector is a reasonably priced solution that offers three sets of grips as well as a backplate cover. What’s more, it can remain attached to your console when docked.</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-crkd-nitro-deck-2-review-specs"><span>CRKD Nitro Deck 2 review: Specs</span></h2><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Price</p></td><td  ><p>$89.99 / £89.99 / AU$161</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Weight</p></td><td  ><p>12.8oz / 363g</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Dimensions</p></td><td  ><p>10.5-12.5 x 4.7 x 2.2in / 266.7-317.5 x 118.3 x 55.3mm</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Compatibility</p></td><td  ><p>Switch, Switch 2, PC, iOS, Android</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Connection type</p></td><td  ><p>Wireless (Bluetooth), Wired (USB-C)</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Battery life</p></td><td  ><p>15-20 hours</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-crkd-nitro-deck-2-review-design-features"><span>CRKD Nitro Deck 2 review: Design &amp; features</span></h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1243px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.23%;"><img id="nLEkMouKmGRognkSpKdJra" name="Imported image 3 - 1792164715080" alt="CRKD Nitro Deck 2" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/nLEkMouKmGRognkSpKdJra-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1243" height="699" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><ul><li><strong>Functional looks</strong></li><li><strong>Solid build quality</strong></li><li><strong>Basic but effective mobile app</strong></li></ul><p>The Nitro Deck 2 has an appearance that’s more about function than form, with its soft edges and curves being more about ergonomics than aesthetics. It’s a fetching piece of design nonetheless, and the Pal Grey finish of my review unit added a retro appeal, with its dark grey accents and colorful face buttons alluding to the classic SNES controller.</p><p>The build quality is respectable, too. Although the plastic shell didn’t initially strike me as being particularly premium, I quickly felt its solidity and sturdiness once I held it in my hands. The sliding mechanisms for both pads operate smoothly as well. </p><p>Rather than the pads of the Nitro Deck 2 actually attaching to each Joy-Con slot on the Switch or Switch 2, they simply clamp to the sides of the console without actually inserting into these slots. To tighten the clamp, you simply push and twist the button on the rear of the unit. This requires a fair amount of force, and so does releasing it to remove the console, but I wouldn’t say it was overly arduous, and it’s worth the effort for the secure fit it provides. </p><p>When attached, the Switch 2 fits snugly and securely; I had no worries about it coming loose, as there wasn’t a hint of looseness. The unit also aligns precisely with the dimensions and contours of the Switch 2, although my one small gripe is that accessing the game card flap can be fiddly, as there’s little room to reach down to lift it up. This isn’t an issue when the Nitro Deck 2 is attached to the Switch 1, though, since the flap on that console opens the other way. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1243px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.23%;"><img id="hRGCDVYC8QJpNQipd6GDGb" name="Imported image 4 - 1792164715081" alt="CRKD Nitro Deck 2" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/hRGCDVYC8QJpNQipd6GDGb-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1243" height="699" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Speaking of which, the Nitro Deck 2 fits just as well to the Switch 1 as it does to the Switch 2. Thanks to the included legacy adapter, its USB-C port is still accessible, so you can still have a wired connection between the console and the Nitro Deck 2. This wired connection to both the Switch 1 and 2 is handled by another adapter, a double-ended U-shaped USB-C jack, that slots into the bottom of the Deck and the console.</p><p>The Nitro Deck 2 also features a kickstand on the back, allowing you to use your console with another controller. This is made of metal and feels very solid. It’s also very sturdy when open, and it folds flush into the back of the Deck. It can be a little difficult to release it from its clip, but this is a small price to pay for its secure fastening. </p><p>To customize the inputs of the extra shoulder and back buttons, you can use the M button in combination with others to alter the mapping. However, you can also use CRKD’s mobile app, where you can remap every button, as well as enable a ‘No Deadzone’ mode for the joysticks in order to increase their sensitivity.</p><p>The app is clearly laid out and easy to navigate, and I didn’t experience any bugs or glitches, which was somewhat of a surprise given the poor rating it has on app stores. For some bizarre reason, though, it only operates in landscape mode, but more frustrating is the fact that switching between the app and your console isn’t exactly a seamless experience; you have to hold the Home button and the left D-pad button for 3 seconds every time you go back to the app after exiting it.</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-crkd-nitro-deck-2-review-performance"><span>CRKD Nitro Deck 2 review: Performance</span></h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1243px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.23%;"><img id="x5dTX65HGy7J8FyNXhZb6b" name="Imported image 5 - 1792164715081" alt="CRKD Nitro Deck 2" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/x5dTX65HGy7J8FyNXhZb6b-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1243" height="699" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><ul><li><strong>Excellent joysticks</strong></li><li><strong>Awkward to use upright</strong></li><li><strong>Some connectivity issues</strong></li></ul><p>While its grips may look ergonomic, I struggled to get entirely comfortable with the Nitro Deck 2. Partly, this is due to the sheer weight of the unit when loaded with a console, which makes holding it upright a chore, even for short periods.</p><p>But the other half of the problem stems from the grips’ orientation. They protrude outwards at the top rather than at the bottom, running counter to the <a href="https://www.techradar.com/gaming/best-nintendo-switch-2-controllers">best Nintendo Switch 2 controller</a> shapes, and are at a less natural angle for your hands. I did acclimatize to their form somewhat, but I was never entirely at ease with it.</p><p>I also found the back buttons awkward to use, as they were too low down to align with my natural finger placement around the grips. Their low travel and resistance meant there were times when I accidentally triggered them, too. </p><p>These issues aside, though, the Nitro Deck 2 offers fantastic performance. The face buttons are clicky and satisfying to use, while the D-pad is very comfortable thanks to its circular hat. Its floating design also meant presses had plenty of travel, which in turn created good feedback. I found the shoulder buttons were easy to reach and use as well. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1243px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.23%;"><img id="SDjauvUrQEkRqUaD259GLb" name="Imported image 6 - 1792164715081" alt="CRKD Nitro Deck 2" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/SDjauvUrQEkRqUaD259GLb-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1243" height="699" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The best input of all, though, is the joysticks, which feature dials at their bases for adjusting resistance on the fly. This is a great idea and one I wish more controllers implemented. Looser settings allow for easy maneuvering and quick flicks, while tighter settings give you more control and precision.  </p><p>The Nitro Deck 2 also features motion controls. I found these to be accurate and responsive when aiming with the bow in <a href="https://www.techradar.com/gaming/nintendo/the-legend-of-zelda-tears-of-the-kingdom-nintendo-switch-2-edition-review"><em>The Legend of Zelda: Tears of the Kingdom</em></a>, although using them in handheld mode isn’t exactly practical, given the whole console moves with your hands. </p><p>Unfortunately, I did experience some small connectivity issues with the Nitro Deck 2. Although pairing with my consoles was a relatively quick process, it can be slow to reconnect when you wake your console. It activated quicker when I used a wired connection, but it wasn’t instant.</p><p>The Nitro Deck 2 worked just as well with my Switch 1 as it did with my Switch 2. It’s a shame, though, that the aforementioned legacy adapter doesn’t support console charging. I’m not sure whether this was a particular issue with my review unit or a known limitation, but either way it’s a shame from a convenience perspective. </p><p>As for other platforms, I had no issues connecting or using the Nitro Deck 2 with PC or my Android smartphone via Bluetooth, although hot-switching isn’t possible, with pairing required each time you move between devices.</p><p>The battery life of the Nitro Deck 2 is reasonable — according to my testing, it lasts about as long as CRKD claims it can, which is between 15 and 20 hours. However, it’s a shame you can’t charge your console and the Deck with a single cable, as there’s no passthrough feature.</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-should-i-buy-the-crkd-nitro-deck-2"><span>Should I buy the CRKD Nitro Deck 2?</span></h2><h2 id="scorecard-2">Scorecard</h2><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Category</strong></p></td><td  ><p><strong>Comment</strong></p></td><td  ><p><strong>Score</strong></p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Value</p></td><td  ><p>The price is very good for a multi-platform handheld controller-cum-dock, and the quality is impressive, too.</p></td><td  ><p>4.5/5</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Design &amp; features</p></td><td  ><p>The Nitro Deck 2 has a functional form and great build quality, and the fit for the Switch and Switch 2 is secure. There are a few minor design niggles, though.</p></td><td  ><p>4/5</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Performance</p></td><td  ><p>All inputs are tactile and responsive, while the adjustable joysticks are exemplary. The unit is a little heavy and awkward to hold upright for long periods, though.</p></td><td  ><p>4/5</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Total</p></td><td  ><p>The Nitro Deck 2 is a very versatile and high-quality handheld controller for Nintendo and other platforms, but a few issues hold it back from being truly outstanding.</p></td><td  ><p>4/5</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h2 id="buy-the-crkd-nitro-deck-2-if">Buy the CRKD Nitro Deck 2 if…</h2><div class="product"><p><strong>You’re fussy about stick feel</strong><br />With the instantly adjustable tension for the joysticks, every gamer should be able to get the right feel.</p></div><div class="product"><p><strong>You want a versatile controller</strong><br />Not only does the Nitro Deck 2 work with the Switch and Switch 2 in handheld mode, but it can also be used to game on PC and mobile devices.</p></div><h2 id="don-39-t-buy-it-if-18">Don't buy it if…</h2><div class="product"><p><strong>You want something light and very portable</strong><br />With a console attached, the Nitro Deck 2 is noticeably heavy and bulky in the hand.</p></div><div class="product star-deal"><p><strong>You want instant connectivity</strong><br />The Nitro Deck 2 doesn’t wake up instantly with your console, and switching between devices requires repairing.</p></div><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-crkd-nitro-deck-2-review-also-consider"><span>CRKD Nitro Deck 2 review: Also consider</span></h2><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol empty" ></td><td  ><p><strong>CRKD Nitro Deck 2</strong></p></td><td  ><p><strong>GameSir G8+ Bluetooth</strong></p></td><td  ><p><strong>Genki Attack Vector</strong></p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Price</p></td><td  ><p>$89.99 / £89.99 / AU$161</p></td><td  ><p>$79.99 / £79.99 / AU$129.99</p></td><td  ><p>£39.99 (about $50 / AU$76)</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Weight</p></td><td  ><p>12.8oz / 363g</p></td><td  ><p>10.72oz / 314g</p></td><td  ><p>N/A</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Dimensions</p></td><td  ><p>10.5-12.5 x 4.7 x 2.2in / 266.7-317.5 x 118.3 x 55.3mm</p></td><td  ><p>9.06 x 4.21 x 2.17in / 230 x 107 x 55mm</p></td><td  ><p>N/A</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Compatibility</p></td><td  ><p>Switch, Switch 2, PC, iOS, Android</p></td><td  ><p>Android, iOS, Switch, PC, macOS</p></td><td  ><p>Switch 2</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Connection</p></td><td  ><p>Wireless (Bluetooth), Wired (USB-C)</p></td><td  ><p>Bluetooth 5.3, Wired (USB-C), Dongle (sold separately)</p></td><td  ><p>N/A</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Software</p></td><td  ><p>CRKD (mobile)</p></td><td  ><p>GameSir App (Android only)</p></td><td  ><p>N/A</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><div class="product"><p><strong>GameSir G8+</strong><br />Although not explicitly marketed as a Switch 2 controller, user reports suggest that the G8+ does indeed work with the console. When we tested it on mobile devices, we were impressed with its comfortable grips and smooth, precise thumbsticks and triggers. Read our full <a href="https://www.techradar.com/gaming/gamesir-g8-plus-bluetooth-review" data-dimension112="af0fe3a6-c977-11f1-b156-b1af4a0f9633" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="GameSir G8+ review" data-dimension48="GameSir G8+ review" data-dimension25="">GameSir G8+ review</a>.</p></div><div class="product"><p><strong>Genki Attack Vector</strong><br />If you want to stick with the Joy-Con 2 pads but require better handheld ergonomics, Genki’s accessory may just fit the bill. It comes with three sets of grips to accommodate all kinds of hands, while the back cover adds some protection to your Switch 2 without compromising its fit in the dock (unlike the Nitro Deck 2). Read our full <a href="https://www.techradar.com/gaming/gaming-accessories/genki-attack-vector-review" data-dimension112="af0fe446-c977-11f1-b4b4-6dcd7e54434a" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Genki Attack Vector review" data-dimension48="Genki Attack Vector review" data-dimension25="">Genki Attack Vector review</a>.</p></div><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-how-i-tested-the-crkd-nitro-deck-2"><span>How I tested the CRKD Nitro Deck 2</span></h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1243px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.23%;"><img id="qLX44dW5Kuehz6KP3mgQab" name="Imported image 7 - 1792164715081" alt="CRKD Nitro Deck 2" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/qLX44dW5Kuehz6KP3mgQab-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1243" height="699" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><ul><li><strong>Tested for over a week</strong></li><li><strong>Used on various platforms</strong></li><li><strong>Relied on extensive gaming experience</strong></li></ul><p>I tested the Nitro Deck 2 for over a week, using it with both the Switch and Switch 2, as well as with a PC and my Android smartphone. I tested both wired and wireless connections. I also tested CRKD’s companion mobile app. </p><p>I played games such as <a href="https://www.techradar.com/gaming/super-mario-bros-wonder-nintendo-switch-2-edition-plus-meetup-in-bellabel-park-review"><em>Super Mario Bros. Wonder</em></a><em> </em>and <a href="https://www.techradar.com/gaming/castlevania-belmonts-curse-review"><em>Castlevania: Belmont’s Curse</em></a>, both of which are good tests for the responsiveness of the buttons and comfort of the D-pad. I also played <a href="https://www.techradar.com/gaming/nintendo/the-legend-of-zelda-tears-of-the-kingdom-nintendo-switch-2-edition-review"><em>The Legend of Zelda: Tears of the Kingdom</em></a>, which is a great test of all facets of a controller, including the motion controls. </p><p>I’ve been gaming for decades and have plenty of experience testing controllers and other peripherals for numerous platforms, including the Switch and Switch 2. I’ve also reviewed other Switch 2 accessories, including handheld grips.</p><ul><li><a href="https://www.techradar.com/news/how-we-test">Read more about how we test</a></li><li><em>First reviewed October 2026</em></li></ul> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.techradar.com/gaming/gaming-accessories/crkd-nitro-deck-2-review</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ The CRKD Nitro Deck 2 looks like the Switch 2 handheld controller to rule them all — but is it as versatile as claimed? ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">JgrEAZMzrKGMujoXoKYpQk</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/WwiJBKMYExUpVYoa7RjD5R-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Sun, 25 Oct 2026 06:00:00 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                <updated>Mon, 26 Oct 2026 09:59:58 +0000</updated>
                                                                                                                                            <category><![CDATA[Gaming Accessories]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Nintendo Switch]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Gaming]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Consoles & PC]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Nintendo]]></category>
                                                                                                <author><![CDATA[ lewis.maddison@futurenet.com (Lewis Maddison) ]]></author>                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Lewis Maddison ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/oWQNXACcxLGuhaLaKDRtZL-320-70.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/WwiJBKMYExUpVYoa7RjD5R-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Future]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[CRKD Nitro Deck 2]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[CRKD Nitro Deck 2]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[CRKD Nitro Deck 2]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/WwiJBKMYExUpVYoa7RjD5R-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-crkd-nitro-deck-2-one-minute-review"><span>CRKD Nitro Deck 2: One-minute review</span></h2><p>The CRKD Nitro Deck 2 is primarily billed as a <a href="https://www.techradar.com/gaming/nintendo/nintendo-switch-2-review">Nintendo Switch 2</a> controller for handheld use, but it offers a lot more besides. It's CRKD’s follow-up to the Nitro Deck and Nitro Deck+, two previous accessories aimed at the original Nintendo Switch.</p><p>The CRKD Nitro Deck 2 has a functional design focused more on ergonomics than style, although some of the colorways add some panache; the Pal Grey variant I reviewed, for instance, harked back to retro Nintendo controllers, thanks to its colorful face buttons and darker grey accents. </p><p>The Nitro Deck 2 fits to the Switch and Switch 2 by clamping on the sides of the unit, rather than actually connecting to the <a href="https://www.techradar.com/gaming/nintendo/joy-con-2-review">Joy-Con 2</a> slots. A small button on the back clicks and twists to tightly grip your console, and tight it is; even when I held it upside down, my console didn’t move an inch. You can then connect to your console wirelessly via Bluetooth or wired by using the included U-shaped USB adapter.</p><p>CRKD’s mobile app can be used to remap the inputs of the Nitro Deck 2, as well as enable the ‘No Deadzone’ mode for the joysticks. Its interface is clear and easy to use, and I didn’t experience any bugs. One downside, though, is that you have to reconnect to the app every time you open it by holding two buttons for three seconds, which limits the convenience of back-and-forth adjustments.</p><p>All the buttons feel great, providing plenty of clicky feedback and responsiveness. The back buttons are awkwardly placed, though, and I found myself accidentally triggering them on occasion.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1243px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.23%;"><img id="5YBGMcD97EemGxvaEsqJza" name="Imported image 1 - 1792164715080" alt="CRKD Nitro Deck 2" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/5YBGMcD97EemGxvaEsqJza-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1243" height="699" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The real highlight of the Nitro Deck 2, though, is its joysticks. Not only are they precise and responsive, but they also feature dials that let you adjust their tension at any point, which is an excellent design choice and should allow any gamer to get their preferred feel.</p><p>Unfortunately, poor ergonomics detract from the Nitro Deck 2’s otherwise positive performance aspects. Not only do the pads angle inwards at the bottom, contrary to the majority of gamepads, but it’s also heavy when loaded with a console. These factors can make it cumbersome and awkward to use, especially when trying to game upright.</p><p>The Nitro Deck 2 is easy to pair to the Switch or Switch 2 via Bluetooth, although it takes a while to reconnect to your console after sleeping. Reconnection is quicker in wired mode, but it’s still not instantaneous. It was also easy to pair with PC and Android devices, although it’s a shame you can’t switch between them without having to pair each time.</p><p>The battery life of the Nitro Deck 2 is reasonable, lasting for as long as CRKD claims (15-20 hours), according to my testing. It’s a small inconvenience that you have to charge it separately from your console, though.</p><p>When you consider all that it offers, the Nitro Deck 2 represents good value. Not only are you getting handheld pads for the Switch 1 and Switch 2, but you’re also getting protection for your console, a standalone controller you can use with other platforms besides Nintendo’s, and a kickstand. Comfort issues do hamper the experience somewhat, but if you don’t mind holding a weighty unit, the Nitro Deck 2 is a fine choice as a versatile gamepad. </p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-crkd-nitro-deck-2-review-price-availability"><span>CRKD Nitro Deck 2 review: Price &amp; availability</span></h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1243px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.23%;"><img id="g7bysRk34gKBHNnJau8Coa" name="Imported image 2 - 1792164715080" alt="CRKD Nitro Deck 2" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/g7bysRk34gKBHNnJau8Coa-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1243" height="699" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><ul><li><strong>$89.99 / £89.99 / AU$161</strong></li><li><strong>Available now in multiple colorways</strong></li><li><strong>Good price for a versatile handheld gamepad</strong></li></ul><p>The Nitro Deck 2 costs $89.99 / £89.99 / AU$161 and is available now in four colorways: Smoke Black, Pal Grey, LRG Fusion, and White. It comes with a USB cable, a double-ended USB adapter, and a legacy adapter for Switch 1 compatibility. The joystick caps and D-pad hat are replaceable, but no extra sets for either are included in the box.</p><p>This is a reasonable price for a unit that’s not only a Switch and Switch 2 handheld case and handheld controller, but also a standalone gamepad for PC and mobile, both wired and wireless.</p><p>You won’t find many more complete solutions for your Switch 2 than this, or even third-party substitutes for the Joy-Con 2 controllers, save for a few examples, such as the Mobapad M12 HD and M12S. A more left-field alternative to the Nitro Deck 2 is the <a href="https://www.techradar.com/gaming/gamesir-g8-plus-bluetooth-review">GameSir G8+</a>, a Bluetooth mobile controller that doesn’t officially support the Switch 2, but <a href="https://www.reddit.com/r/Gamesir/comments/1l40ngb/g8_on_switch_2_works_great/">users have reported compatibility with the system</a>.</p><p>If you just want a more comfortable handheld experience for your Switch 2 while sticking with the Joy-Con 2 pads, the Genki Attack Vector is a reasonably priced solution that offers three sets of grips as well as a backplate cover. What’s more, it can remain attached to your console when docked.</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-crkd-nitro-deck-2-review-specs"><span>CRKD Nitro Deck 2 review: Specs</span></h2><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Price</p></td><td  ><p>$89.99 / £89.99 / AU$161</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Weight</p></td><td  ><p>12.8oz / 363g</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Dimensions</p></td><td  ><p>10.5-12.5 x 4.7 x 2.2in / 266.7-317.5 x 118.3 x 55.3mm</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Compatibility</p></td><td  ><p>Switch, Switch 2, PC, iOS, Android</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Connection type</p></td><td  ><p>Wireless (Bluetooth), Wired (USB-C)</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Battery life</p></td><td  ><p>15-20 hours</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-crkd-nitro-deck-2-review-design-features"><span>CRKD Nitro Deck 2 review: Design &amp; features</span></h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1243px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.23%;"><img id="nLEkMouKmGRognkSpKdJra" name="Imported image 3 - 1792164715080" alt="CRKD Nitro Deck 2" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/nLEkMouKmGRognkSpKdJra-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1243" height="699" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><ul><li><strong>Functional looks</strong></li><li><strong>Solid build quality</strong></li><li><strong>Basic but effective mobile app</strong></li></ul><p>The Nitro Deck 2 has an appearance that’s more about function than form, with its soft edges and curves being more about ergonomics than aesthetics. It’s a fetching piece of design nonetheless, and the Pal Grey finish of my review unit added a retro appeal, with its dark grey accents and colorful face buttons alluding to the classic SNES controller.</p><p>The build quality is respectable, too. Although the plastic shell didn’t initially strike me as being particularly premium, I quickly felt its solidity and sturdiness once I held it in my hands. The sliding mechanisms for both pads operate smoothly as well. </p><p>Rather than the pads of the Nitro Deck 2 actually attaching to each Joy-Con slot on the Switch or Switch 2, they simply clamp to the sides of the console without actually inserting into these slots. To tighten the clamp, you simply push and twist the button on the rear of the unit. This requires a fair amount of force, and so does releasing it to remove the console, but I wouldn’t say it was overly arduous, and it’s worth the effort for the secure fit it provides. </p><p>When attached, the Switch 2 fits snugly and securely; I had no worries about it coming loose, as there wasn’t a hint of looseness. The unit also aligns precisely with the dimensions and contours of the Switch 2, although my one small gripe is that accessing the game card flap can be fiddly, as there’s little room to reach down to lift it up. This isn’t an issue when the Nitro Deck 2 is attached to the Switch 1, though, since the flap on that console opens the other way. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1243px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.23%;"><img id="hRGCDVYC8QJpNQipd6GDGb" name="Imported image 4 - 1792164715081" alt="CRKD Nitro Deck 2" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/hRGCDVYC8QJpNQipd6GDGb-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1243" height="699" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Speaking of which, the Nitro Deck 2 fits just as well to the Switch 1 as it does to the Switch 2. Thanks to the included legacy adapter, its USB-C port is still accessible, so you can still have a wired connection between the console and the Nitro Deck 2. This wired connection to both the Switch 1 and 2 is handled by another adapter, a double-ended U-shaped USB-C jack, that slots into the bottom of the Deck and the console.</p><p>The Nitro Deck 2 also features a kickstand on the back, allowing you to use your console with another controller. This is made of metal and feels very solid. It’s also very sturdy when open, and it folds flush into the back of the Deck. It can be a little difficult to release it from its clip, but this is a small price to pay for its secure fastening. </p><p>To customize the inputs of the extra shoulder and back buttons, you can use the M button in combination with others to alter the mapping. However, you can also use CRKD’s mobile app, where you can remap every button, as well as enable a ‘No Deadzone’ mode for the joysticks in order to increase their sensitivity.</p><p>The app is clearly laid out and easy to navigate, and I didn’t experience any bugs or glitches, which was somewhat of a surprise given the poor rating it has on app stores. For some bizarre reason, though, it only operates in landscape mode, but more frustrating is the fact that switching between the app and your console isn’t exactly a seamless experience; you have to hold the Home button and the left D-pad button for 3 seconds every time you go back to the app after exiting it.</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-crkd-nitro-deck-2-review-performance"><span>CRKD Nitro Deck 2 review: Performance</span></h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1243px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.23%;"><img id="x5dTX65HGy7J8FyNXhZb6b" name="Imported image 5 - 1792164715081" alt="CRKD Nitro Deck 2" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/x5dTX65HGy7J8FyNXhZb6b-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1243" height="699" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><ul><li><strong>Excellent joysticks</strong></li><li><strong>Awkward to use upright</strong></li><li><strong>Some connectivity issues</strong></li></ul><p>While its grips may look ergonomic, I struggled to get entirely comfortable with the Nitro Deck 2. Partly, this is due to the sheer weight of the unit when loaded with a console, which makes holding it upright a chore, even for short periods.</p><p>But the other half of the problem stems from the grips’ orientation. They protrude outwards at the top rather than at the bottom, running counter to the <a href="https://www.techradar.com/gaming/best-nintendo-switch-2-controllers">best Nintendo Switch 2 controller</a> shapes, and are at a less natural angle for your hands. I did acclimatize to their form somewhat, but I was never entirely at ease with it.</p><p>I also found the back buttons awkward to use, as they were too low down to align with my natural finger placement around the grips. Their low travel and resistance meant there were times when I accidentally triggered them, too. </p><p>These issues aside, though, the Nitro Deck 2 offers fantastic performance. The face buttons are clicky and satisfying to use, while the D-pad is very comfortable thanks to its circular hat. Its floating design also meant presses had plenty of travel, which in turn created good feedback. I found the shoulder buttons were easy to reach and use as well. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1243px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.23%;"><img id="SDjauvUrQEkRqUaD259GLb" name="Imported image 6 - 1792164715081" alt="CRKD Nitro Deck 2" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/SDjauvUrQEkRqUaD259GLb-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1243" height="699" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The best input of all, though, is the joysticks, which feature dials at their bases for adjusting resistance on the fly. This is a great idea and one I wish more controllers implemented. Looser settings allow for easy maneuvering and quick flicks, while tighter settings give you more control and precision.  </p><p>The Nitro Deck 2 also features motion controls. I found these to be accurate and responsive when aiming with the bow in <a href="https://www.techradar.com/gaming/nintendo/the-legend-of-zelda-tears-of-the-kingdom-nintendo-switch-2-edition-review"><em>The Legend of Zelda: Tears of the Kingdom</em></a>, although using them in handheld mode isn’t exactly practical, given the whole console moves with your hands. </p><p>Unfortunately, I did experience some small connectivity issues with the Nitro Deck 2. Although pairing with my consoles was a relatively quick process, it can be slow to reconnect when you wake your console. It activated quicker when I used a wired connection, but it wasn’t instant.</p><p>The Nitro Deck 2 worked just as well with my Switch 1 as it did with my Switch 2. It’s a shame, though, that the aforementioned legacy adapter doesn’t support console charging. I’m not sure whether this was a particular issue with my review unit or a known limitation, but either way it’s a shame from a convenience perspective. </p><p>As for other platforms, I had no issues connecting or using the Nitro Deck 2 with PC or my Android smartphone via Bluetooth, although hot-switching isn’t possible, with pairing required each time you move between devices.</p><p>The battery life of the Nitro Deck 2 is reasonable — according to my testing, it lasts about as long as CRKD claims it can, which is between 15 and 20 hours. However, it’s a shame you can’t charge your console and the Deck with a single cable, as there’s no passthrough feature.</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-should-i-buy-the-crkd-nitro-deck-2"><span>Should I buy the CRKD Nitro Deck 2?</span></h2><h2 id="scorecard-2">Scorecard</h2><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Category</strong></p></td><td  ><p><strong>Comment</strong></p></td><td  ><p><strong>Score</strong></p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Value</p></td><td  ><p>The price is very good for a multi-platform handheld controller-cum-dock, and the quality is impressive, too.</p></td><td  ><p>4.5/5</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Design &amp; features</p></td><td  ><p>The Nitro Deck 2 has a functional form and great build quality, and the fit for the Switch and Switch 2 is secure. There are a few minor design niggles, though.</p></td><td  ><p>4/5</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Performance</p></td><td  ><p>All inputs are tactile and responsive, while the adjustable joysticks are exemplary. The unit is a little heavy and awkward to hold upright for long periods, though.</p></td><td  ><p>4/5</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Total</p></td><td  ><p>The Nitro Deck 2 is a very versatile and high-quality handheld controller for Nintendo and other platforms, but a few issues hold it back from being truly outstanding.</p></td><td  ><p>4/5</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h2 id="buy-the-crkd-nitro-deck-2-if">Buy the CRKD Nitro Deck 2 if…</h2><div class="product"><p><strong>You’re fussy about stick feel</strong><br />With the instantly adjustable tension for the joysticks, every gamer should be able to get the right feel.</p></div><div class="product"><p><strong>You want a versatile controller</strong><br />Not only does the Nitro Deck 2 work with the Switch and Switch 2 in handheld mode, but it can also be used to game on PC and mobile devices.</p></div><h2 id="don-39-t-buy-it-if-18">Don't buy it if…</h2><div class="product"><p><strong>You want something light and very portable</strong><br />With a console attached, the Nitro Deck 2 is noticeably heavy and bulky in the hand.</p></div><div class="product star-deal"><p><strong>You want instant connectivity</strong><br />The Nitro Deck 2 doesn’t wake up instantly with your console, and switching between devices requires repairing.</p></div><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-crkd-nitro-deck-2-review-also-consider"><span>CRKD Nitro Deck 2 review: Also consider</span></h2><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol empty" ></td><td  ><p><strong>CRKD Nitro Deck 2</strong></p></td><td  ><p><strong>GameSir G8+ Bluetooth</strong></p></td><td  ><p><strong>Genki Attack Vector</strong></p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Price</p></td><td  ><p>$89.99 / £89.99 / AU$161</p></td><td  ><p>$79.99 / £79.99 / AU$129.99</p></td><td  ><p>£39.99 (about $50 / AU$76)</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Weight</p></td><td  ><p>12.8oz / 363g</p></td><td  ><p>10.72oz / 314g</p></td><td  ><p>N/A</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Dimensions</p></td><td  ><p>10.5-12.5 x 4.7 x 2.2in / 266.7-317.5 x 118.3 x 55.3mm</p></td><td  ><p>9.06 x 4.21 x 2.17in / 230 x 107 x 55mm</p></td><td  ><p>N/A</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Compatibility</p></td><td  ><p>Switch, Switch 2, PC, iOS, Android</p></td><td  ><p>Android, iOS, Switch, PC, macOS</p></td><td  ><p>Switch 2</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Connection</p></td><td  ><p>Wireless (Bluetooth), Wired (USB-C)</p></td><td  ><p>Bluetooth 5.3, Wired (USB-C), Dongle (sold separately)</p></td><td  ><p>N/A</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Software</p></td><td  ><p>CRKD (mobile)</p></td><td  ><p>GameSir App (Android only)</p></td><td  ><p>N/A</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><div class="product"><p><strong>GameSir G8+</strong><br />Although not explicitly marketed as a Switch 2 controller, user reports suggest that the G8+ does indeed work with the console. When we tested it on mobile devices, we were impressed with its comfortable grips and smooth, precise thumbsticks and triggers. Read our full <a href="https://www.techradar.com/gaming/gamesir-g8-plus-bluetooth-review" data-dimension112="af0fe3a6-c977-11f1-b156-b1af4a0f9633" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="GameSir G8+ review" data-dimension48="GameSir G8+ review" data-dimension25="">GameSir G8+ review</a>.</p></div><div class="product"><p><strong>Genki Attack Vector</strong><br />If you want to stick with the Joy-Con 2 pads but require better handheld ergonomics, Genki’s accessory may just fit the bill. It comes with three sets of grips to accommodate all kinds of hands, while the back cover adds some protection to your Switch 2 without compromising its fit in the dock (unlike the Nitro Deck 2). Read our full <a href="https://www.techradar.com/gaming/gaming-accessories/genki-attack-vector-review" data-dimension112="af0fe446-c977-11f1-b4b4-6dcd7e54434a" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Genki Attack Vector review" data-dimension48="Genki Attack Vector review" data-dimension25="">Genki Attack Vector review</a>.</p></div><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-how-i-tested-the-crkd-nitro-deck-2"><span>How I tested the CRKD Nitro Deck 2</span></h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1243px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.23%;"><img id="qLX44dW5Kuehz6KP3mgQab" name="Imported image 7 - 1792164715081" alt="CRKD Nitro Deck 2" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/qLX44dW5Kuehz6KP3mgQab-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1243" height="699" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><ul><li><strong>Tested for over a week</strong></li><li><strong>Used on various platforms</strong></li><li><strong>Relied on extensive gaming experience</strong></li></ul><p>I tested the Nitro Deck 2 for over a week, using it with both the Switch and Switch 2, as well as with a PC and my Android smartphone. I tested both wired and wireless connections. I also tested CRKD’s companion mobile app. </p><p>I played games such as <a href="https://www.techradar.com/gaming/super-mario-bros-wonder-nintendo-switch-2-edition-plus-meetup-in-bellabel-park-review"><em>Super Mario Bros. Wonder</em></a><em> </em>and <a href="https://www.techradar.com/gaming/castlevania-belmonts-curse-review"><em>Castlevania: Belmont’s Curse</em></a>, both of which are good tests for the responsiveness of the buttons and comfort of the D-pad. I also played <a href="https://www.techradar.com/gaming/nintendo/the-legend-of-zelda-tears-of-the-kingdom-nintendo-switch-2-edition-review"><em>The Legend of Zelda: Tears of the Kingdom</em></a>, which is a great test of all facets of a controller, including the motion controls. </p><p>I’ve been gaming for decades and have plenty of experience testing controllers and other peripherals for numerous platforms, including the Switch and Switch 2. I’ve also reviewed other Switch 2 accessories, including handheld grips.</p><ul><li><a href="https://www.techradar.com/news/how-we-test">Read more about how we test</a></li><li><em>First reviewed October 2026</em></li></ul>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ GMKTec NucBox EVO-X1 Pro mini PC review ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-gmktec-nucbox-evo-x1-pro-30-second-review"><span>GMKTec NucBox EVO-X1 Pro: 30-second review</span></h2><p>Unless you specifically want an Intel-powered NUC, AMD-powered machines typically offer more power and features for less money.</p><p>A classic example is the GMKtec EVO-X1 Pro AMD Ryzen AI 9 HX 470 AI Mini PC, which uses the latest Zen 5 architecture and Gorgon Point silicon to deliver plenty of processing power for a wide range of applications.</p><p>Alongside its strong performance, it also supports ample memory, at least 16TB of storage, and an excellent port selection. This NUC offers USB4 and OCuLink ports, dual 2.5GbE LAN ports, and triple (HDMI, DisplayPort and USB-C) screen outputs.</p><p>GMKtec has a habit of refreshing a good idea before anyone finishes praising the last version, and the EVO X1 Pro is a prime example.</p><p>It keeps the compact box that arrived with the original EVO X1 in late 2024. Inside, it swaps in AMD's Ryzen AI 9 HX 470. It also moves to WiFi 7 and ships with 64GB of soldered memory.</p><p>That raises two questions. Is the step up from the cheaper HX 370 model worth paying for? And does AMD's platform still hold its ground now that Intel's latest mobile chips are turning up in mini PCs?</p><p>My review answers some of those questions, but it also poses a few I hadn’t considered. Based on some blistering performance, the GMKtec EVO-X1 Pro should be on any list of the <a href="https://www.techradar.com/best/mini-pcs" target="_blank">best mini PCs,</a> but are there more cost-effective options?</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1600px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="rk8yoBaCj6hhQ3WuZGc4i" name="GMKtec NucBox EVO-X1 Pro_20261019_101904764_HDR" alt="GMKTec NucBox EVO-X1 Pro" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/rk8yoBaCj6hhQ3WuZGc4i-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1600" height="900" attribution="" endorsement="" class="" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Mark Pickavance)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-gmktec-nucbox-evo-x1-pro-price-and-availability"><span>GMKTec NucBox EVO-X1 Pro: Price and availability</span></h2><ul><li><strong>How much does it cost?  </strong>From $1150</li><li><strong>When is it out? </strong>Shipping now, but limited stock</li><li><strong>Where can you get it? </strong>You can get it directly from <a href="https://www.gmktec.com/products/gmktec-evo-x1-pro-ai-mini-pc-amd-ryzen-ai-9-hx-470" target="_blank">GMKtec</a></li></ul><p>GMKtec's <a href="https://www.gmktec.com/products/gmktec-evo-x1-pro-ai-mini-pc-amd-ryzen-ai-9-hx-470" target="_blank">US store lists the EVO X1 Pro at $1,599.99 for the 64GB and 1TB build</a>. A 2TB option is also shown at $1,769.99. At the time of writing, every configuration showed as sold out, and a banner warned that prices would rise soon. </p><p>The page also shows a struck-through reference price of $2,299.99. Treat that with a pinch of salt, because I’m confident that GMKtec has never sold any of these at that price.</p><p>For those with less cash to splash, there is a single SKU of an HX370 model with 32GB of RAM and 1TB of storage for $1,149.99. Please note that the memory on this machine is soldered, so you can’t get the HX370 model and add extra memory later. And the same is true of the HX470 SKUs, because while the platform can address up to 256 GB, you can’t add any more to the existing hardware.</p><p>UK buyers have a separate GMKtec store, which doesn’t list this hardware yet. But based on dollar pricing, around £1250 for the review specification SKU seems believable.</p><p>Warranty is listed as one year on the US store, although I think UK and EU retail laws would insist on longer warranty periods.</p><p>The obvious competitor for this system is the MINISFORUM AI X1 Pro-470, which uses the same platform but a slightly different port and slot arrangement. For the same 64GB+1TB spec as the review hardware, MINISFORUM wants $1655, another $55 more than GMKtec.</p><p>But the memory in the X1 Pro-470 is socketed, enabling it to be upgraded, with the caveat that the memory is running at a slightly slower speed. Because of the memory slots, MINISFORUM also offers this system barebones for only $727, if you have spare DDR5, M2 storage and a Windows Pro license. And it comes with a two-year warranty.</p><p>The Beelink SER10 MAX AMD Ryzen AI 9 HX 470 is another socketed memory offering, but it's $1699 for the 64GB+1TB model.</p><p>The Geekom A9 Max 2026 Edition also has 32GB of RAM and 2TB of storage, with an asking price of $1519. It also has a socketed memory system and can be loaded up to 128GB.</p><p>Among these mini systems, the EVO-X1's asking price is roughly in line with the alternatives, but all of them use socketed memory, trading a little speed for greater flexibility.</p><ul><li><strong>Value:</strong> 4 / 5</li></ul><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1600px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="KTqYSEYYAbxKorViQCttg" name="GMKtec NucBox EVO-X1 Pro_20261019_101847628_HDR" alt="GMKTec NucBox EVO-X1 Pro" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/KTqYSEYYAbxKorViQCttg-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1600" height="900" attribution="" endorsement="" class="" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Mark Pickavance)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-gmktec-nucbox-evo-x1-pro-specs"><span>GMKTec NucBox EVO-X1 Pro: Specs</span></h2><div ><table><caption>Specifications</caption><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Model:</strong></p></td><td  ><p>EVO X1 Pro 64+1TB</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>CPU:</strong></p></td><td  ><p>AMD Ryzen AI 9 HX 470, 12 cores, 24 threads, up to 5.2GHz</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Clock speeds:</strong></p></td><td  ><p>2GHz base, up to 5.2GHz turbo</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Cache:</strong></p></td><td  ><p>12 MB L2, 24 MB L3</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>NPU:</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Up to 55 TOPS (Int8)</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Platform AI totals:</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Up to 86 TOPS across CPU, GPU and NPU</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>GPU:</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Radeon 890M, 16 compute units, up to 3.1GHz</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Memory:</strong></p></td><td  ><p>64GB onboard LPDDR5 at 6400MT/s, not upgradable</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Primary storage:</strong></p></td><td  ><p>1TB M.2 2280 NVMe SSD (PCIe Gen4 x4)</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Expansion storage:</strong></p></td><td  ><p>1x M.2 2280 NVMe PCIe 4.0 x4</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Wireless:</strong></p></td><td  ><p>WiFi 7</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Bluetooth:</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Bluetooth 5.4</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Wired networking:</strong></p></td><td  ><p>2x 2.5GbE LAN, auto-negotiating down to 10Mbps</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>HDMI:</strong></p></td><td  ><p>1x HDMI 2.1, up to 8K at 60Hz</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>DisplayPort:</strong></p></td><td  ><p>1x DP 2.1, up to 8K at 60Hz</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>USB-C video:</strong></p></td><td  ><p>USB4 up to 4K at 60Hz</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Audio:</strong></p></td><td  ><p>1x 3.5mm CTIA Audio Jack</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Ports front:</strong></p></td><td  ><p>1x USB4  (40Gbps, PD 3.0, Display Output)<br />1x OCuLink (PCIe4 x4)<br /> 2x USB 3.2 Gen 2 (10Gbps</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Ports rear:</strong></p></td><td  ><p>2x USB 3.2 Gen2 Type-A (10Gbps)<br /> 1x HDMI 2.1 (Up to 8K@60Hz)<br /> 1x DisplayPort 2.1 (Up to 8K@60Hz)<br /> 2x RJ45 2.5G Ethernet<br /> 1x DC IN (5.5 × 2.5mm)<br /> 1x Kensington Security Lock</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Dimensions:</strong></p></td><td  ><p>107 x 111 x 63mm</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Power input:</strong></p></td><td  ><p>DC Input: 19V / 6.32A, up to 120W</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Cooling:</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Vapour Chamber Dual-fan Cooling System</p><p>Dedicated System Fan with Integrated Lighting</p><p>Silent Mode: 35W</p><p>Balanced Mode: 54W</p><p>Performance Mode: Up to 65W Peak</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Operating system:</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Windows 11 Pro</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Warranty:</strong></p></td><td  ><p>1-Year Limited Warranty</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-gmktec-nucbox-evo-x1-pro-design"><span>GMKTec NucBox EVO-X1 Pro: Design</span></h2><ul><li><strong>Metal enclosure from the original EVO-X1</strong></li><li><strong>Easy access</strong></li><li><strong>No memory upgrades</strong></li></ul><p>The chassis is unchanged from the original EVO X1. Dimensions are 110 by 107 by 63mm, and it weighs around 590g. Systems like this are often shorter vertically but wider in other directions, but this is a nice size for the desktop or for mounting on the rear of a monitor using the provided frame.</p><p>GMKtec describes a dual fan layout, with one fan for the processor and a second for the system. The original EVO X1 drew complaints about fan noise, but I found this model extremely quiet even under benchmarking stress. That said, the air it ejects from the sides is noticeably warm when in performance mode.</p><p>The front of the EVO X1 Pro has dual USB-A, a single USB4 and a single OCuLink port, along with a 3.5mm audio jack and the illuminated power button.</p><p>And, on the back, there are two 2.5GbE LAN ports, two more 10GBps USB 3.2 Gen 2 ports and both HDMI 2.1 and DisplayPort 2.1. If you use the USB4 port with an HDMI adapter on the front, you can easily run three monitors off this system.</p><p>I’d have preferred the OCuLink port was on the back, but the port selection is good.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1600px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="GQCB29i46hNbZCGPMDaYj" name="GMKtec NucBox EVO-X1 Pro_20261019_102150412_HDR" alt="GMKTec NucBox EVO-X1 Pro" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/GQCB29i46hNbZCGPMDaYj-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1600" height="900" attribution="" endorsement="" class="" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Mark Pickavance)</span></figcaption></figure><p>One minor complaint is the port labels. These do exist, with each port having a label, but some need more detail. All the USB-A ports are merely labelled ‘USB’, and the LAN ports don’t get a speed or a port number; they’re just ‘LAN’.</p><p>Internal access is something of a tease. At first, it suggests you can get inside without tools, just by rotating the threaded feet. Once you remove these, the metal outer casing covering the bottom, top, and left side detaches, revealing that a screwdriver is indeed required.</p><p>Four more screws later, the fan housing comes off, giving access to the storage area.</p><p>You can only change the storage here, since the memory is soldered on the mainboard. There are two 2280 M.2 Gen4 x4 slots, one of which is occupied with a pre-installed drive.</p><p>Two equally fast slots are useful, since you can easily clone the Windows installation to a new NVMe drive in the second slot. The largest size that’s typically available is 8TB on a 2280-sized drive, so you could place 16TB inside this tiny computer.</p><p>You might even be able to get more. I noticed that the M.2 slot that is used for the WiFi 7 and Bluetooth electronics can also be modified to accept larger than 2230 modules. That M.2 slot might be Gen4 x2 or even x1, and you'd give up wireless connectivity, but you might be able to add a third drive using it.</p><p>Overall, this was a good enclosure when it was the original X1, and the system in this model uses it effectively.</p><ul><li><strong>Design:</strong> 4 / 5</li></ul><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-gmktec-nucbox-evo-x1-pro-features"><span>GMKTec NucBox EVO-X1 Pro: Features</span></h2><ul><li><strong>Gorgon Point Silicon</strong></li><li><strong>LPDDR5 Memory</strong></li><li><strong>Full PCIe lane usage</strong></li></ul><p>The HX 470 belongs to AMD's Ryzen AI 400 family, codenamed Gorgon Point. It is a refresh of the Strix Point chip that powers the HX 370. The core layout is the same, with four full Zen 5 cores and eight smaller Zen 5c cores.</p><p>The gains are modest. Boost rises by 100MHz. GMKtec lists the Radeon 890M at 3.1GHz rather than 2.9GHz. The NPU moves from 50 to 55 TOPS.</p><p>It feels like AMD needed to polish the Strix Point design, ran out of time before it launched, and then made those tweaks for the Gorgon Point generation.</p><p>AMD's own figures give a default power limit of 28W, configurable between 15W and 54W. GMKtec's 65W performance mode is therefore a system-level tuning claim rather than a standard AMD specification. This 4nm chip copes well at 65W, even if, in benchmarks, it threw copious amounts of warm air.</p><p>The caching on this chip is 12MB L2 and 24MB L3. That’s 1MB of L2 per core to handle immediate, low-latency instruction and data retrieval. The L3 cache is not a single monolithic block; it divides its cores into a dual-CCX layout, servicing both the Zen 5 and the Zen5c cores.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1600px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="pzuUaAQdenQuYCgCg7z9j" name="GMKtec NucBox EVO-X1 Pro_20261019_102159583_HDR" alt="GMKTec NucBox EVO-X1 Pro" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/pzuUaAQdenQuYCgCg7z9j-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1600" height="900" attribution="" endorsement="" class="" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Mark Pickavance)</span></figcaption></figure><p>One aspect of this design that people will either love or hate is that memory is soldered. The advantage of this is fast memory speeds, but it removes any upgrade path. The 64GB configuration is generous for local AI models and heavy multitasking. But it is also a financial commitment, and it assumes you won’t want more at some stage.</p><p>The M.2 slots are less controversial. Dual PCIe 4.0 x4 slots are rare in a box this size, mostly because of the limitations of free PCIe lanes. The HX 470 has sixteen PCIe 4.0 lanes, so the M.2 slots take half the available lanes. Since the OCuLink also comes from the same lane pool and uses four lanes, that leaves only four unused.</p><p>Thankfully, the USB controllers are native to the processor and do not steal from the general-purpose PCIe lanes, so that probably leaves enough for the shorter 2230 slot for Wi-Fi and the two 2.5GbE LAN ports.</p><p>OCuLink is a critical feature for enthusiasts who either want more GPU power or to run LLMs locally. GMKtec warns that the port is not hot-swappable, so you need to connect everything with the machine powered down, and then power the external device before activating the mini PC.</p><p>What I like about this system is that it doesn’t leave PCIe bandwidth unused, and with the 65W power profile, it's getting as close as it can get.</p><ul><li><strong>Features:</strong> 4.5 / 5</li></ul><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-gmktec-nucbox-evo-x1-pro-performance"><span>GMKTec NucBox EVO-X1 Pro: Performance</span></h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1600px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="gh2es9rUMrcamPbBsbyxh" name="GMKtec NucBox EVO-X1 Pro_20261019_101818125_HDR" alt="GMKTec NucBox EVO-X1 Pro" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/gh2es9rUMrcamPbBsbyxh-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1600" height="900" attribution="" endorsement="" class="" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Mark Pickavance)</span></figcaption></figure><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Mini PC</strong></p></td><td  ></td><td  ><p>GMKtec EVO-X1</p></td><td  ><p>GMKtec EVO-T1</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>CPU</strong></p></td><td  ></td><td  ><p>AMD Ryzen 9 AI HX470</p></td><td  ><p>Intel Core Ultra 9 285H</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>AI CPU/GPU/NPU</strong></p></td><td  ><p><strong> </strong></p></td><td  ><p>86 TOPS</p></td><td  ><p>99 TOPS</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Cores/Threads</strong></p></td><td  ></td><td  ><p>12C 24T</p></td><td  ><p>16C 16T</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>RAM</strong></p></td><td  ></td><td  ><p>64GB LPDDR5 (4x16GB)</p></td><td  ><p>64GB LPDDR5 (2x32GB)</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>SSD</strong></p></td><td  ></td><td  ><p>1TB YMTC PC411</p></td><td  ><p>Crucial P3 Plus 1TB</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Graphics</strong></p></td><td  ></td><td  ><p>Radeon 890M</p></td><td  ><p>Intel Arc Graphics 140T</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>3DMark</strong></p></td><td  ><p><strong>WildLife</strong></p></td><td  ><p>22745</p></td><td  ><p>24893</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol empty" ></td><td  ><p><strong>FireStrike</strong></p></td><td  ><p>8490</p></td><td  ><p>8213</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol empty" ></td><td  ><p><strong>TimeSpy</strong></p></td><td  ><p>3800</p></td><td  ><p>4363</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol empty" ></td><td  ><p><strong>S.Nomad</strong></p></td><td  ><p>3332</p></td><td  ><p>3436</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Cine24</strong></p></td><td  ><p><strong>Single</strong></p></td><td  ><p>117</p></td><td  ><p>129</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol empty" ></td><td  ><p><strong>Multi</strong></p></td><td  ><p>1186</p></td><td  ><p>1141</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol empty" ></td><td  ><p><strong>Ratio</strong></p></td><td  ><p>10.17</p></td><td  ><p>8.82</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>GeekBench 6</strong></p></td><td  ><p><strong>Single</strong></p></td><td  ><p>2941</p></td><td  ><p>2973</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol empty" ></td><td  ><p><strong>Multi</strong></p></td><td  ><p>15198</p></td><td  ><p>16097</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol empty" ></td><td  ><p><strong>OpenCL</strong></p></td><td  ><p>43184</p></td><td  ><p>41700</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol empty" ></td><td  ><p><strong>Vulkan</strong></p></td><td  ><p>47293</p></td><td  ><p>38605</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>CrystalDisk</strong></p></td><td  ><p><strong>Read MB/s</strong></p></td><td  ><p>7117</p></td><td  ><p>5198</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol empty" ></td><td  ><p><strong>Write  MB/s</strong></p></td><td  ><p>6418</p></td><td  ><p>4726</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>PCMark 10</strong></p></td><td  ><p><strong>Office</strong></p></td><td  ><p>8933</p></td><td  ><p>7917</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>WEI</strong></p></td><td  ><p><strong>Score</strong></p></td><td  ><p>8.2</p></td><td  ><p>8.4</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><p>Rather than comparing the EVO-X1 Pro to another AMD system, I thought it would be more interesting to compare it to the EVO-T1 from the same brand, which uses Intel silicon.</p><p>There is relatively little to separate these systems, since they both use LPDDR5 memory, although the T1 uses socketed SODIMMs (5600 MT/s) versus the unsocketed 6400 MT/s LPDDR5 memory on the X1 Pro.</p><p>What isn’t detailed above is that the power peak of the X1 Pro is 65W, where you can set the T1 to use 80W. In both these tests, I set ‘performance mode’ in the BIOS, to get the best speeds and on the X1 Pro I set the memory allocated to the 890M GPU to 8GB.</p><p>For those interested, I allocated 16GB of RAM to the 890M and boosted 3DMark Steel Nomad Light to 3361, which probably wasn’t worth losing 8GB of RAM for. </p><p>Given how close the performance of these two systems is, it’s worth considering the price difference. Things are slightly complicated by changes since launch on the T1, where it isn’t offered with 64GB as a standard SKU. It can be bought with 32GB+1TB for $1,279.99 or 96GB+2TB for a whopping $2,199.99. </p><p>Since you can add memory, you could get the T1 with no memory or storage for only $829.99, then add 64GB of RAM (2x 32GB SODIMM) and an NVMe drive. With a Lexar 32GB DDR5 SODIMM costing around $290 and a typical 1TB Gen4 drive being about $160, the upgrade to match memory and storage will cost you an extra $740, bringing the total system (without Windows) to about $1570, or $30 less than the X1 Pro cost, but without a Windows license. </p><p>The advantage of the Intel T1 is that you can upgrade it to 96GB, if you have that sort of cash, and it does have more inherent AI power with 99TOPS in total. However, the NPU on the AMD platform is far superior to that on the Intel, and if it wasn’t for the ARC 140V GPU, the Intel wouldn’t be better.</p><p>Conversely, the X1 Pro is less flexible, with no memory upgrades beyond the 64GB provided, but it’s more power-efficient with a 28W base TDP versus 45W on the T1.</p><p>Overall, the T1 is the machine for single-threaded tasks, and the X1 Pro is ideal if you run multi-core and multi-threaded code.</p><p>So is the X1 Pro worth the asking price? That depends on whether you need the memory. If you don’t, I’d recommend the EVO-X1 Pro with the HX 370 processor, as it's much better value than either its bigger brother or the Intel T1.</p><p>If you want an AMD NUC that’s more powerful than this, you'll want one that uses AMD Ryzen AI 395 Max or Ryzen AI Max+ PRO 495 silicon. And, the new Intel Panther Lake machines are also twice as quick as this, but all these options cost much more.</p><ul><li><strong>Performance:</strong> 4 / 5</li></ul><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-gmktec-nucbox-evo-x1-pro-final-verdict"><span>GMKTec NucBox EVO-X1 Pro: Final verdict</span></h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1600px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="cDXrE3gCmwRZ4fvYsPhvh" name="GMKtec NucBox EVO-X1 Pro_20261019_103518982_HDR" alt="GMKTec NucBox EVO-X1 Pro" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/cDXrE3gCmwRZ4fvYsPhvh-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1600" height="900" attribution="" endorsement="" class="" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Mark Pickavance)</span></figcaption></figure><p>A year ago this system would have been closer to $1000, and might have been much easier for me to recommend. Now, with silly memory and storage costs, it's hardly an impulse purchase, is it?</p><p>That said, there is relatively little wrong with this hardware, though I’m genuinely disappointed that GMKtec is offering only a single year of warranty on a system I’d expect to last at least five years. Geekom is offering three years on their equipment.</p><p>When you factor in the price and the warranty, I’d be inclined to ask anyone buying one if they would be impacted by having the HX 370 SKU with 32GB of RAM, because that’s $450 less for a machine that will perform almost identically, unless you need more RAM.</p><p>It comes in the same well-engineered enclosure, and you can expand storage the same way.</p><p>I can only hope memory prices start to drop soon, because we need more systems like this with 64GB, or more, and more plausible pricing than we’re seeing currently.</p><p>The EVO-X1 Pro is a great mini system, but it desperately needs to be cheaper so that more people can experience this lovely mini PC. </p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-should-you-buy-a-gmktec-nucbox-evo-x1-pro"><span>Should you buy a GMKTec NucBox EVO-X1 Pro?</span></h2><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Value</p></td><td  ><p>The price is high, but it’s the going rate for this spec</p></td><td  ><p>4 / 5</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Design</p></td><td  ><p>A reused enclosure with easy access and compact form factor </p></td><td  ><p>4 / 5</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Features</p></td><td  ><p>Powerful CPU, 64GB of RAM and an excellent port selection</p></td><td  ><p>4.5 / 5</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Performance</p></td><td  ><p>Punchy solution that matches what Intel has to offer</p></td><td  ><p>4 / 5</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Overall</p></td><td  ><p>An excellent NUC only undermined by the price of memory and storage in it</p></td><td  ><p>4 / 5</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h2 id="buy-it-if-22">Buy it if...</h2><div class="product"><p><strong>Space is limited</strong><br />As a mini system, this one is remarkably small, yet packs a serious punch. For those with limited space, or who are fine mounting the computer on the rear of a monitor, the EVO-X1 Pro is an excellent choice. And, with USB4, you can use it with a dock if you need more ports easily accessible.</p><p><strong>You want an external GPU</strong><br />The inclusion of an OCuLink port provides a means to add an external GPU, or any piece of PC hardware that will work in a PCIe x4 slot with the addition of an OCuLink dock. While not the total flexibility of a desktop system, this is a good choice for those who need more power on occasion.</p></div><h2 id="don-39-t-buy-it-if-19">Don't buy it if...</h2><div class="product"><p><strong>You are on a tight budget</strong><br />Solid options using older processor technology, or with less memory, are considerably cheaper than this system. GMKtec has an HX 370 option in the same case with 32GB of RAM that could save you $450 over the HX 470 model with 64GB.</p><p><strong>You specifically want Intel</strong><br />Not sure why this is still an issue, but some companies only want Intel-branded hardware for some spurious reason. Obviously, this system uses AMD, not Intel. GMKtec makes systems with Intel processor technology for those who specifically want that.</p></div><h2 id="also-consider">Also Consider</h2><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="4cdfeee4-cd2b-11f1-b79c-25dfddd1f7eb" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Check out our GMKtec K6 Ultra review" data-dimension48="Check out our GMKtec K6 Ultra review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1200px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="e4FsVxd88JTbSFKC8naz8i" name="GMKtec NucBox K6 Product.png" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/e4FsVxd88JTbSFKC8naz8i-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1200" height="1200" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class="" /></p></div></div></figure></a><p><strong>GMKtec K6 Ultra</strong><br />A mid-level AMD system that sports an AMD Ryzen 5 7640HS processor, up to 32GB of RAM and dual Gen4 x4 M.2 slots. This older hardware shows what’s possible when you have 20 PCIe lanes. Also available in a barebones configuration if you have RAM and SSDs spare.</p><p><strong>Check out our </strong><a href="https://www.techradar.com/computing/gmktec-nucbox-m6-ultra-mini-pc-review" target="_blank" data-dimension112="4cdfeee4-cd2b-11f1-b79c-25dfddd1f7eb" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Check out our GMKtec K6 Ultra review" data-dimension48="Check out our GMKtec K6 Ultra review" data-dimension25=""><strong>GMKtec K6 Ultra review</strong></a> </p></div><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="4cdfef5c-cd2b-11f1-826d-656732466660" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Check out my GMKtec EVO-T2 review" data-dimension48="Check out my GMKtec EVO-T2 review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1600px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="mExq9sWcVDordEmcSRw84k" name="EVO-X1-PRO_1" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/mExq9sWcVDordEmcSRw84k-1920-80.webp" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1600" height="1600" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class="" /></p></div></div></figure></a><p><strong>GMKtec EVO-T2</strong><br />The latest Panther Lake Intel silicon enables some exceptionally impressive results from this mini PC. However, that power comes with a whopping price tag, so this system isn’t for those on a constrained budget.</p><p>I reviewed the X7 variant, but the makers do sell a system with an X9-rated chip, if money is no object.</p><p><strong>Check out my </strong><a href="https://www.techradar.com/computing/gmktec-evo-t2-mini-pc-review" target="_blank" data-dimension112="4cdfef5c-cd2b-11f1-826d-656732466660" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Check out my GMKtec EVO-T2 review" data-dimension48="Check out my GMKtec EVO-T2 review" data-dimension25=""><strong>GMKtec EVO-T2 review</strong></a></p></div><p><em>For more professional hardware, we've reviewed the </em><a href="https://www.techradar.com/news/best-business-desktop-pcs" target="_blank"><em>best business computers</em></a><em>.</em></p> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.techradar.com/pro/gmktec-nucbox-evo-x1-pro-mini-pc-review</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ GMKTec NucBox EVO-X1 Pro is a tiny NUC PC built around the AMD Ryzen AI 9 HX 470 or HX370, perfect for those who need a high-performance desktop system. ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">qv2GDy986tfjZSrN6ETmgF</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/sQcC3Qx5fpETaCXQhcQ5m-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Sat, 24 Oct 2026 20:30:00 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                <updated>Thu, 29 Oct 2026 17:07:31 +0000</updated>
                                                                                                                                            <category><![CDATA[Pro]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Computing]]></category>
                                                                                                <author><![CDATA[ mark@pickavance.com (Mark Pickavance) ]]></author>                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Mark Pickavance ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/droJDC5YLWYdAfVgqpQkFd-320-70.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/sQcC3Qx5fpETaCXQhcQ5m-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Mark Pickavance]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[GMKTec NucBox EVO-X1 Pro]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[GMKTec NucBox EVO-X1 Pro]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[GMKTec NucBox EVO-X1 Pro]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/sQcC3Qx5fpETaCXQhcQ5m-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-gmktec-nucbox-evo-x1-pro-30-second-review"><span>GMKTec NucBox EVO-X1 Pro: 30-second review</span></h2><p>Unless you specifically want an Intel-powered NUC, AMD-powered machines typically offer more power and features for less money.</p><p>A classic example is the GMKtec EVO-X1 Pro AMD Ryzen AI 9 HX 470 AI Mini PC, which uses the latest Zen 5 architecture and Gorgon Point silicon to deliver plenty of processing power for a wide range of applications.</p><p>Alongside its strong performance, it also supports ample memory, at least 16TB of storage, and an excellent port selection. This NUC offers USB4 and OCuLink ports, dual 2.5GbE LAN ports, and triple (HDMI, DisplayPort and USB-C) screen outputs.</p><p>GMKtec has a habit of refreshing a good idea before anyone finishes praising the last version, and the EVO X1 Pro is a prime example.</p><p>It keeps the compact box that arrived with the original EVO X1 in late 2024. Inside, it swaps in AMD's Ryzen AI 9 HX 470. It also moves to WiFi 7 and ships with 64GB of soldered memory.</p><p>That raises two questions. Is the step up from the cheaper HX 370 model worth paying for? And does AMD's platform still hold its ground now that Intel's latest mobile chips are turning up in mini PCs?</p><p>My review answers some of those questions, but it also poses a few I hadn’t considered. Based on some blistering performance, the GMKtec EVO-X1 Pro should be on any list of the <a href="https://www.techradar.com/best/mini-pcs" target="_blank">best mini PCs,</a> but are there more cost-effective options?</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1600px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="rk8yoBaCj6hhQ3WuZGc4i" name="GMKtec NucBox EVO-X1 Pro_20261019_101904764_HDR" alt="GMKTec NucBox EVO-X1 Pro" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/rk8yoBaCj6hhQ3WuZGc4i-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1600" height="900" attribution="" endorsement="" class="" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Mark Pickavance)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-gmktec-nucbox-evo-x1-pro-price-and-availability"><span>GMKTec NucBox EVO-X1 Pro: Price and availability</span></h2><ul><li><strong>How much does it cost?  </strong>From $1150</li><li><strong>When is it out? </strong>Shipping now, but limited stock</li><li><strong>Where can you get it? </strong>You can get it directly from <a href="https://www.gmktec.com/products/gmktec-evo-x1-pro-ai-mini-pc-amd-ryzen-ai-9-hx-470" target="_blank">GMKtec</a></li></ul><p>GMKtec's <a href="https://www.gmktec.com/products/gmktec-evo-x1-pro-ai-mini-pc-amd-ryzen-ai-9-hx-470" target="_blank">US store lists the EVO X1 Pro at $1,599.99 for the 64GB and 1TB build</a>. A 2TB option is also shown at $1,769.99. At the time of writing, every configuration showed as sold out, and a banner warned that prices would rise soon. </p><p>The page also shows a struck-through reference price of $2,299.99. Treat that with a pinch of salt, because I’m confident that GMKtec has never sold any of these at that price.</p><p>For those with less cash to splash, there is a single SKU of an HX370 model with 32GB of RAM and 1TB of storage for $1,149.99. Please note that the memory on this machine is soldered, so you can’t get the HX370 model and add extra memory later. And the same is true of the HX470 SKUs, because while the platform can address up to 256 GB, you can’t add any more to the existing hardware.</p><p>UK buyers have a separate GMKtec store, which doesn’t list this hardware yet. But based on dollar pricing, around £1250 for the review specification SKU seems believable.</p><p>Warranty is listed as one year on the US store, although I think UK and EU retail laws would insist on longer warranty periods.</p><p>The obvious competitor for this system is the MINISFORUM AI X1 Pro-470, which uses the same platform but a slightly different port and slot arrangement. For the same 64GB+1TB spec as the review hardware, MINISFORUM wants $1655, another $55 more than GMKtec.</p><p>But the memory in the X1 Pro-470 is socketed, enabling it to be upgraded, with the caveat that the memory is running at a slightly slower speed. Because of the memory slots, MINISFORUM also offers this system barebones for only $727, if you have spare DDR5, M2 storage and a Windows Pro license. And it comes with a two-year warranty.</p><p>The Beelink SER10 MAX AMD Ryzen AI 9 HX 470 is another socketed memory offering, but it's $1699 for the 64GB+1TB model.</p><p>The Geekom A9 Max 2026 Edition also has 32GB of RAM and 2TB of storage, with an asking price of $1519. It also has a socketed memory system and can be loaded up to 128GB.</p><p>Among these mini systems, the EVO-X1's asking price is roughly in line with the alternatives, but all of them use socketed memory, trading a little speed for greater flexibility.</p><ul><li><strong>Value:</strong> 4 / 5</li></ul><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1600px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="KTqYSEYYAbxKorViQCttg" name="GMKtec NucBox EVO-X1 Pro_20261019_101847628_HDR" alt="GMKTec NucBox EVO-X1 Pro" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/KTqYSEYYAbxKorViQCttg-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1600" height="900" attribution="" endorsement="" class="" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Mark Pickavance)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-gmktec-nucbox-evo-x1-pro-specs"><span>GMKTec NucBox EVO-X1 Pro: Specs</span></h2><div ><table><caption>Specifications</caption><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Model:</strong></p></td><td  ><p>EVO X1 Pro 64+1TB</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>CPU:</strong></p></td><td  ><p>AMD Ryzen AI 9 HX 470, 12 cores, 24 threads, up to 5.2GHz</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Clock speeds:</strong></p></td><td  ><p>2GHz base, up to 5.2GHz turbo</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Cache:</strong></p></td><td  ><p>12 MB L2, 24 MB L3</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>NPU:</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Up to 55 TOPS (Int8)</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Platform AI totals:</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Up to 86 TOPS across CPU, GPU and NPU</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>GPU:</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Radeon 890M, 16 compute units, up to 3.1GHz</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Memory:</strong></p></td><td  ><p>64GB onboard LPDDR5 at 6400MT/s, not upgradable</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Primary storage:</strong></p></td><td  ><p>1TB M.2 2280 NVMe SSD (PCIe Gen4 x4)</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Expansion storage:</strong></p></td><td  ><p>1x M.2 2280 NVMe PCIe 4.0 x4</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Wireless:</strong></p></td><td  ><p>WiFi 7</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Bluetooth:</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Bluetooth 5.4</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Wired networking:</strong></p></td><td  ><p>2x 2.5GbE LAN, auto-negotiating down to 10Mbps</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>HDMI:</strong></p></td><td  ><p>1x HDMI 2.1, up to 8K at 60Hz</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>DisplayPort:</strong></p></td><td  ><p>1x DP 2.1, up to 8K at 60Hz</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>USB-C video:</strong></p></td><td  ><p>USB4 up to 4K at 60Hz</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Audio:</strong></p></td><td  ><p>1x 3.5mm CTIA Audio Jack</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Ports front:</strong></p></td><td  ><p>1x USB4  (40Gbps, PD 3.0, Display Output)<br />1x OCuLink (PCIe4 x4)<br /> 2x USB 3.2 Gen 2 (10Gbps</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Ports rear:</strong></p></td><td  ><p>2x USB 3.2 Gen2 Type-A (10Gbps)<br /> 1x HDMI 2.1 (Up to 8K@60Hz)<br /> 1x DisplayPort 2.1 (Up to 8K@60Hz)<br /> 2x RJ45 2.5G Ethernet<br /> 1x DC IN (5.5 × 2.5mm)<br /> 1x Kensington Security Lock</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Dimensions:</strong></p></td><td  ><p>107 x 111 x 63mm</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Power input:</strong></p></td><td  ><p>DC Input: 19V / 6.32A, up to 120W</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Cooling:</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Vapour Chamber Dual-fan Cooling System</p><p>Dedicated System Fan with Integrated Lighting</p><p>Silent Mode: 35W</p><p>Balanced Mode: 54W</p><p>Performance Mode: Up to 65W Peak</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Operating system:</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Windows 11 Pro</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Warranty:</strong></p></td><td  ><p>1-Year Limited Warranty</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-gmktec-nucbox-evo-x1-pro-design"><span>GMKTec NucBox EVO-X1 Pro: Design</span></h2><ul><li><strong>Metal enclosure from the original EVO-X1</strong></li><li><strong>Easy access</strong></li><li><strong>No memory upgrades</strong></li></ul><p>The chassis is unchanged from the original EVO X1. Dimensions are 110 by 107 by 63mm, and it weighs around 590g. Systems like this are often shorter vertically but wider in other directions, but this is a nice size for the desktop or for mounting on the rear of a monitor using the provided frame.</p><p>GMKtec describes a dual fan layout, with one fan for the processor and a second for the system. The original EVO X1 drew complaints about fan noise, but I found this model extremely quiet even under benchmarking stress. That said, the air it ejects from the sides is noticeably warm when in performance mode.</p><p>The front of the EVO X1 Pro has dual USB-A, a single USB4 and a single OCuLink port, along with a 3.5mm audio jack and the illuminated power button.</p><p>And, on the back, there are two 2.5GbE LAN ports, two more 10GBps USB 3.2 Gen 2 ports and both HDMI 2.1 and DisplayPort 2.1. If you use the USB4 port with an HDMI adapter on the front, you can easily run three monitors off this system.</p><p>I’d have preferred the OCuLink port was on the back, but the port selection is good.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1600px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="GQCB29i46hNbZCGPMDaYj" name="GMKtec NucBox EVO-X1 Pro_20261019_102150412_HDR" alt="GMKTec NucBox EVO-X1 Pro" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/GQCB29i46hNbZCGPMDaYj-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1600" height="900" attribution="" endorsement="" class="" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Mark Pickavance)</span></figcaption></figure><p>One minor complaint is the port labels. These do exist, with each port having a label, but some need more detail. All the USB-A ports are merely labelled ‘USB’, and the LAN ports don’t get a speed or a port number; they’re just ‘LAN’.</p><p>Internal access is something of a tease. At first, it suggests you can get inside without tools, just by rotating the threaded feet. Once you remove these, the metal outer casing covering the bottom, top, and left side detaches, revealing that a screwdriver is indeed required.</p><p>Four more screws later, the fan housing comes off, giving access to the storage area.</p><p>You can only change the storage here, since the memory is soldered on the mainboard. There are two 2280 M.2 Gen4 x4 slots, one of which is occupied with a pre-installed drive.</p><p>Two equally fast slots are useful, since you can easily clone the Windows installation to a new NVMe drive in the second slot. The largest size that’s typically available is 8TB on a 2280-sized drive, so you could place 16TB inside this tiny computer.</p><p>You might even be able to get more. I noticed that the M.2 slot that is used for the WiFi 7 and Bluetooth electronics can also be modified to accept larger than 2230 modules. That M.2 slot might be Gen4 x2 or even x1, and you'd give up wireless connectivity, but you might be able to add a third drive using it.</p><p>Overall, this was a good enclosure when it was the original X1, and the system in this model uses it effectively.</p><ul><li><strong>Design:</strong> 4 / 5</li></ul><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-gmktec-nucbox-evo-x1-pro-features"><span>GMKTec NucBox EVO-X1 Pro: Features</span></h2><ul><li><strong>Gorgon Point Silicon</strong></li><li><strong>LPDDR5 Memory</strong></li><li><strong>Full PCIe lane usage</strong></li></ul><p>The HX 470 belongs to AMD's Ryzen AI 400 family, codenamed Gorgon Point. It is a refresh of the Strix Point chip that powers the HX 370. The core layout is the same, with four full Zen 5 cores and eight smaller Zen 5c cores.</p><p>The gains are modest. Boost rises by 100MHz. GMKtec lists the Radeon 890M at 3.1GHz rather than 2.9GHz. The NPU moves from 50 to 55 TOPS.</p><p>It feels like AMD needed to polish the Strix Point design, ran out of time before it launched, and then made those tweaks for the Gorgon Point generation.</p><p>AMD's own figures give a default power limit of 28W, configurable between 15W and 54W. GMKtec's 65W performance mode is therefore a system-level tuning claim rather than a standard AMD specification. This 4nm chip copes well at 65W, even if, in benchmarks, it threw copious amounts of warm air.</p><p>The caching on this chip is 12MB L2 and 24MB L3. That’s 1MB of L2 per core to handle immediate, low-latency instruction and data retrieval. The L3 cache is not a single monolithic block; it divides its cores into a dual-CCX layout, servicing both the Zen 5 and the Zen5c cores.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1600px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="pzuUaAQdenQuYCgCg7z9j" name="GMKtec NucBox EVO-X1 Pro_20261019_102159583_HDR" alt="GMKTec NucBox EVO-X1 Pro" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/pzuUaAQdenQuYCgCg7z9j-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1600" height="900" attribution="" endorsement="" class="" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Mark Pickavance)</span></figcaption></figure><p>One aspect of this design that people will either love or hate is that memory is soldered. The advantage of this is fast memory speeds, but it removes any upgrade path. The 64GB configuration is generous for local AI models and heavy multitasking. But it is also a financial commitment, and it assumes you won’t want more at some stage.</p><p>The M.2 slots are less controversial. Dual PCIe 4.0 x4 slots are rare in a box this size, mostly because of the limitations of free PCIe lanes. The HX 470 has sixteen PCIe 4.0 lanes, so the M.2 slots take half the available lanes. Since the OCuLink also comes from the same lane pool and uses four lanes, that leaves only four unused.</p><p>Thankfully, the USB controllers are native to the processor and do not steal from the general-purpose PCIe lanes, so that probably leaves enough for the shorter 2230 slot for Wi-Fi and the two 2.5GbE LAN ports.</p><p>OCuLink is a critical feature for enthusiasts who either want more GPU power or to run LLMs locally. GMKtec warns that the port is not hot-swappable, so you need to connect everything with the machine powered down, and then power the external device before activating the mini PC.</p><p>What I like about this system is that it doesn’t leave PCIe bandwidth unused, and with the 65W power profile, it's getting as close as it can get.</p><ul><li><strong>Features:</strong> 4.5 / 5</li></ul><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-gmktec-nucbox-evo-x1-pro-performance"><span>GMKTec NucBox EVO-X1 Pro: Performance</span></h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1600px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="gh2es9rUMrcamPbBsbyxh" name="GMKtec NucBox EVO-X1 Pro_20261019_101818125_HDR" alt="GMKTec NucBox EVO-X1 Pro" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/gh2es9rUMrcamPbBsbyxh-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1600" height="900" attribution="" endorsement="" class="" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Mark Pickavance)</span></figcaption></figure><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Mini PC</strong></p></td><td  ></td><td  ><p>GMKtec EVO-X1</p></td><td  ><p>GMKtec EVO-T1</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>CPU</strong></p></td><td  ></td><td  ><p>AMD Ryzen 9 AI HX470</p></td><td  ><p>Intel Core Ultra 9 285H</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>AI CPU/GPU/NPU</strong></p></td><td  ><p><strong> </strong></p></td><td  ><p>86 TOPS</p></td><td  ><p>99 TOPS</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Cores/Threads</strong></p></td><td  ></td><td  ><p>12C 24T</p></td><td  ><p>16C 16T</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>RAM</strong></p></td><td  ></td><td  ><p>64GB LPDDR5 (4x16GB)</p></td><td  ><p>64GB LPDDR5 (2x32GB)</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>SSD</strong></p></td><td  ></td><td  ><p>1TB YMTC PC411</p></td><td  ><p>Crucial P3 Plus 1TB</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Graphics</strong></p></td><td  ></td><td  ><p>Radeon 890M</p></td><td  ><p>Intel Arc Graphics 140T</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>3DMark</strong></p></td><td  ><p><strong>WildLife</strong></p></td><td  ><p>22745</p></td><td  ><p>24893</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol empty" ></td><td  ><p><strong>FireStrike</strong></p></td><td  ><p>8490</p></td><td  ><p>8213</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol empty" ></td><td  ><p><strong>TimeSpy</strong></p></td><td  ><p>3800</p></td><td  ><p>4363</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol empty" ></td><td  ><p><strong>S.Nomad</strong></p></td><td  ><p>3332</p></td><td  ><p>3436</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Cine24</strong></p></td><td  ><p><strong>Single</strong></p></td><td  ><p>117</p></td><td  ><p>129</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol empty" ></td><td  ><p><strong>Multi</strong></p></td><td  ><p>1186</p></td><td  ><p>1141</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol empty" ></td><td  ><p><strong>Ratio</strong></p></td><td  ><p>10.17</p></td><td  ><p>8.82</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>GeekBench 6</strong></p></td><td  ><p><strong>Single</strong></p></td><td  ><p>2941</p></td><td  ><p>2973</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol empty" ></td><td  ><p><strong>Multi</strong></p></td><td  ><p>15198</p></td><td  ><p>16097</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol empty" ></td><td  ><p><strong>OpenCL</strong></p></td><td  ><p>43184</p></td><td  ><p>41700</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol empty" ></td><td  ><p><strong>Vulkan</strong></p></td><td  ><p>47293</p></td><td  ><p>38605</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>CrystalDisk</strong></p></td><td  ><p><strong>Read MB/s</strong></p></td><td  ><p>7117</p></td><td  ><p>5198</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol empty" ></td><td  ><p><strong>Write  MB/s</strong></p></td><td  ><p>6418</p></td><td  ><p>4726</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>PCMark 10</strong></p></td><td  ><p><strong>Office</strong></p></td><td  ><p>8933</p></td><td  ><p>7917</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>WEI</strong></p></td><td  ><p><strong>Score</strong></p></td><td  ><p>8.2</p></td><td  ><p>8.4</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><p>Rather than comparing the EVO-X1 Pro to another AMD system, I thought it would be more interesting to compare it to the EVO-T1 from the same brand, which uses Intel silicon.</p><p>There is relatively little to separate these systems, since they both use LPDDR5 memory, although the T1 uses socketed SODIMMs (5600 MT/s) versus the unsocketed 6400 MT/s LPDDR5 memory on the X1 Pro.</p><p>What isn’t detailed above is that the power peak of the X1 Pro is 65W, where you can set the T1 to use 80W. In both these tests, I set ‘performance mode’ in the BIOS, to get the best speeds and on the X1 Pro I set the memory allocated to the 890M GPU to 8GB.</p><p>For those interested, I allocated 16GB of RAM to the 890M and boosted 3DMark Steel Nomad Light to 3361, which probably wasn’t worth losing 8GB of RAM for. </p><p>Given how close the performance of these two systems is, it’s worth considering the price difference. Things are slightly complicated by changes since launch on the T1, where it isn’t offered with 64GB as a standard SKU. It can be bought with 32GB+1TB for $1,279.99 or 96GB+2TB for a whopping $2,199.99. </p><p>Since you can add memory, you could get the T1 with no memory or storage for only $829.99, then add 64GB of RAM (2x 32GB SODIMM) and an NVMe drive. With a Lexar 32GB DDR5 SODIMM costing around $290 and a typical 1TB Gen4 drive being about $160, the upgrade to match memory and storage will cost you an extra $740, bringing the total system (without Windows) to about $1570, or $30 less than the X1 Pro cost, but without a Windows license. </p><p>The advantage of the Intel T1 is that you can upgrade it to 96GB, if you have that sort of cash, and it does have more inherent AI power with 99TOPS in total. However, the NPU on the AMD platform is far superior to that on the Intel, and if it wasn’t for the ARC 140V GPU, the Intel wouldn’t be better.</p><p>Conversely, the X1 Pro is less flexible, with no memory upgrades beyond the 64GB provided, but it’s more power-efficient with a 28W base TDP versus 45W on the T1.</p><p>Overall, the T1 is the machine for single-threaded tasks, and the X1 Pro is ideal if you run multi-core and multi-threaded code.</p><p>So is the X1 Pro worth the asking price? That depends on whether you need the memory. If you don’t, I’d recommend the EVO-X1 Pro with the HX 370 processor, as it's much better value than either its bigger brother or the Intel T1.</p><p>If you want an AMD NUC that’s more powerful than this, you'll want one that uses AMD Ryzen AI 395 Max or Ryzen AI Max+ PRO 495 silicon. And, the new Intel Panther Lake machines are also twice as quick as this, but all these options cost much more.</p><ul><li><strong>Performance:</strong> 4 / 5</li></ul><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-gmktec-nucbox-evo-x1-pro-final-verdict"><span>GMKTec NucBox EVO-X1 Pro: Final verdict</span></h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1600px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="cDXrE3gCmwRZ4fvYsPhvh" name="GMKtec NucBox EVO-X1 Pro_20261019_103518982_HDR" alt="GMKTec NucBox EVO-X1 Pro" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/cDXrE3gCmwRZ4fvYsPhvh-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1600" height="900" attribution="" endorsement="" class="" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Mark Pickavance)</span></figcaption></figure><p>A year ago this system would have been closer to $1000, and might have been much easier for me to recommend. Now, with silly memory and storage costs, it's hardly an impulse purchase, is it?</p><p>That said, there is relatively little wrong with this hardware, though I’m genuinely disappointed that GMKtec is offering only a single year of warranty on a system I’d expect to last at least five years. Geekom is offering three years on their equipment.</p><p>When you factor in the price and the warranty, I’d be inclined to ask anyone buying one if they would be impacted by having the HX 370 SKU with 32GB of RAM, because that’s $450 less for a machine that will perform almost identically, unless you need more RAM.</p><p>It comes in the same well-engineered enclosure, and you can expand storage the same way.</p><p>I can only hope memory prices start to drop soon, because we need more systems like this with 64GB, or more, and more plausible pricing than we’re seeing currently.</p><p>The EVO-X1 Pro is a great mini system, but it desperately needs to be cheaper so that more people can experience this lovely mini PC. </p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-should-you-buy-a-gmktec-nucbox-evo-x1-pro"><span>Should you buy a GMKTec NucBox EVO-X1 Pro?</span></h2><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Value</p></td><td  ><p>The price is high, but it’s the going rate for this spec</p></td><td  ><p>4 / 5</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Design</p></td><td  ><p>A reused enclosure with easy access and compact form factor </p></td><td  ><p>4 / 5</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Features</p></td><td  ><p>Powerful CPU, 64GB of RAM and an excellent port selection</p></td><td  ><p>4.5 / 5</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Performance</p></td><td  ><p>Punchy solution that matches what Intel has to offer</p></td><td  ><p>4 / 5</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Overall</p></td><td  ><p>An excellent NUC only undermined by the price of memory and storage in it</p></td><td  ><p>4 / 5</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h2 id="buy-it-if-22">Buy it if...</h2><div class="product"><p><strong>Space is limited</strong><br />As a mini system, this one is remarkably small, yet packs a serious punch. For those with limited space, or who are fine mounting the computer on the rear of a monitor, the EVO-X1 Pro is an excellent choice. And, with USB4, you can use it with a dock if you need more ports easily accessible.</p><p><strong>You want an external GPU</strong><br />The inclusion of an OCuLink port provides a means to add an external GPU, or any piece of PC hardware that will work in a PCIe x4 slot with the addition of an OCuLink dock. While not the total flexibility of a desktop system, this is a good choice for those who need more power on occasion.</p></div><h2 id="don-39-t-buy-it-if-19">Don't buy it if...</h2><div class="product"><p><strong>You are on a tight budget</strong><br />Solid options using older processor technology, or with less memory, are considerably cheaper than this system. GMKtec has an HX 370 option in the same case with 32GB of RAM that could save you $450 over the HX 470 model with 64GB.</p><p><strong>You specifically want Intel</strong><br />Not sure why this is still an issue, but some companies only want Intel-branded hardware for some spurious reason. Obviously, this system uses AMD, not Intel. GMKtec makes systems with Intel processor technology for those who specifically want that.</p></div><h2 id="also-consider">Also Consider</h2><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="4cdfeee4-cd2b-11f1-b79c-25dfddd1f7eb" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Check out our GMKtec K6 Ultra review" data-dimension48="Check out our GMKtec K6 Ultra review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1200px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="e4FsVxd88JTbSFKC8naz8i" name="GMKtec NucBox K6 Product.png" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/e4FsVxd88JTbSFKC8naz8i-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1200" height="1200" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class="" /></p></div></div></figure></a><p><strong>GMKtec K6 Ultra</strong><br />A mid-level AMD system that sports an AMD Ryzen 5 7640HS processor, up to 32GB of RAM and dual Gen4 x4 M.2 slots. This older hardware shows what’s possible when you have 20 PCIe lanes. Also available in a barebones configuration if you have RAM and SSDs spare.</p><p><strong>Check out our </strong><a href="https://www.techradar.com/computing/gmktec-nucbox-m6-ultra-mini-pc-review" target="_blank" data-dimension112="4cdfeee4-cd2b-11f1-b79c-25dfddd1f7eb" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Check out our GMKtec K6 Ultra review" data-dimension48="Check out our GMKtec K6 Ultra review" data-dimension25=""><strong>GMKtec K6 Ultra review</strong></a> </p></div><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="4cdfef5c-cd2b-11f1-826d-656732466660" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Check out my GMKtec EVO-T2 review" data-dimension48="Check out my GMKtec EVO-T2 review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1600px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="mExq9sWcVDordEmcSRw84k" name="EVO-X1-PRO_1" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/mExq9sWcVDordEmcSRw84k-1920-80.webp" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1600" height="1600" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class="" /></p></div></div></figure></a><p><strong>GMKtec EVO-T2</strong><br />The latest Panther Lake Intel silicon enables some exceptionally impressive results from this mini PC. However, that power comes with a whopping price tag, so this system isn’t for those on a constrained budget.</p><p>I reviewed the X7 variant, but the makers do sell a system with an X9-rated chip, if money is no object.</p><p><strong>Check out my </strong><a href="https://www.techradar.com/computing/gmktec-evo-t2-mini-pc-review" target="_blank" data-dimension112="4cdfef5c-cd2b-11f1-826d-656732466660" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Check out my GMKtec EVO-T2 review" data-dimension48="Check out my GMKtec EVO-T2 review" data-dimension25=""><strong>GMKtec EVO-T2 review</strong></a></p></div><p><em>For more professional hardware, we've reviewed the </em><a href="https://www.techradar.com/news/best-business-desktop-pcs" target="_blank"><em>best business computers</em></a><em>.</em></p>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ Fyne Audio Cubitt 5 review: an expansive-sounding, attractive stereo speaker system marred by low-rent usability ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-fyne-audio-cubitt-5-two-minute-review"><span>Fyne Audio Cubitt 5: Two-minute review</span></h2><p>It’s taken Fyne Audio less than a decade to establish itself as a deeply credible manufacturer of passive loudspeakers at a wide range of prices. The Cubitt 5, though, represents its first pair of active speakers — and they've got some serious competition to overcome.</p><p>At first glance, though, the system seems to have every chance. Its compact, well-made cabinets are available in a wide range of finishes, and are home to an intriguing driver array that draws liberally from the company’s very successful (and much more expensive) line-up of passive loudspeakers. Power is more than adequate at 240 watts, and the range of inputs (Bluetooth with aptX HD capability, line- and MM phono-level analog, optical and HDMI ARC) is very competitive, too. The lack of on-system controls is an odd decision, as is the lack confirmation of selected input or volume, and the remote handset that’s your only control option is unlovely.</p><p>Get the system up and running and you’ll have to ignore the unwelcome low-volume hiss that comes from each speaker <em>before</em> any music is cued up — fortunately it’s not an issue once your tracks are playing. Instead you’re free to admire the Cubitt 5’s abilities with detail retrieval, soundstaging, low-frequency authority and articulate midrange communication. It’s absolutely as confident as is acceptable when it comes to handling the top of the frequency range, but even here it’s not overtly ill-balanced or unruly. </p><p>Add in significant dynamic headroom, an expansive overall presentation and a disinclination to alter its stance in any significant way no matter which of its input options is in use, and it’s apparent that where the fundamentals are concerned, the Cubitt 5 has plenty going for it. Maybe not quite for the <a href="https://www.techradar.com/news/best-stereo-speakers">best stereo speakers</a> on the market, though.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="yESdogXcGYjwZAASHiFxZd" name="IMG_1548" alt="Close-up of a Fyne Audio Cubitt 5 active speaker." src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/yESdogXcGYjwZAASHiFxZd-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future / Simon Lucas)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-fyne-audio-cubitt-5-review-price-release-date"><span>Fyne Audio Cubitt 5 review: Price &amp; release date</span></h2><ul><li><strong>Launched on June 30, 2026</strong></li><li><strong>Priced $749 / £549 / AU$1,499</strong></li></ul><p>The Fyne Audio Cubitt 5 wireless stereo speaker system is on sale now, and in the United States it costs $749. In the United Kingdom it sells for £549, while in Australia you’ll have to part with AU$1,499. </p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-fyne-audio-cubitt-5-review-features"><span>Fyne Audio Cubitt 5 review: Features</span></h2><ul><li><strong>127mm ‘IsoFlare’ mid/bass driver with 19mm concentric titanium dome tweeter</strong></li><li><strong>240 watts of Class D power</strong></li><li><strong>Wired and wireless inputs</strong></li></ul><p>The idea of positioning a tweeter in the acoustic center of a mid or mid/bass driver is not a new one, but it’s a rarity nevertheless, and Fyne Audio has been busily democratizing its ‘IsoFlare’ variation on this particular theme for a while now. The Cubitt 5 is just the latest example. </p><p>In this instance there’s a 19mm titanium dome tweeter positioned in the center of a 127mm multi-fiber mid/bass driver — the idea, as ever, is to create a single point-source of sound at the same time as optimizing driver integration and sound dispersion. The mid/bass driver’s surround is the company’s ‘FyneFlute’ design, the unusual pattern of which helps minimize unwanted energy from the pistonic movement of the driver. Each of the four drivers gets 60 watts of Class D amplification to power it — an all-in total of 240 watts really should be adequate in a system such as this — and the output is bolstered by a front-firing bass reflex slot. It’s an arrangement Fyne Audio suggests will deliver a frequency response of 43Hz - 34kHz.</p><p>The primary speaker takes care of all wired and wireless connectivity. The wireless stuff consists of Bluetooth 5.0, with codec compatibility up to and including aptX HD. Physical connections, all on the rear panel, run to a moving magnet (or high-output moving coil) phono stage accessed via stereo RCA inputs, a line-level analog equivalent also using RCAs, a digital optical input and an HDMI ARC socket. All incoming digital information is dealt with by a DAC of 24bit/96kHz resolution.       </p><ul><li><strong>Features score: 5 / 5</strong></li></ul><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="xyUgLETXVikyE5ZjJwupC5" name="IMG_1549" alt="Close-up of the tweeter in the Fyne Audio Cubitt 5 stereo speakers." src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/xyUgLETXVikyE5ZjJwupC5-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future / Simon Lucas)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-fyne-audio-cubitt-5-review-sound-quality"><span>Fyne Audio Cubitt 5 review: Sound quality</span></h2><ul><li><strong>Expansive and controlled presentation</strong></li><li><strong>Solid punch and decent dynamics</strong></li><li><strong>Audible hiss when not playing  </strong></li></ul><p>There’s a unique aspect to the way the Fyne Audio Cubitt 5 performs — or, at least, it’s unique in my extensive experience of products of this type. Connect the speakers together using the supplied umbilical, plug the primary speaker into the mains, turn the power on, and there’s an obvious and consistent hiss from both speakers. Is it loud? No, but it can be heard down the length of my listening room. Is it audible when playing music? No, not at all. So is it an issue? I guess not, unless you intend to use the speakers on your desktop, but I can’t pretend it fills me with confidence.</p><p>Which is a great pity, because when it’s actually playing music the Cubitt 5 is one of the best sub-$750 wireless stereo speaker systems I’ve heard so far. In virtually every respect, it’s an enjoyable, balanced and well-sorted listen.</p><p>With a vinyl copy of Julian Cope’s <em>Peggy Suicide </em>incoming via the moving magnet phono stage, the Fyne Audio doesn’t take its eye off the ball for a moment. It’s good where detail retrieval is concerned, and manages to stay on top of the finest details without sacrificing any sense of unity or performance. It creates a fairly large soundstage — it’s certainly larger than the cabinets that are producing it — and it’s coherent, organized and easy to understand.</p><p>The tonal balance is persuasive, too, the Cubitt 5 hits the plosives at the top of the frequency range absolutely as hard as it dares, but somehow they never quite get too edgy or overly hard. The midrange is sweetly communicative, so there’s confidence and eloquence to the way the system handles a vocalist. And while the claims for extension down to 43Hz are, I think it’s fair to say, a false alarm, the Cubitt 5 nevertheless bigs deep, hits hard and controls its low-frequency activity well. Rhythmic expression is very decent as a result, and the way the system handles tempos is similarly unforced and naturalistic.</p><p>There’s a fair amount of dynamic headroom available, so the Fyne Audio handles big shifts in volume or intensity calmly, and its overall attention to detail means that the more subtle dynamics of harmonic variation are given their due weighting, too. Frequency response is nice and even, too. The tendency to attack the highest frequencies can make it sound like the top end is being overstated on occasion, but otherwise the Cubitt 5 gives every area of the frequency range fair representation.    </p><p>It’s winningly unconcerned about volume, too. Some systems can change their character when asked to play at bigger levels, but the Fyne Audio just gets louder. There’s no change in tonal balance or frequency response, and the stage maintains its shape, too. And the same is true when you change inputs — switch to a wireless stream of John Glacier’s <em>Money Shows </em>and the fundamental attitude and character of the system don’t alter in the slightest. It’s still balanced, insightful, punchy and just slightly treble-happy.</p><ul><li><strong>Sound quality score: 4 / 5</strong></li></ul><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="grvJrWJQYCEpwKitvJt69E" name="IMG_1479" alt="Tweeter of the Fyne Audio Cubitt 5 stereo speaker system." src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/grvJrWJQYCEpwKitvJt69E-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future / Simon Lucas)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-fyne-audio-cubitt-5-review-design"><span>Fyne Audio Cubitt 5 review: Design</span></h2><ul><li><strong>260 x 165 x 215mm (HxWxD)</strong></li><li><strong>Available in five different finishes</strong></li><li><strong>Supplied without grilles</strong></li></ul><p>It’s by no means an easy trick to pull off, but the Cubitt 5 manages to look discreet and interesting at the same time.</p><p>The ‘discreet’ part is mostly thanks to the 260 x 165 x 215mm (HxWxD) dimensions, assisted by some nicely curved cabinet corners and a selection of no fewer than five very agreeable finishes. My sample is in ‘olive green’, but ‘arctic white’, ‘midnight black’, ‘pearl titanium’ and ‘pebble gray’ are also available. No matter which finish you decide suits you best, you’ll find it’s the final flourish in a process that includes a very high standard of construction. There are no visible seams, and the soft-touch paint is flawlessly applied.</p><p>‘Interesting’ is mostly derived from the driver array that’s already been discussed in the ‘features’ section of this review, as well as the forward-facing bass reflex slot that somehow makes each speaker’s appearance easy to anthropomorphize. The not-quite-circular brightwork surrounding the driver array doesn’t do any harm when it comes to making this most functional of products look interesting, either. It comes as no surprise to me that Fyne Audio doesn’t see the need to supply the Cubitt 5 with grilles.   </p><ul><li><strong>Design score: 5 / 5</strong></li></ul><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="TVshGM3FtJP7cBaWFEcmza" name="IMG_1482" alt="Fyne Audio Cubitt 5 stereo speaker" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/TVshGM3FtJP7cBaWFEcmza-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-fyne-audio-cubitt-5-review-usability-setup"><span>Fyne Audio Cubitt 5 review: Usability &amp; setup</span></h2><ul><li><strong>Speakers must be wired together</strong></li><li><strong>No app, no on-speaker controls, no input selection of volume indicator</strong></li><li><strong>Nasty remote control handset  </strong></li></ul><p>In terms of getting up and running, there’s really not a lot to get your head around here. Despite the fact this is an active system, only the primary speaker requires mains power — it transmits power, as well as data, along a supplied four-core umbilical cable that screws down onto the rear of each speaker. Once the speakers are connected together and the primary is powered up, it’s really only a question of positioning them to your satisfaction and then you’re in business.</p><p>Getting what you want from the system isn’t all that tricky, either, but neither is it all that satisfying an experience. This is not a Wi-Fi-enabled system, of course, so there’s no control app, which is hardly unheard-of in this part of the market. There are no controls on either speaker, either, which is rather less common. The primary speaker has an LED tell-tale that’s red when the system’s in standby and blue when it’s powered up. The blue light flashes when it’s following instructions from the remote handset that’s your only method of operation.</p><p>Given that the remote is all you’ve got, though, it’s a shame Fyne Audio specified what I imagine is the least expensive handset it could source. The look and feel is down-market, and the fact you’ve no indication of the source that’s been selected or the volume level that’s been specified only adds to the impression of cost- and corner-cutting.</p><ul><li><strong>Usability &amp; setup score: 3 / 5</strong></li></ul><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="DukKtMWyrSVV32SARRDVAE" name="IMG_1550" alt="Close-up of the Fyne Audio Cubitt 5 remote control, on a green laptop." src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/DukKtMWyrSVV32SARRDVAE-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future / Simon Lucas)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-fyne-audio-cubitt-5-review-value"><span>Fyne Audio Cubitt 5 review: Value</span></h2><p>Judged purely on the sound it makes, there’s no denying the Cubitt 5 offers very decent value for money indeed — once it’s making a sound, that is. The standard of build and finish only adds to the impression of money well spent. </p><p>But there’s more to it than this, of course — and as far as the experiential goes, the feel of operating the system, the sensation is undeniably low-rent. Which unfortunately undermines the impression of value the Fyne Audio system otherwise offers.</p><ul><li><strong>Value score: 4 / 5</strong></li></ul><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="pGtFh3KrP4MCUTkmGbZgTb" name="IMG_1476" alt="Rear panel, showing cable terminations, of the Fyne Audio Cubitt 5 stereo speaker." src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/pGtFh3KrP4MCUTkmGbZgTb-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future / Simon Lucas)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-should-i-buy-the-fyne-audio-cubitt-5"><span>Should I buy the Fyne Audio Cubitt 5?</span></h2><div ><table><caption>Fyne Audio Cubitt 5 scorecard</caption><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Attribute</p></td><td  ><p>Notes</p></td><td  ><p>Score</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Features</p></td><td  ><p>19mm titanium dome tweeter, in a 127mm multi-fiber mid/bass driver optimizes driver integration and sound dispersion</p></td><td  ><p>5 / 5</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Sound quality</p></td><td  ><p>Expansive and controlled, with solid punch, but an audible hiss when not playing<em>  </em></p></td><td  ><p>4 / 5</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Design</p></td><td  ><p>Discreet and interesting, with five finishes and no need for grilles</p></td><td  ><p>5 / 5</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Setup &amp; usability</p></td><td  ><p>An active system, easy to set up, but no control app or on-unit controls grate, along with a cheap remote control</p></td><td  ><p>3 / 5</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Value</p></td><td  ><p>Judged on the sound alone, very good, but as an experience... not so much</p></td><td  ><p>4 / 5</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h2 id="buy-them-if-2">Buy them if…</h2><div class="product"><p><strong>You want full-range sound from winningly compact cabinets</strong><br />Small enough for positioning on a shelf, but with sufficient sonic scale to fill a medium-sized room.</p></div><div class="product"><p><strong>You want options beyond ‘back’ and ‘white’</strong><br />There are a trio of more interesting options available.</p></div><div class="product"><p><strong>You admire interesting engineering</strong><br />The titanium dome tweeter time-aligned in the throat of the IsoFlare mid/bass driver counts as ‘interesting’ for sure.</p></div><h2 id="don-t-buy-them-if-2">Don’t buy them if…</h2><div class="product"><p><strong>You’re using them on a desktop</strong><br />Not only are they slightly large for this purpose, the ‘power on’ hissing gets quite old quite quickly…</p></div><div class="product"><p><strong>You like to know what’s going on</strong><br />How much volume have you dialled in? Which input has been selected? Who can say?</p></div><div class="product"><p><strong>You’re sensitive to the quality of control interfaces</strong><br />Fyne Audio always knew the remote control handset would be the only way to interact with the Cubitt 5 — so why did it specify the cheapest it could find?</p></div><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-fyne-audio-cubitt-5-review-also-consider"><span>Fyne Audio Cubitt 5 review: Also consider</span></h2><p>The <a href="https://www.techradar.com/audio/wireless-bluetooth-speakers/cambridge-l-r-s-review">Cambridge L/R S</a> system handily undercuts the Fyne Audio on price, and has an awful lot to recommend it both aesthetically and in audio terms. Not quite the room-filling ability of the Cubitt 5, mind you. </p><p>And the same is true of the <a href="https://www.techradar.com/audio/speakers/ruark-mr1-mk3-review">Ruark Audio MR1 mk3</a>, but if you want a well-specified and great-sounding system that’s genuinely small enough for desktop use and isn’t as pricey as the Fyne Audio, you need look no further.</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-how-i-tested-the-fyne-audio-cubitt-5"><span>How I tested the Fyne Audio Cubitt 5</span></h2><p>Almost all my testing is done with the Cubitt 5 positioned on a pair of Soundstyle S2 speaker stands, joined together by their supplied connecting cable and with the primary speaker plugged into the mains. </p><p>Sources include a FiiO M15S digital audio player with aptX HD Bluetooth capability, a Technics SL-1300G with Goldring 1022 cartridge for vinyl via the phono stage, a Rega Apollo CD player connected to the optical input, and a Philips OLED806 via the HDMI socket. </p><p>Which means a lot of different content, stored in a variety of file types, and of many resolutions, is available — and then I listen for almost an entire working week. </p><ul><li><a href="https://www.techradar.com/news/how-we-test">Read TechRadar's Reviews Guarantee</a></li><li><em>First reviewed: October 2026</em></li></ul> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.techradar.com/audio/speakers/fyne-audio-cubitt-5-review</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ Fyne Audio’s first wireless stereo speaker system, the Cubitt 5, is priced to compete in a fiercely contested part of the market. Brave or foolhardy? ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">ZtxuKWwW3kziNZADJFdseR</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/gWUQQbKvgXUcWUPvDFwi37-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Sat, 24 Oct 2026 14:00:00 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Speakers]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Hi-Fi]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Audio]]></category>
                                                                                                                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Simon Lucas ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/XZU88gUp2HCF96TN4ozBR4-320-70.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ &lt;p&gt;Simon Lucas is a freelance technology journalist and consultant, with particular emphasis on the audio/video aspects of home entertainment. If it&#039;s involved in the production of sound or visual images, Simon will have written about it during the course of what will soon be a 20-year career.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Before embracing the carefree life of the freelancer, Simon was editor of What Hi-Fi? magazine and&amp;nbsp;&lt;a href=&quot;http://whathifi.com/&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;whathifi.com&lt;/a&gt;&amp;nbsp;– a stint that lasted nearly six years and coincided with the website&amp;nbsp;becoming the planet&#039;s leading source of audio/visual buying advice for consumers. Since then, he&#039;s written for titles including (but not limited to) to Wired, Metro, the Guardian, HiFi+ and GQ, and has acted as an audio consultant for some of the&amp;nbsp;world&#039;s most high-profile consumer&amp;nbsp;electronics brands. All from what he likes to call &#039;The English Riviera&#039; but what is more commonly known as &#039;Brighton&#039;.&amp;nbsp;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Despite an invariably packed schedule, Simon likes to make time during the working week to publish (and invariably then hastily delete) tweets about the state of the nation (in general), the state of Aston Villa (in particular) and the state of his partner&#039;s cat via&amp;nbsp;&lt;a href=&quot;https://twitter.com/onlysimonlucas?lang=en&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;@OnlySimonLucas&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;/p&gt; ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/gWUQQbKvgXUcWUPvDFwi37-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Future / Simon Lucas]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[The Fyne Audio Cubitt 5 stereo speaker system, part of a wider hi-fi setup, on a wooden surface.]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[The Fyne Audio Cubitt 5 stereo speaker system, part of a wider hi-fi setup, on a wooden surface.]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[The Fyne Audio Cubitt 5 stereo speaker system, part of a wider hi-fi setup, on a wooden surface.]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/gWUQQbKvgXUcWUPvDFwi37-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-fyne-audio-cubitt-5-two-minute-review"><span>Fyne Audio Cubitt 5: Two-minute review</span></h2><p>It’s taken Fyne Audio less than a decade to establish itself as a deeply credible manufacturer of passive loudspeakers at a wide range of prices. The Cubitt 5, though, represents its first pair of active speakers — and they've got some serious competition to overcome.</p><p>At first glance, though, the system seems to have every chance. Its compact, well-made cabinets are available in a wide range of finishes, and are home to an intriguing driver array that draws liberally from the company’s very successful (and much more expensive) line-up of passive loudspeakers. Power is more than adequate at 240 watts, and the range of inputs (Bluetooth with aptX HD capability, line- and MM phono-level analog, optical and HDMI ARC) is very competitive, too. The lack of on-system controls is an odd decision, as is the lack confirmation of selected input or volume, and the remote handset that’s your only control option is unlovely.</p><p>Get the system up and running and you’ll have to ignore the unwelcome low-volume hiss that comes from each speaker <em>before</em> any music is cued up — fortunately it’s not an issue once your tracks are playing. Instead you’re free to admire the Cubitt 5’s abilities with detail retrieval, soundstaging, low-frequency authority and articulate midrange communication. It’s absolutely as confident as is acceptable when it comes to handling the top of the frequency range, but even here it’s not overtly ill-balanced or unruly. </p><p>Add in significant dynamic headroom, an expansive overall presentation and a disinclination to alter its stance in any significant way no matter which of its input options is in use, and it’s apparent that where the fundamentals are concerned, the Cubitt 5 has plenty going for it. Maybe not quite for the <a href="https://www.techradar.com/news/best-stereo-speakers">best stereo speakers</a> on the market, though.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="yESdogXcGYjwZAASHiFxZd" name="IMG_1548" alt="Close-up of a Fyne Audio Cubitt 5 active speaker." src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/yESdogXcGYjwZAASHiFxZd-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future / Simon Lucas)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-fyne-audio-cubitt-5-review-price-release-date"><span>Fyne Audio Cubitt 5 review: Price &amp; release date</span></h2><ul><li><strong>Launched on June 30, 2026</strong></li><li><strong>Priced $749 / £549 / AU$1,499</strong></li></ul><p>The Fyne Audio Cubitt 5 wireless stereo speaker system is on sale now, and in the United States it costs $749. In the United Kingdom it sells for £549, while in Australia you’ll have to part with AU$1,499. </p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-fyne-audio-cubitt-5-review-features"><span>Fyne Audio Cubitt 5 review: Features</span></h2><ul><li><strong>127mm ‘IsoFlare’ mid/bass driver with 19mm concentric titanium dome tweeter</strong></li><li><strong>240 watts of Class D power</strong></li><li><strong>Wired and wireless inputs</strong></li></ul><p>The idea of positioning a tweeter in the acoustic center of a mid or mid/bass driver is not a new one, but it’s a rarity nevertheless, and Fyne Audio has been busily democratizing its ‘IsoFlare’ variation on this particular theme for a while now. The Cubitt 5 is just the latest example. </p><p>In this instance there’s a 19mm titanium dome tweeter positioned in the center of a 127mm multi-fiber mid/bass driver — the idea, as ever, is to create a single point-source of sound at the same time as optimizing driver integration and sound dispersion. The mid/bass driver’s surround is the company’s ‘FyneFlute’ design, the unusual pattern of which helps minimize unwanted energy from the pistonic movement of the driver. Each of the four drivers gets 60 watts of Class D amplification to power it — an all-in total of 240 watts really should be adequate in a system such as this — and the output is bolstered by a front-firing bass reflex slot. It’s an arrangement Fyne Audio suggests will deliver a frequency response of 43Hz - 34kHz.</p><p>The primary speaker takes care of all wired and wireless connectivity. The wireless stuff consists of Bluetooth 5.0, with codec compatibility up to and including aptX HD. Physical connections, all on the rear panel, run to a moving magnet (or high-output moving coil) phono stage accessed via stereo RCA inputs, a line-level analog equivalent also using RCAs, a digital optical input and an HDMI ARC socket. All incoming digital information is dealt with by a DAC of 24bit/96kHz resolution.       </p><ul><li><strong>Features score: 5 / 5</strong></li></ul><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="xyUgLETXVikyE5ZjJwupC5" name="IMG_1549" alt="Close-up of the tweeter in the Fyne Audio Cubitt 5 stereo speakers." src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/xyUgLETXVikyE5ZjJwupC5-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future / Simon Lucas)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-fyne-audio-cubitt-5-review-sound-quality"><span>Fyne Audio Cubitt 5 review: Sound quality</span></h2><ul><li><strong>Expansive and controlled presentation</strong></li><li><strong>Solid punch and decent dynamics</strong></li><li><strong>Audible hiss when not playing  </strong></li></ul><p>There’s a unique aspect to the way the Fyne Audio Cubitt 5 performs — or, at least, it’s unique in my extensive experience of products of this type. Connect the speakers together using the supplied umbilical, plug the primary speaker into the mains, turn the power on, and there’s an obvious and consistent hiss from both speakers. Is it loud? No, but it can be heard down the length of my listening room. Is it audible when playing music? No, not at all. So is it an issue? I guess not, unless you intend to use the speakers on your desktop, but I can’t pretend it fills me with confidence.</p><p>Which is a great pity, because when it’s actually playing music the Cubitt 5 is one of the best sub-$750 wireless stereo speaker systems I’ve heard so far. In virtually every respect, it’s an enjoyable, balanced and well-sorted listen.</p><p>With a vinyl copy of Julian Cope’s <em>Peggy Suicide </em>incoming via the moving magnet phono stage, the Fyne Audio doesn’t take its eye off the ball for a moment. It’s good where detail retrieval is concerned, and manages to stay on top of the finest details without sacrificing any sense of unity or performance. It creates a fairly large soundstage — it’s certainly larger than the cabinets that are producing it — and it’s coherent, organized and easy to understand.</p><p>The tonal balance is persuasive, too, the Cubitt 5 hits the plosives at the top of the frequency range absolutely as hard as it dares, but somehow they never quite get too edgy or overly hard. The midrange is sweetly communicative, so there’s confidence and eloquence to the way the system handles a vocalist. And while the claims for extension down to 43Hz are, I think it’s fair to say, a false alarm, the Cubitt 5 nevertheless bigs deep, hits hard and controls its low-frequency activity well. Rhythmic expression is very decent as a result, and the way the system handles tempos is similarly unforced and naturalistic.</p><p>There’s a fair amount of dynamic headroom available, so the Fyne Audio handles big shifts in volume or intensity calmly, and its overall attention to detail means that the more subtle dynamics of harmonic variation are given their due weighting, too. Frequency response is nice and even, too. The tendency to attack the highest frequencies can make it sound like the top end is being overstated on occasion, but otherwise the Cubitt 5 gives every area of the frequency range fair representation.    </p><p>It’s winningly unconcerned about volume, too. Some systems can change their character when asked to play at bigger levels, but the Fyne Audio just gets louder. There’s no change in tonal balance or frequency response, and the stage maintains its shape, too. And the same is true when you change inputs — switch to a wireless stream of John Glacier’s <em>Money Shows </em>and the fundamental attitude and character of the system don’t alter in the slightest. It’s still balanced, insightful, punchy and just slightly treble-happy.</p><ul><li><strong>Sound quality score: 4 / 5</strong></li></ul><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="grvJrWJQYCEpwKitvJt69E" name="IMG_1479" alt="Tweeter of the Fyne Audio Cubitt 5 stereo speaker system." src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/grvJrWJQYCEpwKitvJt69E-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future / Simon Lucas)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-fyne-audio-cubitt-5-review-design"><span>Fyne Audio Cubitt 5 review: Design</span></h2><ul><li><strong>260 x 165 x 215mm (HxWxD)</strong></li><li><strong>Available in five different finishes</strong></li><li><strong>Supplied without grilles</strong></li></ul><p>It’s by no means an easy trick to pull off, but the Cubitt 5 manages to look discreet and interesting at the same time.</p><p>The ‘discreet’ part is mostly thanks to the 260 x 165 x 215mm (HxWxD) dimensions, assisted by some nicely curved cabinet corners and a selection of no fewer than five very agreeable finishes. My sample is in ‘olive green’, but ‘arctic white’, ‘midnight black’, ‘pearl titanium’ and ‘pebble gray’ are also available. No matter which finish you decide suits you best, you’ll find it’s the final flourish in a process that includes a very high standard of construction. There are no visible seams, and the soft-touch paint is flawlessly applied.</p><p>‘Interesting’ is mostly derived from the driver array that’s already been discussed in the ‘features’ section of this review, as well as the forward-facing bass reflex slot that somehow makes each speaker’s appearance easy to anthropomorphize. The not-quite-circular brightwork surrounding the driver array doesn’t do any harm when it comes to making this most functional of products look interesting, either. It comes as no surprise to me that Fyne Audio doesn’t see the need to supply the Cubitt 5 with grilles.   </p><ul><li><strong>Design score: 5 / 5</strong></li></ul><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="TVshGM3FtJP7cBaWFEcmza" name="IMG_1482" alt="Fyne Audio Cubitt 5 stereo speaker" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/TVshGM3FtJP7cBaWFEcmza-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-fyne-audio-cubitt-5-review-usability-setup"><span>Fyne Audio Cubitt 5 review: Usability &amp; setup</span></h2><ul><li><strong>Speakers must be wired together</strong></li><li><strong>No app, no on-speaker controls, no input selection of volume indicator</strong></li><li><strong>Nasty remote control handset  </strong></li></ul><p>In terms of getting up and running, there’s really not a lot to get your head around here. Despite the fact this is an active system, only the primary speaker requires mains power — it transmits power, as well as data, along a supplied four-core umbilical cable that screws down onto the rear of each speaker. Once the speakers are connected together and the primary is powered up, it’s really only a question of positioning them to your satisfaction and then you’re in business.</p><p>Getting what you want from the system isn’t all that tricky, either, but neither is it all that satisfying an experience. This is not a Wi-Fi-enabled system, of course, so there’s no control app, which is hardly unheard-of in this part of the market. There are no controls on either speaker, either, which is rather less common. The primary speaker has an LED tell-tale that’s red when the system’s in standby and blue when it’s powered up. The blue light flashes when it’s following instructions from the remote handset that’s your only method of operation.</p><p>Given that the remote is all you’ve got, though, it’s a shame Fyne Audio specified what I imagine is the least expensive handset it could source. The look and feel is down-market, and the fact you’ve no indication of the source that’s been selected or the volume level that’s been specified only adds to the impression of cost- and corner-cutting.</p><ul><li><strong>Usability &amp; setup score: 3 / 5</strong></li></ul><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="DukKtMWyrSVV32SARRDVAE" name="IMG_1550" alt="Close-up of the Fyne Audio Cubitt 5 remote control, on a green laptop." src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/DukKtMWyrSVV32SARRDVAE-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future / Simon Lucas)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-fyne-audio-cubitt-5-review-value"><span>Fyne Audio Cubitt 5 review: Value</span></h2><p>Judged purely on the sound it makes, there’s no denying the Cubitt 5 offers very decent value for money indeed — once it’s making a sound, that is. The standard of build and finish only adds to the impression of money well spent. </p><p>But there’s more to it than this, of course — and as far as the experiential goes, the feel of operating the system, the sensation is undeniably low-rent. Which unfortunately undermines the impression of value the Fyne Audio system otherwise offers.</p><ul><li><strong>Value score: 4 / 5</strong></li></ul><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="pGtFh3KrP4MCUTkmGbZgTb" name="IMG_1476" alt="Rear panel, showing cable terminations, of the Fyne Audio Cubitt 5 stereo speaker." src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/pGtFh3KrP4MCUTkmGbZgTb-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future / Simon Lucas)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-should-i-buy-the-fyne-audio-cubitt-5"><span>Should I buy the Fyne Audio Cubitt 5?</span></h2><div ><table><caption>Fyne Audio Cubitt 5 scorecard</caption><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Attribute</p></td><td  ><p>Notes</p></td><td  ><p>Score</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Features</p></td><td  ><p>19mm titanium dome tweeter, in a 127mm multi-fiber mid/bass driver optimizes driver integration and sound dispersion</p></td><td  ><p>5 / 5</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Sound quality</p></td><td  ><p>Expansive and controlled, with solid punch, but an audible hiss when not playing<em>  </em></p></td><td  ><p>4 / 5</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Design</p></td><td  ><p>Discreet and interesting, with five finishes and no need for grilles</p></td><td  ><p>5 / 5</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Setup &amp; usability</p></td><td  ><p>An active system, easy to set up, but no control app or on-unit controls grate, along with a cheap remote control</p></td><td  ><p>3 / 5</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Value</p></td><td  ><p>Judged on the sound alone, very good, but as an experience... not so much</p></td><td  ><p>4 / 5</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h2 id="buy-them-if-2">Buy them if…</h2><div class="product"><p><strong>You want full-range sound from winningly compact cabinets</strong><br />Small enough for positioning on a shelf, but with sufficient sonic scale to fill a medium-sized room.</p></div><div class="product"><p><strong>You want options beyond ‘back’ and ‘white’</strong><br />There are a trio of more interesting options available.</p></div><div class="product"><p><strong>You admire interesting engineering</strong><br />The titanium dome tweeter time-aligned in the throat of the IsoFlare mid/bass driver counts as ‘interesting’ for sure.</p></div><h2 id="don-t-buy-them-if-2">Don’t buy them if…</h2><div class="product"><p><strong>You’re using them on a desktop</strong><br />Not only are they slightly large for this purpose, the ‘power on’ hissing gets quite old quite quickly…</p></div><div class="product"><p><strong>You like to know what’s going on</strong><br />How much volume have you dialled in? Which input has been selected? Who can say?</p></div><div class="product"><p><strong>You’re sensitive to the quality of control interfaces</strong><br />Fyne Audio always knew the remote control handset would be the only way to interact with the Cubitt 5 — so why did it specify the cheapest it could find?</p></div><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-fyne-audio-cubitt-5-review-also-consider"><span>Fyne Audio Cubitt 5 review: Also consider</span></h2><p>The <a href="https://www.techradar.com/audio/wireless-bluetooth-speakers/cambridge-l-r-s-review">Cambridge L/R S</a> system handily undercuts the Fyne Audio on price, and has an awful lot to recommend it both aesthetically and in audio terms. Not quite the room-filling ability of the Cubitt 5, mind you. </p><p>And the same is true of the <a href="https://www.techradar.com/audio/speakers/ruark-mr1-mk3-review">Ruark Audio MR1 mk3</a>, but if you want a well-specified and great-sounding system that’s genuinely small enough for desktop use and isn’t as pricey as the Fyne Audio, you need look no further.</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-how-i-tested-the-fyne-audio-cubitt-5"><span>How I tested the Fyne Audio Cubitt 5</span></h2><p>Almost all my testing is done with the Cubitt 5 positioned on a pair of Soundstyle S2 speaker stands, joined together by their supplied connecting cable and with the primary speaker plugged into the mains. </p><p>Sources include a FiiO M15S digital audio player with aptX HD Bluetooth capability, a Technics SL-1300G with Goldring 1022 cartridge for vinyl via the phono stage, a Rega Apollo CD player connected to the optical input, and a Philips OLED806 via the HDMI socket. </p><p>Which means a lot of different content, stored in a variety of file types, and of many resolutions, is available — and then I listen for almost an entire working week. </p><ul><li><a href="https://www.techradar.com/news/how-we-test">Read TechRadar's Reviews Guarantee</a></li><li><em>First reviewed: October 2026</em></li></ul>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ VZMORE AX9 Max AI mini PC review ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-vzmore-ax9-max-ai-30-second-review"><span>VZMORE AX9 Max AI: 30-second review</span></h2><p>The AX9 Max instantly feels premium, with a full metal build and a huge array of ports on the front and back. However, as you look closely at the embossed detailing around the edges and a logo that seems to blend the old Cadillac and Ferrari logos, something about the aesthetics starts to looks a little less premium.</p><p>Aesthetics aside, the build quality is solid enough and well finished, with the most impressive aspect being the sheer volume of ports that have been fitted around the exterior. On the front, there’s a selection of USB Type-A ports and the usual headphone jack; around the back, there are even more connectivity options, including two USB4 ports.</p><p>To handle the potential power draw of the devices you can hook up to the box, it packs a powerful AMD Ryzen AI 9 HX 470 processor which is supplied with the 120W power supply. The processor is relatively new, launched at the start of 2026, so it has had a good amount of time to bed in and now has a proven track record. This is supported by an integrated GPU and a dedicated NPU for all those new AI workloads.</p><p>As the test progressed, the machine's speed in Microsoft Office apps and the Adobe Creative Suite highlighted its potential. During video editing, the internal SSD kept pace with high-resolution edits without issue. However, a little more headroom on the 1TB capacity would have been beneficial.</p><p>Storage and RAM are the two interesting points of this machine. While both are modest in my review sample, maxing them out could turn this from a powerful mini PC into something that will hold great interest for anyone looking to run offline AI and larger LLMs, although that potential does come at a huge monetry cost.</p><p>Throughout the test, the creative applications and handling of video and image files were limited by the 32GB of RAM and 1TB SSD. However, with two USB4 ports, I could at least boost the storage capacity. For most HD and 4K edits, the machine handled rough cuts and transitions in Premiere Pro quickly and without issue, though more RAM would have helped.</p><p>The most interesting test was running LM Studio and a few local models; while general performance was good, especially for models that utilised the NPU, I could see where the 32GB RAM limit restricted what the machine could potentially do, limiting it as the <a href="https://www.techradar.com/best/mini-pcs" target="_blank">best mini PC</a> specifically for AI workloads.</p><p>For gaming, at mid settings in most games like Cyberpunk 2077 and Indiana Jones and the Great Circle, the machine was more than capable of supplying the power needed for the action. However, again, a little more RAM would have smoothed some of the minor slowdowns in gameplay, especially in Cyberpunk 2077 where quality settings had to be lowered.</p><p>This is a machine with potential, and while undoubtedly expensive for a mini PC with a 1TB SSD and 32GB RAM, that money is invested in that powerful CPU, GPU and NPU combo and the ability to expand the storage to a far greater degree than I have seen on the vast majority of other mini PCs of this size and type.</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-vzmore-ax9-max-ai-price-and-availability"><span>VZMORE AX9 Max AI: Price and availability</span></h2><ul><li><strong>How much does it cost?  </strong>From $1,349</li><li><strong>When is it out? </strong>Available now</li><li><strong>Where can you get it? </strong>Directly from <a href="https://vzmore.co.uk/products/ax9-max-ai-mini-pc" target="_blank">VZMore</a> and online retailers.</li></ul><p>At present, the UK price is £1,349 for the 32GB RAM and 1TB SSD configuration I’m looking at in this review.</p><p>At the time of review, the US site is down (maybe it's just me?), however, it's <a href="https://www.amazon.com/dp/B0HDNGZNF3" target="_blank">available on Amazon for $1,399</a>.</p><ul><li><strong>Value:</strong> 4 / 5</li></ul><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1200px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="j3DFZEpJYEk8evZ45hCd9G" name="VZMORE AX9 Max AI Mini PC" alt="VZMORE AX9 Max AI Mini PC" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/j3DFZEpJYEk8evZ45hCd9G-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1200" height="675" attribution="" endorsement="" class="" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Alastair Jennings)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-vzmore-ax9-max-ai-specs"><span>VZMORE AX9 Max AI: Specs</span></h2><p><strong>Processor: </strong>AMD Ryzen AI 9 HX 470<br /><strong>Graphics: </strong>AMD Radeon 890M<br /><strong>NPU: </strong>AMD Ryzen AI, up to 55 TOPS<br /><strong>Memory: </strong>32GB DDR5<br /><strong>Storage: </strong>1TB PCIe 4.0 SSD<br /><strong>Operating System: </strong>Windows 11 Pro<br /><strong>Front ports: </strong>5 × USB 3.2 Gen 2 Type-A, 3.5mm Audio<br /><strong>Rear ports:</strong> 2 × USB4, USB 3.2 Gen 2 Type-A, USB 2.0 Type-A, 2 × HDMI 2.1, 2 × 2.5Gb Ethernet<br /><strong>Wireless: </strong>Wi-Fi 7, Bluetooth 5.4<br /><strong>Card Reader: </strong>SD 4.0<br /><strong>Power Modes:</strong> Silent 45W, Balanced 54W, Performance 65W<br /><strong>Dimensions: </strong>Approx. 134.9 × 131.8 × 57.7mm<br /><strong>Weight: </strong>777.5g<br /><strong>Power Adapter:</strong> 120W</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-vzmore-ax9-max-ai-design"><span>VZMORE AX9 Max AI: Design</span></h2><p>Unpacking the compact AX9 Max, the metal casing and detailed plastic base of this mini PC instantly reinforced its price point. Only after carefully checking the detailing and the large, shiny logo on top did I start to question whether this was a premium machine or just one trying to look premium.</p><p>Checking the specifications and that the price point was justified, but there’s still something about the design that feels a little over the top. The rest of the design is solid, and at 134.9 × 131.8 × 57.7mm and 777.5g, it’s a great size and weight for this style of machine.</p><p>Around the casing, there are four USB 3.2 Gen 2 Type-A ports and a 3.5mm stereo headphone jack. On the left side of the casing is an SD 4.0 memory card slot, while the back has two USB4 Type-C ports, a USB 2.0 port, two HDMI 2.1 ports, two 2.5Gb RJ45 sockets, a USB 3.2 Gen 2 Type-A port, and the DC-in port.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1200px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="U7nEG6wWCXg5tgz8ESYYKG" name="VZMORE AX9 Max AI Mini PC" alt="VZMORE AX9 Max AI Mini PC" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/U7nEG6wWCXg5tgz8ESYYKG-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1200" height="675" attribution="" endorsement="" class="" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Alastair Jennings)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Despite the number of ports, they’re well laid out, and testing with multiple accessories, SSDs, and other card readers showed the port selection offered enough space to easily plug in and remove cables when needed.</p><p>You access the inner workings of the mini PC through the base, and while it's designed to be upgraded, initial access proved tricky, but only because of the four small rubber plugs covering the screw holes. </p><p>Once these are removed, removing the base is easy, and thankfully there are no easily detachable wires to get in the way of speedy progress.</p><ul><li><strong>Design:</strong> 4 / 5</li></ul><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1200px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="CL3nZh3u7jYkBPtVA2PdLG" name="VZMORE AX9 Max AI Mini PC" alt="VZMORE AX9 Max AI Mini PC" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/CL3nZh3u7jYkBPtVA2PdLG-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1200" height="675" attribution="" endorsement="" class="" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Alastair Jennings)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-vzmore-ax9-max-ai-features"><span>VZMORE AX9 Max AI: Features</span></h2><p>The aesthetics of this machine are quite run-of-the-mill despite the premium metal build. However, as I checked the specifications, I found plenty that’s quite exciting. First, it features the AMD Ryzen AI 9 HX 470 with 12 cores and 24 threads, plus Radeon 890M integrated graphics. That’s a powerful combo, especially with the dedicated NPU rated at 55 TOPS.</p><p>To keep up with this processing power, the machine has a substantial cooling system; flip it over, and the base design suddenly makes sense, as it, along with the huge venting on the back, is designed to keep the machine cool.</p><p>VZMORE has its own cooling system called V-Cooling, which uses a vapour chamber and a 360º air intake on the base, and the company claims it provides 65W of sustained TDP output while keeping things quiet. In testing, this claim held up: the cooling seemed effective and quiet for the most part until it was put under heavy load and even then while the fans are audible they’re still well managed.</p><p>As mini PCs go, one of the first notable features is the sheer volume of ports across the body. This is far more than most, with wireless connection options including Wi-Fi 7 and Bluetooth 5.4.</p><p>There are also three selectable power modes, including 45W Silent mode, 54W Balanced and 65W Performance. Through this test, I turned it to Performance mode.</p><p>This machine is aimed at creatives, those looking to use AI and gamers- all high-demand applications. As I reviewed the specifications, a couple of points stood out. First, the internal SSD was limited to 1TB in the review sample, and given the machine's price, I expected at least 2TB. </p><p>The other point is that the SSD is PCIe Gen 4 x4, which still provides plenty of speed, as I saw in the benchmarks, but I would have expected an upgrade to PCIe Gen 5. The other point is that there are two M.2 slots: one pre-installed with an M.2 2280 module and one M.2 2230, slot that can only take up to 1TB. That’s still 5TB in a relatively small box, but for this price, I would have expected a little more.</p><p>the main point here is that CPU, GPU and NPU combo is an expensive choice and that’s what you’re paying for here.</p><p>Then comes the real surprise, the RAM. This is 32GB of DDR5 SO-DIMM, split into dual-channel. That in itself isn't unusual, but since AI is one of the machine's key selling points, this 32GB can be upgraded to 256GB. However, at the time of writing, the most that I could find was 128GB in two 64GB modules for the cool price of £1,999. This could be possible, but would you really want it?</p><p>In this test, I’ve run Qwen3.6-35B-A3B and Gemma-4-26B-A4B through LM Studio.</p><ul><li><strong>Features:</strong> 4 / 5</li></ul><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-vzmore-ax9-max-ai-performance"><span>VZMORE AX9 Max AI: Performance</span></h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1200px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="9aQoSQq4x2Q6cJrbVXzCMG" name="VZMORE AX9 Max AI Mini PC" alt="VZMORE AX9 Max AI Mini PC" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/9aQoSQq4x2Q6cJrbVXzCMG-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1200" height="675" attribution="" endorsement="" class="" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Alastair Jennings)</span></figcaption></figure><div  class="fancy-box"><div class="fancy_box-title">Benchmark scores</div><div class="fancy_box_body"><p class="fancy-box__body-text">CrystalDiskMark Read: 6047.65MB/s <br />CrystalDiskMark Write: 5058.87MB/s <br />Geekbench 6 CPU Multi: 15845 <br />Geekbench 6 CPU Single: 2997 <br />Geekbench 6 GPU: 44325 <br />Geekbench 7 CPU Multi: 17377 <br />Geekbench 7 CPU Single: 2723 <br />Geekbench 7 GPU: 35288 <br />PCMark Overall: 8910 <br />Cinebench R23 CPU Multi (Threads): 21568 <br />Cinebench R23 CPU Single (Threads): 2076 <br />Cinebench 2026 CPU Multi (Threads): 5074 <br />Cinebench 2026 CPU Single (Threads): 493 <br />Fire Strike Overall: 9027 <br />Fire Strike Graphics: 9842 <br />Fire Strike Physics: 32446 <br />Fire Strike Combined: 3340 <br />Time Spy Overall: 4275 <br />Time Spy Graphics: 3857 <br />Time Spy CPU: 11109 <br />Wild Life Overall: 24408 <br />Steel Nomad Overall: 770 <br />Windows Experience Overall: 8.2 <br />Procyon: 1179</p></div></div><p>The machine arrives with Windows 11 Pro pre-installed and only needs the final steps of the installation to be completed. However, this takes a good 10–15 minutes, rejecting each of the many packages on offer. Once in, Windows 11 Pro runs smoothly, and the Microsoft Office suite is fast, as is interaction with Windows as a whole. Word, Excel, and PowerPoint are all well within its capabilities.</p><p>Moving on to Photoshop and Lightroom, the machine's power is evident, but the limits of 32GB of RAM are quickly apparent. The applications load quickly, and photos load into Photoshop and Lightroom are easily adjusted. It’s only when I do batch updates in Lightroom or select files in Adobe Bridge that I started to notice the limitations. On a machine at this price, I really expected a little more performance, and checking the Device Monitor showed the RAM topping out.</p><p>Again, loading Premiere Pro and some HD and 4K video, the initial HD footage ran smoothly, with the AX9 Max handling the video files with ease. 4K video was handled just as well, but again, RAM limits meant that as the edit grew more complex, it was best to give the machine a few seconds to catch up with the renders. Still, a good 5-minute 4K edit is well within the limits, and again it’s the RAM that holds the machine back. Another point was that I needed to connect an external SSD to one of the USB4 ports because of limited storage.</p><p>Overall, the machine is exceptional for heavy office use and more than able to keep up with the demands. What stood out was how easy it was to connect multiple accessories and screens, thanks to the port support around the case.</p><p>For creative applications, the machine performed well and handled most task with relative ease, although I would definitely boost the RAM to 64GB for video work.</p><p>To really test the machine’s potential, I loaded <em>Indiana Jones and the Great Circle</em> and was pleased to see that, with settings at moderate, it was more than capable of delivering smooth gameplay and stunning graphics. However, when I switched to <em>Cyberpunk 2077</em>, the gameplay faltered, and I had to dig into the settings and dial everything back to near-base levels to get the smooth gameplay I prefer.</p><p>The final test was to run a few LLMs locally and run a series of tests on the machine. The results here were mixed as I switched between two models, Qwen3.6-35B-A3B and Gemma-4-26B-A4B. On the initial run, I noticed that as the five tests I ran, technical writing, programming, reasoning, image understanding, and review analysis, became more intensive, the machine slowed down and the available RAM maxed out. </p><p>Using the installed models in LM Studio provided decent performance, with the chat flowing easily and responses coming back relatively quickly, in 2 to 5 seconds. However, as complexity rose, so did processing times and machine noise.</p><p>First, with every request, RAM maxed out between 95% and 99%, leaving little, if any, headroom for the machine to do anything else. The first test, writing a short 200-word technical piece with the Qwen model, took 4.38 seconds to get the first response, at 19.1 tokens per second, requiring 5920 output tokens, for a total run time of 316.7 seconds. Far slower than online models, but still all done completely offline.</p><p>Less complex models completed this task far faster, with less finesse in the wording.</p><p>Running a Python coding task to read and organise a folder of image files, again using the Qwen model, maxed out the machine across the board, with the fans kicking in to keep things cool. Time to first token was just over 1 second, with 18.84 tokens per second; 7653 output tokens took 407.36 seconds to complete the task. This was more impressive as the folder contained 2,764 images. The Python script could then be run to create a CSV file containing the file information. This is base-level organisation.</p><p>As I started pushing more complex image-analysis models, the machine's limits were hit, with processing times running in excess of ten minutes, mainly due to limited RAM.</p><p>However, the local LLMs available in LM Studio are surprisingly good, but they aren’t a replacement for online or higher-end models.</p><ul><li><strong>Performance:</strong> 4 / 5</li></ul><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-vzmore-ax9-max-ai-final-verdict"><span>VZMORE AX9 Max AI: Final verdict</span></h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1200px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="Xgg5qsYQhkpHTbqpExy5VG" name="VZMORE AX9 Max AI Mini PC" alt="VZMORE AX9 Max AI Mini PC" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Xgg5qsYQhkpHTbqpExy5VG-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1200" height="675" attribution="" endorsement="" class="" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Alastair Jennings)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The VZMORE AX9 Max AI Mini PC is a powerful mini PC with plenty of potential and a premium build. The aesthetics and large logo on top feel a little out of place for a machine at this price and for its intended audience; I usually associate that type of styling with entry-level models.</p><p>It is undoubtedly a powerful machine with a CPU, GPU and NPU that make light work of most Copilot and app-initiated AI tasks, and even with 32GB of RAM, it handles all office and most creative tasks without issue. What surprised me was that it struggled with some AI processing through LM Studio, with longer-than-expected processing times because the 32GB limit pushed the RAM to near 100% for extended periods.</p><p>Likewise, while most games played back smoothly, Cyberpunk 2077 struggled with the graphics, and the quality options and resolution had to be dropped to get smooth gameplay. Other games, such as Indiana Jones and the Great Circle, played well.</p><p>Creative use was also mixed, again held back by that 32GB of RAM, which topped out in Premiere Pro, causing slight slowdowns when editing 4K Log footage. Editing standard 4K and HD was fast, though I still needed to attach an external SSD to expand storage.</p><p>The point is that the machine supports up to 256GB of RAM, far more than I’ve seen in any other mini PC. However, as I couldn’t find 128GB modules in the UK, and the maximum available at this time is 2 × 64GB, costing between £1,500 and £2,000, this value seems to be theoretical rather than a reality.</p><p>As it is, this is a powerful mini PC, but while it offers upgrade options and plenty of connectivity, it feels like it overpromises; to reach its full potential, you’ll need to invest more in upgrades. At present what makes this machine the price it is, is that CPU, and in order for you to see it’s full potential this machine needs far more investment.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-should-i-buy-the-vzmore-ax9-max-ai"><span>Should I buy the VZMORE AX9 Max AI?</span></h3><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1200px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="LrssZG9dSdYhWqDQPTgrUG" name="VZMORE AX9 Max AI Mini PC" alt="VZMORE AX9 Max AI Mini PC" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/LrssZG9dSdYhWqDQPTgrUG-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1200" height="675" attribution="" endorsement="" class="" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Alastair Jennings)</span></figcaption></figure><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Value</p></td><td  ><p>This mini PC sits at the top of the premium mini PC price range, and I would have expected more RAM and a larger-capacity SSD</p></td><td  ><p>4</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Design</p></td><td  ><p>Initial impressions of the build and materials are good, but some of the styling is a little over the top.</p></td><td  ><p>4</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Features</p></td><td  ><p>The feature set is impressive, but it feels like it supports potential rather than out-of-the-box performance.</p></td><td  ><p>4</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Performance</p></td><td  ><p>In general use, this small box packs in performance, but without a major investment, it’s still a long way from its full potential.</p></td><td  ><p>4</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Overall</p></td><td  ><p>A decent enough premium mini PC with plenty of potential if you’re willing to invest. </p></td><td  ><p>4</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h2 id="buy-it-if-23">Buy it if...</h2><div class="product"><p><strong>You need a compact PC with CPU performance.</strong></p><p>The AMD CPU, GPU and NPU combine to offer impressive performance across the board.</p><p><strong>You need high-speed external connectivity.</strong></p><p>With dual USB4 and LAN, you get plenty of fast and standard connectivity options.</p></div><h2 id="don-39-t-buy-it-if-20">Don't buy it if...</h2><div class="product"><p><strong>You need a dedicated GPU for demanding graphics or 3D workloads.</strong></p><p>The USB4 port lets you connect to an eGPU, but if you need that processing contained in this small box, this won’t be the solution.</p><p><strong>You need local AI performance.</strong></p><p>To reach its potential, you’ll need to invest in additional RAM, which is incredibly expensive.</p></div><p><em>For more professional-grade desktops, we've tested the </em><a href="https://www.techradar.com/news/best-business-desktop-pcs" target="_blank"><em>best business computers</em></a><em>.</em></p> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.techradar.com/pro/vzmore-ax9-max-ai-mini-pc-review</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ Designed for pro-level users who want a powerful mini PC for creative work, heavy-duty coding, and AI, this compact machine is stylish, but it's not cheap. ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">299oV3QPRAhk4ry9mBArPN</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/7Dr4QuHGVJuFiKgaRuw86G-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Sat, 24 Oct 2026 11:10:00 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Pro]]></category>
                                                                                                                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Alastair Jennings ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                                        <dc:description><![CDATA[ &lt;p&gt;Alastair is a photographer, filmmaker and tech writer who has been working in the publishing industry since the late 1990s. For more than 25 years he has covered photography, video and technology across Future&#039;s photography, technology and gaming brands, and worked on many of the company&#039;s launch titles. Based in the south of England, Alastair now runs a photography and video production company and lectures in TV and film. When not on set or in the classroom, Alastair can usually be found prototyping and prop building with the aid of 3D printing as well as advising companies on social video strategy and creative workflows which gives him the tech insight behind the reviews.&lt;/p&gt; ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/7Dr4QuHGVJuFiKgaRuw86G-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Alastair Jennings]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[VZMORE AX9 Max AI Mini PC]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[VZMORE AX9 Max AI Mini PC]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[VZMORE AX9 Max AI Mini PC]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/7Dr4QuHGVJuFiKgaRuw86G-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-vzmore-ax9-max-ai-30-second-review"><span>VZMORE AX9 Max AI: 30-second review</span></h2><p>The AX9 Max instantly feels premium, with a full metal build and a huge array of ports on the front and back. However, as you look closely at the embossed detailing around the edges and a logo that seems to blend the old Cadillac and Ferrari logos, something about the aesthetics starts to looks a little less premium.</p><p>Aesthetics aside, the build quality is solid enough and well finished, with the most impressive aspect being the sheer volume of ports that have been fitted around the exterior. On the front, there’s a selection of USB Type-A ports and the usual headphone jack; around the back, there are even more connectivity options, including two USB4 ports.</p><p>To handle the potential power draw of the devices you can hook up to the box, it packs a powerful AMD Ryzen AI 9 HX 470 processor which is supplied with the 120W power supply. The processor is relatively new, launched at the start of 2026, so it has had a good amount of time to bed in and now has a proven track record. This is supported by an integrated GPU and a dedicated NPU for all those new AI workloads.</p><p>As the test progressed, the machine's speed in Microsoft Office apps and the Adobe Creative Suite highlighted its potential. During video editing, the internal SSD kept pace with high-resolution edits without issue. However, a little more headroom on the 1TB capacity would have been beneficial.</p><p>Storage and RAM are the two interesting points of this machine. While both are modest in my review sample, maxing them out could turn this from a powerful mini PC into something that will hold great interest for anyone looking to run offline AI and larger LLMs, although that potential does come at a huge monetry cost.</p><p>Throughout the test, the creative applications and handling of video and image files were limited by the 32GB of RAM and 1TB SSD. However, with two USB4 ports, I could at least boost the storage capacity. For most HD and 4K edits, the machine handled rough cuts and transitions in Premiere Pro quickly and without issue, though more RAM would have helped.</p><p>The most interesting test was running LM Studio and a few local models; while general performance was good, especially for models that utilised the NPU, I could see where the 32GB RAM limit restricted what the machine could potentially do, limiting it as the <a href="https://www.techradar.com/best/mini-pcs" target="_blank">best mini PC</a> specifically for AI workloads.</p><p>For gaming, at mid settings in most games like Cyberpunk 2077 and Indiana Jones and the Great Circle, the machine was more than capable of supplying the power needed for the action. However, again, a little more RAM would have smoothed some of the minor slowdowns in gameplay, especially in Cyberpunk 2077 where quality settings had to be lowered.</p><p>This is a machine with potential, and while undoubtedly expensive for a mini PC with a 1TB SSD and 32GB RAM, that money is invested in that powerful CPU, GPU and NPU combo and the ability to expand the storage to a far greater degree than I have seen on the vast majority of other mini PCs of this size and type.</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-vzmore-ax9-max-ai-price-and-availability"><span>VZMORE AX9 Max AI: Price and availability</span></h2><ul><li><strong>How much does it cost?  </strong>From $1,349</li><li><strong>When is it out? </strong>Available now</li><li><strong>Where can you get it? </strong>Directly from <a href="https://vzmore.co.uk/products/ax9-max-ai-mini-pc" target="_blank">VZMore</a> and online retailers.</li></ul><p>At present, the UK price is £1,349 for the 32GB RAM and 1TB SSD configuration I’m looking at in this review.</p><p>At the time of review, the US site is down (maybe it's just me?), however, it's <a href="https://www.amazon.com/dp/B0HDNGZNF3" target="_blank">available on Amazon for $1,399</a>.</p><ul><li><strong>Value:</strong> 4 / 5</li></ul><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1200px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="j3DFZEpJYEk8evZ45hCd9G" name="VZMORE AX9 Max AI Mini PC" alt="VZMORE AX9 Max AI Mini PC" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/j3DFZEpJYEk8evZ45hCd9G-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1200" height="675" attribution="" endorsement="" class="" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Alastair Jennings)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-vzmore-ax9-max-ai-specs"><span>VZMORE AX9 Max AI: Specs</span></h2><p><strong>Processor: </strong>AMD Ryzen AI 9 HX 470<br /><strong>Graphics: </strong>AMD Radeon 890M<br /><strong>NPU: </strong>AMD Ryzen AI, up to 55 TOPS<br /><strong>Memory: </strong>32GB DDR5<br /><strong>Storage: </strong>1TB PCIe 4.0 SSD<br /><strong>Operating System: </strong>Windows 11 Pro<br /><strong>Front ports: </strong>5 × USB 3.2 Gen 2 Type-A, 3.5mm Audio<br /><strong>Rear ports:</strong> 2 × USB4, USB 3.2 Gen 2 Type-A, USB 2.0 Type-A, 2 × HDMI 2.1, 2 × 2.5Gb Ethernet<br /><strong>Wireless: </strong>Wi-Fi 7, Bluetooth 5.4<br /><strong>Card Reader: </strong>SD 4.0<br /><strong>Power Modes:</strong> Silent 45W, Balanced 54W, Performance 65W<br /><strong>Dimensions: </strong>Approx. 134.9 × 131.8 × 57.7mm<br /><strong>Weight: </strong>777.5g<br /><strong>Power Adapter:</strong> 120W</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-vzmore-ax9-max-ai-design"><span>VZMORE AX9 Max AI: Design</span></h2><p>Unpacking the compact AX9 Max, the metal casing and detailed plastic base of this mini PC instantly reinforced its price point. Only after carefully checking the detailing and the large, shiny logo on top did I start to question whether this was a premium machine or just one trying to look premium.</p><p>Checking the specifications and that the price point was justified, but there’s still something about the design that feels a little over the top. The rest of the design is solid, and at 134.9 × 131.8 × 57.7mm and 777.5g, it’s a great size and weight for this style of machine.</p><p>Around the casing, there are four USB 3.2 Gen 2 Type-A ports and a 3.5mm stereo headphone jack. On the left side of the casing is an SD 4.0 memory card slot, while the back has two USB4 Type-C ports, a USB 2.0 port, two HDMI 2.1 ports, two 2.5Gb RJ45 sockets, a USB 3.2 Gen 2 Type-A port, and the DC-in port.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1200px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="U7nEG6wWCXg5tgz8ESYYKG" name="VZMORE AX9 Max AI Mini PC" alt="VZMORE AX9 Max AI Mini PC" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/U7nEG6wWCXg5tgz8ESYYKG-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1200" height="675" attribution="" endorsement="" class="" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Alastair Jennings)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Despite the number of ports, they’re well laid out, and testing with multiple accessories, SSDs, and other card readers showed the port selection offered enough space to easily plug in and remove cables when needed.</p><p>You access the inner workings of the mini PC through the base, and while it's designed to be upgraded, initial access proved tricky, but only because of the four small rubber plugs covering the screw holes. </p><p>Once these are removed, removing the base is easy, and thankfully there are no easily detachable wires to get in the way of speedy progress.</p><ul><li><strong>Design:</strong> 4 / 5</li></ul><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1200px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="CL3nZh3u7jYkBPtVA2PdLG" name="VZMORE AX9 Max AI Mini PC" alt="VZMORE AX9 Max AI Mini PC" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/CL3nZh3u7jYkBPtVA2PdLG-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1200" height="675" attribution="" endorsement="" class="" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Alastair Jennings)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-vzmore-ax9-max-ai-features"><span>VZMORE AX9 Max AI: Features</span></h2><p>The aesthetics of this machine are quite run-of-the-mill despite the premium metal build. However, as I checked the specifications, I found plenty that’s quite exciting. First, it features the AMD Ryzen AI 9 HX 470 with 12 cores and 24 threads, plus Radeon 890M integrated graphics. That’s a powerful combo, especially with the dedicated NPU rated at 55 TOPS.</p><p>To keep up with this processing power, the machine has a substantial cooling system; flip it over, and the base design suddenly makes sense, as it, along with the huge venting on the back, is designed to keep the machine cool.</p><p>VZMORE has its own cooling system called V-Cooling, which uses a vapour chamber and a 360º air intake on the base, and the company claims it provides 65W of sustained TDP output while keeping things quiet. In testing, this claim held up: the cooling seemed effective and quiet for the most part until it was put under heavy load and even then while the fans are audible they’re still well managed.</p><p>As mini PCs go, one of the first notable features is the sheer volume of ports across the body. This is far more than most, with wireless connection options including Wi-Fi 7 and Bluetooth 5.4.</p><p>There are also three selectable power modes, including 45W Silent mode, 54W Balanced and 65W Performance. Through this test, I turned it to Performance mode.</p><p>This machine is aimed at creatives, those looking to use AI and gamers- all high-demand applications. As I reviewed the specifications, a couple of points stood out. First, the internal SSD was limited to 1TB in the review sample, and given the machine's price, I expected at least 2TB. </p><p>The other point is that the SSD is PCIe Gen 4 x4, which still provides plenty of speed, as I saw in the benchmarks, but I would have expected an upgrade to PCIe Gen 5. The other point is that there are two M.2 slots: one pre-installed with an M.2 2280 module and one M.2 2230, slot that can only take up to 1TB. That’s still 5TB in a relatively small box, but for this price, I would have expected a little more.</p><p>the main point here is that CPU, GPU and NPU combo is an expensive choice and that’s what you’re paying for here.</p><p>Then comes the real surprise, the RAM. This is 32GB of DDR5 SO-DIMM, split into dual-channel. That in itself isn't unusual, but since AI is one of the machine's key selling points, this 32GB can be upgraded to 256GB. However, at the time of writing, the most that I could find was 128GB in two 64GB modules for the cool price of £1,999. This could be possible, but would you really want it?</p><p>In this test, I’ve run Qwen3.6-35B-A3B and Gemma-4-26B-A4B through LM Studio.</p><ul><li><strong>Features:</strong> 4 / 5</li></ul><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-vzmore-ax9-max-ai-performance"><span>VZMORE AX9 Max AI: Performance</span></h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1200px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="9aQoSQq4x2Q6cJrbVXzCMG" name="VZMORE AX9 Max AI Mini PC" alt="VZMORE AX9 Max AI Mini PC" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/9aQoSQq4x2Q6cJrbVXzCMG-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1200" height="675" attribution="" endorsement="" class="" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Alastair Jennings)</span></figcaption></figure><div  class="fancy-box"><div class="fancy_box-title">Benchmark scores</div><div class="fancy_box_body"><p class="fancy-box__body-text">CrystalDiskMark Read: 6047.65MB/s <br />CrystalDiskMark Write: 5058.87MB/s <br />Geekbench 6 CPU Multi: 15845 <br />Geekbench 6 CPU Single: 2997 <br />Geekbench 6 GPU: 44325 <br />Geekbench 7 CPU Multi: 17377 <br />Geekbench 7 CPU Single: 2723 <br />Geekbench 7 GPU: 35288 <br />PCMark Overall: 8910 <br />Cinebench R23 CPU Multi (Threads): 21568 <br />Cinebench R23 CPU Single (Threads): 2076 <br />Cinebench 2026 CPU Multi (Threads): 5074 <br />Cinebench 2026 CPU Single (Threads): 493 <br />Fire Strike Overall: 9027 <br />Fire Strike Graphics: 9842 <br />Fire Strike Physics: 32446 <br />Fire Strike Combined: 3340 <br />Time Spy Overall: 4275 <br />Time Spy Graphics: 3857 <br />Time Spy CPU: 11109 <br />Wild Life Overall: 24408 <br />Steel Nomad Overall: 770 <br />Windows Experience Overall: 8.2 <br />Procyon: 1179</p></div></div><p>The machine arrives with Windows 11 Pro pre-installed and only needs the final steps of the installation to be completed. However, this takes a good 10–15 minutes, rejecting each of the many packages on offer. Once in, Windows 11 Pro runs smoothly, and the Microsoft Office suite is fast, as is interaction with Windows as a whole. Word, Excel, and PowerPoint are all well within its capabilities.</p><p>Moving on to Photoshop and Lightroom, the machine's power is evident, but the limits of 32GB of RAM are quickly apparent. The applications load quickly, and photos load into Photoshop and Lightroom are easily adjusted. It’s only when I do batch updates in Lightroom or select files in Adobe Bridge that I started to notice the limitations. On a machine at this price, I really expected a little more performance, and checking the Device Monitor showed the RAM topping out.</p><p>Again, loading Premiere Pro and some HD and 4K video, the initial HD footage ran smoothly, with the AX9 Max handling the video files with ease. 4K video was handled just as well, but again, RAM limits meant that as the edit grew more complex, it was best to give the machine a few seconds to catch up with the renders. Still, a good 5-minute 4K edit is well within the limits, and again it’s the RAM that holds the machine back. Another point was that I needed to connect an external SSD to one of the USB4 ports because of limited storage.</p><p>Overall, the machine is exceptional for heavy office use and more than able to keep up with the demands. What stood out was how easy it was to connect multiple accessories and screens, thanks to the port support around the case.</p><p>For creative applications, the machine performed well and handled most task with relative ease, although I would definitely boost the RAM to 64GB for video work.</p><p>To really test the machine’s potential, I loaded <em>Indiana Jones and the Great Circle</em> and was pleased to see that, with settings at moderate, it was more than capable of delivering smooth gameplay and stunning graphics. However, when I switched to <em>Cyberpunk 2077</em>, the gameplay faltered, and I had to dig into the settings and dial everything back to near-base levels to get the smooth gameplay I prefer.</p><p>The final test was to run a few LLMs locally and run a series of tests on the machine. The results here were mixed as I switched between two models, Qwen3.6-35B-A3B and Gemma-4-26B-A4B. On the initial run, I noticed that as the five tests I ran, technical writing, programming, reasoning, image understanding, and review analysis, became more intensive, the machine slowed down and the available RAM maxed out. </p><p>Using the installed models in LM Studio provided decent performance, with the chat flowing easily and responses coming back relatively quickly, in 2 to 5 seconds. However, as complexity rose, so did processing times and machine noise.</p><p>First, with every request, RAM maxed out between 95% and 99%, leaving little, if any, headroom for the machine to do anything else. The first test, writing a short 200-word technical piece with the Qwen model, took 4.38 seconds to get the first response, at 19.1 tokens per second, requiring 5920 output tokens, for a total run time of 316.7 seconds. Far slower than online models, but still all done completely offline.</p><p>Less complex models completed this task far faster, with less finesse in the wording.</p><p>Running a Python coding task to read and organise a folder of image files, again using the Qwen model, maxed out the machine across the board, with the fans kicking in to keep things cool. Time to first token was just over 1 second, with 18.84 tokens per second; 7653 output tokens took 407.36 seconds to complete the task. This was more impressive as the folder contained 2,764 images. The Python script could then be run to create a CSV file containing the file information. This is base-level organisation.</p><p>As I started pushing more complex image-analysis models, the machine's limits were hit, with processing times running in excess of ten minutes, mainly due to limited RAM.</p><p>However, the local LLMs available in LM Studio are surprisingly good, but they aren’t a replacement for online or higher-end models.</p><ul><li><strong>Performance:</strong> 4 / 5</li></ul><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-vzmore-ax9-max-ai-final-verdict"><span>VZMORE AX9 Max AI: Final verdict</span></h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1200px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="Xgg5qsYQhkpHTbqpExy5VG" name="VZMORE AX9 Max AI Mini PC" alt="VZMORE AX9 Max AI Mini PC" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Xgg5qsYQhkpHTbqpExy5VG-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1200" height="675" attribution="" endorsement="" class="" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Alastair Jennings)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The VZMORE AX9 Max AI Mini PC is a powerful mini PC with plenty of potential and a premium build. The aesthetics and large logo on top feel a little out of place for a machine at this price and for its intended audience; I usually associate that type of styling with entry-level models.</p><p>It is undoubtedly a powerful machine with a CPU, GPU and NPU that make light work of most Copilot and app-initiated AI tasks, and even with 32GB of RAM, it handles all office and most creative tasks without issue. What surprised me was that it struggled with some AI processing through LM Studio, with longer-than-expected processing times because the 32GB limit pushed the RAM to near 100% for extended periods.</p><p>Likewise, while most games played back smoothly, Cyberpunk 2077 struggled with the graphics, and the quality options and resolution had to be dropped to get smooth gameplay. Other games, such as Indiana Jones and the Great Circle, played well.</p><p>Creative use was also mixed, again held back by that 32GB of RAM, which topped out in Premiere Pro, causing slight slowdowns when editing 4K Log footage. Editing standard 4K and HD was fast, though I still needed to attach an external SSD to expand storage.</p><p>The point is that the machine supports up to 256GB of RAM, far more than I’ve seen in any other mini PC. However, as I couldn’t find 128GB modules in the UK, and the maximum available at this time is 2 × 64GB, costing between £1,500 and £2,000, this value seems to be theoretical rather than a reality.</p><p>As it is, this is a powerful mini PC, but while it offers upgrade options and plenty of connectivity, it feels like it overpromises; to reach its full potential, you’ll need to invest more in upgrades. At present what makes this machine the price it is, is that CPU, and in order for you to see it’s full potential this machine needs far more investment.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-should-i-buy-the-vzmore-ax9-max-ai"><span>Should I buy the VZMORE AX9 Max AI?</span></h3><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1200px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="LrssZG9dSdYhWqDQPTgrUG" name="VZMORE AX9 Max AI Mini PC" alt="VZMORE AX9 Max AI Mini PC" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/LrssZG9dSdYhWqDQPTgrUG-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1200" height="675" attribution="" endorsement="" class="" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Alastair Jennings)</span></figcaption></figure><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Value</p></td><td  ><p>This mini PC sits at the top of the premium mini PC price range, and I would have expected more RAM and a larger-capacity SSD</p></td><td  ><p>4</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Design</p></td><td  ><p>Initial impressions of the build and materials are good, but some of the styling is a little over the top.</p></td><td  ><p>4</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Features</p></td><td  ><p>The feature set is impressive, but it feels like it supports potential rather than out-of-the-box performance.</p></td><td  ><p>4</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Performance</p></td><td  ><p>In general use, this small box packs in performance, but without a major investment, it’s still a long way from its full potential.</p></td><td  ><p>4</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Overall</p></td><td  ><p>A decent enough premium mini PC with plenty of potential if you’re willing to invest. </p></td><td  ><p>4</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h2 id="buy-it-if-23">Buy it if...</h2><div class="product"><p><strong>You need a compact PC with CPU performance.</strong></p><p>The AMD CPU, GPU and NPU combine to offer impressive performance across the board.</p><p><strong>You need high-speed external connectivity.</strong></p><p>With dual USB4 and LAN, you get plenty of fast and standard connectivity options.</p></div><h2 id="don-39-t-buy-it-if-20">Don't buy it if...</h2><div class="product"><p><strong>You need a dedicated GPU for demanding graphics or 3D workloads.</strong></p><p>The USB4 port lets you connect to an eGPU, but if you need that processing contained in this small box, this won’t be the solution.</p><p><strong>You need local AI performance.</strong></p><p>To reach its potential, you’ll need to invest in additional RAM, which is incredibly expensive.</p></div><p><em>For more professional-grade desktops, we've tested the </em><a href="https://www.techradar.com/news/best-business-desktop-pcs" target="_blank"><em>best business computers</em></a><em>.</em></p>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ Frontier X2 review: the heart rate monitor I actually prefer using ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-frontier-x2-one-minute-review"><span>Frontier X2: One minute review</span></h3><p>While the Polar H10 chest strap is used by athletes the world over as a heart rate monitor accuracy benchmark, one of its biggest pain points can be its connectivity issues. It’s hard to know whether it’s going to drop out, or you need to replace or clean the strap, until you actually start a workout. There’s also no interface or control on the heart rate monitor itself, and the app is cluttered and outdated. I like using the Polar H10 for its accuracy, but when it doesn’t work for me, it’s not always obvious until after the fact — which, when testing multiple devices simultaneously, is a frustrating experience.  </p><p>Frontier X2 from Fourth Frontier offers a different chest strap experience: a more modern app and a USB-chargeable device, with a screen and a button allowing you to manually start a workout and receive haptic feedback. That haptic feedback also triggers when you cross heart rate zone thresholds.While you can’t view the screen while wearing it on your chest of course, it does make workout preparation and phone connection so much easier than Polar’s offering. Guessing the heart rate monitor is working, even checking your phone to make sure heart rate is streaming correctly, only to have it drop out halfway through and lose my data due to a poor connection or crap strap, is an experience I’d like to leave in the past. </p><p>The Frontier X2 uses heart rate information to calculate Whoop-style metrics like a Strain score, Stress score, Heart Rate Variability (HRV), Breathing Rate, and estimates calories burned. That last metric is somewhat outdated, as research from <a href="https://med.stanford.edu/news/all-news/2017/05/fitness-trackers-accurately-measure-heart-rate-but-not-calories-burned.html"><u>Stanford University</u></a> found that calorie estimates based on heart rate are unreliable as they measure effort rather than energy expended. A premium tier subscription costs an additional $119.99 / £109.99 per year, adding a Readiness score, VO2 Max and even sleep stage analysis. As an already-expensive device, I wouldn’t recommend this unless you’re planning to make Frontier X2 your privacy fitness tracker, and accuracy is hyper-important to you.</p><p>The continuous electrocardiogram, or ECG, can livestream an ECG scan for yourself or a medical professional to the Frontier app. Not only is this useful for spotting irregular heart rate rhythms over time, but I most often used it to check the HRM is streaming data correctly before starting working out in earnest, which is recommended, as the scan flags up in the app if there’s insufficient data due to poor connection.</p><p>In terms of accuracy, I had no complaints. I took it for a test run against the Apple Watch Ultra 4 (which offers a redesigned Health Sensing System said to be ‘the most accurate ever on a wearable’) and the Garmin Fenix 9 Pro, which uses <a href="https://www.techradar.com/health-fitness/smartwatches/i-tested-the-apple-watch-ultra-3-and-garmin-venu-4-on-a-7km-run-vs-a-chest-worn-heart-rate-monitor">Garmin’s Elevate V5 that I’ve already tested against the Polar H10</a> and found to be very accurate.   </p><p><a href="https://www.techradar.com/health-fitness/smartwatches/apple-watch-ultra-4-vs-garmin-fenix-9-pro-i-wore-them-both-for-a-run-with-an-electrical-heart-rate-monitor-and-im-excited-to-report-that-both-watches-nailed-it">The results of the Frontier X2’s test run were excellent</a>, with just 2 bpm separating the Frontier X2 from the Apple Watch Ultra 4 and Garmin Fenix 9 Pro’s average heart rate readings, a clear indication that all three devices are telling the same story about my body, and thus all three are very likely to be accurate. After some more solo runs and workouts, I feel like I could certainly recommend the Frontier X2, if you don’t mind paying the hefty premium price. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="k54PZuX3aLeBBk3YDM7kV7" name="IMG_1042 frontier button" alt="Frontier X2" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/k54PZuX3aLeBBk3YDM7kV7-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-frontier-x2-price-and-availability"><span>Frontier X2: Price and availability</span></h3><ul><li><strong>$599 / £449 / AU$775</strong></li><li><strong>Very expensive for a HRM</strong></li><li><strong>Not competitively priced compared to the industry standard</strong></li></ul><p>The Frontier X2 can be found on storefronts like Amazon for $599 in the US and £449 in the UK. In Australia, it’s more difficult to locate, but Selfridges’ AU storefront lists it for AU$775. The optional subscription for premium features on top is tough to swallow at this price.</p><p>This is a lot for a device that fundamentally only measures heart rate, and although the Frontier X app can interpret strain, readiness, training load, specific workout profiles and other metrics, it’s still a lot to ask for compared to the $89.95 / £79.50 / AU$139 Polar H10. </p><p>However, it does address quite a few of Polar’s pain points, notably including a micro-USB charger rather than a replaceable coin battery, and a screen for an easier indicator of connection. The continuous ECG is a nice touch too, offering a way to test the monitor’s connection in addition to providing reliable ECG data for a medical professional. All in all, it’s an excellent package, but I wouldn’t call it excellent value. </p><ul><li><strong>Value score: 3.5/5 </strong></li></ul><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-frontier-x2-specifications"><span>Frontier X2: Specifications</span></h3><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2032px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="YzL6dLXgtfUQe6c4ughCC7" name="frontier rear" alt="Frontier X2" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/YzL6dLXgtfUQe6c4ughCC7-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2032" height="1143" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Component</strong></p></td><td  ><p><strong>Frontier X2</strong></p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Dimensions</p></td><td  ><p>73mm x 24mm x 13mm </p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Weight</p></td><td  ><p>25g without strap</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Case material</p></td><td  ><p>Plastic</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Connectivity</p></td><td  ><p>Bluetooth</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Water resistance</p></td><td  ><p>IP67</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Accelerometer</p></td><td  ><p>Yes</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Battery</p></td><td  ><p>14 days typical usage</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-frontier-x2-scorecard"><span>Frontier X2: Scorecard</span></h3><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Category</strong></p></td><td  ><p><strong>Comment</strong></p></td><td  ><p><strong>Score</strong></p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Value</p></td><td  ><p>A premium product with more to recommend it over Polar, but not enough to stretch your budget.</p></td><td  ><p>3.5/5</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Design</p></td><td  ><p>So many pain points addressed.</p></td><td  ><p>4.5/5</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Features</p></td><td  ><p>More than most HRMs, but limited.</p></td><td  ><p>4/5</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Performance</p></td><td  ><p>Accurate and reliable with little friction.</p></td><td  ><p>4.5/5</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-frontier-x2-should-i-buy"><span>Frontier X2: Should I buy?</span></h3><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2320px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="WxNkm2CqpcP9jr3KfcH2Y7" name="frontier IMG_1051" alt="Frontier X2" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/WxNkm2CqpcP9jr3KfcH2Y7-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2320" height="1305" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 id="buy-it-if-24">Buy it if…</h3><div class="product"><p><strong>You want the best heart rate monitor</strong></p><p>If money is no object, the Frontier X2 won’t let you down.</p></div><div class="product"><p><strong>You want a rechargeable battery</strong></p><p>Don’t want to faff around with coin batteries? The Frontier X2 uses standardised micro-USB. </p></div><div class="product"><p><strong>You want ECG</strong></p><p>The Frontier X2 is as good for people watching their heart health as it is for serious athletes.</p></div><h3 id="don-t-buy-it-if-5">Don’t buy it if…</h3><div class="product"><p><strong>You’re running a triathlon</strong></p><p>The Frontier X2 isn’t for use in saline water. </p></div><div class="product"><p><strong>You’re on a budget</strong></p><p>Just get a Polar H10 instead, although you’ll have to put up with its app and the odd connection dropout. </p></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-also-consider"><span>Also consider</span></h3><div class="product"><p><strong>Coros Heart Rate Monitor</strong></p><p>While not electrical, but optical like a smartwatch, this arm-mounted HRM performed incredibly well during testing. </p><p><strong>Read our full </strong><a href="https://www.techradar.com/health-fitness/fitness-trackers/coros-heart-rate-monitor-review" data-dimension112="edbeae9e-ce26-11f1-bf88-e943885fa779" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Read our full Coros Heart Rate Monitor review" data-dimension48="Read our full Coros Heart Rate Monitor review" data-dimension25=""><strong>Coros Heart Rate Monitor review</strong></a><a class="view-deal button" href="" target="_blank" rel="nofollow" data-dimension112="edbeae9e-ce26-11f1-bf88-e943885fa779" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Read our full Coros Heart Rate Monitor review" data-dimension48="Read our full Coros Heart Rate Monitor review" data-dimension25="">View Deal</a></p></div><div class="product"><p><strong>Polar H10</strong></p><p>The industry-standard accurate heart rate monitor.</p><p><strong>Read our full </strong><a href="https://www.techradar.com/reviews/polar-h10-heart-rate-sensor" data-dimension112="edbeaef8-ce26-11f1-b428-3da72babc322" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Read our full Polar H10 review" data-dimension48="Read our full Polar H10 review" data-dimension25=""><strong>Polar H10 review</strong></a></p></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-how-i-tested"><span>How I tested</span></h3><p>I took the Frontier X2 on test runs, gym sessions and meditations, draining the battery down and wearing it consistently. I used its continuous ECG functionality, compared its in-app metrics to competitor wearables, and cleaned the band after each use. </p><p><em>First reviewed: October 2026</em></p> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.techradar.com/health-fitness/fitness-trackers/frontier-x2-review</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ The Frontier X2’s accurate metrics and helpful screen more than make up for its busy app. ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">5MfyMqGdaBXrbZXKPUaEKk</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ciyK47qGM9U6mWUCXGBbW7-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Sat, 24 Oct 2026 11:00:00 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Fitness Trackers]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Health & Fitness]]></category>
                                                                                                <author><![CDATA[ matt.evans@futurenet.com (Matt Evans) ]]></author>                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Matt Evans ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/PC6SDeYdcjEPS4ES8uLSDU-320-70.png ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ciyK47qGM9U6mWUCXGBbW7-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Future]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Frontier X2]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Frontier X2]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Frontier X2]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ciyK47qGM9U6mWUCXGBbW7-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-frontier-x2-one-minute-review"><span>Frontier X2: One minute review</span></h3><p>While the Polar H10 chest strap is used by athletes the world over as a heart rate monitor accuracy benchmark, one of its biggest pain points can be its connectivity issues. It’s hard to know whether it’s going to drop out, or you need to replace or clean the strap, until you actually start a workout. There’s also no interface or control on the heart rate monitor itself, and the app is cluttered and outdated. I like using the Polar H10 for its accuracy, but when it doesn’t work for me, it’s not always obvious until after the fact — which, when testing multiple devices simultaneously, is a frustrating experience.  </p><p>Frontier X2 from Fourth Frontier offers a different chest strap experience: a more modern app and a USB-chargeable device, with a screen and a button allowing you to manually start a workout and receive haptic feedback. That haptic feedback also triggers when you cross heart rate zone thresholds.While you can’t view the screen while wearing it on your chest of course, it does make workout preparation and phone connection so much easier than Polar’s offering. Guessing the heart rate monitor is working, even checking your phone to make sure heart rate is streaming correctly, only to have it drop out halfway through and lose my data due to a poor connection or crap strap, is an experience I’d like to leave in the past. </p><p>The Frontier X2 uses heart rate information to calculate Whoop-style metrics like a Strain score, Stress score, Heart Rate Variability (HRV), Breathing Rate, and estimates calories burned. That last metric is somewhat outdated, as research from <a href="https://med.stanford.edu/news/all-news/2017/05/fitness-trackers-accurately-measure-heart-rate-but-not-calories-burned.html"><u>Stanford University</u></a> found that calorie estimates based on heart rate are unreliable as they measure effort rather than energy expended. A premium tier subscription costs an additional $119.99 / £109.99 per year, adding a Readiness score, VO2 Max and even sleep stage analysis. As an already-expensive device, I wouldn’t recommend this unless you’re planning to make Frontier X2 your privacy fitness tracker, and accuracy is hyper-important to you.</p><p>The continuous electrocardiogram, or ECG, can livestream an ECG scan for yourself or a medical professional to the Frontier app. Not only is this useful for spotting irregular heart rate rhythms over time, but I most often used it to check the HRM is streaming data correctly before starting working out in earnest, which is recommended, as the scan flags up in the app if there’s insufficient data due to poor connection.</p><p>In terms of accuracy, I had no complaints. I took it for a test run against the Apple Watch Ultra 4 (which offers a redesigned Health Sensing System said to be ‘the most accurate ever on a wearable’) and the Garmin Fenix 9 Pro, which uses <a href="https://www.techradar.com/health-fitness/smartwatches/i-tested-the-apple-watch-ultra-3-and-garmin-venu-4-on-a-7km-run-vs-a-chest-worn-heart-rate-monitor">Garmin’s Elevate V5 that I’ve already tested against the Polar H10</a> and found to be very accurate.   </p><p><a href="https://www.techradar.com/health-fitness/smartwatches/apple-watch-ultra-4-vs-garmin-fenix-9-pro-i-wore-them-both-for-a-run-with-an-electrical-heart-rate-monitor-and-im-excited-to-report-that-both-watches-nailed-it">The results of the Frontier X2’s test run were excellent</a>, with just 2 bpm separating the Frontier X2 from the Apple Watch Ultra 4 and Garmin Fenix 9 Pro’s average heart rate readings, a clear indication that all three devices are telling the same story about my body, and thus all three are very likely to be accurate. After some more solo runs and workouts, I feel like I could certainly recommend the Frontier X2, if you don’t mind paying the hefty premium price. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="k54PZuX3aLeBBk3YDM7kV7" name="IMG_1042 frontier button" alt="Frontier X2" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/k54PZuX3aLeBBk3YDM7kV7-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-frontier-x2-price-and-availability"><span>Frontier X2: Price and availability</span></h3><ul><li><strong>$599 / £449 / AU$775</strong></li><li><strong>Very expensive for a HRM</strong></li><li><strong>Not competitively priced compared to the industry standard</strong></li></ul><p>The Frontier X2 can be found on storefronts like Amazon for $599 in the US and £449 in the UK. In Australia, it’s more difficult to locate, but Selfridges’ AU storefront lists it for AU$775. The optional subscription for premium features on top is tough to swallow at this price.</p><p>This is a lot for a device that fundamentally only measures heart rate, and although the Frontier X app can interpret strain, readiness, training load, specific workout profiles and other metrics, it’s still a lot to ask for compared to the $89.95 / £79.50 / AU$139 Polar H10. </p><p>However, it does address quite a few of Polar’s pain points, notably including a micro-USB charger rather than a replaceable coin battery, and a screen for an easier indicator of connection. The continuous ECG is a nice touch too, offering a way to test the monitor’s connection in addition to providing reliable ECG data for a medical professional. All in all, it’s an excellent package, but I wouldn’t call it excellent value. </p><ul><li><strong>Value score: 3.5/5 </strong></li></ul><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-frontier-x2-specifications"><span>Frontier X2: Specifications</span></h3><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2032px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="YzL6dLXgtfUQe6c4ughCC7" name="frontier rear" alt="Frontier X2" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/YzL6dLXgtfUQe6c4ughCC7-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2032" height="1143" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Component</strong></p></td><td  ><p><strong>Frontier X2</strong></p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Dimensions</p></td><td  ><p>73mm x 24mm x 13mm </p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Weight</p></td><td  ><p>25g without strap</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Case material</p></td><td  ><p>Plastic</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Connectivity</p></td><td  ><p>Bluetooth</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Water resistance</p></td><td  ><p>IP67</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Accelerometer</p></td><td  ><p>Yes</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Battery</p></td><td  ><p>14 days typical usage</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-frontier-x2-scorecard"><span>Frontier X2: Scorecard</span></h3><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Category</strong></p></td><td  ><p><strong>Comment</strong></p></td><td  ><p><strong>Score</strong></p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Value</p></td><td  ><p>A premium product with more to recommend it over Polar, but not enough to stretch your budget.</p></td><td  ><p>3.5/5</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Design</p></td><td  ><p>So many pain points addressed.</p></td><td  ><p>4.5/5</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Features</p></td><td  ><p>More than most HRMs, but limited.</p></td><td  ><p>4/5</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Performance</p></td><td  ><p>Accurate and reliable with little friction.</p></td><td  ><p>4.5/5</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-frontier-x2-should-i-buy"><span>Frontier X2: Should I buy?</span></h3><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2320px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="WxNkm2CqpcP9jr3KfcH2Y7" name="frontier IMG_1051" alt="Frontier X2" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/WxNkm2CqpcP9jr3KfcH2Y7-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2320" height="1305" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 id="buy-it-if-24">Buy it if…</h3><div class="product"><p><strong>You want the best heart rate monitor</strong></p><p>If money is no object, the Frontier X2 won’t let you down.</p></div><div class="product"><p><strong>You want a rechargeable battery</strong></p><p>Don’t want to faff around with coin batteries? The Frontier X2 uses standardised micro-USB. </p></div><div class="product"><p><strong>You want ECG</strong></p><p>The Frontier X2 is as good for people watching their heart health as it is for serious athletes.</p></div><h3 id="don-t-buy-it-if-5">Don’t buy it if…</h3><div class="product"><p><strong>You’re running a triathlon</strong></p><p>The Frontier X2 isn’t for use in saline water. </p></div><div class="product"><p><strong>You’re on a budget</strong></p><p>Just get a Polar H10 instead, although you’ll have to put up with its app and the odd connection dropout. </p></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-also-consider"><span>Also consider</span></h3><div class="product"><p><strong>Coros Heart Rate Monitor</strong></p><p>While not electrical, but optical like a smartwatch, this arm-mounted HRM performed incredibly well during testing. </p><p><strong>Read our full </strong><a href="https://www.techradar.com/health-fitness/fitness-trackers/coros-heart-rate-monitor-review" data-dimension112="edbeae9e-ce26-11f1-bf88-e943885fa779" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Read our full Coros Heart Rate Monitor review" data-dimension48="Read our full Coros Heart Rate Monitor review" data-dimension25=""><strong>Coros Heart Rate Monitor review</strong></a><a class="view-deal button" href="" target="_blank" rel="nofollow" data-dimension112="edbeae9e-ce26-11f1-bf88-e943885fa779" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Read our full Coros Heart Rate Monitor review" data-dimension48="Read our full Coros Heart Rate Monitor review" data-dimension25="">View Deal</a></p></div><div class="product"><p><strong>Polar H10</strong></p><p>The industry-standard accurate heart rate monitor.</p><p><strong>Read our full </strong><a href="https://www.techradar.com/reviews/polar-h10-heart-rate-sensor" data-dimension112="edbeaef8-ce26-11f1-b428-3da72babc322" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Read our full Polar H10 review" data-dimension48="Read our full Polar H10 review" data-dimension25=""><strong>Polar H10 review</strong></a></p></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-how-i-tested"><span>How I tested</span></h3><p>I took the Frontier X2 on test runs, gym sessions and meditations, draining the battery down and wearing it consistently. I used its continuous ECG functionality, compared its in-app metrics to competitor wearables, and cleaned the band after each use. </p><p><em>First reviewed: October 2026</em></p>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ JBL Bar 800MK2 review: awesome Atmos and surround sound in one package ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-jbl-bar-800mk2-review"><span>JBL Bar 800MK2 review</span></h2><p>The JBL Bar 800MK2 is the mid-range option in the audio specialist’s MK2 line, delivering surround sound though its main bar, detachable rear speakers, and mighty subwoofer. It comes with Dolby Atmos and DTS:X support, a wide range of connectivity options, and an expansive 7.1 channel configuration — but is it actually worth buying?</p><p>I’ve spent a bunch of hours testing the JBL Bar 800MK2 for myself, putting it to the test with 4K UHD Blu-rays as well as Dolby Atmos and stereo format music. Here’s whether I’d recommend it or not.</p><p>Let’s start by talking about performance, an area where this model certainly excels. Like a lot of the <a href="https://www.techradar.com/televisions/soundbars/the-best-soundbars-for-all-budgets">best soundbars</a>, the JBL Bar 800MK2 produces beautifully expansive sound with powerful bass and clear dialogue, and it consistently impressed me during testing. It makes use of six full-range drivers and two tweeters in the main bar, two full rangers in each surround speaker, and a ten-inch bass unit in the sub, with a solid 780W maximum power output, so you’re really going to feel the action in every scene when watching movies.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1920px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="Fq4EZBiTQTNR3B7nnhzWZQ" name="JBL_BAR800MK2_011.JPG" alt="Man attaching surround speaker to the JBL Bar 800MK2" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Fq4EZBiTQTNR3B7nnhzWZQ-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1920" height="1080" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>For instance, when watching a 4K Blu-ray of <em>The Super Mario Galaxy Movie</em>, I was blown away by the thunderous bass on offer as a UFO airlifted Peach’s Castle into the stratosphere, with a regimented, rippling sound emanating from the sub. As the chaos unfurled, crashing waves hit with tremendous impact, and as Toads jumped into the water, their movement was tracked with commendable precision. Similarly, the sound of Yoshi’s tongue flicking across the scene was mapped perfectly, making for an immensely immersive viewing experience, with the width of his motion far exceeding the limited confines of the soundbar.</p><p>The JBL Bar 800MK2 skips on dedicated up-firing drivers, so you’re not going to get the most convincing verticality while watching Atmos movies, but I was still seriously impressed with the virtual recreation of height effects. For example, in <em>Top Gun Maverick</em>, the sound of Tom Cruise flying a jet up and overhead sounded surprisingly life-like, and it genuinely seemed as if I could hear the upward trajectory. The low-end rumble of jet engines also shook our testing room to its foundations, but all the while, dialogue continued to come through clearly in the mix.</p><p>Speaking of dialogue, the JBL Bar 800MK2 is well equipped to deliver clear and concise speech at all times. That’s in part thanks to the PureVoice setting, which enables you to push vocals forward without ruining the fidelity of sounds elsewhere in the frequency range. I never felt like PureVoice made the movie’s audio seem unbalanced, and it proved to be super-effective, especially in more crowded, action-packed sequences where dialogue can sometimes take a backseat.</p><p>I was also really impressed with the sound quality coming from the detachable rear speakers. They sounded brilliantly balanced from where I was sitting, but you can easily change their volume level in the JBL One app to suit your room setup. They gave Dolby Atmos movies an ultra-expansive quality, and provided controlled highs and clear mids, making for stellar surround sound.</p><p>Even when it came to music, the JBL Bar 800MK2 performed fantastically well. With an Atmos mix of <em>Stayin’ Alive </em>by the Bee Gees, the system whipped up a strikingly expansive presentation with articulate drums in the treble range, great vocal clarity, and warm bass that never sounded overly assertive. The rears also combined really nicely here, which was a relief as I’ve found that the surround channels on some rival models don't always seem cohesive with the rest of the system. Stereo music impressed me too, with deep and agile bass, detailed mids, and solid instrument separation.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1920px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="7fsPiosqypMCnB8WoBLxUQ" name="JBL_BAR800MK2_003.JPG" alt="JBL logo on the JBL Bar 800MK2" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/7fsPiosqypMCnB8WoBLxUQ-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1920" height="1080" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>So yes, despite lacking dedicated up-firing drivers, the virtual Atmos on the 800MK2 works very well, and it handles the fundamentals with ease too. But how does this model fare elsewhere?</p><p>In terms of features, this system is a strong all-rounder. On top of the PureVoice setting I mentioned, there’s a Night Mode that uses the detachable speakers only, voice assistant support, AirPlay and Google Cast support, EQ options, and much more. All of these features can be tapped into over on the JBL One app, which is intuitive and incredibly easy to use. </p><p>There are a few sound-related features I’d like to highlight too. The first is MultiBeam 3.0, which is intended to create a “wide, cinema-like soundstage”. This feature harnesses beamforming and digital processing to achieve its goal, and works a treat. There’s also a sound calibration option, which is quick and seamless, and provides optimized three-dimensional sound for your space, no matter how it’s set up.</p><p>The Bar 800MK2 also has a very solid set of connectivity options. You get the usual HDMI eARC, digital optical, Wi-Fi, and Bluetooth, but also Ethernet and an HDMI input (just one, rather than the three on the Bar 1300MK2). The HDMI input supports 4K passthrough, but only at 60Hz, so it's not the best option if you’re looking for peak-performance gaming or anything. </p><p>Before we wrap up, I also want to talk about design. On the one hand, the JBL Bar 800MK2 is ingenious. Its use of battery powered rear speakers makes it incredibly versatile. You can place these anywhere in your room for a flexible, wire-free setup, and the speakers can even function as standalone Bluetooth speakers. If they run low on charge, they can even be used while connected to a USB-C power cable. That alone is a huge plus.</p><p>But that’s actually where my praise runs dry. The JBL Bar 800MK2 looks quite cheap for the price you pay, with a plasticky one-note appearance. The sub is also very bulky — even more so than the more powerful alternative you get with the JBL Bar 1300MK2. But then again, what the system lacks in style, it certainly makes up for in substance.</p><p>When all’s said and done, is the JBL Bar 800MK2 worth the money? Well, its list price of £899 / AU$1,199.95 (about $1,200) may seem steep, but realistically, you’ll be paying less than £650 / AU$850 for it now. At that price, the Bar 800MK2 is well worth it. Despite its bulk and lack of up-firing drivers, it's an excellent performer with incredible virtual Atmos and low-end might, as well as a top-class feature-set and versatile connectivity options. </p><p>Want something more slim and stylish? Then I’d recommend scooping up the new Sonos Beam Ultra and building out a system at your own pace. But if you want a great value surround sound package, look no further than the JBL Bar 800MK2.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1920px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="qhxpNvNX7np88bjPpetEZQ" name="JBL_BAR800MK2_013.JPG" alt="JBL Bar 800MK2 surround speaker on top of the main bar" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/qhxpNvNX7np88bjPpetEZQ-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1920" height="1080" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-jbl-bar-800mk2-review-price-release-date"><span>JBL Bar 800MK2 review: price &amp; release date</span></h2><ul><li><strong>Priced at £899 / AU$1,199.95 (about $1,200)</strong></li><li><strong>First released June 2025</strong></li></ul><p>The JBL Bar 800MK2 was released in June 2025 as part of the refreshed MK2 line, alongside the smaller Bar 300MK2 as well as the larger 1000MK2 and 1300MK2. The JBL Bar 800MK2 is priced at £899 / AU$1,199.95 (about $1,200), but can often be found on sale for less than £650 / AU$850. It appears that the soundbar system is still unavailable for purchase in the US, unfortunately.</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-jbl-bar-800mk2-review-specs"><span>JBL Bar 800MK2 review: specs</span></h2><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Dimensions</p></td><td  ><p>Soundbar: 35.6 x 2 x 5 inches / 854 x 52 x 128mm; subwoofer: 12.8 x 15.7 x 12.8 inches / 325 x 400 x 325 mm; rear speakers: 6.7 x 2 x 5 inches / 169 x 52 x 128mm</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Speaker channels</p></td><td  ><p>7.1</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Connections</p></td><td  ><p>1x HDMI eARC, 1x HDMI in, digital optical, Ethernet, Wi-Fi, Bluetooth 5.3 (surround speakers use 5.4)</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Dolby Atmos / DTS:X</p></td><td  ><p>Yes / Yes</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Sub included</p></td><td  ><p>Yes</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Rear speakers included</p></td><td  ><p>Yes</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1920px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="RZM72G5T5X9ktMWqpAuCgQ" name="JBL_BAR800MK2_015.JPG" alt="Ports on the reverse side of the JBL Bar 800MK2" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/RZM72G5T5X9ktMWqpAuCgQ-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1920" height="1080" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-should-i-buy-the-jbl-bar-800mk2"><span>Should I buy the JBL Bar 800MK2?</span></h2><div ><table><thead><tr><th class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Attribute</strong></p></th><th  ><p><strong>Notes</strong></p></th><th  ><p><strong>Score</strong></p></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Features</p></td><td  ><p>Broad feature-set in JBL One app, great connectivity options, Atmos and DTS:X support.</p></td><td  ><p>4.5/5</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Performance</p></td><td  ><p>Lacks up-firing speakers, but virtual Atmos is great, very expansive sound overall with big bass and clear dialogue.</p></td><td  ><p>4.5/5</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Design</p></td><td  ><p>Not exactly a looker and sub seems very bulky, but the detachable rear speakers are genius.</p></td><td  ><p>3.5/5</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Setup &amp; usability</p></td><td  ><p>Incredibly easy setup and top-tier companion app.</p></td><td  ><p>5/5</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Value</p></td><td  ><p>Well-worth picking up now it's on sale, with excellent sound for the price.</p></td><td  ><p>4.5/5</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h2 id="buy-it-if-25">Buy it if…</h2><div class="product"><p><strong>You want almighty sound for movie nights</strong><br />The JBL Bar 800MK2 plates up phenomenally powerful, cinematic sound, packing plenty of bass and expansive Dolby Atmos. If you want massive audio for immersive movie-watching, this is a great option.</p></div><div class="product"><p><strong>You’re looking for a soundbar with flexible surrounds</strong><br />The battery powered surround speakers that come with the JBL Bar 800MK2 are excellent. They sound fantastic, can easily slot onto the main bar to charge up, and don’t require wires when in use. You can even use them as standalone Bluetooth speakers, meaning that their versatility is unmatched.</p></div><h2 id="don-t-buy-it-if-6">Don’t buy it if…</h2><div class="product"><p><strong>You want ‘true’ Dolby Atmos</strong><br />The JBL Bar 800MK2 lacks dedicated up-firing speakers, meaning that it has to rely on virtual processing to replicate Dolby Atmos content. While the Bar 800MK’s virtual Atmos is genuinely impressive, the larger <a href="https://www.techradar.com/televisions/soundbars/jbl-bar-1300mk2-review" data-dimension112="bd326a34-cd42-11f1-805f-999cbbcf1089" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="JBL Bar 1300MK2" data-dimension48="JBL Bar 1300MK2" data-dimension25="">JBL Bar 1300MK2</a> should be your go-to for premium spatial sound.</p></div><div class="product"><p><strong>You’re looking for something stylish</strong><br />The JBL Bar 800MK2 isn’t much of a looker. Its build quality could be better for the price, and the sub seems oversized, especially given that the more powerful 1300MK2 offers a more compact bass unit.</p></div><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-jbl-bar-800mk2-review-also-consider"><span>JBL Bar 800MK2 review: also consider</span></h2><div ><table><thead><tr><th class="firstcol empty" ></th><th  ><p><strong>JBL Bar 800MK2</strong></p></th><th  ><p><strong>Samsung HW-Q990H</strong></p></th><th  ><p><strong>Sonos Beam Ultra</strong></p></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Price</p></td><td  ><p>£899 / AU$1,199.95 (about $1,200)</p></td><td  ><p>$1,999 / £1,599 / AU$1,999</p></td><td  ><p>$699 / £699 / AU$1,099</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Dimensions</p></td><td  ><p>Soundbar: 35.6 x 2 x 5 inches / 854 x 52 x 128mm; subwoofer: 12.8 x 15.7 x 12.8 inches / 325 x 400 x 325 mm; rear speakers: 6.7 x 2 x 5 inches / 169 x 52 x 128mm</p></td><td  ><p>Soundbar: 48.5 x 2.8 x 5.4 inches / 1232 x 70.8 x 138mm; subwoofer: 9.8 x 10.0 x 9.8 inches / 249 x 251.8 x 249mm; rear speaker: 5.1 x 8.0 x 5.5 inches / 129.5 x 201.3 x140.4mm</p></td><td  ><p>29.5 x 2.6 x 4.1 inches / 750 x 65 x 105mm</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Speaker channels</p></td><td  ><p>7.1</p></td><td  ><p>11.1.4</p></td><td  ><p>7.1.2</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Connections</p></td><td  ><p>1x HDMI eARC, 1x HDMI in, digital optical, Ethernet, Wi-Fi, Bluetooth 5.3 (surround speakers use 5.4)</p></td><td  ><p>1x HDMI out (with eARC), 2x HDMI 2.1 in, optical digital audio, Wi-Fi, Bluetooth</p></td><td  ><p>HDMI eARC, Wi-Fi 6, Bluetooth 5.3, USB-C</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Dolby Atmos / DTS:X</p></td><td  ><p>Yes / Yes</p></td><td  ><p>Yes / Yes</p></td><td  ><p>Yes / No</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Sub included</p></td><td  ><p>Yes</p></td><td  ><p>Yes</p></td><td  ><p>No</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Rear speakers included</p></td><td  ><p>Yes</p></td><td  ><p>Yes</p></td><td  ><p>No</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><div class="product"><p><strong>Samsung HW-Q990H</strong><br />At a glance, this model may seem far too expensive to compete with the Bar 800MK2, but I often see it on sale for close to the JBL’s launch price. This is the ultimate surround sound package, with top-tier cinematic sound, excellent connectivity options, an 11.1.4 channel configuration, and both Dolby Atmos and DTS:X support. Up-firing drivers mean you get true Atmos, and HDMI passthrough is on board for ultimate ease of use. Read our full <a href="https://www.techradar.com/televisions/soundbars/i-tested-the-flagship-samsung-hw-q990h-dolby-atmos-soundbar-and-while-it-sticks-to-the-formula-of-its-predecessors-it-still-sets-the-bar-for-soundbars-in-2026" data-dimension112="bd326bf6-cd42-11f1-bb64-81098ca5ea53" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Samsung HW-Q990H review" data-dimension48="Samsung HW-Q990H review" data-dimension25="">Samsung HW-Q990H review</a>.</p></div><div class="product"><p><strong>Sonos Beam Ultra</strong><br />The Sonos Beam Ultra is a totally different proposition, but it’s fully worth your consideration. This model has up-firing drivers, incredible bass output, and crystal-clear dialogue, making it amazing for both movies and music. It doesn’t come with a sub or surrounds, but these can be added easily through the Sonos app when purchased separately. This model is more compact, and looks beautiful to boot, so if you’re OK with building out a system of your own rather than getting a pre-built combo, it’s my top recommendation. Read my full <a href="https://www.techradar.com/televisions/soundbars/sonos-beam-ultra-review" data-dimension112="bd326c64-cd42-11f1-ab75-e989889a138d" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Sonos Beam Ultra review" data-dimension48="Sonos Beam Ultra review" data-dimension25="">Sonos Beam Ultra review</a>.</p></div><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-how-i-tested-the-jbl-bar-800mk2"><span>How I tested the JBL Bar 800MK2</span></h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1920px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="7BDPPu6ndZVTFeYwn32hZQ" name="JBL_BAR800MK2_009.JPG" alt="Man holding JBL Bar 800MK2 surround speaker" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/7BDPPu6ndZVTFeYwn32hZQ-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1920" height="1080" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><ul><li><strong>Assessed at our TV testing space at Future Labs</strong></li><li><strong>Used 4K Blu-ray for movies and Tidal Connect to stream music</strong></li><li><strong>One of more than 30 soundbars I’ve tested</strong></li></ul><p>I spent many hours using the JBL Bar 800MK2 for watching movies and listening to music. I judged its capabilities at our TV testing space at Future Labs, made use of all of the soundbar’s features, and tried it with multiple surround speaker configurations.</p><p>Most of the time, I used HDMI eARC to connect the <a href="https://www.techradar.com/televisions/lg-g6-oled-tv-review">LG G6</a> OLED TV, and watched 4K Blu-ray discs via the<a href="https://www.techradar.com/televisions/home-theater/blu-ray-media-players/panasonic-dp-ub820-review"> Panasonic DP-UB820</a> to assess the soundbar’s handling of Dolby Atmos movies. I did, however, also test the Bar 800MK2 with Netflix movies, and used Tidal Connect to stream music over Wi-Fi.</p><p>More generally, I’ve tested more than 30 soundbars during my time here at TechRadar, where I serve as a Senior Reviews Writer. I’ve reviewed everything from budget-friendly bars like the<a href="https://www.techradar.com/televisions/soundbars/sony-ht-sf150-review"> Sony HT-SF150</a> through to huge surround sound systems such as the Bar 800MK2’s big sibling, the<a href="https://www.techradar.com/televisions/soundbars/jbl-bar-1300mk2-review"> JBL Bar 1300MK2</a>.</p><ul><li><a href="https://www.techradar.com/news/how-we-test">Read TechRadar’s reviews guarantee</a></li><li><em>First reviewed: October 2026</em></li></ul> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.techradar.com/televisions/soundbars/jbl-bar-800mk2-review</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ I tested a JBL soundbar with battery powered detachable speakers, and it absolutely blew me away. ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">4ak7Au7PqCLmxWFeSyNuLB</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Pwzj9iCaGUuLFrPMrbjHZQ-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Sat, 24 Oct 2026 00:00:00 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Soundbars]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Televisions]]></category>
                                                                                                <author><![CDATA[ harry.padoan@futurenet.com (Harry Padoan) ]]></author>                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Harry Padoan ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/995EkuqRKUTUjvMk7ataFi-320-70.png ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ &lt;p&gt;Harry is a Senior Reviews Writer for TechRadar. He reviews everything from party speakers to wall chargers and has a particular interest in the worlds of audio and gaming.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Prior to joining TechRadar, Harry was a journalist covering stories from the telecoms industry, drilling into areas such as innovation, acquisitions, and sustainability.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;When he isn’t testing the newest tech, Harry can probably be found listening to deep house, playing JRPGs, or watching his beloved Tottenham Hotspur.&lt;/p&gt; ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Pwzj9iCaGUuLFrPMrbjHZQ-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Future]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[JBL Bar 800MK2 system set-up with TV]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[JBL Bar 800MK2 system set-up with TV]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[JBL Bar 800MK2 system set-up with TV]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Pwzj9iCaGUuLFrPMrbjHZQ-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-jbl-bar-800mk2-review"><span>JBL Bar 800MK2 review</span></h2><p>The JBL Bar 800MK2 is the mid-range option in the audio specialist’s MK2 line, delivering surround sound though its main bar, detachable rear speakers, and mighty subwoofer. It comes with Dolby Atmos and DTS:X support, a wide range of connectivity options, and an expansive 7.1 channel configuration — but is it actually worth buying?</p><p>I’ve spent a bunch of hours testing the JBL Bar 800MK2 for myself, putting it to the test with 4K UHD Blu-rays as well as Dolby Atmos and stereo format music. Here’s whether I’d recommend it or not.</p><p>Let’s start by talking about performance, an area where this model certainly excels. Like a lot of the <a href="https://www.techradar.com/televisions/soundbars/the-best-soundbars-for-all-budgets">best soundbars</a>, the JBL Bar 800MK2 produces beautifully expansive sound with powerful bass and clear dialogue, and it consistently impressed me during testing. It makes use of six full-range drivers and two tweeters in the main bar, two full rangers in each surround speaker, and a ten-inch bass unit in the sub, with a solid 780W maximum power output, so you’re really going to feel the action in every scene when watching movies.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1920px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="Fq4EZBiTQTNR3B7nnhzWZQ" name="JBL_BAR800MK2_011.JPG" alt="Man attaching surround speaker to the JBL Bar 800MK2" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Fq4EZBiTQTNR3B7nnhzWZQ-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1920" height="1080" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>For instance, when watching a 4K Blu-ray of <em>The Super Mario Galaxy Movie</em>, I was blown away by the thunderous bass on offer as a UFO airlifted Peach’s Castle into the stratosphere, with a regimented, rippling sound emanating from the sub. As the chaos unfurled, crashing waves hit with tremendous impact, and as Toads jumped into the water, their movement was tracked with commendable precision. Similarly, the sound of Yoshi’s tongue flicking across the scene was mapped perfectly, making for an immensely immersive viewing experience, with the width of his motion far exceeding the limited confines of the soundbar.</p><p>The JBL Bar 800MK2 skips on dedicated up-firing drivers, so you’re not going to get the most convincing verticality while watching Atmos movies, but I was still seriously impressed with the virtual recreation of height effects. For example, in <em>Top Gun Maverick</em>, the sound of Tom Cruise flying a jet up and overhead sounded surprisingly life-like, and it genuinely seemed as if I could hear the upward trajectory. The low-end rumble of jet engines also shook our testing room to its foundations, but all the while, dialogue continued to come through clearly in the mix.</p><p>Speaking of dialogue, the JBL Bar 800MK2 is well equipped to deliver clear and concise speech at all times. That’s in part thanks to the PureVoice setting, which enables you to push vocals forward without ruining the fidelity of sounds elsewhere in the frequency range. I never felt like PureVoice made the movie’s audio seem unbalanced, and it proved to be super-effective, especially in more crowded, action-packed sequences where dialogue can sometimes take a backseat.</p><p>I was also really impressed with the sound quality coming from the detachable rear speakers. They sounded brilliantly balanced from where I was sitting, but you can easily change their volume level in the JBL One app to suit your room setup. They gave Dolby Atmos movies an ultra-expansive quality, and provided controlled highs and clear mids, making for stellar surround sound.</p><p>Even when it came to music, the JBL Bar 800MK2 performed fantastically well. With an Atmos mix of <em>Stayin’ Alive </em>by the Bee Gees, the system whipped up a strikingly expansive presentation with articulate drums in the treble range, great vocal clarity, and warm bass that never sounded overly assertive. The rears also combined really nicely here, which was a relief as I’ve found that the surround channels on some rival models don't always seem cohesive with the rest of the system. Stereo music impressed me too, with deep and agile bass, detailed mids, and solid instrument separation.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1920px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="7fsPiosqypMCnB8WoBLxUQ" name="JBL_BAR800MK2_003.JPG" alt="JBL logo on the JBL Bar 800MK2" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/7fsPiosqypMCnB8WoBLxUQ-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1920" height="1080" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>So yes, despite lacking dedicated up-firing drivers, the virtual Atmos on the 800MK2 works very well, and it handles the fundamentals with ease too. But how does this model fare elsewhere?</p><p>In terms of features, this system is a strong all-rounder. On top of the PureVoice setting I mentioned, there’s a Night Mode that uses the detachable speakers only, voice assistant support, AirPlay and Google Cast support, EQ options, and much more. All of these features can be tapped into over on the JBL One app, which is intuitive and incredibly easy to use. </p><p>There are a few sound-related features I’d like to highlight too. The first is MultiBeam 3.0, which is intended to create a “wide, cinema-like soundstage”. This feature harnesses beamforming and digital processing to achieve its goal, and works a treat. There’s also a sound calibration option, which is quick and seamless, and provides optimized three-dimensional sound for your space, no matter how it’s set up.</p><p>The Bar 800MK2 also has a very solid set of connectivity options. You get the usual HDMI eARC, digital optical, Wi-Fi, and Bluetooth, but also Ethernet and an HDMI input (just one, rather than the three on the Bar 1300MK2). The HDMI input supports 4K passthrough, but only at 60Hz, so it's not the best option if you’re looking for peak-performance gaming or anything. </p><p>Before we wrap up, I also want to talk about design. On the one hand, the JBL Bar 800MK2 is ingenious. Its use of battery powered rear speakers makes it incredibly versatile. You can place these anywhere in your room for a flexible, wire-free setup, and the speakers can even function as standalone Bluetooth speakers. If they run low on charge, they can even be used while connected to a USB-C power cable. That alone is a huge plus.</p><p>But that’s actually where my praise runs dry. The JBL Bar 800MK2 looks quite cheap for the price you pay, with a plasticky one-note appearance. The sub is also very bulky — even more so than the more powerful alternative you get with the JBL Bar 1300MK2. But then again, what the system lacks in style, it certainly makes up for in substance.</p><p>When all’s said and done, is the JBL Bar 800MK2 worth the money? Well, its list price of £899 / AU$1,199.95 (about $1,200) may seem steep, but realistically, you’ll be paying less than £650 / AU$850 for it now. At that price, the Bar 800MK2 is well worth it. Despite its bulk and lack of up-firing drivers, it's an excellent performer with incredible virtual Atmos and low-end might, as well as a top-class feature-set and versatile connectivity options. </p><p>Want something more slim and stylish? Then I’d recommend scooping up the new Sonos Beam Ultra and building out a system at your own pace. But if you want a great value surround sound package, look no further than the JBL Bar 800MK2.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1920px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="qhxpNvNX7np88bjPpetEZQ" name="JBL_BAR800MK2_013.JPG" alt="JBL Bar 800MK2 surround speaker on top of the main bar" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/qhxpNvNX7np88bjPpetEZQ-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1920" height="1080" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-jbl-bar-800mk2-review-price-release-date"><span>JBL Bar 800MK2 review: price &amp; release date</span></h2><ul><li><strong>Priced at £899 / AU$1,199.95 (about $1,200)</strong></li><li><strong>First released June 2025</strong></li></ul><p>The JBL Bar 800MK2 was released in June 2025 as part of the refreshed MK2 line, alongside the smaller Bar 300MK2 as well as the larger 1000MK2 and 1300MK2. The JBL Bar 800MK2 is priced at £899 / AU$1,199.95 (about $1,200), but can often be found on sale for less than £650 / AU$850. It appears that the soundbar system is still unavailable for purchase in the US, unfortunately.</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-jbl-bar-800mk2-review-specs"><span>JBL Bar 800MK2 review: specs</span></h2><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Dimensions</p></td><td  ><p>Soundbar: 35.6 x 2 x 5 inches / 854 x 52 x 128mm; subwoofer: 12.8 x 15.7 x 12.8 inches / 325 x 400 x 325 mm; rear speakers: 6.7 x 2 x 5 inches / 169 x 52 x 128mm</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Speaker channels</p></td><td  ><p>7.1</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Connections</p></td><td  ><p>1x HDMI eARC, 1x HDMI in, digital optical, Ethernet, Wi-Fi, Bluetooth 5.3 (surround speakers use 5.4)</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Dolby Atmos / DTS:X</p></td><td  ><p>Yes / Yes</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Sub included</p></td><td  ><p>Yes</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Rear speakers included</p></td><td  ><p>Yes</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1920px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="RZM72G5T5X9ktMWqpAuCgQ" name="JBL_BAR800MK2_015.JPG" alt="Ports on the reverse side of the JBL Bar 800MK2" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/RZM72G5T5X9ktMWqpAuCgQ-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1920" height="1080" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-should-i-buy-the-jbl-bar-800mk2"><span>Should I buy the JBL Bar 800MK2?</span></h2><div ><table><thead><tr><th class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Attribute</strong></p></th><th  ><p><strong>Notes</strong></p></th><th  ><p><strong>Score</strong></p></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Features</p></td><td  ><p>Broad feature-set in JBL One app, great connectivity options, Atmos and DTS:X support.</p></td><td  ><p>4.5/5</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Performance</p></td><td  ><p>Lacks up-firing speakers, but virtual Atmos is great, very expansive sound overall with big bass and clear dialogue.</p></td><td  ><p>4.5/5</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Design</p></td><td  ><p>Not exactly a looker and sub seems very bulky, but the detachable rear speakers are genius.</p></td><td  ><p>3.5/5</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Setup &amp; usability</p></td><td  ><p>Incredibly easy setup and top-tier companion app.</p></td><td  ><p>5/5</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Value</p></td><td  ><p>Well-worth picking up now it's on sale, with excellent sound for the price.</p></td><td  ><p>4.5/5</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h2 id="buy-it-if-25">Buy it if…</h2><div class="product"><p><strong>You want almighty sound for movie nights</strong><br />The JBL Bar 800MK2 plates up phenomenally powerful, cinematic sound, packing plenty of bass and expansive Dolby Atmos. If you want massive audio for immersive movie-watching, this is a great option.</p></div><div class="product"><p><strong>You’re looking for a soundbar with flexible surrounds</strong><br />The battery powered surround speakers that come with the JBL Bar 800MK2 are excellent. They sound fantastic, can easily slot onto the main bar to charge up, and don’t require wires when in use. You can even use them as standalone Bluetooth speakers, meaning that their versatility is unmatched.</p></div><h2 id="don-t-buy-it-if-6">Don’t buy it if…</h2><div class="product"><p><strong>You want ‘true’ Dolby Atmos</strong><br />The JBL Bar 800MK2 lacks dedicated up-firing speakers, meaning that it has to rely on virtual processing to replicate Dolby Atmos content. While the Bar 800MK’s virtual Atmos is genuinely impressive, the larger <a href="https://www.techradar.com/televisions/soundbars/jbl-bar-1300mk2-review" data-dimension112="bd326a34-cd42-11f1-805f-999cbbcf1089" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="JBL Bar 1300MK2" data-dimension48="JBL Bar 1300MK2" data-dimension25="">JBL Bar 1300MK2</a> should be your go-to for premium spatial sound.</p></div><div class="product"><p><strong>You’re looking for something stylish</strong><br />The JBL Bar 800MK2 isn’t much of a looker. Its build quality could be better for the price, and the sub seems oversized, especially given that the more powerful 1300MK2 offers a more compact bass unit.</p></div><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-jbl-bar-800mk2-review-also-consider"><span>JBL Bar 800MK2 review: also consider</span></h2><div ><table><thead><tr><th class="firstcol empty" ></th><th  ><p><strong>JBL Bar 800MK2</strong></p></th><th  ><p><strong>Samsung HW-Q990H</strong></p></th><th  ><p><strong>Sonos Beam Ultra</strong></p></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Price</p></td><td  ><p>£899 / AU$1,199.95 (about $1,200)</p></td><td  ><p>$1,999 / £1,599 / AU$1,999</p></td><td  ><p>$699 / £699 / AU$1,099</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Dimensions</p></td><td  ><p>Soundbar: 35.6 x 2 x 5 inches / 854 x 52 x 128mm; subwoofer: 12.8 x 15.7 x 12.8 inches / 325 x 400 x 325 mm; rear speakers: 6.7 x 2 x 5 inches / 169 x 52 x 128mm</p></td><td  ><p>Soundbar: 48.5 x 2.8 x 5.4 inches / 1232 x 70.8 x 138mm; subwoofer: 9.8 x 10.0 x 9.8 inches / 249 x 251.8 x 249mm; rear speaker: 5.1 x 8.0 x 5.5 inches / 129.5 x 201.3 x140.4mm</p></td><td  ><p>29.5 x 2.6 x 4.1 inches / 750 x 65 x 105mm</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Speaker channels</p></td><td  ><p>7.1</p></td><td  ><p>11.1.4</p></td><td  ><p>7.1.2</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Connections</p></td><td  ><p>1x HDMI eARC, 1x HDMI in, digital optical, Ethernet, Wi-Fi, Bluetooth 5.3 (surround speakers use 5.4)</p></td><td  ><p>1x HDMI out (with eARC), 2x HDMI 2.1 in, optical digital audio, Wi-Fi, Bluetooth</p></td><td  ><p>HDMI eARC, Wi-Fi 6, Bluetooth 5.3, USB-C</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Dolby Atmos / DTS:X</p></td><td  ><p>Yes / Yes</p></td><td  ><p>Yes / Yes</p></td><td  ><p>Yes / No</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Sub included</p></td><td  ><p>Yes</p></td><td  ><p>Yes</p></td><td  ><p>No</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Rear speakers included</p></td><td  ><p>Yes</p></td><td  ><p>Yes</p></td><td  ><p>No</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><div class="product"><p><strong>Samsung HW-Q990H</strong><br />At a glance, this model may seem far too expensive to compete with the Bar 800MK2, but I often see it on sale for close to the JBL’s launch price. This is the ultimate surround sound package, with top-tier cinematic sound, excellent connectivity options, an 11.1.4 channel configuration, and both Dolby Atmos and DTS:X support. Up-firing drivers mean you get true Atmos, and HDMI passthrough is on board for ultimate ease of use. Read our full <a href="https://www.techradar.com/televisions/soundbars/i-tested-the-flagship-samsung-hw-q990h-dolby-atmos-soundbar-and-while-it-sticks-to-the-formula-of-its-predecessors-it-still-sets-the-bar-for-soundbars-in-2026" data-dimension112="bd326bf6-cd42-11f1-bb64-81098ca5ea53" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Samsung HW-Q990H review" data-dimension48="Samsung HW-Q990H review" data-dimension25="">Samsung HW-Q990H review</a>.</p></div><div class="product"><p><strong>Sonos Beam Ultra</strong><br />The Sonos Beam Ultra is a totally different proposition, but it’s fully worth your consideration. This model has up-firing drivers, incredible bass output, and crystal-clear dialogue, making it amazing for both movies and music. It doesn’t come with a sub or surrounds, but these can be added easily through the Sonos app when purchased separately. This model is more compact, and looks beautiful to boot, so if you’re OK with building out a system of your own rather than getting a pre-built combo, it’s my top recommendation. Read my full <a href="https://www.techradar.com/televisions/soundbars/sonos-beam-ultra-review" data-dimension112="bd326c64-cd42-11f1-ab75-e989889a138d" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Sonos Beam Ultra review" data-dimension48="Sonos Beam Ultra review" data-dimension25="">Sonos Beam Ultra review</a>.</p></div><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-how-i-tested-the-jbl-bar-800mk2"><span>How I tested the JBL Bar 800MK2</span></h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1920px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="7BDPPu6ndZVTFeYwn32hZQ" name="JBL_BAR800MK2_009.JPG" alt="Man holding JBL Bar 800MK2 surround speaker" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/7BDPPu6ndZVTFeYwn32hZQ-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1920" height="1080" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><ul><li><strong>Assessed at our TV testing space at Future Labs</strong></li><li><strong>Used 4K Blu-ray for movies and Tidal Connect to stream music</strong></li><li><strong>One of more than 30 soundbars I’ve tested</strong></li></ul><p>I spent many hours using the JBL Bar 800MK2 for watching movies and listening to music. I judged its capabilities at our TV testing space at Future Labs, made use of all of the soundbar’s features, and tried it with multiple surround speaker configurations.</p><p>Most of the time, I used HDMI eARC to connect the <a href="https://www.techradar.com/televisions/lg-g6-oled-tv-review">LG G6</a> OLED TV, and watched 4K Blu-ray discs via the<a href="https://www.techradar.com/televisions/home-theater/blu-ray-media-players/panasonic-dp-ub820-review"> Panasonic DP-UB820</a> to assess the soundbar’s handling of Dolby Atmos movies. I did, however, also test the Bar 800MK2 with Netflix movies, and used Tidal Connect to stream music over Wi-Fi.</p><p>More generally, I’ve tested more than 30 soundbars during my time here at TechRadar, where I serve as a Senior Reviews Writer. I’ve reviewed everything from budget-friendly bars like the<a href="https://www.techradar.com/televisions/soundbars/sony-ht-sf150-review"> Sony HT-SF150</a> through to huge surround sound systems such as the Bar 800MK2’s big sibling, the<a href="https://www.techradar.com/televisions/soundbars/jbl-bar-1300mk2-review"> JBL Bar 1300MK2</a>.</p><ul><li><a href="https://www.techradar.com/news/how-we-test">Read TechRadar’s reviews guarantee</a></li><li><em>First reviewed: October 2026</em></li></ul>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ Apple Watch Series 12 review: The best (mainline) Apple Watch in years? ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-apple-watch-series-12-one-minute-review"><span>Apple Watch Series 12: One minute review</span></h3><p>While the Apple Watch Series 12 is a decidedly modern-looking smartwatch in a pleasingly thin profile, it’s not a major redesign from the Cupertino-based tech giant. And if you're upgrading from the Series 11, you'll probably notice more of a difference in what the watch can do rather than in how it looks. Apple has updated the Health Sensing System (its array of LEDs and sensors used to collect your health data), introduced Readiness Score, and made everyday tracking more useful, with real-time steps and heart-rate information easier to access.</p><p>I've been wearing the Series 12 for more than a month, and Readiness Score is the addition I've found myself using the most. It takes your sleep and other health data and turns it into a score out of 10, giving you a quick idea of how ready you might be for the day. I've generally found the results match how I feel, and it's a feature that can genuinely influence what I do, whether that's heading out for a workout or taking a longer walk with my dog, Rosie.</p><p>I've also been comparing the Series 12 with the Series 11, Apple Watch Ultra 3 and Ultra 4, as well as the Oura Ring 5 and Pixel Watch 5. That has helped me put Apple's latest watch into context, particularly when looking at health tracking and heart-rate readings. The Series 12 has generally delivered the sort of everyday experience I'd expect from an Apple Watch, with battery life that's worked well for me most of the time.</p><p>A couple of things to consider, though. The design is very familiar, so there's little reason to upgrade purely for its appearance, and I did have two nights when the battery ran out before morning. Apple's upcoming AI features are also still a reason to wait rather than buy immediately. If they're what you're most interested in.</p><p>For anyone using an older Apple Watch, particularly a Series 9 or earlier, the Series 12 makes a much stronger case. The combination of newer health features, Readiness Score, performance, and battery life makes this an upgrade worth considering.</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-apple-watch-series-12-specs-table"><span>Apple Watch Series 12: Specs Table</span></h2><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Component</p></td><td  ><p>Apple Watch Series 12 (42mm)</p></td><td  ><p>Apple Watch Series 12 (46mm)</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Price</p></td><td  ><p>$399 / £369 / AU$679 for the 42mm</p></td><td  ><p>$429 / £399 / AU$699 for the 46mm</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Dimension</p></td><td  ><p>46 x 40 x 9.7mm</p></td><td  ><p>42 x 37 x 9.7mm</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Weight</p></td><td  ><p>31.5g (without band)</p></td><td  ><p>38.6g (without band) </p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Case/bezel</p></td><td  ><p>Aluminum, Titanium, or Ceramic</p></td><td  ><p>Aluminum, Titanium, or Ceramic</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Display</p></td><td  ><p>42mm Always-On Retina LTPO3 OLED display (up to 2,000 nits)</p></td><td  ><p>46mm Always-On Retina LTPO3 OLED display (up to 2,000 nits)</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Processor</p></td><td  ><p>Apple-made S11 chip </p></td><td  ><p>Apple-made S11 chip </p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>GPS</p></td><td  ><p>Precision L1 GPS (GPS, GLONASS, Galileo, QZSS, and BeiDou)</p></td><td  ><p>Precision L1 GPS (GPS, GLONASS, Galileo, QZSS, and BeiDou)</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Battery life</p></td><td  ><p>Up to 24 hours with normal use</p></td><td  ><p>Up to 24 hours with normal use</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Connections</p></td><td  ><p>4G LTE, Satellite SOS, Wi‑Fi 4 (802.11n), Bluetooth 5.3</p></td><td  ><p>Wi‑Fi 4 (802.11n), Bluetooth 5.3, and 4G LTE</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Water resistant</p></td><td  ><p>Water resistance 50m</p></td><td  ><p>Water resistance 50m</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-apple-watch-series-12-price-and-availability"><span>Apple Watch Series 12: Price and availability</span></h3><ul><li>$399 / £369 / AU$679 for the 42mm</li><li>$429 / £399 / AU$699 for the 46mm</li><li>Prices unchanged from last year</li></ul><p>The Apple Watch Series 12 starts at $399 / £369 / AU$679 for the 42mm with a recycled aluminum case and standard strap, and $429 / £399 / AU$699 for the 46mm. LTE-capable models, which can be added to your data plans, as well as optional improvements to the finish — titanium or ceramic — are available at an additional cost. </p><p>It doesn’t represent outstanding value in the same way as, let’s say, the Amazfit Active 3 Premium might, but it’s fine — the price has actually held steady on Apple Watches for the last couple of years, which is encouraging given the electronics industry is undergoing a supply chain crisis at the moment. </p><ul><li><strong>Value score: 4.5/5  </strong></li></ul><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-apple-watch-series-12-design"><span>Apple Watch Series 12: Design</span></h3><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="aM5EWXGaAQ7TtnRPxkdo74" name="Apple Watch Series 12 Review" alt="Apple Watch Series 12 Review" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/aM5EWXGaAQ7TtnRPxkdo74-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future/Jacob Krol)</span></figcaption></figure><ul><li>Same ‘squircle’ and digital crown design</li><li>Retains slimmer look from Series 11</li><li>Redesigned sensor array and GPS architecture</li></ul><p>If you expect the Apple Watch Series 12 to look substantially different from the Series 11, you'll be disappointed. Apple has kept the familiar rectangular ‘squircle’ design, with the Digital Crown and side button on the case, and the overall look remains very much the same.</p><p>After using the Series 12 for more than a month and comparing it with the Series 11, I haven't found the exterior to be a major reason to upgrade. It doesn't look dramatically different on your wrist, and Apple hasn't tried to reinvent a design that already works.   </p><p>That's not necessarily a problem, though. The Apple Watch Series 12 remains a comfortable everyday smartwatch, and wearing it all day and overnight matters when you use it for sleep tracking and the Readiness Score. The biggest changes are on the rear of the case, as Apple has redesigned the LEDs and internal architecture to make its data collection more accurate. However, a watch can have all the health features in the world, but they're less useful if you don't want to wear it consistently.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="jCBojBTmsoMaGYu4yCtz94" name="Apple Watch Series 12 Review" alt="Apple Watch Series 12 Review" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jCBojBTmsoMaGYu4yCtz94-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future/Jacob Krol)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The Series 12 comes in 42mm and 46mm sizes, with aluminum and titanium options alongside ceramic, which is returning and still adds a bit more heft. That gives you some choice in look and finish, though the core experience stays the same. The aluminum model is the more straightforward choice for most people, while titanium and ceramic offer alternatives if materials and appearance matter more to you.</p><p>The always-on OLED display is familiar, too. It lets you glance at the time, check a notification, or see your workout metrics without having to wake the screen manually. That's one of those features that quickly becomes part of your routine, particularly if you use complications to keep useful information on the watch face.</p><p>One addition I've found handy is the real-time step-count complication. I check steps regularly, and seeing the number at a glance saves me from opening the Fitness app. The heart rate complication works the same way, especially when I want to keep an eye on my readings during the day.</p><p>Compared with the Ultra 3 and Ultra 4, the Series 12 feels more like a familiar everyday watch. The Ultra models have their own appeal, particularly if you want a larger, more rugged watch, but the Series 12 is easier to recommend to someone who doesn't need that design.</p><p>The main point is that the Series 12 doesn't feel like a new design generation. If you're upgrading, look at the back of the case, with its improved health features enabling the Readiness Score and overall experience, rather than expecting a noticeable aesthetic change to the watch itself.</p><ul><li>Design score: 4.5/5</li></ul><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-apple-watch-series-12-features"><span>Apple Watch Series 12: Features</span></h3><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:964px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:54.98%;"><img id="ADdEckQk3w45tZ4JYYbV37" name="Apple Watch Series 12 Review" alt="Apple Watch Series 12 Review" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ADdEckQk3w45tZ4JYYbV37-1920-80.gif" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="964" height="530" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future/Jacob Krol)</span></figcaption></figure><ul><li>Readiness score is a major boon</li><li>More frequent heart rate data collection</li><li>Upcoming Audio Intelligence features</li></ul><p>The Readiness Score is the biggest reason I'd consider the Series 12, and it stood out most during my testing. It uses overnight sleep and HRV data, along with other health and activity information and some custom processing, to produce a score from 1 to 10. The idea is to give you a quick indication of how ready you might be for the day, rather than leaving you to interpret a collection of separate metrics yourself. <a href="https://www.techradar.com/health-fitness/smartwatches/i-measured-my-sleep-scores-for-a-week-with-both-the-apple-watch-series-12-and-the-garmin-cirqa-heres-how-they-compare">Tested against the Garmin Cirqa</a>, our senior fitness editor Matt Evans found both devices provided identical Readiness scores after wearing both for one week’s worth of sleep. </p><p>I like how Apple presents it: a half-moon graphic that’s easy to read, with an accompanying explanation that gives context for the score. It feels grounded in the data, rather than relying on vague wellness language that doesn't explain why you got a particular result.</p><p>My scores have generally been high, and they've mostly matched how I've felt. Getting my first 10 out of 10 was satisfying, of course, but the more interesting part is how I can use the information. If I've slept well and feel good, a strong score might encourage me to fit in a workout or take Rosie on a longer walk. It won't make every decision for me, but it gives me another useful piece of information to consider.</p><p>I've used an Oura Ring before, so I know the appeal of a daily Readiness score and the help it can provide beyond raw data. I appreciate that Apple built the feature into the watch I already use. I don't need to add another device to my routine, and Readiness Score doesn't require a separate subscription.</p><p>That makes it a particularly interesting addition for existing Apple Watch owners who want more from the health data their watch collects. Instead of simply checking how long I slept or looking at the previous day's activity, I get a more immediate summary I can use to plan my day. However, we have to acknowledge the wait for this feature — most other devices have had Readiness for years, but Apple has stated the feature has been enabled by its redesigned sensors taking heart rate and HRV readings more frequently, up to 60 times more often than previous Apple Watches. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="2pFfWuvMgB6bSwprgMRLB4" name="Apple Watch Series 12 Review" alt="Apple Watch Series 12 Review" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/2pFfWuvMgB6bSwprgMRLB4-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future/Jacob Krol)</span></figcaption></figure><p>I've also been paying attention to heart rate readings while comparing the Series 12 with the Apple Watch Series 11, Ultra 3, and Ultra 4, along with the Oura Ring 5 and Pixel Watch 5. In my everyday use, the Series 12's readings have been broadly consistent with what I've seen from those other devices.</p><p>Having heart rate information readily available is useful during workouts, too. I've used the watch for yoga, outdoor walks and runs, and indoor cycling, and it has fit naturally into those sessions. The real-time heart rate complication also makes it easier to check my readings without navigating away from the watch face.</p><p>The Series 12 retains the wider Apple Watch health feature set, including ECG, heart-rate notifications, wrist-temperature sensing, sleep tracking, respiratory-rate tracking, cycle tracking, hearing-health features, hypertension notifications and blood-oxygen tracking where supported. These aren't all new to this generation, but they contribute to the overall package.</p><p>Apple's upcoming AI (‘Audio Intelligence’ this time) features aren't a strong reason to buy right now. Live Rewind and Siri Recap sound interesting, but I haven't been able to test them because they aren’t out yet. If you're considering the Series 12 for those, I'd wait until Apple confirms when they're shipping and what will be available in your region, as there is some contention with Siri AI in certain regions such as the EU.</p><p>For now, Readiness Score is the feature I'd focus on. It's useful today, fits into the existing Apple Watch experience, and has made the biggest difference in how I use the Series 12. Best of all, it’s not locked behind another subscription … and that’s simply refreshing. </p><ul><li>Design score: 5/5</li></ul><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-apple-watch-series-12-performance"><span>Apple Watch Series 12: Performance</span></h3><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="AGqx3tgmjDzbB6TsHKHFB4" name="Apple Watch Series 12 Review" alt="Apple Watch Series 12 Review" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/AGqx3tgmjDzbB6TsHKHFB4-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future/Jacob Krol)</span></figcaption></figure><ul><li>S11 chip drives excellent performance</li><li>Accurate compared to other wearables</li><li>Responsive with no stutters</li></ul><p>While the Series 12 still feels and looks like an Apple Watch in pretty much every sense of the word, you can’t judge a book by its cover, especially when it comes to performance. Under the hood, the Series 12 runs on Apple’s new S11 chip, and the new health-sensing system on the back enables the Readiness score and HRV features. All of this comes together to make the Series 12 feel responsive, with none-to-minimal stutters when calling on a particular feature set. </p><p>I've now used the Series 12 for more than a month, and I've compared it directly alongside the Series 11, Ultra 3, and Ultra 4. These comparisons have helped me understand how the Series 12 fits into the wider wearable landscape, and while the latest generation doesn’t run laps around the previous gen or the one before that, the responsiveness is definitely noticeable. </p><p>Whether you’re customizing a Watch Face with your favorite complications, calling on Siri to remember a piece of information or drafting a message, controlling media playback, making a call, recording a voice memo, checking your activity score, monitoring your heart rate, or starting a workout, the Series 12 feels very responsive. We’ve also tested the same heart rate system, albeit on the <a href="https://www.techradar.com/health-fitness/smartwatches/apple-watch-ultra-4-vs-garmin-fenix-9-pro-i-wore-them-both-for-a-run-with-an-electrical-heart-rate-monitor-and-im-excited-to-report-that-both-watches-nailed-it">Ultra 4, against a chest-mounted heart rate monitor</a>, the Frontier X2, alongside the <a href="https://www.techradar.com/health-fitness/smartwatches/garmin-fenix-9-pro-review">Garmin Fenix 9 Pro</a>, and found Apple’s latest gen is highly accurate.</p><p>Battery life has been good overall, and it certainly meets Apple's all-day battery life promise. On a normal day with plenty of interaction points and one extended workout, I typically have around 30%–45% battery remaining by bedtime. That's enough to get through a normal day, and faster charging makes it easier to top up when I need to. Depending on how I use it, I can get through a full day and sometimes stretch it to a day and a half.</p><p>So far, the Series 12 has run out of battery overnight twice, and I think it’s especially worth mentioning because you need a full night of sleep data to wake up with a Readiness Score. And that means an unexpected shutdown can interrupt that routine. My general solution, even if the percentage hasn’t dropped super low, is to give it a quick charge before bed rather than assuming it will always have enough power to last the night.</p><p>The faster charging helps here. A short top-up with the USB-C to Apple Watch dongle that ships with the Series 12 can make it easier to keep the watch going overnight while still wearing it.</p><p>If you’re coming from an older Apple Watch, the all-day battery life paired with fast-charging will likely make a big difference. It’s not just a quality-of-life upgrade from, say, a Series 10 or older; compared with the rest of the features, it's a significant leap in what watchOS can accomplish and how long you go before you need to charge.</p><ul><li>Performance score: 4.5/5</li></ul><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-should-you-buy-the-apple-watch-series-12"><span>Should you buy the Apple Watch Series 12?</span></h3><h4 id="buy-it-if-26">Buy it if..</h4><div class="product"><p>You're upgrading from an Apple Watch Series 9 or older and want better health tracking, Readiness Score, and faster charging.</p></div><div class="product"><p>You want a responsive everyday smartwatch with useful at-a-glance health metrics and no extra subscription for Readiness Score.</p></div><h4 id="don-t-buy-it-if-7">Don’t buy it if..</h4><div class="product"><p>You already own an Apple Watch Series 11 and want a major design change or a substantial leap in performance.</p></div><div class="product"><p>You're buying primarily for Apple's upcoming AI features, or you need battery life you can count on for every night of sleep tracking without a top-up.</p></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-also-consider"><span>Also consider</span></h3><div class="product"><p><strong>Garmin Fenix 9 Pro</strong></p><p>The Apple Watch Ultra 4's biggest competitor in the premium adventure watch space. </p><p><strong>Read our full </strong><a href="https://www.techradar.com/health-fitness/smartwatches/garmin-fenix-9-pro-review" data-dimension112="1f40356c-cf19-11f1-9d76-7fac3271c624" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Read our full Garmin Fenix 9 Pro review" data-dimension48="Read our full Garmin Fenix 9 Pro review" data-dimension25=""><strong>Garmin Fenix 9 Pro review</strong></a></p></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-how-we-tested"><span>How we tested</span></h3><p>We tested the Apple Watch Series 12 by wearing it day and night, tracking workouts, monitoring sleep, and putting its features to the test over multiple weeks. We compared its health and fitness readings with other wearables and an electrical heart rate monitor, tested battery life, and explored as many features as possible to see how it holds up in everyday use.</p><p><em>First reviewed October 2026.</em></p> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.techradar.com/health-fitness/smartwatches/apple-watch-series-12-review</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ The Apple Watch Series 12 is a worthwhile upgrade for anyone using a Series 9 or older, with Readiness Score and improved health sensing making everyday tracking more useful. ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">dPJ26EnsQYmqnRzk55h7a7</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/9ZyBoZvguyz7CPXsH59HC4-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Fri, 23 Oct 2026 22:00:00 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                <updated>Tue, 27 Oct 2026 07:26:22 +0000</updated>
                                                                                                                                            <category><![CDATA[Smartwatches]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Health & Fitness]]></category>
                                                                                                <author><![CDATA[ jacob.krol@futurenet.com (Jacob Krol) ]]></author>                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Jacob Krol ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/hKSCqxtWYDuUtwZseV9E3C-320-70.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ &lt;p&gt;Jacob Krol is the US Managing Editor for News at TechRadar overseeing the daily rollout of content and coordinating with various section leads. He joined TechRadar in May of 2024 and is based out of New York City. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Prior to joining TechRadar, Jacob was Senior Editor, Technology and Commerce at TheStreet focusing on covering the latest products in the consumer tech space from how to pre-order to finding the best deals with reviews, analysis, and features in between. Before that, Jacob was a founding member at CNN Underscored, building and growing the electronics section. He also assisted in building out social media channels, programming the homepage, and establishing protocols for testing various products for one-off reviews and best-of guides. Prior to starting at CNN, Jacob was a Tech Writer at Mashable focusing on news, reviews, and evergreen content. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;He has experience covering major players in the space like Apple, Samsung, Google, and Microsoft as well as testing products like smartphones, tablets, smartwatches, smart home gadgets, speakers, earbuds, headphones, TVs, and more futuristic tech like smart glasses.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Jacob received a Bachelor of Arts in Media &amp; Communication cum laude with a minor in Innovation and Entrepreneurship from Muhlenberg College. During his time on campus, he interned at CNET, Fox News, CNN, and CNBC, while also running his own tech blog, NJTechReviews, which he founded in 2010.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;When not playing with a new gadget or breaking down the latest news, you can find Jacob listening to Bruce Springsteen, posting on TikTok, building a Lego set, watching a Star Wars show, or playing with his family dogs, Georgia and Charlie.&lt;/p&gt; ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/9ZyBoZvguyz7CPXsH59HC4-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Future/Jacob Krol]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Apple Watch Series 12 Review]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Apple Watch Series 12 Review]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Apple Watch Series 12 Review]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/9ZyBoZvguyz7CPXsH59HC4-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-apple-watch-series-12-one-minute-review"><span>Apple Watch Series 12: One minute review</span></h3><p>While the Apple Watch Series 12 is a decidedly modern-looking smartwatch in a pleasingly thin profile, it’s not a major redesign from the Cupertino-based tech giant. And if you're upgrading from the Series 11, you'll probably notice more of a difference in what the watch can do rather than in how it looks. Apple has updated the Health Sensing System (its array of LEDs and sensors used to collect your health data), introduced Readiness Score, and made everyday tracking more useful, with real-time steps and heart-rate information easier to access.</p><p>I've been wearing the Series 12 for more than a month, and Readiness Score is the addition I've found myself using the most. It takes your sleep and other health data and turns it into a score out of 10, giving you a quick idea of how ready you might be for the day. I've generally found the results match how I feel, and it's a feature that can genuinely influence what I do, whether that's heading out for a workout or taking a longer walk with my dog, Rosie.</p><p>I've also been comparing the Series 12 with the Series 11, Apple Watch Ultra 3 and Ultra 4, as well as the Oura Ring 5 and Pixel Watch 5. That has helped me put Apple's latest watch into context, particularly when looking at health tracking and heart-rate readings. The Series 12 has generally delivered the sort of everyday experience I'd expect from an Apple Watch, with battery life that's worked well for me most of the time.</p><p>A couple of things to consider, though. The design is very familiar, so there's little reason to upgrade purely for its appearance, and I did have two nights when the battery ran out before morning. Apple's upcoming AI features are also still a reason to wait rather than buy immediately. If they're what you're most interested in.</p><p>For anyone using an older Apple Watch, particularly a Series 9 or earlier, the Series 12 makes a much stronger case. The combination of newer health features, Readiness Score, performance, and battery life makes this an upgrade worth considering.</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-apple-watch-series-12-specs-table"><span>Apple Watch Series 12: Specs Table</span></h2><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Component</p></td><td  ><p>Apple Watch Series 12 (42mm)</p></td><td  ><p>Apple Watch Series 12 (46mm)</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Price</p></td><td  ><p>$399 / £369 / AU$679 for the 42mm</p></td><td  ><p>$429 / £399 / AU$699 for the 46mm</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Dimension</p></td><td  ><p>46 x 40 x 9.7mm</p></td><td  ><p>42 x 37 x 9.7mm</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Weight</p></td><td  ><p>31.5g (without band)</p></td><td  ><p>38.6g (without band) </p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Case/bezel</p></td><td  ><p>Aluminum, Titanium, or Ceramic</p></td><td  ><p>Aluminum, Titanium, or Ceramic</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Display</p></td><td  ><p>42mm Always-On Retina LTPO3 OLED display (up to 2,000 nits)</p></td><td  ><p>46mm Always-On Retina LTPO3 OLED display (up to 2,000 nits)</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Processor</p></td><td  ><p>Apple-made S11 chip </p></td><td  ><p>Apple-made S11 chip </p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>GPS</p></td><td  ><p>Precision L1 GPS (GPS, GLONASS, Galileo, QZSS, and BeiDou)</p></td><td  ><p>Precision L1 GPS (GPS, GLONASS, Galileo, QZSS, and BeiDou)</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Battery life</p></td><td  ><p>Up to 24 hours with normal use</p></td><td  ><p>Up to 24 hours with normal use</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Connections</p></td><td  ><p>4G LTE, Satellite SOS, Wi‑Fi 4 (802.11n), Bluetooth 5.3</p></td><td  ><p>Wi‑Fi 4 (802.11n), Bluetooth 5.3, and 4G LTE</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Water resistant</p></td><td  ><p>Water resistance 50m</p></td><td  ><p>Water resistance 50m</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-apple-watch-series-12-price-and-availability"><span>Apple Watch Series 12: Price and availability</span></h3><ul><li>$399 / £369 / AU$679 for the 42mm</li><li>$429 / £399 / AU$699 for the 46mm</li><li>Prices unchanged from last year</li></ul><p>The Apple Watch Series 12 starts at $399 / £369 / AU$679 for the 42mm with a recycled aluminum case and standard strap, and $429 / £399 / AU$699 for the 46mm. LTE-capable models, which can be added to your data plans, as well as optional improvements to the finish — titanium or ceramic — are available at an additional cost. </p><p>It doesn’t represent outstanding value in the same way as, let’s say, the Amazfit Active 3 Premium might, but it’s fine — the price has actually held steady on Apple Watches for the last couple of years, which is encouraging given the electronics industry is undergoing a supply chain crisis at the moment. </p><ul><li><strong>Value score: 4.5/5  </strong></li></ul><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-apple-watch-series-12-design"><span>Apple Watch Series 12: Design</span></h3><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="aM5EWXGaAQ7TtnRPxkdo74" name="Apple Watch Series 12 Review" alt="Apple Watch Series 12 Review" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/aM5EWXGaAQ7TtnRPxkdo74-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future/Jacob Krol)</span></figcaption></figure><ul><li>Same ‘squircle’ and digital crown design</li><li>Retains slimmer look from Series 11</li><li>Redesigned sensor array and GPS architecture</li></ul><p>If you expect the Apple Watch Series 12 to look substantially different from the Series 11, you'll be disappointed. Apple has kept the familiar rectangular ‘squircle’ design, with the Digital Crown and side button on the case, and the overall look remains very much the same.</p><p>After using the Series 12 for more than a month and comparing it with the Series 11, I haven't found the exterior to be a major reason to upgrade. It doesn't look dramatically different on your wrist, and Apple hasn't tried to reinvent a design that already works.   </p><p>That's not necessarily a problem, though. The Apple Watch Series 12 remains a comfortable everyday smartwatch, and wearing it all day and overnight matters when you use it for sleep tracking and the Readiness Score. The biggest changes are on the rear of the case, as Apple has redesigned the LEDs and internal architecture to make its data collection more accurate. However, a watch can have all the health features in the world, but they're less useful if you don't want to wear it consistently.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="jCBojBTmsoMaGYu4yCtz94" name="Apple Watch Series 12 Review" alt="Apple Watch Series 12 Review" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jCBojBTmsoMaGYu4yCtz94-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future/Jacob Krol)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The Series 12 comes in 42mm and 46mm sizes, with aluminum and titanium options alongside ceramic, which is returning and still adds a bit more heft. That gives you some choice in look and finish, though the core experience stays the same. The aluminum model is the more straightforward choice for most people, while titanium and ceramic offer alternatives if materials and appearance matter more to you.</p><p>The always-on OLED display is familiar, too. It lets you glance at the time, check a notification, or see your workout metrics without having to wake the screen manually. That's one of those features that quickly becomes part of your routine, particularly if you use complications to keep useful information on the watch face.</p><p>One addition I've found handy is the real-time step-count complication. I check steps regularly, and seeing the number at a glance saves me from opening the Fitness app. The heart rate complication works the same way, especially when I want to keep an eye on my readings during the day.</p><p>Compared with the Ultra 3 and Ultra 4, the Series 12 feels more like a familiar everyday watch. The Ultra models have their own appeal, particularly if you want a larger, more rugged watch, but the Series 12 is easier to recommend to someone who doesn't need that design.</p><p>The main point is that the Series 12 doesn't feel like a new design generation. If you're upgrading, look at the back of the case, with its improved health features enabling the Readiness Score and overall experience, rather than expecting a noticeable aesthetic change to the watch itself.</p><ul><li>Design score: 4.5/5</li></ul><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-apple-watch-series-12-features"><span>Apple Watch Series 12: Features</span></h3><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:964px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:54.98%;"><img id="ADdEckQk3w45tZ4JYYbV37" name="Apple Watch Series 12 Review" alt="Apple Watch Series 12 Review" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ADdEckQk3w45tZ4JYYbV37-1920-80.gif" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="964" height="530" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future/Jacob Krol)</span></figcaption></figure><ul><li>Readiness score is a major boon</li><li>More frequent heart rate data collection</li><li>Upcoming Audio Intelligence features</li></ul><p>The Readiness Score is the biggest reason I'd consider the Series 12, and it stood out most during my testing. It uses overnight sleep and HRV data, along with other health and activity information and some custom processing, to produce a score from 1 to 10. The idea is to give you a quick indication of how ready you might be for the day, rather than leaving you to interpret a collection of separate metrics yourself. <a href="https://www.techradar.com/health-fitness/smartwatches/i-measured-my-sleep-scores-for-a-week-with-both-the-apple-watch-series-12-and-the-garmin-cirqa-heres-how-they-compare">Tested against the Garmin Cirqa</a>, our senior fitness editor Matt Evans found both devices provided identical Readiness scores after wearing both for one week’s worth of sleep. </p><p>I like how Apple presents it: a half-moon graphic that’s easy to read, with an accompanying explanation that gives context for the score. It feels grounded in the data, rather than relying on vague wellness language that doesn't explain why you got a particular result.</p><p>My scores have generally been high, and they've mostly matched how I've felt. Getting my first 10 out of 10 was satisfying, of course, but the more interesting part is how I can use the information. If I've slept well and feel good, a strong score might encourage me to fit in a workout or take Rosie on a longer walk. It won't make every decision for me, but it gives me another useful piece of information to consider.</p><p>I've used an Oura Ring before, so I know the appeal of a daily Readiness score and the help it can provide beyond raw data. I appreciate that Apple built the feature into the watch I already use. I don't need to add another device to my routine, and Readiness Score doesn't require a separate subscription.</p><p>That makes it a particularly interesting addition for existing Apple Watch owners who want more from the health data their watch collects. Instead of simply checking how long I slept or looking at the previous day's activity, I get a more immediate summary I can use to plan my day. However, we have to acknowledge the wait for this feature — most other devices have had Readiness for years, but Apple has stated the feature has been enabled by its redesigned sensors taking heart rate and HRV readings more frequently, up to 60 times more often than previous Apple Watches. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="2pFfWuvMgB6bSwprgMRLB4" name="Apple Watch Series 12 Review" alt="Apple Watch Series 12 Review" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/2pFfWuvMgB6bSwprgMRLB4-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future/Jacob Krol)</span></figcaption></figure><p>I've also been paying attention to heart rate readings while comparing the Series 12 with the Apple Watch Series 11, Ultra 3, and Ultra 4, along with the Oura Ring 5 and Pixel Watch 5. In my everyday use, the Series 12's readings have been broadly consistent with what I've seen from those other devices.</p><p>Having heart rate information readily available is useful during workouts, too. I've used the watch for yoga, outdoor walks and runs, and indoor cycling, and it has fit naturally into those sessions. The real-time heart rate complication also makes it easier to check my readings without navigating away from the watch face.</p><p>The Series 12 retains the wider Apple Watch health feature set, including ECG, heart-rate notifications, wrist-temperature sensing, sleep tracking, respiratory-rate tracking, cycle tracking, hearing-health features, hypertension notifications and blood-oxygen tracking where supported. These aren't all new to this generation, but they contribute to the overall package.</p><p>Apple's upcoming AI (‘Audio Intelligence’ this time) features aren't a strong reason to buy right now. Live Rewind and Siri Recap sound interesting, but I haven't been able to test them because they aren’t out yet. If you're considering the Series 12 for those, I'd wait until Apple confirms when they're shipping and what will be available in your region, as there is some contention with Siri AI in certain regions such as the EU.</p><p>For now, Readiness Score is the feature I'd focus on. It's useful today, fits into the existing Apple Watch experience, and has made the biggest difference in how I use the Series 12. Best of all, it’s not locked behind another subscription … and that’s simply refreshing. </p><ul><li>Design score: 5/5</li></ul><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-apple-watch-series-12-performance"><span>Apple Watch Series 12: Performance</span></h3><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="AGqx3tgmjDzbB6TsHKHFB4" name="Apple Watch Series 12 Review" alt="Apple Watch Series 12 Review" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/AGqx3tgmjDzbB6TsHKHFB4-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future/Jacob Krol)</span></figcaption></figure><ul><li>S11 chip drives excellent performance</li><li>Accurate compared to other wearables</li><li>Responsive with no stutters</li></ul><p>While the Series 12 still feels and looks like an Apple Watch in pretty much every sense of the word, you can’t judge a book by its cover, especially when it comes to performance. Under the hood, the Series 12 runs on Apple’s new S11 chip, and the new health-sensing system on the back enables the Readiness score and HRV features. All of this comes together to make the Series 12 feel responsive, with none-to-minimal stutters when calling on a particular feature set. </p><p>I've now used the Series 12 for more than a month, and I've compared it directly alongside the Series 11, Ultra 3, and Ultra 4. These comparisons have helped me understand how the Series 12 fits into the wider wearable landscape, and while the latest generation doesn’t run laps around the previous gen or the one before that, the responsiveness is definitely noticeable. </p><p>Whether you’re customizing a Watch Face with your favorite complications, calling on Siri to remember a piece of information or drafting a message, controlling media playback, making a call, recording a voice memo, checking your activity score, monitoring your heart rate, or starting a workout, the Series 12 feels very responsive. We’ve also tested the same heart rate system, albeit on the <a href="https://www.techradar.com/health-fitness/smartwatches/apple-watch-ultra-4-vs-garmin-fenix-9-pro-i-wore-them-both-for-a-run-with-an-electrical-heart-rate-monitor-and-im-excited-to-report-that-both-watches-nailed-it">Ultra 4, against a chest-mounted heart rate monitor</a>, the Frontier X2, alongside the <a href="https://www.techradar.com/health-fitness/smartwatches/garmin-fenix-9-pro-review">Garmin Fenix 9 Pro</a>, and found Apple’s latest gen is highly accurate.</p><p>Battery life has been good overall, and it certainly meets Apple's all-day battery life promise. On a normal day with plenty of interaction points and one extended workout, I typically have around 30%–45% battery remaining by bedtime. That's enough to get through a normal day, and faster charging makes it easier to top up when I need to. Depending on how I use it, I can get through a full day and sometimes stretch it to a day and a half.</p><p>So far, the Series 12 has run out of battery overnight twice, and I think it’s especially worth mentioning because you need a full night of sleep data to wake up with a Readiness Score. And that means an unexpected shutdown can interrupt that routine. My general solution, even if the percentage hasn’t dropped super low, is to give it a quick charge before bed rather than assuming it will always have enough power to last the night.</p><p>The faster charging helps here. A short top-up with the USB-C to Apple Watch dongle that ships with the Series 12 can make it easier to keep the watch going overnight while still wearing it.</p><p>If you’re coming from an older Apple Watch, the all-day battery life paired with fast-charging will likely make a big difference. It’s not just a quality-of-life upgrade from, say, a Series 10 or older; compared with the rest of the features, it's a significant leap in what watchOS can accomplish and how long you go before you need to charge.</p><ul><li>Performance score: 4.5/5</li></ul><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-should-you-buy-the-apple-watch-series-12"><span>Should you buy the Apple Watch Series 12?</span></h3><h4 id="buy-it-if-26">Buy it if..</h4><div class="product"><p>You're upgrading from an Apple Watch Series 9 or older and want better health tracking, Readiness Score, and faster charging.</p></div><div class="product"><p>You want a responsive everyday smartwatch with useful at-a-glance health metrics and no extra subscription for Readiness Score.</p></div><h4 id="don-t-buy-it-if-7">Don’t buy it if..</h4><div class="product"><p>You already own an Apple Watch Series 11 and want a major design change or a substantial leap in performance.</p></div><div class="product"><p>You're buying primarily for Apple's upcoming AI features, or you need battery life you can count on for every night of sleep tracking without a top-up.</p></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-also-consider"><span>Also consider</span></h3><div class="product"><p><strong>Garmin Fenix 9 Pro</strong></p><p>The Apple Watch Ultra 4's biggest competitor in the premium adventure watch space. </p><p><strong>Read our full </strong><a href="https://www.techradar.com/health-fitness/smartwatches/garmin-fenix-9-pro-review" data-dimension112="1f40356c-cf19-11f1-9d76-7fac3271c624" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Read our full Garmin Fenix 9 Pro review" data-dimension48="Read our full Garmin Fenix 9 Pro review" data-dimension25=""><strong>Garmin Fenix 9 Pro review</strong></a></p></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-how-we-tested"><span>How we tested</span></h3><p>We tested the Apple Watch Series 12 by wearing it day and night, tracking workouts, monitoring sleep, and putting its features to the test over multiple weeks. We compared its health and fitness readings with other wearables and an electrical heart rate monitor, tested battery life, and explored as many features as possible to see how it holds up in everyday use.</p><p><em>First reviewed October 2026.</em></p>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ Khadas Mind Pro mini PC review ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-khadas-mind-pro-30-second-review"><span>Khadas Mind Pro: 30-second review</span></h2><p>Having reviewed the Khadas Mind 2S just over a year ago, I was impressed by just how much processing power Khadas had managed to squeeze into such a small machine. Now, with the arrival of the Mind Pro, the company has retained much the same compact form factor and innovative modular design, while introducing Intel’s latest Core Ultra processor and Arc integrated graphics.</p><p>The result is an exceptionally powerful mini PC that feels just as capable as many considerably larger desktop systems, especially when it comes to everyday productivity as well as creative applications.</p><p>It once again features the premium metal construction, and with dimensions of just 146 × 105 × 28mm, it’s small enough to slip into a bag and carry between home and office. What makes this particularly useful is the integrated 7.98Wh standby battery, which allows the machine to maintain your Windows session while moving between those locations, much the same as using a laptop.</p><p>During testing, I was able to leave applications open, disconnect the computer, throw the Khadas Mind Pro in my backpack and travel home. Then I was able to reconnect to a monitor, mouse and keyboard at home and continue the session without needing to re-open applications and work. This is what we have come to expect from laptops, but not with a Mini PC, and it’s a surprisingly useful feature, boosted by the option of extras such as the Dock and GPU modules.</p><p>Performance is equally impressive as it features an Intel Core Ultra X7 358H, combined with 64GB of RAM and integrated Arc B390 graphics. This combination proved to handle Microsoft Office, Photoshop and Lightroom extremely well. Even Adobe Premiere Pro and DaVinci Resolve proved more usable than I had anticipated with 4K footage shot on the GoPro Mission 1 ILS.</p><p>Gaming was another surprise, with <em>Cyberpunk 2077</em> and <em>Indiana Jones and the Great Circle</em> both running at medium-quality settings; although as I extended play there were occasional frame drops, there was nothing too much to impact gameplay. The other point here was that the fans kicked in and, while audible, they remained relatively quiet. </p><p>The machine also has considerable AI potential, with a dedicated NPU and 64GB of shared memory. My initial CPU-based Lemonade AI testing showed that it could handle practical local AI tasks, although switching between models wasn’t always straightforward. Using the dedicated NPU with the right models gained some impressive results, but again selecting the right LLM manager and model takes some time, this process took me from Lemonade to the LM Studio.</p><p>Through the test, my main issue with the machine was the connectivity. With only two Thunderbolt 4 ports, it’s easy to run out of high-speed connections when using a USB-C monitor, power supply and external storage. If you are using the Mind Pro as your main desktop, this is where the optional Mind Dock starts to make sense and is more like an essential purchase.</p><p>Ultimately, the Mind Pro is an impressive example of innovation and how far mini PCs have progressed. It won't be the <a href="https://www.techradar.com/best/mini-pcs" target="_blank">best mini PC</a> for most users. It isn’t cheap, and you’ll need to invest further to see the full potential of its modular design, but the impressive processing power, portability and modular extras make it expensive but very desirable. </p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-khadas-mind-pro-price-and-availability"><span>Khadas Mind Pro: Price and availability</span></h2><ul><li><strong>How much does it cost?  </strong>From $2,559</li><li><strong>When is it out? </strong>Available now</li><li><strong>Where can you get it? </strong>Directly from <a href="https://www.khadas.com/mind-pro" target="_blank">Khadas</a></li></ul><p>The Khadas Mind Pro costs $2,599 for the Core Ultra X7 358H, 64GB RAM and 2TB SSD configuration that I’ve looked at in this review and is available directly from Khadas. Alongside the Mini PC, you can also purchase the optional Mind Dock, Mind xPlay and Mind Graphics 2, although these will add considerably to the overall cost.</p><ul><li><strong>Value:</strong> 4 / 5</li></ul><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1200px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="qKSCzGCYsqxHK4Ybxh7ogm" name="Khadas Mind Pro" alt="Khadas Mind Pro" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/qKSCzGCYsqxHK4Ybxh7ogm-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1200" height="675" attribution="" endorsement="" class="" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Alastair Jennings)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-khadas-mind-pro-specs"><span>Khadas Mind Pro: Specs</span></h2><p><strong>CPU: </strong>Intel Core Ultra X7 358H, 16 cores / 16 threads <br /><strong>Graphics: </strong>Intel Arc B390 integrated graphics <br /><strong>NPU: </strong>Intel AI Boost NPU 5, up to 50 TOPS <br /><strong>RAM: </strong>64GB LPDDR5X, 8533MT/s <br /><strong>Storage: </strong>2TB PCIe 4.0 M.2 2230 SSD <br /><strong>Additional storage: </strong>M.2 2230 NVMe expansion slot <br /><strong>Rear Ports: </strong>2 x Thunderbolt 4, 2× USB-A 3.2 Gen 2, HDMI 2.1 FRL <br /><strong>Expansion: </strong>Khadas Mind Link proprietary modular interface <br /><strong>Connectivity: </strong>Wi-Fi 7, Bluetooth 6.0 <br /><strong>Audio: </strong>Audio output via supported display, USB and compatible expansion accessories. <strong>Battery: </strong>7.98Wh internal standby battery <br /><strong>Dimensions: </strong>146 × 105 × 28mm <br /><strong>Weight: </strong>562g <br /><strong>Operating System: </strong>Windows 11 Home <br /><strong>Power: </strong>100W USB-C power adapter <br /><strong>Optional Accessories: </strong>Mind Dock, Mind xPlay and Mind Graphics 2</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-khadas-mind-pro-design"><span>Khadas Mind Pro: Design</span></h2><p>Unpacking the compact AX9 Max, the metal casing and detailed plastic base of this mini PC instantly reinforced its price point. Only after carefully checking the detailing and the large, shiny logo on top did I start to question whether this was a premium machine or just one trying to look premium.</p><p>Checking the specifications and that the price point was justified, but there’s still something about the design that feels a little over the top. The rest of the design is solid, and at 134.9 × 131.8 × 57.7mm and 777.5g, it’s a great size and weight for this style of machine.</p><p>Around the casing, there are four USB 3.2 Gen 2 Type-A ports and a 3.5mm stereo headphone jack. On the left side of the casing is an SD 4.0 memory card slot, while the back has two USB4 Type-C ports, a USB 2.0 port, two HDMI 2.1 ports, two 2.5Gb RJ45 sockets, a USB 3.2 Gen 2 Type-A port, and the DC-in port.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1200px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="BUdpFZoTEpQxHGPTbJTLom" name="Khadas Mind Pro" alt="Khadas Mind Pro" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/BUdpFZoTEpQxHGPTbJTLom-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1200" height="675" attribution="" endorsement="" class="" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Alastair Jennings)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Having reviewed the Khadas Mind 2S just over a year ago, I was impressed by the combination of its exceptionally small size, processing power and innovative modular design. With the arrival of the Mind Pro, it’s immediately apparent that the company has retained much of the ethos of those initial machines and what made them so interesting.</p><p>The form factor is familiar, the design remains incredibly minimalist, and once again, it’s the modular expansion ecosystem that differentiates this from the usual mini PCs I look at.</p><p>The first impression is that this is an exceptionally well-made and small mini PC. The metal casing gives it a premium feel, with solid construction, and it’s just understated when it comes to styling, which I really like.</p><p>The front just features the power button mounted into a subtle cutaway, and all connectivity options are lined up at the rear.</p><p>The compact dimensions are great if you have limited desk space or you need to take the machine between locations. This portability is one of the key features and, like a laptop that enables you to close the lid without powering down, the Mind Pro enable you to do much the same when you move from one location to another. Simply unplug the monitor, keyboard and mouse, and pop it in your bag; then, when you get to the next location, connect up and off you go. All the apps and work that you were working on will still be there and ready for you to continue with.</p><p>The idea behind the machine is that you have the core, which is the Mind Pro, then you have the accessories, so in the office where you need to focus on high-demand work, you’ll have the Mind Graphics 2 eGPU Module and Mind Dock All-In-One Docking Station. </p><p>While at home, where you may just want to check email and do some light work, you may just need the Mind xPlay Portable Display + Keyboard, which will, in low-power mode, essentially give you the same abilities as a Windows Home laptop. You can also plug in the Tone2 for audio. The point is the Mind Pro is just the core, and how and where you use it will dictate what additional extras you want and need. </p><p>What makes the portability possible is the integrated 7.98Wh standby battery. This isn’t designed primarily to power the machine in the same way as a laptop battery and instead is used to maintain the machine's working state when disconnected from external power.</p><p>Taking a look at the limited ports on the back, there are two Thunderbolt 4 ports, an HDMI 2.1 connection and two USB-A 3.2 Gen 2 ports. While this matches most premium laptops, I found that the two Thunderbolt connections became a bit of an issue, particularly when using the Mind Pro for creative work.</p><p>With a Thunderbolt monitor and power connected, there was no fast connection left for connecting high-speed external SSDs or card readers without using an additional adapter. The two USB-A connections are useful, but their 10Gbps maximum transfer rate is far slower than the Thunderbolt 4’s 40Gbps connection bandwidth.</p><p>Considering the performance on offer here, a third Thunderbolt connection would have been welcome. For anyone intending to use the Mind Pro as their main desktop computer, the Mind Dock is essential, and at $199, that's quite an additional cost on an already expensive machine. </p><p>The all-metal construction does make the Mind Pro look like it should be passively cooled. However, there is an active cooling system inside, and while the fans become audible on many of the more demanding tasks, I was generally well controlled.</p><p>During intensive creative work, the casing also became warm to the touch, which isn’t particularly surprising given the amount of processing power packed into such a small space.</p><p>The design of this small machine is stunning, and the portability of the design with the integrated standby battery is actually a great idea. However, when it comes to the design, the limited port selection is frustrating, especially at this price, but it has been designed to be used as a modular setup, and the dock and GPU are available to boost the performance further at a cost.</p><ul><li><strong>Design:</strong> 5 / 5</li></ul><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1200px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="ACQmJ55gANFXVyfjASaHrm" name="Khadas Mind Pro" alt="Khadas Mind Pro" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ACQmJ55gANFXVyfjASaHrm-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1200" height="675" attribution="" endorsement="" class="" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Alastair Jennings)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-khadas-mind-pro-features"><span>Khadas Mind Pro: Features</span></h2><p>The Khadas Mind Pro builds on the modular design of the machines that I have looked at in the past from the company and combines powerful processing with a proprietary expansion interface and an integrated standby battery.</p><p>At the heart of the system is Intel’s Core Ultra X7 358H, a 16-core processor supported by Intel Arc B390 integrated graphics and a dedicated AI Boost NPU. In this review, I have looked at the standard Pro machine with 64GB of LPDDR5X memory and a 2TB PCIe 4.0 SSD.</p><p>While those specifications are impressive, what separates this from most other mini PCs is that it has been designed so that the Mind Pro can easily move between different work and home environments, with a range of Mind Link connection expansion modules that adapt its use depending on your needs.</p><p>These modules include the Mind Dock that provides additional connectivity for when it’s used as a desktop workstation, and this comes in at around $200. Then there's the Mind xPlay portable display at $99, or with keyboard at $399, which offers a more mobile configuration. </p><p>There’s also the Mind Graphics 2 that adds dedicated graphics processing for creative applications, gaming and potentially supported AI workloads, and this will set you back a further $1449.</p><p>Unfortunately, none of these modules was available during my testing, so I wasn’t able to assess the complete ecosystem. Even without the expansion options, however, the Mind Pro has plenty of raw processing power.</p><p>The internal 7.98Wh battery is the most unique, and as I found this on a normal working day when I regularly travel between office, home and college, with a journey time that can vary from ten minutes up to an hour and a half. </p><p>With a conventional mini PC, that would mean saving everything, closing applications and shutting down before leaving, then re-opening everything when I get to my next destination. Which is one of the reasons I use a laptop, as I can keep everything open; however, the laptop isn’t light.</p><p>With the Mind Pro, I could simply disconnect the power, place the machine in my backpack and reconnect it at the other end, just like a laptop, just minus the screen, keyboard, and trackpad.</p><p>Throughout testing, this worked exceptionally well. I could leave Adobe Premiere Pro and other applications open, move between locations and return to the same Windows session without having to reopen everything. </p><p>It certainly makes for a lightweight alternative, although the internal 2TB SSD provides plenty of space for applications and smaller projects; I generally edit video from external storage.</p><p>This makes the portable workflow slightly more complicated, as unplugging an external SSD while Premiere Pro is accessing footage isn’t particularly advisable, but then that’s the same on a laptop. For shorter productions, however, the system really comes into its own.</p><p>During testing, I was editing approximately five-minute videos using footage from the GoPro Mission One, with the files stored directly on the internal SSD. This enabled me to start editing at the office, disconnect the computer and finish the project at home without closing Premiere Pro or shutting down Windows.</p><p>The battery also allows the Mind Pro to operate independently of external power for short periods, although this is very much a secondary feature. Using the Khadas Mind app, it’s possible to select the Use Battery option under Device Mode When Unplugged, allowing the computer to continue operating instead of immediately entering a standby state.</p><p>To see how practical this was, I tested the machine using three power settings, with a mixture of Microsoft Word, web browsing and Adobe Lightroom. At maximum power, the system lasted approximately seven minutes before displaying a low-battery warning and entering its low-power state.</p><p>Switching to the medium power setting in the Mind application was able to extend this working time to around 14 minutes, while the lowest power setting was around 30 minutes. These figures are far less than the 60 minutes quoted by Khadas for light active use. Most importantly, this internal battery feature means the machine wasn’t losing my work when the battery ran low.</p><ul><li><strong>Features:</strong> 4.5 / 5</li></ul><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-khadas-mind-pro-performance"><span>Khadas Mind Pro: Performance</span></h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1200px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="CXbHbtsNoQABGH5Mwk5jvm" name="Khadas Mind Pro" alt="Khadas Mind Pro" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/CXbHbtsNoQABGH5Mwk5jvm-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1200" height="675" attribution="" endorsement="" class="" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Alastair Jennings)</span></figcaption></figure><div  class="fancy-box"><div class="fancy_box-title">Benchmark scores</div><div class="fancy_box_body"><p class="fancy-box__body-text">CrystalDiskMark Read: 5,224.09 MB/s <br />CrystalDiskMark Write: 4,860.54 MB/s <br />Geekbench 6 CPU Multi: 16,660 <br />Geekbench 6 CPU Single: 2,883 <br />Geekbench 6 GPU: 58,502 <br />Geekbench 7 CPU Multi: 18,118 <br />Geekbench 7 CPU Single: 2,587 <br />Geekbench 7 GPU: 55,027 <br />PCMark Overall: 9,429 <br />Cinebench R23 CPU Multi (Threads): 20,252 <br />Cinebench R23 CPU Single (Threads): 2,084 <br />Cinebench 2026 CPU Multi (Threads): 4,835 <br />Cinebench 2026 CPU Single (Threads): 505 <br />Fire Strike Overall: 15,128 <br />Fire Strike Graphics: 18,110 <br />Fire Strike Physics: 29,411 <br />Fire Strike Combined: 5,105 <br />Time Spy Overall: 7,647 <br />Time Spy Graphics: 7,049 <br />Time Spy CPU: 14,738 <br />Wild Life Overall: 44,322 <br />Steel Nomad Overall: 1,601 <br />Windows Experience Overall: 8.9 <br />Procyon: 1,485</p></div></div><p>Getting started with the Khadas Mind Pro follows the usual process, and the machine arrives with Windows 11 Home preinstalled, alongside the Khadas Mind software, and the initial Windows setup takes around 10 to 15 minutes.</p><p>Aside from the usual process of accepting or declining Microsoft’s various additional services, there is very little to do before you’re up and running. Then the Khadas Mind application provides access to the machine’s power management and battery options, highlighting that this is far more than a normal mini PC.</p><p>While the modular ecosystem enables you to expand the system with a docking station or external GPU, even as the core unit when used as a standalone computer, the Mind Pro offers impressive performance, especially considering its small size.</p><p>I started the test by installing Microsoft Office; there was more than enough performance to run Word, Excel and PowerPoint all at the same time, alongside multiple browser windows. Everything remained fast and responsive, and even when adding Photoshop and Lightroom into the mix, there was little indication that the system was struggling.</p><p>As is now common, there’s also a dedicated Intel NPU, and that adds potential for supported local AI features, although cloud-based Microsoft Copilot functionality shouldn’t be confused with processing directly on the NPU. Opening up the task manager indicates when the NPU comes into play and often as a support role to cloud-based connections and some app integration. </p><p>After seeing that standard office applications were well within the machine's capabilities, I moved on to Adobe’s creative applications, and running these showed just how powerful this machine is even without the boost that the optional modules would obviously offer. </p><p>Lightroom Classic ran extremely smoothly, opening large catalogues, processing high-resolution photographs and exporting batches of images without difficulty. The internal 2TB SSD also performed well, keeping up with the demands of loading, editing and saving substantial image files.</p><p>Loading Photoshop and the performance was equally impressive. I worked with high-resolution photographs from the Canon EOS R5 C and Sony A7 IV, and the Mind Pro handled them without any noticeable problems. Opening Adobe Bridge, thumbnails appeared quickly, and I could select batches of up to 30 files and open them in Adobe Camera Raw for editing.</p><p>If you’re a professional photographer, then the small size of the machine and its portability make it a great option, especially when connected to a large monitor. I also found that the 64GB RAM provided substantial headroom, and with the Arc B390 integrated graphics, all image editing and processing was again well within the machine's abilities.</p><p>One of the features that I really liked was the ability to plug into my monitor and dock in the office and use the machine as I do with any Mini PC; then, when I headed home, I was able to leave several video projects and other documents open, pop the machine in my bag and then reconnect to another monitor in the home office, with all apps and documents still open and ready to go. The machine in that respect is just like a laptop without the screen and keyboard, of course. The benefit here is that it’s far smaller and lighter, so even more portable than a laptop, especially a laptop with this kind of power. </p><p>While the performance is good, I did have a connectivity issue. My test monitor uses USB-C rather than HDMI, so connecting the display and power supply occupied both Thunderbolt 4 ports. This left only the two USB-A 3.2 Gen 2 connections for external storage and accessories. While these are rated at 10Gbps, they’re considerably slower than the 40Gbps connection bandwidth offered by Thunderbolt 4.</p><p>For photographers and videographers using fast external SSDs, the optional Mini Dock would make a difference on this front.</p><p>When video editing, this machine again proved surprisingly capable and while I initially had reservations about how comfortably a mini PC of this size would handle 4K footage in Adobe Premiere Pro, editing a short five-minute project went well with few problems.</p><p>There were occasional slowdowns, particularly as the edit became more complex, but the overall workflow was better than I expected. After switching the video editing application to DaVinci Resolve, I found through the edits that the performance was similar. Straightforward 4K timelines were fine, although increasing the complexity of the edit resulted in additional slowdowns, particularly during rendering.</p><p>This is where an external GPU would potentially make a significant difference, and the Mind Graphics 2 looks like an interesting expansion option if you are planning to use this system for more intensive video production. Although, again, this does come at quite a financial cost.</p><p>Before moving on to the AI potential, I tried out a few games, and again I was surprised by the ability of the machine. I tested <em>Cyberpunk 2077</em> and <em>Indiana Jones and the Great Circle</em>, and both titles loaded successfully, with no issues with the integrated CPU. </p><p>At medium graphics settings, gameplay was surprisingly good considering that all the graphics processing was being handled by that integrated Intel Arc B390. While I wouldn’t position the Mind Pro as a replacement for a dedicated gaming PC, the ability to run demanding modern titles on a computer this small is impressive.</p><p>The final test was to take a closer look at the AI potential of the Khadas Mind Pro, loading Lemonade AI and the Qwen model to see just how capable this compact mini PC was when running AI workloads locally.</p><p>I started by testing several AI models to code a website, generate images, organise files, recognise image content and handle general chatbot and text-generation tasks. The results were mixed, although the 64GB of RAM provided enough headroom to run some relatively large models locally.</p><p>One issue with the stability of the Lemonade and the AI process that I came up against was when switching between tasks and therefore LLM models. While there was enough memory to load and run individual models, running two larger models side by side seemed to cause issues and checking Task Manager, it showed the RAM maxing out. Instead, I found myself working through different stages, unloading one model before loading the next.</p><p>For example, when organising images, I first used PowerShell to create a CSV file containing a list of images before handing that information over to the Qwen model to help manage the files. I then switched to an image recognition model to identify image contents and add the relevant tagging information. For small batches, this worked; however, increasing the count from 20 to 100 images, something between the CPU, Lemonade, and the model kept falling over.</p><p>Through this process, I also found that switching models wasn't always straightforward. Rather than simply unloading one model and loading another, it was often more reliable to close Lemonade Server completely, restart it and then load the next model. Without restarting, the software could become confused, and the process was noticeably less reliable.</p><p>For a measurable test, I ran through a batch of 20 images, using the AI tools to assist with basic file organisation and CSV-based content management. Because the workflow involved switching between several models, it was difficult to calculate the total number of tokens used across the entire process.</p><p>However, during one of the main processing stages, the system recorded a time to first token of 9.08 seconds and generated 1,340 tokens in total. CPU utilisation reached 100%, while RAM usage fluctuated between 60% and 80%, showing the machine was capable of handling the workload but was also being pushed relatively hard.</p><p>The synthetic AI benchmark results backed up the practical testing, with the Khadas Mind Pro achieving a Procyon AI performance score of 1,485. This highlights that when configured correctly with the AI LLM management software, it will have impressive AI processing capabilities, although the real-world tests highlighted that available memory, model management and workflow optimisation are just as important as raw processing performance.</p><p>What impressed me most was that all of this was possible on such a small machine without an external GPU. The integrated graphics and 64GB of RAM provide a useful starting point for local AI development, experimentation and lighter production tasks, although experimentation with models and setup is at present a necessity.</p><p>That said, if you're planning to use the Mind Pro extensively for AI processing, the optional Mind Graphics 2 external GPU will be worth the upgrade. </p><ul><li><strong>Performance:</strong> 4.5 / 5</li></ul><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-khadas-mind-pro-final-verdict"><span>Khadas Mind Pro: Final verdict</span></h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1200px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="vehY6C8mCamaVDgFmfkw2n" name="Khadas Mind Pro" alt="Khadas Mind Pro" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/vehY6C8mCamaVDgFmfkw2n-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1200" height="675" attribution="" endorsement="" class="" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Alastair Jennings)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The Khadas Mind Pro is an exceptionally compact and powerful mini PC aimed at professionals, creatives and anyone who needs desktop performance across multiple locations without carrying a laptop.</p><p>What makes this small machine so versatile is the modular design, although I haven’t tested the additional modules in this review, focusing on the RAW power of the core unit. </p><p>As it stands, used in isolation, it’s surprisingly powerful and a small and stylish option for use in the office or studio; then, if you do need that boost, it can, at a price, be connected to the optional Mind Dock and Mind Graphics 2 external GPU, transforming it into a far more capable workstation for demanding creative applications, video editing and AI workloads. </p><p>Likewise at home, simply connect a monitor and keyboard, potentially alongside the Mind xPlay portable display, and you’re ready to continue working, or just the occasional check on email.</p><p>The solid metal construction gives the Mind Pro a premium feel, and its weight and small size make it easy to carry between locations. More importantly, the integrated standby battery means you can unplug the machine, slip it into your bag and reconnect elsewhere without closing applications or restarting Windows.</p><p>There are some issues, most notably the limited connectivity without a dock and the integrated GPU’s limitations under heavier workloads. However, the impressive CPU performance, 64GB of RAM and excellent portability do make this a highly versatile and desirable machine.</p><p>You are paying a premium for the quality of the build, the innovation, and the modular concept, but for professionals who regularly move between workspaces, the Mind Pro offers an attractive alternative to a conventional desktop or laptop.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-should-i-buy-the-khadas-mind-pro"><span>Should I buy the Khadas Mind Pro?</span></h3><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1200px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="vbGCDXR6QFSv7eyYE5yM7n" name="Khadas Mind Pro" alt="Khadas Mind Pro" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/vbGCDXR6QFSv7eyYE5yM7n-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1200" height="675" attribution="" endorsement="" class="" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Alastair Jennings)</span></figcaption></figure><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Value</p></td><td  ><p>Expensive, but impressive versatility and upgrade potential. </p></td><td  ><p>4</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Design</p></td><td  ><p>Exceptionally compact, solid construction with an innovative integrated battery. </p></td><td  ><p>4.5</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Features</p></td><td  ><p>Excellent modular expandability, although onboard connectivity is limited. </p></td><td  ><p>4.5</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Performance</p></td><td  ><p>Powerful CPU, plenty of RAM and impressive creative performance. </p></td><td  ><p>4.5</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Overall</p></td><td  ><p>An innovative, portable workstation with genuine professional appeal.</p></td><td  ><p>4.5</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h2 id="buy-it-if-27">Buy it if...</h2><div class="product"><p><strong>You want a powerful, portable mini PC</strong></p><p>The Mind Pro combines impressive performance, compact metal construction, and an integrated standby battery, making it easy to transport between workspaces.</p><p><strong>You like the idea of a modular workstation.</strong></p><p>The Mind Dock expands connectivity, while the Mind Graphics 2 external GPU boosts performance for demanding creative workloads.</p></div><h2 id="don-39-t-buy-it-if-21">Don't buy it if...</h2><div class="product"><p><strong>You need plenty of ports without buying accessories.</strong></p><p>Connectivity is limited, especially when using USB-C for both power and a display. The optional Mind Dock starts to feel like an essential purchase.</p><p><strong>You need serious graphics performance out of the box.</strong></p><p> The integrated GPU handles lighter workloads, but demanding video editing, gaming and AI tasks will benefit from an external GPU.</p></div><p><em>For more professional-grade desktops, we've tested the </em><a href="https://www.techradar.com/news/best-business-desktop-pcs" target="_blank"><em>best business computers</em></a><em>.</em></p> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.techradar.com/pro/khadas-mind-pro-mini-pc-review</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ The Khadas Mind Pro mini PC has some impressive specs and features in a compact all-metal chassis, like a standby battery and a modular design for extra tools. ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">Rc3nQEDaNQR3h5hhrB544j</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/L4R8hre5khrXrgkMW9xakm-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Fri, 23 Oct 2026 20:50:00 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Pro]]></category>
                                                                                                                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Alastair Jennings ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                                        <dc:description><![CDATA[ &lt;p&gt;Alastair is a photographer, filmmaker and tech writer who has been working in the publishing industry since the late 1990s. For more than 25 years he has covered photography, video and technology across Future&#039;s photography, technology and gaming brands, and worked on many of the company&#039;s launch titles. Based in the south of England, Alastair now runs a photography and video production company and lectures in TV and film. When not on set or in the classroom, Alastair can usually be found prototyping and prop building with the aid of 3D printing as well as advising companies on social video strategy and creative workflows which gives him the tech insight behind the reviews.&lt;/p&gt; ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/L4R8hre5khrXrgkMW9xakm-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Alastair Jennings]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Khadas Mind Pro]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Khadas Mind Pro]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Khadas Mind Pro]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/L4R8hre5khrXrgkMW9xakm-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-khadas-mind-pro-30-second-review"><span>Khadas Mind Pro: 30-second review</span></h2><p>Having reviewed the Khadas Mind 2S just over a year ago, I was impressed by just how much processing power Khadas had managed to squeeze into such a small machine. Now, with the arrival of the Mind Pro, the company has retained much the same compact form factor and innovative modular design, while introducing Intel’s latest Core Ultra processor and Arc integrated graphics.</p><p>The result is an exceptionally powerful mini PC that feels just as capable as many considerably larger desktop systems, especially when it comes to everyday productivity as well as creative applications.</p><p>It once again features the premium metal construction, and with dimensions of just 146 × 105 × 28mm, it’s small enough to slip into a bag and carry between home and office. What makes this particularly useful is the integrated 7.98Wh standby battery, which allows the machine to maintain your Windows session while moving between those locations, much the same as using a laptop.</p><p>During testing, I was able to leave applications open, disconnect the computer, throw the Khadas Mind Pro in my backpack and travel home. Then I was able to reconnect to a monitor, mouse and keyboard at home and continue the session without needing to re-open applications and work. This is what we have come to expect from laptops, but not with a Mini PC, and it’s a surprisingly useful feature, boosted by the option of extras such as the Dock and GPU modules.</p><p>Performance is equally impressive as it features an Intel Core Ultra X7 358H, combined with 64GB of RAM and integrated Arc B390 graphics. This combination proved to handle Microsoft Office, Photoshop and Lightroom extremely well. Even Adobe Premiere Pro and DaVinci Resolve proved more usable than I had anticipated with 4K footage shot on the GoPro Mission 1 ILS.</p><p>Gaming was another surprise, with <em>Cyberpunk 2077</em> and <em>Indiana Jones and the Great Circle</em> both running at medium-quality settings; although as I extended play there were occasional frame drops, there was nothing too much to impact gameplay. The other point here was that the fans kicked in and, while audible, they remained relatively quiet. </p><p>The machine also has considerable AI potential, with a dedicated NPU and 64GB of shared memory. My initial CPU-based Lemonade AI testing showed that it could handle practical local AI tasks, although switching between models wasn’t always straightforward. Using the dedicated NPU with the right models gained some impressive results, but again selecting the right LLM manager and model takes some time, this process took me from Lemonade to the LM Studio.</p><p>Through the test, my main issue with the machine was the connectivity. With only two Thunderbolt 4 ports, it’s easy to run out of high-speed connections when using a USB-C monitor, power supply and external storage. If you are using the Mind Pro as your main desktop, this is where the optional Mind Dock starts to make sense and is more like an essential purchase.</p><p>Ultimately, the Mind Pro is an impressive example of innovation and how far mini PCs have progressed. It won't be the <a href="https://www.techradar.com/best/mini-pcs" target="_blank">best mini PC</a> for most users. It isn’t cheap, and you’ll need to invest further to see the full potential of its modular design, but the impressive processing power, portability and modular extras make it expensive but very desirable. </p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-khadas-mind-pro-price-and-availability"><span>Khadas Mind Pro: Price and availability</span></h2><ul><li><strong>How much does it cost?  </strong>From $2,559</li><li><strong>When is it out? </strong>Available now</li><li><strong>Where can you get it? </strong>Directly from <a href="https://www.khadas.com/mind-pro" target="_blank">Khadas</a></li></ul><p>The Khadas Mind Pro costs $2,599 for the Core Ultra X7 358H, 64GB RAM and 2TB SSD configuration that I’ve looked at in this review and is available directly from Khadas. Alongside the Mini PC, you can also purchase the optional Mind Dock, Mind xPlay and Mind Graphics 2, although these will add considerably to the overall cost.</p><ul><li><strong>Value:</strong> 4 / 5</li></ul><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1200px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="qKSCzGCYsqxHK4Ybxh7ogm" name="Khadas Mind Pro" alt="Khadas Mind Pro" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/qKSCzGCYsqxHK4Ybxh7ogm-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1200" height="675" attribution="" endorsement="" class="" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Alastair Jennings)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-khadas-mind-pro-specs"><span>Khadas Mind Pro: Specs</span></h2><p><strong>CPU: </strong>Intel Core Ultra X7 358H, 16 cores / 16 threads <br /><strong>Graphics: </strong>Intel Arc B390 integrated graphics <br /><strong>NPU: </strong>Intel AI Boost NPU 5, up to 50 TOPS <br /><strong>RAM: </strong>64GB LPDDR5X, 8533MT/s <br /><strong>Storage: </strong>2TB PCIe 4.0 M.2 2230 SSD <br /><strong>Additional storage: </strong>M.2 2230 NVMe expansion slot <br /><strong>Rear Ports: </strong>2 x Thunderbolt 4, 2× USB-A 3.2 Gen 2, HDMI 2.1 FRL <br /><strong>Expansion: </strong>Khadas Mind Link proprietary modular interface <br /><strong>Connectivity: </strong>Wi-Fi 7, Bluetooth 6.0 <br /><strong>Audio: </strong>Audio output via supported display, USB and compatible expansion accessories. <strong>Battery: </strong>7.98Wh internal standby battery <br /><strong>Dimensions: </strong>146 × 105 × 28mm <br /><strong>Weight: </strong>562g <br /><strong>Operating System: </strong>Windows 11 Home <br /><strong>Power: </strong>100W USB-C power adapter <br /><strong>Optional Accessories: </strong>Mind Dock, Mind xPlay and Mind Graphics 2</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-khadas-mind-pro-design"><span>Khadas Mind Pro: Design</span></h2><p>Unpacking the compact AX9 Max, the metal casing and detailed plastic base of this mini PC instantly reinforced its price point. Only after carefully checking the detailing and the large, shiny logo on top did I start to question whether this was a premium machine or just one trying to look premium.</p><p>Checking the specifications and that the price point was justified, but there’s still something about the design that feels a little over the top. The rest of the design is solid, and at 134.9 × 131.8 × 57.7mm and 777.5g, it’s a great size and weight for this style of machine.</p><p>Around the casing, there are four USB 3.2 Gen 2 Type-A ports and a 3.5mm stereo headphone jack. On the left side of the casing is an SD 4.0 memory card slot, while the back has two USB4 Type-C ports, a USB 2.0 port, two HDMI 2.1 ports, two 2.5Gb RJ45 sockets, a USB 3.2 Gen 2 Type-A port, and the DC-in port.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1200px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="BUdpFZoTEpQxHGPTbJTLom" name="Khadas Mind Pro" alt="Khadas Mind Pro" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/BUdpFZoTEpQxHGPTbJTLom-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1200" height="675" attribution="" endorsement="" class="" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Alastair Jennings)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Having reviewed the Khadas Mind 2S just over a year ago, I was impressed by the combination of its exceptionally small size, processing power and innovative modular design. With the arrival of the Mind Pro, it’s immediately apparent that the company has retained much of the ethos of those initial machines and what made them so interesting.</p><p>The form factor is familiar, the design remains incredibly minimalist, and once again, it’s the modular expansion ecosystem that differentiates this from the usual mini PCs I look at.</p><p>The first impression is that this is an exceptionally well-made and small mini PC. The metal casing gives it a premium feel, with solid construction, and it’s just understated when it comes to styling, which I really like.</p><p>The front just features the power button mounted into a subtle cutaway, and all connectivity options are lined up at the rear.</p><p>The compact dimensions are great if you have limited desk space or you need to take the machine between locations. This portability is one of the key features and, like a laptop that enables you to close the lid without powering down, the Mind Pro enable you to do much the same when you move from one location to another. Simply unplug the monitor, keyboard and mouse, and pop it in your bag; then, when you get to the next location, connect up and off you go. All the apps and work that you were working on will still be there and ready for you to continue with.</p><p>The idea behind the machine is that you have the core, which is the Mind Pro, then you have the accessories, so in the office where you need to focus on high-demand work, you’ll have the Mind Graphics 2 eGPU Module and Mind Dock All-In-One Docking Station. </p><p>While at home, where you may just want to check email and do some light work, you may just need the Mind xPlay Portable Display + Keyboard, which will, in low-power mode, essentially give you the same abilities as a Windows Home laptop. You can also plug in the Tone2 for audio. The point is the Mind Pro is just the core, and how and where you use it will dictate what additional extras you want and need. </p><p>What makes the portability possible is the integrated 7.98Wh standby battery. This isn’t designed primarily to power the machine in the same way as a laptop battery and instead is used to maintain the machine's working state when disconnected from external power.</p><p>Taking a look at the limited ports on the back, there are two Thunderbolt 4 ports, an HDMI 2.1 connection and two USB-A 3.2 Gen 2 ports. While this matches most premium laptops, I found that the two Thunderbolt connections became a bit of an issue, particularly when using the Mind Pro for creative work.</p><p>With a Thunderbolt monitor and power connected, there was no fast connection left for connecting high-speed external SSDs or card readers without using an additional adapter. The two USB-A connections are useful, but their 10Gbps maximum transfer rate is far slower than the Thunderbolt 4’s 40Gbps connection bandwidth.</p><p>Considering the performance on offer here, a third Thunderbolt connection would have been welcome. For anyone intending to use the Mind Pro as their main desktop computer, the Mind Dock is essential, and at $199, that's quite an additional cost on an already expensive machine. </p><p>The all-metal construction does make the Mind Pro look like it should be passively cooled. However, there is an active cooling system inside, and while the fans become audible on many of the more demanding tasks, I was generally well controlled.</p><p>During intensive creative work, the casing also became warm to the touch, which isn’t particularly surprising given the amount of processing power packed into such a small space.</p><p>The design of this small machine is stunning, and the portability of the design with the integrated standby battery is actually a great idea. However, when it comes to the design, the limited port selection is frustrating, especially at this price, but it has been designed to be used as a modular setup, and the dock and GPU are available to boost the performance further at a cost.</p><ul><li><strong>Design:</strong> 5 / 5</li></ul><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1200px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="ACQmJ55gANFXVyfjASaHrm" name="Khadas Mind Pro" alt="Khadas Mind Pro" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ACQmJ55gANFXVyfjASaHrm-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1200" height="675" attribution="" endorsement="" class="" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Alastair Jennings)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-khadas-mind-pro-features"><span>Khadas Mind Pro: Features</span></h2><p>The Khadas Mind Pro builds on the modular design of the machines that I have looked at in the past from the company and combines powerful processing with a proprietary expansion interface and an integrated standby battery.</p><p>At the heart of the system is Intel’s Core Ultra X7 358H, a 16-core processor supported by Intel Arc B390 integrated graphics and a dedicated AI Boost NPU. In this review, I have looked at the standard Pro machine with 64GB of LPDDR5X memory and a 2TB PCIe 4.0 SSD.</p><p>While those specifications are impressive, what separates this from most other mini PCs is that it has been designed so that the Mind Pro can easily move between different work and home environments, with a range of Mind Link connection expansion modules that adapt its use depending on your needs.</p><p>These modules include the Mind Dock that provides additional connectivity for when it’s used as a desktop workstation, and this comes in at around $200. Then there's the Mind xPlay portable display at $99, or with keyboard at $399, which offers a more mobile configuration. </p><p>There’s also the Mind Graphics 2 that adds dedicated graphics processing for creative applications, gaming and potentially supported AI workloads, and this will set you back a further $1449.</p><p>Unfortunately, none of these modules was available during my testing, so I wasn’t able to assess the complete ecosystem. Even without the expansion options, however, the Mind Pro has plenty of raw processing power.</p><p>The internal 7.98Wh battery is the most unique, and as I found this on a normal working day when I regularly travel between office, home and college, with a journey time that can vary from ten minutes up to an hour and a half. </p><p>With a conventional mini PC, that would mean saving everything, closing applications and shutting down before leaving, then re-opening everything when I get to my next destination. Which is one of the reasons I use a laptop, as I can keep everything open; however, the laptop isn’t light.</p><p>With the Mind Pro, I could simply disconnect the power, place the machine in my backpack and reconnect it at the other end, just like a laptop, just minus the screen, keyboard, and trackpad.</p><p>Throughout testing, this worked exceptionally well. I could leave Adobe Premiere Pro and other applications open, move between locations and return to the same Windows session without having to reopen everything. </p><p>It certainly makes for a lightweight alternative, although the internal 2TB SSD provides plenty of space for applications and smaller projects; I generally edit video from external storage.</p><p>This makes the portable workflow slightly more complicated, as unplugging an external SSD while Premiere Pro is accessing footage isn’t particularly advisable, but then that’s the same on a laptop. For shorter productions, however, the system really comes into its own.</p><p>During testing, I was editing approximately five-minute videos using footage from the GoPro Mission One, with the files stored directly on the internal SSD. This enabled me to start editing at the office, disconnect the computer and finish the project at home without closing Premiere Pro or shutting down Windows.</p><p>The battery also allows the Mind Pro to operate independently of external power for short periods, although this is very much a secondary feature. Using the Khadas Mind app, it’s possible to select the Use Battery option under Device Mode When Unplugged, allowing the computer to continue operating instead of immediately entering a standby state.</p><p>To see how practical this was, I tested the machine using three power settings, with a mixture of Microsoft Word, web browsing and Adobe Lightroom. At maximum power, the system lasted approximately seven minutes before displaying a low-battery warning and entering its low-power state.</p><p>Switching to the medium power setting in the Mind application was able to extend this working time to around 14 minutes, while the lowest power setting was around 30 minutes. These figures are far less than the 60 minutes quoted by Khadas for light active use. Most importantly, this internal battery feature means the machine wasn’t losing my work when the battery ran low.</p><ul><li><strong>Features:</strong> 4.5 / 5</li></ul><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-khadas-mind-pro-performance"><span>Khadas Mind Pro: Performance</span></h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1200px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="CXbHbtsNoQABGH5Mwk5jvm" name="Khadas Mind Pro" alt="Khadas Mind Pro" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/CXbHbtsNoQABGH5Mwk5jvm-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1200" height="675" attribution="" endorsement="" class="" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Alastair Jennings)</span></figcaption></figure><div  class="fancy-box"><div class="fancy_box-title">Benchmark scores</div><div class="fancy_box_body"><p class="fancy-box__body-text">CrystalDiskMark Read: 5,224.09 MB/s <br />CrystalDiskMark Write: 4,860.54 MB/s <br />Geekbench 6 CPU Multi: 16,660 <br />Geekbench 6 CPU Single: 2,883 <br />Geekbench 6 GPU: 58,502 <br />Geekbench 7 CPU Multi: 18,118 <br />Geekbench 7 CPU Single: 2,587 <br />Geekbench 7 GPU: 55,027 <br />PCMark Overall: 9,429 <br />Cinebench R23 CPU Multi (Threads): 20,252 <br />Cinebench R23 CPU Single (Threads): 2,084 <br />Cinebench 2026 CPU Multi (Threads): 4,835 <br />Cinebench 2026 CPU Single (Threads): 505 <br />Fire Strike Overall: 15,128 <br />Fire Strike Graphics: 18,110 <br />Fire Strike Physics: 29,411 <br />Fire Strike Combined: 5,105 <br />Time Spy Overall: 7,647 <br />Time Spy Graphics: 7,049 <br />Time Spy CPU: 14,738 <br />Wild Life Overall: 44,322 <br />Steel Nomad Overall: 1,601 <br />Windows Experience Overall: 8.9 <br />Procyon: 1,485</p></div></div><p>Getting started with the Khadas Mind Pro follows the usual process, and the machine arrives with Windows 11 Home preinstalled, alongside the Khadas Mind software, and the initial Windows setup takes around 10 to 15 minutes.</p><p>Aside from the usual process of accepting or declining Microsoft’s various additional services, there is very little to do before you’re up and running. Then the Khadas Mind application provides access to the machine’s power management and battery options, highlighting that this is far more than a normal mini PC.</p><p>While the modular ecosystem enables you to expand the system with a docking station or external GPU, even as the core unit when used as a standalone computer, the Mind Pro offers impressive performance, especially considering its small size.</p><p>I started the test by installing Microsoft Office; there was more than enough performance to run Word, Excel and PowerPoint all at the same time, alongside multiple browser windows. Everything remained fast and responsive, and even when adding Photoshop and Lightroom into the mix, there was little indication that the system was struggling.</p><p>As is now common, there’s also a dedicated Intel NPU, and that adds potential for supported local AI features, although cloud-based Microsoft Copilot functionality shouldn’t be confused with processing directly on the NPU. Opening up the task manager indicates when the NPU comes into play and often as a support role to cloud-based connections and some app integration. </p><p>After seeing that standard office applications were well within the machine's capabilities, I moved on to Adobe’s creative applications, and running these showed just how powerful this machine is even without the boost that the optional modules would obviously offer. </p><p>Lightroom Classic ran extremely smoothly, opening large catalogues, processing high-resolution photographs and exporting batches of images without difficulty. The internal 2TB SSD also performed well, keeping up with the demands of loading, editing and saving substantial image files.</p><p>Loading Photoshop and the performance was equally impressive. I worked with high-resolution photographs from the Canon EOS R5 C and Sony A7 IV, and the Mind Pro handled them without any noticeable problems. Opening Adobe Bridge, thumbnails appeared quickly, and I could select batches of up to 30 files and open them in Adobe Camera Raw for editing.</p><p>If you’re a professional photographer, then the small size of the machine and its portability make it a great option, especially when connected to a large monitor. I also found that the 64GB RAM provided substantial headroom, and with the Arc B390 integrated graphics, all image editing and processing was again well within the machine's abilities.</p><p>One of the features that I really liked was the ability to plug into my monitor and dock in the office and use the machine as I do with any Mini PC; then, when I headed home, I was able to leave several video projects and other documents open, pop the machine in my bag and then reconnect to another monitor in the home office, with all apps and documents still open and ready to go. The machine in that respect is just like a laptop without the screen and keyboard, of course. The benefit here is that it’s far smaller and lighter, so even more portable than a laptop, especially a laptop with this kind of power. </p><p>While the performance is good, I did have a connectivity issue. My test monitor uses USB-C rather than HDMI, so connecting the display and power supply occupied both Thunderbolt 4 ports. This left only the two USB-A 3.2 Gen 2 connections for external storage and accessories. While these are rated at 10Gbps, they’re considerably slower than the 40Gbps connection bandwidth offered by Thunderbolt 4.</p><p>For photographers and videographers using fast external SSDs, the optional Mini Dock would make a difference on this front.</p><p>When video editing, this machine again proved surprisingly capable and while I initially had reservations about how comfortably a mini PC of this size would handle 4K footage in Adobe Premiere Pro, editing a short five-minute project went well with few problems.</p><p>There were occasional slowdowns, particularly as the edit became more complex, but the overall workflow was better than I expected. After switching the video editing application to DaVinci Resolve, I found through the edits that the performance was similar. Straightforward 4K timelines were fine, although increasing the complexity of the edit resulted in additional slowdowns, particularly during rendering.</p><p>This is where an external GPU would potentially make a significant difference, and the Mind Graphics 2 looks like an interesting expansion option if you are planning to use this system for more intensive video production. Although, again, this does come at quite a financial cost.</p><p>Before moving on to the AI potential, I tried out a few games, and again I was surprised by the ability of the machine. I tested <em>Cyberpunk 2077</em> and <em>Indiana Jones and the Great Circle</em>, and both titles loaded successfully, with no issues with the integrated CPU. </p><p>At medium graphics settings, gameplay was surprisingly good considering that all the graphics processing was being handled by that integrated Intel Arc B390. While I wouldn’t position the Mind Pro as a replacement for a dedicated gaming PC, the ability to run demanding modern titles on a computer this small is impressive.</p><p>The final test was to take a closer look at the AI potential of the Khadas Mind Pro, loading Lemonade AI and the Qwen model to see just how capable this compact mini PC was when running AI workloads locally.</p><p>I started by testing several AI models to code a website, generate images, organise files, recognise image content and handle general chatbot and text-generation tasks. The results were mixed, although the 64GB of RAM provided enough headroom to run some relatively large models locally.</p><p>One issue with the stability of the Lemonade and the AI process that I came up against was when switching between tasks and therefore LLM models. While there was enough memory to load and run individual models, running two larger models side by side seemed to cause issues and checking Task Manager, it showed the RAM maxing out. Instead, I found myself working through different stages, unloading one model before loading the next.</p><p>For example, when organising images, I first used PowerShell to create a CSV file containing a list of images before handing that information over to the Qwen model to help manage the files. I then switched to an image recognition model to identify image contents and add the relevant tagging information. For small batches, this worked; however, increasing the count from 20 to 100 images, something between the CPU, Lemonade, and the model kept falling over.</p><p>Through this process, I also found that switching models wasn't always straightforward. Rather than simply unloading one model and loading another, it was often more reliable to close Lemonade Server completely, restart it and then load the next model. Without restarting, the software could become confused, and the process was noticeably less reliable.</p><p>For a measurable test, I ran through a batch of 20 images, using the AI tools to assist with basic file organisation and CSV-based content management. Because the workflow involved switching between several models, it was difficult to calculate the total number of tokens used across the entire process.</p><p>However, during one of the main processing stages, the system recorded a time to first token of 9.08 seconds and generated 1,340 tokens in total. CPU utilisation reached 100%, while RAM usage fluctuated between 60% and 80%, showing the machine was capable of handling the workload but was also being pushed relatively hard.</p><p>The synthetic AI benchmark results backed up the practical testing, with the Khadas Mind Pro achieving a Procyon AI performance score of 1,485. This highlights that when configured correctly with the AI LLM management software, it will have impressive AI processing capabilities, although the real-world tests highlighted that available memory, model management and workflow optimisation are just as important as raw processing performance.</p><p>What impressed me most was that all of this was possible on such a small machine without an external GPU. The integrated graphics and 64GB of RAM provide a useful starting point for local AI development, experimentation and lighter production tasks, although experimentation with models and setup is at present a necessity.</p><p>That said, if you're planning to use the Mind Pro extensively for AI processing, the optional Mind Graphics 2 external GPU will be worth the upgrade. </p><ul><li><strong>Performance:</strong> 4.5 / 5</li></ul><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-khadas-mind-pro-final-verdict"><span>Khadas Mind Pro: Final verdict</span></h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1200px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="vehY6C8mCamaVDgFmfkw2n" name="Khadas Mind Pro" alt="Khadas Mind Pro" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/vehY6C8mCamaVDgFmfkw2n-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1200" height="675" attribution="" endorsement="" class="" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Alastair Jennings)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The Khadas Mind Pro is an exceptionally compact and powerful mini PC aimed at professionals, creatives and anyone who needs desktop performance across multiple locations without carrying a laptop.</p><p>What makes this small machine so versatile is the modular design, although I haven’t tested the additional modules in this review, focusing on the RAW power of the core unit. </p><p>As it stands, used in isolation, it’s surprisingly powerful and a small and stylish option for use in the office or studio; then, if you do need that boost, it can, at a price, be connected to the optional Mind Dock and Mind Graphics 2 external GPU, transforming it into a far more capable workstation for demanding creative applications, video editing and AI workloads. </p><p>Likewise at home, simply connect a monitor and keyboard, potentially alongside the Mind xPlay portable display, and you’re ready to continue working, or just the occasional check on email.</p><p>The solid metal construction gives the Mind Pro a premium feel, and its weight and small size make it easy to carry between locations. More importantly, the integrated standby battery means you can unplug the machine, slip it into your bag and reconnect elsewhere without closing applications or restarting Windows.</p><p>There are some issues, most notably the limited connectivity without a dock and the integrated GPU’s limitations under heavier workloads. However, the impressive CPU performance, 64GB of RAM and excellent portability do make this a highly versatile and desirable machine.</p><p>You are paying a premium for the quality of the build, the innovation, and the modular concept, but for professionals who regularly move between workspaces, the Mind Pro offers an attractive alternative to a conventional desktop or laptop.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-should-i-buy-the-khadas-mind-pro"><span>Should I buy the Khadas Mind Pro?</span></h3><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1200px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="vbGCDXR6QFSv7eyYE5yM7n" name="Khadas Mind Pro" alt="Khadas Mind Pro" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/vbGCDXR6QFSv7eyYE5yM7n-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1200" height="675" attribution="" endorsement="" class="" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Alastair Jennings)</span></figcaption></figure><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Value</p></td><td  ><p>Expensive, but impressive versatility and upgrade potential. </p></td><td  ><p>4</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Design</p></td><td  ><p>Exceptionally compact, solid construction with an innovative integrated battery. </p></td><td  ><p>4.5</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Features</p></td><td  ><p>Excellent modular expandability, although onboard connectivity is limited. </p></td><td  ><p>4.5</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Performance</p></td><td  ><p>Powerful CPU, plenty of RAM and impressive creative performance. </p></td><td  ><p>4.5</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Overall</p></td><td  ><p>An innovative, portable workstation with genuine professional appeal.</p></td><td  ><p>4.5</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h2 id="buy-it-if-27">Buy it if...</h2><div class="product"><p><strong>You want a powerful, portable mini PC</strong></p><p>The Mind Pro combines impressive performance, compact metal construction, and an integrated standby battery, making it easy to transport between workspaces.</p><p><strong>You like the idea of a modular workstation.</strong></p><p>The Mind Dock expands connectivity, while the Mind Graphics 2 external GPU boosts performance for demanding creative workloads.</p></div><h2 id="don-39-t-buy-it-if-21">Don't buy it if...</h2><div class="product"><p><strong>You need plenty of ports without buying accessories.</strong></p><p>Connectivity is limited, especially when using USB-C for both power and a display. The optional Mind Dock starts to feel like an essential purchase.</p><p><strong>You need serious graphics performance out of the box.</strong></p><p> The integrated GPU handles lighter workloads, but demanding video editing, gaming and AI tasks will benefit from an external GPU.</p></div><p><em>For more professional-grade desktops, we've tested the </em><a href="https://www.techradar.com/news/best-business-desktop-pcs" target="_blank"><em>best business computers</em></a><em>.</em></p>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ Apple Watch Ultra 4 review: Another triumph ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-apple-watch-ultra-4-one-minute-review"><span>Apple Watch Ultra 4: One minute review</span></h3><p>The Apple Watch Ultra 4 isn't a radical aesthetic redesign, but it doesn't need to be. Apple's rugged smartwatch keeps the familiar 49mm titanium build, bright display, and customizable Action Button, while upgrades to its rear health sensors and internals make it a more capable companion for everyday wear and endurance workouts.</p><p>The biggest upgrade is arguably its battery life. Apple promises up to 50 hours of normal use, but I've easily managed two days with the Always-On display enabled and sleep tracking running overnight. That's seriously impressive for a fully featured smartwatch, even if some lower-power rivals like the <a href="https://www.techradar.com/best/garmin-watch">best Garmin watches</a> can last longer.</p><p>The new S11 chip keeps everything feeling responsive, with apps opening quickly and watchOS 27 running smoothly. Faster charging is another welcome addition, letting me replenish around 30% of the battery in just 15 to 20 minutes.</p><p>Health and fitness tracking also gets a meaningful boost. The new Health Sensing System improves measurements, and Readiness Score is one of my favorite additions to watchOS 27. It gives you a useful snapshot of how prepared you might be for the day, without requiring another subscription.</p><p>It also adds plenty of smaller quality-of-life improvements, including real-time step-count complications. Siri AI also brings more intelligence to the wrist, with features like Shazam and Sound Recognition. Siri Rewind and Live Recap have yet to arrive and prove themselves.</p><p>The downside is that the Ultra 4 looks and feels much like its predecessor, so Ultra 3 owners may not find enough here to justify an immediate upgrade. And while the battery life is excellent, the Ultra 4 still can't match every rival in sheer endurance.</p><p>The Apple Watch Ultra 4 costs $799 / £749 / AU$1,349 and is available now in Natural Titanium or Black Titanium. Both finishes come with Wi-Fi and cellular connectivity, so there's no need to choose between separate Bluetooth-only and cellular models, as you can with the Apple Watch Series 12.</p><p>Ultimately, the Apple Watch Ultra 4 is a refined, reliable smartwatch that builds on an already excellent foundation. Its multi-day battery life, capable fitness tracking, and smoother watchOS experience make it a compelling choice for endurance athletes and Apple fans who want a rugged watch that does it all.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-apple-watch-ultra-4-video-review"><span>Apple Watch Ultra 4: Video review</span></h3><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="high" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/T1bW7eXebJI" allowfullscreen=""></iframe></div></div><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-apple-watch-ultra-4-specs-table"><span>Apple Watch Ultra 4: Specs Table</span></h2><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Component</p></td><td  ><p>Apple Watch Ultra 4</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Price</p></td><td  ><p>$799 / £749 / AU$1,349</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Dimension</p></td><td  ><p>49 x 44 x 12mm</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Weight</p></td><td  ><p>63g (without band)</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Case/bezel</p></td><td  ><p>Grad 5 Titanium</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Display</p></td><td  ><p>49mm Always-On Retina LTPO3 OLED display (up to 3,000 nits)</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Processor</p></td><td  ><p>Apple-made S11 chip </p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>GPS</p></td><td  ><p>Dual‑Frequency GPS (GPS, Galileo, QZSS, and BeiDou)</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Battery life</p></td><td  ><p>Up to 50 hours with normal use</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Connections</p></td><td  ><p>4G LTE, Satellite SOS, Wi‑Fi 4 (802.11n), Bluetooth 5.3</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Water resistant</p></td><td  ><p>Water resistance 100m</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-apple-watch-ultra-4-price-and-availability"><span>Apple Watch Ultra 4: Price and availability</span></h3><ul><li><strong>$799 / £749 / AU$1,349</strong></li><li><strong>No increase from last year</strong></li><li><strong>You’re paying for an LTE model as usual</strong></li></ul><p>The Apple Watch Ultra 4 costs $799 / £749 / AU$1,349, and comes in Natural Titanium or Black Titanium, with both finishes including Wi-Fi and cellular connectivity as standard. This means you’re paying for your phone’s ability to add to a data plan whether you want to or not. </p><p>The watch is more expensive than other Apple Watches, which is standard for the Ultra series, but crucially, it’s the same price as the Apple Watch Ultra 3, with no annual price increase. In an era of an electronics components crisis, this is great news. It’s also absolutely stuffed with features as usual, with a premium build quality that, together, justifies the high price. </p><ul><li><strong>Value score: 4.5/5  </strong></li></ul><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-apple-watch-ultra-4-design"><span>Apple Watch Ultra 4: Design</span></h3><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="MEqHhmQzBWQVD52a7Vuk5j" name="Apple Watch Ultra 4 Review" alt="Apple Watch Ultra 4 Review" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/MEqHhmQzBWQVD52a7Vuk5j-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future/Jacob Krol)</span></figcaption></figure><ul><li><strong>Redesigned sensor array</strong></li><li><strong>Identical display and case</strong></li><li><strong>Useful programmable Action button</strong></li></ul><p>Like the Apple Watch Ultra 1, 2, and 3 before it, the Ultra 4 stands on its own in Apple's smartwatch lineup, offering one option: a  squircle 49mm screen in a thicker, much more rugged design that's ready for the road — and truly any road. It still comes in Black or Natural Titanium and looks pretty much the same as previous iterations on your wrist. Still, the one-size-fits-all device is an issue for smaller wrists. </p><p>I've been testing the silver Natural Titanium version, and it's been a welcome change after rocking the Black Ultra 3 for well over a year. I like the contrast of the silver rim around the 49mm Retina display, and especially how the ‘Ultra Orange’ Action Button on the left side pops against the silver case.</p><p>The Action Button remains a nice addition for easily running a customized Siri Shortcut or quickly starting a workout, and the 49mm Always-On Retina OLED LTPO3 display still looks great in pretty much any condition, whether that's under fluorescent lights, in the gym, or outside on a very sunny day.</p><p>The Action Button sits alongside the speaker and microphone on the left side, while the rugged Digital Crown (with its orange ring) and the main side button live on the right. The top and bottom of the Apple Watch are still where the bands connect, and there's no change to the connector — fingers crossed Apple never changes that, as it’s exemplary.</p><p>The main design changes, aside from the new bands, are on the rear. Apple is rolling out a new Health Sensing System to the Ultra 4 and Series 12, which looks a little like a complex sundial on the back of the case. It features a new wider layout for electrodes and diodes to cover a larger surface area on the wrist, which lets the Apple Watch take more accurate health measurements — particularly when tracking heart rate.</p><p>This is also where the magnetic Apple Watch charger attaches, and the box includes an updated charging puck. It still connects to a wall adapter or another power source via USB-C, with improvements to charging speed. And while the Series 12 is still a stunner and the Ultra 3 could run laps around plenty of other watches, there's a larger battery inside the Ultra 4. I'll share more on this in the Performance section, but battery life is seriously impressive, surpassing its 50 listed hours.</p><p>Aside from the Health Sensing System on the back, though, much of the design here is Apple sticking with what has made the Ultra successful since its launch. It's an ultra-rugged, road-ready Apple Watch that's likely a necessity for endurance athletes, but its distinctive build also appeals to those who simply want something different from the standard Apple Watch.</p><ul><li><strong>Design score: 5/5</strong></li></ul><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-apple-watch-ultra-4-features"><span>Apple Watch Ultra 4: Features</span></h3><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="dDYrpkmxMR8m9eDfUJ8q2j" name="Apple Watch Ultra 4 Review" alt="Apple Watch Ultra 4 Review" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/dDYrpkmxMR8m9eDfUJ8q2j-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future/Jacob Krol)</span></figcaption></figure><ul><li><strong>Readiness score is excellent</strong></li><li><strong>Siri AI features to come</strong></li><li><strong>Improved vitals app</strong></li></ul><p>With the design mostly unchanged, much of what's new with the Apple Watch Ultra 4 comes from watchOS 27 and its health and activity features. I'm starting with the latter, as it's truly been the highlight of my testing.</p><p>I've worn an Apple Watch since it first launched in the spring of 2015. My original aluminum model arrived on launch day, and I was admittedly hooked on closing my rings. Now, after more than a month with the Ultra 4 — alongside the Apple Watch Series 12 — my new favorite feature is Readiness Score. It received a big round of applause at the launch event, and for good reason: it fills a gap in Apple's health feature set compared with the competition.</p><p>Many other wearables, including smartwatches and smart rings, offer ways to contextualize your data and help you understand what it means. Most notably, the Oura Ring provides a daily score that gives you an idea of what you're ready to take on. It's not medical advice, of course, but it can help you make sense of the data it collects. However, that feature sits behind a paywall, as do comparable offerings from Whoop, although Google Health, Garmin, and others provide it for free after you purchase a tracker.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="GkM4TVu7DzMuSszVLCL64j" name="Apple Watch Ultra 4 Review" alt="Apple Watch Ultra 4 Review" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/GkM4TVu7DzMuSszVLCL64j-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future/Jacob Krol)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Apple's take on a Readiness score is sometimes less elaborate, but it's free if you have a compatible new Apple Watch and enough data for it to work. Based on your sleep score and previous day's activity, you'll get a score from 0 to 10 tailored to you, alongside a matching phrase. It's presented as a curved line or half-moon graphic. Sometimes, I was greeted with a blue 7, marked "Ready," with the explanation: "You had a good night's sleep last night, and all your other metrics are typical. It looks like you're rested and ready for today."</p><figure role="gallery"><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/nVVCFmzDieMJB8Z5aLoxDC-1920-80.jpg" alt="Apple Watch Ultra 4 Review" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Jacob Krol/Future</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/bCENTpFXLhBKPFcZ44tSEC-1920-80.jpg" alt="Apple Watch Ultra 4 Review" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Jacob Krol/Future</small></figcaption></figure></figure><p>Below is a smaller breakdown of Fitness, Vitals, and Sleep Score. These can change throughout the day depending on your activity rings and whether you log workouts. When you open the Health or Fitness app on your connected iPhone, there's more data to explore, too.</p><p>It's become my favorite feature of watchOS 27 because of how it integrates with the Activity Rings experience, while building on Vitals. Rather than opening another app each morning and scrolling through a series of statistics, you're presented with a single score that feels actionable. Compared with other health wearables, it's also nice that Apple isn't locking it behind a monthly subscription. You do need a compatible recent Apple Watch, so there's an upfront cost, but you won't have to keep paying to use the feature.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="UeCeNttHntN6P2veW7i47j" name="Apple Watch Ultra 4 Review" alt="Apple Watch Ultra 4 Review" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/UeCeNttHntN6P2veW7i47j-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future/Jacob Krol)</span></figcaption></figure><p>watchOS 27 also brings Siri AI to the wrist, provided your Apple Watch is paired with a compatible iPhone. While some more extensive requests can take an extra beat, the experience has been smooth, whether I raise my wrist to talk or simply say "Hey Siri." You can also ask for relevant information about your activity directly from your wrist.</p><p>The new Siri Modular watch face certainly spotlights this feature, placing Siri Suggestions below the time and above other complications. At times, it might suggest identifying a song with Shazam, remind you of your upcoming bedtime, provide the weather forecast, or offer other contextually relevant information.</p><p>Thanks to the new Health Sensing System, which supports activity and heart-rate tracking, blood oxygen measurements, hypertension notifications, and sleep tracking, Apple says heart-rate measurements are more accurate than ever. The Ultra 4 also introduces heart-rate variability (HRV) to the experience. You can add a complication that updates your heart rate in real time, as well as one for your step count.</p><ul><li><strong>Features score: 4.5/5</strong></li></ul><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-apple-watch-ultra-4-performance"><span>Apple Watch Ultra 4: Performance</span></h3><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:920px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:55.00%;"><img id="rvqds2iEFXhqiSddrvbTwm" name="Apple Watch Ultra 4 Review" alt="Apple Watch Ultra 4 Review" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/rvqds2iEFXhqiSddrvbTwm-1920-80.gif" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="920" height="506" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future/Jacob Krol)</span></figcaption></figure><ul><li><strong>Battery life performs as described</strong></li><li><strong>Accurate against HRMs and competitor wearables</strong></li><li><strong>Not yet able to test Audio Intelligence features</strong></li></ul><p>Apple's new S11 chip is doing a lot of the heavy lifting in the Apple Watch Ultra 4, and it's a noticeable part of the experience. Apps open quickly, navigating watchOS 27 feels incredibly responsive, and everything runs smoothly. Suffice to say, it’s what you expect from a $799 smartwatch in 2026, and while it doesn’t run laps around the Ultra 3, it has its moments where it has a bit more pep in its step. </p><p>The S11 also features a Secure Enclave and a separate always-on processor, helping balance performance with efficiency. That last part matters even more with the Ultra 4's physically larger battery.</p><p>Apple promises up to 50 hours of battery life with normal use, up to 84 hours in Low Power Mode, and up to 45 hours in Max Extended Workout Mode. In my testing, I've easily managed two and a half days on a charge with the Always-On display enabled and sleep tracking running overnight. That's seriously impressive for a fully featured smartwatch, even if some competing watches can last longer. The Ultra 4 won't win every battery-life comparison, but getting multiple days of use without sacrificing those everyday features is a big deal.</p><p>When you do eventually run low, faster charging makes it easier to top up. I've been able to get about 30% battery back in 15 to 20 minutes, which is handy if you forgot to charge overnight or want to give the watch extra juice before heading out. It doesn't eliminate the need to charge, of course, but combined with that extended runtime, it makes battery anxiety much less of a concern.</p><p>The S11 chip and new Health Sensing System also help power features like Readiness Score, which has quickly become one of my favorite additions to watchOS 27. But the chip is also laying the groundwork for Apple's forthcoming Siri Rewind and Live Recap features. </p><p>I haven't been able to test either just yet, and while I still expect them to arrive in the coming months, Apple hasn't confirmed exactly when they'll ship. If those features are the main reason you're considering the Ultra 4 — or the Apple Watch Series 12, for that matter — I'd wait until Apple provides a firm release date and we've had the chance to put them through their paces.</p><p>There are other smaller improvements that make the Ultra 4 nicer to use, too. Shazam and Sound Recognition are handy additions to have on your wrist, letting you identify music or recognize certain sounds without needing to reach for your iPhone. Shazam still struggles with some live music, though, so don't expect it to identify every song you hear at a concert.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="dJuY8kARBC9ruayGZwxJ7j" name="Apple Watch Ultra 4 Review" alt="Apple Watch Ultra 4 Review" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/dJuY8kARBC9ruayGZwxJ7j-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future/Jacob Krol)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Then there's the pedometer. It's a little wild that it's taken this long, but you can finally add a complication that updates your step count in real time right on your watch face. It's a simple quality-of-life improvement, but one that makes the Ultra 4 more useful at a glance.</p><p>In my testing across indoor cycling, outdoor walks, yoga, and indoor walks, the overall workout statistics and heart-rate readings have been in line with those from other devices, including the Oura Ring 5, Pixel Watch 5, Fitbit Air, and Apple Watch Series 12. Against an electrical heart rate monitor during a 5km run, the Apple Watch Ultra 4’s average heart rate reading was just 2 bpm away from the monitor’s. That’s well within the margin for error and just 1 bpm away from the Garmin Fenix 9 Pro’s readings during the same run.  </p><p>Taken together, these aren't necessarily the sorts of changes that will make an Ultra 3 owner immediately rush out to upgrade. Instead, the S11 chip delivers a smoother, more efficient experience, while the larger battery makes it easier to take advantage of everything the watch has to offer. And with two and a half days of real-world battery life, that's a combination that's hard to beat.</p><ul><li><strong>Performance score: 5/5</strong></li></ul><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-should-you-buy-the-apple-watch-ultra-4"><span>Should you buy the Apple Watch Ultra 4?</span></h3><h4 id="buy-it-if-28">Buy it if..</h4><div class="product"><p><strong>You need long battery life</strong></p><p>The Apple Watch Ultra 4 can last for days, performing for up to two and a half days of real-world use in my testing.</p></div><div class="product"><p><strong>You want Apple’s latest health features</strong></p><p>The Readiness Score and Health Sensing System are only available on the current gen watches. </p></div><h4 id="don-t-buy-it-if-8">Don’t buy it if..</h4><div class="product"><p><strong>You don’t need Apple’s AI features</strong></p><p>If you don't want the Audio Intelligence features or the Readiness Score, the experience is pretty close to Ultra 3.</p></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-also-consider"><span>Also consider</span></h3><div class="product"><p><strong>Apple Watch Series 12</strong></p><p>Apple's cheaper, less powerful wearable. </p></div><div class="product"><p><strong>Garmin Fenix 9 Pro</strong></p><p>The Apple Watch Ultra 4's biggest competitor in the premium adventure watch space. </p><p><strong>Read our full </strong><a href="https://www.techradar.com/health-fitness/smartwatches/garmin-fenix-9-pro-review" data-dimension112="56a68d04-ce0a-11f1-ad32-1dd8cf6b2be6" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Read our full Garmin Fenix 9 Pro review" data-dimension48="Read our full Garmin Fenix 9 Pro review" data-dimension25=""><strong>Garmin Fenix 9 Pro review</strong></a></p></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-how-we-tested"><span>How we tested</span></h3><p>We tested the Apple Watch Ultra 4 by sleeping, working out, and living with the watch during a testing period comprising multiple weeks, staff members, and a review unit. We compared the watch's readings against competitor wearables, including an electrical heart rate monitor, drained the battery, and used as many available features as possible. </p><p><em>First reviewed October 2026.</em></p> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.techradar.com/health-fitness/smartwatches/apple-watch-ultra-4-review</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ The Apple Watch Ultra 4 retains its crown for another year, with the addition of the long-requested Readiness score ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">sVkzi2ufSLN3vtEWsMshdf</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/MEqHhmQzBWQVD52a7Vuk5j-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Fri, 23 Oct 2026 19:30:00 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                <updated>Mon, 26 Oct 2026 09:45:19 +0000</updated>
                                                                                                                                            <category><![CDATA[Smartwatches]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Health & Fitness]]></category>
                                                                                                <author><![CDATA[ jacob.krol@futurenet.com (Jacob Krol) ]]></author>                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Jacob Krol ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/hKSCqxtWYDuUtwZseV9E3C-320-70.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ &lt;p&gt;Jacob Krol is the US Managing Editor for News at TechRadar overseeing the daily rollout of content and coordinating with various section leads. He joined TechRadar in May of 2024 and is based out of New York City. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Prior to joining TechRadar, Jacob was Senior Editor, Technology and Commerce at TheStreet focusing on covering the latest products in the consumer tech space from how to pre-order to finding the best deals with reviews, analysis, and features in between. Before that, Jacob was a founding member at CNN Underscored, building and growing the electronics section. He also assisted in building out social media channels, programming the homepage, and establishing protocols for testing various products for one-off reviews and best-of guides. Prior to starting at CNN, Jacob was a Tech Writer at Mashable focusing on news, reviews, and evergreen content. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;He has experience covering major players in the space like Apple, Samsung, Google, and Microsoft as well as testing products like smartphones, tablets, smartwatches, smart home gadgets, speakers, earbuds, headphones, TVs, and more futuristic tech like smart glasses.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Jacob received a Bachelor of Arts in Media &amp; Communication cum laude with a minor in Innovation and Entrepreneurship from Muhlenberg College. During his time on campus, he interned at CNET, Fox News, CNN, and CNBC, while also running his own tech blog, NJTechReviews, which he founded in 2010.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;When not playing with a new gadget or breaking down the latest news, you can find Jacob listening to Bruce Springsteen, posting on TikTok, building a Lego set, watching a Star Wars show, or playing with his family dogs, Georgia and Charlie.&lt;/p&gt; ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/MEqHhmQzBWQVD52a7Vuk5j-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Future/Jacob Krol]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Apple Watch Ultra 4 Review]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Apple Watch Ultra 4 Review]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Apple Watch Ultra 4 Review]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/MEqHhmQzBWQVD52a7Vuk5j-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-apple-watch-ultra-4-one-minute-review"><span>Apple Watch Ultra 4: One minute review</span></h3><p>The Apple Watch Ultra 4 isn't a radical aesthetic redesign, but it doesn't need to be. Apple's rugged smartwatch keeps the familiar 49mm titanium build, bright display, and customizable Action Button, while upgrades to its rear health sensors and internals make it a more capable companion for everyday wear and endurance workouts.</p><p>The biggest upgrade is arguably its battery life. Apple promises up to 50 hours of normal use, but I've easily managed two days with the Always-On display enabled and sleep tracking running overnight. That's seriously impressive for a fully featured smartwatch, even if some lower-power rivals like the <a href="https://www.techradar.com/best/garmin-watch">best Garmin watches</a> can last longer.</p><p>The new S11 chip keeps everything feeling responsive, with apps opening quickly and watchOS 27 running smoothly. Faster charging is another welcome addition, letting me replenish around 30% of the battery in just 15 to 20 minutes.</p><p>Health and fitness tracking also gets a meaningful boost. The new Health Sensing System improves measurements, and Readiness Score is one of my favorite additions to watchOS 27. It gives you a useful snapshot of how prepared you might be for the day, without requiring another subscription.</p><p>It also adds plenty of smaller quality-of-life improvements, including real-time step-count complications. Siri AI also brings more intelligence to the wrist, with features like Shazam and Sound Recognition. Siri Rewind and Live Recap have yet to arrive and prove themselves.</p><p>The downside is that the Ultra 4 looks and feels much like its predecessor, so Ultra 3 owners may not find enough here to justify an immediate upgrade. And while the battery life is excellent, the Ultra 4 still can't match every rival in sheer endurance.</p><p>The Apple Watch Ultra 4 costs $799 / £749 / AU$1,349 and is available now in Natural Titanium or Black Titanium. Both finishes come with Wi-Fi and cellular connectivity, so there's no need to choose between separate Bluetooth-only and cellular models, as you can with the Apple Watch Series 12.</p><p>Ultimately, the Apple Watch Ultra 4 is a refined, reliable smartwatch that builds on an already excellent foundation. Its multi-day battery life, capable fitness tracking, and smoother watchOS experience make it a compelling choice for endurance athletes and Apple fans who want a rugged watch that does it all.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-apple-watch-ultra-4-video-review"><span>Apple Watch Ultra 4: Video review</span></h3><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="high" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/T1bW7eXebJI" allowfullscreen=""></iframe></div></div><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-apple-watch-ultra-4-specs-table"><span>Apple Watch Ultra 4: Specs Table</span></h2><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Component</p></td><td  ><p>Apple Watch Ultra 4</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Price</p></td><td  ><p>$799 / £749 / AU$1,349</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Dimension</p></td><td  ><p>49 x 44 x 12mm</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Weight</p></td><td  ><p>63g (without band)</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Case/bezel</p></td><td  ><p>Grad 5 Titanium</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Display</p></td><td  ><p>49mm Always-On Retina LTPO3 OLED display (up to 3,000 nits)</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Processor</p></td><td  ><p>Apple-made S11 chip </p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>GPS</p></td><td  ><p>Dual‑Frequency GPS (GPS, Galileo, QZSS, and BeiDou)</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Battery life</p></td><td  ><p>Up to 50 hours with normal use</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Connections</p></td><td  ><p>4G LTE, Satellite SOS, Wi‑Fi 4 (802.11n), Bluetooth 5.3</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Water resistant</p></td><td  ><p>Water resistance 100m</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-apple-watch-ultra-4-price-and-availability"><span>Apple Watch Ultra 4: Price and availability</span></h3><ul><li><strong>$799 / £749 / AU$1,349</strong></li><li><strong>No increase from last year</strong></li><li><strong>You’re paying for an LTE model as usual</strong></li></ul><p>The Apple Watch Ultra 4 costs $799 / £749 / AU$1,349, and comes in Natural Titanium or Black Titanium, with both finishes including Wi-Fi and cellular connectivity as standard. This means you’re paying for your phone’s ability to add to a data plan whether you want to or not. </p><p>The watch is more expensive than other Apple Watches, which is standard for the Ultra series, but crucially, it’s the same price as the Apple Watch Ultra 3, with no annual price increase. In an era of an electronics components crisis, this is great news. It’s also absolutely stuffed with features as usual, with a premium build quality that, together, justifies the high price. </p><ul><li><strong>Value score: 4.5/5  </strong></li></ul><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-apple-watch-ultra-4-design"><span>Apple Watch Ultra 4: Design</span></h3><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="MEqHhmQzBWQVD52a7Vuk5j" name="Apple Watch Ultra 4 Review" alt="Apple Watch Ultra 4 Review" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/MEqHhmQzBWQVD52a7Vuk5j-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future/Jacob Krol)</span></figcaption></figure><ul><li><strong>Redesigned sensor array</strong></li><li><strong>Identical display and case</strong></li><li><strong>Useful programmable Action button</strong></li></ul><p>Like the Apple Watch Ultra 1, 2, and 3 before it, the Ultra 4 stands on its own in Apple's smartwatch lineup, offering one option: a  squircle 49mm screen in a thicker, much more rugged design that's ready for the road — and truly any road. It still comes in Black or Natural Titanium and looks pretty much the same as previous iterations on your wrist. Still, the one-size-fits-all device is an issue for smaller wrists. </p><p>I've been testing the silver Natural Titanium version, and it's been a welcome change after rocking the Black Ultra 3 for well over a year. I like the contrast of the silver rim around the 49mm Retina display, and especially how the ‘Ultra Orange’ Action Button on the left side pops against the silver case.</p><p>The Action Button remains a nice addition for easily running a customized Siri Shortcut or quickly starting a workout, and the 49mm Always-On Retina OLED LTPO3 display still looks great in pretty much any condition, whether that's under fluorescent lights, in the gym, or outside on a very sunny day.</p><p>The Action Button sits alongside the speaker and microphone on the left side, while the rugged Digital Crown (with its orange ring) and the main side button live on the right. The top and bottom of the Apple Watch are still where the bands connect, and there's no change to the connector — fingers crossed Apple never changes that, as it’s exemplary.</p><p>The main design changes, aside from the new bands, are on the rear. Apple is rolling out a new Health Sensing System to the Ultra 4 and Series 12, which looks a little like a complex sundial on the back of the case. It features a new wider layout for electrodes and diodes to cover a larger surface area on the wrist, which lets the Apple Watch take more accurate health measurements — particularly when tracking heart rate.</p><p>This is also where the magnetic Apple Watch charger attaches, and the box includes an updated charging puck. It still connects to a wall adapter or another power source via USB-C, with improvements to charging speed. And while the Series 12 is still a stunner and the Ultra 3 could run laps around plenty of other watches, there's a larger battery inside the Ultra 4. I'll share more on this in the Performance section, but battery life is seriously impressive, surpassing its 50 listed hours.</p><p>Aside from the Health Sensing System on the back, though, much of the design here is Apple sticking with what has made the Ultra successful since its launch. It's an ultra-rugged, road-ready Apple Watch that's likely a necessity for endurance athletes, but its distinctive build also appeals to those who simply want something different from the standard Apple Watch.</p><ul><li><strong>Design score: 5/5</strong></li></ul><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-apple-watch-ultra-4-features"><span>Apple Watch Ultra 4: Features</span></h3><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="dDYrpkmxMR8m9eDfUJ8q2j" name="Apple Watch Ultra 4 Review" alt="Apple Watch Ultra 4 Review" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/dDYrpkmxMR8m9eDfUJ8q2j-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future/Jacob Krol)</span></figcaption></figure><ul><li><strong>Readiness score is excellent</strong></li><li><strong>Siri AI features to come</strong></li><li><strong>Improved vitals app</strong></li></ul><p>With the design mostly unchanged, much of what's new with the Apple Watch Ultra 4 comes from watchOS 27 and its health and activity features. I'm starting with the latter, as it's truly been the highlight of my testing.</p><p>I've worn an Apple Watch since it first launched in the spring of 2015. My original aluminum model arrived on launch day, and I was admittedly hooked on closing my rings. Now, after more than a month with the Ultra 4 — alongside the Apple Watch Series 12 — my new favorite feature is Readiness Score. It received a big round of applause at the launch event, and for good reason: it fills a gap in Apple's health feature set compared with the competition.</p><p>Many other wearables, including smartwatches and smart rings, offer ways to contextualize your data and help you understand what it means. Most notably, the Oura Ring provides a daily score that gives you an idea of what you're ready to take on. It's not medical advice, of course, but it can help you make sense of the data it collects. However, that feature sits behind a paywall, as do comparable offerings from Whoop, although Google Health, Garmin, and others provide it for free after you purchase a tracker.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="GkM4TVu7DzMuSszVLCL64j" name="Apple Watch Ultra 4 Review" alt="Apple Watch Ultra 4 Review" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/GkM4TVu7DzMuSszVLCL64j-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future/Jacob Krol)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Apple's take on a Readiness score is sometimes less elaborate, but it's free if you have a compatible new Apple Watch and enough data for it to work. Based on your sleep score and previous day's activity, you'll get a score from 0 to 10 tailored to you, alongside a matching phrase. It's presented as a curved line or half-moon graphic. Sometimes, I was greeted with a blue 7, marked "Ready," with the explanation: "You had a good night's sleep last night, and all your other metrics are typical. It looks like you're rested and ready for today."</p><figure role="gallery"><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/nVVCFmzDieMJB8Z5aLoxDC-1920-80.jpg" alt="Apple Watch Ultra 4 Review" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Jacob Krol/Future</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/bCENTpFXLhBKPFcZ44tSEC-1920-80.jpg" alt="Apple Watch Ultra 4 Review" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Jacob Krol/Future</small></figcaption></figure></figure><p>Below is a smaller breakdown of Fitness, Vitals, and Sleep Score. These can change throughout the day depending on your activity rings and whether you log workouts. When you open the Health or Fitness app on your connected iPhone, there's more data to explore, too.</p><p>It's become my favorite feature of watchOS 27 because of how it integrates with the Activity Rings experience, while building on Vitals. Rather than opening another app each morning and scrolling through a series of statistics, you're presented with a single score that feels actionable. Compared with other health wearables, it's also nice that Apple isn't locking it behind a monthly subscription. You do need a compatible recent Apple Watch, so there's an upfront cost, but you won't have to keep paying to use the feature.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="UeCeNttHntN6P2veW7i47j" name="Apple Watch Ultra 4 Review" alt="Apple Watch Ultra 4 Review" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/UeCeNttHntN6P2veW7i47j-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future/Jacob Krol)</span></figcaption></figure><p>watchOS 27 also brings Siri AI to the wrist, provided your Apple Watch is paired with a compatible iPhone. While some more extensive requests can take an extra beat, the experience has been smooth, whether I raise my wrist to talk or simply say "Hey Siri." You can also ask for relevant information about your activity directly from your wrist.</p><p>The new Siri Modular watch face certainly spotlights this feature, placing Siri Suggestions below the time and above other complications. At times, it might suggest identifying a song with Shazam, remind you of your upcoming bedtime, provide the weather forecast, or offer other contextually relevant information.</p><p>Thanks to the new Health Sensing System, which supports activity and heart-rate tracking, blood oxygen measurements, hypertension notifications, and sleep tracking, Apple says heart-rate measurements are more accurate than ever. The Ultra 4 also introduces heart-rate variability (HRV) to the experience. You can add a complication that updates your heart rate in real time, as well as one for your step count.</p><ul><li><strong>Features score: 4.5/5</strong></li></ul><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-apple-watch-ultra-4-performance"><span>Apple Watch Ultra 4: Performance</span></h3><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:920px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:55.00%;"><img id="rvqds2iEFXhqiSddrvbTwm" name="Apple Watch Ultra 4 Review" alt="Apple Watch Ultra 4 Review" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/rvqds2iEFXhqiSddrvbTwm-1920-80.gif" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="920" height="506" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future/Jacob Krol)</span></figcaption></figure><ul><li><strong>Battery life performs as described</strong></li><li><strong>Accurate against HRMs and competitor wearables</strong></li><li><strong>Not yet able to test Audio Intelligence features</strong></li></ul><p>Apple's new S11 chip is doing a lot of the heavy lifting in the Apple Watch Ultra 4, and it's a noticeable part of the experience. Apps open quickly, navigating watchOS 27 feels incredibly responsive, and everything runs smoothly. Suffice to say, it’s what you expect from a $799 smartwatch in 2026, and while it doesn’t run laps around the Ultra 3, it has its moments where it has a bit more pep in its step. </p><p>The S11 also features a Secure Enclave and a separate always-on processor, helping balance performance with efficiency. That last part matters even more with the Ultra 4's physically larger battery.</p><p>Apple promises up to 50 hours of battery life with normal use, up to 84 hours in Low Power Mode, and up to 45 hours in Max Extended Workout Mode. In my testing, I've easily managed two and a half days on a charge with the Always-On display enabled and sleep tracking running overnight. That's seriously impressive for a fully featured smartwatch, even if some competing watches can last longer. The Ultra 4 won't win every battery-life comparison, but getting multiple days of use without sacrificing those everyday features is a big deal.</p><p>When you do eventually run low, faster charging makes it easier to top up. I've been able to get about 30% battery back in 15 to 20 minutes, which is handy if you forgot to charge overnight or want to give the watch extra juice before heading out. It doesn't eliminate the need to charge, of course, but combined with that extended runtime, it makes battery anxiety much less of a concern.</p><p>The S11 chip and new Health Sensing System also help power features like Readiness Score, which has quickly become one of my favorite additions to watchOS 27. But the chip is also laying the groundwork for Apple's forthcoming Siri Rewind and Live Recap features. </p><p>I haven't been able to test either just yet, and while I still expect them to arrive in the coming months, Apple hasn't confirmed exactly when they'll ship. If those features are the main reason you're considering the Ultra 4 — or the Apple Watch Series 12, for that matter — I'd wait until Apple provides a firm release date and we've had the chance to put them through their paces.</p><p>There are other smaller improvements that make the Ultra 4 nicer to use, too. Shazam and Sound Recognition are handy additions to have on your wrist, letting you identify music or recognize certain sounds without needing to reach for your iPhone. Shazam still struggles with some live music, though, so don't expect it to identify every song you hear at a concert.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="dJuY8kARBC9ruayGZwxJ7j" name="Apple Watch Ultra 4 Review" alt="Apple Watch Ultra 4 Review" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/dJuY8kARBC9ruayGZwxJ7j-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future/Jacob Krol)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Then there's the pedometer. It's a little wild that it's taken this long, but you can finally add a complication that updates your step count in real time right on your watch face. It's a simple quality-of-life improvement, but one that makes the Ultra 4 more useful at a glance.</p><p>In my testing across indoor cycling, outdoor walks, yoga, and indoor walks, the overall workout statistics and heart-rate readings have been in line with those from other devices, including the Oura Ring 5, Pixel Watch 5, Fitbit Air, and Apple Watch Series 12. Against an electrical heart rate monitor during a 5km run, the Apple Watch Ultra 4’s average heart rate reading was just 2 bpm away from the monitor’s. That’s well within the margin for error and just 1 bpm away from the Garmin Fenix 9 Pro’s readings during the same run.  </p><p>Taken together, these aren't necessarily the sorts of changes that will make an Ultra 3 owner immediately rush out to upgrade. Instead, the S11 chip delivers a smoother, more efficient experience, while the larger battery makes it easier to take advantage of everything the watch has to offer. And with two and a half days of real-world battery life, that's a combination that's hard to beat.</p><ul><li><strong>Performance score: 5/5</strong></li></ul><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-should-you-buy-the-apple-watch-ultra-4"><span>Should you buy the Apple Watch Ultra 4?</span></h3><h4 id="buy-it-if-28">Buy it if..</h4><div class="product"><p><strong>You need long battery life</strong></p><p>The Apple Watch Ultra 4 can last for days, performing for up to two and a half days of real-world use in my testing.</p></div><div class="product"><p><strong>You want Apple’s latest health features</strong></p><p>The Readiness Score and Health Sensing System are only available on the current gen watches. </p></div><h4 id="don-t-buy-it-if-8">Don’t buy it if..</h4><div class="product"><p><strong>You don’t need Apple’s AI features</strong></p><p>If you don't want the Audio Intelligence features or the Readiness Score, the experience is pretty close to Ultra 3.</p></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-also-consider"><span>Also consider</span></h3><div class="product"><p><strong>Apple Watch Series 12</strong></p><p>Apple's cheaper, less powerful wearable. </p></div><div class="product"><p><strong>Garmin Fenix 9 Pro</strong></p><p>The Apple Watch Ultra 4's biggest competitor in the premium adventure watch space. </p><p><strong>Read our full </strong><a href="https://www.techradar.com/health-fitness/smartwatches/garmin-fenix-9-pro-review" data-dimension112="56a68d04-ce0a-11f1-ad32-1dd8cf6b2be6" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Read our full Garmin Fenix 9 Pro review" data-dimension48="Read our full Garmin Fenix 9 Pro review" data-dimension25=""><strong>Garmin Fenix 9 Pro review</strong></a></p></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-how-we-tested"><span>How we tested</span></h3><p>We tested the Apple Watch Ultra 4 by sleeping, working out, and living with the watch during a testing period comprising multiple weeks, staff members, and a review unit. We compared the watch's readings against competitor wearables, including an electrical heart rate monitor, drained the battery, and used as many available features as possible. </p><p><em>First reviewed October 2026.</em></p>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ Epson EcoTank ET-2980 (ET-2950) ink tank printer review: I’d buy Epson’s entry-level EcoTank for its crisp low cost pages ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>As the leader in cartridge-free printing, Epson also has the largest range of refillable printers, which now includes this entry-level all-in-one promising ultra low-cost color printing at home. </p><p>The white Epson EcoTank ET-2980 has several variants, including the black Epson EcoTank ET-2950 tested here, but it’s essentially a budget tank printer aimed at the small office or anyone who wants to cut their consumables bill by 95%. </p><p>Yes, bottled ink is that much cheaper than cartridge ink. But can it compete with the <a href="https://www.techradar.com/pro/brother-dcp-t580dw-ink-tank-printer-review" target="_blank">Brother DCP-T580DW</a> and <a href="https://www.techradar.com/pro/hp-smart-tank-210-ink-tank-printer-review" target="_blank">HP Smart Tank 210</a> to become one of our <a href="https://www.techradar.com/best/ink-tank-printer" target="_blank">best ink tank printers</a>?</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-epson-ecotank-et-2980-design-and-build"><span>Epson EcoTank ET-2980: Design and build</span></h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.21%;"><img id="MBXvx6RK6sqds7tXJgHm8i" name="Epson EcoTank ET-2950 unpoxed" alt="Testing the Epson EcoTank ET-2980 ink tank printer in a home office" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/MBXvx6RK6sqds7tXJgHm8i-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1439" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><div  class="fancy-box"><div class="fancy_box-title">Specs</div><div class="fancy_box_body"><p class="fancy-box__body-text"><strong>Type: </strong>color inkjet tank multifunction printer</p><p class="fancy-box__body-text"><strong>Functions: </strong>Print, copy, scan</p><p class="fancy-box__body-text"><strong>Connectivity: </strong>USB, Wi-Fi</p><p class="fancy-box__body-text"><strong>Data storage slots: </strong>None</p><p class="fancy-box__body-text"><strong>Max print speed: </strong>15ppm</p><p class="fancy-box__body-text"><strong>Max paper size: </strong>Letter/A4</p><p class="fancy-box__body-text"><strong>Print quality: </strong>4,800 x 1,200 dpi</p><p class="fancy-box__body-text"><strong>Memory: </strong>unknown</p><p class="fancy-box__body-text"><strong>Apple AirPrint: </strong>yes</p><p class="fancy-box__body-text"><strong>Consumables included: </strong>4 x bottled ink (6,600 black or 5,500 color pages)</p><p class="fancy-box__body-text"><strong>Dimensions/Weight: </strong>375 x 347 x 187 mm (WxDxH)/11.4lb/5.2kg</p></div></div><p>For an all-in-one bulk tank device with an integrated 8.5" x 11" scanner, the Epson EcoTank ET-2950 is reasonably compact. It replaces the outgoing <a href="https://www.techradar.com/pro/epson-ecotank-et-2850-review" target="_blank">Epson EcoTank ET-2850</a> and as well as printing a little faster using an improved printhead, I think it looks better too. </p><p>The tanks protrude less, and yet they’re still conspicuous enough that it’s easy to see the ink levels at glance. And I’m glad to see the capacity is the same, because Epson’s reservoirs are slightly larger than those of the Brother DCP-T580DW. The sleeker replacement also gets an attention-grabbing LED on top that illuminates usefully when there’s printing in progress. </p><p>There’s no touchscreen on this budget model, but the 1.4” color LCD is clear enough and the control panel tilts upwards conveniently. There’s no USB Host port and no paper input tray. Instead, you have to load paper in the rear tray, which can only hold up to 100 sheets. The whole thing weighs little more than 11 pounds making it feel insubstantial, so it’s somewhat surprising to find that the out-tray is motorised. That’s really the only luxury.</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-epson-ecotank-et-2980-features-specifications"><span>Epson EcoTank ET-2980: Features &amp; specifications </span></h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="Dh6YfJCPsDacSyZDXxGLch" name="Epson EcoTank ET-2950 side" alt="Testing the Epson EcoTank ET-2980 ink tank printer in a home office" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Dh6YfJCPsDacSyZDXxGLch-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>We’re so used to seeing cartridge printers packed with features and selling for fifty bucks and less, that tank printers, which are not being subsidized in order to make money from their ink, can seem expensive. </p><p>Likewise, the feature set on this US$240 EcoTank could also look slim. As mentioned, there’s no touchscreen, no USB Host port and no paper drawer. There’s no ADF (automatic document feed) either, but these are all non-essential items that Epson has dropped to keep the price competitive. </p><p>Crucially, the Epson EcoTank ET-2950 can auto-duplex and has a flatbed scanner, unlike the HP Smart Tank 210, and it has Wi-Fi with AirPrint and Mopria compatibility. It can print on a wide variety of paper up to Letter or A4-size, including quite think cardstock, but its best feature is perhaps the generous amount of ink included in the box. Enough to keep you printing for three years according to Epson. </p><p>If you would rather have a printer with a paper input tray and an ADF for copying multiple documents at a time, you should consider the excellent step-up <a href="https://www.techradar.com/reviews/epson-ecotank-et-3850" target="_blank">Epson Ecotank ET-3850</a> for around seventy dollars more. Or, if you don’t need auto duplexing or the scanning feature, you can save money with the economical HP Smart Tank 210.  </p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-epson-ecotank-et-2980-setup-and-operation"><span>Epson EcoTank ET-2980: Setup and operation</span></h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="emHtpnA2LKK8WxnD5fBgLh" name="Epson EcoTank ET-2950 maintenance" alt="Testing the Epson EcoTank ET-2980 ink tank printer in a home office" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/emHtpnA2LKK8WxnD5fBgLh-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The Epson EcoTank ET-2950 comes with an easy-to-follow quick-start guide printed on a single sheet, but you probably won’t need it. When you plug in and turn on for the first time, the printer’s on-screen prompts will help you get your new printer online and printing the first test page in a matter of minutes. </p><p>Alternatively, you can use Epson’s free companion app for iOS and Android called Smart Panel to avoid having to enter your Wi-Fi password via the printer’s control panel. </p><p>Filling up with ink is also stress free as the capacity of the bottles matches that of the tanks. That’s 65ml for CMY and 127ml for black. And the keyed bottle necks mean you can’t pour the wrong color in the wrong tank. In day-to-day use, I’d say this is a user-friendly device, thanks to the reasonably sized color display and the intuitive companion app that really simplifies printing remotely.  </p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-epson-ecotank-et-2980-performance"><span>Epson EcoTank ET-2980: Performance</span></h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="GWrtsTGFis6mL2ofbXadrg" name="Epson EcoTank ET-2950 copier" alt="Testing the Epson EcoTank ET-2980 ink tank printer in a home office" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/GWrtsTGFis6mL2ofbXadrg-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The Epson EcoTank ET-2950 printed every test page on every type of media from card to envelopes without a hitch or a jam. It printed slowly but steadily with the quoted print speed of 15ppm for simplex mono printing proving accurate. </p><p>That slows to just 8ppm in color. In duplex mode, each page is turned over automatically and quite promptly, so long 2-sided documents can actually be printed out faster than the manual duplexing HP Smart Tank 210 despite its superior 22ppm print rate.</p><p>Black and white text pages are printed with crisp dark black characters that are smudge resistant and easy to read at small point sizes. Through the magnifying glass I can see evidence of overrun, but it’s not visible with the naked eye. If you need fast laser precision and rarely print in color, you should consider a mono laser printer like the <a href="https://www.techradar.com/news/best-laser-printer#section-best-laser-printer-for-small-businesses" target="_blank">Brother HL-L5100DN</a>. </p><p>Color prints look rich and bright with well contained colors. It’s perhaps a tad too red and also slightly softer than some rivals. Epson is using its energy efficient Micro Piezo technology to deliver ink through a total of 784 nozzles. That’s 65% fewer than the cheaper HP Smart Tank 210 with its thermal inkjet system. </p><p>Although nozzle-count doesn’t equate directly with print quality (their quoted print resolutions are exactly the same) I think the Epson achieves less detail when it comes to printing photos at best quality on coated photo paper. For a business-oriented inkjet, its photo printing is perfectly acceptable, but it’s not a strong point. </p><p>Where the Epson EcoTank ET-2950 excels is in handling paper. I always find it annoying when there’s no front drawer and you have to load paper in the rear slot where it curls and collects dust. On the plus side, the paper path is straighter this way so the printer can feed through thicker media without causing a jam. I printed on envelopes, stickers and some pretty thick 300g/m² card with great results. The HP Smart Tank 210, for comparison, chokes on anything heavier than 200g/m².</p><p> The Letter or A4-sized flatbed scanner makes decent copies at 1,200 x 2,400 dpi resolution and is easy to operate with the dedicated ‘copy’ button. It’s a pity there’s no ADF to go with it, but at least it has a scanner bed, unlike the HP Smart Tank 210 which relies on your phone for scanning. </p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-epson-ecotank-et-2980-consumables"><span>Epson EcoTank ET-2980: Consumables </span></h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="PqBChvxtg8wfg6MrMWXw3h" name="Epson EcoTank ET-2950 ink" alt="Testing the Epson EcoTank ET-2980 ink tank printer in a home office" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/PqBChvxtg8wfg6MrMWXw3h-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The headline feature here is the three years’ worth of ink you’re getting in the box. To be more precise, that’s three 65ml bottles of colored ink and one 127ml bottle of black that should yield up to 5,500 color pages or 6,600 monochrome. That’s about the same as Brother, HP and Canon give away with their entry-level tank printers.</p><p>In this case, Epson’s 102 black ink is pigment-based, while the 102 CMY inks are dye-based because the quicker-drying pigment is better for smudge-free handouts. That’s different from the 106 inks Epson supplies with its photo printers which are all dye-based for their superior performance on coated photo paper. </p><p>Epson’s bottled ink is around 95% cheaper than its cartridge ink, though there’s nothing to stop you from using even cheaper third party bottled ink. </p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-epson-ecotank-et-2980-maintenance"><span>Epson EcoTank ET-2980: Maintenance </span></h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="hAcdvHEBmdHGSWajErSBGh" name="Epson EcoTank ET-2950 rear" alt="Testing the Epson EcoTank ET-2980 ink tank printer in a home office" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/hAcdvHEBmdHGSWajErSBGh-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>As with any inkjet printer, the printheads are liable to clog if left unused for long periods, but it’s easy to unblock any nozzles by running a cleaning cycle. Just go into the printer’s maintenance menu, choose one and it will automatically flush the nozzles with fresh ink until it can print a clean test page. </p><p>That detachable compartment at the rear corner of the printer is the maintenance box that catches any excess ink generated in this way and at some point in the printer’s lifetime, you may need to replace it. </p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-epson-ecotank-et-2980-final-verdict"><span>Epson EcoTank ET-2980: Final verdict</span></h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="iv3BvAizxMJHgNLLP5weih" name="Epson EcoTank ET-2950 tray" alt="Testing the Epson EcoTank ET-2980 ink tank printer in a home office" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/iv3BvAizxMJHgNLLP5weih-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Epson’s entry-level EcoTank all-in-one is short on features, but delivers crisp documents, vibrant color prints and exceptionally low running costs, with enough ink included to last three years.</p><p>Admittedly, there’s no touchscreen, ADF, USB Host port or even a front paper drawer, just a 100-sheet rear feed and small color display. But crucially, you still get automatic duplex printing, Wi-Fi and a flatbed scanner. Setup is straightforward using Epson’s excellent Smart Panel app, and the keyed ink bottles make refilling painless.</p><p>In my tests, the ET-2950 printed reliably on everything from envelopes to thick 300g/m² cardstock. It’s not a fast printer, but automatic duplexing is a welcome convenience. Pigment black ink produces crisp, smudge-resistant text, while dye-based colors look bright and punchy. Photographs are slightly soft and oversaturated towards red, but perfectly acceptable for occasional use. </p><p>The biggest attraction is the ink economy. Epson is putting plenty of ink in the box and replacement bottles are cheap. At around $240, the ET-2950 is relatively expensive upfront, but I think its low running costs, reliable performance and essential duplexing feature make it excellent long-term value.</p><figure role="gallery"><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/SHPUb2MXkRnNJ6fACmiDrh-1920-80.jpg" alt="Testing the Epson EcoTank ET-2980 ink tank printer in a home office" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Future</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/pY8AFtcH2gCwf7huBKMAXh-1920-80.jpg" alt="Testing the Epson EcoTank ET-2980 ink tank printer in a home office" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Future</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/emHtpnA2LKK8WxnD5fBgLh-1920-80.jpg" alt="Testing the Epson EcoTank ET-2980 ink tank printer in a home office" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Future</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/PpTRywJVqiFurxGV75rk9h-1920-80.jpg" alt="Testing the Epson EcoTank ET-2980 ink tank printer in a home office" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Future</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/KmKhGtv9AzfUPFcWwcjP3i-1920-80.jpg" alt="Testing the Epson EcoTank ET-2980 ink tank printer in a home office" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Future</small></figcaption></figure></figure><p><em>For more top-performing units, I've tested out the </em><a href="https://www.techradar.com/news/best-home-printer" target="_blank"><em>best home printers</em></a><em>.</em></p> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.techradar.com/pro/epson-ecotank-et-2980-et-2950-ink-tank-printer-review</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ Stripping features, while bundling ink, makes a bargain of this bottle-fed, cartridge-free printer. ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">EMsEytceLL9aCwWZyiNLHi</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/G5tXuAroQX5xNB7nBjzgug-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Fri, 23 Oct 2026 15:37:31 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Pro]]></category>
                                                                                                                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Jim Hill ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/sBwWV6f6i9pZaZ7nvV4ujF-320-70.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/G5tXuAroQX5xNB7nBjzgug-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Future]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Testing the Epson EcoTank ET-2980 ink tank printer in a home office]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Testing the Epson EcoTank ET-2980 ink tank printer in a home office]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Testing the Epson EcoTank ET-2980 ink tank printer in a home office]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/G5tXuAroQX5xNB7nBjzgug-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>As the leader in cartridge-free printing, Epson also has the largest range of refillable printers, which now includes this entry-level all-in-one promising ultra low-cost color printing at home. </p><p>The white Epson EcoTank ET-2980 has several variants, including the black Epson EcoTank ET-2950 tested here, but it’s essentially a budget tank printer aimed at the small office or anyone who wants to cut their consumables bill by 95%. </p><p>Yes, bottled ink is that much cheaper than cartridge ink. But can it compete with the <a href="https://www.techradar.com/pro/brother-dcp-t580dw-ink-tank-printer-review" target="_blank">Brother DCP-T580DW</a> and <a href="https://www.techradar.com/pro/hp-smart-tank-210-ink-tank-printer-review" target="_blank">HP Smart Tank 210</a> to become one of our <a href="https://www.techradar.com/best/ink-tank-printer" target="_blank">best ink tank printers</a>?</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-epson-ecotank-et-2980-design-and-build"><span>Epson EcoTank ET-2980: Design and build</span></h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.21%;"><img id="MBXvx6RK6sqds7tXJgHm8i" name="Epson EcoTank ET-2950 unpoxed" alt="Testing the Epson EcoTank ET-2980 ink tank printer in a home office" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/MBXvx6RK6sqds7tXJgHm8i-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1439" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><div  class="fancy-box"><div class="fancy_box-title">Specs</div><div class="fancy_box_body"><p class="fancy-box__body-text"><strong>Type: </strong>color inkjet tank multifunction printer</p><p class="fancy-box__body-text"><strong>Functions: </strong>Print, copy, scan</p><p class="fancy-box__body-text"><strong>Connectivity: </strong>USB, Wi-Fi</p><p class="fancy-box__body-text"><strong>Data storage slots: </strong>None</p><p class="fancy-box__body-text"><strong>Max print speed: </strong>15ppm</p><p class="fancy-box__body-text"><strong>Max paper size: </strong>Letter/A4</p><p class="fancy-box__body-text"><strong>Print quality: </strong>4,800 x 1,200 dpi</p><p class="fancy-box__body-text"><strong>Memory: </strong>unknown</p><p class="fancy-box__body-text"><strong>Apple AirPrint: </strong>yes</p><p class="fancy-box__body-text"><strong>Consumables included: </strong>4 x bottled ink (6,600 black or 5,500 color pages)</p><p class="fancy-box__body-text"><strong>Dimensions/Weight: </strong>375 x 347 x 187 mm (WxDxH)/11.4lb/5.2kg</p></div></div><p>For an all-in-one bulk tank device with an integrated 8.5" x 11" scanner, the Epson EcoTank ET-2950 is reasonably compact. It replaces the outgoing <a href="https://www.techradar.com/pro/epson-ecotank-et-2850-review" target="_blank">Epson EcoTank ET-2850</a> and as well as printing a little faster using an improved printhead, I think it looks better too. </p><p>The tanks protrude less, and yet they’re still conspicuous enough that it’s easy to see the ink levels at glance. And I’m glad to see the capacity is the same, because Epson’s reservoirs are slightly larger than those of the Brother DCP-T580DW. The sleeker replacement also gets an attention-grabbing LED on top that illuminates usefully when there’s printing in progress. </p><p>There’s no touchscreen on this budget model, but the 1.4” color LCD is clear enough and the control panel tilts upwards conveniently. There’s no USB Host port and no paper input tray. Instead, you have to load paper in the rear tray, which can only hold up to 100 sheets. The whole thing weighs little more than 11 pounds making it feel insubstantial, so it’s somewhat surprising to find that the out-tray is motorised. That’s really the only luxury.</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-epson-ecotank-et-2980-features-specifications"><span>Epson EcoTank ET-2980: Features &amp; specifications </span></h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="Dh6YfJCPsDacSyZDXxGLch" name="Epson EcoTank ET-2950 side" alt="Testing the Epson EcoTank ET-2980 ink tank printer in a home office" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Dh6YfJCPsDacSyZDXxGLch-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>We’re so used to seeing cartridge printers packed with features and selling for fifty bucks and less, that tank printers, which are not being subsidized in order to make money from their ink, can seem expensive. </p><p>Likewise, the feature set on this US$240 EcoTank could also look slim. As mentioned, there’s no touchscreen, no USB Host port and no paper drawer. There’s no ADF (automatic document feed) either, but these are all non-essential items that Epson has dropped to keep the price competitive. </p><p>Crucially, the Epson EcoTank ET-2950 can auto-duplex and has a flatbed scanner, unlike the HP Smart Tank 210, and it has Wi-Fi with AirPrint and Mopria compatibility. It can print on a wide variety of paper up to Letter or A4-size, including quite think cardstock, but its best feature is perhaps the generous amount of ink included in the box. Enough to keep you printing for three years according to Epson. </p><p>If you would rather have a printer with a paper input tray and an ADF for copying multiple documents at a time, you should consider the excellent step-up <a href="https://www.techradar.com/reviews/epson-ecotank-et-3850" target="_blank">Epson Ecotank ET-3850</a> for around seventy dollars more. Or, if you don’t need auto duplexing or the scanning feature, you can save money with the economical HP Smart Tank 210.  </p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-epson-ecotank-et-2980-setup-and-operation"><span>Epson EcoTank ET-2980: Setup and operation</span></h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="emHtpnA2LKK8WxnD5fBgLh" name="Epson EcoTank ET-2950 maintenance" alt="Testing the Epson EcoTank ET-2980 ink tank printer in a home office" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/emHtpnA2LKK8WxnD5fBgLh-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The Epson EcoTank ET-2950 comes with an easy-to-follow quick-start guide printed on a single sheet, but you probably won’t need it. When you plug in and turn on for the first time, the printer’s on-screen prompts will help you get your new printer online and printing the first test page in a matter of minutes. </p><p>Alternatively, you can use Epson’s free companion app for iOS and Android called Smart Panel to avoid having to enter your Wi-Fi password via the printer’s control panel. </p><p>Filling up with ink is also stress free as the capacity of the bottles matches that of the tanks. That’s 65ml for CMY and 127ml for black. And the keyed bottle necks mean you can’t pour the wrong color in the wrong tank. In day-to-day use, I’d say this is a user-friendly device, thanks to the reasonably sized color display and the intuitive companion app that really simplifies printing remotely.  </p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-epson-ecotank-et-2980-performance"><span>Epson EcoTank ET-2980: Performance</span></h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="GWrtsTGFis6mL2ofbXadrg" name="Epson EcoTank ET-2950 copier" alt="Testing the Epson EcoTank ET-2980 ink tank printer in a home office" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/GWrtsTGFis6mL2ofbXadrg-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The Epson EcoTank ET-2950 printed every test page on every type of media from card to envelopes without a hitch or a jam. It printed slowly but steadily with the quoted print speed of 15ppm for simplex mono printing proving accurate. </p><p>That slows to just 8ppm in color. In duplex mode, each page is turned over automatically and quite promptly, so long 2-sided documents can actually be printed out faster than the manual duplexing HP Smart Tank 210 despite its superior 22ppm print rate.</p><p>Black and white text pages are printed with crisp dark black characters that are smudge resistant and easy to read at small point sizes. Through the magnifying glass I can see evidence of overrun, but it’s not visible with the naked eye. If you need fast laser precision and rarely print in color, you should consider a mono laser printer like the <a href="https://www.techradar.com/news/best-laser-printer#section-best-laser-printer-for-small-businesses" target="_blank">Brother HL-L5100DN</a>. </p><p>Color prints look rich and bright with well contained colors. It’s perhaps a tad too red and also slightly softer than some rivals. Epson is using its energy efficient Micro Piezo technology to deliver ink through a total of 784 nozzles. That’s 65% fewer than the cheaper HP Smart Tank 210 with its thermal inkjet system. </p><p>Although nozzle-count doesn’t equate directly with print quality (their quoted print resolutions are exactly the same) I think the Epson achieves less detail when it comes to printing photos at best quality on coated photo paper. For a business-oriented inkjet, its photo printing is perfectly acceptable, but it’s not a strong point. </p><p>Where the Epson EcoTank ET-2950 excels is in handling paper. I always find it annoying when there’s no front drawer and you have to load paper in the rear slot where it curls and collects dust. On the plus side, the paper path is straighter this way so the printer can feed through thicker media without causing a jam. I printed on envelopes, stickers and some pretty thick 300g/m² card with great results. The HP Smart Tank 210, for comparison, chokes on anything heavier than 200g/m².</p><p> The Letter or A4-sized flatbed scanner makes decent copies at 1,200 x 2,400 dpi resolution and is easy to operate with the dedicated ‘copy’ button. It’s a pity there’s no ADF to go with it, but at least it has a scanner bed, unlike the HP Smart Tank 210 which relies on your phone for scanning. </p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-epson-ecotank-et-2980-consumables"><span>Epson EcoTank ET-2980: Consumables </span></h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="PqBChvxtg8wfg6MrMWXw3h" name="Epson EcoTank ET-2950 ink" alt="Testing the Epson EcoTank ET-2980 ink tank printer in a home office" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/PqBChvxtg8wfg6MrMWXw3h-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The headline feature here is the three years’ worth of ink you’re getting in the box. To be more precise, that’s three 65ml bottles of colored ink and one 127ml bottle of black that should yield up to 5,500 color pages or 6,600 monochrome. That’s about the same as Brother, HP and Canon give away with their entry-level tank printers.</p><p>In this case, Epson’s 102 black ink is pigment-based, while the 102 CMY inks are dye-based because the quicker-drying pigment is better for smudge-free handouts. That’s different from the 106 inks Epson supplies with its photo printers which are all dye-based for their superior performance on coated photo paper. </p><p>Epson’s bottled ink is around 95% cheaper than its cartridge ink, though there’s nothing to stop you from using even cheaper third party bottled ink. </p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-epson-ecotank-et-2980-maintenance"><span>Epson EcoTank ET-2980: Maintenance </span></h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="hAcdvHEBmdHGSWajErSBGh" name="Epson EcoTank ET-2950 rear" alt="Testing the Epson EcoTank ET-2980 ink tank printer in a home office" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/hAcdvHEBmdHGSWajErSBGh-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>As with any inkjet printer, the printheads are liable to clog if left unused for long periods, but it’s easy to unblock any nozzles by running a cleaning cycle. Just go into the printer’s maintenance menu, choose one and it will automatically flush the nozzles with fresh ink until it can print a clean test page. </p><p>That detachable compartment at the rear corner of the printer is the maintenance box that catches any excess ink generated in this way and at some point in the printer’s lifetime, you may need to replace it. </p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-epson-ecotank-et-2980-final-verdict"><span>Epson EcoTank ET-2980: Final verdict</span></h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="iv3BvAizxMJHgNLLP5weih" name="Epson EcoTank ET-2950 tray" alt="Testing the Epson EcoTank ET-2980 ink tank printer in a home office" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/iv3BvAizxMJHgNLLP5weih-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Epson’s entry-level EcoTank all-in-one is short on features, but delivers crisp documents, vibrant color prints and exceptionally low running costs, with enough ink included to last three years.</p><p>Admittedly, there’s no touchscreen, ADF, USB Host port or even a front paper drawer, just a 100-sheet rear feed and small color display. But crucially, you still get automatic duplex printing, Wi-Fi and a flatbed scanner. Setup is straightforward using Epson’s excellent Smart Panel app, and the keyed ink bottles make refilling painless.</p><p>In my tests, the ET-2950 printed reliably on everything from envelopes to thick 300g/m² cardstock. It’s not a fast printer, but automatic duplexing is a welcome convenience. Pigment black ink produces crisp, smudge-resistant text, while dye-based colors look bright and punchy. Photographs are slightly soft and oversaturated towards red, but perfectly acceptable for occasional use. </p><p>The biggest attraction is the ink economy. Epson is putting plenty of ink in the box and replacement bottles are cheap. At around $240, the ET-2950 is relatively expensive upfront, but I think its low running costs, reliable performance and essential duplexing feature make it excellent long-term value.</p><figure role="gallery"><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/SHPUb2MXkRnNJ6fACmiDrh-1920-80.jpg" alt="Testing the Epson EcoTank ET-2980 ink tank printer in a home office" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Future</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/pY8AFtcH2gCwf7huBKMAXh-1920-80.jpg" alt="Testing the Epson EcoTank ET-2980 ink tank printer in a home office" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Future</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/emHtpnA2LKK8WxnD5fBgLh-1920-80.jpg" alt="Testing the Epson EcoTank ET-2980 ink tank printer in a home office" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Future</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/PpTRywJVqiFurxGV75rk9h-1920-80.jpg" alt="Testing the Epson EcoTank ET-2980 ink tank printer in a home office" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Future</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/KmKhGtv9AzfUPFcWwcjP3i-1920-80.jpg" alt="Testing the Epson EcoTank ET-2980 ink tank printer in a home office" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Future</small></figcaption></figure></figure><p><em>For more top-performing units, I've tested out the </em><a href="https://www.techradar.com/news/best-home-printer" target="_blank"><em>best home printers</em></a><em>.</em></p>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ Call of Duty: Modern Warfare 4 review: blockbuster gaming at its best ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>You could be forgiven for having reservations going into <em>Call of Duty: Modern Warfare 4</em>. After all, both last year’s instalment, the much-derided <a href="https://www.techradar.com/gaming/call-of-duty-black-ops-7-review"><em>Black Ops 7</em></a>, and this game’s direct predecessor, <a href="https://www.techradar.com/gaming/call-of-duty-modern-warfare-3-review"><em>Modern Warfare III</em></a><em>, </em>were<em> </em>clearly rushed and displayed a level of sloppiness that suggested the first-person shooter franchise had reached its breaking point.</p><div  class="fancy-box"><div class="fancy_box-title">Review info</div><div class="fancy_box_body"><p class="fancy-box__body-text"><strong>Platform reviewed: </strong>PC<br /><strong>Available on: </strong>PS5, Xbox Series X, Xbox Series S, PC, Nintendo Switch 2<br /><strong>Release date: </strong>October 23, 2026</p></div></div><p>Thankfully, it’s now apparent that these were merely temporary hiccups, and <em>Modern Warfare 4 </em>sees developer Infinity Ward successfully bring <a href="https://www.techradar.com/uk/tag/call-of-duty"><em>Call of Duty</em></a><em> </em>back from the brink with a fresh and exciting instalment that represents the absolute pinnacle of what the series has to offer. </p><p>The brilliant single-player story campaign delivers blockbuster thrills, there’s a stellar extraction shooter component filled with tense encounters in DMZ, and the core multiplayer experience is wonderfully crafted. It’s a package that you shouldn’t miss, and if it represents the trajectory of future installments, I’m confident that we’re in good hands.</p><h2 id="boots-on-the-ground">Boots on the ground</h2><figure role="gallery"><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VTBbQANxFgJmq9bLad8w74-1920-80.jpg" alt="A Call of Duty: Modern Warfare 4 screenshot captured on PC." /><figcaption><small role="credit">Activision</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VS6dMD775cFs678YMGyoH4-1920-80.jpg" alt="A Call of Duty: Modern Warfare 4 screenshot captured on PC." /><figcaption><small role="credit">Activision</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/XhxnwCVEUZVW9NygJCmwN4-1920-80.jpg" alt="A Call of Duty: Modern Warfare 4 screenshot captured on PC." /><figcaption><small role="credit">Activision</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/5sAoUS7Z8Ux7sGWL3Ju4S4-1920-80.jpg" alt="A Call of Duty: Modern Warfare 4 screenshot captured on PC." /><figcaption><small role="credit">Activision</small></figcaption></figure></figure><p>The <em>Modern Warfare 4 </em>campaign is simply superb and sets a new benchmark for the series’ cinematic storytelling. It truly feels like the culmination of the last decade of the <em>Call of Duty </em>series – and not just the <em>Modern Warfare </em>games. </p><p>It all kicks off in the fictional city of Hajin, South Korea, where you play as the lowly Private Park. An unwilling conscript in the country’s mandatory service program, he and his squadmates are suddenly thrust onto the front lines when a routine patrol is interrupted by the start of a full-scale invasion by North Korea. There are some genuinely shocking scenes in the opening as your team pushes through a rapidly crumbling city, dodging artillery strikes and witnessing widespread civilian casualties.</p><p>The early death of a squadmate hammers home the high stakes, and the decision to focus on newcomers rather than the established <em>Modern Warfare </em>cast makes it clear that there’s no plot armor here. You genuinely start to care about these new arrivals, with each member bringing a distinct and memorable personality to the squad’s dynamic. Dunn, a US Marine embedded in the local unit, is a particular highlight. His cultural cluelessness and overconfident swagger are frequently played for laughs, stopping the otherwise bleak tone from becoming too unrelentingly miserable.</p><p>It’s a big departure from the almost Marvel-movie-like silliness of the recent <em>Call of Duty </em>games (I’m looking at you, giant Harper mission from <em>Black Ops 7</em>), and the focus on a ground invasion makes for a grittier story that’s more in line with the events of the original <em>Modern Warfare </em>trilogy. Despite this more constrained focus, there are still plenty of memorable set-piece moments, such as an invigorating sequence that has you rapidly switching between different team members spread out across an air base, working together to fend off waves of North Korean troops.</p><figure role="gallery"><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ZPVNtuR9qNrP3ezAMikR75-1920-80.jpg" alt="A Call of Duty: Modern Warfare 4 screenshot captured on PC." /><figcaption><small role="credit">Activision</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/KhwqSPc3L5L4geb4rxyvu4-1920-80.jpg" alt="A Call of Duty: Modern Warfare 4 screenshot captured on PC." /><figcaption><small role="credit">Activision</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/L7AH3fPHGZRrg86tnXsR75-1920-80.jpg" alt="A Call of Duty: Modern Warfare 4 screenshot captured on PC." /><figcaption><small role="credit">Activision</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/72UdBuimpcnBAirWsxBtp4-1920-80.jpg" alt="A Call of Duty: Modern Warfare 4 screenshot captured on PC." /><figcaption><small role="credit">Activision</small></figcaption></figure></figure><p>There’s even one massive, open-world mission that unfolds similarly to a <em>Far Cry </em>game. It’s far more in-depth than the disappointing open-zone levels of 2023’s <em>Modern Warfare III</em>, with resources to scavenge, outposts to clear, and even a few puzzles to crack. It took me a few hours to clear, and since I didn’t see everything, I really appreciate being able to return to it later from the mission select screen and pick up where I left off.</p><p>Park’s story plays out mostly linearly, but it's interspersed with missions that detail the exploits of the fan-favorite Captain Price in the lead-up to the invasion. Set a few years after the events of the previous game, which, spoiler alert, ends with Price executing his long-term adversary, General Shepherd, in the middle of the Pentagon, the former SAS soldier is now on the run and travels between global locations hunting the members of a sinister cabal.</p><p>Price’s segments offer all the bombastic <em>Mission: Impossible </em>action that made the recent <a href="https://www.techradar.com/gaming/call-of-duty-black-ops-6-review"><em>Black Ops 6</em></a><em> </em>campaign so great. One minute you're infiltrating a New York nightclub, and the next you’re speeding through Paris, hanging out the side of a car chased by legions of heavily armed gangsters. Vladimir Makarov, a terrorist Price pursued throughout the previous game, is unceremoniously killed off in just the second mission, paving the way for the introduction of Archer, a new foe portrayed by Mads Mikkelsen. Unlike Makarov, he’s a compelling villain with coherent motivations and, importantly, enough screen time to appear like more than an afterthought, as his predecessor unfortunately did.</p><p>While Park’s journey sees the recruit come face to face with the horrors of war but emerge victorious thanks to camaraderie and teamwork, Price’s is all about the dangers of abandoning your morals and sacrificing those close to you in pursuit of revenge. They contrast excellently and, while the messaging certainly isn’t subtle, the way both gradually converge for a unified conclusion is nevertheless highly satisfying.</p><h2 id="off-the-books">Off the books</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1920px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="NSztkqJyikXwstqWzAkR75" name="20261021121814_1" alt="A Call of Duty: Modern Warfare 4 screenshot captured on PC." src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/NSztkqJyikXwstqWzAkR75-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1920" height="1080" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Activision)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The events of the campaign lead directly into the new DMZ extraction shooter mode, which sees mercenaries returning to the crumbling ruins of Hajin to find and extract abandoned military tech left over from the war. It plays like a simplified version of titles such as <em>Arena Breakout: Infinite </em>or <em>Escape from Tarkov</em>, with your chosen operator dropping in to the map from an upgradable field base.</p><p>This serves as a little hub world that you return to in between runs, offering limited storage for your scavenged gear, a 3D printer to forge new equipment with collected resources, a vendor for spending extracted cash, and intelligence detailing the non-player character (NPC) foes and most dangerous players active in the zone. While most extraction shooter games include base-building elements, it’s rare to see your home as a physical 3D space you can actually explore, and it makes the experience feel much more immersive.</p><p>You have three options when deploying into Hajin: Story Missions, Dynamic Ops, and Free Roam. Free Roam is the most basic: it drops you into the massive map with a few other players to pursue your own goals, whether that means finding good weapons to extract or trying to complete DMZ Orders, little challenges that guide your experience. Dynamic Ops is more guided, feeding you a stream of multi-stage objectives with increasing rewards for each that you manage to complete.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1920px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="Sxy5uEsat59yN8da77mTf4" name="20261020205902_1" alt="A Call of Duty: Modern Warfare 4 screenshot captured on PC." src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Sxy5uEsat59yN8da77mTf4-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1920" height="1080" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Activision)</span></figcaption></figure><p>They’re assigned at random, with a good variety of options in the mission pool that range from taking out key NPC targets to taking over military camps and collecting stashed bombs to destroy marked vehicles. Story Missions, meanwhile, offer a more linear experience that feels much closer to the campaign. </p><p>One early highlight had my team of three taking on guards at an abandoned hospital, pushing our way up to the intensive care unit and wheeling a sedated enemy general to a rooftop extraction point under heavy fire. It was genuinely exhilarating, and became even more exciting when a squad of enemy players turned up to disrupt our mission. </p><p>Other players can appear regardless of your chosen mode, leading to tense PvP situations where one wrong move can mean the difference between a successful escape and losing your current operator and all of their equipment. Not every encounter has to end in a fight, though, as you can work together with enemy teams (and even opt to join them) if they’re willing to cooperate, leading to some fun emergent play.</p><div  class="fancy-box"><div class="fancy_box-title">Best bit</div><div class="fancy_box_body"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' ><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="KUW9g8BdTW2mWvxUCATr65" name="20261020211757_1" caption="" alt="A Call of Duty: Modern Warfare 4 screenshot captured on PC." src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/KUW9g8BdTW2mWvxUCATr65-1920-80.jpg" mos="" link="" align="" fullscreen="" width="" height="" attribution="" endorsement="" class="pinterest-pin-exclude" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=""><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Activision)</span></figcaption></figure><p class="fancy-box__body-text"><strong>Diving into DMZ with friends is a delight. The mode works fantastically as a duo, chatting with each other as you explore the huge map, complete objectives, and evade (or attack) rival squads.</strong></p></div></div><p>I entered one story mission and quickly discovered that my team of randoms was absolutely terrible, with no apparent interest in actually completing our tasks, so I beelined to a nearby enemy squad shouting “friendly” until they sent me the invite to join them. I quickly led my new friends right back to my useless former teammates, and took great pleasure in helping mow them down to steal all their gear.</p><p>No two games feel the same, and if that wasn’t reason enough to keep coming back, Hajin itself is a treat to explore. It’s big, beautiful, and filled with a variety of aesthetically distinct zones ranging from freezing cold, abandoned North Korean villages to the rusty ruins of the South Korean city and even some of the barren outskirts of Russia. Even when you’ve seen it all, the dynamic weather effects can still take you by surprise, introducing challenging conditions like dense fog or heavy rainstorms that make it more difficult to navigate and spot foes.</p><p>DMZ would be a strong offering as a standalone extraction shooter game, so it represents incredible value when bundled in alongside the rest of the <em>Modern Warfare 4 </em>package. This is a mode that I’m going to be coming back to time and time again in the weeks and months ahead.</p><h2 id="a-fresh-start">A fresh start</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1920px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="RGjVhLvsyRW4VJhizAXt65" name="20261023093831_2" alt="A Call of Duty: Modern Warfare 4 screenshot captured on PC." src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/RGjVhLvsyRW4VJhizAXt65-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1920" height="1080" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Activision)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Of course, no <em>Call of Duty </em>game is complete without a robust suite of core multiplayer modes, and <em>Modern Warfare 4 </em>delivers a truly superb experience across the board in this regard. The pacing of matches is perfect: noticeably snappier than the comparatively pedestrian battles of <em>Modern Warfare II </em>but not as overwhelmingly rapid as the wall-jumping, hip-firing action of <em>Black Ops 7</em>. </p><p>Fast movement helps you navigate the smaller maps of classic modes like Team Deathmatch or Kill Confirmed quickly so you’re always encountering new enemies to fight, keeping the excitement high. Focusing on tactical positioning is still rewarded, thanks to a finely tuned TTK (time to kill) that gives the player who lands the first hit an advantage, but not a guaranteed victory against particularly skilled opponents. New traversal mechanics like a ledge grab that lets you hang off the side of buildings and objects are seamlessly implemented too, opening up new exciting opportunities on every battlefield.</p><p>As I <a href="https://www.techradar.com/gaming/a-generational-call-of-duty-game-after-almost-ten-hours-hands-on-i-think-modern-warfare-4-could-revolutionize-the-long-running-series#viafoura-comments">noted in my impressions of the <em>Modern Warfare 4</em> beta</a>, the overhauled ballistic system is far more than a marketing bullet point and genuinely impacts how you engage with weapons by accurately simulating the trajectory of bullets based on the position of your muzzle. In practical terms, it means being able to reliably hit shots when quickly shooting from the hip, which gives you a chance against players that slide around corners with SMGs at breakneck speeds to try and catch you off guard.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1920px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="g9uCtkt99LZERHA2Scxeu4" name="20261023092316_1" alt="A Call of Duty: Modern Warfare 4 screenshot captured on PC." src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/g9uCtkt99LZERHA2Scxeu4-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1920" height="1080" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Activision)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The guns themselves are all fantastic to use, with best-in-class model fidelity, impactful sound effects, and slick animations. There’s a great variety in the arsenal to boot, which spans from modern assault rifles to the antique WWII gear used by the real-world North Korean military. GUNNY, a new automated helper smartly built into the gunsmith system, makes it easier than ever to tweak your attachments for that perfect build. While I will always prefer poring over the detailed stats, giving newcomers the ability to automatically create good attachment setups based on their specific playstyles helps keep the playing field even. </p><p>As for the maps, they’re some of the best that we’ve had in recent years. They’re definitely on the smaller side unless you dive into the massive Ground War: Combat Outpost mode (which plays almost like a<em> Battlefield </em>match), though none of them stand out as suffering from poorly balanced spawn points or unfair sightlines. They’re visually stunning. Those taking place in South Korea, such as Silkworm, stand out particularly with their lavishly detailed streets, while little animated intros grant each arena a distinct visual identity.</p><p>Wrap all of this up in a slick UI that finally doesn’t look like the Netflix home screen, and it’s hard not to come to the conclusion that <em>Modern Warfare 4 </em>is going to reshape the direction of the long-running series going forward. If I had to truly nitpick, I would fault the lack of faction divisions in the operator lineup – being able to tell at a glance which team a player is on without having to rely on the red enemy indicator would help readability.</p><p>For something this insignificant to be my only complaint is a testament to how strong the<em> Call of Duty: Modern Warfare 4 </em>package is</p><h2 id="should-i-play-call-of-duty-modern-warfare-4">Should I play Call of Duty: Modern Warfare 4?</h2><h2 id="play-it-if-4">Play it if…</h2><div class="product"><p><strong>You’ve been waiting for a triumphant return</strong><br />If you’ve skipped the last few <em>Call of Duty </em>titles in order to wait for the franchise’s next big hit, then <em>Modern Warfare 4 </em>is it. There’s never been a better time to dive back in.</p></div><div class="product"><p><strong>You want an unbeatable package</strong><br />Thanks to a strong single-player mode and excellent core multiplayer experience, <em>Call of Duty: Modern Warfare 4 </em>represents excellence across the board. You even get an entire, engaging extraction shooter thrown in with the included DMZ mode.</p></div><div class="product"><p><strong>You love the Modern Warfare story</strong><br /><em>Modern Warfare 4 </em>brings the latest <em>Modern Warfare </em>narrative to a satisfying and definitive conclusion that’s well worth experiencing if you’ve played the previous entries.</p></div><h2 id="don-t-play-it-if-4">Don’t play it if…</h2><div class="product"><p><strong>You prefer the faster pace of Black Ops 7</strong><br /><em>Modern Warfare 4 </em>is a fast-paced game as far as <em>Call of Duty</em> goes, but engagements are still not as rapid as in <em>Black Ops 7</em>. Stick with last year's instalment if you prefer that style of play.</p></div><h2 id="accessibility-features-4">Accessibility features</h2><p>As with most modern <em>Call of Duty </em>games, there is an expansive selection of accessibility settings. This includes a wide selection of visual presets designed to enhance readability, as well as an assortment of subtitle options for the campaign. </p><p>The controls are also highly customizable, with full remapping supported whether you’re using a keyboard and mouse or a controller. You can also tweak aim assist settings and enable presets designed to reduce motor strain.</p><h2 id="how-i-reviewed-call-of-duty-modern-warfare-4">How I reviewed Call of Duty: Modern Warfare 4</h2><p>I played more than 25 hours of <em>Call of Duty: Modern Warfare 4 </em>for the purpose of this review. This included a full playthrough of the campaign, multiple DMZ sessions both solo and with a friend, and plenty of multiplayer. I also drew on my experience playing more than ten hours of the game’s beta, and some extra hands-on time in a studio visit earlier this year.</p><p>I tested everything on PC using a 5070 Ti-powered model by retailer Sca with a compact Corsair 2000d RGB Airflow case, Asus ROG Strix B860-I Gaming Wifi motherboard, Intel Core Ultra 7 265K CPU, a 2TB WD Black SN770 SSD, 32GB of DDR5 Corsair Vengeance RAM, and an Nvidia 5070 Ti manufactured by Asus. This setup lets me play smoothly on custom graphics settings at 1080p with most options set to High.</p><p>For peripherals, I used the new <a href="https://www.techradar.com/computing/logitech-g-pro-x2-rapid-review">Logitech G Pro X2 Rapid keyboard</a> and <a href="https://www.techradar.com/computing/logitech-g-pro-x3-superstrike-review">Logitech G Pro X3 SuperStrike mouse</a> throughout my time with the game.</p><p><em>First reviewed October 2026</em></p> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.techradar.com/gaming/call-of-duty-modern-warfare-4-review</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ Call of Duty: Modern Warfare 4 delivers across the board with its excellent campaign, strong multiplayer, and exhilarating DMZ modes. ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">pjbKvvUnStR6gar2bkiAkc</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VSSz6Yhc27xhasht3dpFNP-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Fri, 23 Oct 2026 13:57:37 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                <updated>Mon, 26 Oct 2026 09:59:58 +0000</updated>
                                                                                                                                            <category><![CDATA[Consoles & PC]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Gaming]]></category>
                                                                                                <author><![CDATA[ dash.wood@futurenet.com (Dashiell Wood) ]]></author>                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Dashiell Wood ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/fcZC2LhPK8ufw6QWmhv6kY-320-70.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ &lt;p&gt;Dash is an experienced tech journalist who specializes in video games, electronic entertainment products, and the wider industry that surrounds them. He currently serves as the Gaming Editor at TechRadar, leading our review, preview, feature, and news coverage of the latest and greatest releases.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Before joining the team, he was Contributing Writer at PLAY (formerly Official PlayStation Magazine UK) and has written articles for many of the UK&#039;s other biggest gaming magazines including the likes of Edge, PC Gamer, and SFX.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Now, when he&#039;s not getting his greasy little mitts on the newest hardware or gaming gadget, he can be found listening to J-pop or feverishly devouring the latest Nintendo Switch otome.&lt;/p&gt; ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VSSz6Yhc27xhasht3dpFNP-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Activision]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[A promotional Modern Warfare 4 screenshot showing soldiers in combat in a dark server room.]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[A promotional Modern Warfare 4 screenshot showing soldiers in combat in a dark server room.]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[A promotional Modern Warfare 4 screenshot showing soldiers in combat in a dark server room.]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VSSz6Yhc27xhasht3dpFNP-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>You could be forgiven for having reservations going into <em>Call of Duty: Modern Warfare 4</em>. After all, both last year’s instalment, the much-derided <a href="https://www.techradar.com/gaming/call-of-duty-black-ops-7-review"><em>Black Ops 7</em></a>, and this game’s direct predecessor, <a href="https://www.techradar.com/gaming/call-of-duty-modern-warfare-3-review"><em>Modern Warfare III</em></a><em>, </em>were<em> </em>clearly rushed and displayed a level of sloppiness that suggested the first-person shooter franchise had reached its breaking point.</p><div  class="fancy-box"><div class="fancy_box-title">Review info</div><div class="fancy_box_body"><p class="fancy-box__body-text"><strong>Platform reviewed: </strong>PC<br /><strong>Available on: </strong>PS5, Xbox Series X, Xbox Series S, PC, Nintendo Switch 2<br /><strong>Release date: </strong>October 23, 2026</p></div></div><p>Thankfully, it’s now apparent that these were merely temporary hiccups, and <em>Modern Warfare 4 </em>sees developer Infinity Ward successfully bring <a href="https://www.techradar.com/uk/tag/call-of-duty"><em>Call of Duty</em></a><em> </em>back from the brink with a fresh and exciting instalment that represents the absolute pinnacle of what the series has to offer. </p><p>The brilliant single-player story campaign delivers blockbuster thrills, there’s a stellar extraction shooter component filled with tense encounters in DMZ, and the core multiplayer experience is wonderfully crafted. It’s a package that you shouldn’t miss, and if it represents the trajectory of future installments, I’m confident that we’re in good hands.</p><h2 id="boots-on-the-ground">Boots on the ground</h2><figure role="gallery"><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VTBbQANxFgJmq9bLad8w74-1920-80.jpg" alt="A Call of Duty: Modern Warfare 4 screenshot captured on PC." /><figcaption><small role="credit">Activision</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VS6dMD775cFs678YMGyoH4-1920-80.jpg" alt="A Call of Duty: Modern Warfare 4 screenshot captured on PC." /><figcaption><small role="credit">Activision</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/XhxnwCVEUZVW9NygJCmwN4-1920-80.jpg" alt="A Call of Duty: Modern Warfare 4 screenshot captured on PC." /><figcaption><small role="credit">Activision</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/5sAoUS7Z8Ux7sGWL3Ju4S4-1920-80.jpg" alt="A Call of Duty: Modern Warfare 4 screenshot captured on PC." /><figcaption><small role="credit">Activision</small></figcaption></figure></figure><p>The <em>Modern Warfare 4 </em>campaign is simply superb and sets a new benchmark for the series’ cinematic storytelling. It truly feels like the culmination of the last decade of the <em>Call of Duty </em>series – and not just the <em>Modern Warfare </em>games. </p><p>It all kicks off in the fictional city of Hajin, South Korea, where you play as the lowly Private Park. An unwilling conscript in the country’s mandatory service program, he and his squadmates are suddenly thrust onto the front lines when a routine patrol is interrupted by the start of a full-scale invasion by North Korea. There are some genuinely shocking scenes in the opening as your team pushes through a rapidly crumbling city, dodging artillery strikes and witnessing widespread civilian casualties.</p><p>The early death of a squadmate hammers home the high stakes, and the decision to focus on newcomers rather than the established <em>Modern Warfare </em>cast makes it clear that there’s no plot armor here. You genuinely start to care about these new arrivals, with each member bringing a distinct and memorable personality to the squad’s dynamic. Dunn, a US Marine embedded in the local unit, is a particular highlight. His cultural cluelessness and overconfident swagger are frequently played for laughs, stopping the otherwise bleak tone from becoming too unrelentingly miserable.</p><p>It’s a big departure from the almost Marvel-movie-like silliness of the recent <em>Call of Duty </em>games (I’m looking at you, giant Harper mission from <em>Black Ops 7</em>), and the focus on a ground invasion makes for a grittier story that’s more in line with the events of the original <em>Modern Warfare </em>trilogy. Despite this more constrained focus, there are still plenty of memorable set-piece moments, such as an invigorating sequence that has you rapidly switching between different team members spread out across an air base, working together to fend off waves of North Korean troops.</p><figure role="gallery"><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ZPVNtuR9qNrP3ezAMikR75-1920-80.jpg" alt="A Call of Duty: Modern Warfare 4 screenshot captured on PC." /><figcaption><small role="credit">Activision</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/KhwqSPc3L5L4geb4rxyvu4-1920-80.jpg" alt="A Call of Duty: Modern Warfare 4 screenshot captured on PC." /><figcaption><small role="credit">Activision</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/L7AH3fPHGZRrg86tnXsR75-1920-80.jpg" alt="A Call of Duty: Modern Warfare 4 screenshot captured on PC." /><figcaption><small role="credit">Activision</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/72UdBuimpcnBAirWsxBtp4-1920-80.jpg" alt="A Call of Duty: Modern Warfare 4 screenshot captured on PC." /><figcaption><small role="credit">Activision</small></figcaption></figure></figure><p>There’s even one massive, open-world mission that unfolds similarly to a <em>Far Cry </em>game. It’s far more in-depth than the disappointing open-zone levels of 2023’s <em>Modern Warfare III</em>, with resources to scavenge, outposts to clear, and even a few puzzles to crack. It took me a few hours to clear, and since I didn’t see everything, I really appreciate being able to return to it later from the mission select screen and pick up where I left off.</p><p>Park’s story plays out mostly linearly, but it's interspersed with missions that detail the exploits of the fan-favorite Captain Price in the lead-up to the invasion. Set a few years after the events of the previous game, which, spoiler alert, ends with Price executing his long-term adversary, General Shepherd, in the middle of the Pentagon, the former SAS soldier is now on the run and travels between global locations hunting the members of a sinister cabal.</p><p>Price’s segments offer all the bombastic <em>Mission: Impossible </em>action that made the recent <a href="https://www.techradar.com/gaming/call-of-duty-black-ops-6-review"><em>Black Ops 6</em></a><em> </em>campaign so great. One minute you're infiltrating a New York nightclub, and the next you’re speeding through Paris, hanging out the side of a car chased by legions of heavily armed gangsters. Vladimir Makarov, a terrorist Price pursued throughout the previous game, is unceremoniously killed off in just the second mission, paving the way for the introduction of Archer, a new foe portrayed by Mads Mikkelsen. Unlike Makarov, he’s a compelling villain with coherent motivations and, importantly, enough screen time to appear like more than an afterthought, as his predecessor unfortunately did.</p><p>While Park’s journey sees the recruit come face to face with the horrors of war but emerge victorious thanks to camaraderie and teamwork, Price’s is all about the dangers of abandoning your morals and sacrificing those close to you in pursuit of revenge. They contrast excellently and, while the messaging certainly isn’t subtle, the way both gradually converge for a unified conclusion is nevertheless highly satisfying.</p><h2 id="off-the-books">Off the books</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1920px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="NSztkqJyikXwstqWzAkR75" name="20261021121814_1" alt="A Call of Duty: Modern Warfare 4 screenshot captured on PC." src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/NSztkqJyikXwstqWzAkR75-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1920" height="1080" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Activision)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The events of the campaign lead directly into the new DMZ extraction shooter mode, which sees mercenaries returning to the crumbling ruins of Hajin to find and extract abandoned military tech left over from the war. It plays like a simplified version of titles such as <em>Arena Breakout: Infinite </em>or <em>Escape from Tarkov</em>, with your chosen operator dropping in to the map from an upgradable field base.</p><p>This serves as a little hub world that you return to in between runs, offering limited storage for your scavenged gear, a 3D printer to forge new equipment with collected resources, a vendor for spending extracted cash, and intelligence detailing the non-player character (NPC) foes and most dangerous players active in the zone. While most extraction shooter games include base-building elements, it’s rare to see your home as a physical 3D space you can actually explore, and it makes the experience feel much more immersive.</p><p>You have three options when deploying into Hajin: Story Missions, Dynamic Ops, and Free Roam. Free Roam is the most basic: it drops you into the massive map with a few other players to pursue your own goals, whether that means finding good weapons to extract or trying to complete DMZ Orders, little challenges that guide your experience. Dynamic Ops is more guided, feeding you a stream of multi-stage objectives with increasing rewards for each that you manage to complete.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1920px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="Sxy5uEsat59yN8da77mTf4" name="20261020205902_1" alt="A Call of Duty: Modern Warfare 4 screenshot captured on PC." src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Sxy5uEsat59yN8da77mTf4-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1920" height="1080" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Activision)</span></figcaption></figure><p>They’re assigned at random, with a good variety of options in the mission pool that range from taking out key NPC targets to taking over military camps and collecting stashed bombs to destroy marked vehicles. Story Missions, meanwhile, offer a more linear experience that feels much closer to the campaign. </p><p>One early highlight had my team of three taking on guards at an abandoned hospital, pushing our way up to the intensive care unit and wheeling a sedated enemy general to a rooftop extraction point under heavy fire. It was genuinely exhilarating, and became even more exciting when a squad of enemy players turned up to disrupt our mission. </p><p>Other players can appear regardless of your chosen mode, leading to tense PvP situations where one wrong move can mean the difference between a successful escape and losing your current operator and all of their equipment. Not every encounter has to end in a fight, though, as you can work together with enemy teams (and even opt to join them) if they’re willing to cooperate, leading to some fun emergent play.</p><div  class="fancy-box"><div class="fancy_box-title">Best bit</div><div class="fancy_box_body"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' ><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="KUW9g8BdTW2mWvxUCATr65" name="20261020211757_1" caption="" alt="A Call of Duty: Modern Warfare 4 screenshot captured on PC." src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/KUW9g8BdTW2mWvxUCATr65-1920-80.jpg" mos="" link="" align="" fullscreen="" width="" height="" attribution="" endorsement="" class="pinterest-pin-exclude" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=""><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Activision)</span></figcaption></figure><p class="fancy-box__body-text"><strong>Diving into DMZ with friends is a delight. The mode works fantastically as a duo, chatting with each other as you explore the huge map, complete objectives, and evade (or attack) rival squads.</strong></p></div></div><p>I entered one story mission and quickly discovered that my team of randoms was absolutely terrible, with no apparent interest in actually completing our tasks, so I beelined to a nearby enemy squad shouting “friendly” until they sent me the invite to join them. I quickly led my new friends right back to my useless former teammates, and took great pleasure in helping mow them down to steal all their gear.</p><p>No two games feel the same, and if that wasn’t reason enough to keep coming back, Hajin itself is a treat to explore. It’s big, beautiful, and filled with a variety of aesthetically distinct zones ranging from freezing cold, abandoned North Korean villages to the rusty ruins of the South Korean city and even some of the barren outskirts of Russia. Even when you’ve seen it all, the dynamic weather effects can still take you by surprise, introducing challenging conditions like dense fog or heavy rainstorms that make it more difficult to navigate and spot foes.</p><p>DMZ would be a strong offering as a standalone extraction shooter game, so it represents incredible value when bundled in alongside the rest of the <em>Modern Warfare 4 </em>package. This is a mode that I’m going to be coming back to time and time again in the weeks and months ahead.</p><h2 id="a-fresh-start">A fresh start</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1920px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="RGjVhLvsyRW4VJhizAXt65" name="20261023093831_2" alt="A Call of Duty: Modern Warfare 4 screenshot captured on PC." src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/RGjVhLvsyRW4VJhizAXt65-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1920" height="1080" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Activision)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Of course, no <em>Call of Duty </em>game is complete without a robust suite of core multiplayer modes, and <em>Modern Warfare 4 </em>delivers a truly superb experience across the board in this regard. The pacing of matches is perfect: noticeably snappier than the comparatively pedestrian battles of <em>Modern Warfare II </em>but not as overwhelmingly rapid as the wall-jumping, hip-firing action of <em>Black Ops 7</em>. </p><p>Fast movement helps you navigate the smaller maps of classic modes like Team Deathmatch or Kill Confirmed quickly so you’re always encountering new enemies to fight, keeping the excitement high. Focusing on tactical positioning is still rewarded, thanks to a finely tuned TTK (time to kill) that gives the player who lands the first hit an advantage, but not a guaranteed victory against particularly skilled opponents. New traversal mechanics like a ledge grab that lets you hang off the side of buildings and objects are seamlessly implemented too, opening up new exciting opportunities on every battlefield.</p><p>As I <a href="https://www.techradar.com/gaming/a-generational-call-of-duty-game-after-almost-ten-hours-hands-on-i-think-modern-warfare-4-could-revolutionize-the-long-running-series#viafoura-comments">noted in my impressions of the <em>Modern Warfare 4</em> beta</a>, the overhauled ballistic system is far more than a marketing bullet point and genuinely impacts how you engage with weapons by accurately simulating the trajectory of bullets based on the position of your muzzle. In practical terms, it means being able to reliably hit shots when quickly shooting from the hip, which gives you a chance against players that slide around corners with SMGs at breakneck speeds to try and catch you off guard.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1920px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="g9uCtkt99LZERHA2Scxeu4" name="20261023092316_1" alt="A Call of Duty: Modern Warfare 4 screenshot captured on PC." src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/g9uCtkt99LZERHA2Scxeu4-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1920" height="1080" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Activision)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The guns themselves are all fantastic to use, with best-in-class model fidelity, impactful sound effects, and slick animations. There’s a great variety in the arsenal to boot, which spans from modern assault rifles to the antique WWII gear used by the real-world North Korean military. GUNNY, a new automated helper smartly built into the gunsmith system, makes it easier than ever to tweak your attachments for that perfect build. While I will always prefer poring over the detailed stats, giving newcomers the ability to automatically create good attachment setups based on their specific playstyles helps keep the playing field even. </p><p>As for the maps, they’re some of the best that we’ve had in recent years. They’re definitely on the smaller side unless you dive into the massive Ground War: Combat Outpost mode (which plays almost like a<em> Battlefield </em>match), though none of them stand out as suffering from poorly balanced spawn points or unfair sightlines. They’re visually stunning. Those taking place in South Korea, such as Silkworm, stand out particularly with their lavishly detailed streets, while little animated intros grant each arena a distinct visual identity.</p><p>Wrap all of this up in a slick UI that finally doesn’t look like the Netflix home screen, and it’s hard not to come to the conclusion that <em>Modern Warfare 4 </em>is going to reshape the direction of the long-running series going forward. If I had to truly nitpick, I would fault the lack of faction divisions in the operator lineup – being able to tell at a glance which team a player is on without having to rely on the red enemy indicator would help readability.</p><p>For something this insignificant to be my only complaint is a testament to how strong the<em> Call of Duty: Modern Warfare 4 </em>package is</p><h2 id="should-i-play-call-of-duty-modern-warfare-4">Should I play Call of Duty: Modern Warfare 4?</h2><h2 id="play-it-if-4">Play it if…</h2><div class="product"><p><strong>You’ve been waiting for a triumphant return</strong><br />If you’ve skipped the last few <em>Call of Duty </em>titles in order to wait for the franchise’s next big hit, then <em>Modern Warfare 4 </em>is it. There’s never been a better time to dive back in.</p></div><div class="product"><p><strong>You want an unbeatable package</strong><br />Thanks to a strong single-player mode and excellent core multiplayer experience, <em>Call of Duty: Modern Warfare 4 </em>represents excellence across the board. You even get an entire, engaging extraction shooter thrown in with the included DMZ mode.</p></div><div class="product"><p><strong>You love the Modern Warfare story</strong><br /><em>Modern Warfare 4 </em>brings the latest <em>Modern Warfare </em>narrative to a satisfying and definitive conclusion that’s well worth experiencing if you’ve played the previous entries.</p></div><h2 id="don-t-play-it-if-4">Don’t play it if…</h2><div class="product"><p><strong>You prefer the faster pace of Black Ops 7</strong><br /><em>Modern Warfare 4 </em>is a fast-paced game as far as <em>Call of Duty</em> goes, but engagements are still not as rapid as in <em>Black Ops 7</em>. Stick with last year's instalment if you prefer that style of play.</p></div><h2 id="accessibility-features-4">Accessibility features</h2><p>As with most modern <em>Call of Duty </em>games, there is an expansive selection of accessibility settings. This includes a wide selection of visual presets designed to enhance readability, as well as an assortment of subtitle options for the campaign. </p><p>The controls are also highly customizable, with full remapping supported whether you’re using a keyboard and mouse or a controller. You can also tweak aim assist settings and enable presets designed to reduce motor strain.</p><h2 id="how-i-reviewed-call-of-duty-modern-warfare-4">How I reviewed Call of Duty: Modern Warfare 4</h2><p>I played more than 25 hours of <em>Call of Duty: Modern Warfare 4 </em>for the purpose of this review. This included a full playthrough of the campaign, multiple DMZ sessions both solo and with a friend, and plenty of multiplayer. I also drew on my experience playing more than ten hours of the game’s beta, and some extra hands-on time in a studio visit earlier this year.</p><p>I tested everything on PC using a 5070 Ti-powered model by retailer Sca with a compact Corsair 2000d RGB Airflow case, Asus ROG Strix B860-I Gaming Wifi motherboard, Intel Core Ultra 7 265K CPU, a 2TB WD Black SN770 SSD, 32GB of DDR5 Corsair Vengeance RAM, and an Nvidia 5070 Ti manufactured by Asus. This setup lets me play smoothly on custom graphics settings at 1080p with most options set to High.</p><p>For peripherals, I used the new <a href="https://www.techradar.com/computing/logitech-g-pro-x2-rapid-review">Logitech G Pro X2 Rapid keyboard</a> and <a href="https://www.techradar.com/computing/logitech-g-pro-x3-superstrike-review">Logitech G Pro X3 SuperStrike mouse</a> throughout my time with the game.</p><p><em>First reviewed October 2026</em></p>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ Sigma FP2 review: the world's smallest full-frame mirrorless camera is a wonder of design ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-sigma-fp2-one-minute-review"><span>Sigma FP2: One-minute review</span></h2><p>Sigma's FP2 is a successor to the world's smallest full-frame mirrorless camera, <a href="https://www.techradar.com/reviews/sigma-fp">the FP</a>, and it's even smaller, despite coming with a bunch of handy upgrades. </p><p>The FP2 packs a partially stacked 24.5MP full-frame sensor — one we've seen before in the <a href="https://www.techradar.com/cameras/video-cameras/nikon-zr-review-cinema-cameras-just-got-a-major-new-player">Nikon ZR</a> and <a href="https://www.techradar.com/cameras/mirrorless-cameras/panasonic-lumix-s1-ii-review">Lumix S1 II</a>. And like those cameras, it shoots 6K open gate video, only with Sigma's L-Log color profile, and RAW video through an external SSD.</p><p>It comes with 70GB built-in memory, plus a higher capacity battery — the same unit found in recent full-frame Lumix models like the S1 II and <a href="https://www.techradar.com/cameras/mirrorless-cameras/panasonic-lumix-s9-review">Lumix S9</a> — and it features a 3.15-inch tilt-touchscreen. All decent upgrades. </p><p>Autofocus performance has been improved too — the hybrid phase detection system can track more subjects, with what Sigma says is a 15% boost in speed and accuracy. </p><p>And these features are packed into a diminutive and sturdy metal body with a delightfully simple design and user experience — I love how the photo and video functions are neatly distinguished. It's an attractive package, and a camera that I thoroughly enjoyed having in my hand.   </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2500px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="HUxwaFiuak49Gkss2yL76G" name="Sigma FP2" alt="Sigma FP2 mirrorless camera with 50mm f/2 contemporary lenses attached, in user's hand, there's a tiled floor background" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/HUxwaFiuak49Gkss2yL76G-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2500" height="1406" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The tiny FP2 body makes regular lenses, like the 50mm F2 DG Contemporary, above, feel large by comparison </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Tim Coleman)</span></figcaption></figure><p>When considered purely as an upgrade to the original FP, the FP2 is a solid camera. However, Sigma's mission to make the smallest full-frame <a href="https://www.techradar.com/news/best-mirrorless-camera">mirrorless camera</a> comes with compromises, which means the FP2 won't be for everyone. For one, the camera doesn't have in-body image stabilization, whereas the Lumix S9, Lumix S1 II and Nikon ZR do. </p><p>There's also no built-in viewfinder, though unlike some rivals, there is an optional EVF and it's a fantastically bright and detailed 5.76m-dot unit that tilts for waist-level shooting. </p><p>When shooting photos, I regularly found myself bringing the camera up to my eye, only to remember it didn't have a viewfinder – photo and video creatives will absolutely want to pick up the optional EVF. </p><p>That for me is where the FP2 comes undone, somewhat. It's starting price is reasonable, but when you factor in the cost of accessories, the package starts to feel pricey. </p><p>There is a miniaturisation premium — Sigma isn't alone in this, however. Overall, there are better value conventional alternatives, but if size and feel matters to you, then the Sigma FP2 is well worth a look.</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-sigma-fp2-price-and-release-date"><span>Sigma FP2: Price and release date</span></h2><ul><li><strong>Announced on October 23, 2026, priced from $2,199 / £1,899</strong></li><li><strong>Can be purchased with various kits; with the Electronic Viewfinder EVF-21 or 50mm F2 DG | Contemporary lens</strong></li><li><strong>Goes on sale from November 11</strong></li></ul><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2500px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="j9bkZM2HBvQ5vgy5RTRP7H" name="Sigma FP2" alt="Close up of the Sigma FP2 mirrorless camera's grip" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/j9bkZM2HBvQ5vgy5RTRP7H-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2500" height="1406" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">There's a textured finished on the camera's side and a 3/4in mounting point for accessories such as a base plate, but the flat-front offers no real grip like, say, DSLRs do </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Tim Coleman)</span></figcaption></figure><p>At first, the Sigma FP2 feels like excellent value — it's a beautifully designed and rugged full-frame camera with impressive specs for $2,199 / £1,899. However, that body-only price is just the beginning for a camera that works best with optional accessories — and for those the cost soon stacks up. </p><p>For example, photographers will want the divine EVF-21 5.76m-dot tilt electronic viewfinder, which which adds $500 / £500 to the cost when bought with the camera, and it costs even more when purchased separately. Or how about the camera and lens kit with 50mm F2 DG | Contemporary, which I had for the review and you can see in the pictures, which costs  $2749 / £2419. </p><p>Other accessories include the Hot Shoe Unit HU-21 (same flash terminal as OM System / Lumix), base plate BPL-21, LCD viewfinder LVF-21 and battery charger BC-91. Sigma is still a decent value brand, but you just need to be aware that this camera system benefits from costly extras, and if you're upgrading that the likes of the EVF are not forwards / backwards compatible with the original Sigma FP. </p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-sigma-fp2-specs"><span>Sigma FP2 specs</span></h2><div ><table><caption>Sigma FP2 specs:</caption><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Type: </p></td><td  ><p>Mirrorless camera</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Mount:</p></td><td  ><p>L-mount</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Sensor: </p></td><td  ><p>24.5MP (effective) partially stacked full-frame CMOS</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Autofocus:</p></td><td  ><p>Hybrid phase detection AF with subject Tracking AF (Human / Dog + Cat + Bird, with Eye AF)</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Continuous shooting:</p></td><td  ><p>Up to 20fps (electronic shutter)</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Video: </p></td><td  ><p>6K up to 60fps, Open Gate, up to 10-bit, L-Log profile</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Viewfinder:</p></td><td  ><p>N/A, optional 5.76m-dot tilt EVF</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Screen:</p></td><td  ><p>3.15-inch tilt touchscreen, 2.1m-dots</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Storage: </p></td><td  ><p>70GB usable internal, single SD/SDHC/SDXC slot</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Battery</p></td><td  ><p>370 stills / 130 mins video</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Dimensions: </p></td><td  ><p>112.8 x 69.9 x 41.8 mm / 4.4 x 2.8 x 1.6 in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Weight: </p></td><td  ><p>460g / 16.2 oz. (including SD card and battery) or 376g / 13.3 oz without</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-sigma-fp2-design"><span>Sigma FP2: Design</span></h2><ul><li><strong>Even smaller than the original FP, but a fraction heavier</strong></li><li><strong>Modular design with handy (albeit pricey) accessories, such as the lovely EVF</strong></li><li><strong>Wonderfully simple user experience and interface</strong></li></ul><p>The FP2 carries the DNA of the original FP, but comes with some welcome design improvements. Crucially, it stays true to Sigma's core mission with this series — make the smallest full-frame mirrorless camera available. </p><p>It's designed as a photo and video hybrid, with a chunky switch to choose between the two and a neatly arranged menu for each discipline — the settings remain unique when you move between the two. </p><p>There's a chunky exposure dial, and a line of buttons neatly arranged under the screen, including one for color profiles (there are 13 presets, Log and RAW video options). </p><p>The 3.15-inch touchscreen is a tilt-type — impressive considering the camera is thinner than the FP, which has a fixed screen. Pulling the screen out reveals vents which presumably keep the camera cool during high-resolution video recording.</p><figure role="gallery"><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/yZ2RpGrFSRPGPsxoDiLCEH-1920-80.jpg" alt="Sigma FP2 mirrorless camera with 50mm f/2 contemporary lenses attached, on a shelf, lit from above, view of its top plate" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Tim Coleman</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/oc6cxLHVJLd66pEeUtipDH-1920-80.jpg" alt="Sigma FP2 mirrorless camera with 50mm f/2 contemporary lenses attached, on a shelf, lit from above, close up of it's underside" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Tim Coleman</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/WSCTnzxUfcU59WF7vDzTWH-1920-80.jpg" alt="Sigma FP2 mirrorless camera with 50mm f/2 contemporary lenses attached, on a shelf, lit from above. Close up of its connection ports" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Tim Coleman</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/j9bkZM2HBvQ5vgy5RTRP7H-1920-80.jpg" alt="Close up of the Sigma FP2 mirrorless camera's grip" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Tim Coleman</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/W5aDfjywmfGaWeNC9m5NwG-1920-80.jpg" alt="Sigma FP2 mirrorless camera with 50mm f/2 contemporary lenses attached, on a shelf, lit from above, view of its back" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Tim Coleman</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/sjDcHcMSpviT2PZQULuLgF-1920-80.jpg" alt="Close up of the Sigma FP2 mirrorless camera's top controls" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Tim Coleman</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/y5rgvGewUc43oeFQeW3tyF-1920-80.jpg" alt="Sigma FP2 mirrorless camera no lens attached, on a shelf, lit from above" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Tim Coleman</small></figcaption></figure></figure><p>We don't get an EVF, which is no surprise given the size of the camera. However, Sigma sells the FP2 in a kit with the EVF-21 electronic viewfinder.</p><p>I actually think the modular design makes perfect sense. Shooting video and don't need a viewfinder? You have the tiniest full-frame shooter. Out taking photos and want the display? Add it on. </p><p>And I really did enjoy the display — albeit my brief experience with it. It connects to the camera's side through one of the two USB-C ports, and it's a 5.76m-dot tilt type. </p><p>Sigma has added internal memory, with 70GB of usable memory, plus there's the SD card slot. I used the internal memory a lot, and had no operational issues — I wish more cameras included internal memory like the FP2 does. </p><p>And then there's the battery — the same type as used in recent Lumix cameras, for a healthy shot-life that belies the compact size of the camera. I don't think I've seen such a large battery squeezed into such a small space before — Sigma really has worked wonders to keep the FP2 this small. </p><figure role="gallery"><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Ju56Z3FjJxmp5HsjEWRMPG-1920-80.jpg" alt="Sigma FP2 mirrorless camera alongside the 50mm f/2 contemporary lens they are placed on a marble wall, at golden hour" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Tim Coleman</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/LSknDFkVsMjp8mBb7NQMYG-1920-80.jpg" alt="Sigma FP2 mirrorless camera with the 50mm f/2 contemporary lens attached, placed on a marble wall, at golden hour" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Tim Coleman</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/cVLWCVQSaWJvdR6uH6BJcG-1920-80.jpg" alt="Sigma FP2 mirrorless camera with the 50mm f/2 contemporary lens attached, placed on a marble wall, at golden hour" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Tim Coleman</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/7UVsBWK7BqBC2F2iFSXBkG-1920-80.jpg" alt="The Sigma FP2 mirrorless camera in user's hand, at golden hour outdoors, with a close up of the top controls" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Tim Coleman</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/MfYdTar4qiuC42PRz3JggG-1920-80.jpg" alt="The Sigma FP2 mirrorless camera in user's hand, at golden hour outdoors, with a close up of the rear screen which is tilted up" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Tim Coleman</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/EYw2b3n5mu27pLqH4ukBUG-1920-80.jpg" alt="Side view of the Sigma FP2 mirrorless camera in user's hand, at golden hour outdoors, the screen is tilted up" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Tim Coleman</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/wvEfBky9SVQShLkt7jMKsG-1920-80.jpg" alt="The Sigma FP2 mirrorless camera in user's hand, at golden hour outdoors, with a close up of the rear screen" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Tim Coleman</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/YibMQZxw8APBBCt9RungLG-1920-80.jpg" alt="Sigma FP2 mirrorless camera no lens attached, in user's hand, at golden hour outdoors" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Tim Coleman</small></figcaption></figure></figure><p>Naturally, there are compromises for the handling of such a small camera, besides the lack of viewfinder and flash. For one, it's flat-fronted, meaning there's no sculpted hand grip for a secure hold. That's no such problem with small lenses, but the FP2 is <em>so </em>small that even compact primes feel chunky by comparison. </p><p>It's true: when stripped back to its basic setup, there is no smaller camera in this class. But to get the most out of the camera, it needs bulking out, all adding to the cost. </p><p>What I will say is that the FP2 does modular very well indeed. Its two screw mounts for accessories are handily placed, and they can host the (supplied) loops used to secure the camera's strap, which is a neat bit of design.</p><p>The FP2's design isn't for everyone, but after almost two weeks of shooting with the camera, I really did appreciate and enjoy it, and can see how it will appeal to certain users. </p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-sigma-fp2-performance"><span>Sigma FP2: Performance</span></h2><ul><li><strong>24.5MP partially stacked full-frame sensor, no stabilization</strong></li><li><strong>6K open gate video recording up to 60fps, plus 4K slow motion up to 120fps</strong></li><li><strong>13 color profile presets and Log, but RAW video must be recorded through an external drive</strong></li><li><strong>Improved autofocus performance and built-in memory</strong></li></ul><p>We've seen the 24.5MP partially stacked sensor before in various Panasonic Lumix and Nikon models, including the Lumix S1 II and <a href="https://www.techradar.com/cameras/mirrorless-cameras/nikon-z6-iii-review">Nikon Z6 III</a>. In the Sigma FP2, however, the sensor is not stabilized, which makes handheld video recording much trickier. </p><p>I've included a sample reel below, which demonstrates how challenging it can be to record steady video handheld, even with a steady hand. There is a solution, mind you, and that's to record gyro data which can be used to apply stabilization to footage afterwards using specialist software. Alternatively, of course, the camera can be mounted to a gimbal. </p><p>I love the photo and video quality I was able to get from the Sigma FP2 and 50mm F2 DG Contemporary lens: 6K open gate video with a choice of 13 color presets make for quick and versatile output, in various aspect ratios for social media (4K vertical video is possible), while the Log profile is a better bet for users who want to edit after the fact. </p><iframe src="https://content.jwplatform.com/players/B0pxI5Nh.html" id="B0pxI5Nh" title="Sigma FP2 Sample Reel" width="1920" height="1080" frameborder="0" scrolling="auto" allowfullscreen=""></iframe><p>Photos can be recorded in RAW and JPEG format, and Sigma cameras use the DNG RAW format, which is universally accepted in editing software. For high-speed action, the FP2 can shoot at a rate of up to 20fps, and for sequences up to 180 frames before the buffer slows up — a decent performance. </p><p>Sigma says that autofocus performance has been improved by 15% over the FP, with a broader range of subject detection. I found autofocus snappy on people, and it was smooth and subtle enough for video, too, but haven't had the chance to try it out extensively on other subjects, including animals.</p><p>There's 70GB of usable built-in memory, which proved reliable during my test. However, it's not possible to record the memory-hungry RAW video using built-in memory or SD card — you'll need an external SSD for that. </p><h2 id="sigma-fp2-sample-photos">Sigma FP2 sample photos</h2><figure role="gallery"><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/WcSzHjfiwyAJYkFaE2cMFD-1920-80.jpg" alt="Sigma FP2 sample gallery: woman with pink hair wearing a white jumpsuit, stood on rooftops in Lisbon, Portugal" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Tim Coleman</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VYd9TkuTWhLvzFcWfWQpSE-1920-80.jpg" alt="Sigma FP2 sample gallery: a statue of a cherub in front of bright stained glass windows" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Tim Coleman</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/4g8MtTRtBsgyVHmEnBsQkE-1920-80.jpg" alt="Sigma FP2 sample gallery: the ornate detailing of an ancient building in Lisbon, Portugal" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Tim Coleman</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/vygE6oGtgerQYbQW2KeXUD-1920-80.jpg" alt="Sigma FP2 sample gallery: a worker removes custard tarts from trays taken out of an oven in a cafe" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Tim Coleman</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/HdnEamuvQkN34KvvtQbEFE-1920-80.jpg" alt="Sigma FP2 sample gallery: a plate of Portugal's famous custard tarts" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Tim Coleman</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/uqCvEHhrtHqnLGaw5nnNZD-1920-80.jpg" alt="Sigma FP2 sample gallery: large palm leaves licked by golden light" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Tim Coleman</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/69UEzyYXZgRGtTQgXHTjyE-1920-80.jpg" alt="Sigma FP2 sample gallery: the Lisbon skyline, seen from a high vantage point" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Tim Coleman</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/KC2bKBbmorvhxY6xsrx9BE-1920-80.jpg" alt="Sigma FP2 sample gallery: the ornate detailing of an ancient building in Lisbon, Portugal" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Tim Coleman</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/oRKc8jWdUaCjjg85iE9DgD-1920-80.jpg" alt="Sigma FP2 sample gallery: worker in a kitchen, making custard tarts" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Tim Coleman</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/KfWEXfr9zbTZhEvcHZQmkD-1920-80.jpg" alt="Sigma FP2 sample gallery: man sat at a table in a restaurant" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Tim Coleman</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/P2FzaqaaghKrERXW9YLNSD-1920-80.jpg" alt="Sigma FP2 sample gallery: portait of a man in a black t short" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Tim Coleman</small></figcaption></figure></figure><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-sigma-fp2-also-consider"><span>Sigma FP2: also consider</span></h2><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="8e0505f6-c968-11f1-b2bb-05cc710d682f" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Read our in-depth Panasonic Lumix S9 review" data-dimension48="Read our in-depth Panasonic Lumix S9 review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:500px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="b3ryPRBWgSZZyeJ9YBjJUF" name="image" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/b3ryPRBWgSZZyeJ9YBjJUF-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="500" height="500" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class="" /></p></div></div></figure></a><p><strong>Panasonic Lumix S9</strong></p><p>Another tiny full-frame L-mount mirrorless camera with powerful 6K video features and versatile color profiles, available for a fraction of the price of the FP2. I wasn't sold by the camera at launch, but several firmware upgrades later it's arguably the best value full-frame camera for users who shoot a lot of video <em>and</em> it has image stabilization. Like the FP2, there's no viewfinder, but unlike the FP2 there's no option to add one. The FP2's design feels more rugged, and it's modular. </p><p><strong>Read our in-depth </strong><a href="https://www.techradar.com/cameras/mirrorless-cameras/panasonic-lumix-s9-review" target="_blank" data-dimension112="8e0505f6-c968-11f1-b2bb-05cc710d682f" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Read our in-depth Panasonic Lumix S9 review" data-dimension48="Read our in-depth Panasonic Lumix S9 review" data-dimension25=""><strong>Panasonic Lumix S9 review</strong></a></p></div><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="8e050664-c968-11f1-a83c-f9af7d836ca1" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Read our in-depth Nikon ZR review" data-dimension48="Read our in-depth Nikon ZR review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:500px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="rtyQjRLMbSf84DD7CrA3gC" name="Nikon ZR WB" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/rtyQjRLMbSf84DD7CrA3gC-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="500" height="500" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class="" /></p></div></div></figure></a><p><strong>Nikon ZR</strong></p><p>Another diminutive, excellent value big hitter for video, the Nikon ZR has the same 24.5MP partially stacked sensor as the FP2 but it's stabilized, a monstrously big and bright 4-inch screen that beats rivals (flip-out, not tilt), and delicious 6K RED RAW color profiles. Like the FP2, the ZR supports 32-bit float audio, and benefits from kitting out with accessories, while it has a decent range of Z-mount lenses to choose from. </p><p><strong>Read our in-depth </strong><a href="https://www.techradar.com/cameras/video-cameras/nikon-zr-review-cinema-cameras-just-got-a-major-new-player" target="_blank" data-dimension112="8e050664-c968-11f1-a83c-f9af7d836ca1" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Read our in-depth Nikon ZR review" data-dimension48="Read our in-depth Nikon ZR review" data-dimension25=""><strong>Nikon ZR review</strong></a></p></div><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-how-i-tested-the-sigma-fp2"><span>How I tested the Sigma FP2</span></h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2500px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="y5rgvGewUc43oeFQeW3tyF" name="Sigma FP2" alt="Sigma FP2 mirrorless camera no lens attached, on a shelf, lit from above" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/y5rgvGewUc43oeFQeW3tyF-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2500" height="1406" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Tim Coleman)</span></figcaption></figure><ul><li><strong>I had the camera for 1-2 weeks before its announcement, along with the 50mm F2 DG Contemporary lens</strong></li><li><strong>I tried the EVF-21 electronic viewfinder</strong></li><li><strong>I shot a variety of photos and videos, all handheld</strong></li></ul><p>Sigma introduced the camera to TechRadar a week or two ahead of its global launch, where I saw the FP2, 50mm F2 DG Contemporary lens and various accessories, including the new 5.76m-dot EVF for the FP2. </p><p>I was loaned the camera and lens only for my review, and have made the most of that time, taking the gear with me on a break to Lisbon in Portugal where I used it extensively for portraiture and travel photography. </p><p>All my images and videos were shot handheld, with no stabilization for video footage. I tried the various color profiles for video and shot in 6K and 4K.</p><ul><li><em>First reviewed: October 2026</em></li><li><a href="https://www.techradar.com/news/how-we-test">Read more about how we test</a></li></ul> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.techradar.com/cameras/mirrorless-cameras/sigma-fp2-review</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ The Sigma FP2 takes its predecessor's crown as the world's smallest full-frame camera, and the 6K-shooting hybrid has welcome upgrades, including a new sensor, tilt-touchscreen and built-in memory ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">bMbx5Gmy9EQFSWzpduEdHT</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/u3jpX4awWRbeVFdPmBZuuF-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Fri, 23 Oct 2026 11:00:00 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                <updated>Tue, 27 Oct 2026 10:39:19 +0000</updated>
                                                                                                                                            <category><![CDATA[Mirrorless Cameras]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
                                                                                                                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Timothy Coleman ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/F9wpbHF6VS4NaDy4avHZ2U-320-70.png ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ &lt;p&gt;As Cameras Editor, Tim looks after all camera content at TechRadar. This includes news, reviews, features and buying guides, and covers anything from mirrorless cameras to film and smartphones. He loves observing the advances in camera technology, putting the latest and greatest cameras through their paces, and projecting where cameras could go next. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;A first class Bachelor of the Arts in Photography, Tim has been a tech journalist for much of his professional career, working for titles such as Amateur Photographer, Digital Camera World and Pocket-Lint. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Directly prior to joining Tech Radar in 2023, Tim worked in video production with Studio 44 for clients including Canon, and offers his wealth of technical and creative knowledge in photography and video. He also values telling stories that matter, to change lives - the mantra of a diverse stories team based in Nairobi, Kenya which he co-founded. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Tim the person is a keen creative, avid runner, occasional footballer and moderate flat white drinker who has lived in East Africa and believes we have much to enjoy and learn from each other. &lt;/p&gt; ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/u3jpX4awWRbeVFdPmBZuuF-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Tim Coleman]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Sigma FP2 mirrorless camera no lens attached, in user&#039;s hand, at golden hour outdoors]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Sigma FP2 mirrorless camera no lens attached, in user&#039;s hand, at golden hour outdoors]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Sigma FP2 mirrorless camera no lens attached, in user&#039;s hand, at golden hour outdoors]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/u3jpX4awWRbeVFdPmBZuuF-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-sigma-fp2-one-minute-review"><span>Sigma FP2: One-minute review</span></h2><p>Sigma's FP2 is a successor to the world's smallest full-frame mirrorless camera, <a href="https://www.techradar.com/reviews/sigma-fp">the FP</a>, and it's even smaller, despite coming with a bunch of handy upgrades. </p><p>The FP2 packs a partially stacked 24.5MP full-frame sensor — one we've seen before in the <a href="https://www.techradar.com/cameras/video-cameras/nikon-zr-review-cinema-cameras-just-got-a-major-new-player">Nikon ZR</a> and <a href="https://www.techradar.com/cameras/mirrorless-cameras/panasonic-lumix-s1-ii-review">Lumix S1 II</a>. And like those cameras, it shoots 6K open gate video, only with Sigma's L-Log color profile, and RAW video through an external SSD.</p><p>It comes with 70GB built-in memory, plus a higher capacity battery — the same unit found in recent full-frame Lumix models like the S1 II and <a href="https://www.techradar.com/cameras/mirrorless-cameras/panasonic-lumix-s9-review">Lumix S9</a> — and it features a 3.15-inch tilt-touchscreen. All decent upgrades. </p><p>Autofocus performance has been improved too — the hybrid phase detection system can track more subjects, with what Sigma says is a 15% boost in speed and accuracy. </p><p>And these features are packed into a diminutive and sturdy metal body with a delightfully simple design and user experience — I love how the photo and video functions are neatly distinguished. It's an attractive package, and a camera that I thoroughly enjoyed having in my hand.   </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2500px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="HUxwaFiuak49Gkss2yL76G" name="Sigma FP2" alt="Sigma FP2 mirrorless camera with 50mm f/2 contemporary lenses attached, in user's hand, there's a tiled floor background" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/HUxwaFiuak49Gkss2yL76G-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2500" height="1406" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The tiny FP2 body makes regular lenses, like the 50mm F2 DG Contemporary, above, feel large by comparison </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Tim Coleman)</span></figcaption></figure><p>When considered purely as an upgrade to the original FP, the FP2 is a solid camera. However, Sigma's mission to make the smallest full-frame <a href="https://www.techradar.com/news/best-mirrorless-camera">mirrorless camera</a> comes with compromises, which means the FP2 won't be for everyone. For one, the camera doesn't have in-body image stabilization, whereas the Lumix S9, Lumix S1 II and Nikon ZR do. </p><p>There's also no built-in viewfinder, though unlike some rivals, there is an optional EVF and it's a fantastically bright and detailed 5.76m-dot unit that tilts for waist-level shooting. </p><p>When shooting photos, I regularly found myself bringing the camera up to my eye, only to remember it didn't have a viewfinder – photo and video creatives will absolutely want to pick up the optional EVF. </p><p>That for me is where the FP2 comes undone, somewhat. It's starting price is reasonable, but when you factor in the cost of accessories, the package starts to feel pricey. </p><p>There is a miniaturisation premium — Sigma isn't alone in this, however. Overall, there are better value conventional alternatives, but if size and feel matters to you, then the Sigma FP2 is well worth a look.</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-sigma-fp2-price-and-release-date"><span>Sigma FP2: Price and release date</span></h2><ul><li><strong>Announced on October 23, 2026, priced from $2,199 / £1,899</strong></li><li><strong>Can be purchased with various kits; with the Electronic Viewfinder EVF-21 or 50mm F2 DG | Contemporary lens</strong></li><li><strong>Goes on sale from November 11</strong></li></ul><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2500px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="j9bkZM2HBvQ5vgy5RTRP7H" name="Sigma FP2" alt="Close up of the Sigma FP2 mirrorless camera's grip" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/j9bkZM2HBvQ5vgy5RTRP7H-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2500" height="1406" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">There's a textured finished on the camera's side and a 3/4in mounting point for accessories such as a base plate, but the flat-front offers no real grip like, say, DSLRs do </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Tim Coleman)</span></figcaption></figure><p>At first, the Sigma FP2 feels like excellent value — it's a beautifully designed and rugged full-frame camera with impressive specs for $2,199 / £1,899. However, that body-only price is just the beginning for a camera that works best with optional accessories — and for those the cost soon stacks up. </p><p>For example, photographers will want the divine EVF-21 5.76m-dot tilt electronic viewfinder, which which adds $500 / £500 to the cost when bought with the camera, and it costs even more when purchased separately. Or how about the camera and lens kit with 50mm F2 DG | Contemporary, which I had for the review and you can see in the pictures, which costs  $2749 / £2419. </p><p>Other accessories include the Hot Shoe Unit HU-21 (same flash terminal as OM System / Lumix), base plate BPL-21, LCD viewfinder LVF-21 and battery charger BC-91. Sigma is still a decent value brand, but you just need to be aware that this camera system benefits from costly extras, and if you're upgrading that the likes of the EVF are not forwards / backwards compatible with the original Sigma FP. </p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-sigma-fp2-specs"><span>Sigma FP2 specs</span></h2><div ><table><caption>Sigma FP2 specs:</caption><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Type: </p></td><td  ><p>Mirrorless camera</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Mount:</p></td><td  ><p>L-mount</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Sensor: </p></td><td  ><p>24.5MP (effective) partially stacked full-frame CMOS</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Autofocus:</p></td><td  ><p>Hybrid phase detection AF with subject Tracking AF (Human / Dog + Cat + Bird, with Eye AF)</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Continuous shooting:</p></td><td  ><p>Up to 20fps (electronic shutter)</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Video: </p></td><td  ><p>6K up to 60fps, Open Gate, up to 10-bit, L-Log profile</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Viewfinder:</p></td><td  ><p>N/A, optional 5.76m-dot tilt EVF</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Screen:</p></td><td  ><p>3.15-inch tilt touchscreen, 2.1m-dots</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Storage: </p></td><td  ><p>70GB usable internal, single SD/SDHC/SDXC slot</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Battery</p></td><td  ><p>370 stills / 130 mins video</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Dimensions: </p></td><td  ><p>112.8 x 69.9 x 41.8 mm / 4.4 x 2.8 x 1.6 in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Weight: </p></td><td  ><p>460g / 16.2 oz. (including SD card and battery) or 376g / 13.3 oz without</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-sigma-fp2-design"><span>Sigma FP2: Design</span></h2><ul><li><strong>Even smaller than the original FP, but a fraction heavier</strong></li><li><strong>Modular design with handy (albeit pricey) accessories, such as the lovely EVF</strong></li><li><strong>Wonderfully simple user experience and interface</strong></li></ul><p>The FP2 carries the DNA of the original FP, but comes with some welcome design improvements. Crucially, it stays true to Sigma's core mission with this series — make the smallest full-frame mirrorless camera available. </p><p>It's designed as a photo and video hybrid, with a chunky switch to choose between the two and a neatly arranged menu for each discipline — the settings remain unique when you move between the two. </p><p>There's a chunky exposure dial, and a line of buttons neatly arranged under the screen, including one for color profiles (there are 13 presets, Log and RAW video options). </p><p>The 3.15-inch touchscreen is a tilt-type — impressive considering the camera is thinner than the FP, which has a fixed screen. Pulling the screen out reveals vents which presumably keep the camera cool during high-resolution video recording.</p><figure role="gallery"><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/yZ2RpGrFSRPGPsxoDiLCEH-1920-80.jpg" alt="Sigma FP2 mirrorless camera with 50mm f/2 contemporary lenses attached, on a shelf, lit from above, view of its top plate" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Tim Coleman</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/oc6cxLHVJLd66pEeUtipDH-1920-80.jpg" alt="Sigma FP2 mirrorless camera with 50mm f/2 contemporary lenses attached, on a shelf, lit from above, close up of it's underside" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Tim Coleman</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/WSCTnzxUfcU59WF7vDzTWH-1920-80.jpg" alt="Sigma FP2 mirrorless camera with 50mm f/2 contemporary lenses attached, on a shelf, lit from above. Close up of its connection ports" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Tim Coleman</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/j9bkZM2HBvQ5vgy5RTRP7H-1920-80.jpg" alt="Close up of the Sigma FP2 mirrorless camera's grip" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Tim Coleman</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/W5aDfjywmfGaWeNC9m5NwG-1920-80.jpg" alt="Sigma FP2 mirrorless camera with 50mm f/2 contemporary lenses attached, on a shelf, lit from above, view of its back" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Tim Coleman</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/sjDcHcMSpviT2PZQULuLgF-1920-80.jpg" alt="Close up of the Sigma FP2 mirrorless camera's top controls" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Tim Coleman</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/y5rgvGewUc43oeFQeW3tyF-1920-80.jpg" alt="Sigma FP2 mirrorless camera no lens attached, on a shelf, lit from above" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Tim Coleman</small></figcaption></figure></figure><p>We don't get an EVF, which is no surprise given the size of the camera. However, Sigma sells the FP2 in a kit with the EVF-21 electronic viewfinder.</p><p>I actually think the modular design makes perfect sense. Shooting video and don't need a viewfinder? You have the tiniest full-frame shooter. Out taking photos and want the display? Add it on. </p><p>And I really did enjoy the display — albeit my brief experience with it. It connects to the camera's side through one of the two USB-C ports, and it's a 5.76m-dot tilt type. </p><p>Sigma has added internal memory, with 70GB of usable memory, plus there's the SD card slot. I used the internal memory a lot, and had no operational issues — I wish more cameras included internal memory like the FP2 does. </p><p>And then there's the battery — the same type as used in recent Lumix cameras, for a healthy shot-life that belies the compact size of the camera. I don't think I've seen such a large battery squeezed into such a small space before — Sigma really has worked wonders to keep the FP2 this small. </p><figure role="gallery"><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Ju56Z3FjJxmp5HsjEWRMPG-1920-80.jpg" alt="Sigma FP2 mirrorless camera alongside the 50mm f/2 contemporary lens they are placed on a marble wall, at golden hour" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Tim Coleman</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/LSknDFkVsMjp8mBb7NQMYG-1920-80.jpg" alt="Sigma FP2 mirrorless camera with the 50mm f/2 contemporary lens attached, placed on a marble wall, at golden hour" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Tim Coleman</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/cVLWCVQSaWJvdR6uH6BJcG-1920-80.jpg" alt="Sigma FP2 mirrorless camera with the 50mm f/2 contemporary lens attached, placed on a marble wall, at golden hour" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Tim Coleman</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/7UVsBWK7BqBC2F2iFSXBkG-1920-80.jpg" alt="The Sigma FP2 mirrorless camera in user's hand, at golden hour outdoors, with a close up of the top controls" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Tim Coleman</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/MfYdTar4qiuC42PRz3JggG-1920-80.jpg" alt="The Sigma FP2 mirrorless camera in user's hand, at golden hour outdoors, with a close up of the rear screen which is tilted up" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Tim Coleman</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/EYw2b3n5mu27pLqH4ukBUG-1920-80.jpg" alt="Side view of the Sigma FP2 mirrorless camera in user's hand, at golden hour outdoors, the screen is tilted up" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Tim Coleman</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/wvEfBky9SVQShLkt7jMKsG-1920-80.jpg" alt="The Sigma FP2 mirrorless camera in user's hand, at golden hour outdoors, with a close up of the rear screen" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Tim Coleman</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/YibMQZxw8APBBCt9RungLG-1920-80.jpg" alt="Sigma FP2 mirrorless camera no lens attached, in user's hand, at golden hour outdoors" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Tim Coleman</small></figcaption></figure></figure><p>Naturally, there are compromises for the handling of such a small camera, besides the lack of viewfinder and flash. For one, it's flat-fronted, meaning there's no sculpted hand grip for a secure hold. That's no such problem with small lenses, but the FP2 is <em>so </em>small that even compact primes feel chunky by comparison. </p><p>It's true: when stripped back to its basic setup, there is no smaller camera in this class. But to get the most out of the camera, it needs bulking out, all adding to the cost. </p><p>What I will say is that the FP2 does modular very well indeed. Its two screw mounts for accessories are handily placed, and they can host the (supplied) loops used to secure the camera's strap, which is a neat bit of design.</p><p>The FP2's design isn't for everyone, but after almost two weeks of shooting with the camera, I really did appreciate and enjoy it, and can see how it will appeal to certain users. </p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-sigma-fp2-performance"><span>Sigma FP2: Performance</span></h2><ul><li><strong>24.5MP partially stacked full-frame sensor, no stabilization</strong></li><li><strong>6K open gate video recording up to 60fps, plus 4K slow motion up to 120fps</strong></li><li><strong>13 color profile presets and Log, but RAW video must be recorded through an external drive</strong></li><li><strong>Improved autofocus performance and built-in memory</strong></li></ul><p>We've seen the 24.5MP partially stacked sensor before in various Panasonic Lumix and Nikon models, including the Lumix S1 II and <a href="https://www.techradar.com/cameras/mirrorless-cameras/nikon-z6-iii-review">Nikon Z6 III</a>. In the Sigma FP2, however, the sensor is not stabilized, which makes handheld video recording much trickier. </p><p>I've included a sample reel below, which demonstrates how challenging it can be to record steady video handheld, even with a steady hand. There is a solution, mind you, and that's to record gyro data which can be used to apply stabilization to footage afterwards using specialist software. Alternatively, of course, the camera can be mounted to a gimbal. </p><p>I love the photo and video quality I was able to get from the Sigma FP2 and 50mm F2 DG Contemporary lens: 6K open gate video with a choice of 13 color presets make for quick and versatile output, in various aspect ratios for social media (4K vertical video is possible), while the Log profile is a better bet for users who want to edit after the fact. </p><iframe src="https://content.jwplatform.com/players/B0pxI5Nh.html" id="B0pxI5Nh" title="Sigma FP2 Sample Reel" width="1920" height="1080" frameborder="0" scrolling="auto" allowfullscreen=""></iframe><p>Photos can be recorded in RAW and JPEG format, and Sigma cameras use the DNG RAW format, which is universally accepted in editing software. For high-speed action, the FP2 can shoot at a rate of up to 20fps, and for sequences up to 180 frames before the buffer slows up — a decent performance. </p><p>Sigma says that autofocus performance has been improved by 15% over the FP, with a broader range of subject detection. I found autofocus snappy on people, and it was smooth and subtle enough for video, too, but haven't had the chance to try it out extensively on other subjects, including animals.</p><p>There's 70GB of usable built-in memory, which proved reliable during my test. However, it's not possible to record the memory-hungry RAW video using built-in memory or SD card — you'll need an external SSD for that. </p><h2 id="sigma-fp2-sample-photos">Sigma FP2 sample photos</h2><figure role="gallery"><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/WcSzHjfiwyAJYkFaE2cMFD-1920-80.jpg" alt="Sigma FP2 sample gallery: woman with pink hair wearing a white jumpsuit, stood on rooftops in Lisbon, Portugal" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Tim Coleman</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VYd9TkuTWhLvzFcWfWQpSE-1920-80.jpg" alt="Sigma FP2 sample gallery: a statue of a cherub in front of bright stained glass windows" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Tim Coleman</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/4g8MtTRtBsgyVHmEnBsQkE-1920-80.jpg" alt="Sigma FP2 sample gallery: the ornate detailing of an ancient building in Lisbon, Portugal" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Tim Coleman</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/vygE6oGtgerQYbQW2KeXUD-1920-80.jpg" alt="Sigma FP2 sample gallery: a worker removes custard tarts from trays taken out of an oven in a cafe" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Tim Coleman</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/HdnEamuvQkN34KvvtQbEFE-1920-80.jpg" alt="Sigma FP2 sample gallery: a plate of Portugal's famous custard tarts" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Tim Coleman</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/uqCvEHhrtHqnLGaw5nnNZD-1920-80.jpg" alt="Sigma FP2 sample gallery: large palm leaves licked by golden light" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Tim Coleman</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/69UEzyYXZgRGtTQgXHTjyE-1920-80.jpg" alt="Sigma FP2 sample gallery: the Lisbon skyline, seen from a high vantage point" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Tim Coleman</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/KC2bKBbmorvhxY6xsrx9BE-1920-80.jpg" alt="Sigma FP2 sample gallery: the ornate detailing of an ancient building in Lisbon, Portugal" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Tim Coleman</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/oRKc8jWdUaCjjg85iE9DgD-1920-80.jpg" alt="Sigma FP2 sample gallery: worker in a kitchen, making custard tarts" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Tim Coleman</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/KfWEXfr9zbTZhEvcHZQmkD-1920-80.jpg" alt="Sigma FP2 sample gallery: man sat at a table in a restaurant" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Tim Coleman</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/P2FzaqaaghKrERXW9YLNSD-1920-80.jpg" alt="Sigma FP2 sample gallery: portait of a man in a black t short" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Tim Coleman</small></figcaption></figure></figure><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-sigma-fp2-also-consider"><span>Sigma FP2: also consider</span></h2><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="8e0505f6-c968-11f1-b2bb-05cc710d682f" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Read our in-depth Panasonic Lumix S9 review" data-dimension48="Read our in-depth Panasonic Lumix S9 review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:500px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="b3ryPRBWgSZZyeJ9YBjJUF" name="image" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/b3ryPRBWgSZZyeJ9YBjJUF-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="500" height="500" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class="" /></p></div></div></figure></a><p><strong>Panasonic Lumix S9</strong></p><p>Another tiny full-frame L-mount mirrorless camera with powerful 6K video features and versatile color profiles, available for a fraction of the price of the FP2. I wasn't sold by the camera at launch, but several firmware upgrades later it's arguably the best value full-frame camera for users who shoot a lot of video <em>and</em> it has image stabilization. Like the FP2, there's no viewfinder, but unlike the FP2 there's no option to add one. The FP2's design feels more rugged, and it's modular. </p><p><strong>Read our in-depth </strong><a href="https://www.techradar.com/cameras/mirrorless-cameras/panasonic-lumix-s9-review" target="_blank" data-dimension112="8e0505f6-c968-11f1-b2bb-05cc710d682f" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Read our in-depth Panasonic Lumix S9 review" data-dimension48="Read our in-depth Panasonic Lumix S9 review" data-dimension25=""><strong>Panasonic Lumix S9 review</strong></a></p></div><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="8e050664-c968-11f1-a83c-f9af7d836ca1" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Read our in-depth Nikon ZR review" data-dimension48="Read our in-depth Nikon ZR review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:500px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="rtyQjRLMbSf84DD7CrA3gC" name="Nikon ZR WB" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/rtyQjRLMbSf84DD7CrA3gC-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="500" height="500" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class="" /></p></div></div></figure></a><p><strong>Nikon ZR</strong></p><p>Another diminutive, excellent value big hitter for video, the Nikon ZR has the same 24.5MP partially stacked sensor as the FP2 but it's stabilized, a monstrously big and bright 4-inch screen that beats rivals (flip-out, not tilt), and delicious 6K RED RAW color profiles. Like the FP2, the ZR supports 32-bit float audio, and benefits from kitting out with accessories, while it has a decent range of Z-mount lenses to choose from. </p><p><strong>Read our in-depth </strong><a href="https://www.techradar.com/cameras/video-cameras/nikon-zr-review-cinema-cameras-just-got-a-major-new-player" target="_blank" data-dimension112="8e050664-c968-11f1-a83c-f9af7d836ca1" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Read our in-depth Nikon ZR review" data-dimension48="Read our in-depth Nikon ZR review" data-dimension25=""><strong>Nikon ZR review</strong></a></p></div><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-how-i-tested-the-sigma-fp2"><span>How I tested the Sigma FP2</span></h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2500px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="y5rgvGewUc43oeFQeW3tyF" name="Sigma FP2" alt="Sigma FP2 mirrorless camera no lens attached, on a shelf, lit from above" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/y5rgvGewUc43oeFQeW3tyF-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2500" height="1406" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Tim Coleman)</span></figcaption></figure><ul><li><strong>I had the camera for 1-2 weeks before its announcement, along with the 50mm F2 DG Contemporary lens</strong></li><li><strong>I tried the EVF-21 electronic viewfinder</strong></li><li><strong>I shot a variety of photos and videos, all handheld</strong></li></ul><p>Sigma introduced the camera to TechRadar a week or two ahead of its global launch, where I saw the FP2, 50mm F2 DG Contemporary lens and various accessories, including the new 5.76m-dot EVF for the FP2. </p><p>I was loaned the camera and lens only for my review, and have made the most of that time, taking the gear with me on a break to Lisbon in Portugal where I used it extensively for portraiture and travel photography. </p><p>All my images and videos were shot handheld, with no stabilization for video footage. I tried the various color profiles for video and shot in 6K and 4K.</p><ul><li><em>First reviewed: October 2026</em></li><li><a href="https://www.techradar.com/news/how-we-test">Read more about how we test</a></li></ul>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ Razer Reclusa X Mini 65% review: an awesome and affordable mechanical keyboard ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-razer-reclusa-x-mini-65-two-minute-review"><span>Razer Reclusa X Mini 65%: two-minute review</span></h2><p>Razer has a long and storied history when it comes to its own mechanical keyboards, but at virtually every opportunity, it has charged a bit of a premium for them. Even the more enthusiast-focused ones, such as the <a href="https://www.techradar.com/computing/computer-gaming-accessories/razer-blackwidow-v4-75-review">BlackWidow V4 75%</a>, have tended to transplant the brand's gaming look onto a hot-swappable, sound-dampened board with a premium price to match. The Reclusa X Mini 65% takes a different approach. At $49.99/£59.99/AU$99.95, it's aimed squarely at the budget end of the market, and at people who might be buying their first mechanical keyboard, which is a good market to go after.</p><p>The problem a first-time buyer has is simply the breadth of choice on offer, and it can be very daunting to pick a keyboard, even if <a href="https://www.techradar.com/computing/keyboards/how-to-choose-your-first-mechanical-keyboard-and-why-its-simpler-than-the-internet-wants-you-to-think"><u>I think it's simpler than the internet wants you to think</u></a>. Likewise, a lot of the choices on offer tend to skimp on certain things, or they aren't offering a complete package – Razer has hit the nail on the head when it comes to the fundamentals of a good affordable mechanical keyboard.</p><p>For instance, the plastic chassis is compact but has a surprising amount of heft, and I couldn't find any real deck flex. For the money, that's a pleasant surprise. Moreover, the third-gen Orange tactile switches are the best Razer has made in a while, with a pleasant feel under finger that kept me using this keyboard long after the review period was up, and the mint green colorway is a departure from the brand's usually quite aggressive, gamer-centric styling.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1920px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="XobN6GjbLqNDYfUxuZL8k8" name="Razer Reclusa X Mini 65% 10" alt="Razer Reclusa X Mini 65% keyboard on a desk" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/XobN6GjbLqNDYfUxuZL8k8-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1920" height="1080" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>It's only really the little things that let it down. I'll continue to bemoan the presence of ABS keycaps, even on a more affordable keyboard, and the lack of any form of adjustable feet on the underside feels like an oversight. The absence of any wireless connectivity may not please some, but I don't necessarily see it as a big issue given the price.</p><p>Even so, the Reclusa X Mini 65% is a very easy keyboard to like. It's sturdy, smooth to type on, and looks the part, and it has room to grow if you want to experiment with different switches, being hot-swappable and all. It's a fantastic first mechanical keyboard for a lot of folks, and all the more fun being from a brand I might not have expected to get it so right.</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-razer-reclusa-x-mini-65-review-design"><span>Razer Reclusa X Mini 65% review: Design</span></h2><ul><li><strong>Especially compact</strong></li><li><strong>Pleasant green keycaps</strong></li><li><strong>Surprisingly sturdy</strong></li></ul><p>As much as the Reclusa X Mini 65% isn't an expensive keyboard, it doesn't exactly feel like a bargain-bin product, either. Far too often, cheaper keyboards from brands up and down the reputational ladder are plastic fantastic, with corners that flex and a chassis that feels like it'll give up as soon as you put your fingers down to type.</p><p>Not so with this product. The plastic chassis may be compact, but it has a surprising amount of heft and no real deck flex, which I'm delighted about. I first got hands-on with this product at Gamescom 2026, and the first thing I did was pick it up, try to flex the chassis, and was met with resistance from the keyboard's frame, which genuinely surprised me. That doesn't happen too often these days.</p><p>The style Razer has opted for with this keyboard is also unlike any of its previous efforts. The brand's other keyboards, even the more enthusiast-focused ones such as the <a href="https://www.techradar.com/computing/computer-gaming-accessories/razer-blackwidow-v4-75-review"><u>BlackWidow V4 75%</u></a>, simply transplanted the signature look of its gaming products and supplemented it with hot-swappable switches, sound dampening, and so on. The Reclusa X Mini 65% actually looks a little more like a product that someone getting into mechanical keyboards might want to purchase.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1920px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="QXJVFyk7bM27qPdk8cCDX8" name="Razer Reclusa X Mini 65% 12" alt="Razer Reclusa X Mini 65% keyboard on a desk" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/QXJVFyk7bM27qPdk8cCDX8-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1920" height="1080" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>I'm a particular fan of the keycap styling and color options with the mint green accents for Esc, Return, the Space Bar, and arrow keys, plus white for other function keys. The main alphanumerics are black with the same green hue for the legends. Being doubleshot is nice for durability, too, although I will continue to nag Razer about its use of the shiny ABS plastics. Even at the more affordable end of the market, we're seeing the more durable (and much more shine-resistant) PBT used more often, so it would have been nice to see it here.</p><p>The 65% layout is largely okay to use day-to-day, and provides you with some of the functionality of bigger footprint keyboards, such as a single column nav cluster and arrow keys in the corner. Other functions, such as the F-row, media playback and controlling the keyboard's RGB backlighting, are relegated to a function layer. I'd prefer a bigger layout, but 65% is the absolute smallest I can get away with using day-to-day without feeling hemmed in.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1920px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="P3VxMprcjdVx2Y2qawyQX8" name="Razer Reclusa X Mini 65% 9" alt="Razer Reclusa X Mini 65% keyboard on a desk" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/P3VxMprcjdVx2Y2qawyQX8-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1920" height="1080" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The interface around the back is nice and simple, with just a USB-C port for hooking the keyboard up to a PC or Mac. After all, it is just wired, with no other connectivity options available – for the price, it's perfectly fine.</p><p>I do have another bone to pick, though. The underside has no adjustable feet. While the default rake of the Reclusa X Mini 65% is comfortable enough for me, it's a shame that you can't tilt it any further up.</p><ul><li><strong>Design score: 4.5/5</strong></li></ul><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-razer-reclusa-x-mini-65-review-performance"><span>Razer Reclusa X Mini 65% review: Performance</span></h2><ul><li><strong>Tactile Gen 3 Orange switches feel solid under finger</strong></li><li><strong>Decent acoustics and customisation potential</strong></li><li><strong>Bright RGB lighting and convenient software on offer</strong></li></ul><p>One of my bigger keyboard-related axes to grind has often been Razer's own switches. The older Green and Yellow switches never did anything for me compared to other options out there, and the third-gen Orange soft tactiles that's been fitted to my sample of the Reclusa X Mini 65% have been Razer's pick of the bunch for some time.</p><p>These are 50g switches, providing a slightly heavier press than your typical crop of linears, with a little more weight under finger than I usually like. There's a decent tactile bump halfway down the keypress to boot. For typing an array of articles with this keyboard, this review included, it's been nothing if not agreeable.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1920px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="VKE22LjPgHB9pNQSxYodd8" name="Razer Reclusa X Mini 65% 11" alt="Razer Reclusa X Mini 65% keyboard on a desk" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VKE22LjPgHB9pNQSxYodd8-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1920" height="1080" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The switches also come pre-lubricated, meaning they’ve had a small dab of lubricant on the stem, switch housing, and elsewhere inside for a smoother keystroke. The idea of lubricating switches has become more tied to the modern mechanical keyboard hobby in the main, and it works to the Oranges’ advantage by offering a smooth keystroke that’s nicely interrupted by the soft tactile bump halfway down the keystroke.</p><p>If these switches aren't your jam, though, then the Reclusa X Mini 65% is hot-swappable and compatible with your usual MX-style three- or five-pin switches, and it works the way you'd expect, with no soldering or funny business required. That said, I couldn't spot a keycap or switch puller in the box, so you'll need to supply your own if you want to swap them out. Doing so is easy enough, though, so you can change switches in a matter of minutes, potentially changing the feel of the keyboard completely. For instance, I had some Cherry MX Northern Lights knocking around, which are a lighter and much quieter linear switch, which changed the feel of the 'board completely.</p><p>Regarding noise, this Razer keyboard isn't the quietest, and when you get up to speed, it can be quite loud. That said, there is internal dampening to help reduce any case rattle and ping, and the acoustics on offer here are largely pleasant, with a crisp and quite bright sound when you get into the groove.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1920px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="ujmLbik5iu4V67WqYmstX8" name="Razer Reclusa X Mini 65% 4" alt="Razer Reclusa X Mini 65% keyboard on a desk" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ujmLbik5iu4V67WqYmstX8-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1920" height="1080" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Software duties are handled by Razer's Synapse 4 suite, which is a major improvement on the older and clunkier forms of Synapse that came before it. As expected for a keyboard that isn't packed to the rafters with HE or TMR or whatever else, the customisation here is largely limited to key remapping on two layers, plus enabling the brand's Snap Tap feature for unusually brisk side-to-side movement in the likes of <em>CS:2</em> and configuring the keyboard's RGB lighting.</p><p>The Reclusa X Mini 65%'s solid keycaps mean the Chroma lighting this keyboard has is more of an underglow than a full-blown Pink Floyd gig, although it's still plenty bright enough and works well with the aesthetic of the keyboard.</p><ul><li><strong>Performance score: 4.5/5</strong></li></ul><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-razer-reclusa-x-mini-65-review-price-release-date"><span>Razer Reclusa X Mini 65% review: Price &amp; release date</span></h2><ul><li><strong>$49.99 / £59.99 / AU$99.95</strong></li><li><strong>Released September 8, 2026</strong></li><li><strong>Towards the bottom end of the market</strong></li></ul><p>Razer launched the Reclusa X Mini 65% in September 2026.  At $49.99 / £59.99 / AU$99.95, it's easily one of the most affordable keyboards the brand has ever released, let alone an enthusiast-focused one.</p><p>That price puts it firmly in entry-level territory. It's much cheaper than the Razer BlackWidow V4 75%, which sits in the more enthusiast-focused part of Razer's range, and it takes on the likes of the<a href="https://www.techradar.com/computing/keyboards/mechlands-vibe99-review"> <u>MechLands Vibe99</u></a>, another budget board that trades a premium finish for strong value. It also sits alongside<a href="https://www.techradar.com/computing/keyboards/gamakay-tk75-v2-review-a-mechanical-keyboard-thats-a-dream-to-use-and-comes-in-at-a-good-price"> <u>Gamakay's TK75 V2</u></a>, which proved you don't need to spend big to get a satisfying typing feel.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1920px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="P2j5LS63pD5ipWbE9DVCY8" name="Razer Reclusa X Mini 65% 6" alt="Razer Reclusa X Mini 65% keyboard on a desk" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/P2j5LS63pD5ipWbE9DVCY8-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1920" height="1080" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>What sets the Reclusa X Mini 65% apart from a lot of these more affordable mechanical boards is how much it gets right for the money. The solid chassis, hot-swappable switches and doubleshot keycaps are rarely found together at this price, and when they are found together, it can usually mean a compromise on feel, one way or another. The compromises are a wired-only connection, 1,000Hz polling and shiny ABS keycaps, but for most buyers on a budget they're easy to forgive.</p><ul><li><strong>Value score: 4.5/5</strong></li></ul><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-razer-reclusa-x-mini-65-review-specs"><span>Razer Reclusa X Mini 65% review: Specs</span></h2><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Layout</p></td><td  ><p>65%</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Switches</p></td><td  ><p>Razer Gen 3 Orange Tactile</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Programmable keys</p></td><td  ><p>Yes</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Dimensions</p></td><td  ><p>12.2 x 4.02 x 1.5 inches / 311 x 102 x 37mm (LxWxH)</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>RGB or backlighting</p></td><td  ><p>Yes - RGB (customisable)</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-should-i-buy-the-razer-reclusa-x-mini-65"><span>Should I buy the Razer Reclusa X Mini 65%?</span></h2><div ><table><caption>Razer Reclusa X Mini 65%  Scorecard</caption><thead><tr><th class="firstcol " ><p>Attribute</p></th><th  ><p>Notes</p></th><th  ><p>Score</p></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Design</p></td><td  ><p>The Reclusa X Mini 65% looks great with its two-tone green keycaps, plus has a surprisingly solid plastic chassis. It's little things that let it down, such as ABS keycaps and the absence of any feet on the underside.</p></td><td  ><p>4.5/5</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Performance</p></td><td  ><p>The tactile Orange switches inside are surprisingly good for a mainstream brand and comfortable for extended periods and feel smooth with a pleasant tactile bump. Software config is competent too, as is physical customisation with hot-swappable switches.</p></td><td  ><p>4.5/5</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Value</p></td><td  ><p>The Reclusa X Mini 65% is one of the brand's most affordable keyboards ever, and it hits the spot for price-to-performance with excellent value for money.</p></td><td  ><p>4.5/5</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Average Rating</p></td><td  ><p>The Razer Reclusa X Mini 65% impresses for a big brand's budget keyboard, proving a proper mechanical 'board for a song can be done when you put your mind to it. It looks good and feels excellent with tactile switches and a surprisingly sturdy plastic chassis. If I'm being nitpicky, the lack of any adjustable feet and more basic software customisation are sore misses, but on the whole, this is a highly impressive mechanical board.</p></td><td  ><p>4.5/5</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h2 id="buy-it-if-29">Buy it if…</h2><div class="product"><p><strong>You want a sturdy keyboard on a budget</strong><br />The Reclusa X Mini 65% has a surprising amount of heft for the money, with no noticeable deck flex. That makes it feel a good deal more expensive than it actually is. <a class="view-deal button" href="" target="_blank" rel="nofollow" data-dimension112="4cc1c9c4-cec4-11f1-8558-09dd39745841" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="You want a sturdy keyboard on a budgetThe Reclusa X Mini 65% has a surprising amount of heft for the money, with no noticeable deck flex. That makes it feel a good deal more expensive than it actually is." data-dimension48="You want a sturdy keyboard on a budgetThe Reclusa X Mini 65% has a surprising amount of heft for the money, with no noticeable deck flex. That makes it feel a good deal more expensive than it actually is." data-dimension25="">View Deal</a></p></div><div class="product"><p><strong>You want a satisfying tactile switch under finger</strong><br />Razer's Gen 3 Orange switches are the best it has made in a while. The pre-lubed 50g stems and soft tactile bump make for a smooth, agreeable typing feel, and they're a pleasure for long writing sessions. <a class="view-deal button" href="" target="_blank" rel="nofollow" data-dimension112="4cc1ca8c-cec4-11f1-82b3-add7d443c365" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="You want a satisfying tactile switch under fingerRazer's Gen 3 Orange switches are the best it has made in a while. The pre-lubed 50g stems and soft tactile bump make for a smooth, agreeable typing feel, and they're a pleasure for long writing sessions." data-dimension48="You want a satisfying tactile switch under fingerRazer's Gen 3 Orange switches are the best it has made in a while. The pre-lubed 50g stems and soft tactile bump make for a smooth, agreeable typing feel, and they're a pleasure for long writing sessions." data-dimension25="">View Deal</a></p></div><div class="product"><p><strong>You want a satisfying tactile switch under finger</strong><br />Razer's Gen 3 Orange switches are the best it has made in a while. The pre-lubed 50g stems and soft tactile bump make for a smooth, agreeable typing feel, and they're a pleasure for long writing sessions. <a class="view-deal button" href="" target="_blank" rel="nofollow" data-dimension112="4cc1cb40-cec4-11f1-8fbe-bdeca59063fd" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="You want a satisfying tactile switch under fingerRazer's Gen 3 Orange switches are the best it has made in a while. The pre-lubed 50g stems and soft tactile bump make for a smooth, agreeable typing feel, and they're a pleasure for long writing sessions." data-dimension48="You want a satisfying tactile switch under fingerRazer's Gen 3 Orange switches are the best it has made in a while. The pre-lubed 50g stems and soft tactile bump make for a smooth, agreeable typing feel, and they're a pleasure for long writing sessions." data-dimension25="">View Deal</a></p></div><h2 id="don-t-buy-it-if-9">Don’t buy it if…</h2><div class="product"><p><strong>You want wireless connectivity</strong><br />This is a USB-C wired board and nothing else. That's perfectly fine for the money, but if you want Bluetooth or a 2.4GHz receiver, you'll need to look at other options.<a class="view-deal button" href="" target="_blank" rel="nofollow" data-dimension112="4cc1cbfe-cec4-11f1-ae05-5bf996a280af" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="You want wireless connectivityThis is a USB-C wired board and nothing else. That's perfectly fine for the money, but if you want Bluetooth or a 2.4GHz receiver, you'll need to look at other options." data-dimension48="You want wireless connectivityThis is a USB-C wired board and nothing else. That's perfectly fine for the money, but if you want Bluetooth or a 2.4GHz receiver, you'll need to look at other options." data-dimension25="">View Deal</a></p></div><div class="product"><p><strong>You want flip-out feet</strong><br />It might seem a small nitpick, but the lack of any flip-out feet on the underside of this keyboard can be a shame if you want to get properly comfortable with this board, hindering its ergonomics a bit.<a class="view-deal button" href="" target="_blank" rel="nofollow" data-dimension112="4cc1cc9e-cec4-11f1-9912-6b633877a4f4" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="You want flip-out feetIt might seem a small nitpick, but the lack of any flip-out feet on the underside of this keyboard can be a shame if you want to get properly comfortable with this board, hindering its ergonomics a bit." data-dimension48="You want flip-out feetIt might seem a small nitpick, but the lack of any flip-out feet on the underside of this keyboard can be a shame if you want to get properly comfortable with this board, hindering its ergonomics a bit." data-dimension25="">View Deal</a></p></div><div class="product"><p><strong>You want deep software customization</strong><br />Synapse 4 is a big improvement on older versions, but you're limited to key remapping on two layers: Snap Tap and RGB control. If you want more tuning options, you'll need to look elsewhere.<a class="view-deal button" href="" target="_blank" rel="nofollow" data-dimension112="4cc1cd48-cec4-11f1-a882-5742a704e43f" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="You want deep software customizationSynapse 4 is a big improvement on older versions, but you're limited to key remapping on two layers: Snap Tap and RGB control. If you want more tuning options, you'll need to look elsewhere." data-dimension48="You want deep software customizationSynapse 4 is a big improvement on older versions, but you're limited to key remapping on two layers: Snap Tap and RGB control. If you want more tuning options, you'll need to look elsewhere." data-dimension25="">View Deal</a></p></div><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-also-consider"><span>Also consider</span></h2><div class="product"><p><strong>MechLands Vibe99</strong><br />The MechLands Vibe99 goes after the same budget-minded buyer, and it's a solid performer, with well-lubed linear switches and a snappy response. It's a less handsome package than the Razer, though: the chassis feels solid but not premium, the retro styling doesn't charm, and the software isn't as good as it should be. It also uses a near-full-size 1800 layout rather than a 65% one, which suits you better if you want more keys. </p><p><strong>Read our full</strong><a href="https://www.techradar.com/computing/keyboards/mechlands-vibe99-review" data-dimension112="4cc1cdf2-cec4-11f1-87b1-25599988eaaf" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Read our full" data-dimension48="Read our full" data-dimension25=""><strong> </strong><u><strong>MechLands Vibe99 review</strong></u></a><strong></strong><a class="view-deal button" href="" target="_blank" rel="nofollow" data-dimension112="4cc1cdf2-cec4-11f1-87b1-25599988eaaf" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Read our full" data-dimension48="Read our full" data-dimension25="">View Deal</a></p></div><div class="product"><p><strong>Gamakay TK75 V2</strong><br />If you'd rather have a 75% layout, the Gamakay TK75 V2 is a lovely alternative, with damped switches that are great for typing and gaming and near-silent in use. That's a big contrast with the Razer, which can get loud once you pick up speed. The catch is that it lacks gaming-specific tweaks, so it suits typists better than players who want the likes of Snap Tap. </p><p><strong>Read our full</strong><a href="https://www.techradar.com/computing/keyboards/gamakay-tk75-v2-review-a-mechanical-keyboard-thats-a-dream-to-use-and-comes-in-at-a-good-price" data-dimension112="4cc1ce88-cec4-11f1-80dc-739e9e93282d" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Read our full" data-dimension48="Read our full" data-dimension25=""><strong> </strong><u><strong>Gamakay TK75 V2 review</strong></u></a><a class="view-deal button" href="" target="_blank" rel="nofollow" data-dimension112="4cc1ce88-cec4-11f1-80dc-739e9e93282d" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Read our full" data-dimension48="Read our full" data-dimension25="">View Deal</a></p></div><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-how-i-tested-the-razer-reclusa-x-mini-65"><span>How I tested the Razer Reclusa X Mini 65%</span></h2><ul><li><strong>Tested for around two weeks</strong></li><li><strong>Used for gaming and productivity across Windows and macOS</strong></li><li><strong>A decade of experience as a journalist and mechanical keyboard hobbyist</strong></li></ul><p>I tested the Reclusa X Mini 65% for around two weeks, using it as my main keyboard for work and play during this time with both Windows and macOS.</p><p>I used it for typing up thousands of words a day with my PC and hooked it up to my MacBook Pro over Bluetooth as my primary keyboard for work, too, to judge its performance. I also used the Razer Synapse 4 software on Windows to remap keys, program the macros and see what else it had to offer.</p><p>I've been a tech journalist for the best part of a decade, and have reviewed plenty of keyboards in that time from brands big and small. I'm also a mechanical keyboard enthusiast, so I have a keen eye for peripherals and have been involved with the hobby before it hit the mainstream.</p><ul><li><a href="https://www.techradar.com/news/how-we-test"><u>Read TechRadar’s reviews guarantee</u></a></li><li><em>First reviewed: October 2026</em></li></ul> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.techradar.com/computing/keyboards/razer-reclusa-x-mini-65-percent</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ Razer's cheapest mechanical keyboard feels far pricier than it is, with a sturdy chassis and a smooth tactile switch, and it's just little things that hold it back from being a true five-star performer. ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">tWA2CqnkwnZ4UBwsFCBSLX</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/htARAtsRwVaUXguoG56vd7-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Fri, 23 Oct 2026 09:53:26 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Keyboards]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Gaming Accessories]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Computing]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Peripherals & Accessories]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Gaming]]></category>
                                                                                                                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Reece Bithrey ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Kd4JG2adXQj2MkSZijBrTH-320-70.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ &lt;p&gt;Reece Bithrey is a freelance journalist with credits in Trusted Reviews, Digital Foundry, PC Gamer, TechRadar, PCGamesN, and Custom PC magazine reviewing all sorts of computing gubbins, including keyboards, mice, laptops, and more. He also has his own blog, UNTITLED, has bylines for WatchGecko&#039;s online magazine, and graduated from the University of Leeds with a degree in International History and Politics in 2023. When not writing, you&#039;ll usually find him bellowing at virtual footballers on Football Manager or tinkering with mechanical keyboards.&lt;/p&gt; ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/htARAtsRwVaUXguoG56vd7-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Future]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Razer Reclusa X Mini 65% keyboard on a desk]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Razer Reclusa X Mini 65% keyboard on a desk]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Razer Reclusa X Mini 65% keyboard on a desk]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/htARAtsRwVaUXguoG56vd7-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-razer-reclusa-x-mini-65-two-minute-review"><span>Razer Reclusa X Mini 65%: two-minute review</span></h2><p>Razer has a long and storied history when it comes to its own mechanical keyboards, but at virtually every opportunity, it has charged a bit of a premium for them. Even the more enthusiast-focused ones, such as the <a href="https://www.techradar.com/computing/computer-gaming-accessories/razer-blackwidow-v4-75-review">BlackWidow V4 75%</a>, have tended to transplant the brand's gaming look onto a hot-swappable, sound-dampened board with a premium price to match. The Reclusa X Mini 65% takes a different approach. At $49.99/£59.99/AU$99.95, it's aimed squarely at the budget end of the market, and at people who might be buying their first mechanical keyboard, which is a good market to go after.</p><p>The problem a first-time buyer has is simply the breadth of choice on offer, and it can be very daunting to pick a keyboard, even if <a href="https://www.techradar.com/computing/keyboards/how-to-choose-your-first-mechanical-keyboard-and-why-its-simpler-than-the-internet-wants-you-to-think"><u>I think it's simpler than the internet wants you to think</u></a>. Likewise, a lot of the choices on offer tend to skimp on certain things, or they aren't offering a complete package – Razer has hit the nail on the head when it comes to the fundamentals of a good affordable mechanical keyboard.</p><p>For instance, the plastic chassis is compact but has a surprising amount of heft, and I couldn't find any real deck flex. For the money, that's a pleasant surprise. Moreover, the third-gen Orange tactile switches are the best Razer has made in a while, with a pleasant feel under finger that kept me using this keyboard long after the review period was up, and the mint green colorway is a departure from the brand's usually quite aggressive, gamer-centric styling.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1920px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="XobN6GjbLqNDYfUxuZL8k8" name="Razer Reclusa X Mini 65% 10" alt="Razer Reclusa X Mini 65% keyboard on a desk" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/XobN6GjbLqNDYfUxuZL8k8-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1920" height="1080" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>It's only really the little things that let it down. I'll continue to bemoan the presence of ABS keycaps, even on a more affordable keyboard, and the lack of any form of adjustable feet on the underside feels like an oversight. The absence of any wireless connectivity may not please some, but I don't necessarily see it as a big issue given the price.</p><p>Even so, the Reclusa X Mini 65% is a very easy keyboard to like. It's sturdy, smooth to type on, and looks the part, and it has room to grow if you want to experiment with different switches, being hot-swappable and all. It's a fantastic first mechanical keyboard for a lot of folks, and all the more fun being from a brand I might not have expected to get it so right.</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-razer-reclusa-x-mini-65-review-design"><span>Razer Reclusa X Mini 65% review: Design</span></h2><ul><li><strong>Especially compact</strong></li><li><strong>Pleasant green keycaps</strong></li><li><strong>Surprisingly sturdy</strong></li></ul><p>As much as the Reclusa X Mini 65% isn't an expensive keyboard, it doesn't exactly feel like a bargain-bin product, either. Far too often, cheaper keyboards from brands up and down the reputational ladder are plastic fantastic, with corners that flex and a chassis that feels like it'll give up as soon as you put your fingers down to type.</p><p>Not so with this product. The plastic chassis may be compact, but it has a surprising amount of heft and no real deck flex, which I'm delighted about. I first got hands-on with this product at Gamescom 2026, and the first thing I did was pick it up, try to flex the chassis, and was met with resistance from the keyboard's frame, which genuinely surprised me. That doesn't happen too often these days.</p><p>The style Razer has opted for with this keyboard is also unlike any of its previous efforts. The brand's other keyboards, even the more enthusiast-focused ones such as the <a href="https://www.techradar.com/computing/computer-gaming-accessories/razer-blackwidow-v4-75-review"><u>BlackWidow V4 75%</u></a>, simply transplanted the signature look of its gaming products and supplemented it with hot-swappable switches, sound dampening, and so on. The Reclusa X Mini 65% actually looks a little more like a product that someone getting into mechanical keyboards might want to purchase.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1920px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="QXJVFyk7bM27qPdk8cCDX8" name="Razer Reclusa X Mini 65% 12" alt="Razer Reclusa X Mini 65% keyboard on a desk" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/QXJVFyk7bM27qPdk8cCDX8-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1920" height="1080" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>I'm a particular fan of the keycap styling and color options with the mint green accents for Esc, Return, the Space Bar, and arrow keys, plus white for other function keys. The main alphanumerics are black with the same green hue for the legends. Being doubleshot is nice for durability, too, although I will continue to nag Razer about its use of the shiny ABS plastics. Even at the more affordable end of the market, we're seeing the more durable (and much more shine-resistant) PBT used more often, so it would have been nice to see it here.</p><p>The 65% layout is largely okay to use day-to-day, and provides you with some of the functionality of bigger footprint keyboards, such as a single column nav cluster and arrow keys in the corner. Other functions, such as the F-row, media playback and controlling the keyboard's RGB backlighting, are relegated to a function layer. I'd prefer a bigger layout, but 65% is the absolute smallest I can get away with using day-to-day without feeling hemmed in.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1920px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="P3VxMprcjdVx2Y2qawyQX8" name="Razer Reclusa X Mini 65% 9" alt="Razer Reclusa X Mini 65% keyboard on a desk" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/P3VxMprcjdVx2Y2qawyQX8-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1920" height="1080" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The interface around the back is nice and simple, with just a USB-C port for hooking the keyboard up to a PC or Mac. After all, it is just wired, with no other connectivity options available – for the price, it's perfectly fine.</p><p>I do have another bone to pick, though. The underside has no adjustable feet. While the default rake of the Reclusa X Mini 65% is comfortable enough for me, it's a shame that you can't tilt it any further up.</p><ul><li><strong>Design score: 4.5/5</strong></li></ul><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-razer-reclusa-x-mini-65-review-performance"><span>Razer Reclusa X Mini 65% review: Performance</span></h2><ul><li><strong>Tactile Gen 3 Orange switches feel solid under finger</strong></li><li><strong>Decent acoustics and customisation potential</strong></li><li><strong>Bright RGB lighting and convenient software on offer</strong></li></ul><p>One of my bigger keyboard-related axes to grind has often been Razer's own switches. The older Green and Yellow switches never did anything for me compared to other options out there, and the third-gen Orange soft tactiles that's been fitted to my sample of the Reclusa X Mini 65% have been Razer's pick of the bunch for some time.</p><p>These are 50g switches, providing a slightly heavier press than your typical crop of linears, with a little more weight under finger than I usually like. There's a decent tactile bump halfway down the keypress to boot. For typing an array of articles with this keyboard, this review included, it's been nothing if not agreeable.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1920px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="VKE22LjPgHB9pNQSxYodd8" name="Razer Reclusa X Mini 65% 11" alt="Razer Reclusa X Mini 65% keyboard on a desk" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VKE22LjPgHB9pNQSxYodd8-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1920" height="1080" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The switches also come pre-lubricated, meaning they’ve had a small dab of lubricant on the stem, switch housing, and elsewhere inside for a smoother keystroke. The idea of lubricating switches has become more tied to the modern mechanical keyboard hobby in the main, and it works to the Oranges’ advantage by offering a smooth keystroke that’s nicely interrupted by the soft tactile bump halfway down the keystroke.</p><p>If these switches aren't your jam, though, then the Reclusa X Mini 65% is hot-swappable and compatible with your usual MX-style three- or five-pin switches, and it works the way you'd expect, with no soldering or funny business required. That said, I couldn't spot a keycap or switch puller in the box, so you'll need to supply your own if you want to swap them out. Doing so is easy enough, though, so you can change switches in a matter of minutes, potentially changing the feel of the keyboard completely. For instance, I had some Cherry MX Northern Lights knocking around, which are a lighter and much quieter linear switch, which changed the feel of the 'board completely.</p><p>Regarding noise, this Razer keyboard isn't the quietest, and when you get up to speed, it can be quite loud. That said, there is internal dampening to help reduce any case rattle and ping, and the acoustics on offer here are largely pleasant, with a crisp and quite bright sound when you get into the groove.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1920px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="ujmLbik5iu4V67WqYmstX8" name="Razer Reclusa X Mini 65% 4" alt="Razer Reclusa X Mini 65% keyboard on a desk" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ujmLbik5iu4V67WqYmstX8-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1920" height="1080" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Software duties are handled by Razer's Synapse 4 suite, which is a major improvement on the older and clunkier forms of Synapse that came before it. As expected for a keyboard that isn't packed to the rafters with HE or TMR or whatever else, the customisation here is largely limited to key remapping on two layers, plus enabling the brand's Snap Tap feature for unusually brisk side-to-side movement in the likes of <em>CS:2</em> and configuring the keyboard's RGB lighting.</p><p>The Reclusa X Mini 65%'s solid keycaps mean the Chroma lighting this keyboard has is more of an underglow than a full-blown Pink Floyd gig, although it's still plenty bright enough and works well with the aesthetic of the keyboard.</p><ul><li><strong>Performance score: 4.5/5</strong></li></ul><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-razer-reclusa-x-mini-65-review-price-release-date"><span>Razer Reclusa X Mini 65% review: Price &amp; release date</span></h2><ul><li><strong>$49.99 / £59.99 / AU$99.95</strong></li><li><strong>Released September 8, 2026</strong></li><li><strong>Towards the bottom end of the market</strong></li></ul><p>Razer launched the Reclusa X Mini 65% in September 2026.  At $49.99 / £59.99 / AU$99.95, it's easily one of the most affordable keyboards the brand has ever released, let alone an enthusiast-focused one.</p><p>That price puts it firmly in entry-level territory. It's much cheaper than the Razer BlackWidow V4 75%, which sits in the more enthusiast-focused part of Razer's range, and it takes on the likes of the<a href="https://www.techradar.com/computing/keyboards/mechlands-vibe99-review"> <u>MechLands Vibe99</u></a>, another budget board that trades a premium finish for strong value. It also sits alongside<a href="https://www.techradar.com/computing/keyboards/gamakay-tk75-v2-review-a-mechanical-keyboard-thats-a-dream-to-use-and-comes-in-at-a-good-price"> <u>Gamakay's TK75 V2</u></a>, which proved you don't need to spend big to get a satisfying typing feel.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1920px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="P2j5LS63pD5ipWbE9DVCY8" name="Razer Reclusa X Mini 65% 6" alt="Razer Reclusa X Mini 65% keyboard on a desk" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/P2j5LS63pD5ipWbE9DVCY8-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1920" height="1080" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>What sets the Reclusa X Mini 65% apart from a lot of these more affordable mechanical boards is how much it gets right for the money. The solid chassis, hot-swappable switches and doubleshot keycaps are rarely found together at this price, and when they are found together, it can usually mean a compromise on feel, one way or another. The compromises are a wired-only connection, 1,000Hz polling and shiny ABS keycaps, but for most buyers on a budget they're easy to forgive.</p><ul><li><strong>Value score: 4.5/5</strong></li></ul><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-razer-reclusa-x-mini-65-review-specs"><span>Razer Reclusa X Mini 65% review: Specs</span></h2><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Layout</p></td><td  ><p>65%</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Switches</p></td><td  ><p>Razer Gen 3 Orange Tactile</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Programmable keys</p></td><td  ><p>Yes</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Dimensions</p></td><td  ><p>12.2 x 4.02 x 1.5 inches / 311 x 102 x 37mm (LxWxH)</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>RGB or backlighting</p></td><td  ><p>Yes - RGB (customisable)</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-should-i-buy-the-razer-reclusa-x-mini-65"><span>Should I buy the Razer Reclusa X Mini 65%?</span></h2><div ><table><caption>Razer Reclusa X Mini 65%  Scorecard</caption><thead><tr><th class="firstcol " ><p>Attribute</p></th><th  ><p>Notes</p></th><th  ><p>Score</p></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Design</p></td><td  ><p>The Reclusa X Mini 65% looks great with its two-tone green keycaps, plus has a surprisingly solid plastic chassis. It's little things that let it down, such as ABS keycaps and the absence of any feet on the underside.</p></td><td  ><p>4.5/5</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Performance</p></td><td  ><p>The tactile Orange switches inside are surprisingly good for a mainstream brand and comfortable for extended periods and feel smooth with a pleasant tactile bump. Software config is competent too, as is physical customisation with hot-swappable switches.</p></td><td  ><p>4.5/5</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Value</p></td><td  ><p>The Reclusa X Mini 65% is one of the brand's most affordable keyboards ever, and it hits the spot for price-to-performance with excellent value for money.</p></td><td  ><p>4.5/5</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Average Rating</p></td><td  ><p>The Razer Reclusa X Mini 65% impresses for a big brand's budget keyboard, proving a proper mechanical 'board for a song can be done when you put your mind to it. It looks good and feels excellent with tactile switches and a surprisingly sturdy plastic chassis. If I'm being nitpicky, the lack of any adjustable feet and more basic software customisation are sore misses, but on the whole, this is a highly impressive mechanical board.</p></td><td  ><p>4.5/5</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h2 id="buy-it-if-29">Buy it if…</h2><div class="product"><p><strong>You want a sturdy keyboard on a budget</strong><br />The Reclusa X Mini 65% has a surprising amount of heft for the money, with no noticeable deck flex. That makes it feel a good deal more expensive than it actually is. <a class="view-deal button" href="" target="_blank" rel="nofollow" data-dimension112="4cc1c9c4-cec4-11f1-8558-09dd39745841" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="You want a sturdy keyboard on a budgetThe Reclusa X Mini 65% has a surprising amount of heft for the money, with no noticeable deck flex. That makes it feel a good deal more expensive than it actually is." data-dimension48="You want a sturdy keyboard on a budgetThe Reclusa X Mini 65% has a surprising amount of heft for the money, with no noticeable deck flex. That makes it feel a good deal more expensive than it actually is." data-dimension25="">View Deal</a></p></div><div class="product"><p><strong>You want a satisfying tactile switch under finger</strong><br />Razer's Gen 3 Orange switches are the best it has made in a while. The pre-lubed 50g stems and soft tactile bump make for a smooth, agreeable typing feel, and they're a pleasure for long writing sessions. <a class="view-deal button" href="" target="_blank" rel="nofollow" data-dimension112="4cc1ca8c-cec4-11f1-82b3-add7d443c365" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="You want a satisfying tactile switch under fingerRazer's Gen 3 Orange switches are the best it has made in a while. The pre-lubed 50g stems and soft tactile bump make for a smooth, agreeable typing feel, and they're a pleasure for long writing sessions." data-dimension48="You want a satisfying tactile switch under fingerRazer's Gen 3 Orange switches are the best it has made in a while. The pre-lubed 50g stems and soft tactile bump make for a smooth, agreeable typing feel, and they're a pleasure for long writing sessions." data-dimension25="">View Deal</a></p></div><div class="product"><p><strong>You want a satisfying tactile switch under finger</strong><br />Razer's Gen 3 Orange switches are the best it has made in a while. The pre-lubed 50g stems and soft tactile bump make for a smooth, agreeable typing feel, and they're a pleasure for long writing sessions. <a class="view-deal button" href="" target="_blank" rel="nofollow" data-dimension112="4cc1cb40-cec4-11f1-8fbe-bdeca59063fd" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="You want a satisfying tactile switch under fingerRazer's Gen 3 Orange switches are the best it has made in a while. The pre-lubed 50g stems and soft tactile bump make for a smooth, agreeable typing feel, and they're a pleasure for long writing sessions." data-dimension48="You want a satisfying tactile switch under fingerRazer's Gen 3 Orange switches are the best it has made in a while. The pre-lubed 50g stems and soft tactile bump make for a smooth, agreeable typing feel, and they're a pleasure for long writing sessions." data-dimension25="">View Deal</a></p></div><h2 id="don-t-buy-it-if-9">Don’t buy it if…</h2><div class="product"><p><strong>You want wireless connectivity</strong><br />This is a USB-C wired board and nothing else. That's perfectly fine for the money, but if you want Bluetooth or a 2.4GHz receiver, you'll need to look at other options.<a class="view-deal button" href="" target="_blank" rel="nofollow" data-dimension112="4cc1cbfe-cec4-11f1-ae05-5bf996a280af" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="You want wireless connectivityThis is a USB-C wired board and nothing else. That's perfectly fine for the money, but if you want Bluetooth or a 2.4GHz receiver, you'll need to look at other options." data-dimension48="You want wireless connectivityThis is a USB-C wired board and nothing else. That's perfectly fine for the money, but if you want Bluetooth or a 2.4GHz receiver, you'll need to look at other options." data-dimension25="">View Deal</a></p></div><div class="product"><p><strong>You want flip-out feet</strong><br />It might seem a small nitpick, but the lack of any flip-out feet on the underside of this keyboard can be a shame if you want to get properly comfortable with this board, hindering its ergonomics a bit.<a class="view-deal button" href="" target="_blank" rel="nofollow" data-dimension112="4cc1cc9e-cec4-11f1-9912-6b633877a4f4" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="You want flip-out feetIt might seem a small nitpick, but the lack of any flip-out feet on the underside of this keyboard can be a shame if you want to get properly comfortable with this board, hindering its ergonomics a bit." data-dimension48="You want flip-out feetIt might seem a small nitpick, but the lack of any flip-out feet on the underside of this keyboard can be a shame if you want to get properly comfortable with this board, hindering its ergonomics a bit." data-dimension25="">View Deal</a></p></div><div class="product"><p><strong>You want deep software customization</strong><br />Synapse 4 is a big improvement on older versions, but you're limited to key remapping on two layers: Snap Tap and RGB control. If you want more tuning options, you'll need to look elsewhere.<a class="view-deal button" href="" target="_blank" rel="nofollow" data-dimension112="4cc1cd48-cec4-11f1-a882-5742a704e43f" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="You want deep software customizationSynapse 4 is a big improvement on older versions, but you're limited to key remapping on two layers: Snap Tap and RGB control. If you want more tuning options, you'll need to look elsewhere." data-dimension48="You want deep software customizationSynapse 4 is a big improvement on older versions, but you're limited to key remapping on two layers: Snap Tap and RGB control. If you want more tuning options, you'll need to look elsewhere." data-dimension25="">View Deal</a></p></div><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-also-consider"><span>Also consider</span></h2><div class="product"><p><strong>MechLands Vibe99</strong><br />The MechLands Vibe99 goes after the same budget-minded buyer, and it's a solid performer, with well-lubed linear switches and a snappy response. It's a less handsome package than the Razer, though: the chassis feels solid but not premium, the retro styling doesn't charm, and the software isn't as good as it should be. It also uses a near-full-size 1800 layout rather than a 65% one, which suits you better if you want more keys. </p><p><strong>Read our full</strong><a href="https://www.techradar.com/computing/keyboards/mechlands-vibe99-review" data-dimension112="4cc1cdf2-cec4-11f1-87b1-25599988eaaf" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Read our full" data-dimension48="Read our full" data-dimension25=""><strong> </strong><u><strong>MechLands Vibe99 review</strong></u></a><strong></strong><a class="view-deal button" href="" target="_blank" rel="nofollow" data-dimension112="4cc1cdf2-cec4-11f1-87b1-25599988eaaf" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Read our full" data-dimension48="Read our full" data-dimension25="">View Deal</a></p></div><div class="product"><p><strong>Gamakay TK75 V2</strong><br />If you'd rather have a 75% layout, the Gamakay TK75 V2 is a lovely alternative, with damped switches that are great for typing and gaming and near-silent in use. That's a big contrast with the Razer, which can get loud once you pick up speed. The catch is that it lacks gaming-specific tweaks, so it suits typists better than players who want the likes of Snap Tap. </p><p><strong>Read our full</strong><a href="https://www.techradar.com/computing/keyboards/gamakay-tk75-v2-review-a-mechanical-keyboard-thats-a-dream-to-use-and-comes-in-at-a-good-price" data-dimension112="4cc1ce88-cec4-11f1-80dc-739e9e93282d" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Read our full" data-dimension48="Read our full" data-dimension25=""><strong> </strong><u><strong>Gamakay TK75 V2 review</strong></u></a><a class="view-deal button" href="" target="_blank" rel="nofollow" data-dimension112="4cc1ce88-cec4-11f1-80dc-739e9e93282d" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Read our full" data-dimension48="Read our full" data-dimension25="">View Deal</a></p></div><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-how-i-tested-the-razer-reclusa-x-mini-65"><span>How I tested the Razer Reclusa X Mini 65%</span></h2><ul><li><strong>Tested for around two weeks</strong></li><li><strong>Used for gaming and productivity across Windows and macOS</strong></li><li><strong>A decade of experience as a journalist and mechanical keyboard hobbyist</strong></li></ul><p>I tested the Reclusa X Mini 65% for around two weeks, using it as my main keyboard for work and play during this time with both Windows and macOS.</p><p>I used it for typing up thousands of words a day with my PC and hooked it up to my MacBook Pro over Bluetooth as my primary keyboard for work, too, to judge its performance. I also used the Razer Synapse 4 software on Windows to remap keys, program the macros and see what else it had to offer.</p><p>I've been a tech journalist for the best part of a decade, and have reviewed plenty of keyboards in that time from brands big and small. I'm also a mechanical keyboard enthusiast, so I have a keen eye for peripherals and have been involved with the hobby before it hit the mainstream.</p><ul><li><a href="https://www.techradar.com/news/how-we-test"><u>Read TechRadar’s reviews guarantee</u></a></li><li><em>First reviewed: October 2026</em></li></ul>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ WiiM Bar review: a worthy Sonos rival? ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-wiim-bar-review"><span>WiiM Bar review</span></h2><p>In recent years, WiiM has emerged as a serious multi-room rival to Sonos, and now it’s looking to try its hand in the world of Dolby Atmos soundbars. Yes, the WiiM Bar is the company’s first ever soundbar, and is bringing Atmos, a unique screen-equipped design, and a big array of connectivity options to the table.</p><p>Just how good is the WiiM Bar, then? Can it truly compete with soundbars from the likes of Sonos? Here’s my view after hours of testing it.</p><p>If you want to compete with the <a href="https://www.techradar.com/televisions/soundbars/the-best-soundbars-for-all-budgets">best soundbars</a> around, you better sound good — and luckily the WiiM Bar is a very solid performer. It’s a standalone 3.0.2 model, so it doesn’t come with a sub or surround speakers, but given these restrictions, it’s actually a very capable model indeed.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1920px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="2Fx272z4KfX7ki63DvCLi4" name="Wiim_Bar_004.JPG" alt="TechRadar on the display of the WiiM Bar" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/2Fx272z4KfX7ki63DvCLi4-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1920" height="1080" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>When watching <em>Godzilla Minus One</em>, the sound of a plane flying overhead was genuinely convincing, with the vertical movement tracked precisely. As the plane came into land, its descent was mapped brilliantly, sounding as if the audio was coming from beneath me. During a separate scene, I was also really impressed with the soundbar’s handling of dialogue — it was clean and well separated from the action, even when Godzilla appeared and some heavy bass entered into the mix. </p><p>I had a similar experience with <em>The Super Mario Galaxy Movie</em>, which features an excellent Dolby Atmos mix. Dialogue between the Toads in Peach’s Castle was phenomenally clear, and sounds like hammers being thrown and Yoshi’s tongue flinging across the screen were tracked beautifully, resulting in a truly expansive viewing experience.</p><p>If I was to be a bit critical, though, I’d say that the WiiM Bar doesn’t produce the most dynamic sound I’ve heard at this price-point. Sudden noises, like Godzilla’s almighty roar or the Castle being destroyed in each respective film sometimes lacked the sheer impact and bite I was looking for. The lowest frequencies can feel, at times, a touch subdued, so adding a sub to the WiiM bar is sure to make a world of difference, though this will come at quite the cost.</p><p>This isn’t to say that bass performance is poor, though. In <em>Nosferatu</em>, the eerie score came through with decent power, and the deep, spine-chilling sound of Count Orlok’s voice was replicated effortlessly. And once more, the WiiM Bar provided stunning width, with the disgusting sound of rats eating flesh sounding as if it was emanating from the corner of our testing room. It feels weird to describe that positively, but there you go.</p><p>In terms of musicality, the WiiM Bar is good, rather than great — which is pretty standard for a soundbar of this kind. When listening to <em>First Night </em>by Vitess, the low-end wasn’t the most regimented, meaning that pumping bass wasn’t as rhythmic as it could’ve been. However, darker frequencies still hit with decent weight and synths in the mid-range had really good presence and definition. Atmos mixes were also presented with plenty of width and depth, so you can expect solid, albeit imperfect music performance here.</p><p>Something else that impressed me with the WiiM Bar was its sheer loudness. A 135W maximum power output may not seem that high, but this thing can climb to seriously impressive volumes, which is ideal for filling a larger space with cinematic sound. On the other end of the spectrum, you can activate Night mode for a more low-key, softer listening experience, and this works really well.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1920px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="noT3w2BKExB8NHkHUNux55" name="Wiim_Bar_005.JPG" alt="WiiM logo on the WiiM Bar" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/noT3w2BKExB8NHkHUNux55-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1920" height="1080" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>On top of this, there’s a Voice mode, which is perfect for podcasts or bringing dialogue forward in TV shows and movies; Movie mode for the most cinematic audio possible; and a Music setting to use while blasting your favorite tunes. These can be selected with the included remote or through the WiiM app, which is overflowing with features.</p><p>Yes, I was seriously impressed by the WiiM app — it’s easy to use, well laid out, and incredibly feature-rich. Here, you can customize the soundbar’s display, edit EQ for each individual source (with both traditional and parametric options available), change voice assistant and streaming settings, and so much more. Arguably my favorite feature, though, was RoomFit. This provides a customized parametric profile to provide optimized sound for your space, with individualized EQ calibrations for the left, center, and right channels. I’ve never seen such a detailed calibration tool in my time testing Dolby Atmos soundbars, so this seriously impressed me.</p><p>Something else that the WiiM Bar excels in is versatility. It has a very solid range of connectivity options, including HDMI eARC, Bluetooth, Wi-Fi, digital optical, USB, and even RCA for devices such as turntables. In addition, it supports both the Dolby Atmos and DTS:X formats, which is great to see given that the latter isn’t found on models from the likes of Sonos. Combine that with the ability to pair compatible WiiM subs and surround speakers, and you’ve got a great entertainment hub.</p><p>One option that would’ve made the WiiM Bar even better, though, would be HDMI passthrough. This model only has a single HDMI eARC port to connect the bar to your TV, so you can’t connect a games console or streaming device up to this as well. Hooking up a soundbar already takes one precious HDMI port up, and if, like me, you have a lot of consoles at home, this could prove to be pesky. This is very common for a soundbar in this price and size-range, but it would’ve made a great addition all the same.</p><p>Another thing that’s missing is AirPlay 2 support, which may irk some iOS users. There is Google Cast, though, and Bluetooth is on hand for streaming media from iPhones, even if it won’t be as seamless or high-res as a Wi-Fi connection.</p><p>Right, it's time to talk about one of the most unique things about the WiiM Bar — its design. And, well, I’m pretty conflicted about this. The display functions well; it can show a clock with a customizable background, has some neat control options for different sound modes and such things, and can even display the album you’re listening to when streaming music. It's responsive and decently bright, so I do think it works overall.</p><p>The problem for me, though, is that it gives the soundbar a slightly awkward look. Even if you turn the display off, the raised center isn’t exactly svelte. Also, the plain black bar is just OK looking, but doesn’t exactly have that premium feel that Sonos soundbars exude. This is just my personal take, of course, and some may like the overall aesthetic and rounded center of the WiiM Bar — I just don’t think it's the most attractive. </p><p>One aspect of the WiiM Bar’s design that I like, though, is its remote. This feels really well made, has individual buttons for each sound mode, and even a built-in mic for voice controls. Of course, you can use the app to control the soundbar instead, but for a bundled remote, the quality is great.</p><p>Here’s the big question, then: is the WiiM Bar worth the money? For the most part, yes. At $479 / £449 / AU$769, it's in the mid-range category, and you get plenty of quality in return for that spend. Great Dolby Atmos, clear overall sound and dialogue, neat connectivity options, the option to expand it into a surround system… the list goes on. It’s not perfect, though and models like the pricier Sonos Beam Ultra surpass it in terms of sound and design. What’s more, an on-sale Samsung HW-Q800F will give you better bass depth. </p><p>But if you’re already invested in the WiiM ecosystem or want a solid single-box solution, I think you’ll be pleased with the WiiM Bar when all’s said and done.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1920px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="VuDrgtc9A8AydwhofNVeX5" name="Wiim_Bar_009.JPG" alt="Man holding phone with WiiM app in front of the WiiM Bar" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VuDrgtc9A8AydwhofNVeX5-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1920" height="1080" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-wiim-bar-review-price-release-date"><span>WiiM Bar review: price &amp; release date</span></h2><ul><li><strong>List price $479 / £449 / AU$769</strong></li><li><strong>Released in October 2026</strong></li></ul><p>The Wiim Bar was released in October 2026, and is the very first soundbar that the multi-room specialist and Sonos rival has put out. It comes in at $479 / £449 / AU$769, placing it at a very similar price-point to the compact Sonos Beam Gen 2.</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-wiim-bar-review-specs"><span>WiiM Bar review: specs</span></h2><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Dimensions</p></td><td  ><p>41.7 x 4.1 x 3.1 inches / 1060 x 105 x 80mm</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Speaker channels</p></td><td  ><p>3.0.2</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Connections</p></td><td  ><p>HDMI eARC, digital optical, RCA, USB, Wi-Fi 6E, Bluetooth 5.3, Ethernet</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Dolby Atmos / DTS:X</p></td><td  ><p>Yes / Yes</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Sub included</p></td><td  ><p>No</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Rear speakers included</p></td><td  ><p>No</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1920px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="eMe6rCmYj5sBRaYDxAR6r4" name="Wiim_Bar_012.JPG" alt="Ports on the reverse side of the WiiM Bar" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/eMe6rCmYj5sBRaYDxAR6r4-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1920" height="1080" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-should-i-buy-the-wiim-bar"><span>Should I buy the WiiM Bar?</span></h2><div ><table><thead><tr><th class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Attribute</strong></p></th><th  ><p><strong>Notes</strong></p></th><th  ><p><strong>Score</strong></p></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Features</p></td><td  ><p>Atmos and DTS:X, excellent app, good connectivity options but no HDMI passthrough or AirPlay 2.</p></td><td  ><p>4.5/5</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Performance</p></td><td  ><p>Powerful, expansive audio with clean dialogue, not the most dynamic and bass not the most impactful.</p></td><td  ><p>4/5</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Design</p></td><td  ><p>A little awkward looking, but the display works well, good quality remote.</p></td><td  ><p>3.5/5</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Setup &amp; usability</p></td><td  ><p>Easy to setup and use with a TV and external devices.</p></td><td  ><p>4.5/5</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Value</p></td><td  ><p>A good price for the overall quality.</p></td><td  ><p>4/5</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h2 id="buy-it-if-30">Buy it if…</h2><div class="product"><p><strong>You want impressive Atmos in a single, compact soundbar</strong><br />I was really impressed with the verticality and width of this model's sound. Whether you’re watching Atmos movies or listening to an Atmos mix of your favorite track, the soundbar will whip up a delightfully expansive impression every time.</p></div><div class="product"><p><strong>You want a soundbar you can build out over time</strong><br />Something that makes the WiiM Bar so great is its versatility. It will serve you well as a single-bar option, but it can also be built out over time, as it enables you to add a compatible sub and surround speakers if you so choose.</p></div><h2 id="don-t-buy-it-if-10">Don’t buy it if…</h2><div class="product"><p><strong>You’re looking for the most dynamic bass output possible</strong><br />The WiiM Bar plates up solid low-end power for a single-box soundbar, but it’s not the most dynamic or impactful I’ve experienced, and adding a separate sub can be costly. As a result, I’d recommend grabbing a model like the Samsung HW-Q800F, which comes with a subwoofer, serves up mesmerizing bass, and can often be found for a similar price to the WiiM Bar now that its successor has launched.</p></div><div class="product"><p><strong>You want HDMI passthrough</strong><br />A soundbar already takes away a coveted HDMI slot on your TV, so it’s always nice to get a passthrough slot to connect a games console or streaming device up to. But like a lot of its mid-range counterparts, the WiiM Bar skips on this.</p></div><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-wiim-bar-review-also-consider"><span>WiiM Bar review: also consider</span></h2><div ><table><thead><tr><th class="firstcol empty" ></th><th  ><p><strong>WiiM Bar</strong></p></th><th  ><p><strong>Sonos Beam Gen 2</strong></p></th><th  ><p><strong>Samsung HW-Q800F</strong></p></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Price</p></td><td  ><p>$479 / £449 / AU$769</p></td><td  ><p>$449 / £449 / $699</p></td><td  ><p>$1,099 / £799 / AU$1,099</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Dimensions</p></td><td  ><p>41.7 x 4.1 x 3.1 inches / 1060 x 105 x 80mm</p></td><td  ><p>25.6 x 2.7 x 3.9 inches / 651 x 68 x 100mm</p></td><td  ><p>Main soundbar: 43.7 x 2.4 x 4.7 inches / 1110.7 x 60.4 x 120mm; subwoofer: 9.8 x 9.9 x 9.8 inches / 249 x 251.8 x 249mm</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Speaker channels</p></td><td  ><p>3.0.2</p></td><td  ><p>5.0</p></td><td  ><p>5.1.2</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Connections</p></td><td  ><p>HDMI eARC, digital optical, RCA, USB, Wi-Fi 6E, Bluetooth 5.3, Ethernet</p></td><td  ><p>HDMI eARC, Ethernet, Wi-Fi</p></td><td  ><p>1x HDMI input, 1x HDMI eARC, digital optical, Wi-Fi, Bluetooth 5.3</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Dolby Atmos / DTS:X</p></td><td  ><p>Yes / Yes</p></td><td  ><p>Yes / No</p></td><td  ><p>Yes / Yes</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Sub included</p></td><td  ><p>No</p></td><td  ><p>No</p></td><td  ><p>Yes</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Rear speakers included</p></td><td  ><p>No</p></td><td  ><p>No</p></td><td  ><p>No</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><div class="product"><p><strong>Sonos Beam Gen 2</strong><br />Given their incredibly similar price-points and Wi-Fi capabilities, the Sonos Beam Gen 2 and WiiM Bar feel like very natural rivals. The Beam Gen 2 is an excellent compact soundbar that produces impeccable bass output and relatively expansive Atmos for its size. It lacks the broad connectivity options of the WiiM Bar and skips on DTS:X, but it’s even smaller, and can similarly be expanded if you have a compatible sub and surround speakers. Read our full <a href="https://www.techradar.com/reviews/sonos-beam-gen-2" data-dimension112="bb7f9d66-c8aa-11f1-ac91-2f3921bc2b75" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Sonos Beam Gen 2 review" data-dimension48="Sonos Beam Gen 2 review" data-dimension25="">Sonos Beam Gen 2 review</a>.</p></div><div class="product"><p><strong>Samsung HW-Q800F</strong><br />Yes, on the face of it this soundbar seems too expensive to be a WiiM Bar rival, but I’m often seeing it on sale for a heavily discounted price now — as low as $540 in the US and £499 in the UK. This model comes with a dedicated sub for gigantic bass output, has up-firing speakers for ‘true’ Atmos, and supports HDMI passthrough. As a result, it’s very hard to beat. Read my full <a href="https://www.techradar.com/televisions/soundbars/samsung-hw-q800f-review" data-dimension112="bb7f9e06-c8aa-11f1-9e7b-3b0f34156c4d" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Samsung HW-Q800F review" data-dimension48="Samsung HW-Q800F review" data-dimension25="">Samsung HW-Q800F review</a>.</p></div><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-how-i-tested-the-wiim-bar"><span>How I tested the WiiM Bar</span></h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1920px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="Xik43WinAFfCdBeU48QHX5" name="Wiim_Bar_010.JPG" alt="Man holding the WiiM Bar remote" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Xik43WinAFfCdBeU48QHX5-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1920" height="1080" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><ul><li><strong>Tested in our TV testing space at Future Labs</strong></li><li><strong>Mainly used 4K Blu-ray for movies and Tidal for music</strong></li><li><strong>One of more than 30 soundbars I’ve tested</strong></li></ul><p>I spent many an hour testing out the WiiM Bar, using it both watching movies and listening to music. I assessed its qualities at our TV testing space at Future Labs, where I made use of all of the soundbar’s features and compared it directly against rivals. </p><p>For the most part, I used the HDMI eARC connectivity method to hook the WiiM Bar up to the LG G6 OLED TV, and played 4K Blu-ray discs with the <a href="https://www.techradar.com/televisions/home-theater/blu-ray-media-players/panasonic-dp-ub820-review">Panasonic DP-UB820</a> to judge its handling of Dolby Atmos movies. However, I did also test the soundbar out with Netflix movies, and used Tidal Connect to stream music over Wi-Fi.</p><p>More generally, I’ve tested more than 30 soundbars during my time here at TechRadar, where I serve as a Senior Reviews Writer. I’ve reviewed everything from budget-friendly bars like the <a href="https://www.techradar.com/televisions/soundbars/sony-ht-sf150-review">Sony HT-SF150</a> through to huge surround sound systems such as the <a href="https://www.techradar.com/televisions/soundbars/jbl-bar-1300mk2-review">JBL Bar 1300MK2</a>, and I made sure to compare the WiiM Bar to multi-room rivals, including the <a href="https://www.techradar.com/televisions/soundbars/sonos-beam-ultra-review">Sonos Beam Ultra</a>.</p><ul><li><a href="https://www.techradar.com/news/how-we-test">Read TechRadar’s reviews guarantee</a></li><li><em>First reviewed: October 2026</em></li></ul> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.techradar.com/televisions/soundbars/wiim-bar-review</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ Can WiiM rival Sonos in the world of Dolby Atmos soundbars? Here’s my view after testing out the company’s first ever soundbar. ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">3vxvtKpMEKA6psnPyArxZQ</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/njn69XKMH5qobcFmuVu6b4-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Thu, 22 Oct 2026 00:00:00 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                <updated>Tue, 27 Oct 2026 19:21:46 +0000</updated>
                                                                                                                                            <category><![CDATA[Soundbars]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Televisions]]></category>
                                                                                                <author><![CDATA[ harry.padoan@futurenet.com (Harry Padoan) ]]></author>                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Harry Padoan ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/995EkuqRKUTUjvMk7ataFi-320-70.png ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ &lt;p&gt;Harry is a Senior Reviews Writer for TechRadar. He reviews everything from party speakers to wall chargers and has a particular interest in the worlds of audio and gaming.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Prior to joining TechRadar, Harry was a journalist covering stories from the telecoms industry, drilling into areas such as innovation, acquisitions, and sustainability.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;When he isn’t testing the newest tech, Harry can probably be found listening to deep house, playing JRPGs, or watching his beloved Tottenham Hotspur.&lt;/p&gt; ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/njn69XKMH5qobcFmuVu6b4-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Future]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Man holding phone with WiiM app in front of the WiiM Bar]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Man holding phone with WiiM app in front of the WiiM Bar]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Man holding phone with WiiM app in front of the WiiM Bar]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/njn69XKMH5qobcFmuVu6b4-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-wiim-bar-review"><span>WiiM Bar review</span></h2><p>In recent years, WiiM has emerged as a serious multi-room rival to Sonos, and now it’s looking to try its hand in the world of Dolby Atmos soundbars. Yes, the WiiM Bar is the company’s first ever soundbar, and is bringing Atmos, a unique screen-equipped design, and a big array of connectivity options to the table.</p><p>Just how good is the WiiM Bar, then? Can it truly compete with soundbars from the likes of Sonos? Here’s my view after hours of testing it.</p><p>If you want to compete with the <a href="https://www.techradar.com/televisions/soundbars/the-best-soundbars-for-all-budgets">best soundbars</a> around, you better sound good — and luckily the WiiM Bar is a very solid performer. It’s a standalone 3.0.2 model, so it doesn’t come with a sub or surround speakers, but given these restrictions, it’s actually a very capable model indeed.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1920px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="2Fx272z4KfX7ki63DvCLi4" name="Wiim_Bar_004.JPG" alt="TechRadar on the display of the WiiM Bar" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/2Fx272z4KfX7ki63DvCLi4-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1920" height="1080" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>When watching <em>Godzilla Minus One</em>, the sound of a plane flying overhead was genuinely convincing, with the vertical movement tracked precisely. As the plane came into land, its descent was mapped brilliantly, sounding as if the audio was coming from beneath me. During a separate scene, I was also really impressed with the soundbar’s handling of dialogue — it was clean and well separated from the action, even when Godzilla appeared and some heavy bass entered into the mix. </p><p>I had a similar experience with <em>The Super Mario Galaxy Movie</em>, which features an excellent Dolby Atmos mix. Dialogue between the Toads in Peach’s Castle was phenomenally clear, and sounds like hammers being thrown and Yoshi’s tongue flinging across the screen were tracked beautifully, resulting in a truly expansive viewing experience.</p><p>If I was to be a bit critical, though, I’d say that the WiiM Bar doesn’t produce the most dynamic sound I’ve heard at this price-point. Sudden noises, like Godzilla’s almighty roar or the Castle being destroyed in each respective film sometimes lacked the sheer impact and bite I was looking for. The lowest frequencies can feel, at times, a touch subdued, so adding a sub to the WiiM bar is sure to make a world of difference, though this will come at quite the cost.</p><p>This isn’t to say that bass performance is poor, though. In <em>Nosferatu</em>, the eerie score came through with decent power, and the deep, spine-chilling sound of Count Orlok’s voice was replicated effortlessly. And once more, the WiiM Bar provided stunning width, with the disgusting sound of rats eating flesh sounding as if it was emanating from the corner of our testing room. It feels weird to describe that positively, but there you go.</p><p>In terms of musicality, the WiiM Bar is good, rather than great — which is pretty standard for a soundbar of this kind. When listening to <em>First Night </em>by Vitess, the low-end wasn’t the most regimented, meaning that pumping bass wasn’t as rhythmic as it could’ve been. However, darker frequencies still hit with decent weight and synths in the mid-range had really good presence and definition. Atmos mixes were also presented with plenty of width and depth, so you can expect solid, albeit imperfect music performance here.</p><p>Something else that impressed me with the WiiM Bar was its sheer loudness. A 135W maximum power output may not seem that high, but this thing can climb to seriously impressive volumes, which is ideal for filling a larger space with cinematic sound. On the other end of the spectrum, you can activate Night mode for a more low-key, softer listening experience, and this works really well.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1920px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="noT3w2BKExB8NHkHUNux55" name="Wiim_Bar_005.JPG" alt="WiiM logo on the WiiM Bar" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/noT3w2BKExB8NHkHUNux55-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1920" height="1080" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>On top of this, there’s a Voice mode, which is perfect for podcasts or bringing dialogue forward in TV shows and movies; Movie mode for the most cinematic audio possible; and a Music setting to use while blasting your favorite tunes. These can be selected with the included remote or through the WiiM app, which is overflowing with features.</p><p>Yes, I was seriously impressed by the WiiM app — it’s easy to use, well laid out, and incredibly feature-rich. Here, you can customize the soundbar’s display, edit EQ for each individual source (with both traditional and parametric options available), change voice assistant and streaming settings, and so much more. Arguably my favorite feature, though, was RoomFit. This provides a customized parametric profile to provide optimized sound for your space, with individualized EQ calibrations for the left, center, and right channels. I’ve never seen such a detailed calibration tool in my time testing Dolby Atmos soundbars, so this seriously impressed me.</p><p>Something else that the WiiM Bar excels in is versatility. It has a very solid range of connectivity options, including HDMI eARC, Bluetooth, Wi-Fi, digital optical, USB, and even RCA for devices such as turntables. In addition, it supports both the Dolby Atmos and DTS:X formats, which is great to see given that the latter isn’t found on models from the likes of Sonos. Combine that with the ability to pair compatible WiiM subs and surround speakers, and you’ve got a great entertainment hub.</p><p>One option that would’ve made the WiiM Bar even better, though, would be HDMI passthrough. This model only has a single HDMI eARC port to connect the bar to your TV, so you can’t connect a games console or streaming device up to this as well. Hooking up a soundbar already takes one precious HDMI port up, and if, like me, you have a lot of consoles at home, this could prove to be pesky. This is very common for a soundbar in this price and size-range, but it would’ve made a great addition all the same.</p><p>Another thing that’s missing is AirPlay 2 support, which may irk some iOS users. There is Google Cast, though, and Bluetooth is on hand for streaming media from iPhones, even if it won’t be as seamless or high-res as a Wi-Fi connection.</p><p>Right, it's time to talk about one of the most unique things about the WiiM Bar — its design. And, well, I’m pretty conflicted about this. The display functions well; it can show a clock with a customizable background, has some neat control options for different sound modes and such things, and can even display the album you’re listening to when streaming music. It's responsive and decently bright, so I do think it works overall.</p><p>The problem for me, though, is that it gives the soundbar a slightly awkward look. Even if you turn the display off, the raised center isn’t exactly svelte. Also, the plain black bar is just OK looking, but doesn’t exactly have that premium feel that Sonos soundbars exude. This is just my personal take, of course, and some may like the overall aesthetic and rounded center of the WiiM Bar — I just don’t think it's the most attractive. </p><p>One aspect of the WiiM Bar’s design that I like, though, is its remote. This feels really well made, has individual buttons for each sound mode, and even a built-in mic for voice controls. Of course, you can use the app to control the soundbar instead, but for a bundled remote, the quality is great.</p><p>Here’s the big question, then: is the WiiM Bar worth the money? For the most part, yes. At $479 / £449 / AU$769, it's in the mid-range category, and you get plenty of quality in return for that spend. Great Dolby Atmos, clear overall sound and dialogue, neat connectivity options, the option to expand it into a surround system… the list goes on. It’s not perfect, though and models like the pricier Sonos Beam Ultra surpass it in terms of sound and design. What’s more, an on-sale Samsung HW-Q800F will give you better bass depth. </p><p>But if you’re already invested in the WiiM ecosystem or want a solid single-box solution, I think you’ll be pleased with the WiiM Bar when all’s said and done.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1920px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="VuDrgtc9A8AydwhofNVeX5" name="Wiim_Bar_009.JPG" alt="Man holding phone with WiiM app in front of the WiiM Bar" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VuDrgtc9A8AydwhofNVeX5-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1920" height="1080" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-wiim-bar-review-price-release-date"><span>WiiM Bar review: price &amp; release date</span></h2><ul><li><strong>List price $479 / £449 / AU$769</strong></li><li><strong>Released in October 2026</strong></li></ul><p>The Wiim Bar was released in October 2026, and is the very first soundbar that the multi-room specialist and Sonos rival has put out. It comes in at $479 / £449 / AU$769, placing it at a very similar price-point to the compact Sonos Beam Gen 2.</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-wiim-bar-review-specs"><span>WiiM Bar review: specs</span></h2><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Dimensions</p></td><td  ><p>41.7 x 4.1 x 3.1 inches / 1060 x 105 x 80mm</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Speaker channels</p></td><td  ><p>3.0.2</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Connections</p></td><td  ><p>HDMI eARC, digital optical, RCA, USB, Wi-Fi 6E, Bluetooth 5.3, Ethernet</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Dolby Atmos / DTS:X</p></td><td  ><p>Yes / Yes</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Sub included</p></td><td  ><p>No</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Rear speakers included</p></td><td  ><p>No</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1920px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="eMe6rCmYj5sBRaYDxAR6r4" name="Wiim_Bar_012.JPG" alt="Ports on the reverse side of the WiiM Bar" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/eMe6rCmYj5sBRaYDxAR6r4-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1920" height="1080" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-should-i-buy-the-wiim-bar"><span>Should I buy the WiiM Bar?</span></h2><div ><table><thead><tr><th class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Attribute</strong></p></th><th  ><p><strong>Notes</strong></p></th><th  ><p><strong>Score</strong></p></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Features</p></td><td  ><p>Atmos and DTS:X, excellent app, good connectivity options but no HDMI passthrough or AirPlay 2.</p></td><td  ><p>4.5/5</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Performance</p></td><td  ><p>Powerful, expansive audio with clean dialogue, not the most dynamic and bass not the most impactful.</p></td><td  ><p>4/5</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Design</p></td><td  ><p>A little awkward looking, but the display works well, good quality remote.</p></td><td  ><p>3.5/5</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Setup &amp; usability</p></td><td  ><p>Easy to setup and use with a TV and external devices.</p></td><td  ><p>4.5/5</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Value</p></td><td  ><p>A good price for the overall quality.</p></td><td  ><p>4/5</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h2 id="buy-it-if-30">Buy it if…</h2><div class="product"><p><strong>You want impressive Atmos in a single, compact soundbar</strong><br />I was really impressed with the verticality and width of this model's sound. Whether you’re watching Atmos movies or listening to an Atmos mix of your favorite track, the soundbar will whip up a delightfully expansive impression every time.</p></div><div class="product"><p><strong>You want a soundbar you can build out over time</strong><br />Something that makes the WiiM Bar so great is its versatility. It will serve you well as a single-bar option, but it can also be built out over time, as it enables you to add a compatible sub and surround speakers if you so choose.</p></div><h2 id="don-t-buy-it-if-10">Don’t buy it if…</h2><div class="product"><p><strong>You’re looking for the most dynamic bass output possible</strong><br />The WiiM Bar plates up solid low-end power for a single-box soundbar, but it’s not the most dynamic or impactful I’ve experienced, and adding a separate sub can be costly. As a result, I’d recommend grabbing a model like the Samsung HW-Q800F, which comes with a subwoofer, serves up mesmerizing bass, and can often be found for a similar price to the WiiM Bar now that its successor has launched.</p></div><div class="product"><p><strong>You want HDMI passthrough</strong><br />A soundbar already takes away a coveted HDMI slot on your TV, so it’s always nice to get a passthrough slot to connect a games console or streaming device up to. But like a lot of its mid-range counterparts, the WiiM Bar skips on this.</p></div><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-wiim-bar-review-also-consider"><span>WiiM Bar review: also consider</span></h2><div ><table><thead><tr><th class="firstcol empty" ></th><th  ><p><strong>WiiM Bar</strong></p></th><th  ><p><strong>Sonos Beam Gen 2</strong></p></th><th  ><p><strong>Samsung HW-Q800F</strong></p></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Price</p></td><td  ><p>$479 / £449 / AU$769</p></td><td  ><p>$449 / £449 / $699</p></td><td  ><p>$1,099 / £799 / AU$1,099</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Dimensions</p></td><td  ><p>41.7 x 4.1 x 3.1 inches / 1060 x 105 x 80mm</p></td><td  ><p>25.6 x 2.7 x 3.9 inches / 651 x 68 x 100mm</p></td><td  ><p>Main soundbar: 43.7 x 2.4 x 4.7 inches / 1110.7 x 60.4 x 120mm; subwoofer: 9.8 x 9.9 x 9.8 inches / 249 x 251.8 x 249mm</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Speaker channels</p></td><td  ><p>3.0.2</p></td><td  ><p>5.0</p></td><td  ><p>5.1.2</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Connections</p></td><td  ><p>HDMI eARC, digital optical, RCA, USB, Wi-Fi 6E, Bluetooth 5.3, Ethernet</p></td><td  ><p>HDMI eARC, Ethernet, Wi-Fi</p></td><td  ><p>1x HDMI input, 1x HDMI eARC, digital optical, Wi-Fi, Bluetooth 5.3</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Dolby Atmos / DTS:X</p></td><td  ><p>Yes / Yes</p></td><td  ><p>Yes / No</p></td><td  ><p>Yes / Yes</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Sub included</p></td><td  ><p>No</p></td><td  ><p>No</p></td><td  ><p>Yes</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Rear speakers included</p></td><td  ><p>No</p></td><td  ><p>No</p></td><td  ><p>No</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><div class="product"><p><strong>Sonos Beam Gen 2</strong><br />Given their incredibly similar price-points and Wi-Fi capabilities, the Sonos Beam Gen 2 and WiiM Bar feel like very natural rivals. The Beam Gen 2 is an excellent compact soundbar that produces impeccable bass output and relatively expansive Atmos for its size. It lacks the broad connectivity options of the WiiM Bar and skips on DTS:X, but it’s even smaller, and can similarly be expanded if you have a compatible sub and surround speakers. Read our full <a href="https://www.techradar.com/reviews/sonos-beam-gen-2" data-dimension112="bb7f9d66-c8aa-11f1-ac91-2f3921bc2b75" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Sonos Beam Gen 2 review" data-dimension48="Sonos Beam Gen 2 review" data-dimension25="">Sonos Beam Gen 2 review</a>.</p></div><div class="product"><p><strong>Samsung HW-Q800F</strong><br />Yes, on the face of it this soundbar seems too expensive to be a WiiM Bar rival, but I’m often seeing it on sale for a heavily discounted price now — as low as $540 in the US and £499 in the UK. This model comes with a dedicated sub for gigantic bass output, has up-firing speakers for ‘true’ Atmos, and supports HDMI passthrough. As a result, it’s very hard to beat. Read my full <a href="https://www.techradar.com/televisions/soundbars/samsung-hw-q800f-review" data-dimension112="bb7f9e06-c8aa-11f1-9e7b-3b0f34156c4d" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Samsung HW-Q800F review" data-dimension48="Samsung HW-Q800F review" data-dimension25="">Samsung HW-Q800F review</a>.</p></div><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-how-i-tested-the-wiim-bar"><span>How I tested the WiiM Bar</span></h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1920px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="Xik43WinAFfCdBeU48QHX5" name="Wiim_Bar_010.JPG" alt="Man holding the WiiM Bar remote" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Xik43WinAFfCdBeU48QHX5-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1920" height="1080" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><ul><li><strong>Tested in our TV testing space at Future Labs</strong></li><li><strong>Mainly used 4K Blu-ray for movies and Tidal for music</strong></li><li><strong>One of more than 30 soundbars I’ve tested</strong></li></ul><p>I spent many an hour testing out the WiiM Bar, using it both watching movies and listening to music. I assessed its qualities at our TV testing space at Future Labs, where I made use of all of the soundbar’s features and compared it directly against rivals. </p><p>For the most part, I used the HDMI eARC connectivity method to hook the WiiM Bar up to the LG G6 OLED TV, and played 4K Blu-ray discs with the <a href="https://www.techradar.com/televisions/home-theater/blu-ray-media-players/panasonic-dp-ub820-review">Panasonic DP-UB820</a> to judge its handling of Dolby Atmos movies. However, I did also test the soundbar out with Netflix movies, and used Tidal Connect to stream music over Wi-Fi.</p><p>More generally, I’ve tested more than 30 soundbars during my time here at TechRadar, where I serve as a Senior Reviews Writer. I’ve reviewed everything from budget-friendly bars like the <a href="https://www.techradar.com/televisions/soundbars/sony-ht-sf150-review">Sony HT-SF150</a> through to huge surround sound systems such as the <a href="https://www.techradar.com/televisions/soundbars/jbl-bar-1300mk2-review">JBL Bar 1300MK2</a>, and I made sure to compare the WiiM Bar to multi-room rivals, including the <a href="https://www.techradar.com/televisions/soundbars/sonos-beam-ultra-review">Sonos Beam Ultra</a>.</p><ul><li><a href="https://www.techradar.com/news/how-we-test">Read TechRadar’s reviews guarantee</a></li><li><em>First reviewed: October 2026</em></li></ul>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ SteelSeries Sensei Pro review: clever battery management meets high performance ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-steelseries-sensei-pro-review"><span>SteelSeries Sensei Pro review</span></h2><p>While many wireless gaming mice are content with wired play-and-charge, the Sensei Pro takes a different tact with a battery management concept that, while not entirely new, may steer the sector in a new direction given its implementation by an esteemed brand such as SteelSeries.</p><p>In terms of looks, though, the Sensei Pro hardly departs from your typical symmetrical mouse. Its design is largely functional, with a small logo and orange scroll wheel being the only concessions to style. There are no odd angles or shapes here, or even any RGB lighting.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1030px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.21%;"><img id="hDwSoKK7CHUShuHHJhMQ8Y" name="Imported image 1 - 1790953079051" alt="SteelSeries Sensei Pro" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/hDwSoKK7CHUShuHHJhMQ8Y-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1030" height="579" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The standard model is quite large, and the prominent central hump might feel uncomfortable to certain hands. It took me a little while to adjust to it, but once I did I found it quite comfortable, helped by the super smooth finish of the shell. Those wanting more texture can attach the included grip tape to the sidewalls, mouse buttons, and even the back buttons.</p><p>Despite its bulky shape, the Sensei Pro is actually very light, weighing just 53g, yet feels perfectly solid and sturdy. This attention to build quality extends to the buttons, which all operate smoothly and provide satisfying feedback. My one gripe is with the DPI button: it’s placed underneath, a location I usually find impractical when playing games requiring frequent menu access and the like. Not only is it underneath, it’s to the right, which means right-handers won’t be able to reach it easily with their fingers.</p><p>You can customize the inputs of the Sensei Pro using SteelSeries’ GG software. Here you’ll find a remapping facility with plenty of options, including a healthy selection of media and system shortcuts. You can also adjust the DPI from 1K to 65K, with five customizable presets to cycle through. Not only that, but you can also adjust the DPI for the X and Y axes independently, which isn’t something I’ve often seen.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1030px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.21%;"><img id="2MzHh24oDJSXAtnmmGjjCY" name="Imported image 2 - 1790953079052" alt="SteelSeries Sensei Pro" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/2MzHh24oDJSXAtnmmGjjCY-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1030" height="579" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Then there are some features I’ve never seen before. These include click response adjustments between 0ms and 20ms, mouse movement acceleration tuning using preset graph curves, and sensor tilt adjustments by 45 degrees in either direction, in order to accommodate the natural angle of your hand movements. And while I’ve seen angle snapping modes in numerous other gaming mice software, I haven’t seen one with 10 levels of ‘straightening’ as there is here. Nor have I seen a scroll jump protection feature with as large a threshold range to play with (100ms to 1500ms). Other adjustments include independent lift-off and landing distance adjustments, as well as a motion sync toggle.</p><p>Again unlike many gaming mice, you can set the Ultra-wideband (UWB) polling and sensor rates separately, each with a range of 125Hz to 8KHz (with 9KHz overpolling). The explanation provided for these settings is clear and detailed, although it’s a shame 9K overpolling isn’t explained. In fact, the explanations for most features in GG are welcome, and go beyond what peripheral software usually provide. It also very handily tells you if you have Windows’ enhanced pointer precision setting enabled, and offers to disable it for you to improve performance. The overall layout of GG is clear and easy to navigate as well, although I found it slightly annoying that the actual adjustments section opens in second windows, introducing unnecessary desktop clutter.</p><p>When gaming, the Sensei Pro is a competent mouse. It glides with supreme smoothness, thanks to its large skates, while the mouse buttons are well lubed and very tactile. They have a deeper travel than many others, though, and might be a bit too heavy for those after seriously rapid spamming. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1030px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.21%;"><img id="AQwpB6Tq67Tqnju5qcLQLY" name="Imported image 3 - 1790953079052" alt="SteelSeries Sensei Pro" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/AQwpB6Tq67Tqnju5qcLQLY-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1030" height="579" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The side buttons and middle click are fantastically clicky, and are some of the best I’ve used. The former have a pleasingly deep travel, which only makes them more satisfying, while the latter feels like a proper button without the awkwardness that can often blight other examples. What’s more, I didn’t perform any accidental flicks when pressing it, even with Scroll Jump Protection disabled. The notching is perfectly weighted, too, allowing for both controlled single flicks and quick multiple swipes when needed.</p><p>Not being a pro gamer myself, I can’t honestly say I noticed any difference in polling and sensor rates above 1K, and certainly couldn’t discern the advantage of 9K overpolling. What I can tell you is that enabling the maximum rates, as well as the maximum sensor performance, drains battery life very quickly; you’ll get about a day’s worth at best. Dial back the polling to 1K, though, and you'll get much closer to SteelSeries' claimed top-end longevity figure of 120 hours. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="nNvJEp4YtEyNKeA8k36wu8" name="IMG_20260929_123630" alt="Side view of SteelSeries Sensei Pro" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/nNvJEp4YtEyNKeA8k36wu8-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>But this is where the Sensei Pro’s USP comes into play — something SteelSeries calls the Infinite Power System. Rather than using a USB cable to play and charge at the same time, you cycle between two batteries: the one in your mouse and the other that charges on top of the UWB station. There’s no need to ever go wired — in fact, you can’t, since there’s no USB-C port on the Sensei Pro. The batteries themselves are quite easy to remove and insert, with a dot to indicate the correct alignment of the pins underneath, and requiring a simple twist to lock into place underneath the mouse. I didn’t experience any issues with the battery coming loose at any point. </p><p>So if you don't want to resort to wired play when you run flat, the Sensei Pro fits the bill perfectly. It’ll also cater to those fanatical about polling rates and deep tweaking. It’s a shame there’s no additional Bluetooth mode (especially at this price), and the relatively heavy clicks aren’t for everyone, but in other respects the Sensei Pro is sublime in action — you’ll just have to part with a large amount of cash for the privilege.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1030px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.21%;"><img id="G7Un8iTM3iGYAvsU6kjLbY" name="Imported image 4 - 1790953079052" alt="SteelSeries Sensei Pro" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/G7Un8iTM3iGYAvsU6kjLbY-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1030" height="579" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-steelseries-sensei-pro-review-price-availability"><span>SteelSeries Sensei Pro review: Price &amp; availability</span></h2><ul><li><strong>$179.99 / £169.99 (about AU$260)</strong></li><li><strong>Preorders available now, launches October 13</strong></li><li><strong>Top end of the gaming mouse market</strong></li></ul><p>The Sensei Pro costs $179.99 / £169.99 (about AU$260) and launches October 13, although preorders are open now. Full size and mini variants are available, in either black or white.</p><p>This is very expensive for a wireless gaming mouse. It’s marginally less expensive than the <a href="https://www.techradar.com/computing/mice/razer-naga-v3-pro">Razer Naga V3 Pro</a>, but the Naga has additional Bluetooth support, as well as a plethora of customizable buttons on the side. And if you want the same ‘infinite’ battery life, it’s compatible with the Razer’s HyperFlux V2 Wireless Charging System (read: a power-supplying mouse pad), although this is a costly optional extra on top of what is already a costly pointer.</p><p>If you fancy another mouse with a swappable battery system, the <a href="https://www.techradar.com/computing/mice/angrymiao-am-infinity-97">AngryMiao AM Infinity.97</a> is a viable alternative. This is slightly less expensive than the Sensei Pro, and is even lighter than the Sensei Pro (and much lighter than the Naga), tipping the scales at just 47g. Its looks might not be to every gamer’s tastes, though, and we weren’t particularly impressed with its basic software. </p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-steelseries-sensei-pro-review-specs"><span>SteelSeries Sensei Pro review: Specs</span></h2><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Connectivity</p></td><td  ><p>Ultra-wideband</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Battery life</p></td><td  ><p>120 hours (1K), 32 hours (8K)</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Sensor</p></td><td  ><p>TrueMove 42K Pro Sensor</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Polling rate</p></td><td  ><p>8KHz (with 9KHz overpolling)</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Maximum sensitivity (DPI)</p></td><td  ><p>42,000 (65,000 with DPI Overdrive)</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Programmable buttons</p></td><td  ><p>6</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Dimensions</p></td><td  ><p>125.6 x 66.5 x 38.6mm</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Weight</p></td><td  ><p>53g</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-should-i-buy-the-steelseries-sensei-pro"><span>Should I buy the SteelSeries Sensei Pro?</span></h2><h2 id="steelseries-sensei-pro-scorecard">SteelSeries Sensei Pro Scorecard</h2><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Attribute</strong></p></td><td  ><p><strong>Notes</strong></p></td><td  ><p><strong>Score</strong></p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Design</p></td><td  ><p>High quality and lightweight construction, but the bulbous hump may deter some gamers. Also, the DPI button is inconveniently placed.</p></td><td  ><p>4/5</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Performance</p></td><td  ><p>Every button feels great, although clicks are a little too heavy for easy spamming. Performance tweaking is a cut above many rivals, though.</p></td><td  ><p>4.5/5</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Value</p></td><td  ><p>This is about as pricey as gaming mice get, and many of its features will be overkill for lots of gamers.</p></td><td  ><p>3/5</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h2 id="buy-the-steelseries-sensei-pro-if">Buy the SteelSeries Sensei Pro if…</h2><div class="product"><p><strong>You never want to go wired</strong><br />With many wireless mice, you’ll have to plug in eventually. Not so here — just swap your batteries around when you run dry.</p></div><div class="product"><p><strong>You want the best polling rate possible</strong><br />How important high polling rates actually are is <a href="https://www.techradar.com/computing/mice/polling-rates-explained" data-dimension112="88a39c12-be73-11f1-9d5b-3f4e1e7f04f0" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="up for debate" data-dimension48="up for debate" data-dimension25="">up for debate</a>, but if it matters for you, the Sensei Pro’s 9K over-polling facility is pretty much unbeatable.</p></div><h2 id="don-39-t-buy-it-if-22">Don't buy it if…</h2><div class="product"><p><strong>You want multiple wireless modes</strong><br />There’s no Bluetooth support for easy hot-switching, which is a shame on a mouse this expensive.</p></div><div class="product"><p><strong>You want the fastest clicks</strong><br />While the clicks have great feedback, they’re a little heavier than most, which may impede spams.</p></div><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-steelseries-sensei-pro-review-also-consider"><span>SteelSeries Sensei Pro review: Also consider</span></h2><div class="product"><p><strong>Razer Naga V3 Pro</strong><br />The Naga may be even more expensive than the Sensei Pro (though only slightly), but it does offer more useful features, such as plenty of programmable side buttons and additional Bluetooth support. You can get the same ‘unlimited’ battery life too if you pair it with Razer’s powered mouse mat, but this adds yet more expense. Read our full <a href="https://www.techradar.com/computing/mice/razer-naga-v3-pro" data-dimension112="74929ffc-be73-11f1-844c-23944f8ae637" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Razer Naga V3 Pro review" data-dimension48="Razer Naga V3 Pro review" data-dimension25="">Razer Naga V3 Pro review</a>.</p></div><div class="product"><p><strong>AngryMiao AM Infinity.97</strong><br />If the idea of swappable batteries appeals to you, then the AM Infinity.97 is another candidate worth considering. It’s almost as dear as the Sensei Pro, but it’s slightly lighter and has a more unique — if more divisive — design. Read our full <a href="https://www.techradar.com/computing/mice/angrymiao-am-infinity-97" data-dimension112="7492a07e-be73-11f1-80f7-0ba4d46bf70b" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="AngryMiao AM Infinity.97 review" data-dimension48="AngryMiao AM Infinity.97 review" data-dimension25="">AngryMiao AM Infinity.97 review</a>.</p></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1030px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.21%;"><img id="35KU8ndc8DLPrMuRwyedTY" name="Imported image 5 - 1790953079052" alt="SteelSeries Sensei Pro" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/35KU8ndc8DLPrMuRwyedTY-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1030" height="579" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-how-i-tested-the-steelseries-sensei-pro"><span>How I tested the SteelSeries Sensei Pro</span></h2><ul><li><strong>Tested for several days</strong></li><li><strong>Used for gaming, working, general browsing</strong></li><li><strong>Drew on extensive gaming mouse experience</strong></li></ul><p>I tested the SteelSeries Sensei Pro for several days, during which time I used it not just for gaming, but also for working and general browsing.</p><p>I played games such as <a href="https://www.techradar.com/gaming/stalker-2-heart-of-chornobyl-ps5-review"><em>S.T.A.L.K.E.R. 2: Heart of Chornobyl</em></a> and <a href="https://www.techradar.com/gaming/counter-strike-2-review-clicking-heads"><em>Counter-Strike 2</em></a>, the latter of which is a stern test for peripherals given the demands it places on quick and accurate movements and clicks. </p><p>I’ve been PC gaming for a long time, and have used and reviewed a large variety of gaming mice in that time, from modest budget offerings to expensive feature-packed, pro-level pointers.</p><ul><li><a href="https://www.techradar.com/news/how-we-test">Read TechRadar’s reviews guarantee</a></li><li><em>First reviewed: October 2026</em></li></ul> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.techradar.com/computing/mice/steelseries-sensei-pro-review</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ SteelSeries' new wireless gaming mouse ensures you’ll never need to go wired to charge — but how well does its unusual battery system actually work? ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">hW48xKjYtQExPTDrg32b3d</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/JskiUkg5CSCWZRVLwu3QdM-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Wed, 21 Oct 2026 23:00:00 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                <updated>Fri, 23 Oct 2026 08:55:07 +0000</updated>
                                                                                                                                            <category><![CDATA[Mice]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Gaming Accessories]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Computing]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Peripherals & Accessories]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Gaming]]></category>
                                                                                                <author><![CDATA[ lewis.maddison@futurenet.com (Lewis Maddison) ]]></author>                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Lewis Maddison ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/oWQNXACcxLGuhaLaKDRtZL-320-70.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/JskiUkg5CSCWZRVLwu3QdM-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Future]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Three-quarter view of rear of SteelSeries Sensei Pro]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Three-quarter view of rear of SteelSeries Sensei Pro]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Three-quarter view of rear of SteelSeries Sensei Pro]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/JskiUkg5CSCWZRVLwu3QdM-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-steelseries-sensei-pro-review"><span>SteelSeries Sensei Pro review</span></h2><p>While many wireless gaming mice are content with wired play-and-charge, the Sensei Pro takes a different tact with a battery management concept that, while not entirely new, may steer the sector in a new direction given its implementation by an esteemed brand such as SteelSeries.</p><p>In terms of looks, though, the Sensei Pro hardly departs from your typical symmetrical mouse. Its design is largely functional, with a small logo and orange scroll wheel being the only concessions to style. There are no odd angles or shapes here, or even any RGB lighting.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1030px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.21%;"><img id="hDwSoKK7CHUShuHHJhMQ8Y" name="Imported image 1 - 1790953079051" alt="SteelSeries Sensei Pro" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/hDwSoKK7CHUShuHHJhMQ8Y-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1030" height="579" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The standard model is quite large, and the prominent central hump might feel uncomfortable to certain hands. It took me a little while to adjust to it, but once I did I found it quite comfortable, helped by the super smooth finish of the shell. Those wanting more texture can attach the included grip tape to the sidewalls, mouse buttons, and even the back buttons.</p><p>Despite its bulky shape, the Sensei Pro is actually very light, weighing just 53g, yet feels perfectly solid and sturdy. This attention to build quality extends to the buttons, which all operate smoothly and provide satisfying feedback. My one gripe is with the DPI button: it’s placed underneath, a location I usually find impractical when playing games requiring frequent menu access and the like. Not only is it underneath, it’s to the right, which means right-handers won’t be able to reach it easily with their fingers.</p><p>You can customize the inputs of the Sensei Pro using SteelSeries’ GG software. Here you’ll find a remapping facility with plenty of options, including a healthy selection of media and system shortcuts. You can also adjust the DPI from 1K to 65K, with five customizable presets to cycle through. Not only that, but you can also adjust the DPI for the X and Y axes independently, which isn’t something I’ve often seen.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1030px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.21%;"><img id="2MzHh24oDJSXAtnmmGjjCY" name="Imported image 2 - 1790953079052" alt="SteelSeries Sensei Pro" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/2MzHh24oDJSXAtnmmGjjCY-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1030" height="579" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Then there are some features I’ve never seen before. These include click response adjustments between 0ms and 20ms, mouse movement acceleration tuning using preset graph curves, and sensor tilt adjustments by 45 degrees in either direction, in order to accommodate the natural angle of your hand movements. And while I’ve seen angle snapping modes in numerous other gaming mice software, I haven’t seen one with 10 levels of ‘straightening’ as there is here. Nor have I seen a scroll jump protection feature with as large a threshold range to play with (100ms to 1500ms). Other adjustments include independent lift-off and landing distance adjustments, as well as a motion sync toggle.</p><p>Again unlike many gaming mice, you can set the Ultra-wideband (UWB) polling and sensor rates separately, each with a range of 125Hz to 8KHz (with 9KHz overpolling). The explanation provided for these settings is clear and detailed, although it’s a shame 9K overpolling isn’t explained. In fact, the explanations for most features in GG are welcome, and go beyond what peripheral software usually provide. It also very handily tells you if you have Windows’ enhanced pointer precision setting enabled, and offers to disable it for you to improve performance. The overall layout of GG is clear and easy to navigate as well, although I found it slightly annoying that the actual adjustments section opens in second windows, introducing unnecessary desktop clutter.</p><p>When gaming, the Sensei Pro is a competent mouse. It glides with supreme smoothness, thanks to its large skates, while the mouse buttons are well lubed and very tactile. They have a deeper travel than many others, though, and might be a bit too heavy for those after seriously rapid spamming. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1030px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.21%;"><img id="AQwpB6Tq67Tqnju5qcLQLY" name="Imported image 3 - 1790953079052" alt="SteelSeries Sensei Pro" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/AQwpB6Tq67Tqnju5qcLQLY-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1030" height="579" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The side buttons and middle click are fantastically clicky, and are some of the best I’ve used. The former have a pleasingly deep travel, which only makes them more satisfying, while the latter feels like a proper button without the awkwardness that can often blight other examples. What’s more, I didn’t perform any accidental flicks when pressing it, even with Scroll Jump Protection disabled. The notching is perfectly weighted, too, allowing for both controlled single flicks and quick multiple swipes when needed.</p><p>Not being a pro gamer myself, I can’t honestly say I noticed any difference in polling and sensor rates above 1K, and certainly couldn’t discern the advantage of 9K overpolling. What I can tell you is that enabling the maximum rates, as well as the maximum sensor performance, drains battery life very quickly; you’ll get about a day’s worth at best. Dial back the polling to 1K, though, and you'll get much closer to SteelSeries' claimed top-end longevity figure of 120 hours. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="nNvJEp4YtEyNKeA8k36wu8" name="IMG_20260929_123630" alt="Side view of SteelSeries Sensei Pro" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/nNvJEp4YtEyNKeA8k36wu8-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>But this is where the Sensei Pro’s USP comes into play — something SteelSeries calls the Infinite Power System. Rather than using a USB cable to play and charge at the same time, you cycle between two batteries: the one in your mouse and the other that charges on top of the UWB station. There’s no need to ever go wired — in fact, you can’t, since there’s no USB-C port on the Sensei Pro. The batteries themselves are quite easy to remove and insert, with a dot to indicate the correct alignment of the pins underneath, and requiring a simple twist to lock into place underneath the mouse. I didn’t experience any issues with the battery coming loose at any point. </p><p>So if you don't want to resort to wired play when you run flat, the Sensei Pro fits the bill perfectly. It’ll also cater to those fanatical about polling rates and deep tweaking. It’s a shame there’s no additional Bluetooth mode (especially at this price), and the relatively heavy clicks aren’t for everyone, but in other respects the Sensei Pro is sublime in action — you’ll just have to part with a large amount of cash for the privilege.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1030px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.21%;"><img id="G7Un8iTM3iGYAvsU6kjLbY" name="Imported image 4 - 1790953079052" alt="SteelSeries Sensei Pro" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/G7Un8iTM3iGYAvsU6kjLbY-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1030" height="579" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-steelseries-sensei-pro-review-price-availability"><span>SteelSeries Sensei Pro review: Price &amp; availability</span></h2><ul><li><strong>$179.99 / £169.99 (about AU$260)</strong></li><li><strong>Preorders available now, launches October 13</strong></li><li><strong>Top end of the gaming mouse market</strong></li></ul><p>The Sensei Pro costs $179.99 / £169.99 (about AU$260) and launches October 13, although preorders are open now. Full size and mini variants are available, in either black or white.</p><p>This is very expensive for a wireless gaming mouse. It’s marginally less expensive than the <a href="https://www.techradar.com/computing/mice/razer-naga-v3-pro">Razer Naga V3 Pro</a>, but the Naga has additional Bluetooth support, as well as a plethora of customizable buttons on the side. And if you want the same ‘infinite’ battery life, it’s compatible with the Razer’s HyperFlux V2 Wireless Charging System (read: a power-supplying mouse pad), although this is a costly optional extra on top of what is already a costly pointer.</p><p>If you fancy another mouse with a swappable battery system, the <a href="https://www.techradar.com/computing/mice/angrymiao-am-infinity-97">AngryMiao AM Infinity.97</a> is a viable alternative. This is slightly less expensive than the Sensei Pro, and is even lighter than the Sensei Pro (and much lighter than the Naga), tipping the scales at just 47g. Its looks might not be to every gamer’s tastes, though, and we weren’t particularly impressed with its basic software. </p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-steelseries-sensei-pro-review-specs"><span>SteelSeries Sensei Pro review: Specs</span></h2><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Connectivity</p></td><td  ><p>Ultra-wideband</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Battery life</p></td><td  ><p>120 hours (1K), 32 hours (8K)</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Sensor</p></td><td  ><p>TrueMove 42K Pro Sensor</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Polling rate</p></td><td  ><p>8KHz (with 9KHz overpolling)</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Maximum sensitivity (DPI)</p></td><td  ><p>42,000 (65,000 with DPI Overdrive)</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Programmable buttons</p></td><td  ><p>6</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Dimensions</p></td><td  ><p>125.6 x 66.5 x 38.6mm</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Weight</p></td><td  ><p>53g</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-should-i-buy-the-steelseries-sensei-pro"><span>Should I buy the SteelSeries Sensei Pro?</span></h2><h2 id="steelseries-sensei-pro-scorecard">SteelSeries Sensei Pro Scorecard</h2><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Attribute</strong></p></td><td  ><p><strong>Notes</strong></p></td><td  ><p><strong>Score</strong></p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Design</p></td><td  ><p>High quality and lightweight construction, but the bulbous hump may deter some gamers. Also, the DPI button is inconveniently placed.</p></td><td  ><p>4/5</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Performance</p></td><td  ><p>Every button feels great, although clicks are a little too heavy for easy spamming. Performance tweaking is a cut above many rivals, though.</p></td><td  ><p>4.5/5</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Value</p></td><td  ><p>This is about as pricey as gaming mice get, and many of its features will be overkill for lots of gamers.</p></td><td  ><p>3/5</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h2 id="buy-the-steelseries-sensei-pro-if">Buy the SteelSeries Sensei Pro if…</h2><div class="product"><p><strong>You never want to go wired</strong><br />With many wireless mice, you’ll have to plug in eventually. Not so here — just swap your batteries around when you run dry.</p></div><div class="product"><p><strong>You want the best polling rate possible</strong><br />How important high polling rates actually are is <a href="https://www.techradar.com/computing/mice/polling-rates-explained" data-dimension112="88a39c12-be73-11f1-9d5b-3f4e1e7f04f0" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="up for debate" data-dimension48="up for debate" data-dimension25="">up for debate</a>, but if it matters for you, the Sensei Pro’s 9K over-polling facility is pretty much unbeatable.</p></div><h2 id="don-39-t-buy-it-if-22">Don't buy it if…</h2><div class="product"><p><strong>You want multiple wireless modes</strong><br />There’s no Bluetooth support for easy hot-switching, which is a shame on a mouse this expensive.</p></div><div class="product"><p><strong>You want the fastest clicks</strong><br />While the clicks have great feedback, they’re a little heavier than most, which may impede spams.</p></div><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-steelseries-sensei-pro-review-also-consider"><span>SteelSeries Sensei Pro review: Also consider</span></h2><div class="product"><p><strong>Razer Naga V3 Pro</strong><br />The Naga may be even more expensive than the Sensei Pro (though only slightly), but it does offer more useful features, such as plenty of programmable side buttons and additional Bluetooth support. You can get the same ‘unlimited’ battery life too if you pair it with Razer’s powered mouse mat, but this adds yet more expense. Read our full <a href="https://www.techradar.com/computing/mice/razer-naga-v3-pro" data-dimension112="74929ffc-be73-11f1-844c-23944f8ae637" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Razer Naga V3 Pro review" data-dimension48="Razer Naga V3 Pro review" data-dimension25="">Razer Naga V3 Pro review</a>.</p></div><div class="product"><p><strong>AngryMiao AM Infinity.97</strong><br />If the idea of swappable batteries appeals to you, then the AM Infinity.97 is another candidate worth considering. It’s almost as dear as the Sensei Pro, but it’s slightly lighter and has a more unique — if more divisive — design. Read our full <a href="https://www.techradar.com/computing/mice/angrymiao-am-infinity-97" data-dimension112="7492a07e-be73-11f1-80f7-0ba4d46bf70b" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="AngryMiao AM Infinity.97 review" data-dimension48="AngryMiao AM Infinity.97 review" data-dimension25="">AngryMiao AM Infinity.97 review</a>.</p></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check="" ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1030px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.21%;"><img id="35KU8ndc8DLPrMuRwyedTY" name="Imported image 5 - 1790953079052" alt="SteelSeries Sensei Pro" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/35KU8ndc8DLPrMuRwyedTY-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1030" height="579" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline" /></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-how-i-tested-the-steelseries-sensei-pro"><span>How I tested the SteelSeries Sensei Pro</span></h2><ul><li><strong>Tested for several days</strong></li><li><strong>Used for gaming, working, general browsing</strong></li><li><strong>Drew on extensive gaming mouse experience</strong></li></ul><p>I tested the SteelSeries Sensei Pro for several days, during which time I used it not just for gaming, but also for working and general browsing.</p><p>I played games such as <a href="https://www.techradar.com/gaming/stalker-2-heart-of-chornobyl-ps5-review"><em>S.T.A.L.K.E.R. 2: Heart of Chornobyl</em></a> and <a href="https://www.techradar.com/gaming/counter-strike-2-review-clicking-heads"><em>Counter-Strike 2</em></a>, the latter of which is a stern test for peripherals given the demands it places on quick and accurate movements and clicks. </p><p>I’ve been PC gaming for a long time, and have used and reviewed a large variety of gaming mice in that time, from modest budget offerings to expensive feature-packed, pro-level pointers.</p><ul><li><a href="https://www.techradar.com/news/how-we-test">Read TechRadar’s reviews guarantee</a></li><li><em>First reviewed: October 2026</em></li></ul>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
            </channel>
</rss>